1 files changed, 147 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/zarb-ml/mageia-dev/2012-November/019916.html b/zarb-ml/mageia-dev/2012-November/019916.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dafed33f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/zarb-ml/mageia-dev/2012-November/019916.html
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
+<HTML>
+ <HEAD>
+   <TITLE> [Mageia-dev] recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools
+   </TITLE>
+   <LINK REL="Index" HREF="index.html" >
+   <LINK REL="made" HREF="mailto:mageia-dev%40mageia.org?Subject=Re%3A%20%5BMageia-dev%5D%20recent%20change%20in%20mageia%20wiki%20%3A%20calenco%20draktools&In-Reply-To=%3Ck7m1jh%243u3%241%40ger.gmane.org%3E">
+   <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="index,nofollow">
+   <META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
+   <LINK REL="Previous"  HREF="019915.html">
+   <LINK REL="Next"  HREF="019918.html">
+ </HEAD>
+ <BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff">
+   <H1>[Mageia-dev] recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools</H1>
+    <B>PhilippeDidier</B> 
+    <A HREF="mailto:mageia-dev%40mageia.org?Subject=Re%3A%20%5BMageia-dev%5D%20recent%20change%20in%20mageia%20wiki%20%3A%20calenco%20draktools&In-Reply-To=%3Ck7m1jh%243u3%241%40ger.gmane.org%3E"
+       TITLE="[Mageia-dev] recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools">philippedidier at laposte.net
+       </A><BR>
+    <I>Sat Nov 10 18:06:58 CET 2012</I>
+    <P><UL>
+        <LI>Previous message: <A HREF="019915.html">[Mageia-dev] recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools
+</A></li>
+        <LI>Next message: <A HREF="019918.html">[Mageia-dev] ignoring drakperm Re: recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools
+</A></li>
+         <LI> <B>Messages sorted by:</B> 
+              <a href="date.html#19916">[ date ]</a>
+              <a href="thread.html#19916">[ thread ]</a>
+              <a href="subject.html#19916">[ subject ]</a>
+              <a href="author.html#19916">[ author ]</a>
+         </LI>
+       </UL>
+    <HR>  
+<!--beginarticle-->
+<PRE>Marja van Waes a &#233;crit :
+&gt;<i> On 10/11/2012 17:19, Marja van Waes wrote:
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> On 10/11/2012 15:44, PhilippeDidier wrote:
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> to Marja
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> Hi !
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> From time to time I have a glance to the work in progress
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> inside the
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> Mageia Wiki
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> I just saw that you didn't find the drakperm screen inside the
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> MCC
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> Indeed it exists but is only a screen inside MSEC : you can't 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> directly access to it from the MCC but only after launched MSEC 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> from the MCC
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> here's an attached snapshot (hope it's viewable)
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> Hope it will help
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;&gt;<i> Regards Philippe
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> Thanks Philippe, both for checking our work from time to time and
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> for this mail. :)
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> The screen in the snapshot is the one I get when starting msecgui
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> and go to &quot;Security settings&quot; - &quot;permissions&quot;
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> However, when doing drakperm I get a different screen than that
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> one. I do not think it is the same.
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;&gt;<i> I'll attach a screenshot.
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> Found it in the changelog for drakconf:
+</I>&gt;<i> <A HREF="http://sophie.zarb.org/rpms/db496e5b0c779fd6d04146c16db8c594/changelog">http://sophie.zarb.org/rpms/db496e5b0c779fd6d04146c16db8c594/changelog</A>
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> scroll down to:
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> Thu Jan 22 2009 Eugeni Dodonov &lt;<A HREF="https://www.mageia.org/mailman/listinfo/mageia-dev">eugeni at mandriva.com</A>&gt; 12.1-1mdv2009.1
+</I>&gt;<i> + Revision: 332392
+</I>&gt;<i> - Version 12.1 - 21 January 2009, Eugeni Dodonov
+</I>&gt;<i> - removed entry for drakperm (now handled by msecgui)
+</I>&gt;<i> - add support for msecgui
+</I>&gt;<i> - changed description for draksec functionality
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> Is drakperm as command line tool still usable and being used, or
+</I>&gt;<i> should it have been obsoleted?
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>&gt;<i> Cheers,
+</I>&gt;<i> Marja
+</I>&gt;<i> 
+</I>Indeed... you're right there's no more any access to drakperm in the MCC
+! and it's replaced now by MSEC GUI handling it
+
+I remembered  having used drakperm in old Mandriva until 2008.1
+In the MCC of Mandriva 2008.1 we could still  access to it (see attached
+snapshot : it's the icon on upper right corner)
+
+and it disappeared in Mandiva 2010.1 (I never had to use it then and I
+didn't notice it was no more here)
+
+drakperm still exists and can be launched from a console as root... but
+I don't know if it's still useable... and useful ?
+I think MSEC may overwrite the modifications applied by drakperm
+
+Regards
+Philippe
+-------------- next part --------------
+A non-text attachment was scrubbed...
+Name: drakpermmandriva2008-1.png
+Type: image/png
+Size: 39076 bytes
+Desc: not available
+URL: &lt;/pipermail/mageia-dev/attachments/20121110/0683a699/attachment-0001.png&gt;
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<!--endarticle-->
+    <HR>
+    <P><UL>
+        <!--threads-->
+	<LI>Previous message: <A HREF="019915.html">[Mageia-dev] recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools
+</A></li>
+	<LI>Next message: <A HREF="019918.html">[Mageia-dev] ignoring drakperm Re: recent change in mageia wiki : calenco draktools
+</A></li>
+         <LI> <B>Messages sorted by:</B> 
+              <a href="date.html#19916">[ date ]</a>
+              <a href="thread.html#19916">[ thread ]</a>
+              <a href="subject.html#19916">[ subject ]</a>
+              <a href="author.html#19916">[ author ]</a>
+         </LI>
+       </UL>
+
+<hr>
+<a href="https://www.mageia.org/mailman/listinfo/mageia-dev">More information about the Mageia-dev
+mailing list</a><br>
+</body></html>
diff --git a/perl-install/install/Makefile b/perl-install/install/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7684ebf3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+include ../../Makefile.config
+include ../Makefile.config
+
+PRODUCT=drakx-installer-stage2
+
+ROOTDEST = /export
+STAGE2_DEST = $(ROOTDEST)/install/stage2
+DEST = $(STAGE2_DEST)/live
+
+REP4PMS     = /usr/lib/libDrakX
+DESTREP4PMS = $(DEST)$(REP4PMS)
+
+all: xs
+
+clean xs:
+	make -C .. $@
+
+tar:
+	rm -rf $(PRODUCT)*.tar* $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	mkdir -p $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	svn export -q .. $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/perl-install
+	svn export -q ../../tools $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/tools
+	svn export -q ../../kernel $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/kernel
+	cp ../../Makefile.config $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/
+	tar cfj $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	rm -rf $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+
+install:
+	$(MAKE) full_stage2
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(STAGE2_DEST)/VERSION
+
+install_pms:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+
+	for i in `perl -ne 's/sub (\w+?)_?(\(\))? {.*/$$1/ and print' commands.pm` sync; do ln -sf commands $(DEST)/usr/bin/$$i; done
+
+	install -d $(DESTREP4PMS)
+	cd .. ; for i in $(PMS); do \
+		dest=$(DESTREP4PMS)/`dirname $$i`; \
+		install -d $$dest; \
+		perl -pe 's/#[-+].*//; $$_ = "\n" if (/^=(head|begin)/ .. /^=cut/) || /use (diagnostics|strict|vars|warnings)/' $$i > $(DESTREP4PMS)/$$i; \
+	done
+
+	cp ../share/*.rc share/*.rc $(DESTREP4PMS)
+	chmod a+x $(DESTREP4PMS)/install/install2
+	chmod a+x $(DESTREP4PMS)/install/commands
+
+get_needed_files: xs
+	REP4PMS=$(REP4PMS) ../../tools/install-xml-file-list share/list.xml $(DEST)
+	chmod u-s -R $(DEST) # for mount/umount
+	share/generate-xlocales $(DEST)
+
+	mv -f $(DEST)/usr/$(LIB)/*.so* $(DEST)/$(LIB)
+	../../tools/simplify-drakx-modules $(DEST)/usr/*/*/*/utf8_heavy.pl
+
+	perl -I.. -Mlang -e 'symlink "UTF-8", "$(DEST)/usr/share/locale/$$_" foreach lang::list_langs()'
+
+	perl -ane 'symlink "$$F[1]", "$(DEST)$$F[0]"' share/aliases
+ifeq (ia64,$(ARCH))
+	ln -sf bash $(DEST)/bin/sh
+else
+	ln -sf ash $(DEST)/bin/sh
+endif
+
+	mkfontdir $(DEST)/usr/share/fonts
+	fc-cache -f $(DEST)/usr/share/fonts
+
+	$(MAKE) -C ../share/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+	$(MAKE) -C help/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+	$(MAKE) -C share/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+# POFILES to disable for installation:
+# be,fur: too few messages translated; 
+# ta: font problem
+	rm -rf $(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special/{be,fur,ta}
+
+full_stage2:
+	$(MAKE) stage2
+	$(MAKE) compress
+
+compress:
+	../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --clean --compress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+
+stage2:
+	rm -rf $(DEST)
+	mkdir -p $(DEST)
+	$(MAKE) get_needed_files 
+	$(MAKE) install_pms
+
+dont_run_directly_stage2:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+	echo -e '#!/bin/sh\n\nexec /usr/bin/busybox sh' > $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2.sh
+	chmod a+x $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2.sh
+	ln -sf runinstall2.sh $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2
+
+trace_stage2:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+	f=`perldoc -l Devel::Trace`; install -m 644 -D $$f $(DEST)$$f
+	perl -pi -e 's|(#!/usr/bin/perl).*|$$1 -d:Trace|' $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2
+
+# [pixel] after make install_pms:
+# sudo sh -c 'CLEAN=1 perl ../../tools/drakx-in-chroot /export /tmp/rr --useless_thing_accepted --kickstart install/auto_inst.cfg.local.pl'
diff --git a/perl-install/install/NEWS b/perl-install/install/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed4e7c23f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+- really allow having name with "/" in media.cfg
+
+Version 10.4.129 - 4 April 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- move advertising out of drakx-installer-stage2 into drakx-installer-advertising
+
+Version 10.4.128 - 3 April 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- don't configure /etc/kde/kdm/kdmrc if it doesn't exist
+  (other kdmrc.rpmnew will be created, many important values will be missing)
+- fix ext3 formatting with label and progress bar (#30032)
+- fix taking screenshot
+- prefering libkdebase4-kmenuedit over libkdebase46-kmenuedit to ensure
+  kdebase-kmenuedit is chosen instead of kdebase4-kmenuedit
+
+Version 10.4.126 - 29 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- use pci_domain when matching sysfs device and computing
+  sysfs device path
+
+Version 10.4.124 - 29 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- correctly mark "update" media in urpmi.cfg
+- fix multiple detection of PCI network cards with the same driver (#29688)
+- rename o->{build_live_system} as more generic o->{match_all_hardware} name
+- automatically install network drivers when matching all hardware
+
+Version 10.4.122 - 29 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- final banner image
+- fix installing kernel-source-stripped
+- include mmc_block for card readers
+
+Version 10.4.120 - 23 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- allow having name with "/" in media.cfg
+- interactive::curses: 
+  o handle multi-line labels, and wrap too long labels (#29060)
+- do not use bold&big for advanced_messages
+  (fixes authentication choice being big & ugly, #28676)
+
+Version 10.4.119 - 22 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use concat_symlink to get rid of ../../ in urpmi.cfg on x86_64 for main32 medium
+- don't complain about missing pata drivers
+- do not install nspluginwrapper on ia32 (#29808)
+- use http://api.mandriva.com/mirrors/$type.$version.$arch instead of simply
+  $version.$arch (useful to differentiate CorpoDesktop4)
+- fix ati/nvidia drivers installation on One
+
+Version 10.4.116 - 19 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- do not fallback on english HTML help but on on old translated help
+- handle more drivers (dvb, ethernet, gigabit, ide, pcmcia, sata,
+  sound, tv, usb hosts, wan, webcam, wireless)
+- 2007 RC logo
+- diskdrake: handle mkntfs
+
+Version 10.4.115 - 16 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use kernel-*latest to select the kernel, 
+  and also kernel-source-stripped-latest when dkms is installed on upgrade
+- add some nice code selecting the various kernel-source-stripped (or
+  kernel-.*-devel) corresponding to the chosen kernels
+- allow having rpmsrate on CD0 overriding rpmsrate on CD1 
+  (bugged introduced in rev 37253)
+- when using 2 media_cfg in auto_inst, 
+  allow specifying which rpmsrate will be used
+- for locales with fallback (eg: br:fr), try main language before
+  english
+
+Version 10.4.114 - 16 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use grub-gfxmenu command to configure /boot/gfxmenu for grub
+
+Version 10.4.111 - 15 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- correctly translate Driver2 to package name (fix ati packages installation on One)
+
+Version 10.4.109 - 15 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- display HTML help if availlable
+- load tifm_sd if needed (#25133)
+
+Version 10.4.107 - 13 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- prefer kde3 packages over kde4 packages
+
+Version 10.4.106 - 12 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- move the lib64 symlink in share/symlinks (to fix drakx-in-chroot),
+  this will leave a harmless dangling symlink in most cases though
+- configure "tifm_7xx1" driven card_reader (#25133)
+- do not bother configure old modutils
+- fix PCI descriptions returned from pci_probe()
+- enhance wrapping in wizards
+
+Version 10.4.103 - 6 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- add icons needed by xorg configuration (#29069)
+
+Version 10.4.98 - 22 February 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- do not install athcool on ia32, it freeze at least some nforce2 machines
+- fix regexp for kernel-2.6.17.10mdv for autoinstall install & liveCD building
+- include fsck.jfs on x86_64 too (#28821)
+- update kernel/list_modules.pm
+
+Version 10.4.96 - 16 February 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- handle vga=0x3.. instead of vga=7..
+- prefer free-kde-config (otherwise one-kde-config is chosen)
+- use system-wide raghu.ttf (pablo)
+- fix rights on files
+- fix automatic selection of proprietary video kernel packages (blino)
+- modify custom.conf instead of gdm.conf (blino)
+
+10.4.93
+- really fix command bug
diff --git a/perl-install/install/any.pm b/perl-install/install/any.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19d3dff22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/any.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@
+package install::any; # $Id$
+
+use strict;
+
+our @ISA = qw(Exporter);
+our @EXPORT_OK = qw(addToBeDone);
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- misc imports
+#-######################################################################################
+use common;
+use run_program;
+use fs::type;
+use fs::format;
+use fs::any;
+use partition_table;
+use devices;
+use modules;
+use detect_devices;
+use install::media 'getFile_';
+use lang;
+use any;
+use log;
+
+our @advertising_images;
+
+sub drakx_version { 
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    if ($::move) {
+	sprintf "DrakX-move v%s", cat_('/usr/bin/stage2/move.pm') =~ /move\.pm,v (\S+ \S+ \S+)/;
+    } else {
+	my $version = cat__(getFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "install/stage2/VERSION"));
+	sprintf "DrakX v%s", chomp_($version);
+    }
+}
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- Functions
+#-######################################################################################
+sub dont_run_directly_stage2() {
+    readlink("/usr/bin/runinstall2") eq "runinstall2.sh";
+}
+
+sub is_network_install {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    member($o->{method}, qw(ftp http nfs));
+}
+
+
+sub start_i810fb() {
+    my ($vga) = cat_('/proc/cmdline') =~ /vga=(\S+)/;
+    return if !$vga || listlength(cat_('/proc/fb'));
+
+    my %vga_to_xres = (0x311 => '640', 0x314 => '800', 0x317 => '1024');
+    my $xres = $vga_to_xres{$vga} || '800';
+
+    log::l("trying to load i810fb module with xres <$xres> (vga was <$vga>)");
+    eval { modules::load('intel-agp') };
+    eval {
+	my $opt = "xres=$xres hsync1=32 hsync2=48 vsync1=50 vsync2=70 vram=2 bpp=16 accel=1 mtrr=1"; #- this sucking i810fb does not accept floating point numbers in hsync!
+	modules::load_with_options([ 'i810fb' ], { i810fb => $opt }); 
+    };
+}
+
+sub spawnShell() {
+    return if $::local_install || $::testing || dont_run_directly_stage2();
+
+    my $shellpid_file = '/var/run/drakx_shell.pid';
+    return if -e $shellpid_file && -d '/proc/' . chomp_(cat_($shellpid_file));
+
+    if (my $shellpid = fork()) {
+        output($shellpid_file, $shellpid);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    $ENV{DISPLAY} ||= ":0"; #- why not :pp
+
+    local *F;
+    sysopen F, "/dev/tty2", 2 or log::l("cannot open /dev/tty2 -- no shell will be provided: $!"), goto cant_spawn;
+
+    open STDIN, "<&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    open STDOUT, ">&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    open STDERR, ">&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    close F;
+
+    print drakx_version($::o), "\n";
+
+    c::setsid();
+
+    ioctl(STDIN, c::TIOCSCTTY(), 0) or warn "could not set new controlling tty: $!";
+
+    my @args; -e '/etc/bashrc' and @args = qw(--rcfile /etc/bashrc);
+    foreach (qw(/bin/bash /usr/bin/busybox /bin/sh)) {
+        -x $_ or next;
+        my $program_name = /busybox/ ? "/bin/sh" : $_;  #- since perl_checker is too dumb
+        exec { $_ } $program_name, @args or log::l("exec of $_ failed: $!");
+    }
+
+    log::l("cannot open any shell");
+cant_spawn:
+    c::_exit(1);
+}
+
+sub getAvailableSpace {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    #- make sure of this place to be available for installation, this could help a lot.
+    #- currently doing a very small install use 36Mb of postinstall-rpm, but installing
+    #- these packages may eat up to 90Mb (of course not all the server may be installed!).
+    #- 65mb may be a good choice to avoid almost all problem of insuficient space left...
+    my $minAvailableSize = 65 * sqr(1024);
+
+    my $n = !$::testing && getAvailableSpace_mounted($::prefix) || 
+            getAvailableSpace_raw($o->{fstab}) * 512 / 1.07;
+    $n - max(0.1 * $n, $minAvailableSize);
+}
+
+sub getAvailableSpace_mounted {
+    my ($prefix) = @_;
+    my $dir = -d "$prefix/usr" ? "$prefix/usr" : $prefix;
+    my (undef, $free) = MDK::Common::System::df($dir) or return;
+    log::l("getAvailableSpace_mounted $free KB");
+    $free * 1024 || 1;
+}
+sub getAvailableSpace_raw {
+    my ($fstab) = @_;
+
+    do { $_->{mntpoint} eq '/usr' and return $_->{size} } foreach @$fstab;
+    do { $_->{mntpoint} eq '/'    and return $_->{size} } foreach @$fstab;
+
+    if ($::testing) {
+	my $nb = 450;
+	log::l("taking ${nb}MB for testing");
+	return $nb << 11;
+    }
+    die "missing root partition";
+}
+
+sub preConfigureTimezone {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    require timezone;
+   
+    #- can not be done in install cuz' timeconfig %post creates funny things
+    add2hash($o->{timezone}, timezone::read()) if $o->{isUpgrade};
+
+    $o->{timezone}{timezone} ||= timezone::bestTimezone($o->{locale}{country});
+
+    my $utc = every { !isFat_or_NTFS($_) } @{$o->{fstab}};
+    my $ntp = timezone::ntp_server();
+    add2hash_($o->{timezone}, { UTC => $utc, ntp => $ntp });
+}
+
+sub ask_suppl_media_method {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    our $suppl_already_asked;
+
+    my $msg = $suppl_already_asked
+      ? N("Do you have further supplementary media?")
+      : formatAlaTeX(
+#-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+	    N("The following media have been found and will be used during install: %s.
+
+
+Do you have a supplementary installation medium to configure?",
+	    join(", ", map { $_->{name} } install::media::allMediums($o->{packages}))));
+
+    my %l = my @l = (
+	''      => N("None"),
+	'cdrom' => N("CD-ROM"),
+	'http'  => N("Network (HTTP)"),
+	'ftp'   => N("Network (FTP)"),
+	'nfs'   => N("Network (NFS)"),
+    );
+
+    $o->ask_from(
+	'', $msg,
+	[ {
+	    val => \my $suppl,
+	    list => [ map { $_->[0] } group_by2(@l) ],
+	    type => 'list',
+	    format => sub { $l{$_[0]} },
+	} ],
+    );
+
+    $suppl_already_asked = 1;
+    $suppl;
+}
+
+#- if the supplementary media is networked, but not the main one, network
+#- support must be installed and network started.
+sub prep_net_suppl_media {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    require network::tools;
+    my (undef, $is_up, undef) = network::tools::get_internet_connection($o->{net});
+
+    return if our $net_suppl_media_configured && $is_up;
+    $net_suppl_media_configured = 1;
+
+    #- install basesystem now
+    $o->do_pkgs->ensure_is_installed('basesystem', undef, 1);
+
+    require network::netconnect;
+    network::netconnect::real_main($o->{net}, $o, $o->{modules_conf});
+    require install::interactive;
+    install::interactive::upNetwork($o);
+    sleep(3);
+}
+
+sub ask_url {
+    my ($in, $o_url) = @_;
+
+    my $url = $o_url;
+    $in->ask_from_({ messages => N("URL of the mirror?"), focus_first => 1 }, [ 
+	{ val => \$url,
+	  validate => sub { 
+	      if ($url =~ m!^(http|ftp)://!) {
+		  1;
+	      } else {
+		  $in->ask_warn('', N("URL must start with ftp:// or http://"));
+		  0;
+	      }
+	  } } ]) && $url;
+}
+sub ask_mirror {
+    my ($o, $type, $o_url) = @_;
+    
+    require mirror;
+
+    my $mirrors = eval {
+	my $_w = $o->wait_message('', N("Contacting Mandriva Linux web site to get the list of available mirrors..."));
+	mirror::list($o->{product_id}, $type);
+    };
+    my $err = $@;
+    if (!$mirrors) {
+	$o->ask_warn('', N("Failed contacting Mandriva Linux web site to get the list of available mirrors") . "\n$err");
+	return ask_url($o, $o_url);
+    }
+
+    my $give_url = { country => '-', host => 'URL' };
+
+    my $mirror = $o_url ? (find { $_->{url} eq $o_url } @$mirrors) || $give_url 
+        #- use current time zone to select best mirror
+      : mirror::nearest($o->{timezone}{timezone}, $mirrors);
+
+    $o->ask_from_({ messages => N("Choose a mirror from which to get the packages"),
+		    cancel => N("Cancel"),
+		}, [ { separator => '|',
+		       format => \&mirror::mirror2text,
+		       list => [ @$mirrors, $give_url ],
+		       val => \$mirror,
+		   },
+		 ]) or return;
+
+    my $url;
+    if ($mirror eq $give_url) {
+	$url = ask_url($o, $o_url) or goto &ask_mirror;
+    } else {
+	$url = $mirror->{url};
+    }
+    $url =~ s!/main/?$!!;
+    log::l("chosen mirror: $url");
+    $url;
+}
+
+sub ask_suppl_media_url {
+    my ($o, $method, $o_url) = @_;
+
+    if ($method eq 'ftp' || $method eq 'http') {
+	install::any::ask_mirror($o, 'distrib', $o_url);
+    } elsif ($method eq 'cdrom') {
+	'cdrom://';
+    } elsif ($method eq 'nfs') {
+	my ($host, $dir) = $o_url ? $o_url =~ m!nfs://(.*?)(/.*)! : ();
+	$o->ask_from_(
+	    { title => N("NFS setup"), 
+	      messages => N("Please enter the hostname and directory of your NFS media"),
+	      focus_first => 1,
+	      callbacks => {
+		  complete => sub {
+		      $host or $o->ask_warn('', N("Hostname missing")), return 1, 0;
+		      $dir eq '' || begins_with($dir, '/') or $o->ask_warn('', N("Directory must begin with \"/\"")), return 1, 1;
+		      0;
+		  },
+	      } },
+	    [ { label => N("Hostname of the NFS mount ?"), val => \$host }, 
+	      { label => N("Directory"), val => \$dir } ],
+	) or return;
+	$dir =~ s!/+$!!; 
+	$dir ||= '/';
+	"nfs://$host$dir";
+    } else { internal_error("bad method $method") }
+}
+sub selectSupplMedia {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $url;
+
+  ask_method:
+    my $method = ask_suppl_media_method($o) or return;
+
+    #- configure network if needed
+    if (!scalar keys %{$o->{net}{ifcfg}} && $method !~ /^(?:cdrom|disk)/ && !$::local_install) {
+	prep_net_suppl_media($o);
+    }
+
+  ask_url:
+    $url = ask_suppl_media_url($o, $method, $url) or goto ask_method;
+
+    my $phys_medium = install::media::url2mounted_phys_medium($o, $url, undef, N("Supplementary")) or $o->ask_warn('', formatError($@)), goto ask_url;
+    $phys_medium->{is_suppl} = 1;
+    $phys_medium->{unknown_CD} = 1;
+
+    my $arch = $o->{product_id}{arch};
+    my $field = $phys_medium->{device} ? 'rel_path' : 'url';
+    my $val = $phys_medium->{$field};
+    my $val0 = $val =~ m!^(.*?)(/media)?/?$! && "$1/media";
+    my $val2 = $val =~ m!^(.*?)(/\Q$arch\E)?(/media)?/?$! && "$1/$arch/media";
+
+    foreach (uniq($val0, $val, $val2)) {
+	log::l("trying with $field set to $_");
+	$phys_medium->{$field} = $_;
+
+	#- first, try to find a media.cfg file
+	eval { install::media::get_media_cfg($o, $phys_medium, $o->{packages}, undef, 'force_rpmsrate') };
+	if (!$@) {
+	    delete $phys_medium->{unknown_CD}; #- we have a known CD now
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    #- restore it
+    $phys_medium->{$field} = $val;
+
+    #- try using media_info/hdlist.cz
+    my $medium_id = int(@{$o->{packages}{mediums}});
+    eval { install::media::get_standalone_medium($o, $phys_medium, $o->{packages}, { name => "Supplementary media $medium_id" }) };
+    if (!$@) {
+	log::l("read suppl hdlist (via $method)");
+	delete $phys_medium->{unknown_CD}; #- we have a known CD now
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    install::media::umount_phys_medium($phys_medium);
+    install::media::remove_from_fstab($o->{all_hds}, $phys_medium);
+    $o->ask_warn('', N("Can't find a package list file on this mirror. Make sure the location is correct."));
+    goto ask_url;
+}
+
+sub load_rate_files {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    #- must be done after getProvides
+
+    install::pkgs::read_rpmsrate($o->{packages}, $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}, '/tmp/rpmsrate', $o->{match_all_hardware});
+
+    ($o->{compssUsers}, $o->{gtk_display_compssUsers}) = install::pkgs::readCompssUsers('/tmp/compssUsers.pl');
+
+    defined $o->{compssUsers} or die "Can't read compssUsers.pl file, aborting installation\n";
+}
+
+sub setPackages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    require install::pkgs;
+    {
+	$o->{packages} = install::pkgs::empty_packages();
+	
+	my $media = $o->{media} || [ { type => 'media_cfg', url => 'drakx://media' } ];
+
+	my ($suppl_method, $copy_rpms_on_disk) = install::media::get_media($o, $media, $o->{packages});
+
+	if ($suppl_method) {
+	    1 while $o->selectSupplMedia;
+	}
+
+	#- open rpm db according to right mode needed (ie rebuilding database if upgrading)
+	$o->{packages}{rpmdb} ||= install::pkgs::rpmDbOpen($o->{isUpgrade});
+
+	{
+	    my $_wait = $o->wait_message('', N("Looking at packages already installed..."));
+	    install::pkgs::selectPackagesAlreadyInstalled($o->{packages});
+	}
+
+	if (my $extension = $o->{upgrade_by_removing_pkgs_matching}) {
+	    my $time = time();
+	    my ($_w, $wait_message) = $o->wait_message_with_progress_bar;
+	    $wait_message->(N("Removing packages prior to upgrade..."));
+	    my ($current, $total);
+	    my $callback = sub {
+		my (undef, $type, $_id, $subtype, $amount) = @_;
+		if ($type eq 'user') {
+		    ($current, $total) = (0, $amount);
+		} elsif ($type eq 'uninst' && $subtype eq 'stop') {
+		    $wait_message->('', $current++, $total);
+		}
+	    };
+	    push @{$o->{default_packages}}, install::pkgs::upgrade_by_removing_pkgs($o->{packages}, $callback, $extension, $o->{isUpgrade});
+	    log::l("Removing packages took: ", formatTimeRaw(time() - $time));
+	}
+
+	mark_skipped_packages($o);
+
+	#- always try to select basic kernel (else on upgrade, kernel will never be updated provided a kernel is already
+	#- installed and provides what is necessary).
+	my $kernel_pkg = install::pkgs::bestKernelPackage($o->{packages});
+	install::pkgs::selectPackage($o->{packages}, $kernel_pkg, 1);
+	if ($o->{isUpgrade} && $o->{packages}{sizes}{dkms}) {
+	    log::l("selecting kernel-source-stripped-latest (since dkms was installed)");
+	    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, ['kernel-source-stripped-latest'], 1);
+	}
+
+	install::pkgs::select_by_package_names_or_die($o->{packages}, ['basesystem'], 1);
+
+	my $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen = $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen};
+
+	put_in_hash($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} ||= {}, rpmsrate_always_flags($o)); #- must be done before install::pkgs::read_rpmsrate()
+	load_rate_files($o);
+
+	install::media::copy_rpms_on_disk($o) if $copy_rpms_on_disk;
+
+	set_rpmsrate_default_category_flags($o, $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen);
+
+	push @{$o->{default_packages}}, default_packages($o);
+	select_default_packages($o);
+    }
+
+    if ($o->{isUpgrade}) {
+	{
+	    my $_w = $o->wait_message('', N("Finding packages to upgrade..."));
+	    install::pkgs::selectPackagesToUpgrade($o->{packages});
+	}
+	if ($o->{packages}{sizes}{'kdebase-progs'}) {
+	    log::l("selecting task-kde (since kdebase-progs was installed)");
+	    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, ['task-kde']);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+sub create_minimal_files() {
+    mkdir "$::prefix/$_", 0755 foreach 
+      qw(dev etc etc/profile.d etc/rpm etc/sysconfig etc/sysconfig/console 
+	etc/sysconfig/network-scripts etc/sysconfig/console/consolefonts 
+	etc/sysconfig/console/consoletrans
+	home mnt tmp var var/tmp var/lib var/lib/rpm var/lib/urpmi);
+    mkdir "$::prefix/$_", 0700 foreach qw(root root/tmp root/drakx);
+
+    devices::make("$::prefix/dev/null");
+    chmod 0666, "$::prefix/dev/null";
+}
+
+sub count_files {
+    my ($dir) = @_;
+    -d $dir or return 0;
+    opendir my $dh, $dir or return 0;
+    my @list = grep { !/^\.\.?$/ } readdir $dh;
+    closedir $dh;
+    my $c = 0;
+    foreach my $n (@list) {
+	my $p = "$dir/$n";
+	if (-d $p) { $c += count_files($p) } else { ++$c }
+    }
+    $c;
+}
+
+sub cp_with_progress {
+    my $wait_message = shift;
+    my $current = shift;
+    my $total = shift;
+    my $dest = pop @_;
+    @_ or return;
+    @_ == 1 || -d $dest or die "cp: copying multiple files, but last argument ($dest) is not a directory\n";
+
+    foreach my $src (@_) {
+	my $dest = $dest;
+	-d $dest and $dest .= '/' . basename($src);
+
+	unlink $dest;
+
+	if (-l $src) {
+	    unless (symlink(readlink($src) || die("readlink failed: $!"), $dest)) {
+		warn "symlink: can't create symlink $dest: $!\n";
+	    }
+	} elsif (-d $src) {
+	    -d $dest or mkdir $dest, (stat($src))[2] or die "mkdir: can't create directory $dest: $!\n";
+	    cp_with_progress($wait_message, $current, $total, glob_($src), $dest);
+	} else {
+	    open(my $F, $src) or die "can't open $src for reading: $!\n";
+	    open(my $G, ">", $dest) or die "can't cp to file $dest: $!\n";
+	    local $/ = \4096;
+	    local $_; while (<$F>) { print $G $_ }
+	    chmod((stat($src))[2], $dest);
+	    $wait_message->('', ++$current, $total);
+	}
+    }
+    1;
+}
+
+sub set_rpmsrate_default_category_flags {
+    my ($o, $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen) = @_;
+
+    #- if no cleaning needed, populate by default, clean is used for second or more call to this function.
+    if ($::auto_install && ($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} || {})->{CAT_ALL}) {
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = 1 foreach map { @{$_->{flags}} } @{$o->{compssUsers}};
+    }
+    if (!$rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen && !$o->{isUpgrade}) {
+	#- use default selection seen in compssUsers directly.
+	$_->{selected} = $_->{default_selected} foreach @{$o->{compssUsers}};
+	set_rpmsrate_category_flags($o, $o->{compssUsers});
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_rpmsrate_category_flags {
+    my ($o, $compssUsers) = @_;
+
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{$_} = 0 foreach grep { /^CAT_/ } keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}};
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = 1 foreach map { @{$_->{flags}} } grep { $_->{selected} } @$compssUsers;
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_SYSTEM} = 1;
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_MINIMAL_DOCS} = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub rpmsrate_always_flags {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $rpmsrate_flags_chosen = {};
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{qq(META_CLASS"$o->{meta_class}")} = 1;
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{uc($_)} = 1 foreach grep { $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::probe_category("multimedia/$_") } modules::sub_categories('multimedia');
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{uc($_)} = 1 foreach detect_devices::probe_name('Flag');
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{UTF8} = $o->{locale}{utf8};
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{BURNER} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::burners();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{DVD} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::dvdroms();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{USB} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || $o->{modules_conf}->get_probeall("usb-interface");
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{PCMCIA} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::hasPCMCIA();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{HIGH_SECURITY} = 1 if $o->{security} > 3;
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{BIGMEM} = 1 if detect_devices::BIGMEM();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{SMP} = 1 if detect_devices::hasSMP();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{CDCOM} = 1 if any { $_->{name} =~ /commercial/i } install::media::allMediums($o->{packages});
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{'3D'} = 1 if
+      $o->{match_all_hardware} ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Matrox.* G[245][05]0') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Rage X[CL]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('3D Rage (?:LT|Pro)') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Voodoo [35]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Voodoo Banshee') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('8281[05].* CGC') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Rage 128') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Radeon ') || #- all Radeon card are now 3D with 4.3.0
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN]Vidia.*T[nN]T2') || #- TNT2 cards
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*NV[56]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*Vanta') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*[gG]e[fF]orce') || #- GeForce cards
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*NV1[15]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*Quadro');
+
+    foreach (lang::langsLANGUAGE($o->{locale}{langs})) {
+	$rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{qq(LOCALES"$_")} = 1;
+    }
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{'CHARSET"' . lang::l2charset($o->{locale}{lang}) . '"'} = 1;
+
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen;
+}
+
+sub default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my @l;
+
+    push @l, "brltty" if cat_("/proc/cmdline") =~ /brltty=/;
+    push @l, "nfs-utils-clients" if $o->{method} eq "nfs";
+    push @l, "mdadm" if !is_empty_array_ref($o->{all_hds}{raids});
+    push @l, "lvm2" if !is_empty_array_ref($o->{all_hds}{lvms});
+    push @l, "dmraid" if any { fs::type::is_dmraid($_) } @{$o->{all_hds}{hds}};
+    push @l, 'powernowd' if cat_('/proc/cpuinfo') =~ /AuthenticAMD/ && arch() =~ /x86_64/
+      || cat_('/proc/cpuinfo') =~ /model name.*Intel\(R\) Core\(TM\)2 CPU/;
+    push @l, detect_devices::probe_name('Pkg');
+
+    my $dmi_BIOS = detect_devices::dmidecode_category('BIOS');
+    my $dmi_Base_Board = detect_devices::dmidecode_category('Base Board');
+    if ($dmi_BIOS->{Vendor} eq 'COMPAL' && $dmi_BIOS->{Characteristics} =~ /Function key-initiated network boot is supported/
+          || $dmi_Base_Board->{Manufacturer} =~ /^ACER/ && $dmi_Base_Board->{'Product Name'} =~ /TravelMate 610/) {
+	#- FIXME : append correct options (wireless, ...)
+	modules::append_to_modules_loaded_at_startup_for_all_kernels('acerhk');
+    }
+
+    push @l, 'quota' if any { $_->{options} =~ /usrquota|grpquota/ } @{$o->{fstab}};
+    push @l, uniq(grep { $_ } map { fs::format::package_needed_for_partition_type($_) } @{$o->{fstab}});
+
+    my @locale_pkgs = map { install::pkgs::packagesProviding($o->{packages}, 'locales-' . $_) } lang::langsLANGUAGE($o->{locale}{langs});
+    unshift @l, uniq(map { $_->name } @locale_pkgs);
+
+    @l;
+}
+
+sub mark_skipped_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::skip_packages($o->{packages}, $o->{skipped_packages}) if $o->{skipped_packages};
+}
+
+sub select_default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, $o->{default_packages});
+}
+
+sub unselectMostPackages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::unselectAllPackages($o->{packages});
+    select_default_packages($o);
+}
+
+sub warnAboutNaughtyServers {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my @naughtyServers = install::pkgs::naughtyServers($o->{packages}) or return 1;
+    my $r = $o->ask_from_list_('', 
+formatAlaTeX(
+             #-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+             N("You have selected the following server(s): %s
+
+
+These servers are activated by default. They do not have any known security
+issues, but some new ones could be found. In that case, you must make sure
+to upgrade as soon as possible.
+
+
+Do you really want to install these servers?
+", join(", ", @naughtyServers))), [ N_("Yes"), N_("No") ], 'Yes') or return;
+    if ($r ne 'Yes') {
+	log::l("unselecting naughty servers: " . join(' ', @naughtyServers));
+	install::pkgs::unselectPackage($o->{packages}, install::pkgs::packageByName($o->{packages}, $_)) foreach @naughtyServers;
+    }
+    1;
+}
+
+sub warnAboutRemovedPackages {
+    my ($o, $packages) = @_;
+    my @removedPackages = keys %{$packages->{state}{ask_remove} || {}} or return;
+    if (!$o->ask_yesorno('', 
+formatAlaTeX(
+             #-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+             N("The following packages will be removed to allow upgrading your system: %s
+
+
+Do you really want to remove these packages?
+", join(", ", @removedPackages))), 1)) {
+	$packages->{state}{ask_remove} = {};
+    }
+}
+
+sub addToBeDone(&$) {
+    my ($f, $step) = @_;
+
+    return &$f() if $::o->{steps}{$step}{done};
+
+    push @{$::o->{steps}{$step}{toBeDone}}, $f;
+}
+
+sub set_authentication {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $when_network_is_up = sub {
+	my ($f) = @_;
+	#- defer running xxx - no network yet
+	addToBeDone {
+	    require install::steps;
+	    install::steps::upNetwork($o, 'pppAvoided');
+	    $f->();
+	} 'configureNetwork';
+    };
+    require authentication;
+    authentication::set($o, $o->{net}, $o->{authentication} ||= {}, $when_network_is_up);
+}
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- kde stuff
+#-###############################################################################
+sub kdemove_desktop_file {
+    my ($prefix) = @_;
+    my @toMove = qw(doc.kdelnk news.kdelnk updates.kdelnk home.kdelnk printer.kdelnk floppy.kdelnk cdrom.kdelnk FLOPPY.kdelnk CDROM.kdelnk);
+
+    #- remove any existing save in Trash of each user and
+    #- move appropriate file there after an upgrade.
+    foreach my $dir (grep { -d $_ } list_skels($prefix, 'Desktop')) {
+	renamef("$dir/$_", "$dir/Trash/$_") 
+	  foreach grep { -e "$dir/$_" } @toMove, grep { /\.rpmorig$/ } all($dir);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- auto_install stuff
+#-###############################################################################
+sub auto_inst_file() { "$::prefix/root/drakx/auto_inst.cfg.pl" }
+
+sub report_bug() {
+    any::report_bug('auto_inst' => g_auto_install('', 1));
+}
+
+sub g_auto_install {
+    my ($b_replay, $b_respect_privacy) = @_;
+    my $o = {};
+
+    require install::pkgs;
+    $o->{default_packages} = install::pkgs::selected_leaves($::o->{packages});
+
+    my @fields = qw(mntpoint fs_type size);
+    $o->{partitions} = [ map { 
+	my %l; @l{@fields} = @$_{@fields}; \%l;
+    } grep { 
+	$_->{mntpoint} && fs::format::known_type($_);
+    } @{$::o->{fstab}} ];
+    
+    exists $::o->{$_} and $o->{$_} = $::o->{$_} foreach qw(locale authentication mouse net timezone superuser keyboard users partitioning isUpgrade manualFstab nomouseprobe crypto security security_user libsafe useSupermount autoExitInstall X services postInstall postInstallNonRooted); #- TODO modules bootloader 
+
+    local $o->{partitioning}{auto_allocate} = !$b_replay;
+    $o->{autoExitInstall} = !$b_replay;
+    $o->{interactiveSteps} = [ 'doPartitionDisks', 'formatPartitions' ] if $b_replay;
+
+    #- deep copy because we're modifying it below
+    $o->{users} = $b_respect_privacy ? [] : [ @{$o->{users} || []} ];
+
+    my @user_info_to_remove = (
+	if_($b_respect_privacy, qw(realname pw)), 
+	qw(oldu oldg password password2),
+    );
+    $_ = { %{$_ || {}} }, delete @$_{@user_info_to_remove} foreach $o->{superuser}, @{$o->{users} || []};
+
+    if ($b_respect_privacy && $o->{net}) {
+	if (my $type = $o->{net}{type}) {
+	    my @net_type_to_remove = qw(passwd login phone_in phone_out);
+	    $_ = { %{$_ || {}} }, delete @$_{@net_type_to_remove} foreach $o->{net}{$type};
+	}
+    }
+    my $warn_privacy = $b_respect_privacy ? "!! This file has been simplified to respect privacy when reporting problems.
+# You should use /root/drakx/auto_inst.cfg.pl instead !!\n#" : '';
+    
+    require Data::Dumper;
+    my $str = join('', 
+"#!/usr/bin/perl -cw
+# $warn_privacy
+# You should check the syntax of this file before using it in an auto-install.
+# You can do this with 'perl -cw auto_inst.cfg.pl' or by executing this file
+# (note the '#!/usr/bin/perl -cw' on the first line).
+", Data::Dumper->Dump([$o], ['$o']));
+    $str =~ s/ {8}/\t/g; #- replace all 8 space char by only one tabulation, this reduces file size so much :-)
+    $str;
+}
+
+sub getAndSaveAutoInstallFloppies {
+    my ($o, $replay) = @_;
+    my $name = ($replay ? 'replay' : 'auto') . '_install';
+    my $dest_dir = "$::prefix/root/drakx";
+
+    eval { modules::load('loop') };
+
+    if (arch() =~ /ia64/) {
+	#- nothing yet
+    } else {
+	my $mountdir = "$::prefix/root/aif-mount"; -d $mountdir or mkdir $mountdir, 0755;
+	my $param = 'kickstart=floppy ' . generate_automatic_stage1_params($o);
+
+	my $img = install::media::getAndSaveInstallFloppies($o, $dest_dir, $name) or return;
+
+	{
+	    my $dev = devices::set_loop($img) or log::l("couldn't set loopback device"), return;
+	    find { eval { fs::mount::mount($dev, $mountdir, $_, 0); 1 } } qw(ext2 vfat) or return;
+
+	    if (-e "$mountdir/menu.lst") {
+		# hd_grub boot disk is different than others
+		substInFile {
+		    s/^(\s*timeout.*)/timeout 1/;
+		    s/\bautomatic=method:disk/$param/;
+		} "$mountdir/menu.lst";
+	    } elsif (-e "$mountdir/syslinux.cfg") {
+		#- make room first
+		unlink "$mountdir/help.msg", "$mountdir/boot.msg";
+
+		substInFile { 
+		    s/timeout.*/$replay ? 'timeout 1' : ''/e;
+		    s/^(\s*append)/$1 $param/; 
+		} "$mountdir/syslinux.cfg";
+
+		output "$mountdir/boot.msg", $replay ? '' : "\n0c" .
+"!! If you press enter, an auto-install is going to start.
+   All data on this computer is going to be lost,
+   including any Windows partitions !!
+" . "07\n";
+	    }
+
+	    {
+		local $o->{partitioning}{clearall} = !$replay;
+		eval { output("$mountdir/auto_inst.cfg", g_auto_install($replay)) };
+		$@ and log::l("Warning: <", formatError($@), ">");
+	    }
+	
+	    fs::mount::umount($mountdir);
+	    devices::del_loop($dev);
+	}
+	rmdir $mountdir;
+	$img;
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub g_default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my ($_h, $file) = media_browser($o, 'save', 'package_list.pl') or return;
+
+    require Data::Dumper;
+    my $str = Data::Dumper->Dump([ { default_packages => install::pkgs::selected_leaves($o->{packages}) } ], ['$o']);
+    $str =~ s/ {8}/\t/g;
+    output($file,
+	   "# You should always check the syntax with 'perl -cw auto_inst.cfg.pl'\n" .
+	   "# before testing.  To use it, boot with ``linux defcfg=floppy''\n" .
+	   $str);
+}
+
+sub loadO {
+    my ($O, $f) = @_; $f ||= auto_inst_file();
+    if ($f =~ /^(floppy|patch)$/) {
+	my $f = $f eq "floppy" ? 'auto_inst.cfg' : "patch";
+	my $o;
+	foreach (removable_media__early_in_install()) {
+            my $dev = devices::make($_->{device});
+            foreach my $fs (arch() =~ /sparc/ ? 'romfs' : ('ext2', 'vfat')) {
+                eval { fs::mount::mount($dev, '/mnt', $fs, 'readonly'); 1 } or next;
+		if (my $abs_f = find { -e $_ } "/mnt/$f", "/mnt/$f.pl") {
+		    $o = loadO_($O, $abs_f);
+		}
+		fs::mount::umount("/mnt");
+		goto found if $o;
+            }
+	}
+	die "Could not find $f";
+      found:
+	modules::unload(qw(vfat fat));
+	$o;
+    } else {
+	loadO_($O, $f);
+    }
+}
+
+sub loadO_ {
+    my ($O, $f) = @_; 
+
+    my $o;
+    {
+	my $fh;
+	if (ref $f) {
+	    $fh = $f;
+	} else {
+	    -e "$f.pl" and $f .= ".pl" unless -e $f;
+
+	    $fh = -e $f ? common::open_file($f) : getFile_($O->{stage2_phys_medium}, $f) || die N("Error reading file %s", $f);
+	}
+	my $s = cat__($fh);
+	close $fh;
+	{
+	    no strict;
+	    eval $s;
+	    $@ and die;
+	}
+	$O and add2hash_($o ||= {}, $O);
+    }
+    $O and bless $o, ref $O;
+
+    handle_old_auto_install_format($o);
+
+    $o;
+}
+
+sub handle_old_auto_install_format {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    #- handle backward compatibility for things that changed
+    foreach (@{$o->{partitions} || []}, @{$o->{manualFstab} || []}) {
+	if (my $type = delete $_->{type}) {
+	    if ($type =~ /^(0x)?(\d*)$/) {
+		fs::type::set_pt_type($_, $type);
+	    } else {
+		fs::type::set_fs_type($_, $type);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    #- {rpmsrate_flags_chosen} was called {compssUsersChoice}
+    if (my $rpmsrate_flags_chosen = delete $o->{compssUsersChoice}) {
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} = $rpmsrate_flags_chosen;
+    }
+    #- compssUsers flags are now named CAT_XXX
+    if ($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} &&
+	! any { /^CAT_/ } keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}}) {
+	#- we don't really know if this is needed for compatibility, but it won't hurt :)
+	foreach (keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}}) {
+	    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{$_};
+	}
+	#- it used to be always selected
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_SYSTEM} = 1;
+    }
+    if ($o->{updates} && $o->{updates}{mirror}) {
+	$o->{updates}{url} = delete $o->{updates}{mirror};
+    }
+
+    #- backward compatibility for network fields
+    exists $o->{intf} and $o->{net}{ifcfg} = delete $o->{intf};
+    exists $o->{netcnx}{type} and $o->{net}{type} = delete $o->{netcnx}{type};
+    exists $o->{netc}{NET_INTERFACE} and $o->{net}{net_interface} = delete $o->{netc}{NET_INTERFACE};
+    my %netc_translation = (
+			    resolv => [ qw(dnsServer dnsServer2 dnsServer3 DOMAINNAME DOMAINNAME2 DOMAINNAME3) ],
+			    network => [ qw(NETWORKING FORWARD_IPV4 NETWORKING_IPV6 HOSTNAME GATEWAY GATEWAYDEV NISDOMAIN) ],
+			    auth => [ qw(LDAPDOMAIN WINDOMAIN) ],
+			   );
+    foreach my $dest (keys %netc_translation) {
+	exists $o->{netc}{$_} and $o->{net}{$dest}{$_} = delete $o->{netc}{$_} foreach @{$netc_translation{$dest}};
+    }
+    delete @$o{qw(netc netcnx)};
+
+    $o;
+}
+
+sub generate_automatic_stage1_params {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $method = $o->{method};
+    my @ks;
+
+    if ($o->{method} eq 'http') {
+	$ENV{URLPREFIX} =~ m!(http|ftp)://([^/:]+)(.*)! or die;
+	$method = $1; #- in stage1, FTP via HTTP proxy is available through FTP config, not HTTP
+	@ks = (server => $2, directory => $3);
+    } elsif ($o->{method} eq 'ftp') {
+	my @l = install::ftp::parse_ftp_url($ENV{URLPREFIX});
+	@ks = (server => $l[0], directory => $l[1], user => $l[2], pass => $l[3]);
+    } elsif ($o->{method} eq 'nfs') {
+	cat_("/proc/mounts") =~ m|(\S+):(\S+)\s+/tmp/media| or internal_error("can not find nfsimage");
+	@ks = (server => $1, directory => $2);
+    }
+    @ks = (method => $method, @ks);
+
+    if (is_network_install($o)) {
+	if ($ENV{PROXY}) {
+	    push @ks, proxy_host => $ENV{PROXY}, proxy_port => $ENV{PROXYPORT};
+	}
+	my $intf = first(values %{$o->{net}{ifcfg}});
+	push @ks, interface => $intf->{DEVICE};
+	if ($intf->{BOOTPROTO} eq 'dhcp') {
+	    push @ks, network => 'dhcp';
+	} else {
+	    push @ks, network => 'static', ip => $intf->{IPADDR}, netmask => $intf->{NETMASK}, gateway => $o->{net}{network}{GATEWAY};
+	    require network::network;
+	    if (my @dnss = network::network::dnsServers($o->{net})) {
+		push @ks, dns => $dnss[0];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    #- sync it with ../mdk-stage1/automatic.c
+    my %aliases = (method => 'met', network => 'netw', interface => 'int', gateway => 'gat', netmask => 'netm',
+		   adsluser => 'adslu', adslpass => 'adslp', hostname => 'hos', domain => 'dom', server => 'ser',
+		   directory => 'dir', user => 'use', pass => 'pas', disk => 'dis', partition => 'par');
+    
+    'automatic=' . join(',', map { ($aliases{$_->[0]} || $_->[0]) . ':' . $_->[1] } group_by2(@ks));
+}
+
+sub find_root_parts {
+    my ($fstab, $prefix) = @_;
+
+    my $extract = sub {
+	my ($prefix, $f, $part) = @_;
+	chomp(my $s = cat_("$prefix$f"));
+	$s =~ s/\s+for\s+\S+//;
+	log::l("find_root_parts found $part->{device}: $s" . ($f !~ m!/etc/! ? " in special release file $f" : ''));
+	{ release => $s, release_file => $f, part => $part };
+    };
+
+    if ($::local_install) {
+	my $f = common::release_file('/mnt') or return;
+	return $extract->('/mnt', $f, {});
+    }
+
+    map { 
+	my $handle = any::inspect($_, $prefix);
+	if (my $f = $handle && common::release_file($handle->{dir})) {
+	    $extract->($handle->{dir}, $f, $_);
+	} else { () }
+    } grep { isTrueLocalFS($_) } @$fstab;
+}
+
+sub migrate_device_names {
+    my ($all_hds, $from_fstab, $new_root, $root_from_fstab, $o_in) = @_;
+
+    log::l("warning: fstab says root partition is $root_from_fstab->{device}, whereas we were reading fstab from $new_root->{device}");
+    my ($old_prefix, $old_part_number) = devices::simple_partition_scan($root_from_fstab);
+    my ($new_prefix, $new_part_number) = devices::simple_partition_scan($new_root);
+
+    if ($old_part_number != $new_part_number) {
+	log::l("argh, $root_from_fstab->{device} and $old_part_number->{device} are not the same partition number");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    log::l("replacing $old_prefix with $new_prefix");
+    
+    my %h;
+    foreach (@$from_fstab) {
+	if ($_->{device} =~ s!^\Q$old_prefix!$new_prefix!) {
+	    #- this is simple to handle, nothing more to do
+	} elsif ($_->{part_number}) {
+	    my $device_prefix = devices::part_prefix($_);
+	    push @{$h{$device_prefix}}, $_;
+	} else {
+	    #- hopefully this does not need anything special
+	}
+    }
+    my @from_fstab_per_hds = values %h or return;
+
+
+    my @current_hds = grep { $new_root->{rootDevice} ne $_->{device} } fs::get::hds($all_hds);
+
+    found_one:
+    @from_fstab_per_hds or return;
+
+    foreach my $from_fstab_per_hd (@from_fstab_per_hds) {
+	my ($matching, $other) = partition { 
+	    my $hd = $_;
+	    every {
+		my $wanted = $_;
+		my $part = find { $_->{part_number} eq $wanted->{part_number} } partition_table::get_normal_parts($hd);
+		$part && $part->{fs_type} && fs::type::can_be_this_fs_type($wanted, $part->{fs_type});
+	    } @$from_fstab_per_hd;
+	} @current_hds;
+	@$matching == 1 or next;
+
+	my ($hd) = @$matching;
+	@current_hds = @$other;
+	@from_fstab_per_hds = grep { $_ != $from_fstab_per_hd } @from_fstab_per_hds;
+
+	log::l("$hd->{device} nicely corresponds to " . join(' ', map { $_->{device} } @$from_fstab_per_hd));
+	foreach (@$from_fstab_per_hd) {
+	    partition_table::compute_device_name($_, $hd);
+	}
+	goto found_one;
+    }
+	
+    #- we can not find one and only one matching hd
+    my @from_fstab_not_handled = map { @$_ } @from_fstab_per_hds;
+    log::l("we still do not know what to do with: " . join(' ', map { $_->{device} } @from_fstab_not_handled));
+
+
+    if (!$o_in) {
+	log::l("well, ignoring them!");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    my $propositions_valid = every {
+	my $wanted = $_;
+	my @parts = grep { $_->{part_number} eq $wanted->{part_number}
+			     && $_->{fs_type} && fs::type::can_be_this_fs_type($wanted, $_->{fs_type}) } fs::get::hds_fstab(@current_hds);
+	$wanted->{propositions} = \@parts;
+	@parts > 0;
+    } @from_fstab_not_handled;
+
+    $o_in->ask_from('', 
+		    N("The following disk(s) were renamed:"),
+		    [ map {
+			{ label => N("%s (previously named as %s)", $_->{mntpoint}, $_->{device}),
+			  val => \$_->{device}, format => sub { $_[0] && $_->{device} },
+			  list => [ '', 
+				    $propositions_valid ? @{$_->{propositions}} : 
+				    fs::get::hds_fstab(@current_hds) ] };
+		    } @from_fstab_not_handled ]);
+}
+
+sub use_root_part {
+    my ($all_hds, $part, $o_in) = @_;
+    return if $::local_install;
+
+    my $migrate_device_names;
+    {
+	my $handle = any::inspect($part, $::prefix) or internal_error();
+
+	my @from_fstab = fs::read_fstab($handle->{dir}, '/etc/fstab', 'keep_default');
+
+	my $root_from_fstab = fs::get::root_(\@from_fstab);
+	if (!fs::get::is_same_hd($root_from_fstab, $part)) {
+	    $migrate_device_names = 1;
+	    log::l("from_fstab contained: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach @from_fstab;
+	    migrate_device_names($all_hds, \@from_fstab, $part, $root_from_fstab, $o_in);
+	    log::l("from_fstab now contains: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach @from_fstab;
+	}
+	fs::add2all_hds($all_hds, @from_fstab);
+	log::l("fstab is now: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach fs::get::fstab($all_hds);
+    }
+    isSwap($_) and $_->{mntpoint} = 'swap' foreach fs::get::really_all_fstab($all_hds); #- use all available swap.
+    $migrate_device_names;
+}
+
+sub getHds {
+    my ($o, $o_in) = @_;
+    fs::any::get_hds($o->{all_hds} ||= {}, $o->{fstab} ||= [], 
+		     $o->{manualFstab}, $o->{partitioning}, $::local_install, $o_in);
+}
+
+sub removable_media__early_in_install() {
+    eval { modules::load('usb-storage', 'sd_mod') } if detect_devices::usbStorage();
+    my $all_hds = fsedit::get_hds({});
+    fs::get_raw_hds('', $all_hds);
+
+    my @l1 = grep { detect_devices::isKeyUsb($_) } @{$all_hds->{hds}};
+    my @l2 = grep { $_->{media_type} eq 'fd' || detect_devices::isKeyUsb($_) } @{$all_hds->{raw_hds}};
+    (fs::get::hds_fstab(@l1), @l2);
+}
+
+my %media_browser;
+sub media_browser {
+    my ($in, $save, $o_suggested_name) = @_;
+
+    my %media_type2text = (
+	fd => N("Floppy"),
+	hd => N("Hard Disk"),
+	cdrom => N("CDROM"),
+    );
+    my @network_protocols = (if_(!$save, N_("HTTP")), if_(0, N_("FTP")), N_("NFS"));
+
+    my $to_text = sub {
+	my ($hd) = @_;
+	($media_type2text{$hd->{media_type}} || $hd->{media_type}) . ': ' . partition_table::description($hd);
+    };
+
+  ask_media:
+    my $all_hds = fsedit::get_hds({}, $in);
+    fs::get_raw_hds('', $all_hds);
+
+    my @raw_hds = grep { !$save || $_->{media_type} ne 'cdrom' } @{$all_hds->{raw_hds}};
+    my @dev_and_text = group_by2(
+	(map { $_ => $to_text->($_) } @raw_hds),
+	(map { 
+	    my $hd = $to_text->($_);
+	    map { $_ => join('\1', $hd, partition_table::description($_)) } grep { isTrueFS($_) || isOtherAvailableFS($_) } fs::get::hds_fstab($_);
+	} fs::get::hds($all_hds)),
+	if_(is_network_install($::o) || install::steps::hasNetwork($::o),
+	    map { $_ => join('\1', N("Network"), translate($_)) } @network_protocols),
+    );
+
+    $in->ask_from_({
+	messages => N("Please choose a media"),
+    }, [ 
+	{ val => \$media_browser{dev}, separator => '\1', list => [ map { $_->[1] } @dev_and_text ] },
+    ]) or return;
+
+    my $dev = (find { $_->[1] eq $media_browser{dev} } @dev_and_text)->[0];
+
+    my $browse = sub {
+	my ($dir) = @_;
+
+      browse:
+	my $file = $in->ask_filename({ save => $save, 
+				       directory => $dir, 
+				       if_($o_suggested_name, file => "$dir/$o_suggested_name"),
+				   }) or return;
+	if (-e $file && $save) {
+	    $in->ask_yesorno('', N("File already exists. Overwrite it?")) or goto browse;
+	}
+	if ($save) {
+	    if (!open(my $_fh, ">>$file")) {
+		$in->ask_warn('', N("Permission denied"));
+		goto browse;
+	    }
+	    $file;
+	} else {
+	    common::open_file($file) || goto browse;
+	}
+    };
+    my $inspect_and_browse = sub {
+	my ($dev) = @_;
+
+	if (my $h = any::inspect($dev, $::prefix, $save)) {
+	    if (my $file = $browse->($h->{dir})) {
+		return $h, $file;
+	    }
+	    undef $h; #- help perl
+	} else {
+	    $in->ask_warn(N("Error"), formatError($@));
+	}
+	();
+    };
+
+    if (member($dev, @network_protocols)) {
+	require install::interactive;
+	install::interactive::upNetwork($::o);
+
+	if ($dev eq 'HTTP') {
+	    require install::http;
+	    $media_browser{url} ||= 'http://';
+
+	    while (1) {
+		$in->ask_from('', 'URL', [
+		    { val => \$media_browser{url} }
+		]) or last;
+		    
+		if ($dev eq 'HTTP') {
+		    my $fh = install::http::getFile($media_browser{url});
+		    $fh and return '', $fh;
+		}
+	    }
+	} elsif ($dev eq 'NFS') {
+	    while (1) {
+		$in->ask_from('', 'NFS', [
+		    { val => \$media_browser{nfs} }
+		]) or last;
+
+		my ($kind) = fs::wild_device::analyze($media_browser{nfs});
+		if ($kind ne 'nfs') {
+		    $in->ask_warn('', N("Bad NFS name"));
+		    next;
+		}
+
+		my $nfs = fs::wild_device::to_subpart($media_browser{nfs});
+		$nfs->{fs_type} = 'nfs';
+
+		if (my ($h, $file) = $inspect_and_browse->($nfs)) {
+		    return $h, $file;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    $in->ask_warn('', 'todo');
+	    goto ask_media;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (!$dev->{fs_type} || $dev->{fs_type} eq 'auto' || $dev->{fs_type} =~ /:/) {
+	    if (my $p = fs::type::type_subpart_from_magic($dev)) {
+		add2hash($p, $dev);
+		$dev = $p;
+	    } else {
+		$in->ask_warn(N("Error"), N("Bad media %s", partition_table::description($dev)));
+		goto ask_media;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (my ($h, $file) = $inspect_and_browse->($dev)) {
+	    return $h, $file;
+	}
+
+	goto ask_media;
+    }
+}
+
+sub X_options_from_o {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    { 
+	freedriver => $o->{freedriver},
+	allowFB => $o->{allowFB},
+	ignore_bad_conf => $o->{isUpgrade} =~ /redhat|conectiva/,
+    };
+}
+
+sub screenshot_dir__and_move() {
+    my ($dir0, $dir1, $dir2) = ('/root', "$::prefix/root", '/tmp');
+    if (-e $dir0 && ! -e '/root/non-chrooted-marker.DrakX') {
+	$dir0; #- it occurs during pkgs install when we are chrooted
+    } elsif (-e $dir1) {
+	if (-e "$dir2/DrakX-screenshots") {
+	    cp_af("$dir2/DrakX-screenshots", $dir1);
+	    rm_rf("$dir2/DrakX-screenshots");
+	}
+	$dir1;
+    } else {
+	$dir2;
+    }
+}
+
+sub take_screenshot {
+    my ($in) = @_;
+    my $dir = screenshot_dir__and_move() . '/DrakX-screenshots';
+    my $warn;
+    if (!-e $dir) {
+	mkdir $dir or $in->ask_warn('', N("Can not make screenshots before partitioning")), return;
+	$warn = 1;
+    }
+    my $nb = 1;
+    $nb++ while -e "$dir/$nb.png";
+    system("fb2png /dev/fb0 $dir/$nb.png 0");
+
+    $in->ask_warn('', N("Screenshots will be available after install in %s", "/root/DrakX-screenshots")) if $warn;
+}
+
+sub copy_advertising {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::rootwidth < 800;
+
+    my $f;
+    my $source_dir = "install/extra/advertising";
+    foreach ("." . $o->{locale}{lang}, "." . substr($o->{locale}{lang},0,2), '') {
+	$f = getFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir$_/list") or next;
+	$source_dir = "$source_dir$_";
+    }
+    if (my @files = <$f>) {
+	my $dir = "$::prefix/tmp/drakx-images";
+	mkdir $dir;
+	unlink glob_("$dir/*");
+	foreach (@files) {
+	    chomp;
+	    install::media::getAndSaveFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir/$_", "$dir/$_");
+	    (my $pl = $_) =~ s/\.png/.pl/;
+	    install::media::getAndSaveFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir/$pl", "$dir/$pl");
+	}
+	@advertising_images = map { "$dir/$_" } @files;
+    }
+}
+
+sub remove_advertising() {
+    eval { rm_rf("$::prefix/tmp/drakx-images") };
+    @advertising_images = ();
+}
+
+sub disable_user_view() {
+    substInFile { s/^UserView=.*/UserView=true/ } "$::prefix/etc/kde/kdm/kdmrc";
+    substInFile { s/^Browser=.*/Browser=0/ } "$::prefix/etc/X11/gdm/custom.conf";
+}
+
+sub set_security {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    require security::various;
+    security::level::set($o->{security});
+    security::various::config_libsafe($::prefix, $o->{libsafe});
+    security::various::config_security_user($::prefix, $o->{security_user});
+}
+
+sub write_fstab {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    fs::write_fstab($o->{all_hds}, $::prefix) 
+	if !$o->{isUpgrade} || $o->{isUpgrade} =~ /redhat|conectiva/ || $o->{migrate_device_names};
+}
+
+sub move_compressed_image_to_disk {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    our $compressed_image_on_disk;
+    return if $compressed_image_on_disk || $::local_install;
+
+    my $name = 'mdkinst.sqfs';
+    my ($loop, $current_image) = devices::find_compressed_image($name) or return;
+    my $compressed_image_size = (-s $current_image) / 1024; #- put in KiB
+
+    my $dir;
+    if (availableRamMB() > 400) {
+	$dir = '/tmp'; #- on tmpfs
+    } else {
+	my $tmp = fs::get::mntpoint2part('/tmp', $o->{fstab});
+	if ($tmp && fs::df($tmp, $::prefix) / 2 > $compressed_image_size * 1.2) { #- we want at least 20% free afterwards
+	    $dir = "$::prefix/tmp";
+	} else {
+	    my $root = fs::get::mntpoint2part('/', $o->{fstab});
+	    my $root_free_MB = fs::df($root, $::prefix) / 2 / 1024;
+	    my $wanted_size_MB = $o->{isUpgrade} || fs::get::mntpoint2part('/usr', $o->{fstab}) ? 150 : 300;
+	    log::l("compressed image: root free $root_free_MB MB, wanted at least $wanted_size_MB MB");
+	    if ($root_free_MB > $wanted_size_MB) {
+		$dir = $tmp ? $::prefix : "$::prefix/tmp";
+	    } else {
+		$dir = '/tmp'; #- on tmpfs
+		if (availableRamMB() < 200) {
+		    log::l("ERROR: not much ram (" . availableRamMB() . " MB), we're going in the wall!");
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    $compressed_image_on_disk = "$dir/$name";
+
+    if ($current_image ne $compressed_image_on_disk) {
+	log::l("move_compressed_image_to_disk: copying $current_image to $compressed_image_on_disk");
+	cp_af($current_image, $compressed_image_on_disk);
+	run_program::run('losetup', '-r', $loop, $compressed_image_on_disk);
+	unlink $current_image if $current_image eq "/tmp/$name";
+    }
+}
+
+sub deploy_server_notify {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $fallback_intf = "eth0";
+    my $fallback_port = 3710;
+
+    my ($server, $port) = $o->{deploy_server} =~ /^(.*?)(?::(\d+))?$/;
+    if ($server) {
+        require network::tools;
+        require IO::Socket;
+        $port ||= $fallback_port;
+        my $intf = network::tools::get_current_gateway_interface() || $fallback_intf;
+        my $mac = c::get_hw_address($intf);
+        my $sock = IO::Socket::INET->new(PeerAddr => $server, PeerPort => $port, Proto => 'tcp');
+        if ($sock) {
+            print $sock "$mac\n";
+            close($sock);
+            log::l(qq(successfully notified deploy server $server on port $port));
+        } else {
+            log::l(qq(unable to contact deploy server $server on port $port));
+        }
+    } else {
+        log::l(qq(unable to parse deploy server in string $o->{deploy_server}));
+    }
+}
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- pcmcia various
+#-###############################################################################
+sub configure_pcmcia {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $controller = detect_devices::pcmcia_controller_probe();
+    $o->{pcmcia} ||= $controller && $controller->{driver} or return;
+    log::l("configuring PCMCIA controller ($o->{pcmcia})");
+    symlink "/tmp/stage2/$_", $_ foreach "/etc/pcmcia";
+    eval { modules::load($o->{pcmcia}, 'pcmcia') };
+    run_program::run("pcmcia-socket-startup");
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/commands b/perl-install/install/commands
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..7a5fc908c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/commands
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+
+use lib qw(/usr/lib/libDrakX .);
+use common;
+use install::commands;
+
+$::isInstall = 1;
+$::prefix = '/mnt';
+my $progname = basename($0);
+
+eval {
+    # hack as some functions are defined by perl... so chmod -> chmod_
+    &{$install::commands::{$progname} || $install::commands::{$progname . "_"} || \&err}(@ARGV), exit 0;
+};
+die formatError($@) . "\n";
+
+sub err() { die "$0: unknown program (unimplemented)\n" }
diff --git a/perl-install/install/commands.pm b/perl-install/install/commands.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..982667d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/commands.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+package install::commands; # $Id$
+
+#-########################################################################
+#- This file implement many common shell commands:
+#- true, false, cat, which, dirname, basename, rmdir, lsmod, grep, tr,
+#- mount, mkdir, mknod, ln, rm, chmod, chown, swapon,
+#- swapoff, ls, cp, ps, dd, head, tail, strings, hexdump, more,
+#- modprobe, route, df, kill, lspci, lssbus, dmesg, sort, du, 
+#-########################################################################
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+use vars qw($printable_chars *ROUTE *DF *PS);
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- misc imports
+#-######################################################################################
+use common;
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- Functions
+#-######################################################################################
+sub getopts {
+    my $o = shift;
+    my @r = map { '' } (@_ = split //, $_[0]);
+    while (1) {
+	local $_ = $o->[0];
+	$_ && /^-/ or return @r;
+	for (my $i = 0; $i < @_; $i++) { /$_[$i]/ and $r[$i] = $_[$i] }
+	shift @$o;
+    }
+    @r;
+}
+
+sub true() { exit 0 }
+sub false() { exit 1 }
+sub cat { @ARGV = @_; print while <> }
+sub dirname_ { print dirname(@_), "\n" }
+sub basename_ { print basename(@_), "\n" }
+sub rmdir_ { foreach (@_) { rmdir $_ or die "rmdir: can not remove $_\n" } }
+sub lsmod() { print "Module                  Size  Used by\n"; cat("/proc/modules") }
+sub which { 
+  ARG: foreach (@_) { foreach my $c (split /:/, $ENV{PATH}) { -x "$c/$_" and print("$c/$_\n"), next ARG } }
+}
+
+sub grep_ {
+    my ($h, $v, $i) = getopts(\@_, qw(hvi));
+    @_ == 0 || $h and die "usage: grep <regexp> [files...]\n";
+    my $r = shift;
+    $r = qr/$r/i if $i;
+    @ARGV = @_; (/$r/ xor $v) and print while <>;
+}
+
+sub tr_ {
+    my ($s, $c, $d) = getopts(\@_, qw(s c d));
+    @_ >= 1 + (!$d || $s) or die "usage: tr [-c] [-s [-d]] <set1> <set2> [files...]\n    or tr [-c] -d <set1> [files...]\n";
+    my $set1 = shift;
+    my $set2; !$d || $s and $set2 = shift;
+    @ARGV = @_;
+    eval "(tr/$set1/$set2/$s$d$c, print) while <>";
+}
+
+sub mkdir_ {
+    my ($_rec) = getopts(\@_, qw(p));
+    mkdir_p($_) foreach @_;
+}
+
+
+sub mknod {
+    if (@_ == 1) {
+	require devices;
+	eval { devices::make($_[0]) }; $@ and die "mknod: failed to create $_[0]\n";
+    } elsif (@_ == 4) {
+	require c;
+	my $mode = ${{ "b" => c::S_IFBLK(), "c" => c::S_IFCHR() }}{$_[1]} or die "unknown node type $_[1]\n";
+	syscall_('mknod', my $_a = $_[0], $mode | 0600, makedev($_[2], $_[3])) or die "mknod failed: $!\n";
+    } else { die "usage: mknod <path> [b|c] <major> <minor> or mknod <path>\n" }
+}
+
+sub ln {
+    my ($force, $soft) = getopts(\@_, qw(fs));
+    @_ >= 1 or die "usage: ln [-s] [-f] <source> [<dest>]\n";
+
+    my ($source, $dest) = @_;
+    $dest ||= basename($source);
+
+    $force and unlink $dest;
+
+    ($soft ? symlink($source, $dest) : link($source, $dest)) or die "ln failed: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub rm {
+    my ($rec, undef) = getopts(\@_, qw(rf));
+
+    my $rm; $rm = sub {
+	foreach (@_) {
+	    if (!-l $_ && -d $_) {
+		$rec or die "$_ is a directory\n";
+		&$rm(glob_($_));
+		rmdir $_ or die "can not remove directory $_: $!\n";
+	    } else { unlink $_ or die "rm of $_ failed: $!\n" }
+	}
+    };
+    &$rm(@_);
+}
+
+sub chmod_ {
+    @_ >= 2 or die "usage: chmod <mode> <files>\n";
+
+    my $mode = shift;
+    $mode =~ /^[0-7]+$/ or die "illegal mode $mode\n";
+
+    foreach (@_) { chmod oct($mode), $_ or die "chmod failed $_: $!\n" }
+}
+
+sub chown_ {
+    my ($rec, undef) = getopts(\@_, qw(r));
+    local $_ = shift or die "usage: chown [-r] name[.group] <files>\n";
+
+    my ($name, $group) = (split('\.'), $_);
+
+    common::chown_($rec, $name, $group, @_);
+}
+
+sub swapon {
+    @_ == 1 or die "swapon <file>\n";
+    require fs::mount;
+    fs::mount::swapon($_[0]);
+}
+sub swapoff {
+    @_ == 1 or die "swapoff <file>\n";
+    require fs::mount;
+    fs::mount::swapoff($_[0]);
+}
+
+sub rights {
+    my $r = '-' x 9;
+    my @rights = (qw(x w r x w r x w r), ['t', 0], ['s', 3], ['s', 6]);
+    for (my $i = 0; $i < @rights; $i++) {
+	if (vec(pack("S", $_[0]), $i, 1)) {
+	    my ($val, $place) = $i >= 9 ? @{$rights[$i]} : ($rights[$i], $i);
+	    my $old = \substr($r, 8 - $place, 1);
+	    $$old = $$old eq '-' && $i >= 9 ? uc $val : $val;
+	}
+    }
+    my @types = split //, "_pc_d_b_-_l_s";
+    $types[($_[0] >> 12) & 0xf] . $r;
+}
+
+sub displaySize {
+    my $m = $_[0] >> 12;
+    $m == 4 || $m == 8 || $m == 10;
+}
+
+sub ls {
+    my ($l, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(lh));
+    $h and die "usage: ls [-l] <files...>\n";
+
+    @_ or @_ = '.';
+    @_ == 1 && -d $_[0] and @_ = glob_($_[0]);
+    foreach (sort @_) {
+	if ($l) {
+	    my @s = lstat or warn("can not stat file $_\n"), next;
+	    formline(
+"@<<<<<<<<< @<<<<<<< @<<<<<<< @>>>>>>>> @>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> @*\n",
+		     rights($s[2]), getpwuid $s[4] || $s[4], getgrgid $s[5] || $s[5],
+		     displaySize($s[2]) ? $s[7] : join(", ", unmakedev($s[6])),
+		     scalar localtime $s[9], -l $_ ? "$_ -> " . readlink $_ : $_);
+	    print $^A; $^A = '';
+	} else { print "$_\n" }
+    }
+}
+sub cp {
+    @_ >= 2 or die "usage: cp <sources> <dest>\n(this cp does -Rfl by default)\n";
+    cp_af(@_);
+}
+
+sub ps {
+    @_ and die "usage: ps\n";
+    my ($pid, $rss, $cpu, $cmd);
+    my ($uptime) = split ' ', first(cat_("/proc/uptime"));
+    my $hertz = 100;
+
+    require c;
+    my $page = c::getpagesize() / 1024;
+
+    open PS, ">&STDOUT"; #- PS must be not be localised otherwise the "format PS" fails
+    format PS_TOP =
+  PID   RSS %CPU CMD
+.
+    format PS =
+@>>>> @>>>> @>>> @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+$pid, $rss, $cpu, $cmd
+.
+    foreach (sort { $a <=> $b } grep { /\d+/ } all('/proc')) {
+	$pid = $_;
+	my @l = split(' ', cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"));
+	$cpu = sprintf "%2.1f", max(0, min(99, ($l[13] + $l[14]) * 100 / $hertz / ($uptime - $l[21] / $hertz)));
+	$rss = (split ' ', cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"))[23] * $page;
+	($cmd = cat_("/proc/$pid/cmdline")) =~ s/\0/ /g;
+	$cmd ||= (split ' ', (cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"))[0])[1];
+	write PS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub dd {
+    my $u = "usage: dd [-h] [-p] [if=<file>] [of=<file>] [bs=<number>] [count=<number>]\n";
+    my ($help, $percent) = getopts(\@_, qw(hp));
+    die $u if $help;
+    my %h = (if => *STDIN, of => *STDOUT, bs => 512, count => undef);
+    foreach (@_) {
+	/(.*?)=(.*)/ && exists $h{$1} or die $u;
+	$h{$1} = $2;
+    }
+    local (*IF, *OF); my ($tmp, $nb, $read);
+    ref($h{if}) eq 'GLOB' ? (*IF = $h{if}) : sysopen(IF, $h{if}, 0)    || die "error: can not open file $h{if}\n";
+    ref($h{of}) eq 'GLOB' ? (*OF = $h{of}) : sysopen(OF, $h{of}, c::O_CREAT()|c::O_WRONLY()) || die "error: can not open file $h{of}\n";
+
+    $h{bs} = removeXiBSuffix($h{bs});
+
+    for ($nb = 0; !$h{count} || $nb < $h{count}; $nb++) {
+	printf "\r%02.1d%%", 100 * $nb / $h{count} if $h{count} && $percent;
+	$read = sysread(IF, $tmp, $h{bs}) or ($h{count} ? die "error: can not read block $nb\n" : last);
+	syswrite(OF, $tmp) or die "error: can not write block $nb\n";
+	$read < $h{bs} and $read = 1, last;
+    }
+    print STDERR "\r$nb+$read records in\n";
+    print STDERR   "$nb+$read records out\n";
+}
+
+sub head_tail {
+    my ($h, $n) = getopts(\@_, qw(hn));
+    $h || @_ < to_bool($n) and die "usage: $0 [-h] [-n lines] [<file>]\n";
+    $n = $n ? shift : 10;
+    my $fh = @_ ? common::open_file($_[0]) || die "error: can not open file $_[0]\n" : *STDIN;
+
+    if ($0 eq 'head') {
+	local $_;
+	while (<$fh>) { $n-- or return; print }
+    } else {
+	@_ = (); 
+	local $_;
+	while (<$fh>) { push @_, $_; @_ > $n and shift }
+	print @_;
+    }
+}
+sub head { $0 = 'head'; &head_tail }
+sub tail { $0 = 'tail'; &head_tail }
+
+sub strings {
+    my ($h, $o, $n) = getopts(\@_, qw(hon));
+    $h and die "usage: strings [-o] [-n min-length] [<files>]\n";
+    $n = $n ? shift : 4;
+    $/ = "\0"; @ARGV = @_; my $l = 0; 
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	while (/[$printable_chars]{$n,}/og) {
+	    printf "%07d ", ($l + length $') if $o;
+	    print "$&\n";
+	}
+	$l += length;
+    } continue { $l = 0 if eof }
+}
+
+sub hexdump {
+    my $i = 0; $/ = \16; @ARGV = @_; 
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	printf "%08lX  ", $i; $i += 16;
+	print join(" ", (map { sprintf "%02X", $_ } unpack("C*", $_)),
+		   (s/[^$printable_chars]/./og, $_)[1]), "\n";
+    }
+}
+
+sub more {
+    @ARGV = @_;
+    require devices;
+    my $tty = devices::make('tty');
+    my $n = 0; 
+    open(my $IN, $tty) or die "can not open $tty\n";
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	if (++$n == 25) {
+	    my $v = <$IN>;
+	    $v =~ /^q/ and exit 0;
+	    $n = 0;
+	}
+	print;
+    }
+}
+
+sub modprobe {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, qw(h));
+    $h || @_ == 0 and die "usage: modprobe <module> [options]\n";
+    my $name = shift;
+    require modules;
+    modules::load_dependencies("/modules/modules.dep");
+    modules::load_with_options([ $name ], { $name => join(' ', @_) });
+}
+
+sub route {
+    @_ == 0 or die "usage: route\nsorry, no modification handled\n";
+    my ($titles, @l) = cat_("/proc/net/route");
+    my @titles = split ' ', $titles;
+    my %l;
+    open ROUTE, ">&STDOUT"; #- ROUTE must be not be localised otherwise the "format ROUTE" fails
+    format ROUTE_TOP =
+Destination    Gateway        Mask           Iface
+.
+    format ROUTE =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<
+$l{Destination}, $l{Gateway}, $l{Mask}, $l{Iface}
+.
+    foreach (@l) {
+	/^\s*$/ and next;
+	@l{@titles} = split;
+	$_ = join ".", reverse map { hex $_ } unpack "a2a2a2a2", $_ foreach @l{qw(Destination Gateway Mask)};
+	$l{Destination} = 'default' if $l{Destination} eq "0.0.0.0";
+	$l{Gateway}     = '*'       if $l{Gateway}     eq "0.0.0.0";
+	write ROUTE;
+    }
+}
+
+sub df {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, qw(h));
+    my ($dev, $size, $free, $used, $use, $mntpoint);
+    open DF, ">&STDOUT"; #- DF must be not be localised otherwise the "format DF" fails
+    format DF_TOP =
+Filesystem          Size      Used    Avail     Use  Mounted on
+.
+    format DF =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @>>>>>>> @>>>>>>> @>>>>>>> @>>>>>% @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+$dev, $size, $used, $free, $use, $mntpoint
+.
+    my %h;
+    foreach (cat_("/proc/mounts"), cat_("/etc/mtab")) {
+	($dev, $mntpoint) = split;
+	$h{$dev} = $mntpoint;
+    }
+    foreach (sort keys %h) {
+	$dev = $_;
+	($size, $free) = MDK::Common::System::df($mntpoint = $h{$dev});
+	$size or next;
+
+	$use = int(100 * ($size - $free) / $size);
+	$used = $size - $free;
+	if ($h) {
+	    $used = int($used / 1024 . "M");
+	    $size = int($size / 1024 . "M");
+	    $free = int($free / 1024 . "M");
+	}
+	write DF if $size;
+    }
+}
+
+sub kill {
+    my $signal = 15;
+    @_ or die "usage: kill [-<signal>] pids\n";
+    $signal = (shift, $1)[1] if $_[0] =~ /^-(.*)/;
+    kill $signal, @_ or die "kill failed: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub lssbus { &lspci }
+sub lspci { &lspcidrake }
+sub lspcidrake {
+    require detect_devices;
+    print join "\n", detect_devices::stringlist($_[0] eq '-v'), '';
+}
+
+sub dmesg() { print cat_("/tmp/syslog") }
+
+sub sort {
+    my ($n, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(nh));
+    $h and die "usage: sort [-n] [<file>]\n";
+    my $fh = @_ ? common::open_file($_[0]) || die "error: can not open file $_[0]\n" : *STDIN;
+    if ($n) {
+	print(sort { $a <=> $b } <$fh>);
+    } else {
+	print(sort <$fh>);
+    }
+}
+
+sub du {
+    my ($s, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(sh));
+    $h || !$s and die "usage: du -s [<directories>]\n";
+
+    my $f; $f = sub {
+	my ($e) = @_;
+	my $s = (lstat($e))[12];
+	$s += sum(map { &$f($_) } glob_("$e/*")) if !-l _ && -d _;
+	$s;
+    };
+    print &$f($_) >> 1, "\t$_\n" foreach @_ ? @_ : glob_("*");
+}
+
+sub bug {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, "h");
+    my ($o_part_device) = @_;
+    $h and die "usage: bug [device]\nput file report.bug on a floppy or usb key\n";
+
+    require any;
+    require modules;
+    modules::load_dependencies("/modules/modules.dep");
+
+    my $part;
+    if ($o_part_device) {
+	$part = { device => $o_part_device };
+    } else {
+	require interactive::stdio;
+	my $in = interactive::stdio->new;
+
+	require install::any;
+	$part = $in->ask_from_listf('', "Which device?", \&partition_table::description, 
+				    [ install::any::removable_media__early_in_install() ] ) or return;
+    }
+
+    warn "putting file report.bug on $part->{device}\n";
+    my $fs_type = fs::type::fs_type_from_magic($part) or die "unknown fs type\n";
+
+    fs::mount::mount(devices::make($part->{device}), '/fd', $fs_type);
+
+    require install::any;
+    output('/fd/report.bug', install::any::report_bug());
+    fs::mount::umount('/fd');
+    common::sync();
+}
+
+sub loadkeys {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, "h");
+    $h || @_ != 1 and die "usage: loadkeys <keyboard>\n";
+
+    require keyboard;
+    keyboard::setup_install({ KEYBOARD => $_[0] });
+}
+
+sub sync() { common::sync() }
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/ftp.pm b/perl-install/install/ftp.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292fd2d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/ftp.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+package install::ftp; # $Id$
+
+use Net::FTP;
+
+use network::network;
+use log;
+
+my %hosts;
+
+1;
+
+sub parse_ftp_url {
+    my ($url) = @_;
+    $url =~ m!^ftp://(?:(.*?)(?::(.*?))?\@)?([^/]+)/(.*)! &&
+      ($3, $4, $1, $2);
+}
+
+sub _new {
+    my ($url) = @_;    
+    my ($host, $prefix, $login, $password) = parse_ftp_url($url);
+
+    if ($hosts{"$host$prefix"}) {
+	return @{$hosts{"$host$prefix"}};
+    }
+
+	my %options = (Passive => 1, Timeout => 60, Port => 21);
+	$options{Firewall} = $ENV{PROXY} if $ENV{PROXY};
+	$options{Port} = $ENV{PROXYPORT} if $ENV{PROXYPORT};
+	unless ($login) {
+	    $login = 'anonymous';
+	    $password = '-drakx@';
+	}
+
+	my $ftp;
+	foreach (1..10) {
+	    $ftp = Net::FTP->new(network::network::resolv($host), %options) or die "Can't resolve hostname '$host'\n";
+	    $ftp && $ftp->login($login, $password) and last;
+
+	    log::l("ftp login failed, sleeping before trying again");
+	    sleep 5 * $_;
+	}
+	$ftp or die "unable to open ftp connection to $host\n";
+	$ftp->binary;
+	$ftp->cwd($prefix);
+
+	my @l = ($ftp, \ (my $_retr));
+	$hosts{"$host$prefix"} = \@l;
+	@l;
+}
+
+sub getFile {
+    my ($f, $url) = @_;
+    my ($_size, $fh) = get_file_and_size($f, $url) or return;
+    $fh;
+}
+sub get_file_and_size {
+    my ($f, $url) = @_;
+
+    foreach (1..3) {
+	my ($ftp, $retr) = _new($url);
+	eval { $$retr->close if $$retr };
+	if ($@) {
+	    log::l("FTP: closing previous retr failed ($@)");
+	    _rewindGetFile(); #- in case Timeout got us on "->close"
+	    redo;
+	}
+
+	my $size = $ftp->size($f);
+	$$retr = $ftp->retr($f) and return $size, $$retr;
+
+	my $error = $ftp->code;
+	$error == 550 and log::l("FTP: 550 file unavailable"), return;
+
+	_rewindGetFile();
+	log::l("ftp get failed, sleeping before trying again (error:$error)");
+	sleep 1;
+    }
+}
+
+#-sub closeFiles() {
+#-    #- close any existing connections
+#-    foreach (values %hosts) {
+#-	  my $retr = $_->[1] if ref $_;
+#-	  $$retr->close if $$retr;
+#-	  undef $$retr;
+#-    }
+#-}
+
+sub _rewindGetFile() {
+    #- close any existing connection.
+    foreach (values %hosts) {
+	my ($ftp, $retr) = @{$_ || []};
+	#- do not let Timeout kill us!
+	eval { $$retr->close } if $$retr;
+	eval { $ftp->close } if $ftp;
+    }
+
+    #- make sure to reconnect to server.
+    %hosts = ();
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/gtk.pm b/perl-install/install/gtk.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..877f62596
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/gtk.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+package install::gtk; # $Id$
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+
+use ugtk2;
+use mygtk2;
+use common;
+use lang;
+use devices;
+
+#-#####################################################################################
+#-INTERN CONSTANT
+#-#####################################################################################
+
+#- if we're running for the doc team, we want screenshots with
+#- a good B&W contrast: we'll override values of our theme
+my $theme_overriding_for_doc = q(style "galaxy-default"
+{
+    base[SELECTED]    = "#E0E0FF"
+    base[ACTIVE]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    base[PRELIGHT]    = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[SELECTED]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[ACTIVE]        = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[PRELIGHT]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    text[ACTIVE]      = "#000000"
+    text[PRELIGHT]    = "#000000"
+    text[SELECTED]    = "#000000"
+    fg[SELECTED]      = "#000000"
+}
+
+style "white-on-blue"
+{
+  base[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+    
+  text[NORMAL] = "#000000"
+  fg[NORMAL] = "#000000"
+}
+
+style "background"
+{
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+}
+
+style "background-logo"
+{
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.70, 0.70, 0.70 }
+}
+widget "*logo*" style "background-logo"
+
+);
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub load_rc {
+    my ($o, $name) = @_;
+
+    my $f = $name;
+    -r $name or $f = find { -r $_ } map { "$_/themes-$name.rc" } ("share", $ENV{SHARE_PATH}, dirname(__FILE__) . '/..');
+    if ($f) {
+	Gtk2::Rc->parse_string($o->{doc} ? $theme_overriding_for_doc : scalar cat_($f));
+   }
+
+    if ($::move) {
+        #- override selection color since we will not do inverse-video on the text when it's images
+	Gtk2::Rc->parse_string(q(
+style "galaxy-default"
+{
+    base[ACTIVE]      = "#CECECE"
+    base[SELECTED]    = "#CECECE"
+    text[ACTIVE]      = "#000000"
+    text[PRELIGHT]    = "#000000"
+    text[SELECTED]    = "#000000"
+}
+));
+    }
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub load_font {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    if (lang::text_direction_rtl()) {
+	Gtk2::Widget->set_default_direction('rtl'); 
+	my ($x, $y) = $::WizardWindow->get_position;
+	my ($width) = $::WizardWindow->get_size;
+	$::WizardWindow->move($::rootwidth - $width - $x, $y);
+    }
+
+    Gtk2::Rc->parse_string(q(
+style "default-font" 
+{
+   font_name = ") . lang::l2pango_font($o->{locale}{lang}) . q("
+}
+widget "*" style "default-font"
+
+));
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub default_theme {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    $::move ? '' :
+    $o->{simple_themes} || $o->{vga16} ? 'blue' : 'galaxy';
+}
+
+sub install_theme {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    load_rc($o, $o->{theme} ||= default_theme($o));
+    load_font($o);
+
+    if (!$::move) {
+	my $win = gtknew('Window', widget_name => 'background');
+	$win->realize;
+	mygtk2::set_root_window_background_with_gc($win->style->bg_gc('normal'));
+    }
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+my %steps;
+sub create_steps_window {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::stepswidth == 0;
+
+    $o->{steps_window} and $o->{steps_window}->destroy;
+
+    $steps{$_} ||= gtknew('Pixbuf', file => "steps_$_") foreach qw(on off done);
+    my $category = sub { 
+	gtknew('HBox', children_tight => [ 
+	    gtknew('Label', text_markup => '<b><u>' . $_[0] . '</u></b>', widget_name => 'Step-categories')
+	]);
+    };
+
+    my @l = $category->(N("Installation"));
+    foreach (grep { !eval $o->{steps}{$_}{hidden} } @{$o->{orderedSteps}}) {
+	if ($_ eq 'setRootPassword') {
+	    push @l, '', $category->(N("Configuration"));
+	}
+	my $img = gtknew('Image', file => 'steps_off.png');
+	$steps{steps}{$_}{img} = $img;
+	$steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text} = translate($o->{steps}{$_}{text});
+	push @l, gtknew('HBox', spacing => 7, children_tight => [ '', '', $img, $steps{steps}{$_}{text} = gtknew('Label', text => $steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text}) ]);
+    }
+
+    my $offset = 20;
+    $o->{steps_window} =
+      gtknew('Window', width => ($::stepswidth - $offset), widget_name => 'Steps',
+	     position => [ lang::text_direction_rtl() ? $::rootwidth - $::stepswidth : $offset, 150 ],
+	     child => gtknew('VBox', spacing => 6, children_tight => \@l));
+    $o->{steps_window}->show;
+}
+
+sub update_steps_position {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    return if !$steps{steps};
+    my $last_step;
+    foreach (@{$o->{orderedSteps}}) {
+	exists $steps{steps}{$_} or next;
+	if ($o->{steps}{$_}{entered} && !$o->{steps}{$_}{done}) {
+	    $steps{steps}{$_}{img}->set_from_pixbuf($steps{on});
+	    $steps{steps}{$_}{text}->set_markup('<b><i>' . $steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text} . '</i></b>');
+	    if ($last_step) {
+             $steps{steps}{$last_step}{img}->set_from_pixbuf($steps{done});
+             $steps{steps}{$last_step}{text}->set_markup('<b>' . $steps{steps}{$last_step}{raw_text} . '</b>');
+         }
+	    return;
+	}
+	$last_step = $_;
+    }
+    mygtk2::flush(); #- for auto_installs which never go through the Gtk2 main loop
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub create_logo_window {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::logowidth == 0 || $::move;
+
+    mygtk2::may_destroy($o->{logo_window});
+
+    my $file = $o->{meta_class} eq 'firewall' ? "logo-mandriva-Firewall.png" : "logo-mandriva.png";
+
+    $o->{logo_window} =
+      gtknew('Window', 
+	     width => $::logowidth, height => $::logoheight, 
+	     widget_name => 'logo',
+	     child => gtknew('Image', file => $file),
+	 );
+    $o->{logo_window}->show;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub init_gtk {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/$_", "/etc/$_") foreach qw(gtk-2.0 pango fonts);
+
+    if ($o->{vga16}) {
+        #- inactivate antialias in VGA16 because it makes fonts look worse
+        output('/tmp/fonts.conf',
+q(<fontconfig>
+<include>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</include>
+<match target="font"><edit name="antialias"><bool>false</bool></edit></match>
+</fontconfig>
+));
+        $ENV{FONTCONFIG_FILE} = '/tmp/fonts.conf';
+    }
+
+    Gtk2->init;
+    Gtk2->set_locale;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub init_sizes {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    ($::rootwidth,  $::rootheight)    = (Gtk2::Gdk->screen_width, Gtk2::Gdk->screen_height);
+    $::stepswidth = $::rootwidth <= 640 ? 0 : 200 if !$::move;
+    ($::logowidth, $::logoheight) = $::rootwidth <= 640 ? (0, 0) : (800, 75);
+    ($o->{windowwidth}, $o->{windowheight}) = ($::rootwidth - $::stepswidth, $::rootheight - $::helpheight - $::logoheight);
+    ($::real_windowwidth, $::real_windowheight) = (576, 418);
+    $::move and $o->{windowwidth} -= 100;
+}
+
+sub handle_unsafe_mouse {
+    my ($o, $window) = @_;
+
+    $o->{mouse}{unsafe} or return;
+
+    $window->add_events('pointer-motion-mask');
+    my $signal; $signal = $window->signal_connect(motion_notify_event => sub {
+	delete $o->{mouse}{unsafe};
+	log::l("unsetting unsafe mouse");
+	$window->signal_handler_disconnect($signal);
+    });
+}
+
+sub special_shortcuts {
+    my (undef, $event) = @_;
+    my $d = ${{ $Gtk2::Gdk::Keysyms{F2} => 'screenshot', $Gtk2::Gdk::Keysyms{Home} => 'restart' }}{$event->keyval};
+    if ($d eq 'screenshot') {
+	install::any::take_screenshot($::o);
+    } elsif ($d eq 'restart' && member('control-mask', @{$event->state}) && member('mod1-mask', @{$event->state})) {
+	log::l("restarting install");
+	ugtk2->exit(0x35);
+    }
+    0;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub createXconf {
+    my ($file, $mouse_type, $mouse_dev, $_wacom_dev, $Driver) = @_;
+
+    symlinkf(devices::make($mouse_dev), "/dev/mouse") if $mouse_dev ne 'none';
+
+    #- needed for imlib to start on 8-bit depth visual.
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/imrc", "/etc/imrc");
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/im_palette.pal", "/etc/im_palette.pal");
+
+    #- remove "error opening security policy file" warning
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/X11", "/etc/X11");
+
+if ($Driver) {
+     output($file, sprintf(<<'END', ($::globetrotter ? "" : 'Option "XkbDisable"'), $mouse_type, $Driver, $Driver eq 'fbdev' ? '"default"' : '"800x600" "640x480"'));
+Section "Files"
+   FontPath   "/usr/share/fonts:unscaled"
+EndSection
+
+Section "InputDevice"
+    Identifier "Keyboard"
+    Driver "keyboard"
+    %s
+    Option "XkbModel" "pc105"
+    Option "XkbLayout" ""
+EndSection
+
+Section "InputDevice"
+    Identifier "Mouse"
+    Driver "mouse"
+    Option "Protocol" "%s"
+    Option "Device" "/dev/mouse"
+    Option "ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
+EndSection
+
+Section "Monitor"
+    Identifier "monitor"
+    HorizSync 31.5-35.5
+    VertRefresh 50-70
+EndSection
+
+Section "Device"
+    Identifier  "device"
+    Driver      "%s"
+EndSection
+
+Section "Screen"
+    Identifier "screen"
+    Device "device"
+    Monitor "monitor"
+    DefaultColorDepth 16
+    Subsection "Display"
+        Depth 16
+        Modes %s
+    EndSubsection
+EndSection
+
+Section "ServerLayout"
+    Identifier "layout"
+    Screen "screen"
+    InputDevice "Mouse" "CorePointer"
+    InputDevice "Keyboard" "CoreKeyboard"
+EndSection
+
+END
+ }
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cca58ff11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+help:
+	@if [ ! -d doc ]; then \
+		echo "Checking out doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cvs -d :ext:cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker co doc/manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	else \
+		echo "Updating doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cd doc ; cvs update manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	fi
+	./help_xml2pm.pl
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help.pm b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd30f1457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+sub acceptLicense() {
+    N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It
+covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the
+terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"
+button will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
+}
+sub addUser() {
+    N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her
+own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the
+system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized
+to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,
+protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could
+impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular
+user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,
+day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do
+anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple
+mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a
+serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll
+lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.
+
+The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory
+-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word
+you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name
+this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override
+the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.
+From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is
+not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it
+by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones
+at risk.
+
+Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one
+of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're
+finished adding users.
+
+Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for
+that user (bash by default).
+
+When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who
+will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If
+you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local
+security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on
+\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
+}
+sub ask_mntpoint_s() {
+    N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.
+You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most
+common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a
+root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not
+be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a
+separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition
+(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".
+
+\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.");
+}
+sub chooseCd() {
+    N("The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a
+selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current
+CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested
+CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be
+installed.", N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub choosePackages() {
+    N("It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.
+There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make it
+simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar
+applications.
+
+Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and
+match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''
+installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category
+installed.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or
+more of the groups in the workstation category.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the
+appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will
+configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the
+Linux Standard Base specifications.
+
+   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,
+instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance
+of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will
+still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the
+more common services you wish to install on your machine.
+
+ * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical
+environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical
+interface available.
+
+Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory
+text about that group.
+
+You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the
+packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will
+be installed.
+
+If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups
+and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for
+repairing or updating an existing system.
+
+If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as
+opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options
+for a minimal installation:
+
+ * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a
+working graphical desktop.
+
+ * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their
+documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.
+
+ * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary
+to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a
+command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65
+megabytes.", N("Workstation"), N("Development"), N("Server"), N("Graphical Environment"), N("Individual package selection"), N("Upgrade"), N("With X"), N("With basic documentation"), N("Truly minimal install"));
+}
+sub choosePackagesTree() {
+    N("If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present
+a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While
+browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual
+packages.
+
+Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the
+right to let you know the purpose of that package.
+
+!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically
+chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,
+you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be
+installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed
+services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at
+the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that
+security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was
+finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or
+why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install
+the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!
+
+The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears
+whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a
+dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of
+one particular package may require the installation of another package. The
+installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency
+to successfully complete the installation.
+
+The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a
+package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you
+have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking
+on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of
+another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create
+such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
+}
+sub configureServices() {
+    N("This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot
+time.
+
+DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review
+each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot
+time.
+
+A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is
+selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,
+it is safer to leave the default behavior.
+
+!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a
+server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.
+Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a
+server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!");
+}
+sub configureTimezoneGMT() {
+    N("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to
+local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your
+motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting
+\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the
+hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine
+also hosts another operating system.
+
+The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by
+connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to
+work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you
+choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time
+server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
+}
+sub configureX_card_list() {
+    N("Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureX_chooser() {
+    N("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface
+on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,
+WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.
+
+You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal
+graphical display.
+
+Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.
+
+
+
+Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.
+
+
+
+Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.
+
+
+
+Test
+
+   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.
+
+   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
+resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",
+then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it
+means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and
+the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the
+menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.
+
+
+
+Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("Yes"), N("No"));
+}
+sub configureX_monitor() {
+    N("Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.");
+}
+sub configureX_resolution() {
+    N("Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.");
+}
+sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() {
+    N("In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with
+or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best
+suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureXxdm() {
+    N("Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("No"));
+}
+sub doPartitionDisks() {
+    N("You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux
+operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an
+existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to
+partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to
+logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new
+Mandriva Linux system.
+
+Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible
+and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful
+for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which
+simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the
+rest of this section and above all, take your time.
+
+Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are
+available:
+
+ * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank
+drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.
+
+ * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on
+your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then
+be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.
+The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's
+a good idea to keep them.
+
+ * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
+all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for
+GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and
+data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows
+FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any
+data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.
+Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is
+recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on
+the same computer.
+
+   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this
+procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller
+than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows
+to store your data or to install new software.
+
+ * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on
+your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, choose
+this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation
+after you confirm.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by
+Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the
+drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard
+drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very
+easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only
+recommended if you have done something like this before and have some
+experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,
+refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Microsoft Windows®"), N("Custom disk partitioning"));
+}
+sub exitInstall() {
+    N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is
+ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget
+to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
+should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the
+boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
+
+The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:
+
+ * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will
+automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,
+similar to the installation you've just configured.
+
+   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that
+button:
+
+    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning
+step is the only interactive procedure.
+
+    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely
+rewritten, all data is lost.
+
+   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar
+machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more
+information.
+
+ * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.
+To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and
+start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux
+defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.
+
+(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type
+\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat
+/dev/fd0\".", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
+}
+sub formatPartitions() {
+    N("If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to
+reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please
+select those partitions as well.
+
+Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing
+partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating
+system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat
+partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").
+
+Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is
+completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you
+will not be able to recover it.
+
+Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system installation.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for
+bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced"));
+}
+sub installUpdates() {
+    N("By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will
+have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,
+security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,
+you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you
+have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install
+updated packages later.
+
+Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can
+be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree
+will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install
+the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub miscellaneous() {
+    N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire
+for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set
+higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly
+exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is
+generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
+
+If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able
+to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux
+Control Center.
+
+Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for
+security. Security messages will be sent to that address.", N("Security Administrator"));
+}
+sub partition_with_diskdrake() {
+    N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the
+installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been
+defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another
+partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive
+partitions must be defined.
+
+To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select
+the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,
+``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.
+
+To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:
+
+ * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive
+
+ * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap
+partitions in the free space of your hard drive
+
+\"%s\": gives access to additional features:
+
+ * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later
+partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you
+perform this step.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a
+floppy disk.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it
+using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always
+work.
+
+ * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was
+originally on the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and
+unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your
+hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of
+partitioning.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)
+and gives more information about the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will
+save your changes back to disk.
+
+When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition
+size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.
+
+Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the
+partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.
+
+When a partition is selected, you can use:
+
+ * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)
+
+ * Ctrl-d to delete a partition
+
+ * Ctrl-m to set the mount point
+
+To get information about the different file system types available, please
+read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.
+
+If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS
+``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot
+bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you
+may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for
+emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done"));
+}
+sub resizeFATChoose() {
+    N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.
+Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system.
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"
+\"Capacity\".
+
+\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.
+
+\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first
+disk or partition is called \"C:\").");
+}
+sub selectCountry() {
+    N("\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,
+click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the
+list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
+}
+sub selectInstallClass() {
+    N("This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been
+found on your machine.
+
+DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an
+upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:
+
+ * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.
+However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of
+your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.
+If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change
+the file system, you should use this option.
+
+ * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages
+currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current partitioning
+scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration
+steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.
+
+Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems
+running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior
+to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade"));
+}
+sub selectKeyboard() {
+    N("Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a
+particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits
+you or choose another keyboard layout.
+
+Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your
+language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may
+have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,
+you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and
+country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step
+will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.
+
+Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.
+
+If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next
+dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the
+keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts.", N("More"));
+}
+sub selectLanguage() {
+    N("The first step is to choose your preferred language.
+
+Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the
+documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're
+located in, then the language you speak.
+
+Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to
+be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific
+files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish
+users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in
+the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
+
+About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to
+cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is
+still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 will
+depend on the user's choices:
+
+ * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
+languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most
+iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
+
+ * Other languages will use unicode by default;
+
+ * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using
+the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;
+
+ * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a
+user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which
+languages were been chosen.
+
+Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You
+may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.
+Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,
+etc. will also be installed for that language.
+
+To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can
+launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used
+by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only
+change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
+}
+sub selectMouse() {
+    N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your
+mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will
+configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a
+two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and
+right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses
+a PS/2, serial or USB interface.
+
+If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"
+mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the
+wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse
+pointer up and down.
+
+If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it
+from the list provided.
+
+You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which
+will work with nearly all mice.
+
+If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be
+displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are
+correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not
+working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and
+you will be returned to the mouse list.
+
+Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to
+select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to
+the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and
+pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.
+Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you
+scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.
+Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you
+move your mouse about.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"), N("Next"));
+}
+sub selectSerialPort() {
+    N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under
+Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux.");
+}
+sub setRootPassword() {
+    N("This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux
+system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
+administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,
+change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can
+do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to
+guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you
+can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise
+against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other
+operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and
+unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the
+partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become
+\"root\".
+
+The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8
+characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far
+too easy to compromise your system.
+
+One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because you
+must be able to remember it!
+
+The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the
+chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If
+you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this
+``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".
+
+If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,
+click on the \"%s\" button.
+
+If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication
+services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which
+one to use, you should ask your network administrator.
+
+If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your
+computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust
+everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
+}
+sub setupBootloaderBeginner() {
+    N("A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot
+time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot
+loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot
+sector and act according to what it finds there:
+
+ * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO
+boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other
+OS installed on your machine.
+
+ * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.
+
+If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you
+where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.
+Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you
+know what you're doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
+}
+sub setupDefaultSpooler() {
+    N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other
+operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of
+the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.
+
+ * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice
+if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to
+panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"
+will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used
+within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your
+first experience with GNU/Linux.
+
+ * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent
+choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the
+planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for
+the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older
+operating systems which may still need print services. While quite
+powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to
+emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.
+\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer
+options and for managing the printer.
+
+If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing
+system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux
+Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"), N("Expert"));
+}
+sub setupSCSI() {
+    N("DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will
+also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is
+found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.
+
+Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting
+your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.
+
+If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you
+want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the
+hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the
+adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any
+issues.
+
+If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine
+which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually
+configure the driver.");
+}
+sub sound_config() {
+    N("\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.", N("Sound card"));
+}
+sub summary() {
+    N("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered
+about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you
+may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the
+hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current
+configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if
+necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this
+country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country
+is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete
+country list.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country
+you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not
+correct.
+
+ * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button
+to change it if necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its
+configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not
+detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.
+
+ * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with
+the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in
+\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on
+\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,
+you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit
+from full in-line help.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine
+you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.
+
+ * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a
+previous step ().
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good
+idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult
+the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about
+firewall settings.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this
+button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed
+documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center.
+
+ * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run
+on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good
+idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Sound card"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Proxies"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services"));
+}
+sub takeOverHdChoose() {
+    N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost
+and will not be recoverable!");
+}
+sub takeOverHdConfirm() {
+    N("Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on
+this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able
+to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including
+any Windows data.
+
+Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions
+present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"));
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..742bd9b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use XML::Parser;
+use MDK::Common;
+use utf8;
+
+my $dir = "doc/manualB/modules";
+my $xsltproc = "/usr/bin/xsltproc";
+
+if ( ! -x "$xsltproc" ){
+    print "You need to have \"$xsltproc\" - ";
+    print "so type \"urpmi libxslt-proc\" please.\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+my %helps = map {
+    my $lang = $_;
+    my @l = grep { !/drakx-MNF-chapter/ } map { /(drakx-.*).xml$/ } all("$dir/$lang");
+    if (@l < 20) { () } else {
+	my $template_file = "$dir/$lang/drakx.xml";
+	my $file = "$dir/$lang/drakx_full.xml";
+    	output($template_file, template($lang, @l));
+	system("$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file > $file") == 0 or die "$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file failed\n";
+    
+	warn "parsing $file\n";
+	my $p = new XML::Parser(Style => 'Tree');
+	my $tree = $p->parsefile($file);
+
+	$lang => rewrite2(rewrite1(@$tree), $lang);
+    }
+} all($dir);
+
+my $base = delete $helps{en} || die;
+save_help($base);
+
+foreach my $lang (keys %helps) {
+    (my $rlang = $lang) =~ s/_(.*)/_\U$1/;
+    print "Now transforming: $lang\n";
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "po/$rlang.po");
+    print $F <<EOF;
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\\n"
+
+EOF
+    foreach my $id (keys %{$helps{$lang}}) {
+#	warn "Writing id=$id in lang=$lang\n";
+	$base->{$id} or warn "$lang:$id doesn't exist in english\n", next;
+	print $F qq(# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:\n# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/$dir/$lang/drakx-chapter.xml\n);
+	print_in_PO($F, $base->{$id}[0], $helps{$lang}{$id}[0]);
+    }
+}
+unlink(".memdump");
+
+sub print_in_PO {
+    my ($F, $msgid, $msgstr) = @_;
+
+    print $F qq(msgid ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgid);
+    print $F qq("\nmsgstr ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgstr);
+    print $F qq("\n\n);
+}
+
+sub save_help {
+    my ($help, $inside_strings) = @_;
+
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "help.pm");
+    print $F <<'EOF';
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+EOF
+    foreach (sort keys %$help) {
+	my ($main, @inside) = map { qq("$_") } @{$help->{$_}};
+	my $s = join(', ', $main, map { qq(N($_)) } @inside);
+	print STDERR "Writing id=$_\n";
+	print $F <<EOF;
+sub $_() {
+    N($s);
+}
+EOF
+	my @nb = $main =~ /\%s/g; @nb == @inside or die "help.pm error: bad \%s in sub $_\n";
+    }
+}
+
+# i don't like the default tree format given by XML::Parser,
+# rewrite it in my own tree format
+sub rewrite1 {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    my ($attr, @nodes) = @$tree;
+    my @l;
+    while (@nodes) {
+	my ($tag, $tree) = splice(@nodes, 0, 2);
+	if ($tag eq '0') {
+	    foreach ($tree) {
+		s/\s+/ /gs;
+		s/"/\\"/g;
+		s/\x{ad}//g;
+		s/\x{2013}/-/g;
+	    }
+	    push @l, $tree
+	} elsif ($tag eq 'screen') {
+	    $tree->[1] eq '0' or die "screen tag contains non CDATA\n";
+	    push @l, $tree->[2];
+	} else {
+	    push @l, rewrite1($tag, $tree);
+	}
+    }
+    { attr => $attr, tag => lc $tag, children => \@l };
+}
+
+# return the list of nodes named $tag
+sub find_tag {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    if (!ref($tree)) {
+	();
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq $tag) {
+	$tree;
+    } else {
+	map { find_tag($tag, $_) } @{$tree->{children}};
+    }
+}
+
+my $help;
+sub rewrite2 {
+    my ($tree, $lang) = @_;
+    our $i18ned_open_text_quote  = $ {{ 
+	fr => "« ",
+	de => "„",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "“"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_text_quote = $ {{ 
+	fr => " »",
+	de => "“",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "”"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_label_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_label_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_command_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_command_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_input_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "»", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_input_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "«", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_key_quote  = $ {{ de => "["}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_key_quote = $ {{ de => "]"}}{$lang};
+    # rewrite2_ fills in $help
+    $help = {};
+    rewrite2_($tree);
+    $help;
+}
+
+sub rewrite2_ {
+    my ($tree, @parents) = @_;
+    ref($tree) or return $tree;
+    !$tree->{attr}{condition} || $tree->{attr}{condition} !~ /no-inline-help/ or return '';
+
+    my ($id) = $tree->{attr}{id} ? $tree->{attr}{id} =~ /drakxid-([^-]+)$/ : ();
+
+    my @inside_strings;
+    my $text = do {
+	my @l = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_($_, $tree, @parents);
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s;
+	} @{$tree->{children}};
+	my $text = "";
+	foreach (@l) {
+	    s/^ // if $text =~ /\s$/;
+	    $text =~ s/ $// if /^\s/;
+	    $text =~ s/\n+$// if /^\n/;
+	    $text .= $_;
+	}
+	$text;
+    };
+
+    if ($id) {
+	my $t = $text;
+	$t =~ s/^\s+//;
+
+	my @footnotes = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_({ %$_, tag => 'para' });
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s =~ s/^\s+//;
+	    "(*) $s";
+	} find_tag('footnote', $tree);
+	$help->{$id} = [ aerate($t . join('', @footnotes)), @inside_strings ];
+	return '';
+    }
+
+    my $text_ = do {
+    if (0) {
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'formalpara', 'para', 'itemizedlist', 'orderedlist')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\s(?!\s)//;
+	$text =~ s/^( ?\n)+//;
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'quote', 'citetitle', 'foreignphrase')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\Q$i18ned_open_label_quote\E(.*)\Q$i18ned_close_label_quote\E$/$1/ if $i18ned_open_label_quote;
+	($i18ned_open_text_quote || "``") . $text . ($i18ned_close_text_quote || "''");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'literal', 'filename')) {
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'guilabel', 'guibutton', 'guimenu')) {
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	push @inside_strings, $text;
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . "%s" . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'command') {
+	($i18ned_open_command_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_command_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'userinput') {
+	($i18ned_open_input_quote || ">>") . $text . ($i18ned_close_input_quote || "<<");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'keycap') {
+	($i18ned_open_key_quote || "[") . $text . ($i18ned_close_key_quote || "]");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'keysym')) {
+	qq($text);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'footnote')) {
+	'(*)'
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'warning') {
+	$text =~ s/^(\s+)/$1!! /;
+	$text =~ s/(\s+)$/ !!$1/;
+	$text;
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'listitem') {
+	my $cnt = (any { $_->{tag} eq 'variablelist' } @parents) ? 1 : 0;
+	$text =~ s/^\s+//;
+	$text =~ s/^/' ' . ($cnt++ ? '  ' : '* ')/emg;
+	"\n$text\n";
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},  
+		    'acronym', 'application', 'emphasis',  
+		    'keycombo', 'note', 'sect1', 'sect2', 'sect3',
+		    'superscript', 'systemitem', 'option',
+		    'tip', 'ulink', 'xref', 'varlistentry', 'variablelist', 'term',
+		    'phrase', 'hardware', 'procedure', 'step', 'bridgehead',
+		   )) {
+	# ignored tags
+	$text;
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},
+		    qw(title article primary secondary indexterm revnumber
+                       date authorinitials revision revhistory revremark chapterinfo
+                       imagedata imageobject mediaobject figure
+                       abstract book chapter)
+		   )) {
+	# dropped tags
+	@inside_strings = ();
+	'';
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'screen') {
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } else {
+	warn "unknown tag $tree->{tag}\n";
+    }
+    };
+    $text_, @inside_strings;
+}
+
+sub aerate {
+    my ($s) = @_;
+    #- the warp_text column is adjusted so that xgettext do not wrap text around
+    #- which cause msgmerge to add a lot of fuzzy
+    my $s2 = join("\n\n", map { join("\n", warp_text($_, 75)) } split "\n", $s);
+    $s2;
+}
+
+sub template {
+    my ($lang, @l) = @_;
+    my $entities = join("\n", map { qq(<!ENTITY $_ SYSTEM '$_.xml'>) } @l);
+    my $body = join("\n", map { '&' . $_ . ';' } @l);
+
+    <<EOF;
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+"/usr/share/sgml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"[
+
+$entities
+
+<!ENTITY % params.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/params.ent">
+%params.ent;
+<!ENTITY % strings.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/strings.ent">
+%strings.ent;
+
+<!ENTITY step-only-for-expert "">
+
+<!ENTITY % acronym-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/acronym_list.ent" >
+%acronym-list;
+<!ENTITY % button-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/button_list.ent" >
+%button-list;
+<!ENTITY % companies SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/companies.ent" >
+%companies;
+<!ENTITY % menu-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/menu_list.ent" >
+%menu-list;
+<!ENTITY % tech SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/tech.ent" >
+%tech;
+<!ENTITY % titles SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/titles.ent" >
+%titles;
+<!ENTITY % typo SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/typo.ent" >
+%typo;
+<!ENTITY % common SYSTEM "../../entities/common.ent" >
+%common;
+<!ENTITY % common-acronyms SYSTEM "../../entities/common_acronyms.ent" >
+%common-acronyms;
+<!ENTITY % prog-list SYSTEM "../../entities/prog_list.ent" >
+%prog-list;
+
+<!ENTITY lang '$lang'>
+
+]>
+
+<book>
+  <title>DrakX Documentation</title>
+
+$body
+
+</book>
+EOF
+
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4897a204f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+<xsl:template match="/">
+  <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
+</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b1f3f647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..457a7cbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+NAME = DrakX-help
+LOCALEDIR = ${prefix}/share/locale
+PL_FILES = ../help.pm
+
+MAIN_PO_FILES = ../../../share/po/libDrakX.pot ../../share/po/DrakX.pot
+
+POFILES = $(wildcard *.po)
+MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo)
+LANGS = $(POFILES:%.po=%)
+
+default: $(MOFILES)
+
+%.mo: %.po
+	msgfmt -o $@ $<
+
+merge: $(NAME).pot
+	for n in $(POFILES); do \
+	  echo "Merging $$n"; \
+	  msgmerge $$n $(NAME).pot > "$$n"t ; \
+	  mv -f "$$n"t $$n ; \
+	done
+
+$(NAME).pot: $(PL_FILES)
+	perl_checker -q --generate-pot .$@ $(PL_FILES)
+	xgettext $(MAIN_PO_FILES:%=-x %) -o $@ .$@
+	rm -f .$@
+
+install: $(MOFILES)
+	for l in $(LANGS); do \
+		install -d $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES; \
+		install -m 644 $$l.mo $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES/$(NAME).mo; \
+	done
+
+clean:
+	@rm -rf *.mo $(POFILES:%=%t)
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..828c570a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1839 @@
+# translation of DrakX-af21-09.po to Afrikaans
+# translation of DrakX-af.po to Afrikaans
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Schalk W. Cronjé <schalkc@ntaba.co.za>, 2000.
+# Dirk van der Walt <mandrake@webmail.co.za>, 2003.
+# Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-af\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-21 17:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>\n"
+"Language-Team: Afrikaans\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Voordat u voortgaan, lees asb die lisensieterme noukeurig deur. Dit dek\n"
+"die hele Mandriva Linux distribusie. Indien u saamstem met al die\n"
+"voorwaardes daarin, merk die \"%s\" boksie. Indien nie, kan u op die\n"
+"\"%s\" knoppie druk om teherlaai."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux is 'n multigebruikerstelsel, dit beteken dat elke gebruiker sy\n"
+"eie voorkeure kan stel, met sy eie lêers ens. U kan meer hieroor in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\"  lees. Andersins as 'root' (die supergebruiker) kan\n"
+"gebruikers wat u hier byvoeg niks behalwe hul eie lêers en eie\n"
+"konfigurasie verander nie. U moet ten minste een gewone gebruiker vir uself\n"
+"skep.\n"
+"Hierdie gebruker is die een waaronder u moet inteken vir normale gebruik\n"
+"van die rekenaar. Alhoewel dit baie gemaklik is om as 'root' in te teken "
+"vir\n"
+"daaglikse werk, is dit baie gevaarlik. 'n Eenvoudige fout kan moontlik u\n"
+"stelsel\n"
+"breek. 'n Fout wat as gewone gebruiker gemaak word, sal net daardie\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"beïnvloed en nie hele stelsel nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eers moet u, u eie naam intik. Dit is nie verpligtend nie, want u kan\n"
+"eintlik\n"
+"enigiets intik, as u wil. DrakX sal dan die eerste woord wat u ingetik het,\n"
+"in die\n"
+"\"%s\" veld plaas. U kan hier verander indien u wil. Dit is die\n"
+"gebruikernaam waarmee\n"
+"die gebruiker op die rekenaar sal aanteken. U moet dan ook 'n wagwoord\n"
+"voorsien.\n"
+"'n Gewone gebruiker se wagwoord is nie so krities soos dié van die\n"
+"supergebruiker\n"
+"(uit 'n sekuriteitsoogpunt) nie, maar daar is geen\n"
+"rede om agterlosig met u data te wees nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op \"%s\" kliek sal die gebruiker geskep word en kan u nog\n"
+"gebruikers byvoeg.\n"
+"U kan vir al u vriende gebruikername skep, sommer een vir pa en ma ook. \n"
+"Sodra u klaar is, kliek op \"%s\".\n"
+"Kliek op die \"%s\" knoppie indien u die verstek-instruksiedop vir die\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"wil verander.\n"
+"Dit is bash by verstek.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u klaar is met die skep van gebruikers, sal u gevra word om 'n\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"te kies wie outomaties sal inteken sodra Linux klaar selfgelaai het. Indien\n"
+"u hierdie funksie wil gebruik (en plaaslike sekuriteit tans nie vreeslik\n"
+"belangrik is nie), kies asseblief die verlangde gebruiker en venstermaker,\n"
+"klik dan op \"%s\".\n"
+"Indien u NIE hierdie funksie wil gebruik nie, sorg dat \"%s\" NIE gemerk is\n"
+"nie. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Wil u hierdie funksie gebruik?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is 'n lys van die bestaande Linux partisies wat opgespoor is.\n"
+"U kan die assistent se keuses behou, hulle is gewoonlik geskik vir die\n"
+"meeste installasies. Sou u wil verander, moet u ten minste 'n wortel-\n"
+"partisie (\"/\") voorsien. Dit moet nie te klein wees nie, anders kan ons \n"
+"nie genog sagteware installeer nie. Indien u die data op 'n aparte \n"
+"partisie wil stoor, moet u ook 'n \"/home\"-partisie skep.\n"
+"(waarvoor u meer as een Linux partisie nodig het).\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie word as volg gelys: \"Naam\", \"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" \n"
+"of \"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"e\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Mandriva Linux installasie is versprei oor 'n aantal CD-ROMs.DrakX\n"
+"weet wanneer 'n gekose pakket op 'n ander CD-ROM is. DrakX sal in so\n"
+"geval die huidige CD uitskop en aandui watter een benodig word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u spesifiseer watter programme u op die rekenaar wil\n"
+"installeer. Daar is duisende pakkette beskikbaar vir Mandriva Linux, en\n"
+"om alles meer eenvoudig te maak, is die pakkette gegroepeer onder\n"
+"groepe van selfde tipe programme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die groepe is so saamgestel dat dit saamval met die tipe gebruik van u\n"
+"rekenaar. Mandriva Linux het vier vooraf gespesifseerde installasies\n"
+"beskikbaar. Dink aan hierdie tipes as houers met verskillende pakkette.\n"
+"U kan wel uit die verskillende houers, verskillende pakkette kies.\n"
+"Dus kan u \"Werkstasie\" ook programme uit die \"Ontwikkeling\"\n"
+"bevat.\n"
+"( Amper soos die \"pick 'n mix\" by 'n Clicks of 'n winkel van u keuse! )\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die rekenaar as 'n werkstasie wil gebruik, kies een of\n"
+"meer hieruit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u ontwikkelling op die masjien wil doen, kan u hier\n"
+"kies en keur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mense wat 'n bediener wil opstel, hier is vir julle keuses.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Grafiese-omgewings. Indien u 'n grafiese omgewing wil\n"
+"gebruik, moet u ten minste een hier kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beweeg u muis stadig oor elke groep om meer inligting daaroor te bekom.\n"
+"Indien u NIKS kies nie gedurende 'n normale installasie, sal 'n venster\n"
+"opspring met verskillende keuses vir hierdie minimale installasie:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer die minimale programme vir 'n werkende grafiese\n"
+"werksomgewing.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer 'n basiese stelsel met basiese nutsporgramme en hul\n"
+"dokumentasie. Dit is geskik om 'n bediener op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sal 'n absolute minimale installasie doen, sodat u bloot 'n\n"
+"werkende Linux rekenaar het. Die grootte sal so 65 megagrepe wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan die \"%s\" blokkie merk, dit is handig indien u vertroud is met al\n"
+"die beskikbare pakette, en u meer beheer verlang.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u die installasie in \"%s\"-modus begin het, kan u NIKS kies nie\n"
+"om te verhoed dat nuwe pakette installeer. Baie handig wanneer u 'n\n"
+"bestaande stelsel opdateeer, of herstel."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opgradeer"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Met basiese dokumentasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Werklike minimale installasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Inidein u gespesifiseer het dat u individuele pakkette wil kies,\n"
+"sal daar 'n boom-struktuur aan u vertoon word met al die pakkette\n"
+"wat opgedeel is in groepe en sub-groepe. Soos u die deur hulle rits\n"
+"kan u hele groepe of sub-groepe kies, of self individuele pakkette.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u 'n pakket kies, sal daar 'n beskrywing aan die regterkant verskyn\n"
+"wat aandui waarvoor die pakket gebruik word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n diensprogram kies, of dit nou deel is van 'n groepe pakkette of\n"
+"'n enkel een, sal u gevra word om die installasie daarvan te bevestig.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sal by verstek alle bediener-programme afskop nadat u die\n"
+"rekenaar aangeskakel het. Hierdie bediener-programme is verpak sonder\n"
+"enige probleme bekend. Dit kon intussen verander het, nadat sekuriteits-"
+"gate\n"
+"gevind is. Indien u nie weet wat 'n diens veronderstel is om te doen nie, "
+"of\n"
+"waarom dit geïnstalleer word nie, klik op \"%s\". Deur op \"%s\" te klik "
+"sal\n"
+"die bediener-program geïnstalleer word en afskop sodra die Linux laai!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie VERSPER die waarskuwings-dialoog wat verskyn\n"
+"sodra die installeerder ander pakkette moet kies a.g.v. afhanklikhede\n"
+"Afhanklikhede werk as volg: Sommige pakkette moet ander programme\n"
+"installeer om korrek te funksioneer, maar hierdie programme maak soms deel\n"
+"uit van 'n ander pakket, dus sal die installeer-program daardie pakkette\n"
+"ook installeer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die klein disket-ikoon aan die lys se onderkant laat u toe om 'n lys van\n"
+"pakkette van 'n vorige installeasie te laai. Dit is handig indien u 'n\n"
+"aantal masjiene identies wil konfigureer. As u hierop klik, sal u gevra\n"
+"word om die disket te voorsien wat aan die einde van 'n vorige\n"
+"installasie geskep is. Raadpleeg die tweede wenk van die laaste stap\n"
+"oor hoe mens so disket skep."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Outomatiese-afhanklikhede"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": deur op die \"%s\" knoppie te klik, sal u toegang tot die 'printer\n"
+"configuration wizard' kry. Gaan gerus die ooreenstemde hoofstuk in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\" na vir meer inligting. Dit stem baie ooreen met die een."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"U kan nou dienste kies wat by herlaaityd moet afskop.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die muis oor 'n item beweeg, sal 'n klein ballon opspring\n"
+"wat die rol van die diens verduidelik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees versigtig met hierdie stap. Indien u beplan om dié rekenaar as 'n\n"
+"bediener te gebruik wil u nie dienste afskop wat u nie gaan gebruik nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gebruik die GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) as verwysing en verstel\n"
+"dan die tyd volgens u tydsone. Dit beteken dat, in Suid-Afrika,\n"
+"die tyd op die moederbord sowat twee ure \"uit\" sal wees,\n"
+"indien u Johannesburg as tydsone kies. U kan GNU/Linux forseer om\n"
+"die moederbord en plaaslike tyd dieselfde te hou deur NIE die \"%s\" te\n"
+"merk NIE. Gebruik dit so wanneer die rekenaar\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsels ook kan laai, byvoorbeeld Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie sal outomaties die klok reguleer deur gebruik te maak van\n"
+"'n eksterne tyd-bediener op die Internet. U sal natuurlik 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie daarvoor benodig. Kies 'n bediener naby u. Hierdie opsie\n"
+"laat u toe om hierdie rekenaar self as 'n tyd-bediener te gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Outotydsinkronisasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die installeer-program sal in meeste gevalle u grafiesekaart outomaties\n"
+"opspoor. Indien daar probleme is, kan u self van hierdie lys die kaart\n"
+"kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (staan vir X Window Stelsel -let geen 's') is die hart van die GNU/Linux \n"
+"se grafiese-koppelvlak. Bo-op X, laai grafiese omgewings. ( dit sluit\n"
+"KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ens. in)\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is 'n lys van verstellings wat u kan verander om die beste resultate\n"
+"te verkry: Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"Die program sal gewoonlik die regte grafiesekaart optel en opstel.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel\n"
+"hierdie keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld\n"
+"van die gekose konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Toets\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhangende van u hardeware, sal die inskrywing moontlik weg wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ons gaan 'n grafiese skerm probeer opstel met die verstellings\n"
+"wat u gemaak het. Indien u die boodskap daarop kan sien en \"%s\"\n"
+"antwoord, sal DrakX na die volgende stap gaan. Indien u nie die boodskap\n"
+"kan sien nie, dui dit aan dat iets nie reg opgestel is nie. Die toets sal "
+"dan\n"
+"na 12 sekondes eindig, en terugval na die kieslys toe. Verander dan u\n"
+"keuses vir nog 'n probeerslag.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u spesifiseer indien u rekenaar die grafiese-koppelvlak moet\n"
+"begin tydens selflaai. U kan \"%s\" merk indien u 'die rekenaar as bediener\n"
+"gaan gebruik, of indien u nie X met sukses kon opstel nie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel hierdie\n"
+"keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld van die gekose\n"
+"konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien daar verskillende tipe bedieners vir u kaart beskikbaar is, met of\n"
+"sonder 3D-versnelling, sal u gevra word om die een te kies wat u die beste\n"
+"sal pas."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   hier kan u kies of u die rekenaar wil laat eindig in 'n grafiese "
+"koppelvlak\n"
+"na dit aangeskakel is. U sal natuurlik \"%s\" kies indien die rekenaar as\n"
+"'n bediener gebruik gaan word, of u nie die skerm reg kon opstel nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip moet u besluit waar op die hardeskyf u Mandriva Linux\n"
+"wil installeer. Indien u 'n leë hardeskyf het, of indien 'n bestaande\n"
+"bedryfstelsel al die beskikbare spasie gebruik, sal u partisies moet\n"
+"skep. Om 'n partisie te skep veroorsaak dat u die hardeskyf logies\n"
+"verdeel, om spasie te skep vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n onervare gebruiker is, kan die skep van partisies vreemd en\n"
+"intimiderend wees.\n"
+"Die skep van partisies is gewoonlik onomkeerbaar en kan dataverlies\n"
+"meebring indien daar reeds 'n bestaande bedryfstelsel op die hardeskyf is.\n"
+"Gelukkig sluit DrakX 'n assisstent in wat die proses vergemaklik.\n"
+"Voor u verder gaan, lees die volgende deel deeglik deur, en wees rustig!\n"
+"(Moet nie stres kap nie! - Chill Dude!)\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhangende van hoe u hardeskyf gekonfigureer is, is daar 'n aantal opsies\n"
+"beskikbaar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal die partisies op u leë hardeskyf outomaties\n"
+"opstel.\n"
+"Indien u die een kies, is dit al inset wat u hoef te lewer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": die assistent het een of meer bestaande Linux-partisies op die\n"
+"hardeskyf gekry. Indien u wil gebruik maak van hulle, kies hierdie opsie.\n"
+"Daar is verstek hegpunte, wat u kan verander, indien u wil, maar ons stel\n"
+"voor u hou daarby.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": indien u Microsoft Windows op u hardeskyf geïnstalleer het, en\n"
+"dit neem al die spasie in beslag, moet ons eers 'n plekkie vir Linux skep. U "
+"kan die Microsoft Windows partisie met al die data uitwis\n"
+"(verwys na 'Erase entie disk' oplossing)\n"
+"of u kan die Microsoft Windows FAT of NTFS partisie verklein. Dit kan "
+"geskied\n"
+"sonner verlies van data, mits u die partisie gedefragmenteer het.Ons beveel "
+"ten sterkste aan dat u 'n rugsteun maak van u data. Hierdie is\n"
+"die beste metode indien u beide Mandriva Linux en Microsoft Windows op die\n"
+"rekenaar wil gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Neem tog kennis dat dit die beskikbare oop spasie in Microsoft Windows sal\n"
+"verminder, aangesien ons plek moet maak vir Linux op die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u alle data op alle partisies op u hardeskyf wil uitwis,\n"
+"en dit dan vervang met Mandriva Linux, kan u hierdie opsie kies.\n"
+"Wees versigtig die opsie is onomkeerbaar!\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data op die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\" hierdie opsie gaan doodeenvoudig alles uitwis en van vooraf\n"
+"die hardeskyf partisies skep. Alle data sal verlore gaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data up die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\": kies hierdie opsie indien u self die partisies wil opstel. Wees\n"
+"uiters versigtig -- dit is 'n gevaarlike keuse en u kan maklik al u data "
+"verloor. Hierdieopsie word aanbeveel vir persone wat ondervinding\n"
+"het en vertroud is met Linux .\n"
+"U kan verder oplees oor hoe om te werk te gaan in die \"Managing Your\n"
+"Partitions deel van die \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gebruik bestaande partisies"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Wis hele skyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Fluit-fluit my storie is uit! Die installasie het tot 'n einde gekom en u\n"
+"GNU/Linux reknaar is gereed vir gebruik. Klik bloot op \"%s\" om\n"
+"te herlaai.Onthou tog om die installasie-media (CDROM of Disket)\n"
+"te verwyder. Die eerste skerm wat u sal sien, na die rekenaar sy\n"
+"hardeware-toetse uitgevoer het, is die herlaaistelsel se kieslys.\n"
+"Daar kan u die bedryfstelsel kies wat moet laai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" knoppie sal nog twee knoppies laat verskyn:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om 'n installasie-disket te skep wat die hele installasie\n"
+"aotomaties sal doen, sonner die hulp van 'n persoon.\n"
+"Dit sal soortgelyk aan hierdie een wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Let daarop dat twee verskillende opsies daarna beskikbaar sal wees:\n"
+"\n"
+"     * \"%s\" Gedeeltelik outomaties. Die skep van partisies benodig 'n\n"
+"persoon om te spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"      * \"%s\" Volkome outomaties. Die hardeskyf word totaal gewis, alle\n"
+"data word verloor.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hierdie is handig wanneer u 'n paar van dieselfde masjiene moet\n"
+"installeer.\n"
+"Besoek gerus ons webwerf vir meer inligting hieroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor 'n lys van die gekose pakette in hierdie installasie.\n"
+"Om hierdie keuses met 'n volgende installasie te gebruik, plaas disket\n"
+"in aandrywer en begin die installasie. Kies [F1] en tik '>> linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<' in."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Skep outo-installasieskyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Enige nuwe partisies moet eers geformatteer word voor dit bruikbaar is.\n"
+"(formatteer beteken dan ons 'n lêerstelsel daarop skep).\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan ook nou kies om bestaande partisies te formatteer om so al die\n"
+"data daarop uit te vee. Kies asseblief dan nou daardie partisies ook.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat die NIE nodig is om al die vooraf-bestaande partisies\n"
+"weer te formatteer NIE. U moet wel partisies wat die bedryfstelsel bevat\n"
+"formatteer. ( byvoorbeeld \"/\",\"/usr\" of \"/var\") maar partisies met\n"
+"data wat u graag wil hou ( bv \"/home\") moet nie geformatteer word\n"
+"nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees daarom versigtig wanneer u die partisies kies. Na dit geformatteer\n"
+"is, sal ALLE data daarop vernietig wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" sodra u gereed is om te formatteer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u 'n ander partisie vir die installasie van u nuwe\n"
+"Madrake Linux bedryfstelsel wil kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u partisies wil kies wat dan ondersoek en\n"
+"getoets moet word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Teen die tyd wat u Mandriva Linux installeer, is dit hoogs waarskynlik\n"
+"dat van die pakkette intussen opgedateer is. Foute kom reggestel wees,\n"
+"of sekuriteits probleme is dalk opgelos. Om voordeel hieruit te put, kan\n"
+"u hulle nou van die Internet aflaai. Merk \"%s\" indien u 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie het, of \"%s\" sou u dit eers later wil doen\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur \"%s\" te kies, kan u 'n lys plekke sien waarvanaf hierdie\n"
+" pakkette gelaai kan word. Kies 'n geskikte een. 'n Boom-struktuur\n"
+" met die nuwwe pakkette in sal verskyn. As u gelukkig is met almal,kan u\n"
+" \"%s\" klik om hulle af te laai en te installeer, of \"%s\" om te ontsnap."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip laat DrakX u toe om die sekuriteitsvlak vir die\n"
+"rekenaar te kies. 'n Algemene reel is dat die sekuriteit hoër behoort\n"
+"te wees indien die masjien belangrike inligting bevat, of direk aan\n"
+"die Internet gekoppel is. Hierdie hoër sekuriteit kom met die koste dat\n"
+"dit algemene gebruik op die rekenaar moeiliker maak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u onseker is oor wat om te kies, bly by die verstek opsie. U\n"
+"kan altyd later die vlak verander deur draksec in die Mandriva Linux "
+"Control\n"
+"Center te grbruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" veld kan boodskappe stuur na 'n gekose persoon wat\n"
+"verantwoordelik is vir die sekuriteit. Hy/sy sal dan gereelde boodskappe\n"
+"ontvang rakende die stand van die sekuriteit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sekuriteits-admin:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u asseblief besluit watter partisie(s) u gaan gebruik vir die\n"
+"installasie van u Mandriva Linux rekenaar.Indien die partisies reeds\n"
+"geskep is gedurende 'n vorige GNU/Linux installasie of deur 'n ander\n"
+"partisie-program, kan u hulle gebruik.Indien nie, moet u eerstens\n"
+"partisies skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die skep van 'n partisie behels dat u 'n hardeskyf kies.U kan klik op\n"
+"\"hda\" om die eerste IDE hardeskyf te kies, \"hdb\" is die tweede ens.\n"
+"\"sda\" is die eerste SCSI skyf.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is die opsies wanneer u partisies skep op die gekose hardeskyf:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie wis alle partisies op die gekose skyf uit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal outomaties 'ext3' en 'swap' partisies in die\n"
+"vrye spasie op die hardeskyf skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gee u toegang tot verdere keuses:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor die partisielys op 'n disket. Handig indien u later die\n"
+"partisielys wil herstel.Ons beveel hierdie stap aan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stel u in staat om 'n vorige gestoorde partisielys van 'n\n"
+"disket af te herstel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u partisielys beskadig is, kan u poog om dit te\n"
+" herstel met hierdie opsie. Wees asseblief versigtig, en onthou\n"
+"dat dit nie altyd werk nie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ignoreer al die veranderinge en herlaai die partisielys wat\n"
+"oorspronklik op die hardeskyf was.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur hierdie opsie NIE te merk NIE, sal u gebruikers verplig\n"
+"om verwyderbere media soos diskette en CD-ROMs self te heg en\n"
+"te ontheg.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gebruik die opsie indien u 'n assistent verlang wat sal help\n"
+" met die skep van partisies. Word aanbeveel indien u nie vertroud met\n"
+"die skep van partisies is nie\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kanselleer al u veranderinge.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": laat ekstra aksies toe op die partisies (tipe, opsies, formaat)\n"
+"en gee ook eksta inligting omtrent die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sodra u klaar is, sal sal dit u veranderinge stoor\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die grootte spesifiseer, kan u die fyner verstellings spesifiseer\n"
+"deur u sleutelbord se Pyltjie sleutels te gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aandag: U kan enige opsie bereik deur die sleutelbort te gebruik. Gebruik\n"
+"bloot die [Tab] sleutel en die [Op/Af] pyltjies. om 'n partisie te kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer 'n partisie gekies is, kan u die volgende doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c om 'n nuwe partisie te skep (mits 'n leë partisie gekies is)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d om 'n partisie uit te wis\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m om 'n hegpunt te spesifiseer\n"
+"\n"
+"Om inligting rakende die verskillende beskikbare lêerstelsels te bekom, "
+"lees\n"
+"asseblief die ext2FS hoofstuk in die \"Reference Manual\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op 'n PPC masjien installeer, sal u 'n klien HFS 'bootstrap'\n"
+"partisie van ten minste 1MB wil skep. Dit sal deur 'yaboot' herlaai-\n"
+" stelsel gebruik word. Maak dit bietjie groter vir spaar 'kernel' en\n"
+"'ramdisk' beelde vir hulp in nood situasies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Outoheg van verwyderbare media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skakel tussen normale/kenner modus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ons het meer as een Microsoft-partisie op u hardeskyf gevind.\n"
+"Kies dan nou die een wie se grootte u wil verander, om plek te maak\n"
+"vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie is as volg gelys: \"Linux-naam\", \"Windows-naam\"\n"
+"\"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux-naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" of\n"
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows-naam\" is die letter van u hardeskyf onder Windoes ( die eerste\n"
+"skyf of partisie word \"C:\" genoem.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ondersoek die huidige landskeuse. Indien u nie in daardie land\n"
+"is nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie en kies die regte een. Indien u land\n"
+"nie in daardie lys teenwoordig is nie, kies die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n\n"
+"volledige lys."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie stap word slegs gedoen indien ou GNU/Linux partisies op die\n"
+"rekenaar gevind is.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX moet nou weet of u 'n nuwe installasie of 'n opgradering van 'n\n"
+"bestaande Mandriva Linux wil doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hierdie deel word grootliks gebruik vir 'n hele nuwe "
+"installasie.\n"
+"Indien u aan die hardeskywe se partisies of die lêerstelsel wil verander,\n"
+"moet u hierdie opsie kies. Maar u kan ook hierdie een kies indien u sekere\n"
+"van u partisies se data wil behou.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie tipe installasie laat u toe om pakkette op te dateer\n"
+"wat deel uitmaak van u huidige Mandriva Linux installasie. Die partisies\n"
+"en gebruiker se data bly onveranderd. Ander stappe is baie dieselfde as\n"
+"'n normale installasie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die gebruik van die 'Opdateer' opsie behoort reg te werk vir al die\n"
+"weergawes vanaf \"8.1\" en opwaarts. Ons raai u af on dit op weergawes\n"
+"ouer as \"8.1\" te probeer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhangende van die verstek taal wat u kies, sal DrakX outomaties 'n\n"
+"betrokke steutelbord-konfigurasie kies. U mag moontlik 'n sleutelbord\n"
+"besit wat nie 100-persent ooreenstem met u taal nie: byvoorbeeld as u 'n\n"
+"Ingelse Sweed is, sal u dalk 'n sweedse sleutelbord besit. Hier is nog\n"
+"een: gestel jy is 'n Afrikaner wat werk in Quebec, u sal dalk met 'n ander\n"
+"tipe sleutelbord moet klaarkom as wat u gewoond is. Wel, hier kan u die\n"
+"gepaste sleutelbord uit 'n lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n lys van al die ondersteunde sleutelborde\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n nie-Latynse sleutelbord kies, sal die volgende dialoog u\n"
+"toelaat om sleutel-bindings tussen Latynse en nie-Latynse uitlegte\n"
+"te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Die taal wat u hier kies sal die dokumentasie se taal, die installeer\n"
+"program, en rekenaar oor die algemeen, beïnvloed. Kies eerstens\n"
+"die area waar u woon, en daarna die taal wat u praat.\n"
+"( Jammer, geen inskrywing vir die wat 'nonsens' wou kies nie! )\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, kan u ander tale by kies.\n"
+"Dit sal dan dokumentasie en programme toelaat in daardie ekstra tale.\n"
+"Sou daar byvoorbeeld Spaanse gebruikers op die masjien inteken, kies\n"
+"Afrikaans(of Engels) as die verstek taal en \"%s\" in die Gevorderde\n"
+"seksie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur 'n sekere taal te kies, sal vertalings, lettertipes,\n"
+"spelkykers ens vir die betrokke taal geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Boonop kan die \"%s\" merkblokkie u toelaat om die gebruik van 'unicode\n"
+"(UTF-8)' af te dwing. Let daarop dat dit eksperimenteel is. Indien u "
+"verskillende tale met verskillende koderings kies, sal\n"
+"'nicode'-ondersteuning geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat u nie verbind is tot slegs een ekstra taal nie. U kan 'n\n"
+"paar van hulle kies, as u nou regtig wild wil raak, installeer almal deur\n"
+"die \"%s\" blokkie te merk!\n"
+"Om tussen verskillende tale te skakel, gebruik \"/usr/bin/localedrake\"\n"
+"Wanneer die supergebruiker (root) dit doen sal dit die taal vir almal\n"
+"verander, en wanneer 'n gewone gebruiker dit doen , sal dit net vir\n"
+"daardie gebruiker verander."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX het gewoonlik geen probleme met die speur van die aantal muisknoppies\n"
+"nie. Indien wel, sal dit aanneem dat die muis twee knoppies het, en sal dan\n"
+"3-knop emulasie konfigureer. Die 3de knoppie kan \"gedruk\" word deur beide\n"
+"knoppies gelyktydig te klik. DrakX sal vanself weet watter tipe muis u het,\n"
+"of dit nou 'n PS/2, sierie of USB muis mag wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u muis 3 knoppies het, maar nie 'n wielletjie nie, kan u \"%s\" kies\n"
+"DrakX sal dan u muis so opstel dat die wielletjie gesimuleer word. Druk\n"
+"die middel knoppie en beweeg die muis op en af - maklik!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u moontlik 'n ander tipe muis wil spesifiseer, kies dit vanaf die\n"
+" voorsiende lys.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gekose muis verskil van die verstek muis, sal 'n toetsskerm\n"
+"vertoon word. Gebruik die knoppies en wielletjie om seker te maak\n"
+"alles werk korrek.\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind, druk die spasiebalk of [ Enter ] sleutel om\n"
+"die toets te kansselleer en weer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wielmuise word soms verkeerdelik geïdentifiseer, dan moet u self u\n"
+"muis vanaf die lys kies.\n"
+"Maak tog seker u kies die regte poort waaraan die muis\n"
+"gekoppel is. Na u die muis gekies, en \"%s\" geklik het, sal 'n beeld van\n"
+" 'n muis verskyn.\n"
+"Rol die wielletjie om te bevestig dat dit korrek funksioneer. Sodra u\n"
+"die beeld van die muis se wielletjie sien reageer, kan u ook die knoppies\n"
+"en beweging van u muis toets."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "met wielletjie-emulasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Enige PS/2 & USB muis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies asb. die korrekte poort. Onthou dat COM1 onder MS Windows \n"
+"ttyS0 onder GNU/Linux is."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie is die belangrikste oomblik vir u GNU/Linux-rekenaar se sekuriteit:\n"
+"u moet 'n wagwoord voorsien vir \"root\". \"Root\" is die supergebruiker "
+"wat\n"
+"dinge doen soos om die sagteware op te dateer, gebruikers by te voeg,\n"
+"en die konfigurasie te verander. \"Root\" kan alles doen! Hieroor moet\n"
+"u 'n deeglike wagwoord vir \"root\" kies - (DrakX sal jou tune as die wag-\n"
+"woord nie op spec is nie.) U kan wel die wagwoord uitlaat, maar dit word\n"
+"te sterkste afgeraai. GNU/Linux is net so vatbaar vir foute soos enige\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsel. Aangesien \"root\" geen perke het nie, kan hy/sy\n"
+"maklik skade aanrig as die persoon roekeloos handel. Dit moet dus\n"
+"moeilik wees vir 'n persoon om \"root\" te word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die wagwoord behoort 'n mengsel van letters en syfers te wees en ten minste\n"
+"8 karakters lank te wees. Moet dit nie neerskryf nie, dit veroorsaak 'n\n"
+"swak skakel\n"
+"\n"
+"Moet dit ook nie te vreemd maak nie, u moet dit tog kan onthou!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gebruik maak van 'n eksterne bediener wat die toegang beheer,\n"
+"klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u netwerk gebruik maak van LDAP, NIS of 'n Windows PDC, moet\n"
+"u die gepaste diens vir \"%s\" kies. Vra u administrateur indien u nie weet\n"
+"watter een om te kies nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind om wagwoorde te onthou, en die rekenaar is\n"
+"ver van die Internet af, en u vertrou almal wat die masjien gebruik, kan u\n"
+"kies om \"%s\" te gebruik. -once & heavy!-"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "magtiging"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO en grup is herlaaistelsels vir GNU/Linux. Hierdie stap is normaalweg\n"
+"geheel en al outomaties. DrakX sal u hardeskyf se selflaai-sektor nagaan\n"
+"en dienooreenkomstig handel met wat dit vind:\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n Windows selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit met 'n grub/\n"
+"LILO een vervang word. Dit sal u toelaat om te kan kies watter\n"
+"bedryfstelsel om te laai sodra u die masjien aanskakel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n grub of LILO selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit vervang\n"
+"word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien DrakX nie self kan besluit nie, sal u gevra word om 'n ligging vir\n"
+"die herlaaistelsel te voorsien. Gewoonlik is die veiligste plek \"%s\". Deur "
+"\"%s\" te kies, sal DrakX geen herlaaistelsel installeer nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is nou tyd om u drukkerstelsel te kies. Ander bedryfstelsels sal\n"
+"seker net een aan u bied, maar Mandriva Linux gee twee. Elk van hulle\n"
+"is beter as die ander in sekere gevalle.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- wat vir \"print, do not queue\" staan. Kies dit indien u\n"
+"'n direkte konneksie na die drukker het, en u blitsig wil inmeng sodra\n"
+"daar probleme is, ook indien u nie netwerk-drukkers het nie. (\"%s\"\n"
+"hanteer net eenvoudige netwerk-toegang en is effe stadig deur die netwerk)\n"
+"Ons beveel aan dat u \"pdq\" gebruik indien u nog groen is met GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - 'Common Unix Printing System', is 'n uitstekende keuse om na\n"
+"u plaaslike drukker, of na een in myle vanaf u, te druk. Eenvoudig om\n"
+"op te stel, kan kliënt of bediener rolle vertolk vir die lpd-fossiel. Dit\n"
+" beteken dat ons omsien na ons veterane! Dit is baie kragtig, maar 'n\n"
+"elementêre opstel is byna so maklik soos \"pdq\". Indien u 'n lpd-\n"
+"bediener wil nastreef, maak seker dat u die \"cups-lpd\"-daemoon\n"
+"loop. \"%s\" sluit grafiese programme in om vanaf te druk of om\n"
+"opsies te keis en drukkers te bestuur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sou u die keuse nou, later wil verander, gaan gerus na 'PrinterDrake'\n"
+"in die 'Mandriva Linux Control Center' en klik op die \"Kenner\" knoppie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ervare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal eerstens vir IDE toestelle op die rekenaar soek.\n"
+"Daarna sal dit probeer om vir PCI SCSI-kaarte te kry.\n"
+"Indien DrakX 'n SCSI-kaart bespeur en weet watter drywer\n"
+"om te gebruik sal dit outomaties installeer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Omrede hierdie proses nie altyd alles opspoor nie, sal u dalk self u\n"
+"hardeware moet spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u self 'n drywer moes spesifiseer, sal DrakX u ook vra vir enige\n"
+"spesifieke opsies.\n"
+"U kan egter DrakX toelaat om self die hardeware te ondervra. Dit werk\n"
+"gewoonlik die beste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lees die installasie inligting hoe om hierdie tipe inligting m.b.v. die\n"
+"Windows-bedryfstelsel te bekom.\n"
+"U kan dit ook vanaf die internet onttrek indien u sulke toegang het."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" die bespeurde klankkaart op u rekenaar sal hier vertoon word.\n"
+"Indien die aangeduide klankkaart verskil van die werklike een op u\n"
+"rekenaar,\n"
+"kan u op die knoppie klik, om 'n ander drywer te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal u 'n oorsig bied van u rekenaar se inligting. Afhangende van die\n"
+"sagteware wat u geïnstalleer het, sal u sommige of al die volgende\n"
+"afdelings hê. Elke inskrywing bestaan uit die item wat gekonfigureer\n"
+"moet word, asook 'n kernopsomming oor die huidige stand.\n"
+"Klik op die ooreenkomstige \"%s\"-knoppie om dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige sleutelbord-uitleg en verander indien nodig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige keuse van u land. Indien u nie in hierdie land\n"
+"woon nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie om 'n ander te kies. Sou dit nie in\n"
+"die lys wees nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n volledige lys.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": By verstek word u tydsone aangepas, afhangende van die land\n"
+"wat u kies. Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie indien dit verkeerd is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ondersoek die huidige muiskonfigurasie en klik op die knoppie\n"
+"on dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, sal u die drukker-assistent\n"
+"loods. Raadpleeg die ooreenkomstige hoofstuk in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"vir meer inligting daaroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sou ons 'n klankkaart opspoor op die rekenaar, sal dit hier\n"
+"vertoon word. Indien u verskil van ons keuse, klik op die knoppie om\n"
+"'n ander drywer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX stel u skerm op met 'n resolusie van \"800x600\"\n"
+" of \"1024x768\" by verstek. Indien u wil verander, kan u \"%s\"\n"
+"kies om dit te herkonfigureer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien 'n TV-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Inidien\n"
+"nie, en u het wel een, klik op \"%s\" om dit self op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  indien 'n ISDN-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Klik\n"
+"op \"%s\" om verstellings daarop aan te bring\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u die netwerk en Internet toegang nou wil opstel\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u die sekuriteitsvlak verander wat in 'n vorige stap \n"
+"opgestel is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien die masjien toegang tot die Internet sal hê, kan u gerus\n"
+"u rekenaar beskem teen die hansworse daar buite, deur 'n vuurmuur op te\n"
+"stel. Lees gerus meer daaroor op in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die herlaaistelsel se konfigurasie wil verander. Word\n"
+"meer vir slimkoppe aanbeveel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u fyner verstellings maak op die dienste wat sal afskop\n"
+"Ondersoek dit gerus indien u die rekenaar as bediener gaan gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiese koppelvlak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies die hardeskyf wat u wil wis, om u nuwe Mandriva Linux\n"
+"te kan installeer. Wees tog versigtig, alle huidige data op daardie\n"
+"partisie sal vernietig word!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op \"%s\" sou u al die data an al die partisies wat tans op hierdie\n"
+"hardeskyf is wil uitwis. Wees versigtig! Na u \"%s\" geklik het, sal u nie\n"
+"weer enige van die data of partisies kan red nie, dit sluit data op\n"
+"Windows-partisies in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u hierdie aksie wil staak, sonder om data te verloor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Volgende ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Vorige"
+
+#
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a13e3c08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# Latest versions of po files are at http://www.mandrivalinux.com/l10n/am.php3
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Mandriva SA
+# Alemayehu Gemeda <alemayehu@gmx.at>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-01 03:36+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alemayehu <alemayehu@gmx.at>\n"
+"Language-Team: Amharic <am-translate@geez.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "ይህንን ሁኔታ መጠቀም ይፈልጋሉ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "ከመሰረታዊ ማስረጃ ጋር"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "በእውነት አነስተኛ ተከላ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "ራስ-ገዛዊ ራስን መቻል"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "ቀን እና ሰዓት"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "የነበረውን ክፋይ ተጠቀም"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ዲስኩን እንዳለ ደምስስ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "የደህንነት ተቆጣጣሪ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "ስፓኒሽ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "አኃዞች (ከክፍተት ጋር)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "የመሸፈኛ ዘዴ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "የISDN ካርድ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ንድፋዊ እይታ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "የሚቀጥለው ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- የቀድሞው"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a33dab8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1919 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Arabic
+# Amr Fathy <amr10@menanet.net>, 2001.
+# Mohammed Gamal <f2c2001@yahoo.com>, 2002.
+# Youcef Rabah Rahal <rahal@arabeyes.org>, 2004.
+# Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>, 2004, 2005.
+# Munzir Taha <munzir@kacst.edu.sa>, 2004.
+# Abdulaziz Al-Arfaj <alarfaj@arabeyes.org>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-03 01:06+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic <support@arabeyes.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : n>=3 && n<=10 ? 2 : "
+"3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"قبل المتابعة، عليك قراءة بنود الترخيص جيداً.. إنها\n"
+"تغطي كل توزيعة ماندريبا لينكس. إذا كنت توافق على كل البنود\n"
+"الموجودة فيها، قم بالتأشير على مربّع  \"%s\". إن لم يكن كذلك،  فبالضّغط على زرّ "
+"\"%s\"\n"
+"سيتم إعادة تشغيل جهازك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"نظام جنو/لينكس هو نظام متعدد المستخدمين، مما يعني أن كل مستخدم\n"
+"له تفضيلاته الخاصة و ملفاته الخاصة و ما إلى ذلك. لكن على غرار المستخدم \"root"
+"\"، والذي هو مدير النظام، فإن المستخدمين الذين تُضيفهم حتى هذه النقطة لن "
+"يكونوا مُخوّلين\n"
+"بتغيير أي شيء عدا ملفّاتهم الخاصّة وإعداداتهم،\n"
+"لحماية النظام من أيّ تغييرات مشبوهة أو غير مقصودة والتي\n"
+"قد تكون ذات تأثير على النّظام بشكل كامل. سيتعيّن عليك إنشاء مستخدم واحد على "
+"الأقل لنفسك -- والذي هو حساب عليك استخدامه للعمل الروتيني اليومي.\n"
+"مع أنّه من السهل تسجيل الدخول كـ\"root\" لعمل\n"
+"أي شيء وكل شيء، إلا أنّه قد يكون أيضاً خطراً جداً. الخطأ البسيط جداً\n"
+"قد يعني أنّ نظامك لن يعمل بعد ذلك. إن قمت بخطأ جسيم\n"
+"كمستخدم عادي، فإنّ أسوأ ما قد يحدث أنّك ستفقد\n"
+"بعض المعلومات، ولكن لن تُؤثّر على النظام ككلّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الحقل الأول سيسألك عن اسمك الحقيقي. بالطبع هذا الحقل\n"
+"ليس اجبارياً -- يمكنك إدخال أي شئ تريد. DrakX سيستخدم الكلمة\n"
+"الأولى التي قمت بإدخالها في هذا الحقل وينقلها إلى حقل \"%s\"، الذي\n"
+"هو الاسم الذي سيدخله المستخدم  للدخول على النظام. إن أحببت، يمكنك تخطّي\n"
+"المُدخل الافتراضي وتغيّر اسم المستخدم. الخطوة التالية هي إدخال كلمة المرور.\n"
+"من وجهة نظر أمنية، فإن كلمة مرور المستخدم العادي بدون صلاحيات\n"
+"ليست بأهمّيّة كلمة مرور المستخدم \"الجذر\"، لكن ليس هذا سبب للتغاضي\n"
+"عنها أو جعلها فارغة أو جعلها سهلة جداً: على كلّ حال، ملفاتك قد تكون هي\n"
+"التي في خطر.\n"
+"\n"
+"بمجرد ضغطك على زر \"%s\"، يمكنك إضافة مستخدمين أخر. أضف اسم مستخدم\n"
+"لكل صديق من أصدقائك أو لأبيك أو لأختك،مثلاً. اضغط \"%s\" عندما\n"
+"تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زرّ \"%s\" يسمح لك بتغيير \"الصَّدفة\"\n"
+"لذلك المستخدم (bash هو الافتراضي).\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين، سيتم سؤالك عما إذا كنت تريد اختيار مستخدم\n"
+"يتم الدخول بواسطته إلى النظام تلقائياً عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"إذا كنت مهتماً بهذه الميزة (و لم تكن مهتماً كثيراً بالأمن المحلّي)،\n"
+"اختر المستخدم المطلوب و مدير النوافذ ثم اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"إن لم تكن مهتماً بهذه الميزة، قم بإزالة التأشير من مربّع الاختيار \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "هل تريد استخدام هذه الميزة؟"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"في الأعلى ستجد تجزيئات لينكس الموجودة والتي عثر عليها على القرص الصلب الخاص "
+"بك.\n"
+"يمكنك أن تُبقي اختيارات المرشد، وهي جيدة لأغلب أنواع التثبيت.\n"
+"إذا قمت بعمل أي تغييرات فيجب عليك أن تعرف التجزيء الجذر (\"/\"). لا تختر\n"
+"تجزيئات صغيرة جدا و إلا لن تستطيع تثبيت برامج كافية. إذا كنت تريد تخزين "
+"البيانات\n"
+"على تجزيء مستقل فستحتاج إلى عمل تجزيء لـ\"/home\"\n"
+"(ممكن فقط إذا كان لديك أكثر من تجزيء للينكس).\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُعطى بالشكل التالي: \"الإسم\"، \"السعة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"الإسم\" مركب بالسكل التالي: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التجزيء\" (مثلا، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصلب\" دائما هو حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". بالنسبة للأقراص "
+"الصلبة\n"
+"من نوع IDE فإن:\n"
+" * \"a\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+"أما بالنسبة لأقراص سكزي SCSI فالحرف \"a\" يعني \"أقل معرف SCSI\"، و الحرف \"b"
+"\"\n"
+"يعني \"ثاني أقل معرف SCSI\"، الخ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"تثبيت ماندريبا لينكس موزّع على العديد من الأقراص.\n"
+"إن كانت حزمة ما في قرص آخر، سيقوم DrakX بإخراج القرص\n"
+"الحالي و سيطلب منك أن تدخل القرص المطلوب. إن لم يكن القرص المطلوب لديك،\n"
+"فقط اضغط على \"%s\"، ولن يتمّ تثبيت تلك الحزم.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"حان الوقت الآن لتحديد أيّ البرامج تريد تثبيتها على نظامك.\n"
+"هناك الآلاف من الحزم المتوفّرة لماندريبا لينكس، و\n"
+"لكي نجعلها أسهل إدارة فقد وضعت الحزم في مجموعات من\n"
+"التّطبيقات المتشابهة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يصنف ماندريبا لينكس الحزم في أصناف أربعة. يمكنك \n"
+"خلط ومطابقة التّطبيقات من الأصناف المتعدّدة، بحيث\n"
+"يحتوي تثبيت \"محطّة عمل\" على تطبيقات من فئة خادم.\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك كمحطّة عمل، اختر واحد أو\n"
+"أكثر من المجموعات التي في فئة محطّة العمل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك للبرمجة، اختر\n"
+"المجموعات المناسبة من تلك الفئة. مجموعة \"LSB\" المميزة سوف\n"
+"تهيئ نظامك بحيث يتوافق قدر الإمكان مع توصيات قاعدة لينكس القياسية.\n"
+"\n"
+"   اختيار مجموعة \"LSB\" سوف يثبت أيضاً تسلسل النواة \"2.4\"،\n"
+"بدلاً من \"2.6\" الافتراضيّة. هذا للتأكيد على التوافق الكامل للنظام مع LSB.\n"
+"على كل حال، إن لم تختر مجموعة \"LSB\" فسوف\n"
+"لا يزال يكون لديك نظام متوافق 100%% تقريباً مع LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كان جهازك سيستخدم كخادم، اختر أيّاً من\n"
+"الخدمات الأكثر شيوعاً ترغب في تثبيتها على جهازك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا هو المكان الذّي تحدّد فيه بيئتك الرّسوميّة المفضّلة.\n"
+"يجب على الأقلّ اختيار واحدة إن كنت تريد أن يكون لديك\n"
+"واجهة رسوميّة متوفّرة.\n"
+"\n"
+"تحريك مؤشّر الماوس عبر اسم مجموعة سيظهر نصّ شرحٍ مختصرٍ\n"
+"عن تلك المجموعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار مربّع \"%s\"، والذي هو مفيد إن كنت معتاداً على\n"
+"الحزم المُوفّرة أو إن كنت متحكماً تماماً\n"
+"بما سيتم تثبيته.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن بدأت التثبيت بالوضع \"%s\"، يمكنك إزالة اختيار كل المجموعات ومنع تثبيت أي "
+"حزم جديدة. هذا مفيد\n"
+"لإصلاح أو تحديث نظام موجود.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن قمت بإلغاء تحديد كلّ المجموعات عند القيام بتثبيت عاديّ\n"
+"(كما هو الحال في التّحديث)، سينبثق حوار يقترح\n"
+"خيارات متعدّدة للتثبيت الأدنى:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تثبيت أقلّ عدد من الحزم الممكنة لتحصل\n"
+"على سطح مكتب رسوميّ عامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بتثبيت النّظام الأساسي بالإضافة إلى الأدوات البسيطة وتوابعها\n"
+"من المواثقة. هذا التثبيت مناسب لإعداد خادم.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سوف يثبت أقلّ عدد ممكن من الحزم الضّروريّة\n"
+"للحصول على نظام لينكس عامل. بهذا التّثبيت ستحصل فقط على\n"
+"واجهة سطر الأوامر. الحجم الكلّي لهذا التّثبيت هو حوالي 65\n"
+"ميجابايت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ترقية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "مع وثائق المساعدة الأساسية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "تثبيت مصغّر جداً"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"إن أخبرت برنامج التثبيت أنك تريد اخيار الحزم فرديّاً،\n"
+"فسوف يقدّم لك شجرة تحتوي كلّ الحزم مصنّفةً بحسب المجموعات و\n"
+"المجموعات الفرعيّة. خلال استعراض الشّجرة، يمكنك تحديد مجموعات بالكامل،\n"
+"مجموعات فرعيّة، أو حزم مفردة.\n"
+"\n"
+"حينما تحدّد حزمة من الشّجرة، يظهر وصفٌ على\n"
+"اليمين يعلمك بالغرض من الحزمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! إن تمّ اختيار حزمة خادم، إمّا بسبب أنّك حدّدتها\n"
+"قصداً أو بسبب أنّها كانت جزءً من مجموعة حزم،\n"
+"سوف تسأل التّأكيد على أنّك حقّاً تريد تلك الخادمات أن تكون\n"
+"مثبتة. بشكل افتراضي سيقوم ماندريبا لينكس بتشغيل أي خدمات مثبّتة تلقائيّاً\n"
+"عند بدء التّشغيل. حتى إن كانت آمنة وليس لها أيّ مسائل معروفة حين\n"
+"وقت شحن التّوزيعة، فإنّه من الممكن جدّاً أن\n"
+"تكون الثّغرات الأمنيّة اكتشفت بعد أن تمّ الانتهاء من هذه النّسخة من ماندريبا "
+"لينكس.\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ما يفترض من خدمة معيّنة\n"
+"عمله أو لم سيتمّ تثبيتها، فاضغط على\"%s\". الضّغط على \"%s\"سوف\n"
+"يثبت الخدمات المُسردة وسوف يتمّ تشغيلها تلقائيّاً\n"
+"بشكل افتراضي خلال الإقلاع.!!\n"
+"\n"
+"يستخدم الخيار \"%s\" لتعطيل حوار التّحذير الذي يظهر\n"
+"حينما يحدّد برنامج التثبيت حزمة ليحلّ\n"
+"مسألة اعتماد. بعض الحزم بينها علاقات بحيث\n"
+"يكون تثبيت أحدها يتطلّب تثبيت برامج أخرى أيضاً.\n"
+"يستطيع برنامج التثبيت تحديد الحاجة إلى أي من هذه الحزم\n"
+"لإرضاء الاعتماد لإكمال التّثبيت ينجاح.\n"
+"\n"
+"تسمح لك الأيقونة الصّغيرة للقرص المرن في أسفل اللائحة بتحميل\n"
+"لائحة الحزم المُنشأة خلال تثبيت سابق. يكون هذا نافعاً إن كان\n"
+"لديك عدد من الأجهزة التي تودّ تهيئتها بشكل مشابه. الضّغط\n"
+"على هذه الأيقونة سيسألك إدخال قرص مرن أنشئ في\n"
+"نهاية تثبيت آخر. انظر التّلميح الثّاني من الخطوة الأخيرة عن كيفيّة\n"
+"إنشاء قرص مرن كهذا."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "مُعتمدات آلية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": الضغط على \"%s\" سيفتح معالج تهيئة\n"
+"الطابعة. اقرأ الفصل المختص في ``دليل المبتدئ''\n"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات عن كيفية تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المقدمة في دليلنا\n"
+"هي مماثلة لتلك المستخدمة أثناء التثبيت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"يستخدم هذا الحوار لاختيار الخدمات التي تودّ تشغيلها عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيقوم DrakX بعرض قائمة بكل الخدمات المتوفرة في هذا التثبيت.\n"
+"راجع كل خدمة بتمعن و قم بإزالة التأشير من تلك الخدمات التي لا تحتاجها\n"
+"بشكل دائم عند الإقلاع.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيتم عرض شرح قصير حول الخدمة عند\n"
+"اختيارها. عموماً، إن لم تكن متأكد ما إذا كانت الخدمة مفيدة أم لا،\n"
+"فمن الأفضل ترك الخيار الإفتراضي.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! في هذه المرحلة كن حذراُ إذا كنت تريد استخدام ماكينتك\n"
+"كخادم: ربما لن تريد بدء أي خدمات لا تحتاجها.\n"
+"فضلاً تذكر أن العديد من الخدمات قد تكون خطرة إذا كانت\n"
+"متاحة على الخادم. بشكل عام اختر فقط الخدمات التي تحتاجها بالفعل !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"يقوم جنو/لينكس بإدارة الوقت بحسب توقيت غرينتش ثم يترجمه إلى\n"
+"التوقيت المحلي بحسب المنطقة الزّمنية التي اخترتها. إذا كانت الساعة\n"
+"التي في اللّوحة الرئيسية مضبوطة على التوقيت المحلي، يمكنك تعطيل ذلك\n"
+"عن طريق إزالة اختيار \"%s\" و التي ستجعل\n"
+"جنو/لينكس يعلم أن ساعة النظام وساعة الجهاز في نفس المنطقة الزّمنيّة. هذا مفيد "
+"عندما يستضيف الجهاز\n"
+"أيضاً نظام تشغيل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+"الخيار \"%s\" سيقوم آلياً بضبط الساعة عن طريق الإتصال\n"
+"بخادم وقت بعيد على الإنترنت. كي تعمل هذه الميزة، يجب أن تكون لديك\n"
+"وصلة انترنت عاملة. من الأفضل اختيار خادم الوقت\n"
+"الأقرب إليك. في الحقيقة يُثبت هذا الخيار خادم وقت يمكن استخدامه\n"
+"من قبل الأجهزة الأخرى على الشبكة المحلية أيضاً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "تزامن وقت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامج التثبيت يقوم باكتشاف وتهيئة\n"
+"البطاقة الموجودة على نظامك بشكل آلي. إن لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة المُتثبيتة لديك بالفعل من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال كانت هناك خادمات رسومية مختلفة لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك أكثر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"؛X (إشارةً إلى نظام نوافذ X) هو قلب الواجهة الرّسوميّة لجنو/لينكس\n"
+"الذي تعتمد عليه كل البيئات الرّسوميّة (كيدي، جينوم، AfterStep،\n"
+"WindowMaker، وغيرها) المضمّنة مع ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+"سوف تقدّم لك لائحة من معامِلاتٍ مختلفة يمكنك تغييرها للحصول\n"
+"على العرض الرّسوميّ الأمثل.\n"
+"\n"
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المثبت بالاستكشاف والتّهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للبطاقة الرّسوميّة المثبّثة على جهازك. إن لم يكن ذلك الحال، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة الموجودة لديك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال توفّرت عدّة خادماتٍ لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون التعزيز الثّلاثي الأبعاد، سوف يطلب منك أن تحدّد الخادم\n"
+"الأكثر ملائمة لحاجاتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الشّاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المُتثبيت بالاستكشاف والتهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للشّاشة المُتّصلة بجهازك. إن لم تكن صحيحة، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار الشّاشة المتّصلة بجهازك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان المتوفّرين\n"
+"لعتادك الرّسومي. اختر الأكثر مناسبةً لحاجاتك (سوف تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تغيير ذلك بعد التّثبيت على كل حال). تظهر عيّنة من التهيئة\n"
+"المحدّدة في صورة الشّاشة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"اختبار\n"
+"\n"
+"   قد لا يظهر هذا المُدخل بحسب عتادك.\n"
+"\n"
+"   سوف يحاول النّظام فتح شاشة رسوميّة بالاستبانة المرغوبة.\n"
+"إذا رأيت رسالة الاختبار خلال الاختبار وأجبت بـ\"%s\"،\n"
+"فسوف يتقدّم DrakX إلى الخطوة التّالية. إن لم تستطع رؤية الرّسالة، فهذا\n"
+"يعني أن جزءً ما من التّهيئة المكتشفة آلياً كان غير صحيح\n"
+"وسينتهي الاختبار تلقائيّاً بعد 12 ثانية، معيداً إيّاك إلى\n"
+"القائمة. غيّر الإعدادات حتّى تحصل على عرض رسوميّ صحيح.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"خيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد جهازك أن يبدّل تلقائيّاً\n"
+"إلى الواجهة الرّسوميّة عند الإقلاع. طبعاً ستفضّل\n"
+"أن تختار \"%s\" إن كان جهازك سيعمل كخادم، أو إن كنت لم تنجح في\n"
+"تهيئة العرض."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"الشاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكن لبرنامج التثبيت اكتشاف و تهيئة الشاشة المتصلة بماكينتك\n"
+"آلياً. ان لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك اختيار الشاشة التي لديك\n"
+"من القائمة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان في الحدود المتوفرة للعتاد.\n"
+"اختر تلك التي تناسب احتياجاتك (لا تزال\n"
+"تستطيع تغيير تلك الخيارات بعد التثبيت). يتم عرض عينة\n"
+"من التهيئة المختارة في صورة الشاشة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"في حال كانت هناك خادمات مختلفة للبطاقة الخاصة بك، مع أو\n"
+"دون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"الخيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   تخولك هذه الخطوة اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد بدء الواجهة الرسومية\n"
+"عند بدء النظام تلقائيّاً. بوضوح،\n"
+"ستختار \"%s\" إذا كانت ماكينتك ستستخدم كجهاز\n"
+"خادم، أو إذا لم تنجح في تهيئة العرض\n"
+"بشكل صحيح."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، عليك أن تقرر أين تريد تثبيت نظام\n"
+"التشغيل ماندريبا لينكس على القرص الصلب الخاص بك. إذا كان القرص الصلب\n"
+"فارغاً أو أن نظام تشغيل آخر يستخدم كل المساحة المتوفرة فسوف\n"
+"تحتاج إلى تجزئة القرص الصلب. بشكل عام، تجزئة القرص الصلب\n"
+"تعني تقسيم القرص الصلب منطقياً لإنشاء المساحة المطلوبة لتثبيت\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد الخاص بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"عملية تقسيم القرص الصلب لا يمكن التّراجع عنها عادةًَ\n"
+"كما أنها قد تتسبب في خسارة للبيانات إن وجد هناك نظام تشغيل\n"
+"آخر مثبت على هذا القرص الصلب، لذا فإنّ تجزئة القرص قد تكون عمليّةً صعبةً ومرهقة\n"
+"إن لم تكن مستخدماً محترفاً. من حسن الحظ، يوفّر DrakX معالجاً يسهل العملية.\n"
+"قبل متابعة هذه الخطوة، اقرأ بقية هذا القسم و قبل كل شئ، خذ وقتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اعتماداً على إعدادات القرص الصلب، تتوفر العديد من الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار سيقوم بعملية تجزئة آلية\n"
+"للأقراص الصلبة الفارغة. إذا استخدمت هذا الخيار، لن تكون هناك إشعارات أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يكون المرشد قد اكتشف تجزيء أو أكثر من\n"
+"تجزيئات لينكس على القرص الصلب. إذا كنت تريد استخدامها، اختر هذا\n"
+"الخيار. سيتم بعد ذلك سؤالك عن أماكن التركيب المرتبطة بكل\n"
+"تجزيء. يتم اختيار أماكن التركيب المعتادة افتراضياً،\n"
+"ولأغلب المستخدمين فإنها فكرة جيدة تركها كما هي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" : إذا كان ميكروسوفت ويندوز مثبتاً على القرص الصلب و يحتل كل "
+"المساحة \n"
+"التي عليه، ستحتاج إلى إنشاء مساحة فارغة لبيانات جنو/لينكس. لعمل ذلك يمكنك "
+"حذف\n"
+"تجزيء و بيانات ميكروسوفت ويندوز (انظر حلّ ``إزالة القرص بأكمله'')\n"
+"أو قم بتغيير حجم تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز FAT. يمكن تصغير الحجم\n"
+"دون أي خسارة للبيانات، إن كنت قمت بإزالة تجزّئات التجزيء الخاص بويندوز.\n"
+"يفضّل بشدّة نسخ بياناتك احتياطياً.. استخدام هذا الخيار\n"
+"منصوح به إذا كنت تريد استخدام كل من ماندريبا لينكس و ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"على نفس الحاسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"   قبل اختيارك لهذا الخيار، عليك أن تعلم أنه بعد هذا\n"
+"الإجراء، ستتقلص مساحة تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز عن ما قبل\n"
+"ستكون لديك مساحة فارغة أقل على ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"لتخزين بياناتك أو تثبيت برامج جديدة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إذا كنت تريد حذف كل البيانات و كل التجزيئات\n"
+"الموجودة على القرص الصلب و استبدالها بنظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد\n"
+"الخاص بك، اختر هذا الخيار. كن حذراً، لأنك لن تتمكن من التراجع\n"
+"بعد أن تقوم بالتأكيد.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، سيتم حذف كل البيانات الموجودة على القرص. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"؛ * \"%s\". هذا الخيار يظهر في حال كان القرص محتلاً بأكمله\n"
+"من قبل ميكروسوفت ويندوز. سيقوم هذا الخيار ببساطة بمحو كل شيء على القرص و\n"
+"بدء التثبيت من الصفر، مجزّأً كلّ شيء من لاشيء.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، ستخسر كلّ البيانات على القرص الخاص بك. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اختر هذا الخيار إذا كنت تريد\n"
+"تقسيم القرص الصلب بشكل يدوي. كن حذراً -- هذا الخيار قوي\n"
+"لكنه خطير و من الممكن أن تفقد بياناتك بسهولة. لهذا فإن\n"
+"هذا الخيار مفضّل فقط إذا كنت قد قمت بشئ مماثل من قبل \n"
+"و لديك بعض الخبرة. لمزيد من التعليمات حول استخدام أداة DiskDrake\n"
+"راجع قسم ``إدارة التجزيئات'' في\n"
+"``دليل المبتدئ''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "استخدام التجزيء الموجود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "مسح كل القرص"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"ها أنت ذا. التثبيت قد اكتمل الآن ونظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك\n"
+"جاهز للاستخدام. فقط اضغط \"%s\" لإعادة تشغيل نظامك. لا تنْسَ أن\n"
+"تزيل وسط التّثبيت (قرص مدمج أو مرن). أوّل شيء يجب أن\n"
+"تراه بعد أن ينتهي حاسبك من فحص عتاده هو\n"
+"قائمة محمّل الإقلاع، والتي تعطيك الخيار لأيّ نظام تشغيل تريد بدءه.\n"
+"\n"
+"زرّ \"%s\" يظهر زرّين إضافيّين كي:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تنشئ قرص تثبيت مرن يساعدك آليّاً\n"
+"بالقيام بالتّثبيت بأكمله دون مساعدة المُشغّل، كما هو\n"
+"التّثبيت الذي قمت بتهيئته للتّوّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"   لاحظ أن خيارين مختلفين متوفّرين بعد الضّغط على الزّر:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". هذا تثبيت آليّ جزئيّاً. خطوة التّجزئة\n"
+"هي الإجراء الوحيد التّفاعليّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"    \"%s\". التّثبيت الآليّ بالكامل: يُعاد كتابة القرص الصّلب\n"
+"بالكامل، وتفقد كلّ البيانات.\n"
+"\n"
+"   هذه الميزة مفيدة جدّاً عند تثبيت عدد من الماكينات المتشابهة.\n"
+"راجع قسم التّثبيت الآلي على موقعنا لمزيد من المعلومات.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ لائحة بالحزم المُختارة في هذا التّثبيت. كي\n"
+"تستخدم هذا الاختيار مع تثبيت آخر، أدخل القرص المرن وابدأ\n"
+"التّثبيت. على الملقن، اضغط مفتاح [F1] واكتب\n"
+">> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << ثمّ اضغط مفتاح الإدخال.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) ستحتاج إلى قرص مرن منسّق بنسق FAT. لإنشاءه على GNU/Linux، أدخل\n"
+"\"mformat a:\"، أو \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" تتبعها \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "إنشاء قرص تثبيت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"إن اخترت إعادة استخدام بعض تجزيئات جنو/لينكس القديمة، قد ترغب\n"
+"بإعادة تنسيق بعضها ومسح أية بيانات تحتويها. لعمل ذلك، الرجاء،\n"
+"اختيار تلك التجزيئات أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"الرجاء ملاحظة أنّه ليس من الضّروري إعادة تنسيق كل التّجزيئات الموجودة مسبقاً.\n"
+"يجب عليك إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي نظام\n"
+"التشغيل (مثل \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\"( ولكن ليس عليك\n"
+"إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي بيانات تودّ الاحتفاظ بها (عادة\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"رجاء كن على حذر عند اختيار التّجزيئات. بعد إعادة التّنسيق، كلّ البيانات التي\n"
+"على التّجزيئات المحدّدة سوف تُحذف ولن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"استعادتها.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" عندما تكون جاهزاً لتنسيق التّجزيئات.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت تريد اختيار تجزيء آخر من أجل\n"
+"تثبيت نظام التّشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الخاصّ بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت ترغب باختيار تجزيئات سيتمّ تفحّصها من أجل\n"
+"الكتل السّيئة على القرص."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"في الوقت الذي تقوم فيه بتثبيت ماندريبا لينكس، قد يكون تم تحديث\n"
+"بعض الحزم منذ الإصدار الأول. قد يكون تم إصلاح بعض العيوب\n"
+"أو حل المشاكل الأمنية. لكي تستفيد من هذه التحديثات، يمكنك\n"
+"الآن تنزيل هذه التحديثات عبر الإنترنت. اختر\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا كانت لديك وصلة انترنت عاملة، أو \"%s\" إذا كنت تفضل\n"
+"تثبيت هذه التحديثات لاحقاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" يعرض قائمة بالأماكن التي يمكن منها الحصول\n"
+"على التحديثات. اختر المكان الأقرب إليك. سيتم عرض قائمة شجريّة بالحزم:\n"
+"راجع اختياراتك، ثم اضغط \"%s\" لجلْب و تثبيت\n"
+"الحزم المختارة، أو \"%s\" لإلغاء التّحديث."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، سيسمح لك DrakX باختيار المستوى الأمني الذي ترغب به\n"
+"لهذا الجهاز. بديهياً، يجب تعيين مستوى أمني\n"
+"عالٍ إذا كان الجهاز يحتوي على معلومات هامة، أو إذا كان الجهاز\n"
+"سيُستخدم للإتصال بالإنترنت. إنّ استخدام مستوى أمن عالٍ يأتي\n"
+"عادة على حساب سهولة الإستخدام.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ماذا تختار، أبق الاختيار الافتراضي. سوف تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تغيير مستوى الأمن لاحقاً باستخدام الأداة draksec من\n"
+"لوحة تحكّم ماندريبا .\n"
+"\n"
+"يُعْلم الحقل \"%s\" نظام المُستخدم على هذا الجهاز الذي\n"
+"سيكون مسؤولاً عن الأمن. رسائل الأمن ستُرسل إلى ذلك\n"
+"العنوان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "مدير الأمن"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، تحتاج لاختيار أي التجزيئات ستستخدم\n"
+"لتثبيت نظام ماندريبا لينكس. إن كانت التجزيئات بالفعل\n"
+"مُعرّفة، إمّا من تثبيت سابق لجنو/لينكس أو بواسطة\n"
+"أداة أخرى، يمكن أن تستخدم التجزيئات الحاليّة . وإلا، يجب أن تُعَرَّف\n"
+"تجزيئات القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لإنشاء التجزيئات، يجب أوّلاً يجب أن تختار قرص صلب. يمكن أن تختار\n"
+"قرص للتّجزئة بالضّغط على ''hda'' لقرص IDE الأوّل،\n"
+"\"hdb\" للثّاني، \"sda\" لقرص SCSI الأوّل وهكذا.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتقوم بتجزئة القرص الصّلب المحدّد، يمكنك استخدام هذه الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يحذف كل التجزيئات على القرص الصّلب المحدّد\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يمكّنك من إنشاء تجزيئات ext3 والذّاكرة البديلة آليّاً\n"
+"في المساحة الشّاغرة لقرصك الصّلب\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يعطي حقّ الوصول إلى مزايا إضافيّة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ جدول التجزئة إلى قرص مرن. مفيد لاسترجاع لاحق\n"
+"لجدول التجزئة إن كان ضروريّاً. من المُستحسن جداً\n"
+"أن تقوم بهذه الخطوة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يسمح لك باستعادة جدول تجزئة محفوظ مسبقاً من\n"
+"قرص مرن.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": إن كان جدول التّجزئة معطوباً، يمكنك محاولة استعادته\n"
+"باستخدام هذا الخيار. رجاءً كن على حذر وتذكّر أنّه لا\n"
+"يعمل دائماً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يتجاهل كلّ التّغييرات ويعيد تحميل جدول التّجزئة الذي كان\n"
+"أصلاً على القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إزالة اختيار هذا الخيار سيجبر المستخدمين على القيام يدويّاً بتجهيز "
+"و\n"
+"فكّ الوسائط القابلة للإزالة كالأقراص المرنة والمدمجة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار إن رغبت في استخدام المرشد لتجزئة\n"
+"قرصك الصّلب. هذا مستحسن إن لم يكن لديك فهم جيّد\n"
+"للتّجزئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار لإلغاء تغييراتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يوفّر أعمالاً إضافيّة على التجزيئات )النّوع، الخيارات، التّنسيق(\n"
+"ويعطيك المزيد من المعلومات حول القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": عندما تنتهي من تجزئة قرصك الصّلب، سوف يقوم هذا\n"
+"بحفظ تغييرات إلى القرص.\n"
+"\n"
+"عند تحديد الحجم لتجزيء ما، يمكنك تحديد حجم التّجزيء بدقّة\n"
+"باستخدام مفاتيح الأسهم للوحة مفاتيحك.\n"
+"\n"
+"ملاحظة: يمكنك الوصول إلى أيّ خيار باستخدام لوحة المفاتيح. تنقّل بين\n"
+"التجزيئات باستخدام [TAB] وأسهم أعلى/أسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تُحدّد تجزيءً، يمكنك استخدام:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c لإنشاء تجزيء جديد )عندما يكون تجزيء فارغ مُحدّد(.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d لحذف تجزيء\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m لتحدّد مكان التركيب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتحصل على معلومات حول أنواع أنظمة الملفّات المختلفة المتوفّرة، رجاءً\n"
+"اقرا فَصْل ext2FS من ``الدّليل المرجعي``.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كنت تقوم بالتّثبيت على ماكينة PPC، ستحتاج أن تنشئ تجزيء HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap`` صغير بحجم 1 ميجابايت على الأقلّ والذي سيستخدم بواسطة مُحمّل "
+"الإقلاع  yaboot.\n"
+"إن اخترت أن تجعل التجزيء أكبر قليلاً، لنقل 50 ميجابايت، قد تجده\n"
+"مفيد لتخزين نواة احتياطية وصور ramdisk من أجل\n"
+"أوضاع الإقلاع الطّارئة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "التركيب الآلي للوسائط القابلة للإزالة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "التغيير إلى الوضع العادي/وضع الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"تمّ اكتشاف أكثر من تجزيء ميكروسوفت على قرصك الصّلب.\n"
+"رجاء اختيار القرص الذي تريد تغيير حجمه كي تتثبيت\n"
+"نظام تشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الجديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُسرد كما يلي: \"اسم لينكس\"، \"اسم ويندوز\"\n"
+"\"الكثافة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم لينكس\" مركّب: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التّجزيء\" (مثلاً، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع القرص الصلب\" هو \"hd\" إن كان القرص من نوع IDE و\n"
+"\"sd\" إن كان من نوع SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصّلب\" هو دائماً حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". لأقراص IDE الصّلبة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+"بالنّسبة لأقراص SCSI الصّلبة، \"a\" يعني \"أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، و\"b\" يعني\n"
+"\"ثاني أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، إلخ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم ويندوز\" هو الحرف الخاص بقرصك الصّلب ضمن ويندوز (القرص الأوّل\n"
+"أو التجزيء المسمّى \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": تأكد من اختيار البلد الحالي. إذا لم تكن في هذا\n"
+"البلد، اضغط على زر \"%s\" و اختر بلداً آخر. إذا لم تكن\n"
+"بلدك في القائمة اضغط زر \"%s\" لإظهار قائمة كاملة\n"
+"بالبلدان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"يتم تنشيط هذه الخطوة فقط إذا عُثر على تجزيء جنو/لينكس موجود\n"
+"على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"يحتاج DrakX الآن إلى معرفة ما إذا كنت تريد القيام بتثبيت جديد أو ترقية\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الموجود لديك مسبقاً:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": في الأغلب، يقوم هذا بإزالة النظام القديم.\n"
+"على أيّ، بناءً على طريقة تجزئتك، يمكنك منع الكتابة على بعض\n"
+"من بياناتك الموجودة مسبقاً (بالطبع الأدلة \"المنزلية\").\n"
+"إن كنت تريد تغيير طريقة تجزئة القرص الصلب، أو تريد تغيير نظام\n"
+"الملفّات، عليك باستخدام هذا الخيار.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": صنف التثبيت هذا يسمح لك بتحديث الحزم\n"
+"المثبّتة حاليّاً على نظام ماندريبا لينكس الخاص بك. لن يتم تغيير\n"
+"بياناتك أو تقسيمات القرص الصلب. أغلب\n"
+"خطوات التهيئة الأخرى لا تزال متوفّرة، مثل التثبيت الاعتيادي.\n"
+"\n"
+"استخدام خيار ``الترقية'' يجب أن يعمل بشكل جيد على أنظمة ماندريبا لينكس\n"
+"التي تعمل على إصدار \"8.1\" أو ما بعده. لا ينصح بالترقية\n"
+"من إصدرات ماندريبا لينكس قبل \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"اعتماداً على اللغة التي اخترتها ()، سيقوم DrakX آليّاً\n"
+"باختيار تهيئة لوحة المفاتيح. تحقّق من أنّ\n"
+"الاختيار يناسبك أو اختر توزيعة لوحة مفاتيح أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+"أيضاً، قد لا تكون لديك لوحة مفاتيح توافق لغتك تماماً:\n"
+"مثلاً ربما تكون سويسريّاً متكلماً للغة الإنجليزية، قد تكون لديك\n"
+"لوحة مفاتيح سويسرية. أو إذا كنت تتكلم الإنجليزية لكنك موجود في كيبك،\n"
+"ربما تجد نفسك في نفس الموقف حيث لا تتطابق لغتك الأم\n"
+"مع لوحة المفاتيح. في الحالتين، ستسمح لك خطوة التثبيت\n"
+"باختيار لوحة مفاتيح مناسبة من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط زر \"%s\" لعرض قائمة بكل\n"
+"لوحات المفاتيح المدعومة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اخترت لوحة مفاتيح لحروف غير لاتينية، فسيسمح لك\n"
+"الحوار التالي باختيار اختصارات لوحة المفاتيح التي\n"
+"ستبدل وضع لوحة المفاتيح بين الحروف اللاتينية والغير لاتينية."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"الخطوة الأولى هي اختيار اللغة المفضلة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيارك للغة المفضلة سيؤثر على برنامج التثبيت،\n"
+"والنظام بشكل عام. أولاً، اختر المنطقة التي\n"
+"تقع فيها، ثم اللغة التي تتحدثها.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زر \"%s\" سيسمح لك باختيار لغات\n"
+"أخرى ليتم تثبيتها على محطة عملك، ومن ثم\n"
+"تثبيت الملفات الخاصة باللغات لوثائق المساعدة والتطبيقات. مثلاً\n"
+"إذا كنت ستستضيف مستخدمين من أسبانيا على ماكينتك، اختر الإنجليزية\n"
+"كلغة افتراضية في العرض الشجري و\"%s\" في القسم المتقدم.\n"
+"\n"
+"حول دعم UTF-8 (يونيكود): يونيكود هي طريقة تشفير محارف جديدة غرضها\n"
+"تغطية كلّ اللّغات الموجودة. مع ذلك فإن دعمها الكامل في جنو/لينكس ما\n"
+"زال قيد التّطوير. لذلك السّبب، سيستخدمها ماندريبا لينكس أو لا يستخدمها\n"
+"بناءً على خيارات المستخدم:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن اخترت لغة ذات تراث قويّ (اللّغات\n"
+"لاتيني1، والروسيّة، واليابانيّة، والصينيّة، والكوريّة، والتايلنديّة، واليونانيّة، "
+"والتّركيّة،\n"
+"ومعظم لغات iso-8859-2(، فسيستخدم التّشفير التّراثيّ بشكل افتراضي؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * اللّغات الأخرى ستستخدم يونيكود بشكل افتراضيّ؛\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كان هناك حاجة للغتين أو أكثر، وتلك اللّغات لا تستخدم\n"
+"نفس التّشفير، فسيستخدم يونيكود للنّظام بأكمله؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * أخيراً، يُمكن إجبار استخدام يونيكود للنظام بطلب المستخدم بواسطة\n"
+"اختيار الخيار \"%s\" بشكل منفصل والذي\n"
+"اختيرت لغته.\n"
+"\n"
+"لاحظ أنّك غير محدود باختيار لغة إضافيّة واحدة.\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار عدّة لغات، أو حتّى تثبيتها كلّها باختيار مربّع \"%s\".\n"
+"اختيار دعم لغة يعني أن التّرجمات، والخطوط، ومدقّقات\n"
+"الإملاء، إلخ. لتلك اللّغة سوف تكون مثبتة أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"للتبديل بين اللغات المختلفة المثبتة على نظامك، يمكن\n"
+"تشغيل الأمر \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" كمستخدم \"root\" لتغيير\n"
+"اللّغة المستخدمة من قبل النّظام بأكمله. تشغيل الأمر كمستخدم عاديّ\n"
+"سوف يغيّر فقط إعدادت اللّغة الخاصّة بذلك المستخدم بذاته."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "الأسبانية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"عادة، لا يواجه DrakX مشاكل في استكشاف عدد الأزرار في\n"
+"الماوس الخاصّة بك. إذا حدث ذلك، يفترض أن لديك ماوس ذات زرّين وسوف\n"
+"يقوم بتهيأتها لمحاكاة الزرّ الثالث. الزرّ الثالث للماوس ذات\n"
+"الزرّين يمكن الحصول على تأثيره بالضّغط على الزرّين الأيسر\n"
+"والأيمن بنفس الوقت. سوف يعرف DrakX تلقائيّاً ما إذا كانت الماوس الخاصّة بك "
+"تستخدم\n"
+"واجهة PS/2، أو متوالية أو USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"في حال كان لديك ماوس ذات ثلاثة أزرار دون عجل، يمكنك اختيار الماوس\n"
+"التي تظهر بإسم \"%s\". سيقوم DrakX بعدها بتهيأت الماوس الخاصّة بك حتّى تستطيع\n"
+"مُحاكاة العجل بها: لتقوم بذلك، اضغط الزرّ الأوسط وحرّك\n"
+"الماوس للأعلى وللأسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن رغبت لسبب ما اختيار نوع ماوس آخر، اخترها\n"
+"من اللائحة المُقدَّمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك تحديد المُدخل \"%s\" لاختيار نوع ماوس ``شامل'' والذي\n"
+"سوف يعمل تقريباً مع كل الأنواع.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن اخترت ماوس غير الافتراضيّة، سوف تظهر شاشة\n"
+"اختباريّة. استخدم الأزرار والعجل للتأكّد من أن الإعدادات\n"
+"صحيحة وأنّ الماوس تعمل بشكل صحيح. إن لم تكن الماوس\n"
+"تعمل بشكل جيّد، اضغط مفتاح المسافة أو [الإرجاع] لإلغاء الاختبار و\n"
+"العودة إلى لائحة الخيارات.\n"
+"\n"
+"كثيراً ما يتعذر استكشاف أجهزة الماوس ذات العجلات تلقائيّاً، لذا ستحتاج\n"
+"لاختيار الماوس من القائمة. تأكّد من اختيار التي تطابق\n"
+"المنفذ الذي تتّصل به الماوس الخاصّة بك. بعد اختيار الماوس و\n"
+"الضّغط على الزّرّ \"%s\"، تظهر صورة الماوس على الشّاشة. أدرْ\n"
+"عجل الماوس للتّأكّد من أنّه مُنشّط بشكل صحيح. أثناء تحريك\n"
+"عجل الماوس، ستراه كذلك يتحرك على الشاشة.\n"
+"قم باختبار الأزرار وتحقق من أن المؤشر يتحرك على الشاشة\n"
+"بينما تقوم بتحريكه حولها."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "بمحاكاة العجلة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "عالمي | أيّ ماوس PS/2 و USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"الرجاء اختيار المنفذ الصحيح. مثلاً لمنفذ \"COM1\" في\n"
+"ويندوز اسمه \"ttys0\" في لينكس."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"هذه هي أهم خطوة تتخذها لأمن نظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك:\n"
+"عليك إدخال كلمة مرور المستخدم \"root\". \"Root\" هو\n"
+"مدير النظام والمستخدم الوحيد المخوّل بتحديث النظام، وإضافة المستخدمين،\n"
+"وتغيير تهيئة النظام بشكل عام، الخ. باختصار يمكن للمستخدم \"root\" أن يفعل\n"
+"كل شئ! لذا عليك اختيار كلمة مرور صعبة\n"
+"التّخمين: سيخبرك DrakX إذا كانت كلمة المرور التي تستخدمها سهلة. كما\n"
+"ترى، لست مجبراً على إدخال كلمة مرور، لكننا ننصح بشدة ألا تفعل هذا. جنو/لينكس "
+"مُعرّص لأخطاء المُشغّل كأيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر. وحيث أن \"الجذر\" يمكنه تعدي كل الحدود\n"
+"و قد يحذف كل البيانات عن غير قصد بالوصول إلى التجزيئات بلا مبالاة\n"
+"فإنّه من المهمّ أن يكون من الصّعب أن تصبح المستخدم\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"يجب أن تكون كلمة المرور خليطاً من الحروف والأرقام كما يجب أن تحتوي\n"
+"على 8 حروف على الأقل. لا تكتب كلمة مرور \"الجذر\" على ورق -- هذا يسهّل\n"
+"اختراق النظام إذا رأى أحد كلمة المرور.\n"
+"\n"
+"نصيحة أخرى -- لا تجعل كلمة المرور طويلة جداً أو معقّدة لأنك يجب أن تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تذكرها!\n"
+"\n"
+"لن يتم عرض كلمة المرور على الشاشة عند كتابتها. لتقليل فرصة حدوث\n"
+"خطأ أثناء الكتابة، ستحتاج إلى إدخال كلمة المرور مرتين.\n"
+"إذا أخطأت في الكتابة في المرتين، فسيجب استخدام كلمة\n"
+"المرور \"الخاطئة\" في المرة الأولى التي ستحاول فيها الاتصال كمستخدم \"جذر"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا أردت أن يكون الوصول إلى هذا الحاسب يتحكّم به\n"
+"خادم مواثقة، اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت شبكتك تستخدم LDAP، أوNIS، أو خدمات PDC مواثقة نطاق ويندوز، اختر "
+"الخيار المناسب لـ\"%s\". إن لم تعرف أيّها تريد\n"
+"استخدامه، اسأل مدير الشبكة لديك.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك مشكلة في تذكر كلمات المرور، يمكنك اختيار\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا لم يكن الحاسب الخاص بك متصلاً بالإنترنت،\n"
+"أو أنك تثق في جميع من يستخدمون حاسبك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "المواثقة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"محمّل الإقلاع هو برنامج بسيط يشغلّه حاسبك وقت الإقلاع.\n"
+"وهو المسؤول عن بدء تشغيل النظام بأكمله. عادة، يكون\n"
+"تثبيت محمّل الإقلاع آلياً بالكامل. سيقوم DrakX بتحليل قطاع التركيب الخاص "
+"بالقرص\n"
+"ويتصرف بحسب ما يجد هناك:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن عثر على قطاع تحميل ويندوز، فسيقوم باستبداله بقطاع تحميل LILO/GRUB.\n"
+"بهذه الطريقة ستستطيع تحميل جنو/لينكس أو أيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * إذا تم العثور على قطاع تحميل LILO أو GRUB، سيتم استبداله بقطاع جديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم يستطع DrakX أن يقرر مكان وضع قطاع الإقلاع، فسيسألك\n"
+"عن المكان الأكثر أماناً لوضعه فيه. عامة، \"%s\" هو الأكثر أماناً.\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" لن يقوم بتثبيت أيّ محمّل إقلاع. اسخدم هذا الخيار فقط\n"
+"إن كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"الآن، حان وقت اختيار نظام الطباعة لحاسبك. قد توفّر أنظمة التشغيل الأخرى\n"
+"نظام طباعة واحد، لكن ماندريبا لينكس يوفر لك نظامين. كل نظام مناسب\n"
+"لنوع معين من التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- وهو اختصار لـ``اطبع و لا تصفّ''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك وصلة مباشرة بالطابعة، و تريد أن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تفادي أي ارتباك في الطابعة، وليس لديك طابعات شبكيّة.(يقوم \"%s\"\n"
+"بالتعامل مع حالات الشبكة البسيطة ويعيبه البطء عند الاستخدام\n"
+"مع الشبكات). من الأفضل أن تستخدم \"pdq\" إذا.\n"
+"كانت هذه تجربتك الأولى مع جنو/لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``نظام طباعة يونكس الشّائع CUPS''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"للطباعة على طابعتك المحلية أو حتى على طابعة في النصف الآخر من الكوكب. إنه\n"
+"سهل الإعداد و يمكن أن يتصرف كخادم أو كعميل لأنظمة طباعة \"lpd\"\n"
+"القديمة، لذا فإنه متوافق مع أنظمة التشغيل القديمة\n"
+"التي لا تزال تحتاج إلى خدمات الطباعة. بينما التهيئة سهلة\n"
+"و قوية مثل \"pdq\". إذا كنت تحتاج إلى محاكاة خادم \"lpd\"، تأكّد\n"
+"من تشغيل عفريت \"cups-lpd\".\n"
+"يحتوي \"%s\" على واجهات\n"
+"رسوميّة للطّباعة أو لتحديد خيارات الطّابعة\n"
+"ولإدارة الطابعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا قررت اختيارك الآن، ثم لم يعجبك نظام الطباعة\n"
+"فيما بعد، يمكنك تغييره عن طريق تشغيل PrinterDrake من مركز تحكم ماندريبا "
+"لينكس\n"
+"و الضغط على زرّ \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "وضعية الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"سيقوم DrakX أولاً بالتحقق من أي أجهزة IDE مرتبطة بالحاسب. سيقوم\n"
+"أيضا بالتحقق من وجود بطاقات PCI SCSI على نظامك. إذا تم ايجاد\n"
+"بطاقة SCSI، سيقوم DrakX تلقائياً بتثبيت المُشغّل المناسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لأن التحقق الآلي من العتاد غير خالي من الأخطاء، قد يتعذر\n"
+"على DrakX التحقق من أقراصك الصلبة. لذا سيكون عليك تحديد عتادك يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اضطررت إلى تحديد موائم PCI SCSI يدوياً، سيسألك DrakX عمّا إذا\n"
+"كنت تريد تهيئة الخيارات الخاصة به. يجب أن تسمح لـ DrakX بأن\n"
+"يقوم بالتحقق الآلي من العتاد لكي يحدد الخيارات الخاصة بالبطاقة\n"
+"و التي يحتاج اليها لتشغيل الموائم. في أغلب الأحيان، سيتخطى DrakX\n"
+"هذه الخطوة بدون أي مشاكل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا تعذر على DrakX التحقق من الخيارات آلياً ستحتاج\n"
+"إلى تهيئة المُشغّل يدوياً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": إذا تم اكتشاف بطاقة صوت على نظامك، سيتم عرضها\n"
+"هنا. إذا لاحظت أن بطاقة الصوت المعروضة هنا ليست تلك الموجودة\n"
+"فعلاً على نظامك، يمكنك الضغط على الزر و اختيار مشغل\n"
+"آخر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"كمُراجعة، سيقدّم DrakX تلخيص المعلومات التي استجمعها حول\n"
+"نظامك. بناءً على عتادك المثبت، قد يكون لديك بعض أو كلّ\n"
+"المُدخلات التّالية. كل مُدخل مكوّن من عنصر التهيئة المطلوب\n"
+"تهيئته، متبوعاً بملخّص سريع من التّهيئة الحاليّة.\n"
+"اضغط على الزّر المرافق \"%s\" لتغييّر ذلك.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة خريطة لوحة المفاتيح الحاليّة وغيّرها إن كان\n"
+"ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من اختيار الدّولة الحالي. إن لم تكن في هذه\n"
+"الدّولة، اضغط على زرّ \"%s\" واختر دولة أخرى. إن لم تكن دولتك\n"
+"في القائمة المعروضة الأولى، اضغط على الزّر \"%s\" لتحصل على لائحة\n"
+"الدّول الكاملة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يخفّض DrakX توقيتك الزّمني بناءً على الدّولة\n"
+"التي اخترتها. يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" هنا إن لم يكن ذلك\n"
+"صحيحاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة الماوس الحاليّة واضغط على الزّر كي\n"
+"تغيّرها إن كان ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" سيفتح\n"
+"معالج تهيئة الطّابعة. راجع الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل\n"
+"المبتدئ'' للمزيد من المعلومات حول كيفيّة تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المعروضة هناك مشابهة للتي هي مستخدمة خلال التّثبيت.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن اكتشف بطاقة صوت في نظامك، سوف تُعرض\n"
+"هنا. إن لاحظت أنّ بطاقة الصّوت المعروضة ليست هي التّي\n"
+"فعليّاً موجودة في نظامك، يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر واختيار\n"
+"مشغّل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كانت لديك بطاقة تلفزيون على نظامك، يتمّ عرضها\n"
+"هنا وإن كانت لديك ولم تُكتشف،\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" تحاول تهيئتها يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك الضغط على \"%s\" كي تُغيّر المُعطيات المرتبطة\n"
+"مع البطاقة إن شعرت بخطأ ما في التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يهيّء DrakX واجهتك الرّسوميّة\n"
+"بدقّة \"800×600\" أو \"1024×768\". إن لم يناسبك ذلك، اضغط على\n"
+"\"%s\" كي تهيّء واجهتك الرّسوميّة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتهيئة الوصول إلى الإنترنت والشّبكة المحل، فيمكنك عمل ذلك "
+"الآن. راجع الكتيّبات المطبوعة أو\n"
+"استخدم مركز تحكّم ماندريبا لينكس بعض الانتهاء من التثبيت كي تستفيد\n"
+"من المساعدة المُدرجة بالكامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك من تهيئة عناوين بروكسي HTTP و FTP إن كانت الماكينة التي\n"
+"تقوم بالتثبيت عليها واقعة خلف خادم بروكسي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا المُدخل يمكنّك من إعادة تعريف مستوى الأمن كما هو محدّد في\n"
+"الخطوة السّابقة ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي وصل ماكينتك إلى الإنترنت، فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تحمي نفسك من التّدخّلات الخارجيّة بإعداد جدار ناريّ. راجع\n"
+"الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل المبتدئ'' لتفاصل\n"
+"إعدادات الجدار النّاري.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتغيير تهيئة محمّل الإقلاع، اضغط ذلك\n"
+"الزّر. يجب أن يُحتفظ بهذا للمستخدمين المُتقدّم راجع الكتيبات المطبوعة أو "
+"المساعدة المضمنة حول تهيئة محمل الإقلاع من خلال\n"
+"مركز تحكم ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سيمكنك هذا من ضبط التّحكّم بالخدمات التي سوف تشغّل\n"
+"على ماكينتك. إن نويت استخدام هذه الماكنية كخادم فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تُراجع هذه الخطوة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "بطاقة ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "الواجهة الرسومية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"اختر القرص الصلب الذي تريد محوه لتثبيت تجزيء\n"
+"ماندريبا لينكس الجديدة. خذ حذرك، كل البيانات الموجود عليه ستضيع\n"
+"و لن يمكن استعادتها!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"اضغط \"%s\" إن كنت تريد حذف كل التجزيئات الموجودة على القرص\n"
+"الصلب. خذ حذرك، بعد ضغطك لزر \"%s\" لن تتمكن من استعادة\n"
+"أي بيانات أو تجزئات كانت موجودة على هذا القرص الصلب، بما في ذلك\n"
+"أي بيانات ويندوز.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط \"%s\" لإيقاف هذه العملية دون خسارة أي بيانات أو تجزيئات\n"
+"موجودة على القرص الصلب."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "التالي ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- السابق "
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8948da00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1926 @@
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani Turkish
+# DrakX-az.po faylının Azərbaycan dilinə tərcüməsi
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Vasif Ismailoglu MD<azerb_linux@hotmail.com> , 2000-2001
+# Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>, 2001-2003, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-az\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-31 14:21+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Azerbaijani <translation-team-az@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Davam etmədən əvvəl, diqqətlə lisenziyanın qaydalarını oxumalısınız. O,\n"
+"bütün Mandriva Linux distribusiyasını əhatə edir. Əgər lisenziyadakı bütün\n"
+"qaydalarla razısınızsa, qutusunu \"%s\" işarələyin. Əgər razı deyilsəniz, "
+"sadəcə olaraq kompüterinizi bağlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks çox istifadəçili əməliyyat sistemidir, bu da o deməkdir ki\n"
+"hər istifadəçinin öz xüsusi seçimləri, faylları və s. ola bilər. Ancaq \n"
+"sistem idarəçisi olan \"ali istifadəçi\" xaricindəki indi əlavə edəcəyiniz\n"
+"istifadəçilər öz faylları və qurğuları xaricində sistemin heç bir təhlükəli\n"
+"yeri ilə iş görə bilməz və beləcə də sistem istənməyən pozulmalara qarşı\n"
+"qorunmuş olacaq. Ən az bir dənə sıravi istifadəçi yaradmalısınız və bu "
+"hesabı\n"
+"gündəlik işləriniz üçün istifadə etməlisiniz. Ali İstifadəçi olaraq giriş "
+"etmək də\n"
+"olduqca asanddır ancaq bu eyni zamanda çox təhlükəlidir. Çox kiçik bir xəta "
+"ilə\n"
+"sistemi qeyri-fəal vəziyyətə gətirə bilərsiniz. Ancaq sıravi istifadəçi "
+"olaraq xəta\n"
+"ediləndə ancaq bəzi mə'lumatları itirəcək, sisteminiz yenə də sağlam \n"
+"qalacaqdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Birinci sahə sizdən adı soruşacaq. Əlbəttə ki bunu yazmaq məcburi deyil. \n"
+"Oraya istədiyiniz kəlmələri yaza bilərsiniz. DrakX buraya yazdığınız "
+"kəlmələrin\n"
+"ilk kəlməsini alıb \"%s\" sahəsinə köçürəcək, bu istifadəçinin sistemə "
+"girmək\n"
+"üçün işlədəcəyi istifadəçi adı olacaq. İstəsəniz bunu da dəyişdirə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Sonrakı addım şifrə girməkdir. Təhlükəsizlik nəzər nöqtəsindən şifrəsi "
+"olmayan\n"
+"sıravi istifadəçi ali istifadəçi qədər səlahiyyətli ola bilməz ancaq yenə də "
+"sizə\n"
+"hər bir istifadəçiyə tapılması asand olmayan bir şifrə tə'yin etmənizi \n"
+"məsləhət görürük\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" basdıqdan sonra başqa istifadəçiləri də əlavə edə bilərsiniz. Hər "
+"dostunuz\n"
+"üçün bir istifadəçi əlavə edin, misal üçün atanız, qardaşınız kimi. "
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə \n"
+"etməyi bitirəndə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi istifadəçinin işlədəcəyi qabığı dəyişdirmək üçündür. \n"
+"(əsas olan bash qabığıdır).\n"
+"\n"
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə edib bitirəndə sizə kompüteriniz açılanda hansı "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"avtomatik olaraq sistemə daxil etmək istədiyiniz sualı veriləcəkdir. Əgər "
+"bu\n"
+"xüsusiyyət xoşunuza gəlirsə və təhlükəsizlik haqqında elə də "
+"maraqlanmırsınızsal\n"
+"istədiyiniz istifadəçini və pəncərə idarəçisini seçib \"%s\" düyməsinə "
+"basın.\n"
+"Əgər bu xassə sizi maraqlandırmırsa \"%s\" qutusunun seçimini silin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bu xüsusiyyəti istifadə etmək istəyirsiniz?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sürücünüzdə tapılan Linuks bölmələri sıralanıb.\n"
+"Sehirbazın məsləhətlərinə qulaq asın, onlar çox vaxt işə yarayır.\n"
+"Əgər hər hansı bir dəyişiklik etsəniz ən azından kök bölməsini (\"/\") "
+"müəyyən\n"
+"etməlisiniz. Çox kiçik bölmə seçməyin, yoxsa kifayət qədər proqram "
+"tə'minatı\n"
+"qura bilməyəcəksiniz. Əgər mə'lumatlarınızı başqa bölmədə tutmaq "
+"istəyirsinizsə,\n"
+"o zaman bir də \"/home\" bölməsi yaratmalısınız (yalnız birdən çox Linuks\n"
+"bölməniz var isə mümkündür).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Ad\",\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ad\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux qurulumu müxtəlif CD-lər üstündə gəlir. DrakX\n"
+"seçili paketlərin hansı CD'də olduğunu bilir ona görə də lazım olanda\n"
+"hazırkı CD-ni çıxardıb sizdən lazım olan CD-ni daxil etməyi istəyəcək.\n"
+"Əgər əlinizin altında istənən CD yoxdursa \"%s\" düyməsinə basın və istənən\n"
+"paketlər qurulmayacaqdır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi sisteminizə qurmaq istədiyiniz proqramları müəyyən etmə vaxtıdır.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux daxilində minlərcə proqram mövcuddur və idarələrinin\n"
+"asan olması üçün onlar bənzər paketlər qruplarına ayrılıblar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketlər sisteminizin xüsusui istifadə sahəsinə görə qruplanıb.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxda dörd əvvəldən müəyyən edilmiş qurulum növü mövcuddur.\n"
+"Yalnız siz bu qrupları yenə də qarışdıra bilərsiniz və istədiyiniz əlavə.\n"
+"proqramları seçə bilərsiniz. Misal üçün ''İş Stansiyası'' qurulumu\n"
+"``İnkişaf'' qurulumundakı proqramları daxil edə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz iş stansiyası olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu\n"
+"qrupda yer alan bir ya da daha çox proqramı seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizi proqramlaşdırma və inkişaf üçün işlədəcəksəniz,\n"
+"bu qrupdakı proqramları seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz verici olacaqsa, sisteminizə hansı xidmətləri\n"
+"qurmaq istədiyinizi buradan seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qrafiki istifadəçi mühidini burada seçəcəksiniz. Əgər "
+"sisteminizdə\n"
+"qrafiki mühit işlətmək istəyirsinizsə ən az birisi seçilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siçanın oxu qrup adının üstünə gələndə o qrup haqqında qısa izahat\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Əgər sistemi qurarkən bu qruplardan heç birini seçməsəniz\n"
+"minimal qurulum üçün fərqli seçimləri təqdim edən bir pəncərə\n"
+"göstəriləcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": minimal ədəddə paket qur, işləyən qrafiki ara üzə malik\n"
+"olma mümkündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sistem bazası və əsas tə'minatlar və sənədləri qurulacaq.\n"
+"Bu qurulum növü verici quraşdırmaq üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": işləyən Linuks sistemi üçün lazım olan ən minimal paketlər\n"
+"qurulacaq. Bu qurulum ilə yalnız əmr sətirinə malik olacaqsınız.\n"
+"Qurulumun ümumi böyüklüyü təqribən 65 meqabayt olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Təklif edilən paketləri tanıyırsınızsa ya da qurulan hər paket üstündə\n"
+"tam idarə sahibi olmaq istəyirsinizsə\"%s\" qutusunu işarələyə bilərsiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər qurulumu \"%s\" modunda başlatmışsınızsa, yeni paketlərin\n"
+"qurulmasının qabağını almaq üçün bütün qrupların seçimini silə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Bu əsasən sistem tə'mir edilirkən ya da yenilənirkən\n"
+"sərfəlidir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Yeniləmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Əsas sənədlərlə birlikdə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Həqiqətən minimal qurulum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər qurulum proqramına paketləri ayrı ayrı seçmək istədiyinizi dedinizsə,\n"
+"o, qrup və alt qruplara ayrılmış paketləri ağac şəklində sizə göstərəcək.\n"
+"Bu ağacda gəzərkən, bütün qrupu, alt qrupu ya da paketləri ayrı ayrı seçə "
+"biləcəksiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər paket seçişinizdə sağ tərəfdə bu paket ilə əlaqəli və onun nə işə\n"
+"yaradığını göstərən mə'lumat yer alacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər paketin ya da paketin daxil oduğu alt qrupun seçilməsi ilə bir "
+"verici\n"
+"seçilsə, sizə bu vericini həqiqətən də qurmaq istədiyinizi soruşan və "
+"sizdən\n"
+"təsdiq istəyən pəncərə göstəriləcək. Əsas olaraq Mandriva Linux bütün "
+"qurulu\n"
+"olan xidmətləri açılışda fəal edir. Distribusiyanın çıxdığı vaxt onların "
+"bilinən heç bir\n"
+"xətası ya da təhlükəli yanı olmasa da, mümkündür ki, müəyyən vaxt sonra\n"
+"təhlükəsizlik nöqtələri aşkar edilə bilər. Əgər seçilən xidmətin nə etdiyini "
+"və nəyə\n"
+"yaradığını bilmirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın. \"%s\" düyməsini seçsəniz "
+"isə\n"
+"xidmət sisteminizə qurulacaq və sisteminizin açılışında fəal hala "
+"gətiriləcək.\n"
+"Qeyd: Xidmətlərin açılışda fəal olub olmamasını qurulum bitdikdən sonra da\n"
+"Mandriva Linux İdarə Mərkəzindən quraşdıra bilərsiniz!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi, bir proqramı seçdiyiniz zaman qurulum proqramının o proqram "
+"ilə\n"
+"əlaqəli diqər paket ya da asıllılıqların avtomatik seçməsi üçündür.\n"
+"Bə'zi paketlər bir birindən aslıdır və birinin qurulması digərinin də "
+"qurulmasını\n"
+"məcbur qılır. Bu paketləri qurulum proqramı müvəffəqiyyətlə taparaq "
+"sisteminizə\n"
+"quracaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siyahının altındakı kiçik disket rəsmi isə daha əvvəlki qurulumda (əgər "
+"yaratmışsınızsa)\n"
+"yaradılan paket siyahısı faylını yükləmək üçündür. Bu, birdən çox kompüterə "
+"eyni\n"
+"paket ya da proqramları qurmaq istədiyiniz zaman çox əlverişlidir. Düyməyə\n"
+"basdıqdan sonra sizdən disketi daxil etməniz xahiş ediləcək.\n"
+"Belə bir disketi necə yaradılacağını bilmək istəyirsinizsə son qurulum "
+"addımının \n"
+"ikinci yardım abzasına baxa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Avtomatik asıllılıqlar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":  \"%s\" düyməsinə basmaq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını başladacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu dialoq, açılışda avtomatik olaraq başlamasını istədiyiniz xidmətləri \n"
+"seçmək üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX hazırkı qurulumda mövcud olan bütün xidmətləri siyahıda göstərəcək.\n"
+"Hər birini diqqətlə nəzərdən keçirin və açılış vaxtı ehtiyac hiss "
+"etmədiyiniz\n"
+"xidmətlərin qabağındakı seçimi silin.\n"
+"\n"
+" Siçan xidmətin üzərinə gələndə o xidmətin vəzifəsini başa salan mətn\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Yalnız, əgər xidmətin faydalı olub olmamasından əmin "
+"deyilsəniz\n"
+"ən yaxşısı onu olduğu kimi saxlamaq olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər kompüteriniz verici olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu addıma diqqət\n"
+"ayırmalısınız: istəmədiyiniz xidmətləri başlanğıcda başlatmaq "
+"istəməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Diqqətinizdə saxlayın ki, bə'zi xidmətlər fəal isə, bu verici üstündə "
+"təhlükəli ola bilər.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks vaxtı GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ilə idarə edir və onu yerli\n"
+"vaxtı seçdiyiniz vaxt zolağına bağlı olaraq seçir. Əgər ana kartınızın "
+"saatı\n"
+"yerli saata quraşdırılıbsa, bunu, \"%s\"i seçərək qeyri-fəallaşdıra "
+"bilərsiniz,\n"
+"Bu, Linuksa sistem vaxtı ilə avadanlıq vaxtının eyni vaxt zolağında "
+"olduğunu\n"
+"bildirəcək. Bu, sistemdə Windows kimi digər əməliyyat sistemi mövcuddursa\n"
+"faydalıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi isə, saatınızı internetdəki uzaq zaman vericisinə bağlanaraq\n"
+"düzəldəcək. Bu xüsusiyyətin işləməsi üçün, internet bağlantınız olmalıdır.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olan vericini seçmək məsləhət edilir.\n"
+"Bu seçim əslində yerli şəbəkənizdəki başqa kompüterlərin də istifadə edə\n"
+"biləcəyi zaman vericisini qurur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Avtomatik zaman sinxronlaşdırılması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Səs Kartı\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan səs kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcəkvə quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Pəncərə Sistemi) GNU/Linuks qrafiki ara üzünün qəlbidir.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxla bərabər gələn qrafiki mühitlərin hamısı (KDE, \n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, vs.) buna bağlıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Optimal görünüşü almaq üçün sizə dəyişdiriləcək fərqli parametrlər\n"
+"təqdim ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan qrafika kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"monitoru siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada avadanlığınız üçün mümkün olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verəni seçin. (Bunları "
+"qurulum\n"
+"tamamlandıqdan sonra da dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğuların bir\n"
+"nümunəsi monitorda göstərilir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sınaq\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem, seçilən həlledilirlikdə qrafiki ekranı açmağa cəhd edəcək.\n"
+"Əgər sınaq sırasında ismarışı görüb \"%s\" düyməsinə bassanız, DrakX\n"
+"növbəti mərhələyə keçəcək. Əgər ismarışı görə bilmirsinizsə, bu avtomatik\n"
+"aşkar edilən quraşdırmanın bir hissəsi səhvdir və sınaq 12 saniyə sonra\n"
+"sonlanaraq sizi menyuya geri götürəcək.\n"
+"Düzgün qrafiki görünüş alana qədər qurğuları dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru\n"
+"siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, avadanlığınız üçün mövcud olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyacınıza ən yaxşı cavab verəni seçin (qurulumdan sonra\n"
+"bunu dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğunun bir nümunəsi\n"
+"monitorda göstərilir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə Mandriva Linuxi sabit diskinizdə haraya quracağınıza\n"
+"qərar verəcəksiniz. Əgər diskiniz boş isə və ya bir başqa sistem\n"
+"bütün yeri doldurmuş isə, o zaman diskinizdə Mandriva Linux üçün\n"
+"yer açmalısınız. Bölmələndirmə əsasən diskinizdə Mandriva Linuxu\n"
+"qurmaqməntiqi sürücülər yaratmaqdan ibarətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ümumiyyətlə bölmələndirmənin təsiri geri dönülməzdir və mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə səbəb ola bilər. Ona görə də əgər sisteminizdə başqa bir\n"
+"əməliyyat sistemi quruludursa və siz Linuksla yeni tanışırsınızsa bu iş\n"
+"çox gərgin və yorucudur. Ancaq DrakX sabit diski çox rahat bölmələndirməniz\n"
+"üçün çox sadə bir sehirbaz daxil edir. Başlamadan əvvəl xahiş edirik, "
+"buradakı\n"
+"mə'lumatları oxuyun, və bu iş üçün bir az vaxt ayırın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sabit diskinizin qurğularına nəzarən birdən çox seçim mövcud ola bilər:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu seçim boş sürücülərinizi avtomatik olaraq bölmələndirəcək\n"
+"Bu seçənəyi seçsəniz sizə heç bir sual verilməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sehirbaz sabit diskinizdə bir ya da daha çox mövcud Linuks \n"
+"bölməsi aşkar edib. Onları istifadə etmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi "
+"işlədin.\n"
+"Daha sonra hər bölmə ilə əlaqələndirilmiş bağlama nöqtəsi seçəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əvvəldən qalan bağlama nöqtələri əsas olaraq seçilidir və onları eləcə də\n"
+"saxlamaq gözəl fikirdir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sabit diskinizdə Microsoft Windows quruludur və üstündəki bütün\n"
+" sahəni əhatə edir, bu vəziyyətdə siz Linuks üçün boş yer ayırmalısınız.\n"
+"Bunu etmək üçün Microsoft Windows bölməsini və mə'lumatlarını silə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"(baxın ``Bütün diski sil'' həlli) ya da Microsoft Windows FAT ya da NTFS "
+"bölmənizin\n"
+" böyüklüyünü dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Ölçüləndirmə qaydalara riayət edilərsə "
+"heç bir mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə yol açmaz. Qaydalar isə əvvəlcədən Windows bölməniz üstündə "
+"'Scandisk' və\n"
+"'Defraq' əmrlərinin icra edilməsinir. Eyni zamanda mə'lumatlarınızın ehtiyat "
+"nüsxəsini almayı\n"
+"da qətiyyən unutmayın. Kompüteriniz üstündə həm Mandriva Linux həm də "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows ƏS'lərini işlətmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. Unutmayın ki "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows bölmənizin böyüklüyünü Windows altında da bəzi (PartitionMagic) "
+"proqramlar\n"
+"vasitəsi ilə dəyişdirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu seçənəyi seçmədən əvvəl nəzərə alın ki bu əməliyyatdan sonra Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"bölməniz əvvəlkindən daha kiçik olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdəki bütün mövcud bölmələri silmək və yerinə\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemini qurmaq istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, ona görə ki seçiminizi təsdiqlədikdən sonra geri ala "
+"bilməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu sabit disk üstündəki hər şeyi siləcək və sıfırdan təzə bir "
+"bölmələmə,\n"
+"həyata keçirəcəkdir. Diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat silinəcəkdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": diskinizi əllə bölmələmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. \n"
+"Diqqətli olun -- bu çox qüvvətli ancaq təhlükəli seçimdir. Ona görə də bu \n"
+"seçimi ancaq daha əvvəl buna oxşar bir şey etmişsinizsə və bu sahədə\n"
+"bilikləriniz mövcuddursa seçin. Yaxşısı budur ki bu əməliyyat sırasında\n"
+"yanınızda daha əvvəl bunu etmiş dostunuz da olsun. DiskDrake vasitəsinin\n"
+"istifadəsi haqqında mə'lumatı ``Starter Guide'' kitabçasının ``Managing \n"
+"Your Partitions '' qismində tapa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Mövcud bölməni işlət"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Bütün diski sil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Təbrik edirik! Qurulum başa çattı və GNU/Linuks sisteminiz indi\n"
+"istifadəyə hazırdır. Sadəcə olaraq sisteminizi yenidən başlatmaq üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Kompüteriniz başlarkən avadanlıq yoxlamasından\n"
+"sonra görəcəyiniz açılış yükləyici menyusunda sizə başlatmaq\n"
+"istədiyiniz əməliyyat sistemlərinin siyahısı göstəriləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi seçimə bağlı olaraq aşağıdakı iki seçimi göstərir:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indi etdiyiniz quruluma bənzər və operatora (kompüterin\n"
+"yanında oturana) ehtiyaca qalmadan qurulumu etmək üçün avtomatik\n"
+"qurulum disketi yaratma imkanı verir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Düyməni basdıqdan sonra iki fərqli seçim görəcəksiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Qismən avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum. Yalnız disk bölmələmə\n"
+"addımı interaktiv olacaq və sizin istəklərinizə qulaq asacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Tamamilə avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum: sabit disk tamamilə\n"
+"yenidən yazılacaq, bütün mə'lumat yox olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu xassə, əsasən birdən çox eyni sistemin qurulmasında çox əlverişlidir.\n"
+"Daha çox mə'lumat üçün saytımızın Auto install qisminə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): bu, qurulum sırasında seçilən paketlərin siyahısını disketə\n"
+"qeyd edər. Bu disketi başqa qurulum ilə işlətmək üçün, disketi daxil edin "
+"və\n"
+"quruluma başlayın. Promptda, [F1] düyməsinə basın və >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << yazın.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bunun üçün FAT ilə şəkilləndirilmiş disketə ehtiyacınız olacaq. (GNU/"
+"Linuks\n"
+"altında bunu yaratmaq üçün \"mformat a:\" əmrini verin)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Avtomatik qurulum disketi hazırla"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni yaradılan bütün bölmələr şəkilləndirilməlidir\n"
+"(şəkilləndirmək, fayl sistemini yaratmaq deməkdir - format).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bu arada var olan hazır bölmələri də üstündəkiləri silmək üçün yenidən\n"
+"şəkilləndirmək istəyə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Bunu istəyirsinizsə xahiş edirik, bu bölmələri də seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ağlınızda tutun ki var olan bütün bölmələri şəkilləndirmək\n"
+"məcburi deyil. Əməliyyat sistəmini əmələ gətirən bölmələri\n"
+"(yəni \"/\", \"usr\" və ya \"var\"ı yenidən şəkilləndirmək üçün\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Mə'lumatlar olan \"home\"u isə toxunmadan\n"
+"saxlaya bilərsiniz).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri seçərkən diqqətli olun. Şəkilləndirdiyiniz bölmələrdəki\n"
+"mə'lumatlar itiriləcək və geri gəlməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri şəkilləndirməyə hazır olanda \"%s\" düyməsini basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux sisteminizi qurmaq üçün başqa bölmə seçmək\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Üstündəki xəsərli blokların yoxlanmasını istədiyiniz bölmələri seçmək\n"
+"üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxu qurduğunuz vaxtda çox güman ki bə'zi paketlər \n"
+"ilk çıxışlarından sonra yenilənmiş ola bilər. Bunlarla bir çox xəta "
+"düzəldilmiş\n"
+"ya da təhlükəsizlik qüvvətləndirilmiş ola bilər. Bu yeniləmələrdən istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün indi siz İnternetdən endirmə əməliyyatına başlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər fəal internet bağlantınız varsa \"%s\", yoxsa, yenilənmiş paketləri\n"
+"daha sonra qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçilərsə, yeniləmələrin endirilə biləcəyi yerlərin siyahı "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olanı seçməlisiniz. Paket seçim ağacı göstəriləcək, bu bölümü\n"
+"gözdən keçirin və paketləri endirib qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"Ləğv etmək üçün isə \"%s\" düyməsindən istifadə edə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə, DrakX sizə sisteminiz üçün təhlükəsizlik səvissəyini seçmə\n"
+"imkanını təqdim edəcək. Qayda olaraq, əgər kompüter vacib mə'lumat daxil\n"
+"edir ya da internetə birbaşa açıq sistem olacaqsa təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsi\n"
+"yüksək seçilməlidir. Bunun gətirdiyi əlverişsiz şərait isə sistemin "
+"istifadəsinin\n"
+"daha çətin olmasıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər nə seçəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, seçili qurğuları olduğu kimi saxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Təhlükəsizlik İdarəçisi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə siz Mandriva Linux yüklənəcək bölmə(lər)i seçməlisiniz. Əgər\n"
+"bölmələr əvvəldən mövcuddursa (sistemdə əvvəllər qurulu olan GNU/Linuks \n"
+"bölmələri və ya başqa bölmələndirmə vasitələri ilə hazırladığınız "
+"bölmələr),\n"
+"onları istifadə edə bilərsiniz, əks halda onları müəyyən etməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri yaratmaq üçün əvvəlcə diski seçməlisiniz. Diski seçmək üçün \n"
+"birinci İDE sürücüsü üçün ``hda''nı, ikincisi üçün ``hdb''ni, birinci SCSİ \n"
+"sürücüsü üçün isə ``sda'' v.s. üstünə tıqlamalısınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçdiyiniz sürücünü bölmələndirmək üçün aşağıdakı seçimləri etməyə "
+"qadirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim seçili sabit disk üstündəki bütün bölmələri silər\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim sizə avtomatik olaraq sabit diskinizin boş sahəsində\n"
+"ext3 və dəyiş-toqquş sahəsi yaratma imkanı verəcək\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": Əlavə xüsusiyyətlərə yetişmə imkanı verir\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bölmə cədvəlini disketə qeyd edər. Bu disket daha sonra əmələ "
+"gələ\n"
+"biləcək disk bölmə cədvəli xətalarını bərpa etmək üçün işlədilir. Bu addımı "
+"həyata keçirməyi\n"
+"sizə şiddətlə məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Daha əvvəl disketə qeyd edilən bölmə cədvəlini bərpa etmək "
+"(yenidən\n"
+"yükləmək) üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər bölmə cədvəliniz pozulubsa, onu bu seçimlə düzəldə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Diqqətli olun və unutmayın ki bu həmişə işləməyə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bütün dəyişiklikləri silərək sabit diskin əvvəlki bölmə "
+"cədvəlini\n"
+"geri yükləyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçimin işarəsini silərsəniz, istifadəçilər CD-ROM'lar və "
+"disketlər\n"
+"kimi çıxardıla bilən mediyaları əl ilə bağlamaq (mount) məcburiyyətində "
+"qalacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər diskinizi bölmələmək üçün bir sehirbaza ehtiyac hiss "
+"edirsinizsə,\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Bu yol, bölmələmədən yaxşı başı çıxmayanlar üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Dəyişikliklərinizi rədd etmək üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit disk haqqında ətraflı mə'lumat verir və onun üstündə əlavə\n"
+"əməliyyatlar (növ, seçimlər, şəkilləndirmə) icra etmə icazəsi verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi bölmələyib bitirdiyiniz vaxt bu seçim "
+"dəyişiklikləri\n"
+"sabit diskinizə qeyd edəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmənin böyüklüyünü müəyyən edərkən klaviaturadakı istiqamət düymələri\n"
+"ilə seçiminizi sazlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Qeyd: bütün seçimlərə klaviatura ilə yetişə bilərsiniz. Bölmələr arasında "
+"[Tab]\n"
+"və [Yuxarı/Aşağı] düymələri ilə hərəkət edə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir bölmə seçili ikən bu qısa yolları istifadə edə bilərsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c -> yeni bölmə yaratmaq üçün (əgər boş bölmə seçilidirsə)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d -> bölməni silmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m -> bağlama nöqtəsi seçmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+"Fərqli fayl sistem növləri haqqında daha ətraflı mə'lumat üçün, xahiş "
+"edirik,\n"
+"``Reference Manual'' kitabının ext2FS bölümünü oxuyun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PPC kompüterdə qurulum aparırsınızsa, ən az 1 MBlıq balaca bir HFS \n"
+"``bootstrap'' bölməsini yaboot açılış yükləyicisi üçün seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əgər daha çox yeriniz varsa, məsələn 50 MB, onda bütün kernel və ramdisk \n"
+"açılış əkslərinizi təcili hallar üçün burada saxlaya bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Sökülə bilən avadanlıqların avtomatik bağlanması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Normal modla mütəxəssis modu arasında keç"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücünüzdə bir və ya daha çox Microsoft bölməsi tapıldı.\n"
+"Xahiş edirik, Mandriva Linuxi qurmaq üçün onlardan hansını\n"
+"yenidən ölçüləndirmək istədiyinizi seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Linuks adı\",\"Windows adı\"\n"
+"\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linuks adı\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows adı\" sabit diskinizin Windows altındakı adıdır (birinci\n"
+"disk ya da bölmənin adı \"C:\"dir, vs...)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini yoxlayın. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz \"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Əgər ölkəniz göstərilən ilk siyahıda\n"
+"deyilsə, tam ölkə siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu addım, yalnız sisteminizdə daha əvvəldən qurulu olan GNU/Linuks bölməsi\n"
+"tapılanda fəal olur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX indi mövcud Mandriva Linux sisteminizi yeniləmək mi, yoxsa yenidən\n"
+"qurmaq mı istədiyinizi bilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim köhnə sistemi tamamilə siləcək. Əgər sabit "
+"disklərinizin\n"
+"bölmələndirilməsini dəyişdirmək ya da fayl sistemini dəyişdirmək "
+"istəyirsinizsə\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Yalnız, bölmələndirmə sxeminizdən aslı olaraq bə'zi mövcud\n"
+"mə'lumatlarınızın üstündən yazılmasının qabağını ala bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hazırkı Mandriva Linux sisteminizdə qurulu olan paketləri "
+"yeniləmə\n"
+"imkanı verir. Qurulum hazırkı bölmələmə sxemi və istifadəçi mə'lumat və "
+"sənədlərinə\n"
+"dəyməyəcək və dəyişdirməyəcək. Digər qurulum addımlarının çoxu isə standart\n"
+"qurulumdakının eynisi olacaq. Bu seçimi \"8.1\" versiyasından əvvəlki "
+"Mandriva Linuxlarda\n"
+"tədbiq etmək uyğun görülmür."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bölümdə seçdiyiniz dilə bağlı olaraq, DrakX uyğun gələn klaviatura növü\n"
+"quraşdırmasını seçəcək. Yalnız, dilinizə tam uyğun olmayan klaviatura "
+"yiyəsi\n"
+"də ola bilərsiniz: misal üçün Azərbaycanda yaşayan Rus dilli şəxs isəniz\n"
+"klaviaturanızı Rus dilində istifadə etmək istəyəcəksiniz, ya da Rusiyada "
+"yaşayan\n"
+"Azərbaycanlı isəniz klaviaturanızı Rus dilində yox Azərbaycan dilində "
+"istifadə\n"
+"etmək istəyə bilərsiniz. İki vəziyyətdə də istədiyiniz klaviaturlarını "
+"siyahıdan seçə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dəstəklənən klaviaturaların tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" \n"
+"düyməsinə basın\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər Latın əlifbası əsasında olmayan klaviatura düzülüşü seçsəniz, növbəti\n"
+"dialoq sizə Latın və Latın olmayan düzülüşlər arasında keçiş üçün\n"
+"qısa yol seçmə imkanı verəcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçdiyiniz dil, sənədlər , qurulum və ümumi sistemə tə'sir edəcəkdir.\n"
+"İlk olaraq qaldığınız yerin coğrafi bölgəsini seçin, daha sonra\n"
+"istifadə etdiyiniz dili seçin.\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi əlavə dilləri seçmə imkanı verəcəkdir. Bu imkan\n"
+"fərqli bir dili də eyni zamanda istifadə etmə imkanı verəcək. Bu qurğunu\n"
+"\"%s\" ətraflı menyusundan həyata keçirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qeyd: Əlavə dil seçməkdə bir dil ilə məhdud deyilsiniz. \"%s\" "
+"qutusundanistədiyiniz qədər dil seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"Bir dil seçimi bərabərində tərcümələr, yazı növləri və\n"
+"imla yoxlayıcıları kimi bə'zi üstünlükləri gətirəcəkdir.\n"
+"Ayrıca \"%s\" qutusundan sistemi UTF-8 (yunikod) kodlamasını işlətmək\n"
+"üçün zorlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qurduğunuz dillər arasında keçiş etmək üçün ali istifadəçi səlahiyyətləri\n"
+"ilə konsolda \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" əmrini verə bilər ya da menyunuzdan\n"
+" \"localedrake\"'i seçərək dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Bu, bütün sisteminya da\n"
+"yalnız bir istifadəçinin bütün dil qurğularını dəyişdirmə imkanı verir.\n"
+"Əgər bunları sıravi istifadəçi olaraq həyata keçirsəniz yalnız öz xüsusi\n"
+"dil qurğularınızı dəyişdirəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "İspanca"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Adətən DrakX siçanınızdakı düymə ədədini tapmaqda əziyyət çəkməyəcək. Əgər\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətsiz olsa, siçanınızı iki düyməli qəbul edəcək və üçüncü düymə \n"
+"emulyasiyasını fəallaşdıracaq. İki düyməli siçanda üçüncü düyməyə "
+"``basmaq''\n"
+"üçün sağ və sol düyməyə bərabər basmalısınız. DrakX, siçanınızın PS/2 ya da "
+"USB bağlantısından hansını işlətdiyini özü tapacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər fərqli bir siçan növü seçmək istəsəniz verilən siyahıdan seçməniz\n"
+"kifayətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər əsas siçan xaricində başqa bir siçan seçmək istəsəniz bir sınaq ekranı\n"
+"göstəriləcək.  Sİçanın qurğularının düz olduğundn əmin olmaq üçün\n"
+"düymələri və çarxı sınayın. Əgər siçan düzgün işləmirsə boşluq ya da\n"
+"[Return] düyməsinə basıb seçim siyahısına geri dönə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Çərxli siçanlar adətən avtomatik aşkar edilə bilmir, bu səbəblə\n"
+"siçanınızı siyahıdan seçməniz lazım ola bilər. Siçanızın taxılı olduğu "
+"qapını\n"
+"və siçanınızı seçəndən sonra  \"%s\" düyməsinə basın, ekranda bir siçan\n"
+"rəsmi göstəriləcək. Çərxin düzgün işlədiyini yoxlamaq üçün onu döndərin.\n"
+"Ekrandakı siçan çərxinin döndüyünü görəndən sonra siçanın düymələrini \n"
+"oxun ekrandakı hərəkətini yoxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Çərx emulyasiyalı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Hər hansı bir PS/2 və USB siçan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Xahiş edirik, doğru qapını seçin. Məsələn, Windows'dakı COM1\n"
+"GNU/Linuks'da ttyS0'dır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, GNU/Linuks sisteminizin təhlükəsizliyi üçün ən əsas mərhələdir.\n"
+"\"Ali istifadəçi (root)\" şifərsini daxil edəcəksiniz. \"Ali istifadəçi\" "
+"sistemin\n"
+"idarəçisidir və yalnız o yeniləmələri, istifadəçiləri əlavə edib/silməyi\n"
+"sistemin bütün qurğularını dəyişdirə bilər. Qısaca, \"ali istifadəçi\" hər\n"
+"şeyi edə bilər! Buna görə də tapılması çətin olan bir şifrə seçməlisiniz.\n"
+"DrakX seçdiyiniz şifrənin asan olub olmadığını sizə bildirəcək. Görüdüyünüz\n"
+"kimi, şifrə müəyyən etməkdə məcbur deyilsiniz, yalnız bunu sizə şiddətlə\n"
+"məsləhət etmirik. GNU/Linuks da diqər əməliyyat sistemləri kimi "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"xətasından çox tə'sir ala bilər. \"Ali istifadəçi\" bütün həddləri keçərək\n"
+"bütün bölmələrdəki bütün mə'lumatları silə bilər. Ona görə də ali "
+"istifadəçi\n"
+"olma imkanını olduqca çətinləşdirməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrəniz ədəd və hərflərin qarışığı olmalıdır və 8 hərfdən qısa "
+"olmamalıdır.\n"
+"Şifrəni heçvaxt başqa bir yerə qeyd etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yalnız şifrəni çox uzun ya da çətin də seçməyin ona görə ki onu əzbərləmək\n"
+"məcburiyyətindəsiniz!\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrənizi yazarkən ekranda göstərilməyəcək. Xəta riskini azaltmaq üçün\n"
+"şifrəni iki dəfə daxil edəcəksiniz. Burada diqqətli olun və eyni xətanı\n"
+"iki dəfə etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər bu kompüterə yetişmənin səlahiyyət vericisi tərəfindən idarə "
+"edilməsini\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şəbəkəniz LDAP, NIS, ya da PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"xidmətlərindən birisini işlədirsə, \"%s\" üçün uyğun gələnini seçin. Əgər\n"
+"hansını işlədəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, şəbəkə idarəçinizdən soruşun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şifrələri yadda saxlamaqda çətinlik çəkirsinizsə, internetə heç\n"
+"vaxt bağlanmayacaqsanızsa ya da kompüterini işlədən hamıya e'tibar\n"
+"edirsinizsə \"%s\" seçimini seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "səlahiyyətləndirmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO və grub ikisi də GNU/Linuks açılış yükləyiciləridir. Normalda bu "
+"mərhələ\n"
+"tamamilə avtomatikdir. DrakX diskin kök sektorunu yoxlayacaq və orada "
+"tapacağı\n"
+"mə'lumatlara görə açağıdakı addımları tətbiq edəcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər Windows açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, DrakX onu grub/LILO açılış "
+"sektoru\n"
+"ilə dəyişdirəcək. Beləliklə, siz həm GNU/Linuksu həm də digər əməliyyat "
+"sisteminizi\n"
+"(Windows ya da MacOS) aça biləcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər grub ya da LILO açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, o, yenisiylə əvəz "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər müəyyən edib qərara gələ bilməzsə, DrakX açılış yükləyicisini hara "
+"yazmaq\n"
+"istədiyinizi sizə soruşacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi kompüteriniz üçün çap sistemini seçmə vaxtı gəldi. Digər ƏS'ləri sizə "
+"bir\n"
+"dənəsini təqdim edə bilərlər, yalnız Mandriva Linux ikisini təqdim edir.\n"
+"Hər çap sistemi xüsusi quraşdırma növləri üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- bu seçim``çap et, növbəyə alma'' mə'nasına gəlir.\n"
+"Əgər kompüterinizə bağlı olan çapçı varsa, çap yığılmalarından qurtulmaq\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə və şəbəkə çapçılarınız yoxdursa, bunu seçin. (\"%s\"\n"
+"yalnız çox sadə şəbəkə hallarını idarə edə bilər və şəbəkələrlə işlədiləndə\n"
+"biraz yavaş qalır. Əgər bu GNU/Linuks ilə ilk tanışmanızdırsa, sizə \"pdq\"\n"
+"işlətməyi məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Ümumi Unix Çap Sistemi'', isə həm öz kompüterinizə\n"
+"bağlı olan həm də bu dünyadakı istənən yerə qurulan çapçıdan istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün ideal vasitədir və quraşdırılması çox asandır.\n"
+"Əsas quraşdırma \"pdq\" qədər asandır. Əgər bir \"lpd\" vericisini\n"
+"emulyasiya etmək istəyirsinizsə, \"cups-lpd \" demonunu başlatdığınıza\n"
+"əmin oun. .\"%s\" eyni zamanda çapçının quraşdırılması və idarəsi və çap\n"
+"üçün qrafiki ara üzlərə də sahibdir. \n"
+"Əgər indi birisini seçib sonra çap sistemini bəyənməzsəniz, onu Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"İdarə Mərkəzindəki PrinterDrake bölməsindəki mütəxəssis düyməsi vasitəsiylə\n"
+"dəyişdirə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Usta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX əvvəlcə kompüterinizdə mövcud olan bütün İDE adapterleri \n"
+"axtarmağa cəhd edəcək. Eyni zamanda sisteminizdəki PCİ SCSİ kartları\n"
+"da axtarılacaq. Əgər SCSİ kart tapılsa sürücüsü avtomatik qurulacaq\n"
+"\n"
+"Bəzən DrakX sabit disklərinizi müvəffəqiyyətlə aşkar etməyə bilər.\n"
+"Bu vəziyyətdə avadanlığınızı əllə müəyyən etməli olacaqsınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PCİ SCSİ adapterini əllə müəyyən etsəniz DrakX sizdən onun qurğularını\n"
+"sazlamak istədiyinizi soruşacaq, sizə sisteminizdə SCSİ\n"
+"adapteri olub olmadığı soruşulacaq. İmkan verin ki, DrakX sərbəstcə özü\n"
+"xüsusiyyətləri tapsın. Çox vaxt DrakX bu addımdan müvəffəqiyyətlə\n"
+"və xətasız çıxacaq.\n"
+"Əgər DrakX avadanlığa avtomatik olaraq hansı parametrlərin yollanacağını\n"
+"tapmaq üçün seçimləri qurğulaya bilməzsə sürücünü əllə siz quraşdırmaq\n"
+"məcburiyyətində qalacaqsınız."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər burada göstərilən səs kartının sisteminizdəkindən fərqli olduğu\n"
+"nəzərinizə çatsa, düyməyə basıb başqa bir sürücü seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"İcmal olaraq, DrakX sisteminiz haqqında malik olduğu mə'lumatı göstərəcək.\n"
+"Qurulu avadanlığınıza bağlı olaraq, aşağıdakı girişlərin hamısını ya da bir "
+"neçəsi\n"
+"icmalda yer ala bilər. Hər giriş, quraşdırılan üzvdən və hazırkı qurğusunun "
+"qısa\n"
+"izahatından ibarətdir.\n"
+"Qurğunu dəyişdirmək üçün uyğun olan \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı klaviatura düzülüşünü göstərir. Lazımdırsa, bunu "
+"dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini göstərir. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz,\"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Ölkəniz siyahıda yer almırsa ölkələrin\n"
+"tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX vaxt zolağınızı yaşadığınız ölkəyə görə müəyyən\n"
+"edir. Yalnız seçim düzgün deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq onu dəyişdirə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı siçan qurğularını yoxlayın və lazımdırsa düyməyə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını işə sala\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc Bələdçisi'' kitabçasının "
+"uyğun\n"
+"bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa, burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər buradakı səs kartının sisteminizdə olandan fərqli olduğu nəzərinizə\n"
+"çatarsa, düyməyə basaraq başqa sürücü seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX qrafiki ara üzünüzü \"800x600\" ya da \"1024x768\"\n"
+"həlledirliyində quraşdırır. Bu sizə uyğun deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinin köməyi "
+"ilə\n"
+"qrafiki ara üzünüzü yenidən quraşdıra bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə televiziya kartı tapılıbsa, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər televiziya kartınız var olub aşkar edilməyibsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə\n"
+"basaraq onu əllə quraşdırmağı sınayın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə ISDN kartı aşkar edilibsə, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Kart ilə əlaqəli parametrləri dəyişdirmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basa "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternet ya da şəbəkənizi indi quraşdırmaq istəyirsinizsə.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu, əvvəlki addımda seçilən təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsini dəyişdirmə "
+"imkanı\n"
+"verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternetə bağlanmağı fikirləşirsinizsə, sisteminizi qorumaq "
+"üçün\n"
+"atəş divarı quraşdırmaq yaxşı fikirdir. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc "
+"Bələdçisi''\n"
+"kitabçasının uyğun bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər açılış yükləyicisi qurğularınızı dəyişdirmək istəyirsinizsə, "
+"bu düyməyə\n"
+"basın. Bu, əsasən mütəxəssis istifadəçilər üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": burada, sistemdə hansı xidmətlərin işləyəcəyini sazlaya "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər sisteminizi verici olaraq işlətəcəksəniz, bu qurğuları gözdən keçirin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Qrafiki Ara Üz"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux'izi qurmaq üçün silmək istədiyiniz sürücünü seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatlar silinəcək\n"
+"və geri gəlməyəcək!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatları və bölmələri silmək üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Diqqətli olun,\"%s\" düyməsinə basdıqdan sonra\n"
+"Windows mə'lumatları də daxil olmaq üzərə bütün bölmə mə'lumatı geri\n"
+"dönməyəcək şəkildə silinəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmədəki mə'lumatları qorumaq üçün və  əməliyyatı ləğv etmək üçün \"%s\" "
+"düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sonrakı ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Əvvəlki"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..681952245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva.
+# Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>, 2000
+# Maryia Davidouskaia <maryia@scientist.com>, 2000
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-09-24 12:30 +0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: be\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Вы жадаеце выкарыстоўваць aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Аркады"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць існуючы раздзел"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Сцёрці дадзеныя на ўсім дыску"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Стварэнне дыскеты для ўсталявання"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Сістэмнае адміністраваньне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Звычайны рэжым"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Эсперанто:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "/Графік"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Унутраная ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Запуск X пры старце сістэмы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Далей ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- прылада"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c1d84745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1633 @@
+# translation of DrakX-bg.po to Bulgarian
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Bozhan Boiadzhiev <bozhan@plov.omega.bg>, 2000.
+# Borislav Aleksandrov <B.Aleksandrov@cnsys.bg>, 2003.
+# Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>, 2003.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-bg\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@linux.zonebg.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Преди да продължите, трябва внимателно да прочетете условията на лиценза. "
+"Той\n"
+"покрива цялата Mandriva Linux дистрибуция, и, ако сте съгласни с всички "
+"условия\n"
+"в него, сложете отметка на \"%s\".Ако не сте съгласни,просто спрете "
+"компютъра си."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux е многопотребителска система, която означава, че всеки потребител "
+"може\n"
+"да има свои предпочитания, файлове и т.н.. можете да прочетете Ръководството "
+"на\n"
+"Потребителя, за да научите повече.\n"
+"За разлика от Root, който е администраторът, потребителите, които ще "
+"добавите тук\n"
+"няма да могат да променят нищо освен собствените си файлове и техните "
+"настройки.\n"
+"Ще трябва да създадете поне един обикновен потребител за себе си.\n"
+"С този акаунт ще трябва да влизате за рутинна дейност. Въпреки това "
+"практиката\n"
+"да влизате като root ежедневно, може да бъде много опасна ! И най-малката "
+"грешка\n"
+"може да означава, че системата ви няма да работи повече. Ако направите някоя "
+"сериозна\n"
+"грешка като потребител, това може са да доведе до загуба на част от "
+"информацията,\n"
+"но не и на цялата система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Първо, трябва да си въведете името. Това не е задължително, разбира се, "
+"всъщност\n"
+"можете да въведете каквото и да е. DrakX след това ще избере първата "
+"въведена\n"
+"в кутийката дума и ще го изкара като потребителско име. Това е името, с "
+"което\n"
+"всъщност определеният потребител ще влиза в системата. Можете да го "
+"промените.\n"
+"Трябва да въведете и парола тук. Паролата на непревилегирован (обикновен) "
+"потребител\n"
+"не е толкова фатална като тази на Root от гледна точка на сигурността, но "
+"все\n"
+"пак няма причина да я подценявате, тъй като рискувате файловете си.\n"
+"\n"
+"След като цъкнете на \"Приеми потребител\", можете да добавите колкото си "
+"искате.\n"
+"Добавете по един потребител за всеки от приятелите си: баща си, сестра си, "
+"например.\n"
+"Когато сте добавили всички потребители, които искате, цъкнете Готово.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете на бутона \"Напредничав\", за да промените обвивката по подразбиране "
+"на\n"
+"потребителя (bash по подразбиране)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Искате ли да използвате тази особеност?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"По-горе са изброени засечените Linux дялове съществуващи\n"
+"на твърдия ви диск. Можете да запазите избора направен от магьосника, те са\n"
+"добри за обща употреба. Ако ги промените, трябва да поне да определите\n"
+"root дял (\"/\"). Не избирайте прекалено малки дялове, защото няма да "
+"можете\n"
+"да инсталирате достатъчно софтуер. Ако искате да съхранявате данните си на\n"
+"отделен дял, трябва да изберете \"/home\" (възможно е само, ако имате "
+"повече\n"
+"от един Linux дял).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е показан, както следва: \"Име\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталацията на Mandriva Linux е разположена на няколко CDROM-а. DrakX\n"
+"знае дали избран пакет не се намира на друг CDROM,така че ще извади "
+"текущото\n"
+"CD и ще ви остави да вкарате това, от което има нужда."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега е моментът да определите кои програми искате да бъдат инсталирани на\n"
+"системата ви. В Mandriva Linux дистрибуцията има хиляди пакети, но не е\n"
+"задължително да ги знаете наизуст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако извършвате стандартна инстлация от CDROM, първо ще бъдете попитани кои\n"
+"CD-та имате (в Експертен режим). Проверете заглавията на CD-тата и посочете\n"
+"кутийките съответстващи на CD-тата, с които разполагате. Цъкнете \"OK\",\n"
+"когато сте готови да продължите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакетите са подредени в групи съответстващи на практическата употреба на\n"
+"машината ви. Групите, сами по себе си, са подредени в четири секции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Работна станция\": ако смятате да използвате машината си като работна "
+"станция,\n"
+"изберете една или повече съответните групи.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Разработка\": ако машината ви ще бъде използване за програмиране, "
+"изберете\n"
+"желаната(ите) група(и).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Сървър\": накрая, ако машината ви ще бъде използвана за сървър, ще\n"
+"можете да изберете кои от най-често използваните услуги искате да имате\n"
+"инсталирани на машината.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Графична среда\": тук можете да изберете предпочитаната графична "
+"среда.\n"
+"Поне една трябва да бъде избрана, ако искате да имате графична среда !\n"
+"\n"
+"Премествайки курсора на мишната над името на групата, ще видите кратък\n"
+"обясненителен текст за нея.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да цъкнете кутийката \"Индивидуален избор на пакети\", която е "
+"полезна,\n"
+"ако сте запознати с пакетите, които ще ви бъдат предложени или ако искате "
+"да\n"
+"имате пълен контрол над това, което да бъде инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте започнали инсталацията в режим на \"Обновяване\", можете да "
+"изключите\n"
+"всички групи, за да избегнете инсталирането на нови пакети. Това е полезно\n"
+"при поправка или обновяване на съществуващата система."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Обновяване"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "С базова документация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Наистина минимална инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, в зависимост от избора ви дали да избирате пакети един по един, ще\n"
+"ви бъде представено дърво съдържащо всички пакети подредени по групи и\n"
+"подргрупи. Докато обхождате дървото, можете да изберете цели групи, "
+"подгрупи\n"
+"или отделни пакети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато посочите пакет от дървото, ще се появи описание вдясно. Когато\n"
+"изборът е приключен, цъкнете бутона \"Инсталирай\", който ще пусне процеса\n"
+"на инсталация. В зависимост от скоростта на хардуера ви и броя на пакетите,\n"
+"които искате да бъдат инсталирани, процесът може да отнеме известно време.\n"
+"Очакваното време за приключване на процеса, че бъде показано на екрата, за\n"
+"да ви помогне да прецените дали имате достатъчно време да се насладите на\n"
+"чаша кафе.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ако е избран сървърен пакет, било то умишлено или защото е част от цяла\n"
+"група, ще бъдете помолени за потвърждение, че наистина искате този сървър\n"
+"да бъде инсталиран. В Mandriva Linux, всички сървъри тръгват по "
+"подразбиране\n"
+"при зареждане.Даже ако са сигурни и нямат известни проблеми, когато\n"
+"дистрибуцията се разпространява, може да се случи така, че да се появят\n"
+"дупки в сигурността, след като версията на Mandriva Linux е завършена. Ако\n"
+"не знаете за какво служи определена услуга или защо е инсталирана, цъкнете\n"
+"\"Не\". С цъкане на \"Да\"  ще инсталирате изброени услуги и те ще бъдат\n"
+"стартирани автоматично по подразбиране. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцията \"Автоматични зависимости\" изключва предупредителните диалози,\n"
+"когато инсталаторът авоматично реши избере пакет. Това се случва, защото\n"
+"е решил, че се нуждае да задоволи зависимост с друг пакет, за да приключи\n"
+"успешно инсталацията.\n"
+"\n"
+"Малката иконка на дискетка в дъното на списъка позволява да заредите списък\n"
+"с пакети от предишна инсталация. Ако цъкнете на тази иконка, ще бъдете\n"
+"помолени да вкарате дискета създадена преди това в края на друга "
+"инсталация.\n"
+"Вижте втората подсказка по време на последната стъпка, за това как да\n"
+"създадете такава дискета."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Сега можете да изберете кои услуги да се пускат при стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тук са представени всички услуги, достъпни с настоящата инсталация.\n"
+"Прегледайте ги внимателно и изключете тези, които не ви трябват винаги при "
+"стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да видите кратък обяснителен текст за услугата, като поставите курора "
+"на мишката си\n"
+"над името на услугата. Ако не сте сигурни, дали услугата е полезна или не, "
+"по-добре\n"
+"е да оставите избора по подразбиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Внимавайте с тази стъпка, ако смятате да използвате машината си като "
+"сървър:\n"
+"сигурно не бихте искали да пускате услуги, от които не се нуждаете. Моля,\n"
+"запомнете, че някои услуги могат да бъдат опасни, ако са включени на "
+"сървъра.\n"
+"По принцип, избирайте само услугите, от които наистина се нуждаете.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматична синхронизация на времето"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, ще бъдете попитани дали искате да виждате графичния интерфейс при\n"
+"зареждане. Отбележете, че този въпрос ще ви бъде зададен даже ако изберете,\n"
+"да не тествате настройката. Очевидно, бихте отговорили с \"Не\", ако "
+"машината\n"
+"ще работи като сървър или ако няма успешно настроен дисплей."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва изберете къде на твърдия си диска да инсталирате "
+"вашата\n"
+"Mandriva Linux операционна система. Ако твърдият ви диск е празен или друга\n"
+"операционна система използва цялото пространство, ще трябва да го "
+"разделите.\n"
+"Казано простичко, разделянето на твърдия диск се състои в логическо "
+"разделяне\n"
+"цел да се създаде място за инсталация на новата Mandriva Linux система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тъй като процесът на разделяне обикновено е необратим, разделянето може да\n"
+"изглежда плашещ и стряскащ, ако сте неопитен потребител. Слава Богу, има\n"
+"магьосник, който опростява този процес. Преди да започнете, консултирайте "
+"се\n"
+"с ръководството и не бързайте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако пускате инсталацията в Експертен режим, ще бъдете въведени в DiskDrake,\n"
+"разделящия инструмент на Mandriva Linux, който ви позволява да донастроите\n"
+"дяловете си. Вижте главата DiskDrake от ръководството. От инсталационния\n"
+"интерфейс можете да използвате магьосниците, като натиснете бутона\n"
+"\"Магьосник\" на диалога.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете са вече определени, дали от предишна инсталация или от друг\n"
+"иструмент за разделяне, просто изберете на кой да инсталирате Linux\n"
+"системата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете не са определени, ще трябва да създадете такива използвайки\n"
+"магьосника. В зависимост от настройката на твърдия диск, са възможни "
+"няколко\n"
+"опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" тази опция просто ще доведе до автоматично поделяне на празното "
+"пространство на твърдия ви диск. Няма да бъдете питани за това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": магьосникът е засякъл един или повече\n"
+"съществуващи Linux дялове на твърдия ви диск. Ако искате да ги използвате,\n"
+"изберете тази опция.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако имате инсталиран\n"
+"Microsoft Windows на твърдия си диск и той заема цялото достъпно\n"
+"пространство на него, трябва да освободите място за Linux данни. За да\n"
+"направитетова, можете да изтриете Microsoft Windows дяла и данните (вижте\n"
+"решенията \"Изтрий целия диск\" или \"Екпертен режим\") или да промените\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла. Промяната на големината може да бъде\n"
+"извършена без загуба на данни. Това решение се препоръчва, ако искате\n"
+"едновременно Mandriva Linux и Microsoft Windows на един и същи компютър.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Преди да изберете тази опция, моля, разберете, че след тази процедура,\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла ще бъде по-малка, отколкото преди "
+"това.\n"
+"Ще имате по-малко място под Microsoft Windows за съхраняване на данни или "
+"за\n"
+"инсталира на нов софтуер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако искате да изтриете всички данни и дялове, които\n"
+"съществуват на вашия твърд диск и да ги замените с новата Mandriva Linux\n"
+"система, изберете тази опция. Бъдете внимателни с това решения, защото няма\n"
+"да можете да върнете обратно избора си, след като потвърдите.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Това просто ще изтрие всичко на диска и ще започне на\n"
+"чисто, разделяне от раз. Всякакви данни на диска ви ще бъдат загубени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": изберете тази опция, ако искате ръчно да разделите\n"
+"твърдия си диск. Бъдете внимателни - това е мощен, но опасен избор. Можете\n"
+"много лесно да загубите всички данни. Така че не избирайте това, ако не\n"
+"знаете какво правите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Изпозване на съществуващ дял"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Изтрий целия диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"А така ! Инсталацията е завършена и GNU/Linux системата ви е готова за\n"
+"употреба. Просто цъкнете \"OK\", за да рестартирате системата. Можете да\n"
+"стартирате GNU/Linux или Windows, което предпочитате (ако имате две "
+"системи),\n"
+"веднага след като компютърът стартира отново.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бутона \"Напредничав\" (само в \"Експертен\") показва още два бутона за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"генериране на дискета за автоматична инсталация\": за да създадете\n"
+"инсталационна дискета, която след това автоматично да изчършва цялата\n"
+"инсталация без помощта на оператор, приличаща на инсталацията, която току-"
+"що\n"
+"сте извършили.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Отбележете, че две различни опции са достъни, чрез цъкане на бутона:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Преиграй\". Това е частично автоматизирана инсталация като стъпките\n"
+"по разделяне на дялове остават интерактивни.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Автоматична\". Напълно автоматична инсталация: твърдият диск се\n"
+"презаписва напълно, всякакви данни се загубват.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тази особеност е много удобна, когато инсталирате голям брой подобно\n"
+"машини. Вижте секцията за автоматична инсталация на нашия web-сайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Запази избора на пакети\"(*): запазва избора на пакети, така както "
+"е\n"
+"направен преди. Когато правите друга инсталация, вкарайте дискетата в\n"
+"устройството и пуснете инсталацията да върви чрез помощния екран, като\n"
+"натиснете клавиша [F1] и като напишете >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Трябва ви FAT-форматирана дискета (за да създадете таква под GNU/Linux,\n"
+"напишете \"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Подготвя дискета за автоматична инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Всички новодефинирани дялове трябва да бъдат форматирани, за да се "
+"използват\n"
+"(форматиране означава създаване на файлова система).\n"
+"\n"
+"В този момента може би искате да преформатирате някои съществуващи дялове, "
+"за\n"
+"да изтриете всякакви данни, които съдържат. Ако искате да го направите, "
+"моля\n"
+"изберете тях.\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, отбележете, че не е необходимо да преформатирате всички дялове\n"
+"съществуващи отпреди. Трябва да преформатирате дяловете съдържащи\n"
+"операционната система (като \"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var\"), но това не е\n"
+"задължително за дялове съдържащи данни, които искате да запазите "
+"(обикновено\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, бъдете внимателни, когато избирате дяловете. След форматиране всички\n"
+"данни на посочените дялове ще бъдат изтрити и няма да можете да ги\n"
+"възстановите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"OK\", когато сте готови да форматирате далове.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Отказ\", ако искате да изберете други дялове за инсталация на "
+"новата\n"
+"си Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Напредничав\", ако искате да изберете дялове, които да бъдат\n"
+"проверени за лоши блокове от диска."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент, трябва да изберете нивото на сигурност, което искате за\n"
+"машината. По правило, колкото повече машината ви е достъпна и колкото "
+"повече\n"
+"данни се съхраняват на нея, толкова по-високо трябва да е нивото на "
+"сигурност.\n"
+"Въпреки това, високата сигурност е за сметка на лекотата на работа.\n"
+"Обърнете се към главата MSEC на Reference Manual, за да получите повече "
+"информация\n"
+"за значението на тези нива.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако не знаете както да изберете, изберете опцията по подразбиране."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор по защита:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва да изберете кой дялове да бъдат използвани за "
+"инсталация\n"
+"на вашата Mandriva Linux система. Ако дяловете вече са определени, дали от\n"
+"предишна инсталация на GNU/Linux или от друг инструмент за разделяне, "
+"можете\n"
+"да използвате съществуващите далове. В противен случай трябва да определите\n"
+"дялове от твърдия диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да създадете дялове, трябва първо да изберете твърд диск. Можете да\n"
+"изберете диск за разделяне, като цъкнете на \"hda\" за първо IDE "
+"устройство,\n"
+"\"hdb\" за второто, \"sda\" за първо SCSI устройство и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"За да разделите избрания твър диск, можете да използвате следния опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Изчисти всичко\": тази опция изтрива всички дялове на избрания диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Автоматично създаване\": тази опция позволява автоматично да съзадете\n"
+"Ext2 и swap дялове в свободното пространство на твърдия ви диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Спаси таблицата с дялове\": ако таблицата с дялове е повредена, можете\n"
+"да се опитате да я възстановите с тази опция. Моля, бъдете внимателни и\n"
+"помнете, че може да не стане.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Върни\": използвайте тази опция, за да отмените промените.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Презареди\": можете да използвате тази опция, ако искате да върнете\n"
+"всички промени и да заредите първоначалната таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Магьосник\": използвайте тази опция, ако искате да използвате "
+"магьосник,\n"
+"да раздели твърдия ви диск. Това се препоръчва, ако нямате достатъчно "
+"познания\n"
+"за разделянето.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Възстанови от дискета\": тази опция ще ви позволи да възстановите "
+"запазена\n"
+"преди това на дискета таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Запази на дискета\": запазва таблицата с дялове на дискета. Полезно е "
+"при\n"
+"евентуално възстановяване на таблицата при необходимост. Силно се "
+"препоръчва\n"
+"да направите това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Готово\": когато сте свършили с разделянето на твърдия си диск, това "
+"ще\n"
+"запише промените върху диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забележета: можете да достигнете всяка опция използвайки клавиатурата.\n"
+"Минавайте през дяловете използвайки [Tab} и стрелките нагоре/надолу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато е избран дял, можете да използвате:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c, за да създадете нов дял (ако е избран празен дял);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d, за да изтриете дял;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m, за да установите точка на монтиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако инсталите на PPC машина, сигурно ще искате да създадете малък HFS\n"
+"\"bootstrap\" дял от поне 1 МБ, който ще бъде използват от boot loader-ът\n"
+"yaboot. Ако смятате да направите дяла по-голям, например 50 МБ, можете да "
+"го\n"
+"намерите за полезно място, където да съхранявате някое ядро или image на\n"
+"ramdisk в случай на извънредни ситуации."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматично монтиране на сменяем носител"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Премини в нормален/експертен режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Беше засечен повече от един Microsoft Windows дял\n"
+"на твърдия ви диска. Изберете този, чиято дължина искате да промените, за "
+"да\n"
+"инсталирате Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е изброен както следва: \"Linux име\", \"Windows име"
+"\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска"
+"\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows името\" е буквата на твърдия ви диск под Windows (първият диск "
+"или\n"
+"дял се нарича \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Обикновено, DrakX би трябвало да избере правилната за вас клавиатура (в "
+"зависимост\n"
+"от езика, който сте избрали) и няма да се наложи да видите тази стъпка. "
+"Обаче може да\n"
+"нямате клавиатура съответстваща точно на вашия език: например, ако сте "
+"англоговорящ швед,\n"
+"може би ще искате клавиатурата ви да бъде шведска. Или ако говорите "
+"английски, но сте\n"
+"в Квебек, може би ще сте в същата ситуация. И в двата случая, ще трябва да "
+"се върнете\n"
+"към тази инсталационна стъпка и да изберете правилната клавиатура от "
+"списъка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Всичко, което трябва да направите, е да посочите предпочитаната клавиатурна "
+"наредба\n"
+"от списъка, който ще се появи пред вас.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако имате клавиатура от език различен от този използван по подразбиране, "
+"цъкнете\n"
+"на бутона \"Напредничав\". Ще ви бъде предоставен пълен списък с "
+"поддържаните клавиатури."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, цъкнете на предпочитания език на инсталация и системна употреба.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкането на бутона \"Напредничав\" ще ви позволи да изберете други езици\n"
+"да бъдат инсталирани на работната ви станция. Избирането на други езици\n"
+"ще инсталира файлове специвични за езиците за системна документация и\n"
+"приложения. Например, ако имате потребители от Изпания на машината си,\n"
+"изберете английски като главен език в дървовидната форма и в секция\n"
+"\"Напредничав\" цъкнете на сивата звезда съответстваща на\n"
+"\"Испански|Испания\".\n"
+"Отбележете, че могат да бъдат инсталирани няколко езика. Веднъж избран\n"
+"някакъв локал, цъкнете бутона \"OK\", за да продължите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"По подразбиране, DrakX предполага че имате двубутонна мишка и ще включи\n"
+"симулиране на три бутона. DrakX автоматично разбира дали е PS/2, серийна "
+"или\n"
+"USB мишка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако искате да определите друг тип на мишката, изберете подходящ от списъка,\n"
+"който ще ви бъде представен.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако изберете мишка различна от тази по подразбиране, ще ви бъде предоставен\n"
+"екран за проба. Използвайте бутоните и колелцето, за да проверите, че\n"
+"настройката е дора. Ако мишката не работи, както трябва, натиснете интервал\n"
+"или СЕ ВЪРНЕТЕ към \"Отказ\" и изберете пак."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "3 бутона с емулация на колелце"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, изберете верния порт. Например, портът COM1 под Windows под GNU/Linux\n"
+"се нарича ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "идентификация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Дойде времето да изберете система за печат за вашия компютър.Другите\n"
+"операционни системи може да ви предлагат една,но ние ви предлагаме две.\n"
+"Всяка от тях е пригодена за даден тип конфигурация.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"-- е акроним на \"print,do not queue\"(\"пачатай,не чакай\"),е "
+"идеалният\n"
+"избор,ако имате директна връзка с принтера,искате да го контролирате,или\n"
+"нямате мрежови принтери.(\"%s\" може да работи само в много прости\n"
+"ситуации и е някак бавен,когато се ползва в мрежа.) Препоръчително е да \n"
+"изполвате \"pdq\" ако нямате опит с GNU/Linux. \n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System``(обичайна система за печат за "
+"Unix)\n"
+"е отличен избор,за печат както на собствения ви принтер,така и на друг,на\n"
+"половин свят разстояние.Тя е лесна за конфигуриране и може работи като\n"
+"клиент или сървър на архаичната\"lpd \",което я прави напълно съвместима\n"
+"с по-стари операционни системи,които може все още да се нуждаят от тази\n"
+"услуга.Въпреки че е доста мощна,основната инсталация е почти толкова \n"
+"лесна,колкото и тази на \"pdq\".Ако искате да емулирате \"lpd\" сървър,\n"
+"уверете се,че \"cups-lpd\" демона е пуснат.\"%s\" включва графични \n"
+"интерфейси за пречат и избор на опции за принтера,както и за\n"
+"конфигурирането му.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сега направите избор,а по-късно разберете,че не харесвате системата\n"
+"си за печат,можете да я смените като пуснете PrinterDrake от Мандрива "
+"линукс \n"
+"контролия център и цъкнете на \"експерт\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Трудно"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"ако намеря звукова карта,ще видите съобщение за това.\n"
+"Ако забележите,че намерената звукова карта не отговаря на истината,\n"
+"можете да цъкнете на бутона и да изберете друг драйвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графичен интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете твърдия диск, който искате да изтриете, за да\n"
+"инсталирам новия ви Mandriva Linux дял. Внимание, всички данни на него ще "
+"бъдат загубени\n"
+"и няма да могат да се възстановят."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Цъкнете на \"%s\", ако искате да изтриете всички данни и\n"
+"дялове съществуващи на този твърд диск. Внимание, след цъкане на \"%s\", "
+"няма да можете да възстановите каквито и да било данни и дялове съществуващи "
+"на този твърд диск,\n"
+"включително каквито и да е Windows данни.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"%s\", за да отмените тази операция без загуба да данните и\n"
+"дяловете съществуващи на този твърд диск."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следващ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Предишен"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..608c3b016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Omi Azad <omi@altruists.org>, 2004.
+# Khandakar Mujahidul Islam <suzan@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Progga <progga@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Jamil Ahmed <jamil@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004, 2005.
+# Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX HEAD\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-19 23:18+0600\n"
+"Last-Translator: Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bangla <mdk-translation@bengalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"চালিয়ে যাওয়ার আগে, লাইসেন্সের শর্তগুলো আপনার সাবধানতার পড়া উচিত। এটা সম্পূর্ণ\n"
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন পূর্ণ করে। যদি আপনি এখানকার সব শর্তের সাথে একমত \n"
+"থাকেন, \"%s\" বাক্সটি চেক্‌ করুন। যদি না হয়, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক \n"
+"করলে আপনার কম্পিউটার রিবুট হবে।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# \"shell\" = ?
+# bash
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux একটি বহু‌-ব্যবহারকারী সিস্টেম যেখানে প্রতিটি ব্যবহারকারী নিজস্ব পছন্দ ও\n"
+"ফাইলসমূহ আলাদাভাবে রক্ষণাবেক্ষণ করতে পারে। কিন্ত এসব সংযোজিত ব্যবহারকারীরা,\n"
+"\"root\"‌ (যে কিনা সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটর) এর মত, তাদের নিজস্ব ফাইল ও "
+"কনফিগারেশন\n"
+"ছাড়া অন্য কিছু বদলাতে অনুমোদিত নয়। এটি সিস্টেমকে অনিচ্ছাকৃত বা অস্বাভাবিক পরিবর্তন "
+"থেকে রক্ষা করে,\n"
+"যা কিনা সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে। আপনাকে নিজের জন্য অন্তত একটি সাধারণ "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+" তৈরী করতে হবে -- যে অ্যাকাউন্টটি আপনি নিয়মিত কাজের জন্য ব্যবহার করবেন। যদিও "
+"\"root\"\n"
+" হিসেবে লগ ইন করে সব কাজই করা সম্ভব, এটি বিপদজনকও বটে! একটি ছোটখাটো ভুলের "
+"কারণে\n"
+" আপনার সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেম অচল হয়ে যেতে পারে। একজন সাধারণ  ব্যবহারকারী খুব বড় ভুল "
+"করলেও হয়ত\n"
+" কিছু তথ্য হারাতে পারে তবে সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"প্রথম ক্ষেত্রটিতে একটি আসল নাম দিন। তবে এটি অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয় -- আপনি অন্য কিছুও "
+"লিখতে\n"
+"পারেন। DrakX, এর প্রথম শব্দটি নিয়ে \"%s\" এ কপি করবে, যা দিয়ে কিনা এই "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+"সিস্টেমে লগ ইন করবে। প্রয়োজন হলে আপনি ডিফল্ট নামটি বদল করতে পারেন। এরপর আপনাকে\n"
+"একটি পাসওয়ার্ড দিতে হবে। নিরাপত্তার দৃষ্টিকোণ থেকে সাধারণ ব্যবহারকারীর পাসওয়ার্ড, "
+"\"root\" এর\n"
+"পাসওয়ার্ডের মত জরুরী নয় তবে এটিকে খালি রাখা বা সহজ পাসওয়ার্ড দেয়া উচিত নয়, কারণ "
+"এতে\n"
+"আপনার ফাইলসমূহ অরক্ষিত থেকে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" তে ক্লিক করার পর আপনি আরও ব্যবহারকারী তৈরী করতে পারেন। আপনার পরিবারের\n"
+"সদস্য ও বন্ধুদের জন্য আলাদা আলাদা একাউন্ট তৈরী করুন। শেষ হলে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে আপনি একজন ব্যবহারকারীর ডিফল্ট \"শেল\" বদল করতে পারেন\n"
+"(ডিফল্ট মান bash)।\n"
+"\n"
+"সব ব্যবহারকারী তৈরীর পর আপনাকে একটি বেছে নিতে হবে যা কিনা কম্পিউটার বুট করার "
+"পর\n"
+"স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে লগইন হবে। আপনি যদি এই ফিচারে আগ্রহী হন(এবং স্থানীয় নিরাপত্তা নিয়ে "
+"বিচলিত\n"
+"না হন), তবে পছন্দনুযায়ী ব্যবহারকারী ও উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার নির্বাচন করুন এবং \"%s\" "
+"টিতে ক্লিক\n"
+"করুন। অন্যথায় \"%s\" চেকবক্সটি আনচেক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "এই সুবিধাটি কি আপনি ব্যবহার করতে চান?"
+
+# সাম:
+# secondary = সহকারী?
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভে বর্তমানে নিম্নলিখিত লিনাক্স পার্টিশনগুলো বিদ্যমান।\n"
+"আপনি উইজার্ড কর্তৃক বাছাইকৃত সেটিংসমূহ রাখতে পারেন কারণ বেশীরভাগ\n"
+"সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে এটিই যথেষ্ট। যদি পরিবর্তন করতে চান, আপনাকে অন্তত একটি\n"
+"রুট পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে (\"/\")। পার্টিশনের সাইজ খুব ছোট না হওয়া জরুরী, কারন\n"
+"অন্যথা আপনি যথেষ্ট সফ্টওয়্যার ইনস্টল করতে পারবেন না। আপনার তথ্যসমূহ আলাদা\n"
+"পার্টিশনে রাখতে চাইলে, আপনাকে আরও একটি \"/home\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে\n"
+"(যা কিনা একাধিক লিনাক্স পার্টিশন থাকলেই সম্ভব)।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনগুলো তালিকায় এভাবে দেখানো হয়েছে: \"নাম\", \"ধারণক্ষমতা\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"নাম\" এর কাঠামো হচ্ছে: \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\", \"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\",\n"
+"\"পার্টিশন নাম্বার\" (যেমন, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভটি IDE হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\" হবে \"hd\", "
+"আর\n"
+" SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে হবে \"sd\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\", হচ্ছে \"hd\" বা \"sd\" এর পরের একটি অক্ষর। IDE হার্ড "
+"ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভের জন্য, \"a\" অর্থ \"সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", \"b\" অর্থ\n"
+"\"দ্বিতীয় সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", ইত্যাদি।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ইনস্টলেশন কয়েকটি সিডি'তে ভাগ করা থাকে। যদি একটি চিহ্নিত "
+"প্যাকেজ\n"
+"অন্য সিডি'তে থেকে থাকে, তাহলে DrakX বর্তমান সিডি'টি বের করে দেয় এবং "
+"প্রয়োজনীয়টি\n"
+"প্রবেশ করাতে জিজ্ঞেস করে। যদি এরকম অনুরোধ না আসে, তাহলে \"%s\" তে ক্লিক করুন,\n"
+"যথাযথ প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল হবে না।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# documentation = ডকুমেন্টেশন
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন আপনাকে নির্বাচন করতে হবে আপনি কোন কোন প্রোগ্রাম সিস্টেমে ইনস্টল করতে চান।\n"
+"Mandriva Linux এর জন্য কয়েক হাজার প্যাকেজ রয়েছে, এবং ব্যাবস্থাপনার সুবিধার্থে "
+"সেগুলোকে\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনের ধরন অনুযায়ী ভাগ করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux সব প্যাকেজগ্রুপসমূহ চারটি শ্রেণীতে ভাগ করে। আপনি বিভিন্ন শ্রেণীর\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনমিলিয়ে ও মিশিয়ে ইনস্টল করতে পারেন, যেমন একটি ``Workstation''\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি ''Server'' শ্রেণী থেকে অ্যাপ্লিকেশন ইনস্টল\n"
+"করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি ওয়ার্কস্টেশন হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চান, "
+"Workstation''\n"
+"শ্রেণী থেকে এক বা একাধিক গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি প্রোগ্রামিংএর জন্য ব্যবহার করতে চান, সে "
+"অনুযায়ী\n"
+"গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন। \"LSB\" নামের বিশেষ গ্রুপটি আপনার সিস্টেমকে এমনভাবে\n"
+"কনফিগার করবে যাতে তা Linux Standard Base স্পেসিফিকেশনের সাথে যতদূর\n"
+"সম্ভব সামঞ্জস্য বজায় রাখে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন করলে, ডিফল্ট \"2.6\" কার্নেল সিরিজের বদলে\n"
+"\"2.4\" সিরিজটি ইনস্টল হবে। এটি করা হয় সিস্টেমকে 100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ\n"
+"করার জন্য। তবে, আপনি \"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন না করলেও আপনার সিস্টেম প্রায়\n"
+"100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": আপনার মেশিনটি যদি সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহৃত হয়, আপনার মেশিনে কোন সাধারন\n"
+" সার্ভিসসমূহ ইনস্টল করতে চান তা  নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এখানে আপনার পছন্দ অনুযায়ী গ্রাফিক্যাল প্রতিবেশ নির্বাচন\n"
+"করুন। আপনি যদি গ্রাফিক্যাল ইন্টারফেস ব্যবহার করতে চান, অন্তত একটি অবশ্যই\n"
+"নির্বাচন করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"কোন গ্রুপ নামের উপর মাউস কার্সার রাখলে ঐ গ্রুপ সম্পর্কে টীকা প্রদর্শিত হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি \"%s\" বক্সটি চেক করতে পারেন, যা কিনা প্রয়োজনীয় যদি আপনি প্যাকেজগুলো\n"
+"সম্পর্কে পরিচিত হন বা কোন কোন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল হবে তা সম্পূর্ণভাবে নিয়ন্ত্রন\n"
+"করতে চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" মোডে ইনস্টলেশন শুরু করলে, আপনি সব গ্রুপ ডিসিলেক্ট করে নতুন প্যাকেজ\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশন বাতিল করতে পারেন। এটি একটি বিদ্যমান সিস্টেম মেরামত ও আপডেট\n"
+"করার জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি একটি সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে (আপগ্রেড নয়), সব গ্রুপ\n"
+"ডিসিলেক্ট করে থাকেন, তবে একটি পপআপ ডায়ালগে সর্বনিম্ন ইনস্টলেশনের কিছু\n"
+"অপশন পরামর্শ করা হবে:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় গ্রাফিক্যাল ডেস্কটপের জন্য প্রয়োজনীয় সর্বনিম্ন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল "
+"কর।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": মূল সিস্টেম, প্রাথমিক ইউটিলিটিসমূহ ও তাদের ডকুমেন্টেশন ইনস্টল করে। এই "
+"ইনস্টলেশনটি সার্ভার সেটআপ করার জন্য উপযুক্ত।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় Linux সিস্টেমের জন্য জরুরী সর্বনিম্ন সংখ্যক প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করে। "
+"এ\n"
+" ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি শুধু একটি কমান্ড লাইন ইন্টারফেস পাবেন। ইনস্টলেশনে মোট সাইজ প্রায় "
+"৬৫\n"
+" মেগাবাইট।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "আপগ্রেড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "সাধারণ ডকুমেন্টেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "এক্কেবারেই সল্প ইনস্টলেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় নির্ভরতা"
+
+# sam
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করলে প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন উইজার্ড খুলবে।\n"
+"প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন সম্বন্ধে আরো জানতে, \"স্টার্টার গাইড\" এর যথাযথ\n"
+"অধ্যায়ের পরামর্শ নিন। আমাদের সহায়িকাতে দেখানো ইন্টারফেসটি, ইনস্টলেশনে\n"
+"ব্যবহৃত ইন্টারফেসের অনুরুপ। "
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"এই ডায়ালগটি আপনি বুট করার সময় কি কি সার্ভিস শুরু করতে চান তা নির্বাচন করার জন্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX বর্তমান ইনস্টলেশনে বিদ্যমান সব সার্ভিস দেখাবে। প্রতিটি সার্ভিস ভালভাবে দেখুন "
+"এবং\n"
+"বুটের সময় যেগুলো প্রয়োজন না হয়, সেগুলো আনচেক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"একটি সার্ভিস নির্বাচন করলে, সার্ভিসটি সম্পর্কে সংক্ষিপ্ত তথ্য প্রদর্শিত হবে। আপনি যদি "
+"কোন সার্ভিসের\n"
+"আবশ্যকতা সম্পর্কে নিশ্চিত না হন তবে ডিফল্ট মানে রেখে দেয়াই নিরাপদ।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! আপনি আপনার মেশিন সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চাইলে খুব সাবধান থাকবেন: আপনি "
+"অবশ্যই\n"
+"কোন অবাঞ্ছনীয় সার্ভিস চালু করতে চান না কারন কিছু সার্ভিস সার্ভারে সক্রিয় করাটা "
+"বিপদজনক।\n"
+"এক কথায়, শুধু সেসব সার্ভিসই চালু করুন যেসব আপনার প্রয়োজন। !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় সময় মেলানো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"গ্রাফিক কার্ড\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে ইনস্টলকৃত গ্রাফিক কার্ড স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই কার্ড\n"
+"আপনি ইনস্টল করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"মনিটর\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে সংযুক্ত মনিটর স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই মনিটর\n"
+"আপনার কম্পিউটারে সংযুক্ত করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"রেজ্যুলুশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এখানে আপনার গ্রাফিক্‌স হার্ডওয়্যারের রেজ্যুলুশন এবং রংয়ের গভীরতা বেছে নিতে \n"
+"পারেন। আপনার প্রয়োজনের সাথে যেটি সবচেয়ে ভাল হয় তার যেকোন একটি বেছে নিন\n"
+"(ইনস্টলেশনের পর আপনি তা পরিবর্তন করতে সমর্থ হবেন)। বেছে নেয়া কন্‌ফিগারেশনের\n"
+"নমুনা মনিটরের ছবিতে দেখানো হচ্ছে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"অপশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই ধাপগুলো বুট করার সময় স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে আপনি যেখানে আপনার মেশিনের গ্রাফিকাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস বাছাই করার অনুমতি পাবেন। সুস্পষ্টভাবেই, যদি আপনার মেশিনকে একটি সার্ভার "
+"হিসেবে\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে চান, তাহলে আপনি \"%s\" দিয়ে পরীক্ষা করে নিতে পারেন, অথবা যদি "
+"আপনি\n"
+"সফলভাবে ডিসপ্লে কন্‌ফিগার করতে না পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "উপস্থিত পার্টিশন ব্যবহার করো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ ডিস্ক মুছে ফেলো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয়-ইনস্টল ফ্লপি তৈরী করো"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যদি পুরানো GNU/Linux পার্টিশন আবার ব্যবহার করতে চান, আপনি হয়ত কোন পার্টিশন "
+"নতুন করে ফরম্যাট করে পুরানো তথ্য মুছে ফেলতে চাইবেন। এটি করতে হলে, ঐ পার্টিশনগুলোও "
+"নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"মনে রাখবেন, সব পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট করা জরুরী নয়। যে পার্টিশনে অপারেটিং সিস্টেম থাকবে "
+"(যেমন \"/\", \"/usr\" বা \"/var\") সেটি অবশ্যই ফরম্যাট করতে হবে কিন্তু যেসব "
+"পার্টিশনের তথ্য আপনি সংরক্ষন করতে চান (সাধারনত \"/home\") সেগুলো ফরম্যাট করা "
+"অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয়।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন। ফরম্যাট করলে নির্বাচিত পার্টিশনের "
+"সব তথ্য মুছে যাবে এবং তা আর ফিরে পাওয়া যাবে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট শুরু করতে \"%s\" চাপুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার নতুন Mandriva Linux অপারেটিং সিস্টেম ইনস্টেশনের জন্য আপনি যদি অন্য একটি "
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে, তবে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি পার্টিশনের জন্য ডিস্কের খারাপ ব্লক সনাক্ত করাতে চান তাহলে \"%s\" ক্লিক "
+"করুন।"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যখন Mandriva Linux ইনস্টল করবেন, সম্ভবত প্রথম রিলিজ থেকে কিছু\n"
+"প্যাকেজ আপডেট হয়ে গেছে। কোন সাধারন বা নিরাপত্তা ত্রুটি সমাধান করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"আপনাকে এই সুবিধাগুলি দেয়ার লক্ষ্যে এই আপডেটগুলো ইন্টারনেট থেকে ডাউনলোড\n"
+"করার সুযোগ দেয়া হয়েছে। যদি আপনার সক্রিয় ইন্টারনেট সংযোগ থাকে, \"%s\" চেক\n"
+"করুন, আর \"%s\" চেক করুন যদি আপাতত ইনস্টল করতে না চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাছাই করলে আপাকে কিছু ওয়েব লোকেশনের তালিকা দেয়া হবে যেখান থেকে\n"
+"আপডেট পাওয়া যাবে। আপনি আপনার কাছের একটি লোকেশন পছন্দ করুন। এরপর\n"
+"একটি প্যাকেজ নির্বাচন করার জন্য একটি  ট্রী দেখানো হবে। প্যাকেজগুলো দেখুন এবং\n"
+"ডাউনলোড করে ইনস্টল করতে \"%s\" বাটন চাপুন। অথবা \"%s\" ক্লিক করে বের হয়ে আসুন।"
+
+# সাম
+# নিরাপত্তা স্তর
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে DrakX আপনার মেশিনের জন্য আপনার ইচ্ছানুযায়ী নিরাপত্তা স্তর\n"
+"বেছে নেয়ার সুযোগ দেবে। সাধারন নিয়ম অনুযায়ী, যদি একটি মেশিনে জরুরী\n"
+"তথ্য থাকে বা মেশিনটি ইন্টারনেটে সংযুক্ত থাকে তবে নিরাপত্তা বাড়িয়ে দেয়া\n"
+"হয়। নিরাপত্তা যত বেশী, ব্যবহারের স্বাচ্ছন্দ্য তত কমে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি নিশ্চিত না হন কোন অপশনটি রাখবেন তবে ডিফল্ট অপশনটিই রাখুন।\n"
+"পরবর্তীতে আপনি এটি draksec টুল (যেটি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্রের একটি অংশ)\n"
+"দিয়ে পরিবর্তন করতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" ক্ষেত্রটিতে যিনি নিরাপত্তার দায়িত্বে নিয়োজিত তার ই-মেইল অ্যাড্রেস দিন।\n"
+"নিরাপত্তা বিষয়ক বার্তাগুলো এই অ্যাড্রেসে পাঠানো হবে। "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "সিকিউরিটি এ্যডমিনিস্ট্রেটর"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে আপনাকে Mandriva Linux যে পার্টিশনে ইনস্টল হবে তা নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে হবে। যদি আগে থেকেই পার্টিশন তৈরী থাকে, (GNU/Linux এর পুর্বের\n"
+"কোন ইনস্টলেশনের কারনে বা অন্য কোন পার্টিশন টুল দিয়ে তৈরী করা) আপনি\n"
+"সেগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। অন্যথায় হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে প্রথমে একটি হার্ডড্রাইভ নির্বাচন করুন। প্রথম পার্টিশন\n"
+"নির্বাচনের জন্য \"hda\", দ্বিতীয় পার্টিশনের জন্য \"hdb\", প্রথম SCSI ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য \"sda\" ইত্যাদি ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভটি পার্টিশন করতে নিম্নলিখিত অপশনসমূহ ব্যবহার করুন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভের সব পার্টিশন মুছে দিবে\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভের খালি অংশে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে ext3 এবং\n"
+"swap পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে দিবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": আরও ফিচার ব্যবহার করার সুযোগ দেয়:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন টেবিলটি ফ্লপিতে সংরক্ষন করে যা কিনা পরবর্তীতে পার্টিশন\n"
+"টেবিল উদ্ধার করতে কাজে লাগে। এটি খুবই গুরুত্বপুর্ণ একটি ধাপ যেটি আপনার\n"
+"করা উচিত।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ফ্লপি ডিস্কে সংরক্ষিত পার্টিশন টেবিল এনে তা পুর্বাবস্থায় ফিরিয়ে নেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশন টেবিল নষ্ট হলে আপনি এই অপশনটি দিয়ে তা মেরামত\n"
+"করার চেষ্টা করতে পারেন। অনুগ্রহ করে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন এবং মনে রাখবেন\n"
+"এই প্রক্রিয়া সবসময় সফল নাও হতে পারে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": সব পরিবর্তন বাতিল করে দিয়ে হার্ডড্রাইভের পুর্বের মূল পার্টিশন টেবিল লোড "
+"করে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি অনির্বাচিত করলে, ব্যবহারকারীদের রিমুভেবল মাধ্যম যেমন\n"
+"ফ্লপি এবং CD-ROM নিজে নিজে মাউন্ট/আনমাউন্ট করার প্রায়োজন পরবে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করুন যদি হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন আপনি উইজার্ডের\n"
+"মাধ্যমে করতে চান। পার্টিশন সম্বন্ধে ভাল ধারনা না থাকলে এই অপশনটি পরামর্শনীয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করে পরিবর্তনগুলো বাতিল করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশনে আরও কিছু কাজ (ধরন, অপশন ফরম্যাট) করার অপশন\n"
+"দেয় ও হার্ডড্রাইভ সম্পর্কে আরও তথ্য দেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন করা শেষ হলে এই অপশন আপনার সেটিংগুলো ডিস্কে সংরক্ষণ করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনের সাইজ ঠিক করতে আপনি কীবোর্ডের তীর চিহ্নিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"দ্রষ্টব্য: আপনি যেকোন অপশন কীবোর্ড দিয়ে নির্বাচন করতে পারেন। পার্টিশন নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে [Tab] এবং [Up/Down] তীর চিহ্নগুলো ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যখন একটি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন অবস্থায় আছে, আপনি নিম্নলিখিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে "
+"পারেন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c নতুন পার্টিশন তৈরী করার জন্য (যখন একটি খালি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করা "
+"হয়েছে)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d একটি পার্টিশন মুছে দিতে\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট সেট করতে\n"
+"\n"
+"বিদ্যমান ফাইল সিস্টেমের ধরন সম্পর্কে জানতে হলে \"Reference Manual\" এর\n"
+"ext2FS অধ্যায়টি পড়ুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি PPC মেশিনে ইনস্টল করেন, তাহলে আপনাকে yaboot বুটলোডারের\n"
+"ব্যবহারের জন্য একটি  ছোট অন্তত ১ এমবি এর HFS \"বুটস্ট্র্যাপ\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে "
+"হবে।\n"
+"আপনি যদি পার্টিশনটি আরও বড় করতে চান, যেমন ৫০ MB, আপনি কোন জরুরী বুট সমস্যার\n"
+"জন্য একটি আলাদা কার্নেল এবং ramdisk তৈরী করে এই পার্টিশনে রাখতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "রিমুভযোগ্য মিডিয়া সয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে মাউন্ট করা হচ্ছে"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "সাধারণ/দক্ষ মোডের মধ্যে পরিবর্তন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": বর্তমান দেশ নির্বাচন পরীক্ষা করুন। আপনি যদি এই দেশের জন্য না হন,\n"
+"তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি বেছে নিন। যদি আপনার দেশ\n"
+"উল্লেখিত তালিকায় না থাকে, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে সম্পূর্ণ দেশের তালিকায় "
+"পেয়ে যান।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম
+# ইনস্টলেশন
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার ভাষা নির্বাচনের উপর ভিত্তি করে, DrakX স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে একটি কীবোর্ড\n"
+"কনফিগারেশন বেছে নেবে। এই নির্চনটি বাঞ্ছনীয় কিনা দেখে নিন বা অন্য একটি\n"
+"লেআউট পছন্দ করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার ভাষার সাথে সম্পূর্ন মিলিয়ে কীবোর্ড আপনি নাও পেতে পারেন:\n"
+"যেমন যদি আপনি ইংরেজী ভাষাভাষী একজন সুইস নাগরিক হন, আপনি সুইস কীবোর্ড\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। কিন্তু আপনি যদি ইংরেজী ভাষী হয়ে Quebec এ বসবাস\n"
+"করেন আপনার পরিস্থিতি এমন হতে পারে যেখানে country-set কীবোর্ড এবং\n"
+"নিজস্ব ভাষা একই নয়। যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই আপনি আপনি একটি তালিকা থেকে সঠিক\n"
+"কীবোর্ডটি বেছে নিতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"সমর্থিত কীবোর্ডের তালিকা দেখতে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি নন‌-ল্যাটিন বর্ণমালার কীবোর্ডে লেআউট বাছাই করেন, পরবর্তী ডায়ালগটি\n"
+"আপনাকে ল্যাটিন ও নন‌-ল্যাটিন কীবোর্ডের মধ্যে সুইচ করার জন্য একটি কী বাইন্ডিং\n"
+"বাছাই করতে হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "স্পেনীয়"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "চাকার বৈশিষ্ঠ অনুহকরণ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | যে কোন PS/2 এবং ইউএসবি মাউস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"সঠিক পোর্টটি নির্বাচন করুন। যেমন, উইন্ডোজের \"COM1\" পোর্টটি GNU/Linux-এ\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" নামে পরিচিত।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "অনুমোদন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম 
+# emulate = এমুলেট?
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন সময় আপনার কম্পিউটারের জন্য একটি প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম নির্বাচন করার। অনান্য\n"
+"অপারেটিং সিস্টেম আপনাকে একটি অপশন দিতে পারে কিন্তু Mandriva Linux দেবে দুটি।\n"
+"প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমগুলো বিভিন্ন কনফিগারেশনের জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- অর্থ হচ্ছে \"প্রিন্ট করো, সারিতে রাখবেনা\". এটি নির্বাচন করুন যদি "
+"আপনার কোন\n"
+"প্রিন্টারের সাথে সরাসরি সংযোগ থাকে, আপনি প্রিন্টার জ্যাম থেকে জরুরীভাবে বের হয়ে "
+"যেতে\n"
+"চান এবং যদি আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক প্রিন্টার না থাকে।(\"%s\" শুধুমাত্র খুবই সাধারন "
+"নেটওয়ার্ক\n"
+"সামলাতে পারে এবং কিছুটা ধীর হয়)। এটি আপনার GNU/Linux এর প্রথম অভিজ্ঞতা হলে\n"
+"আপনার \"pdq\" ব্যবহার করাটাই শ্রেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" অর্থ \"সাধারন Unix প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম\" এবং এটি আপনার স্থানীয় প্রিন্টার "
+"হোক\n"
+"বা পৃথিবীর অন্য প্রান্তে অবস্থিত কোন প্রিন্টারই হোক যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই একটি উত্‍কৃষ্ট "
+"সিস্টেম।\n"
+"এটি কনফিগার করতে সহজ এবং পুরোনো \"lpd\" প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমের জন্য সার্ভার বা "
+"ক্লায়েন্ট\n"
+"হিসেবে কাজ করতে পারে। অতএব এটি পুরানো অপারেটিং সিস্টেম যেগুলোর সার্ভিস প্রয়োজন\n"
+"তাদের সাথেও সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ। যদিও খুব শক্তিশালী, মূল সেটআপটি প্রায় \"pdq\" এর মত "
+"সহজ।\n"
+"আপনি যদি \"lpd\" সার্ভার এমুলেট করতে চান, তবে \"cups-lpd\" daemon টি চালু করতে\n"
+"ভুলবেন না। \"%s\" এর প্রিন্টার অপশন বাছাই করা ও প্রিন্টার ব্যবস্থাপনার জন্য একটি "
+"গ্রাফিক্যাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস রয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার বাছাইকৃত প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমটি যদি আপনার পরে পছন্দ না হয়,\n"
+"তবে আপনি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্র থেকে PrinterDrake চালিয়ে ও \"%s\" বাটন "
+"ক্লিক\n"
+"করে তা বদল করতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "দক্ষ"
+
+# সাম
+# check উচিত spelling, zwj didn't work for me... 
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX প্রথমে আপনার কম্পিউটারে বিদ্যমান IDE ডিভাইস সনাক্ত করবে। এটি আপনার\n"
+"সিস্টেমে এক বা একাধিক PCI SCSI কার্ডের জন্যেও স্ক্যান করবে। যদি SCSI কার্ড পাওয়া\n"
+"যায়, DrakX নিজে নিজেই সঠিক ড্রাইভারটি ইনস্টল করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"যেহেতু হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্তকরন কোন অব্যার্থ পক্রিয়া নয়, DrakX আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভ সনাক্ত\n"
+"নাও করতে পারে। এ ক্ষেত্রে আপনাকে হার্ডওয়্যারটি নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI SCSI adapter নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হলে, DrakX আপনাকে জিজ্ঞাসা করবে\n"
+"আপনি অপশন কনফিগার করতে চান কিনা। আপনার DrakX কে হার্ডওয়্যারটির নির্দিষ্ট কার্ডের\n"
+"অপশনের জন্য প্রোব করতে দেয়া উচিত্‍ যা কিনা adapter ইনিশিয়ালাইজ করতে প্রয়োজন।\n"
+"বেশীরভাগ ক্ষেত্রে DrakX এই কাজটি কোন ঝামেলা ছাড়াই সম্পন্ন করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX যদি প্রোব করে হার্ডওয়্যারে পাঠানোর জন্য প্যারামিটারগুলো নির্ধারন করতে না "
+"পারে\n"
+"তাহলে আপনাকে তা নিজে হাতে কনফিগারেশন করতে হবে।\n"
+" "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": যদি আপনার সিস্টেমে একটি সাউন্ড কার্ড পাওযা যায়, সেটা এখানে দেখানো হবে।\n"
+"যদি আপনি জানান যে আসলে এই সাউন্ড কার্ডটি আপনার সিস্টেমে উপস্থিত নেই, তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি ড্রাইভার বেছে নিন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN কার্ড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "গ্রাফিকাল ইন্টারফেস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"হার্ড ড্রাইভ বেছে নিন যেটি আপনি আপনার নতুন ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স পার্টিশন ইনস্টল করার "
+"জন্য\n"
+"মুছে ফেলতে চান। সাবধান, এই ড্রাইভে থাকা সকল ডাটা হারিয়ে যাবে এবং আর কখনই\n"
+"পাওয়া যাবে না!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"যদি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা সব ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন মুছে ফেলতে চান তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"\"%s\"তে ক্লিক করুন। সাবধান, \"%s\"তে ক্লিক করার পর, উইন্ডোজ ডাটাসহ,\n"
+"আপনি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা কোন ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন ফিরে\n"
+"পাবেন না।\n"
+"\n"
+"এই অপারেশনের মাধ্যমে হার্ড ড্রাইভের উপস্থিত ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন হারাতে না চাইলে \"%s"
+"\"তে ক্লিক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "পরবর্তী ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- পূর্ববর্তী"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df8901d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1120 @@
+# DrakX e Brezhoneg.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Mandriva
+# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999-2005
+# Jañ-Mai Drapier <jan-mai.drapier@mail.dotcom.fr>, 1999-2000
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 10.2\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 19:37+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brezhoneg <ofisk@wanadoo.fr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1;plural=0\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Mennout a rit implijout an arc'hwel-mañ ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bremanaat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Gant teuliadur bihan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Staliadur bihan gwir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bremañ e c'hellit diuz pe servijoù a vennit e vije lañset pa loc'her.\n"
+"Pa zeu ho logodenn war un draez, ul lagadenn skoazell a zeuio war wel hag\n"
+"a zisplego pal ar servij-se.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bezit aketuz-kenañ el lankad-mañ ma vennit implijout ho ardivink evel ur\n"
+"servijer : mennout a rit emichañs chom hep loc'hañ kement servij n'ho peus "
+"ket\n"
+"c'hoant."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Impliji parzhadur o vezañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Chetañ an holl planedenn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Krouiñ ur bladennig staliañ emgefreek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Melestradur an surentez"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Emvarc'hañ ar skoroù lem/laka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Tremen er mod boas/mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spagnoleg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gant kendarvanerezh ar rodell"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Hollvedel | Ul logodenn bennak (PS/2 pe USB)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Dibabit ar porzh a zere mar plij. Da skouer, porzh « COM1 » dindan MS\n"
+"Windows a vez anvet « ttyS0 » gant Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "dilesadur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Mod mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartenn ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Ketal Kevregañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "A heul ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Diaraog"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a3a81143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+# translation of bs.po to Bosanski
+# translation of DrakX-bs.po to Bosanski
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005. Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Amila Akagić <bono@lugbih.org>, 06. 2001.
+# Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: bs\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 11:13+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bosanski <lokal@lugbih.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prije nego što nastavimo, trebate pažljivo pročitati uvjete licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva cijelu Mandriva Linux distribuciju. Ako se slažete sa svim\n"
+"uvjetima u njoj, izaberite opciju \"%s\". Ako ne, klikom na \"%s\" ćete\n"
+"restartovati vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sistem, što znači da svaki korisnik može imati\n"
+"vlastite preference, vlastite datoteke i tako dalje. Možete pročitati "
+"''Početnički\n"
+"vodič'' da biste saznali više o višekorisničkim sistemima. Ali za razliku "
+"od\n"
+"\"root\"-a, koji je administrator sistema, korisnicima koje dodate u ovom "
+"trenutku\n"
+"neće biti dozvoljeno da promijene ništa osim vlastitih datoteka i vlastite\n"
+"konfiguracije, čime je sistem zaštićen od nenamjernih ili zlonamjernih "
+"izmjena\n"
+"koje mogu uticati na cijeli sistem. Moraćete kreirati najmanje jednog "
+"korisnika\n"
+"za vas same -- ovo je račun koji trebate koristiti za rutinsku, svakodnevnu\n"
+"upotrebu. Iako je vrlo lako prijaviti se kao \"root\" da biste radili sve i "
+"svašta,\n"
+"to takođe može biti i vrlo opasno! Jedna greška može značiti da vaš sistem\n"
+"više ne radi. Ako napravite ozbiljnu pogrešku kao običan korisnik, najgore\n"
+"što se može desiti jeste da izgubite neke informacije, ali ne i da utičete "
+"na\n"
+"cijeli sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"U prvom polju unosite vaše pravo ime i prezime. Naravno, ovo nije obavezno\n"
+"-- u stvari možete ovdje unijeti šta god hoćete. DrakX će koristiti prvu "
+"riječ\n"
+"koju unesete i kopirati je u polje \"%s\", što je ime koje će ovaj\n"
+"korisnik unositi da bi ušao na sistem. Ako želite, možete promijeniti\n"
+"ponuđenu vrijednost. Idući korak je da unesete šifru. Sa sigurnosne tačke\n"
+"gledišta, šifra neprivilegovanog (običnog) korisnika nije tako važna kao "
+"\"root\"\n"
+"šifra, ali to nije razlog da je zanemarite tako što ćete je ostaviti praznom "
+"ili\n"
+"prejednostavnom: na kraju krajeva, vaše lične datoteke je ono što je u\n"
+"riziku.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jednom kada kliknete na \"%s\", možete ih dodati još.\n"
+"Dodajte po jednog korisnika za svakog od vaših prijatelja: na primjer za\n"
+"vašeg oca ili sestru. Kliknite na \"%s\" kada završite dodavanje korisnika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete promijeniti osnovni \"shell\" za tog\n"
+"korisnika (ponuđen je bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada završite dodavanje svih korisnika, bićete upitani da odaberete\n"
+"korisnika koji se može automatski prijaviti prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Ako ste zainteresovani za ovu mogućnost (i ne brinete previše o lokalnoj\n"
+"sigurnosti), izaberite željenog korisnika i window manager, zatim kliknite\n"
+"na \"%s\". Ako niste zainteresovani za to, isključite opciju\n"
+"\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite koristiti ovu mogućnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje su navedene Linux particije koje već postoje na vašem hard disku.\n"
+"Možete zadržati izbore koje je napravio čarobnjak, pošto su oni dobri za\n"
+"uobičajene instalacije. Ako napravite neke izmjene, morate, ako ništa\n"
+"drugo, definisati root particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte izabrati premalu "
+"particiju\n"
+"ili nećete moći instalirati dovoljno softvera. Ako želite držati vaše "
+"podatke\n"
+"na zasebnoj particiji, trebate takođe napraviti \"/home\" particiju (što je\n"
+"moguće samo ako imate više od jedne Linux particije na raspolaganju).\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Ime\", \"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrsta hard diska\", \"broj hard diska\", \"broj\n"
+"particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija se prostire na nekoliko CDova. Ako je neki\n"
+"paket smješten na drugom CDu, DrakX će izbaciti trenutni CD i zamoliti vas\n"
+"da ubacite neki drugi po potrebi. Ako nemate potreban CD pri ruci,\n"
+"samo kliknite na \"%s\", odgovarajući paketi neće biti instalirani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete koje programe želite instalirati na vaš\n"
+"sistem. Za Mandriva Linux su dostupne hiljade paketa, pa da bi\n"
+"njihovo upravljanje bilo lakše, organizovani su u grupe slične\n"
+"primjene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su sortirani u grupe ovisno o tipičnoj namjeni vašeg računara.\n"
+"U Mandriva Linuxu date su četiri predefinisane kategorije. Možete\n"
+"miješati i poklapati programe iz raznih grupa, pa tako instalacija ``Radna\n"
+"stanica'' može sadržavati programe iz grupe ``Programiranje''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate da koristite vaš računar kao radnu stanicu, "
+"izaberite\n"
+"jednu ili više grupa koje se nalaze u ovoj kategoriji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate koristiti vaš računar za programiranje, izaberite\n"
+"odgovarajuće grupe iz te kategorije. Posebna \"LSB\" grupa će podesiti\n"
+"vaš sistem tako da on bude sukladan specifikaciji Linux Standard Base\n"
+"koliko god je to moguće.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Izborom \"LSB\" grupe također ćete koristiti kernel serije \"2.4\",\n"
+"umjesto uobičajenog \"2.6\". Ovo je kako bi se osigurala 100%%\n"
+"sukladnost sistema sa LSBom. Ipak, čak i ako niste izabrali opciju\n"
+"\"LSB\" imaćete sistem koji je skoro 100%% sukladan sa LSBom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaš računar zamišljen kao server, izaberite koje od\n"
+"uobičajenih servisa želite instalirati na vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovdje možete izabrati vašu preferiranu grafičku okolinu. Barem\n"
+"jedna od njih mora biti izabrana ako želite da imate grafički interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Držanjem kursora miša iznad imena grupe će nakratko prikazati kratko\n"
+"objašnjenje o pojedinoj grupi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete aktivirati opciju \"%s\", koja je zgodna ako se upoznati sa "
+"ponuđenim\n"
+"paketima ili ako želite imati potpunu kontrolu nad onim što će se "
+"instalirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste započeli instalaciju u \"%s\" režimu, možete isključiti sve grupe\n"
+"kako biste izbjegli instalaciju bilo kojeg novog paketa. Ovo je pogodno za\n"
+"popravljanje ili unaprjeđenje postojećeg sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako isključite sve grupe prilikom obavljanja obične instalacije (a ne\n"
+"upgrade), iskočiće dijalog koji vam nudi razne opcije za minimalnu "
+"instalaciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira minimalan mogući broj paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan grafički desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira bazni sistem plus osnovne alate i njihovu\n"
+"dokumentaciju.\n"
+" Ova instalacija je prikladna za podešavanje servera.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovo će instalirati apsolutni minimum paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan Linux sitsem. Sa ovom instalacijom imaćete samo komandnu\n"
+"liniju. Ukupna veličina ove instalacije je oko 65 megabajta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Unaprijedi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Stvarno minimalna instalacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako ste naveli da želite individualno izabrati pakete, biće vam prikazano\n"
+"stablo koje sadrži sve pakete klasifikovane po grupama i podgrupama.\n"
+"Pregledajući stablo, možete izabrati čitave grupe, podgrupe ili\n"
+"individualne pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad god izaberete paket na stablu, desno od njega se pojavljuje opis koji\n"
+"vam objašnjava svrhu paketa.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ako izaberete neki serverski paket, zato što ste specifično izabrali taj\n"
+"paket ili zato što je on dio grupe paketa, bićete zamoljeni da potvrdite da\n"
+"zaista želite da taj server bude instaliran. Mandriva Linux obično\n"
+"automatski pokreće sve instalirane servise prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Čak i ako su sigurni i nemaju poznatih problema u trenutku pakovanja\n"
+"distribucije, sasvim je moguće da su neke sigurnosne rupe otkrivene\n"
+"nakon što je dovršena ova verzija Mandriva Linuxa. Ako niste sigurni\n"
+"čemu tačno služi taj paket ili zašto ga treba instalirati, kliknite na \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Klikom na \"%s\" instalirate navedene servise i oni će biti automatski\n"
+"pokrenuti tokom pokretanja sistema. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" se koristi da bi se isključio dijalog upozorenja\n"
+"koji se pojavljuje svaki put kada instalacioni program automatski izabere\n"
+"neki paket kako bi razriješio neku zavisnost. Pojedini paketi imaju\n"
+"zavisnost jedan od drugog u smislu da instalacija jednog paketa traži\n"
+"da bude instaliran i drugi. Instalacioni program može odrediti koji paketi\n"
+"su potrebni da bi se zadovoljila zavisnost i uspješno završila instalacija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mala ikona sa disketom na dnu liste vam omogućuje da učitate listu paketa\n"
+"koja je napravljena tokom neke ranije instalacije. Ovo je korisno ako "
+"želite\n"
+"da imate nekoliko računara koji su identično podešeni. Nakon klika na ovu\n"
+"ikonu bićete zamoljeni da u disketnu jedinicu stavite disketu napravljenu\n"
+"tokom ranije instalacije. Pogledajte drugi savjet na zadnjem koraku da "
+"biste\n"
+"saznali kako se pravi ova disketa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatske ovisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvorićete čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Konsultujte odgovarajuće poglavlje ``Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o tome kako podesiti novi štampač.\n"
+"Interfejs koji je tamo prikazan je vrlo sličan onom koji se koristi\n"
+"prilikom instalacije."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ovim dijalogom možete izabrati koje servise želite pokretati prilikom "
+"boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovdje su predstavljeni svi servisi koji su dostupni u trenutnoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Pregledajte ih pažljivo i isključite sve one koji nisu\n"
+"potrebni prilikom boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete servis dobićete kratki tekst koji objašnjava taj servis.\n"
+"Ipak, ako niste sigurni da li je servis koristan ili ne, sigurnije je da ne\n"
+"mijenjate predloženi izbor.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Budite vrlo pažljivi sa ovim korakom ako namjeravate koristiti vaš\n"
+"računar kao server: vjerovatno ne želite da pokrenete neke servise koji\n"
+"vam ne trebaju. Molim vas da zapamtite da pojedini servisi mogu biti\n"
+"opasni ako su aktivni na serveru. Općenito, izaberite samo one servise\n"
+"koji vam stvarno trebaju. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux koristi vrijeme u GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) obliku i prevodi ga\n"
+"u lokalno vrijeme u skladu sa vremenskom zonom koju ste izabrali. Ako je\n"
+"sat na vašoj matičnoj ploči podešen na lokalno vrijeme, možete isključiti "
+"ovu\n"
+"opciju isključujući \"%s\", što će saopštiti GNU/Linuxu da su sistemski sat\n"
+"i hardverski sat u istoj vremenskoj zoni. Ovo je korisno kada se na "
+"računaru\n"
+"takođe nalazi i drugi operativni sistem kao što je Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" će automatski regulisati sat spajajući se na udaljeni time "
+"server\n"
+"na Internetu. Kako bi ova mogućnost radila, morate imati ispravnu Internet\n"
+"konekciju. Najbolje je izabrati time server negdje u vašoj blizini. Ova "
+"opcija\n"
+"će ustvari instalirati time server koji mogu koristiti i drugi računari u "
+"vašoj\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska sinhronizacija vremena"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (skraćeno od X Window System) je srce GNU/Linux grafičkog interfejsa\n"
+"o kojem ovise sve grafičke okoline (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker itd.) uključene u Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biće vam predstavljena lista različitih parametara koje možete promijeniti\n"
+"da biste dobili optimalan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati neki\n"
+"monitor sa ove liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovisno o vašem hardveru, ova opcija možda neće biti dostupna.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem će pokušati prikazati grafički ekran na željenoj rezoluciji.\n"
+"Ako možete vidjeti poruku tokom testa i odgovorite sa \"%s\", DrakX\n"
+"će produžiti na idući korak. Ako ne možete vidjeti poruku, to znači\n"
+"da je neki dio automatski prepoznate konfiguracije bio pogrešan.\n"
+"Test će automatski završiti nakon 12 sekundi, čime ćete biti vraćeni na\n"
+"meni. Mijenjajte postavke dok ne dobijete ispravan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati sa ove\n"
+"liste monitor koji je ustvari povezan na vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"    Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu trebate izabrati gdje želite instalirati Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operativni sistem na vašem hard disku. Ako je disk prazan ili ako postojeći\n"
+"operativni sistem koristi sav prostor na njemu, potrebno je da ga\n"
+"particionirate. U biti, particioniranje hard diska predstavlja logičko\n"
+"organiziranje kako bi se stvorio prostor za instaliranje vašeg novog\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pošto su efekti particioniranja obično nepovratni, i mogu voditi do gubitka\n"
+"podataka na eventualnom postojećem operativnom sistemu, particioniranje\n"
+"može biti zastrašujuće i stresno ako ste neiskusan korisnik. Srećom, "
+"postoji\n"
+"čarobnjak koji pojednostavljuje taj proces. Prije započinjanja, molim\n"
+"pročitajte pažljivo ovaj tekst i, prije svega, nemojte žuriti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovisno o konfiguraciji vašeg hard diska, može biti dostupno nekoliko\n"
+"mogućnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija vodi na automatsko particioniranje vašeg praznog\n"
+"diska (diskova). Ako izaberete ovu opciju, neće biti postavljana\n"
+"nikakva daljnja pitanja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Čarobnjak je detektovao jednu ili više postojećih\n"
+"Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ako ih želite zadržati, izaberite ovu\n"
+"opciju. U tom slučaju, bićete upitani da izaberete tačke montiranja koje\n"
+"odgovaraju svakoj od ovih particija. Automatski će biti predložene ranije\n"
+"tačke montiranja, i najčešće je pametno zadržati ih.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako je na vašem hard\n"
+"disku instaliran Microsoft Windows koji je zauzeo sav slobodan prostor,\n"
+"moraćete napraviti nešto slobodnog prostora za GNU/Linux. To možete učiniti\n"
+"brišući vašu Microsoft Windows particiju zajedno sa podacima (vidi opciju\n"
+"``Obriši čitav disk'' ispod) ili možete promijeniti veličinu vaše Microsoft\n"
+"Windows FAT ili NTFS particije. Promjena veličine se može izvršiti bez "
+"gubitka\n"
+"podataka, pod uslovom da prethodno defragmentirate Windows particiju\n"
+"i da ona koristi FAT format. Backupovanje vaših podataka je strogo\n"
+"preporučeno. Ova mogućnost je preporučena ako namjeravate koristiti i\n"
+"Mandriva Linux i Microsoft Windows na istom računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+"    Prije izbora ove opcije, molim da imate na umu da će, nakon ove\n"
+"procedure, veličina vaše Microsoft Windows particije biti manja nego\n"
+"trenutno. To znači da će Microsoft Windows prijavljivati da imate manje\n"
+"prostora za smještaj podataka ili instaliranje novog softwarea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da obrišete sve podatke i sve particije koje su\n"
+"prisutne na vašem hard disku i umjesto njih postavite vaš novi Mandriva\n"
+"Linux sistem, možete izabrati ovu opciju. Budite oprezni sa ovom\n"
+"mogućnošću, jer nećete moći poništiti vaš izbor nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija se javlja kada je čitav disk zauzet Microsoft\n"
+"Windowsom. Ovo će jednostavno pobrisati sve na disku i početi od\n"
+"početka, particionirajući ga.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da ručno particionirate vaš hard disk,\n"
+"izaberite ovu opciju. Budite oprezni -- to je moćan, ali i opasan izbor. "
+"Vrlo\n"
+"lako možete izgubiti sve vaše podatke. Zato ovu opciju ne preporučujemo,\n"
+"osim ako ste nešto ovakvo već radili i imate nekog iskustva. Više uputstava\n"
+"za korištenje DiskDrake alata možete naći u ``Vodiču za početnike'', "
+"odjeljak\n"
+"``Upravljanje vašim particijama''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeću particiju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Pobriši čitav disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"To je to. Instalacija je sada završena i vaš GNU/Linux sistem je spreman\n"
+"za upotrebu. Samo kliknite na \"%s\" da restartujete sistem. Ne zaboravite\n"
+"da izvadite instalacioni medij (CD-ROM ili disketu). Prva stvar\n"
+"koju ćete ugledati nakon što računar završi hardverske provjere je meni\n"
+"bootloadera, koji vam nudi izbor operativnog sistema koji želite pokrenuti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dugme \"%s\" će vam ponuditi još dva dugmeta za:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": da biste napravili instalacionu\n"
+"disketu koja će automatski izvršiti cijelu instalaciju bez intervencije\n"
+"operatora, sličnu instalaciji koju ste upravo konfigurisali.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Obratite pažnju na dvije različite opcije koje su dostupne nakon\n"
+"klikanja na ovo dugme:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Ovo je djelomično automatizirana instalacija. Korak\n"
+"particioniranja je jedini interaktivni dio.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Potpuno automatska instalacija: hard disk je\n"
+"potpuno prepisan, svi podaci su izgubljeni.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova mogućnost je vrlo prikladna kada instalirate nekoliko sličnih\n"
+"računara. Pogledajte odjeljak Automatska instalacija na našoj web stranici\n"
+"za više informacija.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima listu paketa koje ste izabrali u ovoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Da biste upotrijebili ovaj izbor sa drugom instalacijom,\n"
+"ubacite disketu i započnite instalaciju. Na upitu, pritisnite tipku [F1]\n"
+"i ukucajte >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Napravi auto-instalacijsku disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako želite koristiti neke stare GNU/Linux particije, možda ćete poželjeti\n"
+"da reformatirate neke od njih kako biste pobrisali podatke koje sadrže.\n"
+"Ako želite to učiniti, molim takođe izaberite i te particije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim obratite pažnju da nije neophodno formatirati sve postojeće\n"
+"particije. Morate reformatirati particije koje sadrže operativni sistem\n"
+"(kao što su \"/\", \"/usr\" ili \"var\") ali ne morate reformatirati "
+"particije\n"
+"koje sadrže podatke koje želite zadržati (tipično /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim da pažljivo izaberete particije. Nakon formatiranja, svi podaci na\n"
+"odabranim particijama će biti pobrisani i nećete biti u mogućnosti da ih\n"
+"povratite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" kada budete spremni za formatiranje particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite da izaberete druge particije za instalaciju\n"
+"vašeg novog Mandriva Linux operativnog sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da izaberete particije koje želite provjeriti radi\n"
+"loših blokova."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada završite instalaciju Mandriva Linuxa, moguće je da su neki paketi\n"
+"ažurirani od zadnjeg izdanja. Moguće je da su ispravljeni bugovi ili\n"
+"rješena neka sigurnosna pitanja. Ako želite iskoristiti ova unaprjeđenja,\n"
+"možete ih sada dobaviti sa Interneta. Izaberite \"%s\" ako imate ispravnu\n"
+"Internet vezu, ili \"%s\" ako ćete radije instalirati ažurirane pakete\n"
+"kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete \"%s\" dobićete listu web lokacija sa kojih se mogu skinuti\n"
+"novi paketi. Izaberite ono najbliže vama. Pojaviće se stablo za izbor\n"
+"paketa: pregledajte izabrano i pritisnite \"%s\" da dobavite i\n"
+"instalirate izabrane pakete, ili \"%s\" za prekid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu, DrakX vam omogućuje da izaberete sigurnosni nivo\n"
+"koji želite imati na ovom računaru. Kao pravilo, sigurnosni nivo treba biti\n"
+"tim viši što su važniji podaci na računaru, a pogotovo ako će računar biti\n"
+"direktno izložen Internetu. Većim nivoom sigurnosti obično gubite na\n"
+"jednostavnosti korištenja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne znate šta izabrati, zadržite ponuđenu opciju. Možete promijeniti\n"
+"nivo sigurnosti naknadno koristeći program draksec iz Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Kontrolnog centra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Polje \"%s\" obavještava sistem o korisniku koji će biti odgovoran za\n"
+"sigurnost. Njemu će biti upućena sigurnosna obavještenja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sigurnosni administrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada trebate izabrati koje particije želite koristiti za instalaciju vašeg\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema. Ako su particije već definisane, iz prijašnje\n"
+"GNU/Linux instalacije ili nekim drugim alatom za particioniranje, možete\n"
+"koristiti postojeće particije. U suprotnom, sada morate definisati\n"
+"particije vašeg hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste napravili particije, najprije morate izabrati hard disk. Možete\n"
+"izabrati disk za particioniranje klikom na ''hda'' za prvi IDE disk, "
+"''hdb''\n"
+"za drugi, ''sda'' za prvi SCSI disk i slično.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri particioniranju hard diska, možete koristiti sljedeće opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija briše sve particije na izabranom hard disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija vam omogućuje da automatski napravite ext3\n"
+"i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" omogućuje pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima tabelu particija na disketu. Ovo je korisno za\n"
+"kasnije vraćanje tabele particija, ako je potrebno. Strogo je preporučeno\n"
+"da izvršite ovaj korak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da vratite ranije snimljenu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa diskete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaša tabela particija oštećena, možete je pokušati\n"
+"obnoviti koristeći ovu opciju. Molim budite pažljivi i zapamtite da\n"
+"ova opcija ne uspijeva svaki put.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": poništava sve promjene i ponovo učitava originalnu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": isključivanjem ove opcije ćete prisiliti korisnike da ručno\n"
+"montiraju i demontiraju izmjenjive medije kao što su diskete i\n"
+"CD-ROMovi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju ako želite koristiti čarobnjak za\n"
+"particioniranje vašeg hard diska. Ovo je preporučeno ako nemate\n"
+"izraženo razumijevanje particioniranja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju da poništite vaše izmjene.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje dodatne akcije na particijama (tip, opcije,\n"
+"formatiranje) i daje više informacija o hard disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kada završite particioniranje diska, ovo će zapisati\n"
+"vaše izmjene na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prilikom definisanja veličine particije, možete fino podešavati veličinu\n"
+"particije koristeći dugmad sa strjelicama na vašoj tastaturi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Napomena: svaku opciju možete postići tastaturom. Između particija\n"
+"se krećete koristeći dugme [Tab] i strjelice [Gore/Dolje].\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete particiju, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C da napravite novu particiju (ako ste izabrali prazan prostor)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D da obrišete particiju\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M da podesite tačku montiranja\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste dobili informacije o raznim tipovima datotečnog sistema koji\n"
+"su dostupni, pročitajte poglavlje o ext2FS iz ''Referentnog priručnika''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako instalirate na PPC računar, trebate napraviti malu HFS ''bootstrap''\n"
+"particiju od najmanje 1 MB koju će koristiti yaboot bootloader. Ako se\n"
+"odlučite da ovu particiju učinite nešto većom, npr. 50 MB, primjetićete\n"
+"da je ona korisno mjesto za čuvanje rezervnog kernela ili ramdisk slika\n"
+"za hitne slučajeve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatsko montiranje izmjenjivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prekidač normalnog/ekspertnog moda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Na vašem hard disku ustanovljeno je više od jedne Microsoft particije.\n"
+"Molim izaberite onu koju želite smanjiti kako biste instalirali vaš\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Linux ime\", \"Windows ime\",\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrste hard diska\", \"broja hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broja particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows ime\" je slovo kojim je vaš hard disk označen pod Windowsom\n"
+"(prva particija prvog diska se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": provjerite trenutni izbor države. Ako se ne nalazite ovdje,\n"
+"kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu državu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako biste dobili\n"
+"listu svih država."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovaj korak se aktivira samo ako je na vašem računaru pronađena postojeća\n"
+"GNU/Linux particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX sada treba znati da li želite izvršiti novu instalaciju ili\n"
+"nadogradnju postojećeg Mandriva Linux sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Najčešće ovo će u potpunosti obrisati stari sistem. Ipak,\n"
+"ovisno o vašoj šemi particioniranja, možete spriječiti da neki od vaših\n"
+"postojećih podataka (prije svega \"home\" direktoriji) budu prepisani.\n"
+"Ako želite promijeniti particioniranje starog hard diska ili promijeniti\n"
+"datotečni sistem, trebate koristiti ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ova vrsta instalacije vam omogućuje da ažurirate pakete\n"
+"koji su trenutno instalirani na vašem Mandriva Linux sistemu. Vaša trenutna\n"
+"šema particioniranja i korisnički podaci neće biti izmijenjeni. Većina\n"
+"ostalih koraka konfiguracije ostaju kao što jesu, slično običnoj "
+"instalaciji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija ''Nadogradi'' bi trebala raditi ispravno na Mandriva Linux sistemima\n"
+"koji koriste verziju \"8.1\" ili kasniju. Obavljanje nadogradnje na ranijim\n"
+"verzijama Mandriva Linuxa, prije verzije \"8.1\", nije preporučeno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovisno o jeziku koji izaberete (), DrakX će\n"
+"automatski izabrati određeni tip tastature. Provjerite da li vam izabrano\n"
+"odgovara ili odaberite neki drugi raspored tastature.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ipak, možda nemate tastaturu koja tačno odgovara vašem jeziku: npr.\n"
+"ako ste Švajcarac koji govori engleski, možda imate švajcarsku tastaturu.\n"
+"Ili ako govorite engleski ali se nalazite u Kvibeku, možda ćete se naći u\n"
+"situaciji gdje se vaš jezik i tastatura ne poklapaju. U svakom slučaju, "
+"ovaj\n"
+"korak instalacije vam omogućava da izaberete odgovarajuću tastaturu sa "
+"liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako bi vam bila predstavljena potpuna lista\n"
+"podržanih tastatura.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete raspored tipaka koji je baziran na ne-latiničnoj abecedi,\n"
+"sljedeći dijalog će vam ponuditi da izaberete tipke pomoću kojih možete\n"
+"prebaciti tastaturu između latiničnog i ne-latiničnog rasporeda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvi korak je da izaberete preferirani jezik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vaš izbor preferiranog jezika će se odraziti na jezik dokumentacije,\n"
+"instalacione procedure i generalno sistema. Najprije izaberite oblast u\n"
+"kojoj se nalazite, a zatim jezik kojim govorite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete izabrati druge jezike koje\n"
+"želite instalirati na vašu radnu stanicu, time instalirajući sistemsku\n"
+"dokumentaciju i programe za svaki od izabranih jezika. Na primjer, ako\n"
+"će vaš računar koristiti osobe iz španije, izaberite Engleski kao osnovni\n"
+"jezik na listi, a \"%s\" u oblasti Više opcija.\n"
+"\n"
+"O UTF-8 (Unicode) podršci. Unicode je novi način kodiranja znakova čiji\n"
+"je cilj da obuhvati sve postojeće jezike. Ipak puna podrška za njega pod\n"
+"GNU/Linuxom je još uvijek u razvoju. Iz tog razloga, Mandriva Linux će ga\n"
+"koristiti ovisno o drugim izborima korisnika:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako izaberete jezike sa raširenim starim kodiranjem (latin1 jezici, "
+"ruski,\n"
+"japanski, kineski, korejanski, tajlandski, grčki, turski, većina iso-8859-2\n"
+"jezika), biće korišteno staro kodiranje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Za ostale jezike podrazumijeva se Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako je potrebno dva ili više jezika koji ne koriste isto kodiranje, "
+"Unicode\n"
+"će se koristiti za čitav sistem;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Konačno, Unicode može biti nametnut sistemu ako korisnik to odluči\n"
+"izborom opcije \"%s\" bez obzira na izabrane jezike.\n"
+"n\n"
+"Obratite pažnju da niste ograničeni na samo jedan dodatni jezik. Možete\n"
+"ih izabrati nekoliko ili čak ih instalirati sve klikom na polje \"%s\".\n"
+"Vaš izbor podrške za neki jezik označava da će biti instaliran prijevod,\n"
+"fontovi, pravila za provjeru pravopisa itd. za taj jezik.n\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste izabrali između raznih jezika instaliranih na vašem sistemu, "
+"možete\n"
+"pokrenuti kao \"root\" naredbu \"localedrake\", čime mijenjate\n"
+"jezik koji koristi čitav sistem. Izvršavanjem te naredbe kao običan\n"
+"korisnik mijenjate jezičke postavke samo za tog konkretnog korisnika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Obično DrakX nema problema da odredi broj dugmadi na vašem mišu.\n"
+"Ako ima, pretpostaviće da imate miš sa dva dugmeta i podesiće simulaciju\n"
+"trećeg dugmeta. Treće dugme se može postići na mišu sa dva dugmeta\n"
+"istovremenim klikom na lijevo i desno dugme miša. DrakX će automatski\n"
+"znati da li miš koristi PS/2, serijski ili USB interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate miš sa tri dugmeta bez točkića, možete izabrati tip miša pod\n"
+"imenom \"%s\". DrakX će zatim konfigurisati vašeg miša tako da može\n"
+"simulirati rad točkića trećim dugmetom. Da biste ovo postigli, držite\n"
+"srednje dugme miša i pomjerajte ga gore-dolje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako iz nekog razloga želite navesti drugačiji tip miša, izaberite ga sa\n"
+"ponuđene liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete izabrati stavku \"%s\" da izaberete ``opšti'' tip miša koji bi\n"
+"trebao raditi sa skoro svim miševima.\n"
+"Ako izaberete miš različit od ponuđenog, biće prikazan testni ekran.\n"
+"Koristite miš i točkić da potvrdite da su postavke tačne i da miš radi\n"
+"ispravno. Ako miš ne radi kako treba, pritisnite razmaknicu ili tipku Enter\n"
+"da prekinete test i vratite se na listu izbora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Miševi sa točkićem često nisu prepoznati automatski, stoga trebate izabrati\n"
+"miš na listi. Pazite da izaberete odgovarajući port na koji je vaš miš\n"
+"priključen. Nakon izbora miša i pritiska na dugme \"%s\", na ekranu će\n"
+"biti prikazana slika miša. Pomjerajte točkić miša kako biste provjerili da "
+"li\n"
+"ispravno funkcioniše. Kada vidite da se točkić na ekranu pomjera onako\n"
+"kako vi vrtite stvarni točkić, provjerite dugmad i provjerite da li se "
+"pokazivač\n"
+"na ekranu pomjera onako kako vi pomjerate miš."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "sa simulacijom točkića"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzalni | Bilo koji PS/2 ili USB miš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim izaberite ispravan port. Na primjer, \"COM1\" port pod Windows\n"
+"operativnim sistemom, pod GNU/Linuxom se zove \"ttyS0\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najvažnija odluka za sigurnost vašeg GNU/Linux sistema: trebate\n"
+"unijeti \"root\" šifru, \"Root\" je sistemski administrator i jedini\n"
+"korisnik kojem je dozvoljeno da updatuje sistem, dodaje druge korisnike,\n"
+"mijenja konfiguraciju sistema itd. Ukratko, \"root\" može raditi sve! Stoga\n"
+"trebate izabrati šifru koju je teško pogoditi - DrakX će vam reći da li je "
+"šifra\n"
+"koju ste odabrali prejednostavna. Kao što možete vidjeti, niste prisiljeni "
+"da\n"
+"unesete šifru, ali vam savjetujemo da to uradite. GNU/Linux je podložan\n"
+"operatorskim greškama kao i bilo koji drugi operativni sistem. Pošto\n"
+"\"root\" može prevazići sva ograničenja i nenamjerno pobrisati sve podatke\n"
+"na particijama neoprezno im pristupajući, važno je da je teško postati \"root"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra treba biti kombinacija alfanumeričkih znakova i biti barem 8 znakova\n"
+"duga. Nikad ne zapisujte \"root\" šifru -- time vaš sistem postaje lagano\n"
+"kompromitovati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jedan izuzetak: ne dozvolite da šifra bude preduga ili prekomplikovana\n"
+"pošto ćete je morati zapamtiti!\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra neće biti prikazana na ekranu dok je unosite. Da bismo smanjili\n"
+"mogućnost greške zbog kucanja naslijepo, moraćete unijeti šifru dva puta.\n"
+"Ako nekim slučajem ponovite istu grešku dva puta, ovu ''neispravnu'' šifru\n"
+"trebate koristiti prilikom prve prijave kao \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako želite da pristup ovom računaru bude kontroliran pomoću servera za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta (authentication), kliknite na dugme \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaša mreža koristi LDAP, NIS ili PDC Windows domen servise za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta, izaberite odgovarajući kao \"%s\". Ako ne znate koji\n"
+"koristiti, pitajte vašeg mrežnog administratora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate problema sa pamćenjem šifara, ako vaš računar neće biti spojen\n"
+"na Internet i ako apsolutno vjerujete svakome ko mu ima fizički pristup,\n"
+"možete izabrati opciju \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "provjera autentičnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Boot loader\" je mali program koji se pokreće prilikom paljenja računara.\n"
+"On je odgovoran za izbor i pokretanje operativnog sistema. Faza izbora boot\n"
+"loadera je obično automatizovana. DrakX će analizirati boot sektor diska i\n"
+"postupati u skladu s onim što zatekne tamo:\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe Windows boot sektor, biće zamijenjen sa GRUB/LILO boot\n"
+"sektorom. Na ovaj način bićete u mogućnosti da učitate ili GNU/Linux ili\n"
+"neki drugi OS koji je instaliran na vašem računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe GRUB ili LILO boot sektor, zamijeniće ga novim.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne može donijeti odluku, DrakX će vas pitati gdje da postavi\n"
+"bootloader. Generalno, \"%s\" je najsigurnije mjesto. Birajući \"%s\"\n"
+"izbjeći ćete instalaciju bootloadera. Koristite ovu opciju samo ako znate\n"
+"šta radite."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete sistem štampe za vaš računar. Drugi\n"
+"operativni sistemi vam možda nude jedan, ali Mandriva Linux nudi\n"
+"dva. Svaki od ovih sistema je najbolji za određenu vrstu konfiguracije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" -- skraćeno za ``štampaj i nemoj stavljati u red'' (print, do not\n"
+"queue) je najbolji izbor ako imate direktnu vezu na štampač, želite izlaz\n"
+"za paniku u slučajevima zaglavljivanja papira i nemate mrežne štampače.\n"
+"(\"%s\" može riješiti samo vrlo jednostavne mrežne slučajeve i pomalo je\n"
+"spor kada se koristi sa mrežama.) Preporučujemo da koristite \"pdq\" ako\n"
+"je ovo vaše prvo iskustvo sa GNU/Linuxom.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" znači ``Common UNIX Printing System'' (uobičajeni UNIX sistem "
+"štampe)\n"
+"je odličan izbor za štampanje na štampač koji se nalazi lokalno ili s druge\n"
+"strane planete. Vrlo ga je jednostavno podesiti i može služiti kao server "
+"ili\n"
+"klijent za prastari \"lpd\" sistem štampe, tako da je kompatibilan sa "
+"starijim\n"
+"operativnim sistemima kojima možda još trebaju usluge štampanja. Mada je\n"
+"vrlo moćan, osnovno podešavanje je skoro jednako lagano kao za \"pdq\".\n"
+"Ako želite simulirati \"lpd\" server, provjerite da li ste pokrenuli \"cups-"
+"lpd\"\n"
+"servis. \"%s\" uključuje grafičke alate za štampanje ili izbor opcija "
+"štampača,\n"
+"te za upravljanje štampačem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako sada napravite izbor, pa kasnije zaključite da vam se ne sviđa izabrani\n"
+"sistem štampe, možete ga promijeniti pokretanjem PrinterDrake iz\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolnog centra i klikanjem na dugme \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će najprije potražiti sve IDE uređaje prisutne na vašem računaru.\n"
+"Također će pretražiti sistem za jednu ili više PCI SCSI kartica. Ako\n"
+"SCSI kartica bude pronađena, DrakX će automatski instalirati odgovarajući\n"
+"drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Budući da pronalaženje hardware-a nikad nije savršeno, DrakX možda neće\n"
+"pronaći vaše hard diskove. Ako se to desi, moraćete ih navesti ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako je potrebno da ručno odaberete PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX će vas pitati\n"
+"da li želite navesti neke opcije za njega. Trebate dopustiti DrakXu da\n"
+"ispita hardware za neke opcije specifične za tu karticu. Obično DrakX "
+"prolazi\n"
+"kroz ovaj korak bez problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako DrakX ne može ispitati opcije koje trebaju biti proslijeđene, moraćete\n"
+"ručno navesti opcije za drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primijetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će vam pružiti sažetak raznih informacija koje su prikupljene\n"
+"o vašem sistemu. Ovisno o instaliranom hardveru, vjerovatno imate\n"
+"neke ili sve od navedenih stavki. Pojedinačna stavka se sastoji od\n"
+"onoga što je potrebno podesiti, nakon čega slijedi kraći sažetak trenutne\n"
+"konfiguracije. Da biste ovo izmijenili, kliknite na odgovarajuće dugme \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu mapu tastature i izmijenite je ako je\n"
+" potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutno izabranu državu. Ako se nalazite negdje\n"
+"drugo, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na prikazanoj listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" da biste\n"
+"dobili cjelokupnu listu zemalja.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX automatski određuje vašu vremensku zonu\n"
+"na osnovu države koju ste izabrali. Možete kliknuti na dugme \"%s\"\n"
+"ako ovo nije ispravno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu konfiguraciju miša i klinite na dugme da je\n"
+"promijenite ako je to potrebno.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvoriće se čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Pogledajte odgovarajuće poglavlje ''Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o podešavanju novog štampača. Interfejs\n"
+"koji je prikazan u našem priručniku je sličan onom koji će biti korišten "
+"tokom instalacije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primjetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu prepoznata TV kartica, biće\n"
+"prikazana ovdje. Ako imate TV karticu koja nije prepoznata, kliknite na\n"
+"dugme \"%s\" kako biste pokušali podesiti je ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": možete kliknuti na \"%s\" da promijenite parametre pridružene\n"
+"kartici ako mislite da je konfiguracija neispravna.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX će podesiti vaš grafički interfejs za rad na\n"
+"rezoluciji \"800x600\" ili \"1024x768\". Ako vam to ne odgovara, kliknite\n"
+"na dugme \"%s\" kako biste drugačije podesili vaš interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite, možete podesiti vaš Internet pristup ili pristup\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži. Pogledajte štampanu dokumentaciju ili koristite\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar nakon što je završena instalacija\n"
+"kako biste koristili ugrađenu pomoć. \n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da podesite adrese HTTP i FTP proxyja ako\n"
+"se računar na koji instalirate nalazi iza proxy servera.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete promijeniti nivo sigurnosti sistema koji\n"
+"je podešen u prethodnom koraku ().\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako planirate povezati vaš računar na Internet, pametno je\n"
+"zaštititi ga od upada postavljanjem firewalla. Pogledajte odgovarajuće\n"
+"poglavlje ''Vodiča za početnike'' za detalje o podešavanju firewalla.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite promijeniti postavke bootloadera, kliknite na to\n"
+"dugme. Ovo bi trebalo biti rezervisano za napredne korisnike. Pogledajte\n"
+"štampanu dokumentaciju ili pomoć za bootloader konfiguraciju uključenu\n"
+"u Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete fino podešavati koji servisi će biti pokrenuti\n"
+"na vašem računaru. Ako planirate koristiti ovaj računar kao server,\n"
+"dobra je ideja još jednom pregledati ove postavke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafički interfejs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk koji želite obrisati kako biste instalirali vašu novu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi podaci koji se nalaze na\n"
+"njemu će biti izgubljeni i neće se moći vratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite obrisati sve podatke i particije koje\n"
+"su prisutne na ovom hard disku. Budite oprezni, jer nakon klikanja na\n"
+"\"%s\" nećete moći vratiti podatke i particije koji se trenutno nalaze\n"
+"na ovom hard disku, uključujući i sve Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da prekinete ovu operaciju bez gubitka\n"
+"podataka i particija na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Dalje ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Nazad"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc6d9a848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1966 @@
+# translation of ca.po to Catalan
+# translation of DrakX.po to Catalan
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003
+# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: ca\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-13 23:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n!=1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans de continuar, llegiu atentament les clàusules de la llicència. "
+"Cobreix\n"
+"tota la distribució Mandriva Linux. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de "
+"la\n"
+"llicència, feu clic al quadre \"%s\"; si no, prémer el botó \"%s\"\n"
+"reiniciarà el vostre ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"El GNU/Linux és un sistema multiusuari; això vol dir que cada usuari pot\n"
+"tenir les seves pròpies preferències, els seus propis fitxers, etc. Podeu "
+"llegir\n"
+"la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+" per aprendre més coses sobre els sistemes\n"
+"multiusuari. Però, a diferència del \"root\", que és l'administrador del "
+"sistema,\n"
+"als usuaris que afegiu aquí no se'ls permetrà modificar res tret dels seus "
+"propis\n"
+"fitxers i configuracions, protegint així el sistema de canvis, intencionats "
+"o no, \n"
+" que tenen efecte sobre tot el sistema . Cal que us creeu, com a mínim, un "
+"usuari\n"
+"normal, i és aquest compte el que heu d'utilitzar per a l'ús quotidià. Tot i "
+"que\n"
+"és molt fàcil entrar com a \"root\" per a tot, també pot ser molt perillós: "
+"la més\n"
+"petita errada podria significar que el sistema deixés de funcionar. Si "
+"cometeu\n"
+"una errada greu com a usuari normal el pitjor que pot passar és que perdeu\n"
+"algunes daDES, però sense afectar a tot el sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primer, heu d'introduir el vostre nom real. Per suposat, això no és "
+"obligatori,\n"
+"ja que podeu introduir el que vulgueu. DrakX agafarà la primera paraula\n"
+"que heu introduït en aquest camp i la copiarà en el camp \"%s\", que serà "
+"el\n"
+"nom que utilitzarà aquest usuari per entrar al sistema (ho podeu canviar si\n"
+"voleu). Després cal que introduïu una contrasenya. Des del punt de vista de\n"
+"la seguretat, una contrasenya d'un usuari no privilegiat (habitual) no és "
+"tan\n"
+"important com la del \"root\" des del punt de vista de la seguretat, però no "
+"hi\n"
+"ha cap raó per menystenir-la, deixant-la en blanc o fent-la massa senzilla: "
+"al\n"
+"cap i a la fi, els vostres fitxers poden estar en joc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Un cop hagueu fet clic a \"%s\" podreu afegir altres usuaris. Afegiu-ne un\n"
+"per a tothom que hagi de fer servir l'ordinador. Feu clic a \"%s\" quan "
+"hagueu\n"
+"acabat d'afegir-ne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per canviar l'intèrpret d'ordres (\"shell\") per "
+"defecte\n"
+"(bash) de l'usuari seleccionat. \n"
+"\n"
+"Quan hagueu acabat d'afegir usuaris, se us proposarà decidir quin usuari\n"
+"entrarà automàticament en el sistema en arrencar l'ordinador. Si us\n"
+"interessa aquesta característica (i no us importa gaire la seguretat "
+"local), \n"
+"trieu l'usuari i el gestor de finestres desitjat i feu clic a \"%s\".\n"
+"Si no hi esteu interessat, desactiveu el quadre \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voleu utilitzar aquesta característica?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquestes són les particions de Linux existents que s'han detectat al disc "
+"dur.\n"
+"Podeu conservar les decisions preses per l'auxiliar, atès que són les "
+"adequades\n"
+"per a les instal·lacions més habituals. Si hi feu algun canvi, com a mínim "
+"heu\n"
+"de definir una partició arrel (\"/\"). No trieu una partició massa petita "
+"perquè\n"
+"no podríeu instal·lar-hi prou programari. Si voleu emmagatzemar les dades en "
+"una\n"
+"altra partició, us caldrà crear una partició \"/home\" (això només serà "
+"possible\n"
+"si hi ha més d'una partició de Linux disponible).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom\", \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc\", \"número d'unitat de disc"
+"\",\n"
+"\"número de la partició\" (per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Tipus d'unitat de disc\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc és IDE i "
+"\"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Número de la unitat de disc\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o "
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Per a unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal·lació del Mandriva Linux està repartida en diversos CD-ROM. Si\n"
+"un dels paquets escollits està en un altre CD-ROM, DrakX expulsarà el CD\n"
+"actual i us demanarà que n'inseriu un altre. Si no teniu el CD necessari a\n"
+"mà, premeu \"%s\" i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha arribat el moment d'indicar els programes que voleu instal·lar en el\n"
+"sistema. Mandriva Linux té milers de paquets, i per facilitar-ne la\n"
+"gestió s'han distribuït en grups d'aplicacions similars.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux agrupa els paquets en quatre categories. Podeu mesclar i fer\n"
+"coincidir aplicacions de grups diversos, de manera que una instal·lació\n"
+"d'``Estació de treball'' pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n"
+"de la categoria ``Servidor'' \n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu utilitzar l'ordinador com a estació de treball,\n"
+"seleccioneu un o més grups de la categoria estació de treball.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per programar, escolliu\n"
+"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial \"LSB\"\n"
+"configurarà el vostre sistema per tal que compleixi tant com sigui\n"
+"possible amb les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Seleccionar el grup \"LSB\" també instal·larà un kernel \"2.4\",\n"
+"en comptes del \"2.6\". Això es fa per assegurar que els sistema\n"
+"compleixi al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup \"LSB\"\n"
+"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB quasi al 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  si l'ordinador s'ha d'utilitzar com a servidor, seleccioneu\n"
+"quins dels serveis més habituals voleu instal·lar\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí és on escollireu quin és el vostre entorn gràfic\n"
+"preferit. Heu de seleccionar-ne un com a mínim si voleu tenir una\n"
+"interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si moveu el cursor per sobre d'un nom de grup veureu una breu explicació\n"
+"d'aquest grup.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu marcar la casella \"%s\", que és útil si esteu familiaritzat amb els\n"
+"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre el que "
+"s'instal·larà.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si heu començat la instal·lació en el mode \"%s\", podeu desseleccionar \n"
+"tots els grups si voleu evitar que s'instal·li cap paquet nou. Això és\n"
+"útil per reparar o actualitzar un sistema existent.\n"
+"Si desseleccioneu tots els grups quan estigueu fent una\n"
+"instal·lació normal (i no una actualització), se us presentarà un diàleg \n"
+"proposant-vos diferents opcions per a una instal·lació mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per tenir un\n"
+"entorn gràfic funcional\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n"
+"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per configurar un servidor;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per aconseguir un\n"
+"sistema Linux operatiu, només amb una interfície de línia d'ordres. Aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació ocupa uns 65 MB."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualitza"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Amb la documentació bàsica"
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instal·lació mínima real"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Si heu dit a l'instal·lador que volíeu seleccionar els paquets "
+"individualment\n"
+"se us presentarà un arbre amb tots els paquets classificats per grups i\n"
+"subgrups. Mentre navegueu per l'arbre, podeu seleccionar grups complets,\n"
+"subgrups o paquets individuals.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada cop que seleccioneu un paquet de l'arbre, apareixerà una descripció a \n"
+"la dreta que us informarà de la finalitat del paquet.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si heu seleccionat un paquet de servidor, intencionadament o perquè\n"
+"formava part d'un grup, se us demanarà que confirmeu si realment voleu\n"
+"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mandriva Linux "
+"iniciaràautomàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n"
+"siguin segurs i no tinguin cap problema conegut quan es publica la\n"
+"distribució, és totalment possible que es descobreixin forats de seguretat\n"
+"després que aquesta versió de Mandriva Linux quedi finalitzada.\n"
+"Si no sabeu què se suposa que fa un servei en particular, o per què s'està\n"
+"instal·lant, feu clic a \"%s\". Per defecte, si feu clic a \"%s\" els "
+"serveis\n"
+"llistats s'instal·laran i s'iniciaran automàticament durant l'arrencada. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n"
+"apareix quan l'instal·lador selecciona automàticament un paquet per "
+"resoldre\n"
+"dependències. Alguns paquets estan relacionats els uns amb els\n"
+"altres, de manera que la instal·lació d'un paquet fa que calgui instal·lar\n"
+"també algun altre programa. L'instal·lador pot determinar quins paquets "
+"calen\n"
+"per satisfer una dependència i completar la instal·lació satisfactòriament.\n"
+"\n"
+"La diminuta icona d'un disquet al peu de la llista us permet carregar una\n"
+"llista de paquets creada en una instal·lació anterior. Això és útil si "
+"teniu\n"
+"un cert nombre d'ordinadors que voleu configurar de manera idèntica. Si feu\n"
+"clic a aquesta icona se us demanarà que inseriu un disquet creat "
+"anteriorment\n"
+"al final d'una altra instal·lació. Vegeu el segon suggeriment de l'últim "
+"pas\n"
+"per saber com crear aquest disquet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependències automàtiques"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració de la\n"
+"impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+"per tenir més informació en quant a la configuració de noves impressores.\n"
+"La interfície que apareix és similar a la que s'utilitza durant la "
+"instal·lació."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest diàleg escollireu els serveis que voleu que s'iniciïn durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX farà una llista de tots els serveis disponibles en la instal·lació "
+"actual.\n"
+"Reviseu-los amb cura i desmarqueu aquells que no siguin necessaris durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu obtenir una explicació breu sobre un servei si el seleccioneu. Si no\n"
+"esteu segur de la utilitat d'un servei, el més segur és deixar el "
+"comportament\n"
+"per defecte.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Aneu especialment amb cura en aquest pas si penseu utilitzar l'ordinador "
+"com\n"
+"a servidor: segurament no voldreu iniciar serveis que no necessiteu.\n"
+"Recordeu que hi ha diversos serveis que poden ser perillosos si s'habiliten\n"
+"en un servidor. En general, seleccioneu només els serveis que realment "
+"necessiteu. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestiona l'hora en GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) i el tradueix a\n"
+"l'hora local d'acord amb la zona horària seleccionada. Si el rellotge de la\n"
+"placa base indica l'hora local, podeu desactivar-ho desseleccionant \"%s\", "
+"i\n"
+"això informarà a GNU/Linux que el rellotge del sistema i el rellotge del\n"
+"maquinari són a la mateixa zona horària. Això és convenient quan la màquina\n"
+"també té instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" regularà automàticament l'hora connectant-se a un servidor\n"
+"horari remot d'Internet. Per tal que funcioni aquesta funció us caldrà "
+"tenir\n"
+"connexió a Internet. És millor triar un servidor que estigui ubicat a prop\n"
+"vostre. De fet, aquesta opció instal·la un servidor d'hora que altres "
+"màquines\n"
+"de la vostra xarxa local també podran utilitzar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronització automàtica de la hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà automàticament i configurarà la\n"
+"targeta gràfica que tingueu instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, la\n"
+"podeu seleccionar d'aquesta llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cas que hi hagi diferents servidors per a la targeta, amb o sense\n"
+"acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que trieu el servidor que us sigui\n"
+"més convenient."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (per sistema X Window) és el cor de la interfície gràfica de GNU/Linux\n"
+"de què depenen tots els entorns gràfics (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, \n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) que venen amb Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Veureu una relació de diferents paràmetres que podeu canviar per aconseguir\n"
+"una visualització gràfica òptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament la\n"
+"targeta gràfica instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, podeu escollir\n"
+"de la llista la targeta que realment tingueu instal·lada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n"
+"més us convingui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prova\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depenent del maquinari aquesta entrada pot no aparèixer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   El sistema intentarà obrir una pantalla gràfica amb la resolució\n"
+"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu \"%s\",\n"
+"DrakX passarà al pas següent. Si no el podeu veure, vol dir que la\n"
+"configuració detectada automàticament no era del tot correcta i la prova\n"
+"finalitzarà automàticament al cap de 12 segons, portant-vos de nou al menú.\n"
+"Canvieu els paràmetres fins que obtingueu una pantalla gràfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar \"%s\" si\n"
+"l'ordinador ha d'actuar com a servidor, o si no heu aconseguit\n"
+"configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu\n"
+"el servidor que més us convingui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, activareu \"%s\" si l'ordinador\n"
+"ha de ser un servidor, o si no heu pogut configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir en quin lloc del vostre disc dur voleu\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux. Si el disc és buit,\n"
+"o si un sistema operatiu existent n'utilitza tot l'espai disponible,\n"
+"us caldrà  particionar-lo. Bàsicament, particionar un disc dur\n"
+"consisteix a dividir-lo de manera lògica per crear espai on\n"
+"instal·lar el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Atès que els efectes d'aquest procés solen ser irreversibles i poden\n"
+"implicar pèrdua de dades si ja teniu un sistema operatiu instal·lat, el\n"
+"particionament us pot espantar si sou un usuari sense experiència.\n"
+"Per sort, DrakX inclou un auxiliar que simplifica aquest procés.\n"
+"Abans de continuar, però, llegiu la resta d'aquesta secció i,\n"
+"sobre tot, preneu-vos el temps que calgui.\n"
+"\n"
+"Segons la configuració del vostre disc dur, hi ha diverses opcions\n"
+"possibles:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n"
+"Amb aquesta opció no se us farà cap pregunta més.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n"
+"disc dur. Si voleu utilitzar-les, escolliu aquesta opció. Se us demanarà\n"
+"que trieu els punts de muntatge associats a cadascuna de les particions.\n"
+"Els punts de muntatge existents se seleccionen per defecte, i en la\n"
+"majoria dels casos és bona idea conservar-los.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n"
+"tot l'espai disponible, caldrà crear espai lliure per a GNU/Linux. Per\n"
+"fer-ho, podeu suprimir la partició i les dades del Windows\n"
+"(consulteu la solució ``Esborrar completament el disc'') o canviar\n"
+"la mida de la partició FAT o NTFS de Windows. Aquest canvi de mida\n"
+"es pot dur a terme sense cap pèrdua de dades, sempre que la\n"
+"partició de Windows hagi estat desfragmentada prèviament.\n"
+"És molt recomanable, fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
+"Aquesta opció és la més recomanable si voleu utilitzar tant\n"
+"Mandriva Linux com Microsoft Windows al mateix ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Abans de decidir-vos per aquesta opció, penseu que en acabar la partició\n"
+"de Microsoft Windows serà més petita que anteriorment. Tindreu menys espai\n"
+"lliure a Microsoft Windows per emmagatzemar-hi dades o instal·lar-hi més "
+"programari.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n"
+"dur i substituir-les pel sistema Mandriva Linux, podeu escollir aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte, però, perquè, un cop la confirmeu, no podreu\n"
+"fer-vos enrere.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n"
+"per Microsoft Windows. Escollir aquest opció esborrarà tot el contingut del "
+"disc i\n"
+"començarà de nou, particionant des de zero.\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte: és una opció molt potent però també perillosa, ja\n"
+"que podeu perdre fàcilment totes les dades. Per tant, aquesta opció només "
+"és\n"
+"recomanable si heu fet abans alguna cosa similar i teniu una mica\n"
+"d'experiència. Trobareu més instruccions sobre la utilitat DiskDrake a la\n"
+"secció ``Gestió de les particions'' de la ``Guia d'iniciació''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Esborra tot el disc"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja ho teniu. S'ha completat la instal·lació i el vostre sistema GNU/Linux\n"
+"està preparat per fer-se servir. Simplement premeu \"%s\" per reiniciar el\n"
+"sistema. No oblideu treure la font d'instal·lació (CD-ROM o disquet).\n"
+"La primera cosa que veureu, després que l'ordinador hagi finalitzat les\n"
+"comprovacions de maquinari, és el menú del carregador d'arrencada, que us\n"
+"deixa triar el sistema operatiu amb què voleu iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El botó \"%s\" mostra dos botons més per:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per crear un disquet d'instal·lació que realitzarà\n"
+"automàticament una instal·lació completa sense l'ajuda d'un operador,\n"
+"semblant a la instal·lació que acabeu de configurar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tingueu en compte que hi ha dues opcions diferents després de fer clic al "
+"botó:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Aquesta és una instal·lació parcialment automatitzada; el pas\n"
+"de particionament és l'únic procediment interactiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instal·lació completament automatitzada: el disc dur es\n"
+"reescriu completament i totes les dades es perden.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquesta característica és força útil quan es fa una instal·lació a un\n"
+"cert nombre d'ordinadors similars. En trobareu més informació a la secció\n"
+"d'instal·lació automàtica del nostre lloc web.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa una llista dels paquets seleccionats en aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació. Per utilitzar aquesta selecció en una altra instal·lació,\n"
+"inseriu el disquet i inicieu la instal·lació. A l'indicador, premeu la\n"
+"tecla F1, i escriviu >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< i premeu la tecla [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Cal un disquet formatejat amb FAT. Per crear-ne un a GNU/Linux, \n"
+"escriviu \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguit de\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Genera un disquet per a la instal·lació automàtica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Per poder utilitzar les particions que s'acaben de definir cal formatar-les\n"
+"(la formatació consisteix a crear-hi un sistema de fitxers).\n"
+"\n"
+"En aquest punt, potser voldreu tornar a formatar algunes de les particions\n"
+"existents per eliminar les dades que contenen. Si és així, seleccioneu\n"
+"també aquestes particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tingueu en compte que no cal tornar a formatar totes les particions que ja\n"
+"existien; heu de tornar a formatar les particions que continguin el sistema\n"
+"operatiu (com ara \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), però no les que contenen\n"
+"dades que voleu conservar (habitualment, \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Aneu amb compte en seleccionar les particions; després de la formatació,\n"
+"totes les dades s'hauran suprimit i no en podreu recuperar cap.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n"
+"el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs "
+"defectuosos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara esteu instal·lant Mandriva Linux, és probable que alguns paquets\n"
+"hagin estat actualitzats des de la data de llançament. Alguns errors poden\n"
+"haver estat resolts, i problemes de seguretat poden estar ja corregits.\n"
+"Per beneficiar-vos d'aquestes actualitzacions, les podeu baixar d'Internet.\n"
+"Trieu \"%s\" si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o \"%s\" si\n"
+"preferiu instal·lar-les més tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si trieu \"%s\" apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n"
+"actualitzacions. Escolliu la ubicació més propera. Aleshores, apareixerà\n"
+"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu \"%s\" per\n"
+"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o \"%s\" per abandonar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és el moment de triar el nivell de seguretat desitjat per a la màquina.\n"
+"Com a norma general, el nivell de seguretat ha de ser més alt si la màquina\n"
+"conté dades importants, o si està connectada directament a Internet.\n"
+"Tanmateix, un nivell alt de seguretat sovint comporta una disminució de la\n"
+"facilitat d'ús.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabeu quin escollir, deixeu l'opció per defecte.. Podreu canviar\n"
+"el nivell de seguretat més tard amb l'eina draksec del\n"
+"Centre de Control Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ompliu el camp \"%s\" amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n"
+"de la seguretat. Els missatges de seguretat s'enviaran a aquesta adreça."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de seguretat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir quina(es) partició(ns) voleu utilitzar per\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema Mandriva Linux. Si ja s'han definit les particions\n"
+"en una instal·lació anterior de GNU/Linux o mitjançant una altra eina de\n"
+"particionament, podeu utilitzar les particions existents. En cas contrari,\n"
+"s'han de definir particions al disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per crear particions, primer heu de seleccionar un disc dur. Podeu\n"
+"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a ``hda'' per a la\n"
+"primera unitat IDE, ``hdb'' per a la segona, ``sda'' per a la primera "
+"unitat\n"
+"SCSI, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per particionar el disc dur seleccionat, podeu utilitzar aquestes opcions:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n"
+"disc dur seleccionat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n"
+"ext3 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n"
+"recuperació posterior de la taula de particions si fos necessari. És molt\n"
+"recomanable que efectueu aquesta operació.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n"
+"hagueu desat prèviament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n"
+"recuperar-la utilitzant aquesta opció. Aneu amb compte i recordeu que no\n"
+"sempre funciona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n"
+"de particions original.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n"
+"de muntar i desmuntar manualment les unitats de suports extraïbles, com ara\n"
+"els disquets i els CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n"
+"particionar el vostre disc dur. Es recomana que l'utilitzeu si no teniu\n"
+"sòlids coneixements sobre particionament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n"
+"opcions, format) i dóna més informació sobre el disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n"
+"desarà els canvis al disc.\n"
+"\n"
+"En definir la mida d'una partició, podeu acabar d'afinar-la mitjançant\n"
+"les tecles de fletxa del teclat.\n"
+" \n"
+"Nota: podeu accedir a qualsevol opció mitjançant el teclat. Moveu-vos per\n"
+"les particions amb les tecles Tab i Fletxa amunt/Fletxa avall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quan seleccioneu una partició, podeu utilitzar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+c per crear una nova partició (quan se n'ha seleccionat una de "
+"buida)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+d per suprimir una partició\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+m per definir el punt de muntatge\n"
+"\n"
+"Per a més informació sobre els diferents sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n"
+"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del ``Manual de Referència''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si esteu fent la instal·lació en un ordinador PPC, voldreu crear una\n"
+"petita partició ``bootstrap'' HFS d'un mínim d'1 MB per a ús del carregador\n"
+"d'arrencada yaboot. Si decidiu fer-la una mica més gran, per exemple de\n"
+"50 MB, us serà d'utilitat per emmagatzemar un nucli de recanvi i imatges\n"
+"del disc RAM per a situacions d'emergència durant l'arrencada."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Muntatge automàtic dels dispositius extraïbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Commuta entre els modes normal i expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"S'ha detectat més d'una partició de Microsoft a la unitat de disc.\n"
+"Si us plau, trieu quina d'elles voleu redimensionar per instal·lar el nou\n"
+"sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Linux\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc dur\",\n"
+"\"número d'unitat de disc dur\", \"número de la partició\"\n"
+"(per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipus d'unitat de disc dur\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc dur és\n"
+"IDE i \"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de la unitat de disc dur\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o\n"
+"\"sd\". Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n"
+"primer disc o partició s'anomena \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": comproveu que la selecció del país és correcta. Si no sou a\n"
+"aquest país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i seleccioneu-ne un altre.\n"
+"Si el vostre país no és a la primera llista, feu clic al botó \"%s\" per\n"
+"obtenir una llista de països completa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux antiga\n"
+"al vostre ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o\n"
+"una actualització d'un sistema Mandriva Linux existent:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema antic. Si\n"
+"voleu canviar les particions dels discs durs, o el sistema de fitxers,\n"
+"heu d'utilitzar aquesta opció. No obstant això, i depenent de l'esquema de\n"
+"particionament que tingueu, podeu evitar que part de les dades existents\n"
+"(per exemple els directoris \"home\") se sobreescriguin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n"
+"que ja estan instal·lats al sistema Mandriva Linux. L'esquema de\n"
+"particionament actual i les dades d'usuari no queden afectades. La\n"
+"majoria de les altres fases de configuració queden disponibles, de\n"
+"manera similar a una instal·lació estàndard.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció “Actualitza” ha de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n"
+"Linux amb la versió \"8.1\" o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n"
+"actualització en versions de Mandriva Linux anteriors a la \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleccionarà automàticament la configuració de teclat correcta\n"
+"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit a Secció. Comproveu que la selecció\n"
+"us vagi bé o escolliu una altra configuració de teclat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tanmateix, pot ser que tingueu un teclat que no correspongués exactament al\n"
+"vostre idioma: per exemple, si sou un suís que parla anglès, potser teniu "
+"un\n"
+"teclat suís. O, si parleu anglès però viviu al Quebec, us podeu trobar en "
+"la\n"
+"mateixa situació i el vostre teclat no coincidirà amb el vostre idioma. En\n"
+"tots dos casos, aquesta fase de la instal·lació us permetrà triar un teclat\n"
+"adequat d'una llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per veure la llista completa de teclats "
+"disponibles.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si trieu una disposició de teclat basada en un alfabet no llatí, el diàleg\n"
+"següent us permetrà escollir la tecla que servirà per canviar entre les\n"
+"configuracions llatina i no llatina."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"L'idioma preferit que trieu afectarà a l'idioma de la documentació,\n"
+"l'instal·lador i a tot el sistema en general. Seleccioneu primer la\n"
+"regió on us trobeu i després l'idioma que parleu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si feu clic al botó \"%s\" podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n"
+"instal·lar a la vostra estació de treball. S'instal·laran els fitxers\n"
+"d'idioma específics de la documentació i de les aplicacions. Per exemple,\n"
+"si heu de tenir usuaris espanyols a l'ordinador, podeu triar l'anglès com a\n"
+"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i marcar \"%s\" a la secció Avançat.\n"
+"\n"
+"En quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n"
+"caràcters que cobreix tots els idiomes existents. El suport complet a\n"
+"GNU/Linux encara està sota desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mandriva Linux\n"
+"l'usarà o no depenent de les opcions que esculli l'usuari:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta(idiomes\n"
+"llatins, rus, japonès, xinès, coreà, thai, grec, turc, la majoria dels\n"
+"idiomes iso-8859-2), la codificació existent s'usarà per defecte;\n"
+"\n"
+" * La resta d'idiomes usaran unicode per defecte;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si s'instal·len dos o més idiomes i aquests idiomes no usen la mateixa\n"
+"codificació, llavors s'usarà unicode per tot el sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció\"%s\"\n"
+"independentment dels idiomes escollits.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noteu que no esteu limitats a escollir només un idioma addicional. Podeu\n"
+"triar diversos idiomes addicionals, i fins i tot instal·lar-los tots\n"
+"activant la casella \"%s\". Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n"
+"traduccions, els tipus de lletra, els verificadors ortogràfics, etc. "
+"d'aquest idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a \"root\"\n"
+"l'ordre \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema. "
+"Si\n"
+"l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n"
+"usuari concret."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX generalment detecta el nombre de botons que té el vostre ratolí.\n"
+"Si no pot, assumeix que teniu un ratolí de dos botons i el configurarà per\n"
+"emular el tercer botó. Es pot ``prémer' ' el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n"
+"botons fent clic simultàniament als botons dret i esquerre. DrakX\n"
+"detectarà automàticament si el ratolí utilitza la interfície PS/2, sèrie o "
+"USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"En cas que tingueu un ratolí de 3 botons sense rodeta, podeu escollir\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n"
+"per fer-ho premeu el botó central i moveu el ratolí a dalt i a baix.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si per alguna raó voleu especificar un altre tipus de ratolí,\n"
+"seleccioneu-lo a la llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si escolliu un ratolí diferent del ratolí per defecte, es mostrarà una\n"
+"pantalla de prova. Utilitzeu els botons i la roda per verificar que la\n"
+"configuració és correcta i que el ratolí funciona bé. Si el ratolí no\n"
+"funciona bé, premeu la barra d'espai o la tecla [Intro] per cancel·lar la\n"
+"prova i tornar a la llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"De vegaDES, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n"
+"haureu de seleccionar-lo a la llista. Assegureu-vos de triar el que\n"
+"correspon al port a què esta connectat el ratolí. Després de seleccionar un\n"
+"ratolí i prémer el botó \"%s\", a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu "
+"la\n"
+"roda del ratolí per assegurar-vos que s'ha activat correctament, comprovant\n"
+"que es mou també a la pantalla; després comproveu els botons i que el "
+"cursor\n"
+"de la pantalla es mou quan moveu el ratolí."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "amb emulació de rodeta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 o USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Si us plau, seleccioneu el port correcte. Per exemple, el port \"COM1\" a\n"
+"Windows s'anomena \"ttyS0\" a GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és la decisió més important quant a la seguretat del vostre sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: heu d'introduir la contrasenya de l'usuari \"root\". El \"root\"\n"
+"és l'administrador del sistema i és l'únic autoritzat a fer "
+"actualitzacions,\n"
+"afegir usuaris, canviar la configuració del tot el sistema, etc. En poques\n"
+"paraules, el \"root\" ho pot fer tot! És per això que heu d'escollir una\n"
+"contrasenya que sigui difícil d'endevinar; DrakX us avisarà si és massa\n"
+"fàcil. Com veieu, podeu optar per no introduir cap contrasenya, però us\n"
+"aconsellem vivament que no ho feu. GNU/Linux és tan vulnerable als errors\n"
+"de l'operador com qualsevol altre sistema operatiu. Com que l'usuari\n"
+"\"root\" pot superar totes les limitacions i esborrar accidentalment totes\n"
+"les dades de qualsevol partició com a conseqüència d'accedir-hi sense\n"
+"precaucions, és molt important que sigui difícil esdevenir \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"La contrasenya ha de ser una mescla de caràcters alfanumèrics i, com a\n"
+"mínim, de 8 caràcters de longitud. No apunteu enlloc la contrasenya de\n"
+"\"root\" ja que és molt fàcil comprometre el sistema si ho feu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tot i això, no feu la contrasenya massa llarga o complicada perquè heu de\n"
+"poder recordar-la!\n"
+"\n"
+"La contrasenya no es mostrarà per pantalla quan la teclegeu. Per tant,\n"
+"haureu d'escriure-la dues vegades per reduir la probabilitat d'errors en\n"
+"l'escriptura. Si, malauradament, feu el mateix error dues vegaDES, haureu\n"
+"d'usar aquesta contrasenya ``incorrecta'' el primer cop que us connecteu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si voleu que aquest ordinador sigui controlat per un servidor\n"
+"d'autenticació, feu clic al botó \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si la vostra xarxa usa els serveis d'autenticació LDAP, NIS o Windows\n"
+"Domain, seleccioneu l'adient per a \"%s\" . Si no sabeu quin utilitzar,\n"
+"pregunteu-ho al vostre administrador de xarxa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si teniu problemes per recordar les contrasenyes, si l'ordinador mai no es\n"
+"connectarà a Internet o si confieu absolutament en tothom que utilitza\n"
+"l'ordinador, podeu triar tenir \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticació"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO i GRUB són carregadors d'arrencada de GNU/Linux. Normalment,\n"
+"aquesta fase es realitza de manera totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà\n"
+"el sector d'arrencada del disc i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * si troba un sector d'arrencada del Windows, el reemplaçarà amb un sector\n"
+"d'arrencada de GRUB/LILO. D'aquesta manera podreu carregar GNU/Linux\n"
+"o un altre SO.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si troba un sector d'arrencada grub o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un nou.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no pot prendre una decisió,  DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n"
+"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, \"%s\" és el lloc més segur. Si "
+"escolliu\n"
+"\"%s\" no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n"
+"sabeu que esteu fent."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara cal seleccionar el sistema d'impressió del vostre ordinador. Altres\n"
+"sistemes operatius us poden oferir un, però el Mandriva Linux n'ofereix\n"
+"dos. Cada sistema d'impressió és el més convenient per a un tipus de\n"
+"configuració determinat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\", acrònim de \"print, do not queue\" (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n"
+"la millor opció si teniu una connexió directa amb la impressora i voleu\n"
+"evitar els embussos a l'hora d'imprimir, i no teniu impressores de xarxa.\n"
+"(\"%s\" només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n"
+"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu \"pdq\" si és la vostra primera incursió\n"
+"en GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" `` Common Unix Printing System'', Sistema d'impressió comú de\n"
+"Unix, és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n"
+"impressora local com a l'altra punta del món. És senzilla de configurar i\n"
+"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió \"lpd"
+"\"\n"
+"i, per tant, és compatible amb sistemes operatius antics que encara\n"
+"necessitin serveis d'impressió. És força potent, però la configuració "
+"bàsica\n"
+"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de \"pdq\". Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n"
+"\"lpd\", heu d'habilitar el dimoni \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" inclou frontals\n"
+"gràfics per a la impressió o per escollir les opcions d'impressió\n"
+"i per gestionar la impressora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ara feu una tria, i després veieu que el sistema d'impressió no us\n"
+"agrada, podeu canviar-lo executant el PrinterDrake des del Centre de "
+"control\n"
+"de Mandriva Linux i fent clic al botó Expert."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Primer, DrakX detectarà qualsevol dispositiu IDE en l'ordinador. També\n"
+"cercarà una o més targetes SCSI PCI. Si troba una targeta SCSI, DrakX\n"
+"instal·larà automàticament el controlador adequat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Com que la detecció de maquinari no és infal·lible, pot ser que DrakX no "
+"trobi\n"
+"els discos durs; si és així, caldrà que indiqueu el vostre maquinari "
+"manualment.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si heu de seleccionar l'adaptador SCSI PCI manualment, DrakX us preguntarà "
+"si\n"
+"voleu configurar-ne les opcions. Convé que deixeu que DrakX comprovi\n"
+"el maquinari per saber les opcions específiques de la targeta que calen per "
+"inicialitzar\n"
+"l'adaptador. La majoria de vegaDES, DrakX realitzarà aquest pas sense "
+"problemes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si DrakX no pot comprovar les opcions per determinar automàticament els "
+"paràmetres\n"
+"que s'han de passar al maquinari, us caldrà configurar el controlador "
+"manualment."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n"
+"Si veieu que la targeta de so que es mostra no és la que realment teniu al\n"
+"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre programa de control."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Com a revisió, DrakX presentarà un resum de la informació que\n"
+"té sobre el vostre sistema. Segons el maquinari instal·lat, podeu\n"
+"tenir algunes o totes les entrades següents. Cada entrada consta\n"
+"de l'element de configuració que cal configurar, seguit d'un breu\n"
+"resum de la configuració actual.\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" corresponent per canviar-ho.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n"
+"canvieu-la si és necessari.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n"
+"país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n"
+"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+"per obtenir una llista de països completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n"
+"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+"si no fos correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n"
+"botó per canviar-la si fos necessari.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració\n"
+"de la impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'\n"
+"iniciació'' per tenir més informació sobre la configuració d'una nova\n"
+"impressora. Aquesta interfície és similar a la utilitzada durant la\n"
+"instal·lació.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n"
+"mostra aquí. Si veieu que que no és la que realment teniu al sistema,\n"
+"podeu fer clic al botó per triar un altre controlador.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n"
+"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\". Si no us\n"
+"va bé, feu clic a \"%s\" per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n"
+"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a \"%s\" per\n"
+"intentar configurar-la manualment.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta XDSI al sistema, es mostra\n"
+"aquí. Podeu fer clic a \"%s\" per canviar els paràmetres associats\n"
+"amb la targeta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta entrada un permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat\n"
+"definit en un pas anterior ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n"
+"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafocs. Consulteu-ne\n"
+"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
+"feu clic a aquest botó. Es recomana que això només ho facin els usuaris\n"
+"avançats.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n"
+"en el vostre ordinador. Si teniu previst utilitzar aquesta màquina com\n"
+"a servidor, és aconsellable que reviseu aquesta configuració."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Targeta XDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfície gràfica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolliu el disc dur que voleu buidar per instal·lar la nova partició\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Aneu amb compte, totes les dades actuals es perdran i no\n"
+"es podran recuperar!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions\n"
+"que hi ha en aquest disc dur. Aneu amb compte perquè, un cop\n"
+"hagueu fet clic a \"%s\", no podreu recuperar cap dada ni partició\n"
+"del disc, incloent les dades del Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" per aturar aquesta operació sense perdre cap dada\n"
+"ni partició d'aquest disc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Següent ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fad687c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@
+# Translation of cs.po to Czech
+# Translation of DrakX-cs.po to Czech
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Radek Vybiral <Radek.Vybiral@vsb.cz>, 2000, 2001-2003.
+# Michal Bukovjan <bukm@centrum.cz>, 2002-2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: cs\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-19 00:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michal Bukovjan <bukm@centrum.cz>\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Předtím, než budete pokračovat, přečtěte si pozorně licenční podmínky. Ty\n"
+"se vztahují k celé distribuci Mandriva Linux a pokud s nimi souhlasíte,\n"
+"klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\". Pokud ne, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s \" a "
+"počítač bude restartován."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je víceuživatelský systém, což znamená, že každý uživatel může\n"
+"mít své vlastní nastavení, soubory atd. Více se dočtete v příručce \"Začínáme"
+"\".\n"
+"Na rozdíl od uživatele root, který je správcem počítače, uživatelé, kteří "
+"jsou\n"
+"zde vytvořeni, nemají oprávnění měnit nic kromě svých vlastních souborů a\n"
+"nastavení. Doporučuje se vytvořit účet pro minimálně jednoho běžného "
+"uživatele.\n"
+"Tento účet se používá na všechny běžné úkoly. Ačkoliv je velmi praktické\n"
+"přihlašovat se každý den jako uživatel root, je to také velmi nebezpečné!\n"
+"Jedna malá chyba může způsobit, že celý operační systém již nebude funkční.\n"
+"Pokud uděláte chybu jako normální uživatel, můžete přijít pouze o své "
+"informace,\n"
+"ale nepoškodí se celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jako první zadejte vaše skutečné jméno. To není samozřejmě povinné - můžete\n"
+"zadat co chcete. Aplikace DrakX použije první slovo jako uživatelské jméno,\n"
+"pod kterým se bude uživatel hlásit do systému, a předvyplní jej do políčka\n"
+"\"%s\". To je možné následně změnit.\n"
+"Dále se zadává heslo pro uživatele. Volba hesla pro normální uživatele sice "
+"není\n"
+"z hlediska bezpečnosti tak kritická jako v případě správce, ale i tak se "
+"doporučuje\n"
+"ji nepodceňovat; koneckonců, jde o zabezpečení souborů tohoto uživatele.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud klepnete na \"%s\", můžete přidávat uživatelů, kolik\n"
+"potřebujete, např. své přátele, účet pro otce či sestru. Pokud máte všechny\n"
+"uživatele vytvořeny, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\". \n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" můžete pro nový účet změnit shell, který\n"
+"bude uživatel používat (výchozí je bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Až dokončíte přidávání uživatelů, budete dotázáni na to, jaký uživatel má "
+"být\n"
+"zvolen pro automatické přihlášení do systému po jeho spuštění. Pokud chcete\n"
+"tuto možnost využít (a neobáváte se o bezpečnost), vyberte požadovaného\n"
+"uživatele a správce oken a klepněte na \"%s\".\n"
+"Pokud tuto možnost nechcete využít, odškrtněte políčko \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Chcete použít tuto vlastnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde je vypsán seznam již existujících detekovaných oddílů na pevném disku.\n"
+"Můžete ponechat volby detekované průvodcem, protože ve většině případů\n"
+"vyhovují. Pokud chcete provést nějaké změny, musíte definovat aspoň "
+"kořenový\n"
+"oddíl (\"/\"). Velikost oddílů zvolte dostatečnou, jinak nebude možné "
+"nainstalovat\n"
+"dostatečné množství programů. Pokud chcete ukládat data na zvláštní oddíl,\n"
+"vytvořte také oddíl \"/home\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Každý oddíl vypsaný níže má: \"Název\", \"Velikost\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Název\" je složen následovně: \"typ pevného disku\", \"číslo disku\",\n"
+"\"číslo oddílu\". (například \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte IDE disky, pak je \"typ pevného disku\" \"hd\", pokud máte SCSI,\n"
+"označení bude \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Číslo disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" nebo \"sd\". Pro IDE disky je to "
+"takto:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro SCSI disky platí, že \"a\" je \"nejmenší SCSI ID\", \"b\" je \"druhé\n"
+"nejmenší SCSI ID\" atd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Distribuce Mandriva Linux je složena z několika CD. Instalační program ví,\n"
+"na kterém disku je umístěn jaký balíček a v případě potřeby vysune CD a "
+"vyžádá\n"
+"si výměnu CD za požadované. Pokud nemáte požadované CD po ruce, klikněte\n"
+"na \"%s\" a odpovídající balíčky nebudou nainstalovány."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"V této chvíli je možné vybrat, které programy chcete nainstalovat na váš "
+"systém.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux obsahuje tisíce balíčků s programy a pro snadnější orientaci\n"
+"byly rozděleny do skupin, které sdružují podobné aplikace.\n"
+"\n"
+"Balíčky jsou rozděleny do skupin, které odpovídají tomu, jak je nejčastěji\n"
+"počítač používán. Skupiny samotné jsou umístěny do čtyř sekcí. Výběr "
+"aplikací\n"
+"z těchto sekcí lze různě kombinovat, takže můžete mít celou instalovánu "
+"sekci\n"
+"\"Pracovní stanice\" a k ní nějaké aplikace ze sekce \"Server\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud plánujete používat počítač převážně na\n"
+"běžnou práci, vyberte si balíčky ze skupin kategorie pracovní stanice.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud budete na počítači programovat, můžete si z této\n"
+"sekce vybrat další skupiny. Zvláštní skupina \"LSB\" nastaví váš systém "
+"tak,\n"
+"aby co nejvíce odpovídal specifikaci Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Výběr skupiny \"LSB\" rovněž nainstaluje jádro řady \"2.4\" místo "
+"výchozího\n"
+"jádra řady \"2.6\", pro zajištění plné kompatibility se specifikací LSB. I "
+"když ale\n"
+"skupinu LSB nevyberete, bude systém téměř úplně specifikaci odpovídat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud bude počítač provozován jako server, máte možnost\n"
+"vybrat si ty nejběžnější služby, které chcete nainstalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud preferujete grafické prostředí, zde je\n"
+"nabídka několika prostředí, ze které si musíte vybrat nejméně jedno,\n"
+"aby bylo možné grafické prostředí nainstalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud přejedete myší nad skupinou, objeví se krátký text, který vysvětluje,\n"
+"co je obsahem dané skupiny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud zatrhnete volbu \"%s\", zobrazí se seznam všech\n"
+"balíčků, které je možno nainstalovat. To je to užitečné v případě, že "
+"chcete\n"
+"mít absolutní kontrolu nad tím, co se bude instalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud jste spustili instalaci v režimu \"%s\", můžete zrušit výběr\n"
+"daných skupin, čímž zabráníte instalaci nových balíčků. To je užitečné\n"
+"pro případ opravy nebo aktualizace existujícího systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nevyberete při běžné instalaci žádnou skupinu (na rozdíl od\n"
+"aktualizace), zobrazí se otázka na instalaci několika typů minimální\n"
+"instalace:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Provede instalaci minima balíčků s podporou grafického prostředí.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainstaluje systém se základními programy a jejich dokumentací. \n"
+"Tento typ je vhodný pro instalaci serveru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainstaluje se opravdu nezbytné minimum, aby bylo\n"
+"možné provozovat Linux z příkazové řádky. Instalace zabere asi\n"
+"65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualizovat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Obsahuje základní dokumentaci"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Opravdu minimální instalace"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na tom, zda jste zvolili individuální výběr balíčků, se "
+"nabídne\n"
+"stromová struktura obsahující všechny balíčky organizované do skupin\n"
+"a podskupin. Při procházení stromu můžete vybrat jednotlivé balíčky, "
+"podskupiny\n"
+"nebo celé skupiny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete ze stromu balíček, objeví se v pravé části jeho popis.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Pokud se nachází mezi vybranými balíčky serverové programy, ať už "
+"vybrané\n"
+"záměrně nebo jako součást skupiny, zobrazí se dotaz na to,\n"
+"zda opravdu chcete tyto servery nainstalovat. V distribuci Mandriva Linux\n"
+"jsou tyto servery spuštěny při startu systému. I když v době vydání "
+"distribuce\n"
+"nejsou známy žádné bezpečnostní problémy, mohou se vyskytnout později.\n"
+"Pokud nevíte, k čemu jsou určeny některé serverové služby, klepněte na \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" se dané služby nainstalují a automaticky spustí při "
+"startu !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Volba \"%s\" vypne varovné hlášení, které se objeví\n"
+"vždy, když vyberete balíček, který má další závislosti a instalační program\n"
+"musí vybrat další potřebné balíčky, aby instalace mohla proběhnout úspěšně.\n"
+"\n"
+"Malá ikonka diskety dole umožňuje nahrát již předem vybraný seznam balíčků.\n"
+"To je užitečné, pokud máte několik počítače a chcete na nich shodnou "
+"instalaci.\n"
+"Po klepnutí na ikonu budete dotázáni na vložení diskety, která byla "
+"vytvořena na\n"
+"konci jiné instalace. Ve druhém tipu při posledním kroku najdete návod, jak "
+"si\n"
+"tuto disketu vytvořit. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Ošetří automaticky závislosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klepnutím na \"%s\" se otevře průvodce nastavením tiskárny.\n"
+"Jak nastavit tiskárnu se také dozvíte z odpovídající kapitoly z příručky\n"
+"\"Začínáme\". Rozhraní je podobné tomu, které vidíte při instalaci."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní si zvolte, které služby mají být spuštěny při startu počítače.\n"
+"\n"
+"Je zde seznam všech služeb, které jsou aktuálně nainstalovány.\n"
+"Prohlédněte si seznam pozorně a zrušte ty, které nepotřebujete při startu\n"
+"počítače spouštět.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud přejedete myší nad některou položkou, objeví se malá nápověda\n"
+"s popisem, co daná služba dělá. Pokud přesně nevíte, zda je služba užitečná\n"
+"nebo ne, je lepší ji nechat ve výchozím stavu.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Rozvažte, co za služby spustit, zvláště pokud budete počítač provozovat\n"
+"jako server: nepotřebujete všechny služby. Pamatujte, že čím více služeb\n"
+"je spuštěno, tím je větší nebezpečí nežádoucího proniknutí do počítače.\n"
+"Takže povolte opravdu jen ty služby, které nezbytně potřebujete !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux spravuje čas podle GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) a převádí ho na\n"
+"čas podle příslušné vybrané časové zóny. Pokud je čas na vaší mateřské "
+"desce\n"
+"nastaven jako lokální, je možné toto zrušit odznačením volby \"%s\" a pak "
+"budou\n"
+"systémové hodiny stejné jako hardwarové a ve stejné časové zóně.\n"
+"To je užitečné tehdy, když je na počítači jiný operační systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Volba \"%s\" provádí automatické nastavení hodin pomocí připojení k "
+"časovému\n"
+"serveru na Internetu. Vyberte si v seznamu ten server, který je vám "
+"nejblíž.\n"
+"Je samozřejmé, že pro správnou funkci musíte mít funkční připojení\n"
+"k Internetu. Na počítač se také nainstaluje časový server, který mohou\n"
+"volitelně používat jiné počítače ve vaší lokální síti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatická synchronizace času"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program je schopen automaticky detekovat a nastavit grafickou\n"
+"kartu instalovanou v počítači. Pokud se to nepodaří, máte možnost si ze\n"
+"seznamu vybrat příslušnou grafickou kartu ručně.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V případě, že pro vaši kartu je možné použít více různých serverů, buď\n"
+"s 3D akcelerací nebo bez, je pouze na vás, který server si vyberete jako\n"
+"nejvíce vyhovující vašim potřebám."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window System) je srdcem grafického rozhraní pro GNU/Linux, které\n"
+"využívají dodávané grafické prostředí (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker) "
+"se systémem Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nyní bude zobrazen seznam různých parametrů, které je možné změnit pro\n"
+"dosažení optimálního grafického zobrazení\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program je schopen automaticky detekovat a nastavit grafickou\n"
+"kartu instalovanou v počítači. Pokud se to nepodaří, máte možnost si ze\n"
+"seznamu vybrat příslušnou grafickou kartu ručně.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V případě, že pro vaši kartu je možné použít více různých serverů, s 3D\n"
+"akcelerací nebo bez, je pouze na vás, který server si vyberete jako nejvíce\n"
+"vyhovující vašim potřebám.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program dokáže většinou automaticky detekovat a správně \n"
+"nastavit monitor připojený k vašemu počítači. Pokud se to nezdaří, lze se\n"
+"seznamu vybrat monitor, který máte.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rozlišení\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat rozlišení a barevnou hloubku, které vaše karta \n"
+"podporuje. Vyberte si to co vám nejvíce vyhovuje (výběr lze po instalaci\n"
+"samozřejmě změnit). Na monitoru bude zobrazen příklad nastavení.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"  Systém se pokusí otestovat grafickou obrazovku v požadovaném rozlišení.\n"
+"Pokud během testu uvidíte zprávy a odpovíte na ni \"%s\", instalační "
+"program\n"
+"bude pokračovat dalším krokem. Pokud zprávu neuvidíte, znamená to, že "
+"některá\n"
+"část automatické detekce neproběhla v pořádku a test automaticky za 12 "
+"vteřin\n"
+"skončí s tím, že se provede návrat k základní nabídce. Následně je možné "
+"opět\n"
+"provést změny až do té doby, než bude zobrazeno správné rozlišení.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Volby\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat, zda chcete provést automatický start grafického\n"
+"prostředí po spuštění systému. Je samozřejmé, že pokud bude počítač\n"
+"provozován jako server nebo pokud se nepodařilo nastavit grafickou kartu,\n"
+"je nutné odpovědět \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program dokáže většinou automaticky detekovat a správně \n"
+"nastavit monitor připojený k vašemu počítači. Pokud se to nezdaří, lze si\n"
+"ze seznamu vybrat monitor, který máte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rozlišení\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat rozlišení a barevnou hloubku, které vaše karta \n"
+"podporuje. Vyberte si to, co vám nejvíce vyhovuje (výběr lze po instalaci\n"
+"samozřejmě změnit). Na monitoru bude zobrazen příklad nastavení."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"V případě, že je pro vaši kartu možno použít více různých serverů s 3D\n"
+"akcelerací nebo bez, záleží na vašem výběru, který vám nejvíce vyhovuje."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Volby\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tento krok vám umožňuje nastavit automatické spouštění grafického "
+"prostředí\n"
+"při startu. Je zřejmé, že odpovíte \"%s\" v případě, že počítač bude "
+"pracovat\n"
+"jako server nebo v případě, že se nepodařilo správně nastavit grafickou "
+"kartu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto bodě si musíte rozhodnout, na které diskové oddíly budete\n"
+"instalovat nový operační systém Mandriva Linux. Pokud je disk prázdný\n"
+"nebo existující operační systém používá celý disk, je nutné ho rozdělit.\n"
+"Rozdělení disku spočívá ve vytvoření volného prostoru pro instalaci\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Protože rozdělení disku je nenávratná operace, je to velmi nebezpečná\n"
+"akce pro ty uživatele, kteří nemají žádné zkušenosti.\n"
+"Pro tyto uživatele je dobrý průvodce, který zjednoduší daný proces.\n"
+"Ještě před započetím rozdělování disku si pročtěte zbytek této sekce a "
+"hlavně\n"
+"nespěchejte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Na základě vaší stávající konfigurace nabídne průvodce několik řešení:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": takto se jednoduše automaticky disk(y) rozdělí\n"
+"a již se o nic nemusíte starat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": průvodce detekoval jeden nebo více existujících\n"
+"Linuxových oddílů a ty nabídne pro instalaci. Budete muset definovat ke "
+"každému\n"
+"oddílu přípojný bod. Původní přípojné body jsou předvyplněny a obvykle by\n"
+"jste je měli ponechat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud máte na disku nainstalovány Microsoft Windows a tyto\n"
+"zabírají celý disk, je možné tento prostor zmenšit a použít ho pro "
+"instalaci.\n"
+"Oddíl a data lze také vymazat  (viz volba \"Smazat celý disk\") nebo\n"
+"změnit velikost FAT či NTFS oddílu s Microsoft Windows. Změna velikosti\n"
+"oddílu je provedena beze ztráty dat a je možná, pokud jste předtím tento "
+"oddíl ve\n"
+"Windows defragmentovali. Je doporučeno zazálohovat vaše data. Tento postup\n"
+"je doporučený, pokud chcete na disku provozovat současně systém\n"
+"Mandriva Linux i Microsoft Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Před výběrem této volby si prosím uvědomte, že velikost oddílu s "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows bude menší než je nyní. To znamená, že budete mít méně místa pro\n"
+"uložení dat nebo instalaci programů do Microsoft Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete smazat veškerá data a všechny oddíly na disku\n"
+"a použít je pro instalaci systému Mandriva Linux, vyberte toto řešení.\n"
+"Zde postupujte opatrně, po výběru již není možné vzít tuto volbu zpět.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Pokud zvolíte tuto možnost, všechna data na disku budou ztracena.!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tato volba se objeví, pokud celý disk zabírá operační systém\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Tato volba jednoduše smaže vše na disku a znovu disk\n"
+"rozdělí.\n"
+"\n"
+"    !! Pokud vyberete tuto volbu, veškerá data budou ztracena. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete disk rozdělit ručně. Před touto volbou buďte "
+"opatrní,\n"
+"je sice mocná, ale nebezpečná. Velmi jednoduše zde můžete přijít o svá "
+"data.\n"
+"Nedoporučuje se těm, kteří přesně nevědí, co dělají. Chcete-li se dozvědět\n"
+"více o nástroji DiskDrake, který se v tomto případě používá, prostudujte "
+"sekci\n"
+"\"Správa vašich oddílů\" v příručce \"Začínáme\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Použije existující oddíl"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Smazat celý disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní je instalace ukončena a operační systém GNU/Linux je připraven k "
+"použití.\n"
+"Klepněte na \"%s\" a systém bude restartován. Nezapomeňte vyjmout "
+"instalační\n"
+"médium (CD-ROM nebo disketu). První věcí, kterou uvidíte po skončení\n"
+"hardwarových testů po zapnutí počítače, bude zavaděč s menu, kde si můžete\n"
+"vybrat, který operační systém chcete spustit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tlačítko \"%s\" zobrazí další dvě tlačítka:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vytvoří disketu, se kterou\n"
+"lze celou instalaci opakovat bez zásahu operátora se stejnými volbami,\n"
+"které byly zvoleny při instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+"    Po klepnutí na toto tlačítko se zobrazí další dvě volby:\n"
+"\n"
+"     * : \"%s\": je to částečně automatická instalace, kdy se potvrzuje\n"
+"krok při rozdělování disků (a pouze tento krok).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * : \"%s\": plně automatická instalace, data na pevném disku\n"
+"budou zrušena a disk přepsán.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tato volba je velmi užitečná, když potřebujete nainstalovat větší počet\n"
+"stejných počítačů. Více o této možnosti je na našich WWW stránkách.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): uloží výběr balíčků, který byl zvolen při\n"
+"instalaci. Pokud budete instalovat další počítač, vložte disketu do "
+"mechaniky\n"
+"a spusťte instalaci, stiskněte [F1] a napište na příkazový řádek \n"
+">> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << a stiskněte klávesu Enter.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Budete potřebovat disketu naformátovanou systémem souborů FAT.\n"
+"Chcete-li si takovou disketu vytvořit v systému GNU/Linux, napište příkaz\n"
+"\"mformat a:\" nebo \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" a poté \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Vytvoří disketu pro automatickou instalaci"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý nově vytvořený diskový oddíl musí být před použitím zformátován\n"
+"(formátováním se myslí vytvoření souborového systému).\n"
+"\n"
+"Nyní lze formátovat již existující diskové oddíly pro vymazání\n"
+"všech dat, která obsahují. Pokud to chcete provést, vyberte diskové oddíly\n"
+"pro přeformátování.\n"
+"\n"
+"Není ale nutné přeformátovat všechny již existující diskové oddíly.\n"
+"Je nutné přeformátovat oddíly, které obsahují operační systém (jako je \"/"
+"\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" nebo \"/var\") ale není nutné přeformátovat oddíly, které obsahují\n"
+"data, která chcete zachovat (typicky \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Při výběru diskových oddílů, které se budou formátovat buďte opatrní, "
+"všechna\n"
+"data na formátovaných oddílech budou ztracena a nelze je již obnovit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud je vše připraveno pro formátování, klepněte na \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud chcete vybrat jiné oddíly pro instalaci systému Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"klepněte na \"%s\" \n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" můžete vybrat, které oddíly budou otestovány\n"
+"na vadné bloky."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokaždé, když instalujete distribuci Mandriva Linux, je možné, že některé\n"
+"balíčky byly od vydání distribuce aktualizovány. Mohly to být opravy chyb\n"
+"či řešení možných bezpečnostních problémů. Pokud chcete využít právě\n"
+"této nabídky, je možné tyto balíčky nyní stáhnout z Internetu. Zvolte \"%s"
+"\"\n"
+"pokud máte funkční připojení na Internet nebo \"%s\", pokud budete\n"
+"instalovat aktualizace později.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po zvolení \"%s\" se zobrazí seznam míst, odkud mohou být aktualizace "
+"získány.\n"
+"Vyberte si nejbližší místo. Následně se objeví stromový seznam balíčků,\n"
+"který je možno ještě upravit a stisknutím tlačítka \"%s\" se provede "
+"stažení\n"
+"a instalace vybraných balíčků. Akci můžete přerušit klepnutím na \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní si vyberte úroveň zabezpečení vašeho počítače Je zřejmé, že čím více\n"
+"je počítač využíván a čím cennější data obsahuje, tím je potřeba zvolit "
+"vyšší\n"
+"úroveň, stejně tak pokud je přímo vystaven na síti Internet. Na druhou "
+"stranu,\n"
+"vyšší úroveň znesnadňuje některé obvyklé postupy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nevíte co vybrat, ponechte výchozí nastavení. Úroveň zabezpečení\n"
+"lze později změnit pomocí nástroje draksec z Ovládacího centra Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+"V políčku \"%s\" je jméno uživatele, který bude odpovědný za zabezpečení\n"
+"počítače. Všechny bezpečnostní zprávy systému budou odeslány na tuto adresu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Správce zabezpečení"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"V této chvíli je potřeba určit, který(é) oddíl(y) budou použity pro "
+"instalaci\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux. Pokud byly oddíly již jednou definovány, buď\n"
+"z předchozí instalace GNU/Linux nebo jiným programem na rozdělení disku,\n"
+"je možné použít právě tyto oddíly. Jinak musí být oddíly nově definovány.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro vytvoření oddílu musíte nejdříve vybrat pevný disk. Klepněte na \n"
+"\"hda\", což je první IDE disk, nebo na \"hdb\", což je druhý disk,\n"
+"případně na \"sda\", což je první SCSI disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro rozdělení vybraného disku můžete použít tyto volby:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato volba smaže všechny oddíly na vybraném disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dojde k automatickému vytvoření oddílu pro Ext2 a swap ve volném\n"
+"prostoru disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nabídne další možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": uloží tabulku oddílů na disketu. To je\n"
+"vhodné pro případ poškození tabulky, kdy ji lze z této zálohy obnovit.\n"
+"Doporučujeme využít tuto možnost.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": obnoví tabulku oddílů, která byla již dříve\n"
+"uložena na disketu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": pokud je tabulka poškozena, můžete se\n"
+"pokusit ji opravit. Buďte ale opatrní a pamatujte na to, že se to nemusí "
+"vždy\n"
+"podařit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zruší všechny změny a nahraje původní\n"
+"tabulku oddílů.\n"
+"\n"
+"    \"%s\": odznačení této volby\n"
+"způsobí, že při připojování a odpojování vyjímatelných médií jako jsou CD-"
+"ROM\n"
+"disky a floppy disky je nutné použít ručně příkaz mount.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud nemáte dobré znalosti o rozdělování disků, použijte\n"
+"tuto volbu, kdy se spustí průvodce. Doporučujeme, pokud nemáte dobré "
+"znalosti\n"
+"o vytváření oddílů na disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zruší všechny provedené změny.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dovoluje další akce s oddíly\n"
+"(typ oddílu, volby, formátování) a zobrazí další informace.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud máte disk rozdělen, uloží se změny na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud definujete velikost oddílu, můžete přesněji jejich velikost určit "
+"pomocí\n"
+"kurzorových šipek na klávesnici.\n"
+"\n"
+"Poznámka: každou volbu je možné zadat také z klávesnice. Mezi oddíly se\n"
+"můžete pohybovat pomocí kláves [Tab] a [Šipka nahoru/šipka dolů].\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud je vybrán oddíl, lze použít tyto volby:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c pro vytvoření nového oddílu (pokud je vybrán prázdný oddíl);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pro smazání oddílu;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pro zadání bodu připojení.\n"
+"\n"
+"Více informací o jednotlivých druzích souborových systémů naleznete\n"
+"v kapitole o ext2fs v \"Referenční příručce\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud instalujete na počítač PPC, je potřeba vytvořit malý oddíl HFS,\n"
+"tzv. \"bootstrap\" o minimální velikosti 1MB, který bude použit pro zavaděč\n"
+"Yaboot. Pokud vytvoříte tento oddíl větší, např. 50 MB, je to dobré místo "
+"pro\n"
+"uložení ramdisku a jádra pro situace záchrany disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatické připojování pro vyjímatelná média"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Přepne mezi normální/expertním režimem"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalační program nalezl na disku více než jeden oddíl s Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Prosím vyberte si jeden z nich, který je potřeba pro novu instalaci systému\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zmenšit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Každý oddíl je zobrazen následovně: \"Pojmenování v Linuxu\",\n"
+"\"Název ve Windows\", \"Velikost\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pojmenování v Linuxu\" je složeno následovně: \"typ pevného disku\",\n"
+"\"číslo disku\", \"číslo oddílu\". (například \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte IDE disky, pak je \"typ pevného disku\" \"hd\", pokud máte SCSI,\n"
+"označení bude \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Číslo disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" nebo \"sd\". Pro IDE disky je "
+"takto:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro SCSI disky platí, že \"a\" je \"nejmenší SCSI ID\", \"b\" je \"druhé\n"
+"nejmenší SCSI ID\" atd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Název ve Windows\" je písmeno, které je použito ve Windows\n"
+"(první oddíl nebo disk má písmeno \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": zkontrolujte aktuální výběr země. Pokud nejste v dané zemi, "
+"klepněte\n"
+"na tlačítko \"%s\" a vyberte si jinou. Pokud vaše země není na prvním "
+"seznamu,\n"
+"klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\" a získáte kompletní seznam zemí."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tento krok se objeví pouze tehdy, pokud je na vašem počítači nalezen starší\n"
+"oddíl GNU/Linuxu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalační program potřebuje vědět, zda má provést instalaci nebo pouze\n"
+"aktualizaci existujícího systému Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nejběžnější volba, provede kompletní výmaz starého systému.\n"
+"V závislosti na rozvržení oddílů vašeho starého systému je však možné\n"
+"zachovat obsah některých oddílů (např. adresáře \"/home\") a uchránit je "
+"před přepsáním. Pokud si přejete změnit rozmístění oddílů, změnit\n"
+"souborový systém, použijte tuto volbu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato volba provede aktualizaci balíčků instalovaných na vašem\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux. Aktuální rozmístění diskových oddílů a uživatelská\n"
+"data zůstanou zachována. Bude ale provedena většina konfiguračních kroků,\n"
+"stejně jako při instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+"Použití volby \"Aktualizace\" bude fungovat bez problémů na stávající "
+"verzi \n"
+"\"8.1\" a novější. Aktualizace na verzích starších než \"8.1\" není "
+"doporučována."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Normálně zvolí instalační program správnou klávesnici na základě zvoleného\n"
+"jazyka, takže v tomto kroku není potřeba nic měnit. Zkontrolujte jeho volbu "
+"a případně\n"
+"ji změňte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Může se stát, že nemáte klávesnici, která odpovídá vašemu jazyku: například\n"
+"pokud jste anglicky hovořící Švýcar, stejně chcete mít švýcarskou "
+"klávesnici.\n"
+"Nebo pokud mluvíte anglicky, ale žijete v Quebecu, je to stejný případ. V "
+"obou\n"
+"případech se můžete vrátit na tento instalační krok a vybrat si "
+"odpovídající\n"
+"klávesnici ze seznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte klávesnici pro jiný jazyk, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\"\n"
+"a zobrazí se kompletní seznam všech podporovaných rozložení klávesnic.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete rozložení klávesnice založené na abecedě jiné než latince,\n"
+"budete v dalším dialogu vyzváni k výběru klávesové zkratky, která bude "
+"přepínat\n"
+"rozložení klávesnice mezi latinkou a vámi zvoleným rozložením."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvním krokem je výběr preferovaného jazyka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Výběr preferovaného jazyka ovlivňuje dokumentaci, jazyk instalačního "
+"programu\n"
+"a všech programů obecně. V prvním kroku si vyberete region kde žijete\n"
+"a potom jazyk kterým mluvíte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tlačítko \"%s\" umožňuje zvolit další jazyky, které budou také\n"
+"nainstalovány a můžete je použít v systému. Výběrem dalších jazyků "
+"nainstalujete\n"
+"soubory s aplikacemi a dokumentací specifické pro tyto jazyky. Pokud "
+"například\n"
+"na počítači pracují občas lidé ze Španělska, vyberte angličtinu jako hlavní\n"
+"jazyka pod tlačítkem rozšířené zatrhněte volbu \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Podpora UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode je nové kódování znaků, které obsahuje\n"
+"všechny známé jazyky. Plná podpora v GNU/Linuxu je stále ve vývoji.\n"
+"Z toho důvodu bude nebo nebude v systému použita podle volby uživatele:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Pokud vyberete jazyk s jasně daným kódováním (latin1, Ruština, "
+"Japonština\n"
+"Čínština, Korejština, Thajština, Řečtina, Turečtina, většina jazyků "
+"používajících kódování\n"
+"iso-8859-2), bude implicitně použito minulostí staré kódování;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ostatní jazyky používají implicitně Unicode.\n"
+" * Pokud potřebujete dva nebo více jazyků a tyto jazyky nepoužívají stejné\n"
+"kódování, bude pro celý systém použito kódování Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Pokud uživatel vybere volbu \"%s\", bude použito kódování Unicode "
+"nezávisle\n"
+"na výběru jazyků pro celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Při výběru jazyka nejste omezeni pouze na jediný další. Můžete si jich "
+"vybrat\n"
+"více nebo dokonce nainstalovat všechny vybráním volby \"%s\".\n"
+"Podpora jazyka zahrnuje instalaci lokalizací programů, písem, kontroly\n"
+"pravopisu, atd. \n"
+"\n"
+"Změnu různých jazyků instalovaných v systému lze provést pomocí příkazu\n"
+"\"localedrake\" spuštěného jako uživatel \"root\". Spuštění pod\n"
+"běžným uživatelem způsobí změnu nastavení pouze pro daného uživatele."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Španělské"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikace DrakX obvykle zjistí počet tlačítek na vaší myši. Pokud ne, "
+"předpokládá,\n"
+"že máte dvoutlačítkovou myš a nastaví emulaci pro třetí tlačítko myši.\n"
+"Emulace třetího tlačítka se provádí současným stiskem levého i pravého\n"
+"tlačítka. Aplikace také umí rozpoznat, zda se jedná o myš PS/2, USB\n"
+"nebo sériovou.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte třítlačítkovou myš bez kolečka, můžete si vybrat typ myši \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Instalační program potom nastaví emulaci tak, že se posun kolečkem simuluje\n"
+"stisknutím prostředního tlačítka a posunováním myší nahoru a dolů.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud chcete zadat jiný typ myši, vyberte odpovídající typ se seznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Můžete rovněž vybrat položku \"%s\", kterou zvolíte \"obecný\" typ myši,\n"
+"který by měl pracovat správně s téměř každou myší.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete jinou myš než ta, která byla detekována, zobrazí se "
+"testovací\n"
+"obrazovka. Zde otestujte jak tlačítka tak i kolečko a ověřte, zda je "
+"nastavení\n"
+"správné. Pokud myš nepracuje správně, stiskněte mezerník nebo klávesu Enter\n"
+"a vyberte jiný typ myši.\n"
+"\n"
+"Myši s kolečkem nejsou v některých případech automaticky rozpoznány. Budete\n"
+"je muset vybrat ze seznamu. Ujistěte se, že vyberete myš s odpovídajícím "
+"typem\n"
+"portu, ke kterému je připojená. Poté, co stisknete tlačítko \"%s\", \n"
+"zobrazí se obrázek s myší. Posunujte kolečkem, aby se správně aktivovalo; "
+"kolečko\n"
+"na obrazovce by se mělo pohybovat. Poté ověřte tlačítka a zda-li se myš "
+"pohybuje\n"
+"na obrazovce správně."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "s emulací kolečka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzální | Libovolná PS/2 & USB myš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte prosím správný port. Například \"COM1\" pod MS Windows má\n"
+"v Linuxu název \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Následující rozhodnutí je jedním z těch, které ovlivňují celkovou "
+"bezpečnost\n"
+"systému GNU/Linux, tj. volba hesla pro uživatele \"Root\". Root je správcem\n"
+"systému, je jediný odpovědný za provádění aktualizací, přidávání uživatelů a "
+"také\n"
+"za celkové nastavení systému. Zkráceně: \"root\" může úplně všechno!\n"
+"To je také důvodem, proč se heslo volí takové, aby se nedalo lehce uhodnout\n"
+"a instalační program DrakX zkontroluje, zda není příliš jednoduché. Jak "
+"vidíte,\n"
+"je možné heslo nezadat, ale toto velmi důrazně nedoporučujeme, a to z "
+"jednoho\n"
+"důvodu. Nemyslete si, že pokud spustíte systém GNU/Linux, že je vše bezpečné "
+"a že se nemůže nic stát.. Vzhledem k tomu, že na uživatele \"root\" se "
+"nevztahují\n"
+"běžná omezení, může nenávratně poškodit celý systém, smazat data z jiných\n"
+"oddílů na disku a operačních systémů, vymazat potřebné soubory nebo celé\n"
+"oddíly, atd. Proto je důležité, aby nebylo jednoduché se tímto uživatelem "
+"stát.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zvolené heslo by se mělo skládat ze znaků a číslic a mělo by být dlouhé\n"
+"minimálně 8 znaků. Také není dobré si ho kamkoliv poznamenávat - po\n"
+"nalezení vaší poznámky může být velmi jednoduché se do vašeho systému\n"
+"dostat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nevolte však heslo příliš dlouhé nebo komplikované, bude nutné si jej bez\n"
+"větších potíží zapamatovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Při zadávání nebude heslo na obrazovce zobrazeno. Proto se heslo zadává\n"
+"dvakrát pro ověření, zda nedošlo k překlepu při prvním pokusu. Tak je možné\n"
+"heslo opravit a zadat dvakrát stejné. Pokud se vám přesto podaří zadat "
+"stejný\n"
+"překlep dvakrát, budete muset toto heslo s překlepem použít při prvním\n"
+"přihlášení.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jestliže chcete použít ověřovací server, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud se ve vaší síti používá pro ověřování uživatelů protokol LDAP, NIS\n"
+"nebo ověřovací doména Windows PDC, vyberte odpovídající protokol pro \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Pokud o tom nic nevíte, zeptejte se správce vaší sítě.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte problémy se zapamatováním si hesel nebo pokud není počítač\n"
+"připojen do žádné spravované sítě a věříte všem, kteří mají k počítači "
+"přístup,\n"
+"můžete vybrat volbu \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "ověření"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Zavaděč je malý program, který se spustí ihned po startu počítače a je\n"
+"zodpovědný za zavedení operačního systému. Tato část je obvykle plně\n"
+"automatická. Instalační program analyzuje zaváděcí sektor disku a zachová\n"
+"se podle toho, co zde nalezne:\n"
+"\n"
+" * pokud nalezne zaváděcí sektor Windows, přepíše ho sektorem pro LILO/GRUB\n"
+"tak, aby bylo možné spouštět jak systém Windows tak i Linux či jiný OS "
+"instalovaný\n"
+"na vašem počítači;\n"
+"\n"
+" * pokud nalezne zaváděcí sektor pro LILO nebo GRUB, tak jej přepíše novým.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud instalační program nedokáže rozhodnout, zeptá se na to, kam má "
+"zavaděč\n"
+"umístit. Obecně je nejbezpečnější místo \"%s\". Zvolením \"%s\" se "
+"neprovede\n"
+"instalace žádného zavaděče. Použijte to pouze tehdy, pokud víte, co děláte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde si můžete vybrat tiskový systém, který budete používat. Jiné OS "
+"nabízejí\n"
+"jeden, Mandriva Linux nabízí dva. Každý z nich je vhodnější pro různé typy\n"
+"konfigurací.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - což znamená 'print, do not queue' a je vhodný tehdy, pokud máte\n"
+"přímo připojenou lokální tiskárnu, chcete rychle řešit zaseklý papír a "
+"nemáte\n"
+"žádné síťové tiskárny. \"%s\" zvládá pouze několik možností a tisk na něj ze "
+"sítě\n"
+"je velmi pomalý. Pokud s GNU/Linuxem teprve začínáte, pak je \"pdq\"\n"
+"doporučený tiskový systém pro vás.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"'Common Unix Printing System' je vynikající v tisku na lokální\n"
+"tiskárny stejně jako při tisku na tiskárnu na druhé straně planety. "
+"Nastavení\n"
+"je jednoduché a může fungovat jako klient i server pro klienty z \"lpd\"\n"
+"systému, takže je kompatibilní se staršími systémy. Je možné nastavit\n"
+"spoustu voleb, ale základní nastavení je velmi jednoduché, téměř jako u \"pdq"
+"\".\n"
+"Pokud potřebujete emulovat \"lpd\" server, stačí spustit démona \"cups-lpd"
+"\".\n"
+"\"%s\" má také grafické prostředí pro tisk a nastavení tiskárny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nyní provedete volbu a později budete chtít tiskový systém změnit,\n"
+"můžete to provést pomocí nástroje PrinterDrake z ovládacího centra Mandriva "
+"tak,\n"
+"že klepnete na tlačítko \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikace DrakX se nejdříve pokusí najít všechny pevné disky v počítači.\n"
+"Také se pokusí nalézt jeden nebo více PCI SCSI adaptérů. Pokud nějaký "
+"najde,\n"
+"automaticky nainstaluje správný ovladač.\n"
+"\n"
+"Protože automatická detekce hardware nemusí vždy nalézt všechny typy "
+"hardware,\n"
+"budete v dialogu dotázáni, zda vůbec máte nějaký SCSI adaptér. \n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud si budete muset vybrat ovladač ručně, aplikace DrakX se zeptá,\n"
+"zda pro něj chcete zadat nějaké volby Měli byste povolit aplikaci DrakX,\n"
+"ať se pokusí zjistit, které volby jsou pro danou kartu potřeba. Většinou to\n"
+"funguje dobře.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud to nebude fungovat, budete muset zadat další informace pro ovladač "
+"ručně."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": pokud je detekována v počítači zvuková karta, je zde\n"
+"zobrazena. Pokud ale vidíte, že zobrazená karta není přesně tak, kterou\n"
+"máte v počítači, můžete klepnutím na tlačítko vybrat jinou kartu a ovladač."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde jsou shromážděny různé informace, které se vztahují k tomuto počítači.\n"
+"V závislosti na tom, zda je či není přítomen daný hardware, můžete nebo\n"
+"nemusíte některé z těchto položek vidět. Každý záznam má krátký souhrn\n"
+"s aktuální konfigurací. Klepnutím na odpovídající tlačítko \"%s\" jej "
+"můžete\n"
+"změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte nastavení rozložení kláves, pokud je to nutné, \n"
+"klepnutím na tlačítko lze změnit rozložení kláves, .\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte výběr země. Pokud výběr nesouhlasí, klepnutím na\n"
+"tlačítko \"%s\" můžete vybrat jinou zemi. Pokud vaše země není na prvním\n"
+"seznamu, můžete si klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" zobrazit kompletní seznam.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalační program se pokusí odhadnout časové pásmo na\n"
+"základě vámi vybraného jazyka. Pokud není odhadnuto správně, můžete jej\n"
+"pomocí tlačítka \"%s\" změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte vaši myš. Pokud je to nutné, lze ji také změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" se spustí průvodce\n"
+"nastavením tiskárny. V odpovídající kapitole v \"Uživatelské příručce\" se\n"
+"dozvíte více o tom, jak tiskárnu nastavit. Rozhraní, které je v ní popsané, "
+"je\n"
+"podobné rozhraní použitému při této instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla při instalaci detekována zvuková karta, je\n"
+"zde zobrazena. Pokud uvedený ovladač není správný, lze provést výběr "
+"správného.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla detekována televizní karta, je zde zobrazena.\n"
+"Pokud karta nebyla automaticky detekována, klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\"\n"
+"můžete provést ruční nastavení.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla detekována ISDN karta, je zde zobrazena.\n"
+"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" můžete měnit parametry pro tuto kartu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalační program jako výchozí rozlišení zvolí\n"
+"rozlišení \"800×600\" nebo \"1024×768\". Pokud vám to nevyhovuje, je možné\n"
+"to pomocí tlačítka \"%s\" změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete nyní nastavit připojení k Internetu nebo k lokální\n"
+"síti, klepnutím na tlačítko se spustí průvodce. Plnou dokumentaci naleznete\n"
+"v tištěné příručce, případně můžete po instalaci využít ovládací centrum\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, kde rovněž naleznete kompletní nápovědu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": umožňuje nastavit adresu HTTP a FTP proxy, což je užitečné,\n"
+"pokud se počítač nachází za firewallem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato položka dovoluje předefinovat úroveň zabezpečení, která "
+"byla\n"
+"nastavena v předchozím kroku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud budete počítač připojovat do Internetu, je doporučeno "
+"spustit\n"
+"ochranu před napadením aktivací firewallu. Více o nastavení firewallu se\n"
+"dočtete v odpovídající kapitole příručky \"Začínáme\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete změnit nastavení zavaděče, můžete to provést\n"
+"klepnutím na toto tlačítko. Změny by měly provádět pouze zkušení uživatelé.\n"
+"Více informací lze nalézt v tištěné dokumentaci nebo online nápověde\n"
+"v ovládacím centru Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zde si můžete konkrétně určit, které služby budou na vašem "
+"počítači\n"
+"spuštěny. Pokud bude tento počítač používán jako server, je vhodné provést\n"
+"kontrolu toho, co je nastaveno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafické rozhraní"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte disk, který chcete smazat pro instalaci oddílu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Pamatujte na to, že všechna data budou ztracena a nelze je již obnovit!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na \"%s\", pokud chcete smazat všechna data a oddíly na tomto\n"
+"pevném disku. Buďte opatrní, po odklepnutí tlačítka \"%s\" nelze obnovit "
+"žádná dřívější data ani oddíly a to i pro Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" zrušíte tuto operaci bez ztráty dat a oddílů na disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Další ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Předchozí"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9bdc1582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@
+# translation of DrakX-cy.po to Cymraeg
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Rhoslyn Prys <rhoslyn.prys@ntlworld.com>, 2003,2004,2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mandriva DrakX.cy\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-08 19:38-0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Rhoslyn Prys <post@meddal.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Cymraeg <post@meddal.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Welsh\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: UNITED KINGDOM\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n == 2) ? 1 : 0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Cyn parhau dylech ddarllen amodau'r drwydded yn ofalus. Mae'n ymwneud\n"
+"â holl ddosbarthiad Mandriva Linux. Os ydych yn cytuno â'r holl amodau,\n"
+"cliciwch flwch \"%s\". Os nad, bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn\n"
+"ail gychwyn eich cyfrifiadur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae GNU/Linux yn system aml-ddefnyddiwr, ac mae hyn yn golygu bod pob\n"
+"defnyddiwr yn gallu cael ei ddewisiadau ei hun, ei ffeiliau ei hun ac yn y "
+"blaen.\n"
+"Gallwch ddarllen yr \"Starter Guide\" i ddysgu mwy. Ond yn annhebyg i "
+"\"gwraidd\",\n"
+"sef y gweinyddwr, ni fydd modd i'r defnyddiwr fyddwch yn eu creu yma'n "
+"gallu\n"
+"newid dim ond eu ffeiliau a'u ffurfweddiad ei hun gan amddiffyn y system "
+"rhag\n"
+"newidiadau anfwriadol neu faleisus fydd yn effeithio'r system gyfan. Bydd "
+"rhaid\n"
+"i chi greu un defnyddiwr cyffredin ar gyfer chi eich hun. Dyma'r cyfrif "
+"ddylech\n"
+"fewngofnodi iddo ar gyfer defnydd bob dydd. Er ei fod yn ymarferol iawn i "
+"fewngofnodi fel\n"
+"\"root\" gall fod yn beryglus iawn!. Gall y camgymeriad lleiaf olygu nad yw "
+"eich\n"
+"system yn gweithio ragor. Os wnewch chi gamgymeriad mawr  fel defnyddiwr\n"
+"cyffredin, byddwch ond yn colli rhywfaint o wybodaeth, ac nid y system "
+"gyfan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yn gyntaf rhowch eich enw go iawn. Does dim rhaid, wrth gwrs  - mae modd\n"
+"i chi rhoi beth bynnag hoffech chi. Bydd DraX yn cymryd yr enw cyntaf a'i "
+"roi yn\n"
+"yr \"%s\" Dyma'r enw bydd y defnyddiwr hwn yn ei ddefnyddio i\n"
+"fewngofnodi i'r system. Mae modd ei newid.  Yna rhowch gyfrinair. Nid yw\n"
+"cyfrinair defnyddiwr cyffredin mor bwysig ag un \"gwraidd\" o safbwynt "
+"diogelwch\n"
+"ond nid yw hynny'n rheswm i'w esgeuluso - wedi'r cyfan mae eich ffeiliau "
+"mewn\n"
+"perygl\n"
+"\n"
+"Os wnewch chi glicio \"%s\", bydd modd ychwanegu faint\n"
+"fynnoch. Ychwanegwch ddefnyddiwr ar gyfer pob un o'ch ffrindiau: eich tad\n"
+"neu eich chwaer, e.e. Ar ôl ychwanegu'r holl ddefnyddwyr, cliciwch \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd clicio'r botwm \"%s\" yn caniatáu i chi newid y \"cragen\" "
+"rhagosodedig\n"
+"ar gyfer y defnyddiwr hwnnw (bash yw'r rhagosodedig).\n"
+"\n"
+"Pan fyddwch wedi cwblhau ychwanegu defnyddwyr, bydd gofyn i chi ddewis\n"
+"defnyddiwr sy'n gallu mewngofnodi'n awtomatig mewngofnodi i'r system pan\n"
+"fydd y cyfrifiadur yn cychwyn.Os oes gennych ddiddordeb yn y nodwedd hon\n"
+"a dim gwahaniaeth am ddiogelwch, dewiswch y defnyddiwr a rheolwr ffenestr\n"
+"a chlicio \"%s\". Os nad dad-diciwch blwch \"%s\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ydych chi eisiau defnyddio'r nodwedd?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Dyma'r rhaniadau Linux sydd wedi canfod ar eich disg caled.\n"
+"Gallwch gadw'r dewisiadau sydd wedi eu gwneud gan y dewin, maen nhw'n iawn\n"
+"ar gyfer y rhan fwyaf o osodiadau. Os ydych am wneud newidiadau, rhaid i chi "
+"o leiaf\n"
+"ddiffinio rhaniad gwraidd (\"/\"). Peidiwch ddewis rhaniad sy'n rhy fach neu "
+"fidicon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae gosodiad Mandriva Linux i'w gael ar nifer o CD-ROMau. Mae DrakX\n"
+"yn gwybod os yw pecyn penodol wedi ei leoli ar CD-ROM arall a bydd yn bwrw\n"
+"allan y CD cyfredol a gofyn am y llall. Os nad yw'r CD angenrheidiol "
+"gennych\n"
+"wrth law, cliciwch \"%s\", ac ni fydd y pecynnau hynny'n cael eu gosod."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae'n amser penderfynu pa raglenni rydych am eu gosod ar eich\n"
+"system. Mae yna filoedd o becynnau ar gael ar gyfer Mandriva Linux, ond\n"
+"i'w gwneud hi'n haws eu rheoli maent wedi cael eu gosod mewn grwpiau\n"
+"o raglenni tebyg.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae Mandriva Linux wedi trefnu'r grwpiau pecynnau i bedwar categori. Mae\n"
+"modd dewis a dethol rhaglenni o'r categorïau gwahanol, fel bo \"Man Gwaith"
+"\"\n"
+"yn medru cael rhaglenni o'r categori \"Gweinydd\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych yn bwriadu defnyddio eich peiriant fel man\n"
+"gwaith yna dewiswch un o'r grwpiau cyfatebol.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw'r peiriant yn cael ei ddefnyddio i raglennu, dewiswch\n"
+" y grwpiau perthnasol. Bydd y grŵp arbennig \"LSB\" yn ffurfweddu\n"
+"eich system fel ei fos yn cyd-fynd gymaint ag y bo modd gyda manyleb\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bydd dewis grŵp \"LSB\" hefyd yn gosod cnewyllyn cyfres \"2.4\",\n"
+"yn lle'r \"2.6\" rhagosodedig. Mae hyn i sicrhau cydymffurfiad llawn\n"
+"y system gyda LSB. Er hynny, os nad ydych yn dewis grŵp \"LSB\"\n"
+"bydd eich system yn cydymffurfio bron yn 100%% gyda LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw'n fwriad defnyddio eich peiriant fel gweinydd dewiswch\n"
+" y gwasanaethau cyffredin rydych am eu gosod ar eich peiriant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dyma'r lle i ddewis eich amgylchedd graffigol.\n"
+"Rhaid dewis o leiaf un er mwyn cael man gwaith graffigol!\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd symud cyrchwr y llygoden dros enw grŵp yn amlygu esboniad byr am y\n"
+"grŵp hwnnw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ticiwch flwch \"%s\", sy'n ddefnyddiol os ydych yn gyfarwydd â'r\n"
+"pecynnau sydd ar gael neu os ydych am gael rheolaeth lwyr dros\n"
+"beth fydd yn cael ei osod.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os fyddwch yn cychwyn y gosod ym modd \"%s\" gallwch ddad-ddewis\n"
+"pob grŵp ac atal gosod unrhyw becynnau newydd. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol\n"
+"ar gyfer trwsio neu ddiweddaru system bresennol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych wedi dad-ddewis pob grŵp wrth wneud gosodiad\n"
+"arferol ac nid uwchraddiad), bydd dialog yn ymddangos a chynnig\n"
+"dewisiadau amrywiol ar gyfer y gosodiad lleiaf\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y nifer lleiaf o becynnau i gael bwrdd gwaith graffigol\n"
+"i weithio.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y system sylfaenol yn ogystal â gwasanaethau elfennol\n"
+"a'u dogfennau. Mae'r gosodiad hwn yn addas ar gyfer gosod gweinydd.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y lleiafswm posibl o becynnau i greu system Linux \n"
+"llinell orchymyn weithredol. Cyfanswm maint y gosodiad fydd tua 65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uwchraddio"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Gyda dogfennaeth elfennol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Gosodiad lleiaf posibl"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Os ydych wedi dewis gosod pecynnau'n unigol unigol, bydd y gosodwr\n"
+"yn cyflwyno coeden sy'n cynnwys yr holl becynnau wedi eu dosbarthu yn ôl\n"
+"grwp ac isgrwp. Wrth bori'r goeden, gallwch ddewis grwp cyfan, isgrwp \n"
+"neu becyn unigol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pryd bynnag fyddwch wedi dewis pecyn ar y goeden, bydd disgrifiad yn\n"
+"ymddangos ar y dde. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! Os oes pecyn gweinydd wedi ei ddewis, yn fwriadol neu am ei fod yn rhan\n"
+"o grwp cyfan, bydd angen i chi gadarnhau eich bod eisiau i'r gweinyddion\n"
+"gael eu gosod. Ym Mandriva Linux mae unrhyw weinydd sydd wedi ei\n"
+"osod yn cael ei gychwyn fel rhagosodiad wrth gychwyn. Hyd yn oed os ydynt\n"
+"yn ddiogel a doedd dim materion pryder pan gafodd y dosbarthiad ei ryddhau,\n"
+"mae'n bosibl i fylchau diogelwch gael eu darganfod wedi i'r fersiwn hwn o\n"
+"Mandriva Linux gael ei gwblhau. Os nad ydych yn gwybod beth mae\n"
+"gwasanaeth arbennig i fod i'w wneud na pham mae wedi ei osod, yna\n"
+"cliciwch\"%s\". Bydd clicio \"%s\" yn gosod y gwasanaethau hynny a\n"
+"byddant yncael eu cychwyn yn awtomatig drwy ragosodiad!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r dewis \"%s\"yn analluogi'r deialog rhybudd sy'nymddangos bob\n"
+" tro fydd y gosodwr yn dewis pecyn yn awtomatig. Mae hyn yn digwydd\n"
+"am ei fod wedi penderfynu ei fod angen bodlon dibyniad gyda phecyn arall\n"
+"er mwyn cwblhau'r gosodiad yn llwyddiannus\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r eicon disg medal bychan ar waelod y rhestr yn caniatáu llwytho'r\n"
+"rhestr pecynnau dewiswyd yn ystod gosodiad blaenorol. Bydd clicio\n"
+"ar yr eicon hwn yn gofyn i chi osod yn y peiriant disg meddal grëwyd ar\n"
+"ddiwedd gosodiad arall. Gwelwch yr ail neges o'r cam diwethaf ar sut i\n"
+"greu disg meddal o'r fath."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dibyniaethau awtomatig"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": mae clicio ar y botwm\"%s\" yn agor dewin ffurfweddu argraffydd.\n"
+"Darllenwch y pennawd penodol yn y 'Starter Guide' am ragor o \n"
+"wybodaeth ar sut i osod argraffydd newydd. Mae'r rhyngwyneb yn y llawlyfr\n"
+"yn debyg i'r un welwyd wrth osod y system."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch pa wasanaethau rydych am eu cael wrth gychwyn eich cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd DrakX yn rhestri'r holl wasanaethau sydd ar gael gyda'r gosodiad "
+"cyfredol.\n"
+"Darllenwch y rhestr yn ofalus a dad-diciwch y rhai nad oes eu hangen bob "
+"tro\n"
+"wrth gychwyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae modd cael esboniad byr am wasanaeth wrth eu dewis. Ond, os nad ydych\n"
+"yn siwr a yw'r gwasanaeth o werth neu beidio, mae'n well cadw at y drefn\n"
+"rhagosodedig\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Byddwch yn ofalus iawn os ydych am ddefnyddio eich peiriant fel gweinydd:\n"
+"mwy na thebyg na fyddwch eisiau cychwyn unrhyw wasanaethau nad oes eu\n"
+"hangen. Cofiwch fod cael nifer o wasanaethau wedi eu galluogi ar y "
+"gweinydd,\n"
+"fod yn beryglus. Yn gyffredinol, dim ond dewis y gwasanaethau mae'n rhaid eu "
+"cael !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae GNU/Linux yn rheoli amser drwy GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)\n"
+"a'i drosi i amser lleol yn ôl y parth amser rydych wedi ei ddewis.\n"
+"Mae'n bosib dad-ddewis hyn drwy ddad-ddewis \"%s\" fel bod y cloc\n"
+"caledwedd yr un a chloc y system yr un peth. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol\n"
+"pan fo'r peiriant yn westai i system arall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd y dewis \"%s\" yn rheoli'r cloc yn awtomatig drwy gysylltu \n"
+"â gweinydd amser ar y Rhyngrwyd. Yn y rhestr sy'n cael ei gynnig \n"
+"dewiswch yr agosaf atoch. Rhaid i'ch cyswllt â'r we fod yn gweithio\n"
+"i hyn ddigwydd. Bydd yn gosod ar eich peiriant wasanaethwr amser fydd\n"
+"o ddewis yn medru cael ei ddefnyddio gan beiriannau eraill ar eich "
+"rhwydwaith."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Cydweddi amser awtomatig"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Cerdyn Graffeg\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y cerdyn graffig sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich cerdyn o'r rhestr.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (sef X Window System) yw calon rhyngwyneb graffigol GNU/Linux a'r\n"
+"hyn mae'r holl amgylcheddau graffigol (KDE, Gnome, AterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc) sy'n dod gyda Mandriva Linux yn dibynnu arno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Byddwch yn derbyn rhestr o baramedrau gwahanol i'w newid i gael\n"
+"y dangosiad graffigol gorau:\n"
+"\n"
+" Cerdyn Graffeg\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y cerdyn graffeg sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich cerdyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dangosydd\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y dangosydd sy'n gysylltiedig â'ch cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn gywir,\n"
+"mae'n dangos eich dangosydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Cydraniad\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cewch ddewis yma gydraniad a dyfnder lliw rhwng y rhai sydd ar gael\n"
+"ar gyfer eich caledwedd. Dewiswch yr un sydd orau ar eich cyfer (bydd\n"
+"modd newid hynny wedi'r gosod) Mae enghraifft o ffurfweddiad i'w weld\n"
+"ar y dangosydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prawf\n"
+"\n"
+"  Bydd y system yn ceisio agor sgrin graffigol yn unol â'r cydraniad "
+"dewisol.\n"
+"Os ydych yn gweld y neges yn ystod y prawf ac ateb \"%s\", yna bydd\n"
+"DrakX yn symud ymlaen i'r cam nesaf. Os nad ydych yn gweld y neges nesaf\n"
+"mae'n golygu fod rhan o'r drefn awtoganfod yn anghywir a bydd y prawf\n"
+"yn dod i ben ar ôl 12 eiliad, gan ddod a chi nôl i'r ddewislen. Newidiwch y\n"
+"gosodiadau nes i chi gael y sgrin i edrych yn iawn.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dewisiadau\n"
+"\n"
+"   Yma cewch ddewis p'un ai i drefnu i'ch cyfrifiadur newid yn awtomatig i\n"
+"rhyngwyneb graffigol wrth gychwyn. Yn amlwg byddwch angen ticio \"%s\"\n"
+"os yw eich peiriant i weithredu fel gweinydd, neu os na fuoch yn\n"
+"llwyddiannus yn ffurfweddu'r dangosydd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dangosydd\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y dangosydd sy'n gysylltiedig â'ch cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich dangosydd o'r rhestr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Cydraniad\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cewch ddewis yma gydraniad a dyfnder lliw rhwng y rhai sydd ar gael\n"
+"ar gyfer eich caledwedd. Dewiswch yr un sydd orau ar eich cyfer (bydd\n"
+"modd newid hynny wedi'r gosod) Mae enghraifft o ffurfweddiad i'w weld\n"
+"ar y dangosydd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Dewisiadau\n"
+"\n"
+" Yma gallwch ddewis os ydych am i'ch cyfrifiadur droi i ryngwyneb graffig\n"
+"wrth gychwyn y cyfrifiadur.  Yn amlwg, byddwch am ateb \"%s\" os yw\n"
+"eich peiriant i weithredu fel gweinydd, neu os nad oeddech yn\n"
+"llwyddiannus yn cael eich dangosydd i ffurfweddu'n gywir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae angen i chi nawr ddewis lle ar eich disg caled i osod eich system\n"
+"weithredu Mandriva Linux. Os yw eich disg caled yn wag neu os oes\n"
+"yna system weithredol eisoes yn cymryd yr holl le sydd ar gael, bydd\n"
+"angen i chi greu rhaniadau arno. Yn y bôn, mae rhannu disg caled yn\n"
+"golygu ei rhannu'n rhesymegol i greu lle i osod eich system Mandriva\n"
+"Linux newydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gan fo effaith y broses rannu'n ddidroi nôl,  gan arwain at golli data os\n"
+"oes system weithredol eisoes ar y gyrrwr, gall creu rhaniadau fod yn\n"
+"broses anodd a straenus os ydych yn ddefnyddiwr dibrofiad. Yn ffodus,\n"
+"mae gan DrakX ddewin sy'n symleiddio'r broses. Cyn cychwyn, \n"
+"darllenwch y llawlyfr a chymerwch bwyll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yn ddibynnol ar ffurfweddiad eich disg caled, mae dewisiadau ar gael:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn arwain at greu rhaniadau awtomatig\n"
+"o'ch disg(iau) caled gwag. Bydd dim cwestiynau eraill os byddwch\n"
+"yn defnyddio'r dewis hwn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae'r dewin wedi canfod un neu fwy o raniadau Linux\n"
+"cyfredol ar eich disg caled. Os ydych am eu defnyddio, dewiswch y\n"
+"dewis hwn. Bydd gofyn i chi ddewis pwyntiau gosod yn gysylltiedig\n"
+"â phob rhaniad. Mae'r pwyntiau gosod gosodedig wedi eu dewis,\n"
+"ac ar y cyfan mae'n syniad da cadw atynt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw Microsoft Windows ar eich disg caled ac yn cymryd\n"
+"y lle i gyd, bydd rhaid i chi greu lle ar gyfer data Linux. I wneud hynny\n"
+"gallwch ddileu eich rhaniad a data Microsoft Windows (Gw. atebion\n"
+"\"Dileu'r ddisg gyfan \") neu ail-lunio maint rhaniad FAT Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Mae modd ail lunio maint y rhaniad heb golli data cyn belled eich bod wedi\n"
+"dad-ddarnio rhaniad Windows ac mae'n defnyddio fformat Windows.\n"
+"Argymhellir cadw data wrth gefn hefyd. Argymhellir gwneud hyn os ydych\n"
+"am ddefnyddio Mandriva Linux a Microsoft Windows ar yr un cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Cyn gwneud y dewis hwn, cofiwch y bydd maint eich rhaniad Microsoft\n"
+"Windows yn llai nag yw ar hyn o bryd ar ol dilyn y drefn yma. Bydd gennych\n"
+"llai o le yn Microsoft Windows i gadw data neu i osod meddalwedd newydd\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" os ydych am ddileu'r holl ddata a rhaniadau presennol ar\n"
+"eich disg caled a'u cyfnewid am system Mandriva Linux, yna dewiswch\n"
+"hwn. Byddwch yn ofalus wrth wneud hyn gan na fydd modd troi nôl\n"
+"ar ôl cadarnhau.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Os ydych yn dewis hwn, byddwch yn colli'r holl ddata ar eich disg.  !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bydd y dewis yma'n ymddangos pam mae'r ddisg gyfan wedi\n"
+"ei chymryd gan Microsoft Windows. Bydd hwn yn dileu popeth o'r disg\n"
+"caled a chychwyn popeth o'r newydd, gan greu rhaniadau newydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Os ydych yn dewis hwn, byddwch yn colli'r holl ddata ar eich disg.  !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dewiswch hwn os ydych am rannu'r disg caled gyda llaw.\n"
+"Byddwch ofalus - mae'n ddewis pwerus a pheryglus. Mae modd i chi \n"
+"golli'ch holl ddata. Peidiwch dewis hwn oni bai eich bod yn gwybod beth\n"
+"ydych yn ei wneud.. Am ragor o wybodaeth ar sut i ddefnyddio DiskDrake,\n"
+"darllenwch adran \"Managing your Partitions\" yn y \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Defnyddiwch y rhaniadau presennol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Dileu'r ddisg gyfan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dyna ni, mae'r gosodiad wedi ei gwblhau ac mae eich system GNU/Linux\n"
+"yn barod i'w ddefnyddio. Cliciwch \"%s\" i ailgychwyn y cyfrifiadur. "
+"Peidiwch\n"
+"anghofio tynnu'r cyfrwng gosod (CD-ROM neu feddal). Y peth cyntaf i chi\n"
+"weld ar ôl i'ch cyfrifiadur gwblhau ei brofion caledwedd yw'r ddewislen\n"
+"llwytho, sy'n rhoi dewis o ba system i'w chychwyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r botwm \"%s\" yn dangos dau fotwm arall:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": i greu disg meddal gosod fydd yn creu yn awtomatig osodiad\n"
+"cyflawn heb gymorth gweithredwr, yn debyg i'r gosodiad sydd\n"
+"newydd ei ffurfweddu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer bod dau ddewis gwahanol i'w gael wedi clicio'r botwm:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\". Gosodiad rhannol awtomatig gan fod mai'r cam o greu\n"
+"rhaniad yw'r unig ran ryngweithiol o'r broses.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\".Gosodiad cwbl awtomatig: mae'r disg caled wedi ei\n"
+"ailysgrifennu'n llwyr, a'r holl ddata wedi ei golli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae hwn yn nodwedd ddefnyddiol iawn wrth osod ar nifer fawr o\n"
+"beiriannau tebyg. Gw. yr adran Auto install ar ein safle gwe.\n"
+"\n"
+"*\"%s\":(*): mae hwn yn cadw'r dewis o becynnau wnaed cynt.\n"
+"Wrth wneud gosodiad arall, rhowch ddisg meddal yn y gyrrwr a rhedeg\n"
+"y gosodiad gan fynd i'r sgrin cymorth drwy wasgu'r fysell [F1], \n"
+"a theipio >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< a phwyso bysell [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bydd angen disg meddal wedi ei fformatio fel FAT (i greu un yn\n"
+"GNU/Linux, teipiwch \"mformat a:\" neu \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" wedi\n"
+"ei ddilyn gan \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Creu disg meddal awto gosod"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Efallai y byddwch eisiau ailfformatio rhai rhaniadau presennol i ddileu "
+"data\n"
+"sydd arnynt. Os ydych am wneud hynny, dewiswch y rhaniadau hynny hefyd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwch nad oes angen ailfformatio'r holl raniadau sy'n bodoli eisoes. "
+"Rhaid \n"
+"ailfformatio'r rhaniadau sy'n cynnwys y system weithredu [megis \"/\",\"usr"
+"\"\n"
+"neu \"/var\") ond nid oes rhaid i chi ail fformatio rhaniadau sy'n cynnwys\n"
+"data rydych am ei gadw (e.e. \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Byddwch ofalus wrth ddewis rhaniadau. Ar ôl fformatio bydd yr holl ddata ar\n"
+"y rhaniadau'n cael eu dileu ac ni fydd modd ei adfer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" pan ydych yn barod i fformatio rhaniadau.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddewis rhaniad arall ar gyfer eich gosodiad\n"
+"Mandriva Linux newydd\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddewis rhaniadau i'w gwirio am flociau\n"
+"gwallus ar y ddisg."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Erbyn i chi osod Mandriva Linux, mae'n debygol y bydd rhai \n"
+"pecynnau wedi eu diweddaru ers y rhyddhad cychwynnol. Bydd rhai \n"
+"gwallau wedi eu cywiro a materion diogelwch wedi eu datrys. I ganiatáu\n"
+"i chi fanteisio ar hyn mae cynnig i chi eu llwytho i lawr o'r rhyngrwyd.\n"
+"Dewiswch \"%s\" os oes gennych gyswllt gweithredol â'r rhyngrwyd,\n"
+"neu \"%s\"\"os ydych am osod pecynnau mwy diweddar rhywbryd eto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd dewis \"%s\" yn dangos rhestr o leoedd o le mae modd derbyn\n"
+"diweddariadau. Dewiswch yr un agosaf atoch. Yna, bydd coeden dewis\n"
+"pecynnau yn ymddangos: Wedi i chi benderfynu ar eich dewis, cliciwch\n"
+"\"%s\" i estyn a gosod y pecynnau hynny neu \"%s\" i beidio."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Yma mae DrakX yn caniatáu i chi ddewis lefel diogelwch y peiriant. Fel\n"
+"rheol, y mwyaf agored yw'r peiriant, y mwyaf pwysig yw'r data'r uchaf\n"
+"ddylai'r lefel diogelwch fod neu fod gan y peiriant gysylltiad uniongyrchol\n"
+"gyda'r rhyngrwyd. Er hynny, mae diogelwch yn dod ar draul\n"
+"hwylustod. \n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad ydych yn siŵr beth i'w ddewis, dewiswch y rhagosodedig. Byddwch\n"
+"yn gallu newid y lefel diogelwch yn ddiweddarach gyda draksec o\n"
+"Ganolfan Rheoli Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae maes \"%s\" yn gallu dweud wrth y system o'r defnyddiwr sydd â\n"
+"chyfrifoldeb am ddiogelwch. Bydd negeseuon diogelwch yn cael eu hanfon\n"
+"at y cyfeiriad hwnnw. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Cyfrinair Gweinyddwr"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Yn awr mae angen i chi ddewis pa raniadau i'w defnyddio ar gyfer gosodiad\n"
+"eich system Mandriva Linux. Os oes rhaniadau wedi eu diffinio eisoes, un\n"
+"ai drwy osodiad blaenorol o GNU/Linux neu gan offeryn rhannu arall, mae\n"
+"modd i chi ddefnyddio'r rhaniadau presennol. Os nad, rhaid i' rhaniadau'r\n"
+"ddisg caled gael eu diffinio.\n"
+"\n"
+"I greu rhaniadau, rhaid yn gyntaf ddewis disg caled. Mae modd dewis disg\n"
+"i'w rannu drwy glicio ar \"hda\" ar gyfer y ddisg IDE cyntaf., \"hdb\" ar\n"
+"gyfer yr ail, \"sda\" ar gyfer y ddisg SCSI cyntaf, ac yn y blaen.\n"
+"\n"
+"I greu'r rhaniad, mae modd defnyddio'r dewisiadau hyn:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn dileu pob rhaniad ar ddisg.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn caniatáu i chi greu'n awtomatig\n"
+"Ext2 a rhaniadau cyfnewid mewn lle gwag ar eich disg.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": yn rhoi mynediad i ragor o nodweddion:\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": mae hwn yn cadw'r tabl rhaniad i ddisg\n"
+"meddal. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol ar gyfer adfer tabl rhaniad, os fydd angen\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": mae hyn yn caniatáu adfer tabl rhaniad blaenorol\n"
+"o ddisg meddal.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": os yw eich tabl rhaniad wedi ei ddifrodi, mae modd\n"
+"ceisio ei  adfer drwy'r dewis yma. Byddwch ofalus a chofiwch fod modd iddo\n"
+"fethu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": mae hwn yn dileu pob newid ac yn ail lwytho'r\n"
+"tabl rhaniad gwreiddiol.\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": dad-diciwch y dewis hwn i osod a dad osod\n"
+"gyda llaw, cyfryngau symudol megis disgiau meddal ac CD-ROMau\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": defnyddiwch y dewis hwn os ydych am ddefnyddio'r dewin i rannu\n"
+"eich disg caled. Dyma'sydd orau os nad oes gennych wybodaeth sylweddol ar\n"
+"rhannu\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": defnyddiwch y dewis hwn i ddileu eich newidiadau\n"
+"\n"
+"    *\"%s\": mae hwn yn caniatáu gweithredoedd\n"
+"pellach ar raniadau. (Math, dewisiadau, fformat) ac mae'n cynnig mwy o\n"
+" wybodaeth.\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\":pan fyddwch wedi gorffen rhannu eich disg, bydd hwn yn cadw\n"
+" eich newidiadau yn ôl i'r ddisg\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer: mae modd cyrraedd y dewisiadau drwy'r bysellfwrdd. Symudwch drwy'r\n"
+" rhaniadau gan ddefnyddio [Tab] a'r saethau [I Fyny/I Lawr].\n"
+"\n"
+"Pan fydd rhaniad wedi ei ddewis, gallwch ddefnyddio:\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-c i greu rhaniad newydd (pan fo rhaniad gwag yn cael ei ddewis);\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-d i ddileu rhaniad;\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-m i greu pwynt gosod;\n"
+"\n"
+"I dderbyn gwybodaeth am yr amrywiol systemau ffeil sydd ar gael, darllenwch "
+"y\n"
+" pennawd ar ext2fs yn y ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn gosod ar beiriant PPC, bydd angen i chi greu \"ymlwythwr\" \n"
+" bychan o leiaf 1MB o faint, fydd yn cael ei ddefnyddio gan ymlwythwr "
+"yaboot.\n"
+"Os ydych yn dewis gwneud y rhaniad rhywfaint yn fwy, dyweder tua 50MB, yna\n"
+"gall fod yn le defnyddiol i gadw cnewyllyn sbâr a delweddau ramdisk ar "
+"gyfer\n"
+" sefyllfaoedd cychwyn argyfyngus!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Awto gosod cyfrwng symudol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Amnewid rhwng modd arferol/arbenigol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae mwy nag un rhaniad Microsoft wedi ei ganfod ar eich disg caled.\n"
+"Dewiswch ba un rydych am newid ei faint er mwyn gosod eich\n"
+"system weithredu Mandriva Linux newydd\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae pob rhaniad wedi ei restri fel hyn: \"Enw Linux\", \"Enw Windows\",\n"
+"\"Maint\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae \"Enw Linux\" wedi ei strwythuro fel hyn: \"math o ddisg caled\", \n"
+"\"rhif y disg caled\", \"rhif y rhaniad\" (e.e., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"hd\" yw'r \"Math o ddisg caled\" os mai disg caled IDE sydd gennych\n"
+"a \"sd\" yw disg caled SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Llythyren wedi'r \"hd\" neu \"sd\" yw'r \"Rhif disg caled\" bob tro.\n"
+"Gyda disgiau caled IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"a\" yn golygu \"prif ddisg caled ar y rheolydd IDE cyntaf\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"b\" yn golygu \"ddisg caled gwas ar y rheolydd IDE cyntaf\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"c\" yn golygu \"prif ddisg caled ar yr ail reolydd IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"d\" yn golygu \"ddisg caled gwas ar yr ail reolydd IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Gyda disgiau caled SCSI mae \"a\" yn golygu'r \"enw SCSI isaf\", ac mae\n"
+" \"b\" yn golygu'r \"ail enw SCSI isaf\", ag ati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae \"Enw Windows\" yn cyfeirio at y llythyren y disg caled o dan\n"
+" Windows (\"C:\" yw'r ddisg  neu raniad cyntaf)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":gwiriwch y dewis gwlad. Os nad ydych yn y wlad hon cliciwch y\n"
+"botwm \"%s\"a dewis un arall. Os nad yw eich gwlad ar y rhestr gyntaf,\n"
+"cliciwch \"%s\" i edrych ar y rhestr gyflawn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae'r cam hwn yn cael ei weithredu os oes hen raniad GNU/Linux wedi\n"
+"ei ganfod ar y cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd DrakX angen gwybod a ydych am osod o'r newydd neu uwchraddio\n"
+"system Mandriva Linux presennol.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" Ar y cyfan, mae hwn yn tynnu'r hen system gyfan oddi ar eich\n"
+"cyfrifiadur. Er hynny, yn ddibynnol ar eich trefn rhannu, mae modd atal\n"
+"peth o'ch data (yn arbennig, cyfeiriaduron \"home\" ) rhag cael ei "
+"ysgrifennu drosto. Os ydych am newid rhaniadau eich disgiau caled, neu newid "
+"y\n"
+"system ffeil, dylech ddewis hwn.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": Mae'r dosbarth gosod hwn yn caniatáu i chi ddiweddaru'r\n"
+"pecynnau sydd wedi eu gosod ar eich system Mandriva Linux. Bydd eich\n"
+"rhaniadau presenol a'ch data personol yn cael eu cadw. Bydd y rhan fwyaf\n"
+"o'r camau ffurfweddu ar gael fel gyda'r gosod arferol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dylai defnyddio \"Diweddaru\" weithio'n iawn ar systemau Mandriva Linux\n"
+"sy'n rhedeg systemau \"8.1\" neu'n ddiweddarach. Nid yw uwchraddio\n"
+"fersiynau cyn Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" yn cael ei gymeradwyo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Fel arfer mae DrakX yn dewis y bysellfwrdd cywir ar eich cyfer ( gan "
+"ddibynnu pa\n"
+" iaith rydych wedi ei ddewis(). Gwiriwch fod y dewis yn addas neu dewiswch "
+"gynllun\n"
+"bysellfwrdd arall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Efallai nad oes gennych fysellfwrdd sy'n cyfateb yn union i'ch iaith: e.e., "
+"os ydych\n"
+"yn Americanwr sy'n siarad Cymraeg, efallai eich bod am gadw eich "
+"bysellfwrdd\n"
+"Americanaidd. Neu os ydych yn siarad Cymraeg ac yn byw yn Hong Kong mae'r\n"
+" un sefyllfa'n codi. Yn y ddwy achos bydd angen i chi fynd yn ôl i'r cam yma "
+"yn y\n"
+" gosodiad a dewis y bysellfwrdd perthnasol o'r rhestr.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch ar fotwm \"%s\" i dderbyn y rhestr o fysellfyrddau sy'n cael eu "
+"cynnal.\n"
+" \n"
+"Os fyddwch yn dewis cynllun bysellfwrdd wedi ei seilio ar wyddor an-"
+"Lladinaidd, \n"
+"bydd y deialog nesaf yn caniatáu i chi ddewis rwymiad allwedd fydd yn newid "
+"y\n"
+"bysellfwrdd rhwng cynlluniau Lladin ac an-Lladin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Y cam cyntaf yw dewis eich hoff iaith.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd eich dewis iaith yn effeithio ar iaith y gosodwr, y ddogfennaeth\n"
+" a'r system yn gyffredinol. Dewiswch yr ardal lle rydych ac yna eich iaith.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn caniatáu i chi ddewis ieithoedd eraill\n"
+"i'w gosod ar eich peiriant gwaith. Bydd dewis ieithoedd eraill yn gosod\n"
+"ffeiliau  penodol sy'n cynnwys dogfennaeth a rhaglenni yn yr ieithoedd\n"
+"hynny. Er enghraifft, os ydych yn westeiwr ar gyfer defnyddwyr o Sbaen,\n"
+"dewiswch Gymraeg fel y rhagosodedig yng ngolwg coeden ac yn yr Uwch\n"
+"adran cliciwch \"%s\". \n"
+"\n"
+"Ynghylch cefnogaeth UTF-8 (unicode): Amgodiad nod newydd yw Unicode\n"
+"sydd i gynnwys pob iaith. Er hynny, mae cefnogaeth i bob iaith o fewn\n"
+"GNU/Linux yn dal yn cael ei ddatblygu Oherwydd hynn mae defnydd\n"
+"Mandriva Linux o UTF-8 yn ddibynnol ar ddewis y defnyddiwr:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Os ydych yn dewis iaith gyda hen amgodiad cryf (ieithoedd lladin1\n"
+"Rwsieg, Siapanëeg, Tsieinëeg, Corëeg, Thai, Groeg, Twrceg, y rhan\n"
+" fwyaf o ieithoedd iso-8859-2) bydd yr hen amgodiad yn cael ei ddefnyddio;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bydd ieithoedd eraill yn defnyddio unicode drwy ragosodiad;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Os oes angen dwy neu fwy o ieithoedd, ac nid yw'r ddwy iaith yn "
+"defnyddio'r\n"
+"un amgodiad, yna bydd unicode yn cael ei ddefnyddio drwy'r holl system\n"
+"\n"
+" * Yn olaf, mae modd gorfodi'r defnydd o unicode drwy'r system gyfan ar\n"
+"gais y defnyddiwr drwy ddewis  \"%s\" yn annibynnol o ba iaith sydd wedi cêl "
+"ei ddewis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer bod modd gosod mwy nag un iaith. Mae modd i chi ddewis mwy\n"
+"nag un, neu hyd yn oed eu gosod i gyd, drwy ddewis y blwch \"%s\".\n"
+"Mae dewis cefnogaeth i bob iaith yn golygu gosod cyfieithiadau, ffontiau, \n"
+"gwiryddion sillafu, ag ati, ar gyfer yr iaith honno.\n"
+"\n"
+"I newid rhwng yr ieithoedd amrywiol sydd ar y system gallwch gychwyn\n"
+"y gorchymyn  \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" fel \"root\" i newid yr iaith\n"
+"sy'n cael ei ddefnyddio gan y system gyfan. Bydd rhedeg y gorchymyn fel\n"
+"defnyddiwr cyffredin yn gweithio dim ond ar gyfer yr unigolyn hwnnw."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Sbaeneg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Fel rheol does gan DrakX ddim problem yn canfod y nifer o fotymau ar eich\n"
+"llygoden. Os yw, bydd yn cymryd for gennych lygoden dau fotwm a bydd yn\n"
+"ffurfweddu efelychiad trydydd botwm. Mae modd pwyso trydydd botwm\n"
+"llygoden dau fotwm ar unwaith gan glicio'r botymau chwith a de. Bydd DrakX\n"
+"yn gwybod yn awtomatig p'un ai yw'r llygoden yn defnyddio rhyngwyneb PS/2\n"
+"cyfresol neu USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lle mae gennych lygoden 3 botwm heb olwyn, cewch ddewis y llygoden sy'n\n"
+"dweud  \"%s\". Bydd DrakX yn ffurfweddu eich llygoden fel bod modd "
+"efelychu'r\n"
+"olwyn gydag ef: i wneud hynny pwyswch y botwm canol a symud eich llygoden "
+"nôl a blaen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os am ryw reswm yr hoffech nodi llygoden o fath gwahanol, dewiswch un\n"
+"o'r rhestr amgaeëdig.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gallwch ddewis \"%s\" i ddewis math llygoden ``generic'' sy'n gweithio gyda\n"
+"bron bob llygoden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os fyddwch yn dewis llygoden wahanol i'r rhagosodedig gyd sgrin\n"
+"profi'n cael ei ddangos. Defnyddiwch y botymau a'r olwyn i wirio fod\n"
+"y gosodiadau'n gywir a bod y llygoden yn gweithio'n iawn. Os nad yw'r\n"
+"llygoden yn gweithio'n dda, pwyswch y bar bylchu neu fysell [Return] i\n"
+"i ddiddymu'r prawf ac i fynd nôl i'r rhestr dewis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ar brydiau nid yw llygod olwyn yn cael eu canfod yn awtomatig, felly bydd\n"
+"angen dewis eich llygoden o'r rhestr. Gwnewch yn siŵr eich bod yn dewis\n"
+"y porth sy'n cyfateb i le mae eich llygoden. Ar ôl dewis llygoden a "
+"phwyso'r\n"
+"botwm \"%s\" , bydd delwedd llygoden yn cael ei dangos ar y sgrin. Trowch\n"
+"olwyn y llygoden i sicrhau ei fod yn gweithio'n iawn. Unwaith i chi weld yr\n"
+"olwyn ar y sgrin yn symud wrth i chi droi'r olwyn. profwch y botymau a "
+"gwirio fod\n"
+"pwyntydd y llygoden yn symud ar y sgrin wrth i chi symud y llygoden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gydag efelychiad Olwyn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Cyffredinol | Unrhyw lygoden PS/2 ac USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch y porth cywir. Mae porth \"COM1\" o dan MS Windows yn cael ei alw "
+"yn\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" yn GNU/Linux, e.e."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae hwn yn fan pwysig ynghylch diogelwch eich system GNU/Linux; rhaid\n"
+"rhoi cyfrinair \"root\".\"Root\" yw gweinyddwr y system a'r unig un sydd â'r "
+"hawl\n"
+"i wneud diweddariadau, ychwanegu defnyddwyr, newid ffurfweddiad cyffredinol\n"
+"y system, ac yn y blaen. Yn fyr mae \"root\" yn medru gwneud popeth! Dyna\n"
+"pam mae'n rhaid dewis cyfrinair sy'n anodd ei ddyfalu - bydd DrakX yn dweud\n"
+"wrthych os yw'n rhy hawdd. Fel y gwelwch, mae modd peidio gorfod cynnig\n"
+"cyfrinair, ond rydym yn argymell yn erbyn hyn, hyd yn oed am un rheswm:\n"
+"peidiwch â meddwl bod eich systemau gweithredu eraill yn ddiogel rhag\n"
+"camgymeriadau, gan eich bod wedi cychwyn o GNU/Linux. Gan fod \"root\" yn\n"
+"medru goresgyn unrhyw gyfyngiadau a dileu data'n anfwriadol ar bob rhaniad,\n"
+"drwy fynd at y rhaniadau'n ddi-hid, yna mae'n bwysig ei gwneud hi'n anodd "
+"bod\n"
+"yn \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Dylai'r cyfrinair fod yn gyfuniad o rifau a llythrennau ac o leiaf 8 nod o "
+"hyd.\n"
+"Peidiwch ysgrifennu cyfrinair \"root\" ar bapur - bydd yn ei gwneud hi'n "
+"rhy\n"
+"hawdd gwanhau'r system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Er hynny, peidiwch â gwneud y cyfrinair yn rhy hir neu gymhleth am fod rhaid "
+"i\n"
+"chi fedri ei gofio heb ormod o drafferth.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ni fydd y cyfrinair yn cael ei ddangos ar y sgrin wrth i chi ei deipio. "
+"Felly bydd\n"
+" rhaid i chi deipio'r cyfrinair ddwywaith i leihau'r siawns o deipio gwall. "
+"Os ydych\n"
+"yn digwydd gwneud yr un gwall teipio ddwywaith, bydd rhaid defnyddio'r "
+"cyfrinair\n"
+"\"anghywir\" i gychwyn y tro cyntaf fel \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Os hoffech i fynediad i'r cyfrifiadur gael ei reoli gan wasanaethwr dilysu, "
+"cliciwch\n"
+"y botwm \"%s\".\n"
+"Os yw eich rhwydwaith yn defnyddio protocol gwasanaethau dilysu LDAP, NIS\n"
+"neu PDC Windows Domain, dewiswch un addas fel \"%s\",\n"
+"Os nad ydych yn gwybod,  gofynnwch i'ch gweinyddwr rhwydwaith\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn cael anawsterau atgoffa cyfrineiriau, gallwch ddewis\n"
+"\"%s\", os na fydd eich cyfrifiadur yn cael cyswllt â'r we ac rydych\n"
+"yn ymddiried yn y defnyddiwr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "dilysu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Rhaglen fechan yw'r cychwynnwr sy'n cael ei gychwyn gan y cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"Mae'n gyfrifol am gychwyn y system i gyd. Fel rheol mae'r rhan yma'n\n"
+"digwydd yn awtomatig. Bydd DrakX yn dadansoddi'r adran cychwyn\n"
+"disg a gweithredu yn â'r yr hyn mae'n ei ganfod yno.\n"
+"\n"
+" *os yw'n canfod adran cychwyn Windows, bydd yn ei amnewid gyda\n"
+"adran cychwyn GRUB/LILO. O ganlyniad bydd modd i chi gychwyn un\n"
+"ai GNU/Linux neu system arall.\n"
+"\n"
+" *os fydd adran gychwyn GRUB neu LILO'n cael ei ganfod bydd yn ei\n"
+"amnewid gydag un mwy diweddar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad yw'n medru penderfynu, bydd DrakX yn gofyn i chi lle i osod\n"
+"y cychwynnydd. Yn gyffredinol, \"%s\" yw'r man mwyaf diogel. Ni fydd\n"
+" dewis \"%s\" yn gosod cychwynnydd. Dim ond ar gyfer y gwybodus."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Yma byddwn yn dewis system argraffu i'ch cyfrifiadur ei ddefnyddio. Efallai\n"
+"bod systemau eraill yn cynnig un i chi, ond mae Mandriva yn cynnig dwy.\n"
+"Mae 'r systemau'n addas gar gyfer ffurfweddiad arbennig.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" - sy'n golygu \"print, do not queue\", yw'r dewis os oes gennych\n"
+"gysylltiad uniongyrchol â'ch argraffydd a'ch bod eisiau medru tynnu allan o "
+"waith\n"
+"argraffu pan fo'r papur wedi mynd yn sownd ac nad oes gennych argraffyddion\n"
+"wedi eu cysylltu drwy rwydwaith. (Dim ond rhwydweithiau syml mae \"%s\" yn "
+"ei\n"
+"drin ac mae'n araf ar rwydweithiau). Dewiswch \"pdq\" os mai dyma yw eich\n"
+"tro cyntaf yn GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\". Mae hwn yn dda ar gyfer\n"
+"argraffu i argraffyddion lleol a hanner ffordd rownd y byd. Mae'n symlach, "
+"yn\n"
+"gallu gweithredu fel gwasanaethwr neu gleient ar gyfer yr hen system \"lpd"
+"\"\n"
+"ac felly mae'n cydweddi â'r systemau sydd wedi mynd o'i flaen. Mae'n gallu\n"
+"gwneud nifer o driciau, ond mae bron mor syml i'w osod  \"pdq\". Os ydych\n"
+"amgen hwn i efelychu gwasanaethwr \"lpd\", yna rhaid cychwyn aemon\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\". Mae gan \"%s\" wyneb graffigol ar gyfer argraffu dewis\n"
+"argraffydd neu reoli'r argraffu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn dewis yn awr ac yn ddiweddarach yn penderfynu eich bod\n"
+"am newid eich system argraffu gallwch ei newid drwy gyfrwng PrinterDrake\n"
+"yng Nghanolfan Rheoli Mandriva a chlicio'r botwm %s."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Arbenigwr"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Bydd DrakX yn canfod unrhyw ddyfais IDE sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Bydd yn\n"
+"chwilio am un neu fwy o gardiau SCSI PCI ar eich system. Os oes Cerdyn\n"
+"SCSI'n cael ei ganfod bydd DrakX yn awtomatig yn gosod y gyrrwr priodol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oherwydd nad yw canfod caledwedd bob tro'n canfod darn o galedwedd,\n"
+"gall DrakX fethu canfod eich disgiau caled. Os felly, bydd rhaid i chi "
+"bennu\n"
+"eich caledwedd â llaw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych wedi pennu eich addaswr PCI SCS gyda llaw, bydd DrakX yn\n"
+"gofyn i chi ydych am bennu dewisiadau ar ei gyfer. Dylech adael i DrakX "
+"ofyn\n"
+"i'r cerdyn am ddewisiadau penodol i'r cerdyn mae angen i'r caledwedd eu\n"
+"cychwyn. Mae hyn fel rheol yn gweithio'n dda\n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad yw DrakX yn gallu holi am y dewisiadau sydd eu hangen, bydd rhaid i\n"
+" chi ffurfweddu'r gyrrwr gyda llaw. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":  os yw cerdyn sain yn cael ei ganfod ar eich cyfrifiadur, bydd \n"
+"yn cael ei ddangos yma. Os ydych yn sylwi nad y cerdyn sain sydd ar eich\n"
+"cyfrifiadur sy'n cael ei ddangos, yna cliciwch ar y botwm a dewis\n"
+"gyrrwr arall."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"I grynhoi, bydd DrakX yn cyflwyno crynodeb o'r wybodaeth amrywiol\n"
+"sydd ganddo am eich system. Yn ddibynnol ar eich caledwedd, mae'n bosib\n"
+"bod gennych rywfaint o'r nodweddion canlynol. Mae pob cofnod yn cynnwys\n"
+"eitem ffurfweddadwy, a chrynodeb o'r ffurfweddiad presennol. Cliciwch ar y\n"
+"botwm \"%s\" perthnasol i'w newid.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio ffurfweddiad map y bysellfwrdd a'i newid os oes angen.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio'r dewis gwlad. Os nad ydych yn y wlad hon, cliciwch y "
+"botwm\n"
+"\"%s\" a dewis un arall. Os nad yw eich gwlad ar y rhestr gyntaf i'w\n"
+"dangos, cliciwch y botwm \"%s\"  am y rhestr gyflawn o wledydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": Mae DrakX yn dyfalu eich parth amser yn ôl y wlad rydych\n"
+"wedi ei dewis. Mae modd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" i'w gywiro.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio ffurfweddiad y llygoden bresennol a chlicio ar y botwm\n"
+"i'w newid os oes angen.\n"
+"\n"
+" \"%s\": bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn agor y dewin\n"
+"ffurfweddu argraffydd. Darllenwch y pennawd yn y \"Starter Guide\" ar\n"
+"sut i osod argraffydd newydd. Mae'r rhyngwyneb yn debyg i'r un ar gyfer\n"
+"ei osod yn y man cyntaf.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": os oes cerdyn sain wedi ei ganfod ar eich system bydd\n"
+"yn cael ei ddangos yma.  Os ydych yn sylwi nad y cerdyn sain sy'n cael ei\n"
+"ddangos yw'r un sydd ar eich system, yna cliciwch y botwm a dewis\n"
+"gyrrwr arall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os oes cerdyn teledu wedi ei ganfod ar eich system\n"
+"bydd yn cael ei ddangos yma. Os oes gennych gerdyn ac nid yw wedi cael\n"
+"ei ganfod, cliciwch \"%s\" i geisio ei ffurfweddu â llaw.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliciwch ar \"%s\" i newid paramedrau cysylltiedig â'r cerdyn\n"
+"os yw'r ffurfweddiad yn anghywir.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": fel rheol bydd DrakX yn gosod eich rhyngwyneb\n"
+"i gydraniad  \"800x600\" neu \"1024x768\". Os nad yw hyn yn addas ar\n"
+"eich cyfer cliciwch y botwm \"%s\" i'w newid.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych am ffurfweddu eich mynediad i'r Rhyngrwyd neu\n"
+"eich rhwydwaith lleol, mae modd gwneud hynny. Darllenwch y deunydd\n"
+"ysgrifenedig neu ddefnyddio Canolfan Reoli Mandriva Linux wedi i'r gosod\n"
+"orffen i fanteisio ar gymorth ar-lein llawn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych am ffurfweddu cyfeiriadau dirprwyol HTTP ac FTP os\n"
+"yw'r peiriant rydych yn ei osod i fod tu nôl i weinydd dirprwyol.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae modd ail ddiffinio'r lefel diogelwch a osodwyd yn\n"
+"flaenorol ().\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'n syniad da gosod mur cadarn i'ch amddiffyn rhag\n"
+"ymyriadau os ydych yn bwriadu cysylltu eich cyfrifiadur â'r Rhyngrwyd.\n"
+"Darllenwch y bennod berthnasol yn y \"Starter Guide\" am fanylion\n"
+"gosodiadau mur cadarn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os hoffech newid ffurfweddiad eich cychwynnwr\n"
+"cliciwch y botwm yma. Ar gyfer defnyddwyr profiadol. Darllenwch y\n"
+"deunydd ysgrifenedig  neu'r cymorth ar-lein am ffurfweddiad\n"
+"cychwynwyr yng Nghanolfan Rheoli Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": yma bydd modd i chi wneud man newidiadau i'r\n"
+"gwasanaethau sy'n cael eu rhedeg ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os ydych yn\n"
+" bwriadu defnyddio'r cyfrifiadur fel gwasanaethwr mae'n syniad da\n"
+"darllen y gosodiadau'n fanwl."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Cerdyn ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Rhyngwyneb Graffigol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch y ddisg galed rydych am ei ddileu er mwy n gosod eich rhaniad\n"
+"Mandriva Linux newydd. Byddwch ofalus, bydd yr holl ddata sydd arno'n\n"
+"cael ei ddileu ac ni fydd modd ei adfer!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddileu'r holl ddata a rhaniadau sy'n bresennol\n"
+"ar y disg. Byddwch ofalus, wedi i chi glicio \"%s\" ni fydd modd i chi\n"
+"adfer unrhyw ddata na rhaniadau presennol ar y disg caled, gan gynnwys\n"
+"data Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" i atal y weithred hon heb golli unrhyw ddata\n"
+"a rhaniadau sy'n bresennol ar y ddisg galed."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Nesaf ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Blaenorol"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6d4c540f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1906 @@
+# translation of da.po to
+# translation of da1.po to Danish
+# translation of da.po to Danish
+# translation of DrakX-da.po to Danish
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Troels Liebe Bentsen <tlb@iname.com> 2000.
+# Keld Simonsen <keld@dkuug.dk>, 2000-2003, 2004, 2005.
+# Keld Simonsen <keld@rap.dk>, 2005, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: da\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 18:46+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Keld Simonsen <keld@rap.dk>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <da@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Før du går videre bør du læse betingelserne i licensen omhyggeligt.  Den "
+"omfatter hele Mandriva Linux distributionen. Hvis du er enig i alle "
+"betingelserne i den, så klik på '%s'-boksen. Hvis ikke, så vil klikning på "
+"\"%s\"-knappen genstarte din maskine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er et flerbrugersystem, det vil sige at hver bruger kan have sine "
+"egne præferencer, sine egne filer og så videre. Du kan læse "
+"startvejledningen for at lære mere om flerbrugersystemer.\n"
+"Men i modsætning til 'root', som er systemadministratoren, vil brugerne som "
+"du tilføjer her ikke have lov til at ændre nogetsomhelst, undtagen deres "
+"egne filer og deres egne opsætninger, hvilket beskytter systemet mod "
+"utilsigtede eller ondartede ændringer som påvirker hele systemet. Du skal "
+"oprette i det mindste én almindelig bruger til dig selv - dette er den konto "
+"som du bør bruge til almindelig dagligt brug. Selvom det er meget nemt at "
+"logge ind som root for at gøre alt, kan det også være meget farligt!\n"
+"En meget simpel fejltagelse kan betyde at dit system ikke virker mere. Hvis "
+"du laver en alvorlig fejltagelse som almindelig bruger, vil det værste der "
+"kan ske at du vil tabe nogen information, men det vil ikke påvirke hele "
+"systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det første felt spørger efter dit rigtige navn. Dette er naturligvis ikke "
+"krævet -du kan faktisk skrive hvad du lyster. DrakX vil bruge det første ord "
+"du indtastede i feltet og kopiere det til '%s'-feltet, hvilket er navnet, "
+"som denne bruger skal indtaste for at logge ind på systemet. Hvis du ønsker "
+"det kan du tilsidesætte det forvalgte og ændre brugernavnet. Det næste trin "
+"er at indtaste en adgangskode. Fra et sikkerhedsmæssigt synspunkt er "
+"adgangskoden for en ikke-priviligeret (normal) bruger er ikke så afgørende "
+"som 'Root'-adgangskoden, men det er ingen grund til at negligere det "
+"alligevel, ved at lade det være blankt eller at gøre det for nemt - når det "
+"kommer til stykket er det dine egne filer, der er i fare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du har klikket på '%s', kan du tilføje andre brugere. Tilføj en bruger "
+"for hver af dine venner, din far eller din søster. Når du har tilføjet alle "
+"de brugere du ønsker, klik da på '%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s'-knappen lader dig ændre standard-'skál' for denne bruger\n"
+"(bash er standard). \n"
+"\n"
+"Når du er færdig med at tilføje brugere, vil du blive spurgt om at vælge en "
+"bruger som automatisk kan logge ind på systemet når maskinen startes op. "
+"Hvis du er interesseret i denne facilitet (og ikke kærer dig synderligt om "
+"lokal sikkerhed), så vælg den ønskede bruger og vindueshåndtering og klik '%"
+"s'. Hvis du ikke er interesseret i denne facilitet, så afmarkér boksen med '%"
+"s'."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ønsker du at bruge denne facilitet?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er listet de eksisterende Linux-partitioner genkendt på din disk. Du kan "
+"beholde valgene gjort af vejlederen, de er velegnede til almindelig brug. "
+"Hvis du ændrer disse valg skal du i det mindste definere en rod-partition "
+"'/'. Lad være med at vælge en for lille partition, ellers vil du ikke kunne "
+"installere nok programmel. Hvis du ønsker at lagre data på en separat "
+"partition, skal du også vælge en '/home' (kun muligt hvis du har mere end én "
+"Linux-partition). \n"
+"Hver partition er listet som følger: 'Navn', 'Kapacitet'.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Navn' er kodet som følger: 'drevtype', 'drevnummer', "
+"'partitionsnummer' (for eksempel '/hda1').\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevtype' er 'hd' hvis dit diskdrev er et IDE drev, og 'sd' hvis det er et "
+"SCSI drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevnummer' er altid et bogstav efter 'hd' eller 'sd'. For IDE drev:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'a' betyder 'hoved-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'b' betyder 'slave-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'c' betyder 'hoved-drev på den sækundære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'd' betyder 'slave-drev på den sækundære IDE controller'.\n"
+"\n"
+"For SCSI drev betyder 'a' det 'første drev', 'b' betyder det 'andet drev', "
+"osv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux installationen bliver distribueret på flere cdrom-er. Hvis en "
+"valgt pakke ligger på en anden cdrom, vil DrakX udskyde den nuværende cd og "
+"bede dig om at isætte den forespurgte cd. Hvis du ikke har den forespurgte "
+"cd ved hånden, så klik bare på '%s' - de tilsvarende pakker vil da ikke "
+"blive installerede."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er nu tid til at angive hvilke pakker du vil installere på dit system. "
+"Der er tusindvis af pakker til dit Mandriva Linux system, og for at gøre det "
+"nemmere at håndtere dem er pakkerne blevet placeret i grupper af lignende "
+"programmer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux opdeler pakkegrupper i fire kategorier. Du kan vælge og vrage "
+"programmer fra de forskellige grupper, så en installation af "
+"'Arbejdsstation' kan også have programmer fra 'Udvikling'-kategorien "
+"installeret.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis din maskine skal bruges som en arbejdsstation, vælg da en "
+"eller flere af programmerne der er i arbejdsstationskategorien.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis du vil bruge maskinen til programmering, vælg da de relevante "
+"pakker fra denne kategori. Den særlige 'LSB'-gruppe vil konfigurere dit "
+"system så det er så meget som muligt i overensstemmelse med Linux Standards "
+"Base specifikationerne.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Valg af 'LSB'-gruppen vil også installere kerne '2.4'-serien, i stedet "
+"for den normale '2.6'-kerne. Dette for at sikre 100%% LSB overensstemmelse "
+"for systemet. Hvis du ikke vælger -LSB--gruppen vil du dog stadig have et "
+"system der er næsten 100%% LSB-overensstemmende.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis det er planen at maskinen skal være en server, så vælg de mere "
+"almindelige tjenester, som du ønsker at installere på maskinen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': her skal du vælge foretrukne grafiske miljø. Vælg mindst ét, hvis "
+"du ønsker at have en grafisk grænseflade tilgængelig.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved flytning af musen over et gruppenavn vises en kort forklarende tekst om "
+"denne gruppe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan afkrydse '%s'-boksen, hvilket er nyttigt hvis du er bekendt med de "
+"pakker der tilbydes, eller hvis du ønsker at have helt styr på hvad der skal "
+"installeres.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du starter installationen i '%s'-tilstand, kan du fravælge alle grupper "
+"og forhindre installationen af enhver ny pakke. Dette er nyttigt ved "
+"reparation eller opdatering af et ekisterende system.\n"
+" \n"
+"Hvis du fravælger alle grupper ved udførelse af en almindelig installation "
+"(i modsætning til en opgradering), vil en dialog komme frem som foreslår "
+"dig  forskellige former for minimal installation: \n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' installerer de færrest mulige antal pakker for at få en fungerende "
+"grafisk arbejdsstation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' installerer det basale system plus basale nytteprogrammer og "
+"tilhørende dokumentation. Denne installation er passende til at sætte en "
+"server op.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' vil installere det absolut mindst mulige antal pakker nødvendigt for "
+"at få et virkende Linux-system. Med denne installation fås kun en "
+"grænseflade med kommandolinjer. Den totale størrelse af denne installation "
+"er omkring 65 megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opgradér"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Med basal dokumentation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Virkeligt minimale installation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vælger at installere pakker individuelt, vil installeringen vise et "
+"træ med alle pakker opdelt i grupper og undergrupper. Under gennembladring "
+"af træet kan du udvælge hele grupper, undergrupper eller individuelle "
+"pakker.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver gang du udvælger en pakke i træet vil en beskrivelse fremkomme til "
+"højre for at lade dig vide formålet med denne pakke. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! Når en server-pakke er blevet valgt, enten fordi du specielt valgte den "
+"individuelle pakke, eller fordi den var en del af en gruppe af pakker, vil "
+"du blive spurgt om at bekræfte at du virkelig ønsker at installere disse "
+"servere. Som standard under Mandriva Linux bliver installerede servere "
+"startet op ved opstart af maskinen. Selvom de er sikre og ikke har nogen "
+"kendte problemer på udgivelsestidspunktet for distributionen, er det absolut "
+"muligt at sikkerhedshuller blev opdaget efter at denne version af Mandriva "
+"Linux blev færdiggjort. Hvis du ikke véd hvad en bestemt tjeneste vil gøre "
+"eller hvorfor den skal installeres, så klik '%s' her. Et klik med '%s' her "
+"vil installere de nævnte servere og de vil blive startet automatisk under "
+"opstarten!!\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s'-valget deaktiverer advarselsdialogen, som vises hver gang "
+"installeringsprogrammet automatisk vælger en pakke for at løse et "
+"afhængighedsproblem. Nogen pakker afhænger af andre oginstallation af en "
+"bestemt pakke kan kræve installationen af andre pakker. "
+"Installationsprogrammet kan beregne hvilke pakker der er krævet for at "
+"tilfredsstille en afhængighed for at kunne færdiggøre en installation "
+"problemfrit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Den klejne disketteikon i bunden af listen muliggør indlæsning af en "
+"pakkeliste oprettet ved en tidligere installation. Dette er nyttigt hvis du "
+"har et antal maskiner som du ønsker at konfigurere på samme måde. Klik på "
+"denne ikon vil bede dig om at indsætte disketten lavet i slutningen på en "
+"anden installation. Se råd nr to i det sidste trin for hvordan en sådan "
+"diskette kan laves."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatiske afhængigheder"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Et klik på '%s'-knappen vil åbne vejlederen for printerkonfigurering. "
+"Kig i det tilhørende kapitel i 'Startvejledningen' for mere information om "
+"hvordan man opsætter en ny printer. Grænsefladen\n"
+"præsenteret i vores manual ligner den som bruges på installationstidspunktet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Denne dialog bruges til at vælge hvilke tjenester du ønsker skal startes ved "
+"opstart af maskinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX vil præsentere alle tjenester, som er med i den aktuelle installation. "
+"Gennemse hver enkelt af dem omhyggeligt og vælg dem fra som ikke er "
+"nødvendige på opstartstidspunktet.\n"
+"\n"
+"En kort forklarende tekst om en tjeneste bliver vist når den vælges. Hvis du "
+"ikke er sikker på om en tjeneste er nyttig eller ej, er det dog sikrere at "
+"bruge den foreslåede opførsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vær specielt varsom på dette trin hvis du planlægger at bruge maskinen som "
+"server: du vil formentlig ønske ikke at starte nogensomhelst tjeneste op som "
+"du ikke har brug for. Husk at nogen tjenester kan være farlige hvis de er "
+"aktiveret på en server. Vælg som hovedregel kun de tjenester som du virkelig "
+"behøver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux håndterer tiden i GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) og oversætter den til "
+"lokal tid ifølge den tidszone du har valgt. Hvis uret på bundkortet er sat "
+"til lokal tid, kan du deaktivere dette ved at fravælge '%s', hvilket vil "
+"lade GNU/Linux vide at systemuret og maskinens ur er i samme tidszone. Dette "
+"er nyttigt når maskinen også bruges til andre operativsystemer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Muligheden '%s' vil automatisk tilpasse systemuret ved at forbinde til en "
+"ekstern tidsserver på internettet. For at denne facilitet kan virke, skal du "
+"have en fungerende internetforbindelse. Vi anbefaler at du vælger en "
+"tidsserver med en placering nær ved dig. Denne mulighed installerer faktisk "
+"en tidsserver som også kan bruges af andre maskiner på dit lokalnetværk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatisk tidssynkronisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde og konfigurere "
+"grafikkortet installeret på din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er tilfældet, kan "
+"du fra denne liste vælge det kort du faktisk har installeret.\n"
+"   I tilfælde af at forskellige drivere er tilgængelige til dit kort, med "
+"eller uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der "
+"bedst opfylder dine behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) er hjertet af GNU/Linux' grafiske grænseflade som "
+"alle de grafiske miljøer (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, mv.) der "
+"kommer sammen med Mandriva Linux afhænger af.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du vil se en liste med forskellige parametre der kan ændres for at få den "
+"bedst mulige grafiske fremvisning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"grafikkortet installeret på din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er rigtigt kan du "
+"fra denne liste vælge det kort du faktisk har installeret.\n"
+"\n"
+"   I tilfælde af at forskellige drivere er tilgængelige til dit kort, med "
+"eller uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der "
+"bedst opfylder dine behov.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skærm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalt vil Installationsprogrammet automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"skærmen tilsluttet din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er rigtigt, kan du fra denne "
+"liste vælge den skærm som er tilsluttet din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du vælge de opløsninger og farvedybder som er tilstede for dit "
+"grafikudstyr. Vælg dem som bedst opfylder dine behov (du vil kunne ændre "
+"dette efter installationen). En prøve på den valgte konfiguration vil blive "
+"vist på skærmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhængigt af dit udstyr vil denne indgang muligvis ikke vises.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Systemet vil prøve at åbne en grafisk skærm i den ønskede opløsning. Hvis "
+"du ser testbeskeden under afprøvningen og svarer '%s', så vil DrakX gå "
+"videre til næste trin. Hvis du ikke ser beskeden, så betyder det at en del "
+"af den automatisk fundne konfiguration var forkert og testen vil automatisk "
+"slutte efter 12 sekunder, og bringe dig tilbage til menuen. Ændr "
+"indstillingerne til du får en korrekt grafisk fremvisning.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Valgmuligheder\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dette trin lader dig vælge om du ønsker at din maskine automatisk skal "
+"skifte til en grafisk grænseflade ved opstart. Selvfølgelig vil du ønske at "
+"svare '%s', hvis din maskine skal bruges som server, eller hvis ikke "
+"lykkedes dig at få skærmen konfigureret. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skærm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"skærmen tilsluttet din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er den rigtige, kan du i "
+"denne liste vælge den skærm du faktisk har tilsluttet din maskine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Opløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér kan du vælge opløsninger og farvedybder ud af de tilgængelige "
+"muligheder for dit udstyr. Vælg dem som bedst opfylder dine behov (du vil "
+"dog kunne ændre dette efter installationen). Et eksempel på den valgte "
+"konfiguration vil blive vist på skærmen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"I tilfælde af at forskellige servere er tilgængelige for dit kort, med eller "
+"uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der bedst "
+"opfylder dine behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Til sidst valgmulighederne\n"
+"\n"
+"Dette trin lader dig vælge om du ønsker automatisk at skifte til en grafisk "
+"grænseflade ved opstart. Selvfølgelig vil du ønske at svare '%s', hvis din "
+"maskine skal bruges som server, eller hvis ikke lykkedes dig at få skærmen "
+"konfigureret."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu skal du vælge hvor på din harddisk du vil installere dit Mandriva Linux-"
+"operativsystem. Hvis disken er tom eller et eksisterende operativsystem "
+"bruger alt pladsen på den, bliver du nødt til at partitionere drevet. "
+"Partitionering vil sige at diskdrevet opdeles i logiske dele for at lave den "
+"plads der behøves til at installere dit nye Mandriva Linux-system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da partitioneringen af en disk normalt ikke kan fortrydes og kan føre til "
+"tab af data, kan det godt være frustrerende og stressende for uøvede "
+"brugere. Heldigvis har DrakX en vejleder som forenkler denne proces. Før du "
+"fortsætter med dette trin kan du gennemlæse resten af dette afsnit, og ikke "
+"mindst tage dig den tid du behøver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhængig af dit diskdrevs konfiguration er flere muligheder tilstede:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Denne mulighed vil udføre en automatisk opdeling af dine tomme "
+"diskdrev. Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil du ikke blive spurgt om mere.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Vejlederen har fundet en eller flere eksisterende Linux-partitioner "
+"på dit diskdrev. Hvis du vil bruge dem, så vælg denne mulighed. Du vil så "
+"blive spurgt om monteringspunkter tilknyttet hver af partitionerne. De gamle "
+"monteringspunkter er forvalgt og i de fleste tilfælde er det en god idé at "
+"beholde dem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis Microsoft Windows er installeret på din disk og bruger al "
+"pladsen, bliver du nødt til at lave fri plads til GNU/Linux. For at gøre "
+"dette kan du slette dine Microsoft Windows partitioner og data (se "
+"muligheden \"Slet hele disken\") eller ændre størrelsen på din Microsoft "
+"Windows-FAT- eller NTFS-partition. Størrelsesændringen kan fortages uden tab "
+"af data, hvis du i forvejen har defragmenteret Windows-partitionen. Det "
+"anbefales på det kraftigste at du laver en sikkerhedskopi først. Denne "
+"mulighed anbefales hvis du vil bruge både Mandriva Linux og Microsoft "
+"Windows på samme maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Før du vælger denne løsning, bør du forstå at størrelsen på din Microsoft "
+"Windows partition vil blive mindre end da du startede. Du vil have mindre "
+"fri plads under Microsoft Windows til at gemme dine data eller installere "
+"nyt programmel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis du vil slette alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk og "
+"erstatte dem med dit nye Mandriva Linux-system, kan du vælge denne mulighed. "
+"Vær forsigtig, for du vil ikke være i stand til at fortryde denne handling "
+"efter at du har sagt ja.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil alle eksisterende data på din disk "
+"gå tabt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Denne mulighed kommer til syne når diskdrevet er fuldstændigt "
+"optaget af Microsoft Windows. Valg af denne mulighed vil simpelthen slette "
+"alt på disken og begynde fra en frisk, og partitionere det hele fra ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil alle eksisterende data på din disk "
+"gå tabt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Vælg denne mulighed hvis du vil partitionere disken i hånden. Vær "
+"forsigtig - det er en stærk , men også farlig mulighed. og du kan meget nemt "
+"komme til at slette alle dine data. Derfor er denne mulighed kun anbefalet "
+"hvis du har lavet noget lignende før og har nogen erfaring. For flere "
+"instruktioner om brugen af DiskDrake-programmet kan du se i afsnittet "
+"'Administrér dine partitioner' i 'Startervejledningen'."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Brug eksisterende partition"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Slet hele disken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Værsgo'. Installationen en nu færdig og dit GNU/Linux-system er nu klar til "
+"brug. Klik blot på '%s' for at genstarte systemet. Glem ikke at fjerne "
+"installationsmediet (cdrom eller diskette). Den første ting, som du burde "
+"se, efter din maskine har lavet sine test af maskinel, er opstartsmenuen, "
+"som lader dig vælge det operativsystem der skal startes.\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s'-knappen viser to ekstra knapper for:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': at oprette en installerings-diskette, som automatisk vil udføre en "
+"hel installation uden hjælp fra en operatør, magen til den installation du "
+"lige har konfigureret.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bemærk at to forskellige muligheder er tilstede efter klik på denne "
+"knap:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * '%s': Dette er en delvist automatiseret installering. "
+"Partitioneringstrinnet er den eneste interaktive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * '%s': Fuldautomatisk installering: harddisken bliver fuldstændig "
+"genoverskrevet, alle data forsvinder.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Denne facilitet er meget nyttig ved installering af et antal lignende "
+"maskiner. Se afsnittet om autoinstallering på vores websted for yderligere "
+"oplysninger.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s'(*): gemmer en liste med de pakker der er valgt under denne "
+"installation. For at bruge dette pakkevalg i en anden installation kan "
+"disketten indsættes i drevet og installeringen kan startes. Brug [F1]-tasten "
+"på opstartsskærmen og indtast >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< og trykke på "
+"[Enter]-tasten.\n"
+". \n"
+"(*) Du har brug for en FAT-formatteret diskette. For at lave en under GNU/"
+"Linux skal du taste\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", eller \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" fulgt af \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Lav autoinstallations-diskette"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vælger at genbruge nogle gamle GNU/Linux-partitioner, kan duønske at "
+"omformatere nogle af dem og slette de data som de indeholder. For at gøre "
+"dette skal du også  vælge disse partitioner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk at det ikke er nødvendigt at omformatere alle allerede eksisterende "
+"partitioner. Det er nødvendigt at omformatere de partitioner, der indeholder "
+"operativsystemet (såsom '/', '/usr' og '/var', men du er ikke nødt til at "
+"omformatere partitioner som du ønsker at beholde (typisk /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vær forsigtig med valg af partitioner; efter formatering vil alle data være "
+"slettede på de valgte partitioner, og du vil ikke kunne redde nogetsomhelst "
+"af det.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' når du er klar til at formatere partitionerne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' hvis du ønsker at vælge andre partitioner til at installere dit "
+"nye Mandriva Linux operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' for at vælge partitioner som du ønsker at tjekke for dårlige "
+"blokke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"På det tidspunkt hvor du installerer Mandriva Linux er det sandsynligt at "
+"nogen af pakkerne er blevet opdaterede siden den oprindelige udgivelse. Fejl "
+"er måske blevet rettet, og sikkerhedsproblemer måske løst. Det er nu muligt "
+"for dig at hente disse ned fra internettet for at disse opdateringer kan "
+"komme dig til gode. Vælg '%s' hvis du har en fungerende internet- "
+"forbindelse eller '%s' hvis du foretrækker at installere opdaterede pakker "
+"senere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valg af '%s' viser en liste af netsteder hvorfra opdateringer kan hentes. Du "
+"bør vælge en der er nær ved dig. Så vil et træ med pakkevalg blive vist: "
+"gennemse valget og tryk '%s' for at modtage og installere de valgte pakker "
+"eller '%s' for at afbryde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu vil DrakX give dig mulighed for at vælge det sikkerhedsniveau du ønsker "
+"for maskinen. Hovedreglen er at sikkerhedsniveauet bør sættes højere, hvis "
+"maskinen skal indeholde vigtige data, eller hvis den skal være direkte "
+"offentligt på Internettet. Men et højere sikkerhedsniveau vindes normalt på "
+"bekostning af letheden af anvendelsen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ikke véd hvad du skal vælge, så behold den foreslåede mulighed. Du "
+"vil kunne ændre det senere med værktøjet draksec som er en del af Mandriva "
+"Linux Kontrolcentret.\n"
+"\n"
+"Udfyld '%s'-feltet med epost-adressen på den person, som er ansvarlig for "
+"sikkerhed. Sikkerhedsmeddelelser vil blive sendt til denne adresse."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedsadministrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu skal du vælge hvilke partitioner som skal bruges til installering af dit "
+"Mandriva Linux system. Hvis partitionerne allerede er blevet defineret, "
+"enten fra en tidligere installation af GNU/Linux eller med et andet "
+"partitioneringsværktøj, kan du bruge de eksisterende partitioner. Ellers "
+"skal disk-partitionerne defineres først.\n"
+"\n"
+"For at lave partitioner skal du først vælge et diskdrev. Du kan vælge "
+"diskdrevet der skal partitioneres ved at trykke på \"hda\" for det første "
+"IDE drev, \"hdb\" for det andet eller \"sda\" for det første SCSI-drev og så "
+"videre.\n"
+"\n"
+"For at partitionere det valgte diskdrev kan du bruge disse muligheder:\n"
+"\n"
+"  * '%s': Dette valg sletter alle partitioner på det valgte diskdrev.\n"
+"\n"
+"  * '%s': dette valg tillader dig automatisk at lave Ext3 og swappartitioner "
+"på den fri plads på dit drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s': giver adgang til flere faciliteter:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Gemmer din partitionstabel på en diskette. Nyttigt ved senere "
+"redning af partitionstabellen, om nødvendigt. Det anbefales meget at du "
+"bruger dette trin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': lader dig genskabe en tidligere gemt partitionstabel fra diskette.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis din partitionstabel er beskadiget, kan du prøve at redde den "
+"med denne mulighed. Vær forsigtig og husk at det ikke altid virker.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': forkaster alle ændringer og genindlæser partitionstabellen som "
+"oprindeligt lå på diskdrevet\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': fravalg af denne mulighed vil tvinge brugere til at manuelt montere "
+"og afmontere medier såsom disketter og cdrommer\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis du ønsker at bruge vejlederen til at partitionere dit "
+"diskdrev, kan du bruge denne mulighed. Dette anbefales, hvis du ikke har den "
+"store forståelse om partitionering\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Du kan bruge denne mulighed for at annullere dine ændringer\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': giver mulighed for yderligere handlinger på partitioner (type, "
+"valgmuligheder, format) og giver mere information om diskdrevet\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': når du er færdig med partitionering af din disk, vil dette skrive "
+"ændringerne tilbage på disken.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved definering af en partitionsstørrelse kan du finjustere denne ved at "
+"bruge piletasterne på tastaturet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk: du kan nå enhver valgmulighed ved brug af tastaturet: navigér gennem "
+"partitionerne med Tab og op- og ned-pilene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når en partition er valgt kan du bruge:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c for at lave en ny partition (Når en tom partition er valgt)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d for at slette en partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m for at sætte et monteringssti\n"
+"\n"
+"For at få information om de forskellige tilgængelige filsystemstyper kan du "
+"læse kapitlet ext2fs i 'Referencemanualen'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du er i gang med at installere på en PPC-maskine skal du lave en lille "
+"HFS-'bootstrap'-partition på mindst 1 MB til Yaboot-systemstarteren. Hvis du "
+"vælger at lave partitionen en smule større, f.eks. 50 MB kan den være nyttig "
+"til at gemme en ekstra kerne og ramdisk-billede for nødsituationer ved "
+"opstart."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontering af flytbare medier"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skift mellem normal og ekspert-tilstand"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mere end én Microsoft Windows partition er blevet genkendt på dit diskdrev. "
+"Vælg den som du ønsker at ændre størrelse på for at kunne installere dit nye "
+"Mandriva Linux operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver partition er listet som følger: 'Linux navn', 'Windows navn', "
+"'Kapacitet'.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Linux navn' er kodet som følger: 'drevtype', 'drevnummer', "
+"'partitionsnummer' (for eksempel '/hda1').\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevtype' er 'hd' hvis dit diskdrev er et IDE drev, og 'sd' hvis det er et "
+"SCSI drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevnummer' er altid et bogstav efter 'hd' eller 'sd'. For IDE drev "
+"gælder:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'a' betyder 'hoved-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'b' betyder 'slave-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'c' betyder 'hoved-drev på den sækundære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'd' betyder 'slave-drev på den sækundære IDE controller'.\n"
+"\n"
+"For SCSI drev betyder 'a' det 'laveste SCSI-nummer', 'b' betyder det "
+"'næstlaveste SCSI-nummer', osv.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Windows navn' er det bogstav som dit drev har under Windows (den første\n"
+"disk eller partition kaldes 'C:')."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Tjek det aktuelle valg af land. Hvis du ikke er i dette land, så klik "
+"på '%s'-knappen og vælg et andet. Hvis dit land ikke er på den første liste "
+"der vistes, så klik på '%s'-knappen for at få den komplette liste over lande."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette trin bliver kun aktiveret hvis der bliver fundet en eksisterende\n"
+"GNU/Linux partition på din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX skal nu vide om du vil udføre en ny installation eller en opgradering\n"
+"af et eksisterende Mandriva Linux-system.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Dette vil stort sét slette hele det gamle system. Dog kan du "
+"afhængigt af din partitionsopsætning forhindre at nogen af dine ekisterende "
+"data (især kataloger i '/home') fra at blive overskrevet. Hvis du ønsker at "
+"ændre hvordan dine diskdrev er partitioneret, eller ændre på filsystemet, "
+"bør du bruge denne mulighed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Denne installationsklasse lader dig opgradere pakkene som er "
+"installeret på dit nuværende Mandriva Linux-system. Din nuværende "
+"partitionsopsætning og brugerdata bliver ikke berørt. De fleste andre "
+"konfigurationstrin forbliver tilgængelige, i lighed med en "
+"standardinstallation.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Opgradér\"-valget bør fungere fint på Mandriva Linux-systemer som kører "
+"version '8.1' eller nyere. Udførelse af Opgradér på versioner tidligere end "
+"Mandriva Linux '8.1' er ikke anbefalet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhængigt af det sprog du har valgt vil DrakX automatisk vælge en bestemt "
+"type tastaturopsætning. Tjek at valget er passende, eller vælg en anden "
+"tastaturudlægning.\n"
+"Men du har måske ikke et tastatur som svarer nøjagtigt til dit sprog: for "
+"eksempel hvis du er en engelsktalende svejtser, vil du måske have et "
+"svejtsisk tastatur. Eller hvis du taler engelsk og bor i Québec, er du måske "
+"i samme situation, hvor dit modersmål og tastaturet for landet ikke passer "
+"sammen. I begge tilfælde giver dette installationstrin mulighed for at vælge "
+"et passende tastatur fra listen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s'-tasten for at få víst en liste af understøttede tastaturer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du vælger en tastaturudlægning baseret på et ikke-latinsk alfabet, vil "
+"den næste dialog give dig mulighed for at vælge den tastekombination, der "
+"vil skifte mellem den latinske og den ikke-latinske udlægning."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Det første trin er at vælge dit foretrukne sprog.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dit valg af foretrukkent sprog vil påvirke sproget for installeringen, "
+"dokumentationen og systemet generelt. Vælg den verdensdel du befinder dig i, "
+"og så det sprog, du taler.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du klikker på '%s'-knappen kan du vælge andre sprog, der installeres  "
+"på maskinen, og derved installeres de sprogspecifikke filer for "
+"systemdokumentation og programmer. Hvis spanske brugere skal bruge din "
+"maskine, vælg da dansk som standardsproget i træ-visningen, og '%s' i den "
+"avancerede afdeling.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om UTF-8 (ISO 10646)-understøttelse. ISO 10646 er en ny tegnkodning som er "
+"beregnet til at dække alle eksiterende sprog. Dog er fuld understøttelse for "
+"dette i GNU/Linux stadig under udvikling. Af denne årsag vil Mandriva Linux' "
+"brug af UTF-8 afhænge af brugerens valg:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis du vælger et sprog som har en lang tradition for tegnkodning (latin1 "
+"sprog, russisk, japansk, kinesisk, koreansk, thai, græsk, tyrkisk, de fleste "
+"iso-8859-2 sprog) vil den traditionelle tegnkodning blive brugt som "
+"standard;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Andre sprog vil bruge ISO 10646 som standard;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis to eller flere sprog er krævet, og disse sprog ikke bruger samme "
+"kodning, så vil ISO 10646 blive brugt for hele systemet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Endeligt kan ISO 10646 blive gennemtvunget for brugeren på hele systemet "
+"på foranledning af brugeren ved at vælge muligheden '%s' uafhængigt af "
+"hvilket sprog der er valgt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk at du ikke er begrænset til at vælge et enkelt yderligere sprog. Du "
+"kan vælge flere sprog, eller endog installere dem alle ved at markere '%s'-"
+"boksen. Valg af understøttelse for et sprog betyder at oversættelser, "
+"skrifttyper, stavekontrol mv for dette sprog bliver installeret. \n"
+"For at skifte mellem de forskellige sprog installeret på systemet kan du "
+"starte programmet '/usr/sbin/localedrake' som 'root' for at ændre det sprog "
+"der bruges af hele systemet. Kørsel af dette program som almindelig bruger "
+"vil kun ændre sprogindstillingerne for denne bruger."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spansk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalt har DrakX ingen problemer med at finde ud af hvor mange knapper du "
+"har på din mus. Den antager at du har en to-knapsmus og vil lave en "
+"opsætning hvor den tredje knap emuleres. Den tredje knap for en to-knaps mus "
+"kan fås ved at trykke på den venstre og højre museknap samtidigt. DrakX vil "
+"automatisk vide om din mus bruger et PS/2, et serielt eller et USB-"
+"grænsesnit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du har en 3-knaps mus uden hjul, kan du vælge '%s'-musen. DrakX vil så "
+"konfigurere din mus så du kan simulere hjulet med den: for at gøre dette "
+"skal du trykke på midterknappen og flyttte op og ned på musen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker en anden type mus, vælg da den rigtige type mus fra den viste "
+"liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan vælge '%s'-indgangen for at få en 'generisk' musetype som vil virke "
+"med næsten alle mus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du vælger en mus forskellig fra den forvalgte, vil der blive vist en "
+"afprøvningsskærm. Brug knapperne og hjulet for at efterprøve om indstillerne "
+"er korrekte, og at musen virker korrekt. Hvis musen ikke virker godt, tryk "
+"da på mellemrumstangenten eller vognretur for at annullere testen, og du vil "
+"vende tilbage til listen med mus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til tider findes mus med hjul ikke automatisk, så du vil behøve at vælge din "
+"mus fra en liste. Forsikr dig om at du vælger den der passer til porten som "
+"din mus er tilsluttet. Efter valg af en mus og trykning på '%s'-knappen vil "
+"et billede blive vist med en mus på skærmen. Rul med musehjulet for at "
+"forsikre dig om at det er aktiveret korrekt. Når du ruller med dit musehjul "
+"vil du se musehjulet på skærmen bevæger sig. Afprøv knapperne og tjek at "
+"musemarkøren flytter sig når du flytter rundt på musen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "med hjul-emulering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universel | Alle PS/2 & USB mus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg den rigtige port. For eksempel er navnet for COM1-porten  under MS "
+"Windows 'ttyS0' under GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er den vanskeligste beslutning omkring sikkerheden af dit GNU/Linux- "
+"system: Du skal indtaste din 'root'-adgangskode. 'Root' er "
+"systemadministratoren og er den eneste bruger, der har lov til at lave "
+"opdateringer, tilføje brugere, ændre i den overordnede systemkonfiguration "
+"og så videre. Kort sagt, 'root' kan gøre alt! Derfor skal du vælge en "
+"adgangskode der er svær at gætte - DrakX vil fortælle dig hvis adgangskoden "
+"du valgte er for simpel. Som du kan se er du ikke tvunget til at indtaste en "
+"adgangskode, men vi advarer på det kraftigste mod dette. GNU/Linux er lige "
+"så udsat for behandlingsfejl som ethvert andet operativsystem. Da 'root' kan "
+"overvinde alle forhindringer og uforvarende slette alle data på partitioner "
+"ved sorgløst at behandle partitionerne selv, er det vigtigt at det er "
+"vanskeligt at blive 'root'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Adgangskoden bør være en blanding af bogstaver og tal og mindst 8 tegn "
+"langt. Skriv aldrig en adgangskode ned for 'root' - det gør det alt for nemt "
+"at bryde ind i dit system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gør dog ikke adgangskoden for lang eller for kompliceret da du skal være i "
+"stand til at huske den uden for stort besvær!\n"
+"\n"
+"Adgangskoden vil ikke blive vist på skærmen når du indtaster den. Du skal "
+"derfor indtaste adgangskoden to gange, for at begrænse risikoen for "
+"tastefejl. Hvis du kommer til at lave den samme tastefejl to gange, skal du "
+"bruge denne 'ukorrekte' adgangskode den første gang du prøver at koble op "
+"som 'root'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker at en autentificerings-server skal styre adgangen til din "
+"maskine, så klik på '%s'-knappen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis dit netværk bruger LDAP, NIS eller PDC Windows domæne-"
+"autentificeringstjenester, vælg da den rigtige som '%s'. Hvis du ikke véd "
+"hvilken der skal bruges, så bør du spørge din systemadministrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du har problemer med at huske adgangskoder, så kan du vælge '%s' hvis "
+"din maskine ikke vil være forbundet til Internettet, og du stoler på alle "
+"som kan få adgang til maskinen. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentifikation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"En opstartsindlæser er et lille program som startes af maskinen på "
+"opstartstidspunktet. Det er ansvarligt for at starte hele systemet op. "
+"Normalt er dette trin helt automatisk. DrakX vil analysere opstartssektoren "
+"på disken og handle ud fra det som findes der.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en opstartssektor for Windows bliver fundet, vil den erstatte denne "
+"med en GRUB- eller LILO-opstartsektor. På denne måde kan du indlæse enten "
+"GNU/Linux eller ethvert andet operativsystem installeret på din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en opstartsektor for grub eller LILO bliver fundet, vil den blive "
+"erstattet med en ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis det ikke er mulig at afgøre dette automatisk, vil DrakX spørge dig hvor "
+"opstartsindlæseren skal installeres. Generelt er '%s' det sikreste sted. "
+"Valg af '%s' vil ikke installere nogen opstartsindlæser. Brug kun dette hvis "
+"du véd hvad du gør."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu er det tid til at vælge et udskrivningssystem for din maskine. Andre "
+"styresystemer tilbyder måske ét, men Mandriva tilbyder to. Printersystemerne "
+"er hver især bedst til en bestemt konfigurationstype.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' - som betyder 'print, do not queue' (udskriv, kø ej), er valget, "
+"hvis du har en direkte forbindelse til din printer, og du ønsker at kunne "
+"klare printproblemer med det samme, og du ikke har nogen printere via "
+"netværk. ('%s' vil kun behandle meget simple netværkstilfælde, og er lidt "
+"sløvt på netværk.) Det anbefales at du bruger 'pdq' hvis dette er din første "
+"erfaring med GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' - står for 'Common Unix Printing System' (Fælles printersystem for "
+"Unix) er fremragende til at udskrive på din lokale printer, og også på den, "
+"der står på den anden side af jordkloden. Det er nemt at konfigurere, og kan "
+"virke som en server eller klient for det bedagede 'lpd'-printsystem, så det "
+"er kompatibelt med ældre styresystemer, som stadig kan have brug for "
+"udskriftstjenester. Det er ganske stærkt, men den basale opsætning er næsten "
+"lige så nem som for 'pdq'. Hvis du har brug for at dette efterligner en "
+"'lpd'-server, skal du aktivere 'cups-lpd'-dæmonen. '%s' har grafiske "
+"grænseflader for udskrivning og valg af printermuligheder, og for "
+"administration af printeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du laver et valg nu og senere finder ud af at du ikke kan lide dit "
+"udskriftssystem, kan du ændre det ved at køre PrinterDrake fra Mandriva "
+"Linuxs Kontrolcenter, og klikke på '%s'-knappen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vil først finde alle IDE-enheder der er tilstede på din maskine. Den "
+"vil også lede efter en eller flere PCI SCSI-kort på dit system. Hvis et SCSI-"
+"kort finDES, vil DrakX automatisk installere en driver til det.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da maskineleftersøgningen ikke er idiotsikker, kan DrakX fejle i at finde "
+"dine diskdrev. I så fald må du angive dit maskinel manuelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du måtte angive dit PCI SCSI-kort manuelt, vil DrakX spørge om du vil "
+"specificere nogle indstillingsmuligheder for den. Du bør lade DrakX spørge "
+"udstyret om opsætning af kortspecifikke indstillinger, som er nødvendige for "
+"at initialisere kortet. De fleste gange vil DrakX finde ud af dette uden "
+"problemer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis DrakX ikke kan få oplysninger om indstillinger ud af udstyret, som skal "
+"bruges til opsætningen, skal du angive opsætningsinformation til driveren. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Hvis et lydkort er blevet fundet på dit system, vil det blive vist "
+"her. Hvis du bemærker at lydkortet ikke er det som faktisk er til stede på "
+"systemet, kan du klikke på knappen og vælge en anden driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Som en opsummering vil DrakX give dig en oversigt over information som den "
+"har indsamlet om dit system. Afhængig af det maskinel der er installeret på "
+"din maskine kan du have et eller flere af de følgende punkter. Hvert punkt "
+"består af den maskinelle enhed der skal konfigureres fulgt af en kort "
+"opsummering af den nuværende konfiguration. Klik på den tilsvarende \"%s\"-"
+"knap for at ændre på opsætningen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tjek at din tastaturopsætning er korrekt og ændr om nødvendigt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tjek det nuværende valg af land. Hvis du ikke er i dette land, så "
+"klik på \"%s\"-knappen og vælg et andet land. Hvis dit land ikke er i "
+"listen, så klik på \"%s\"-knappen for at få en fuldstændig liste over "
+"lande.\n"
+"\n"
+" ' \"%s\": Som standard bestemmer DrakX din tidszone ud fra hvilket land du "
+"har valgt. Du kan klikke på \"%s\" her, hvis dette ikke er korrekt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" :Tjek den nuværende museopsætning og klik på knappen for at ændre "
+"om nødvendigt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ved at klikke på \"%s\"-knappen åbnes printeropsætnings-\n"
+"hjælperen. Konsultér det tilhørende kapitel i begynderguiden for mere\n"
+"information om hvordan en printer kan sættes op. Grænsefladen som er vist\n"
+"i vores manual er magen til den som benyttes under installationen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis et lydkort er blevet fundet på dit system, vil det blive vist "
+"hér. Hvis du bemærker at lydkortet ikke er det som faktisk er til stede på "
+"systemet, kan du klikke på knappen og vælge en anden driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du har et TV-kort, så er det her at information om dets "
+"konfiguration bliver vist. Hvis du har et TV-kort som ikke er fundet, så "
+"klik på \"%s\" for at sætte det op manuelt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Du kan klikke på \"%s\" for at ændre på parameterne til kortet, "
+"hvis du synes at konfigurationen er forkert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Som standard vil DrakX opsætte din grafiske grænseflade i "
+"opløsningen 800x600 eller 1024x768. Hvis dette ikke passer dig, så klik på '%"
+"s'-knappen for at ændre på opsætningen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du ønsker at konfigurere din adgang til internet eller "
+"lokalnet, kan du gøre dette nu. Kig i den trykte dokumentation eller brug "
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolcenter efter installationen er afsluttet for at drage "
+"nytte af den fulde indbyggede vejledning. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lader dig konfigurere HTTP- og FTP-proxyadresser, hvis maskinen, "
+"du installerer på, skal placeres bag en proxyserver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Du kan her ændre på sikkerhedsniveauet som defineret i et "
+"tidligere trin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du skal koble din maskine direkte til internet, er det en "
+"god idé at beskytte sig mod indtrængning med en brandmur. Kig i det "
+"tilsvarende afsnit i Begyndervejledningen for detaljer om opsætning af "
+"brandmur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du vil ændre på konfigurationen for opstartsindlæseren, så "
+"klik på denne knap. Dette bør forbeholdes avancerede brugere. Kig i den "
+"trykte dokumentation eller i den indbyggede hjælp om konfiguration af "
+"opstartsindlæser i Mandriva Linux Kontrolcenter.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": her kan du fininstille hvilke tjenester som skal startes på din "
+"maskine. Hvis du skal bruge maskinen som server er det en god idé at "
+"gennemse denne opsætning."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kort"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafisk grænseflade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg det diskdrev som du vil slette for at installere din nye Mandriva Linux "
+"partition. Vær forsigtig, alle data som er på denne partition vil gå tabt og "
+"vil ikke kunne genskabes!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på '%s' hvis du ønsker at slette alle data og partitioner der ligger på "
+"dette diskdrev. Vær omhyggelig, efter klik på '%s' vil du ikke være i stand "
+"til at redde nogen data eller partitioner, der ligger på dette diskdrev, "
+"inklusive alle Windows data.\n"
+"Klik på '%s' for at stoppe denne handling uden at tabe nogen data og "
+"partitioner der er tilstede på dette diskdrev."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Næste ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Forrige"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e688af7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2016 @@
+# translation of de.po to deutsch
+# translation of DrakX-de.po to deutsch
+# translation of de.po to Deutsch
+# translation of DrakX-de.po to german
+# german translation of the MandrivaInstaller.
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Mandriva S.A.
+# Stefan Siegel <siegel@linux-mandrake.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
+# Sebastian Deutscher <sebastian_deutscher@web.de>, 2003,2004.
+# Gerhard Ortner <gerhard.ortner@aon.at>, 2003, 2004.
+# Roy Steuber <roysteuber@mittweida-net.de>, 2004.
+# Marcus Fischer <i18n@marcusfischer.com>, 2004.
+# Frank Köster <frank@dueppel13.de>, 2004, 2005.
+# Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>, 2003, 2004.
+# Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005.
+# Nicolas Bauer <webmaster@mandrakeusers.de>, 2005.
+# Frank Koester <frank@dueppel13.de>, 2005.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-de\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frank Koester <frank@dueppel13.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: deutsch\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n"
+"die gesamte Mandriva Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n"
+"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n"
+"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n"
+"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n"
+"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n"
+"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n"
+"können Sie im „Starter Handbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n"
+"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n"
+"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n"
+"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n"
+"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n"
+"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n"
+"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n"
+"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n"
+"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n"
+"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n"
+"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n"
+"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n"
+"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „%s“ eintragen. Dies ist der Name, den\n"
+"Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich können Sie ihn\n"
+"hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein Passwort. Für\n"
+"ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so herausragender\n"
+"Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem etwas Sorgfalt\n"
+"walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicken Sie auf „%s“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen. Anschließend können\n"
+"Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt\n"
+"haben, klicken Sie auf „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ haben Sie auch die Möglichkeit, die\n"
+"Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist dies die „Bash“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n"
+"die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n"
+"Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n"
+"einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n"
+"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“. Andernfalls löschen\n"
+"Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Möglichkeit nutzen?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten die Liste, der auf Ihren Festplatten gefundenen GNU/Linux\n"
+"Partitionen. Sie können die Auswahl des Assistenten beibehalten - sie\n"
+"sollte normalerweise Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. Falls Sie es vorziehen\n"
+"die Einhängpunkte selbst zu definieren, denken Sie bitte daran, dass Sie\n"
+"zumindest eine Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“) benötigen. Wählen Sie die\n"
+"Partitionen nicht zu klein, da Sie sonst nicht genügend Programme\n"
+"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer eigenen\n"
+"Partition halten wollen, legen Sie sich eine Partition namens „/home“ an.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
+"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
+"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
+"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
+"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Mandriva Linux-Distribution wird auf mehreren CD-ROMs ausgeliefert. Es\n"
+"kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen, als der\n"
+"Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die aktuelle\n"
+"CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen. Wenn Sie dieses CD nicht haben,\n"
+"klicken Sie einfach auf „%s“. Die entsprechenden Pakete werden in dem Fall\n"
+"nicht installiert."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandriva Linux, und\n"
+"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in vier Kategorien eingeteilt. Sie\n"
+"können Pakete aus verschiedenen Kategorien nach Belieben mischen, sodass\n"
+"beispielsweise eine „Workstation“-Installation auch Bestandteile einer\n"
+"„Server“-Installation aufweisen kann.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n"
+"markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n"
+"diese Gruppe markieren. Die spezielle Gruppe „LSB“ wird Ihr System\n"
+"möglichst eng an den Vorgaben der Linux Standard Base ausrichten.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe bewirkt auch, dass der Kernel „2.4“\n"
+"anstelle des standardmäßigen Kernel „2.6“ installiert wird, um die 100%%ige\n"
+"Einhaltung der-LSB-Bedingungen zu garantieren. Allerdings erhalten Sie auch\n"
+"ohne die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe ein nahezu 100%%ig LSB-konformes System.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n"
+"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n"
+"sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn\n"
+"Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie hier\n"
+"zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n"
+"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können auch die „%s“ markieren. Das macht Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete\n"
+"genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was\n"
+"installiert werden soll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n"
+"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n"
+"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n"
+"repariert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie bei einer normalen Installation alle Gruppen de-markieren\n"
+"erscheint ein Dialog, der Ihnen verschiedene Optionen für eine\n"
+"Minimal-Installation anbietet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich grundlegender Werkzeuge\n"
+"inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die sinnvollste Wahl für eine\n"
+"Serverinstallation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Distribution. Es versteht sich von selbst, dass das nur eine\n"
+"Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualisierung"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Mit minimaler Dokumentation (Empfohlen)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimal-Installation"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich für die einzelne Paketauswahl entschieden haben erhalten Sie "
+"eine\n"
+"Baumliste aller Pakete, nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim\n"
+"Durchstöbern des Baums können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne "
+"Pakete\n"
+"auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n"
+"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n"
+"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n"
+"Unter Mandriva Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch "
+"beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
+"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n"
+"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n"
+"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n"
+"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „%s“. Falls Sie mit\n"
+"„%s“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen Ihnen\n"
+"nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n"
+"Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n"
+"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen. Einige Pakete hängen von der\n"
+"Existenz anderer Pakete ab und die Installation eines Pakets mag die\n"
+"Installation eines anderen voraussetzen. Das Installprogramm ist in der\n"
+"Lage, diese Abhängigkeiten zu erkennen und zu erfüllen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n"
+"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n"
+"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n"
+"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n"
+"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n"
+"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n"
+"Installationsschrittes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatische Abhängigkeiten"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listet hier alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum\n"
+"BS-Start zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig\n"
+"durch und markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur\n"
+"Verfügung haben wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n"
+"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n"
+"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n"
+"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n"
+"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n"
+"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n"
+"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n"
+"wirklich brauchen! !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n"
+"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit. Falls die Uhr Ihres Computers auf die\n"
+"lokale Zeit eingestellt ist, sollten Sie die Option „%s“ deaktivieren.\n"
+"Dadurch wird GNU/Linux mitgeteilt, dass sich die Systemzeit und die\n"
+"Hardware-Uhr in der gleichen Zeitzone befinden. Dieses Verfahren ist\n"
+"notwendig, wenn Sie auf Ihrem Computer noch ein weiteres Betriebssystem per\n"
+"Dual-Boot betreiben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n"
+"einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n"
+"Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n"
+"Internetverbindung. Mit dieser Option installieren Sie einen Time-Server,\n"
+"der von weiteren Maschinen Ihres lokalen Netzwerks genutzt werden kann."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatische Zeit-Synchronisation (durch NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n"
+"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandriva Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep oder WindowMaker).\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Parameter, mit deren Hilfe Sie die\n"
+"Grafikausgabe ändern können:\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern).\n"
+"Anhand des abgebildeten Monitors können Sie sich einen sofortigen Eindruck\n"
+"bilden.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Je nach Hardware kann es sein, dass dieser Eintrag nicht erscheint.\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n"
+"Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n"
+"dem Sie gefragt werden, ob sie die getroffenen Einstellungen behalten\n"
+"wollen, antworten Sie mit „%s“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n"
+"Installationsschritt fortfährt. Sollten Sie die Nachricht nicht sehen,\n"
+"bedeutet das, dass eine oder mehrere getroffene Einstellungen nicht korrekt\n"
+"sind. Nach 12 Sekunden sollten Sie wieder das Installationsmenü sehen. Sie\n"
+"können nun die Einstellungen ändern, bis Sie das Testbild sehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
+"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n"
+"ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer Festplatte Ihr Mandriva Linux\n"
+"System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n"
+"Betriebssystem alles belegt, muss die Festplatte neu partitioniert werden.\n"
+"Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Festplatte darin, den\n"
+"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandriva Linux darauf installiert\n"
+"werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist und auch zu Datenverlusten\n"
+"führen kann, haben manche unerfahrenen Benutzer Hemmungen, diesen Schritt\n"
+"auszuführen. Glücklicherweise enthält DrakX einen Assistenten, der den\n"
+"Prozess sehr vereinfacht. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im Handbuch die\n"
+"entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der Entscheidung.\n"
+"\n"
+"Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Festplatte haben Sie verschiedene\n"
+"Alternativen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n"
+"automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n"
+"kümmern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux-Partitionen\n"
+"auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n"
+"behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n"
+"anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n"
+"Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig diese zu ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls der gesamte Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows™\n"
+"verschwendet ist, müssen Sie für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu\n"
+"erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre Microsoft Windows™ Partition(en)\n"
+"samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Microsoft\n"
+"Windows NTFS oder FAT Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne\n"
+"Datenverlust, vorausgesetzt Sie haben ihre Windows Partition(en) vorher\n"
+"defragmentiert. Dennoch sollten Sie vor diesem Schritt eine Sicherungskopie\n"
+"Ihrer Daten auf einem anderem Medium als der zu verändernden Festplatte\n"
+"vornehmen. Sie sollten diese Variante wählen, falls Sie beide\n"
+"Betriebssysteme (Microsoft Windows und Mandriva Linux) nebeneinander nutzen\n"
+"wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n"
+"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Microsoft Windows\n"
+"als momentan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren, und sie durch Ihr\n"
+"neues Mandriva Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche.\n"
+"Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig gemacht werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Diese Option erscheint, wenn der gesamte Platz von Microsoft\n"
+"Windows eingenommen wird. Bei der Auswahl der Option wird einfach der\n"
+"gesamte Inhalt der Platte gelöscht und neu partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selbst von Hand partitionieren wollen,\n"
+"dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn\n"
+"Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen Einstellungen\n"
+"vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n"
+"Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n"
+"Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n"
+"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Verwende existierende Partition(en)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Komplette Platte löschen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n"
+"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und\n"
+"das System wird neu gestartet. Vergessen Sie nicht, vorher das\n"
+"Installationsmedium (CD oder Diskette) zu entfernen. Das erste, was Sie bei\n"
+"dem Neustart nach dem Hardwaretest Ihres Computers sehen, ist das\n"
+"Auswahlmenü Ihres Bootloaders, aus dem Sie das zu startende Betriebssystems\n"
+"auswählen können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hiermit können Sie eine Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren\n"
+"Hilfe Sie eine identische automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines\n"
+"Administrators durchzuführen können.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n"
+"aktiviert haben:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch, da der\n"
+"Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv vonstatten\n"
+"geht.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird vollständig\n"
+"reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n"
+"\n"
+"   Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n"
+"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n"
+"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n"
+"haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n"
+"Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n"
+"mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“ oder\n"
+"„fdformat /dev/fd0“, gefolgt von „mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0“ können Sie unter\n"
+"GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Erstellen einer Autoinstallations-Diskette"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten hier die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu zu\n"
+"formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
+"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n"
+"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n"
+"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n"
+"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n"
+"formatieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n"
+"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandriva Linux vorgesehen haben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n"
+"Blöcke untersuchen wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n"
+"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n"
+"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n"
+"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n"
+"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie einen\n"
+"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n"
+"Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch jederzeit\n"
+"nach der Installation noch installieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n"
+"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n"
+"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n"
+"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „%s“. Die Pakete\n"
+"werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht wünschen,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es an der Zeit, mittels DrakX die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für\n"
+"Ihr System festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher\n"
+"die Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind,\n"
+"desto höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die\n"
+"gewonnene Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n"
+"Standardeinstellung bei. Sie können die Ebene später noch mittels draksec\n"
+"im Mandriva Linux Control Center anpassen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Feld „%s“ dient dazu, dem System mitzuteilen, wer für die Sicherheit\n"
+"dieses Rechners verantwortlich ist. An dieses Kennzeichen/diese E-Mail\n"
+"Adresse werden sicherheitsrelevante Informationen per E-Mail versandt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sicherheitsadministrator:"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandriva\n"
+"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
+"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n"
+"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n"
+"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n"
+"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n"
+"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n"
+"Verfügung:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n"
+"markierten Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n"
+"Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hiermit Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf Diskette\n"
+"speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie eine vorher auf Diskette\n"
+"gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört worden sein, können Sie\n"
+"versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien\n"
+"Sie vorsichtig! Es ist nicht unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl\n"
+"schlägt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der ursprünglichen\n"
+"Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt dazu, dass die Anwender\n"
+"hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und aushängen müssen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren\n"
+"sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit die gesamte\n"
+"Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“™ Ihre Platte\n"
+"partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen rückgängig\n"
+"machen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n"
+"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Größe einer Partition festlegen wollen, können Sie die\n"
+"Feineinstellungen mit den Rechts- / Links-Pfeiltasten Ihrer Tastatur\n"
+"vornehmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Mittels\n"
+"[Tab] und den Hoch-/Runter-Pfeiltasten können Sie sich bewegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n"
+"Partition sind)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-D - die Partition löschen\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-M - den Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n"
+"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n"
+"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n"
+"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n"
+"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n"
+"können."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Wechselmedien automatisch einhängen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "In den Normal-Modus wechseln"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n"
+"Sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandriva Linux zu schaffen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n"
+"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
+"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
+"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
+"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ ist „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ ist „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ ist „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ ist „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
+"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition (vermutlich) unter\n"
+"Windows erhalten würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Schritt wird nur aufgerufen, wenn mindestens eine GNU/Linux\n"
+"Partition auf Ihren Festplatten gefunden wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n"
+"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandriva Linux, die noch\n"
+"installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n"
+"Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n"
+"unangetastet behalten. Diese Installationsart ist gut, wenn Sie die\n"
+"Partitionseinteilung auf Ihrer Festplatte sowieso ändern oder das benutzte\n"
+"Dateisystem austauschen wollen\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n"
+"Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n"
+"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aktualisierungen von Mandriva Linux „8.1“ oder neueren Systemen sollten\n"
+"problemlos funktionieren. Ältere Versionen von Mandriva Linux sollten Sie\n"
+"nicht zu aktualisieren versuchen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Entsprechend der ausgewählten Sprache ()versucht DrakX das für Sie passende\n"
+"Tastaturlayout aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Möglicherweise haben Sie jedoch eine Tastatur, die nicht dieser Einstellung\n"
+"entspricht: wenn Sie beispielsweise in der Schweiz eine deutsche Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen oder wenn Sie in Québec (dem französischsprachigen Teil\n"
+"Kanadas) eine französischsprachige Tastatur besitzen. Wählen Sie einfach\n"
+"ein passendes Layout aus der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie erhalten dann eine\n"
+"Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n"
+"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n"
+"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n"
+"Layout umschalten wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ersten Schritt wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n"
+"Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n"
+"anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, weitere\n"
+"Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese später verwenden zu\n"
+"können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen Zugang zu Ihrem System\n"
+"erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n"
+"Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zur UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung: Unicode ist ein Zeichenkodierung, die\n"
+"die existierenden Kodierungen ablösen soll und die Zeichen aller\n"
+"existierender Sprachen beinhalten. Komplette Unterstützung in GNU/Linux ist\n"
+"leider immer noch nicht gegeben. Daher verwendet Mandriva Linux diese\n"
+"Kodierung nur auf Wunsch des Anwenders:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Falls Sie eine Sprache nutzen, die eine gut unterstütztes Kodierung\n"
+"verwendet (Sprachen mit Lateinischen Zeichen, Russisch, Griechisch,\n"
+"Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch, Thailändisch), wird standardmäßig das\n"
+"klassische Kodierung beibehalten;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Alle anderen Sprachen verwenden standardmäßig Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Fall Sie zwei oder mehr Sprachen verwenden wollen, die unterschiedliche\n"
+"klassische Kodierungen verwenden, wird ebenfalls Unicode verwendet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Schlussendlich kann Unicode vom Anwender auch für Sprachen mit\n"
+"klassischer Kodierung ausgewählt werden, indem er den Punkt „%s“ markiert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie sind nicht auf eine weitere Sprache begrenzt. Sie können so viele\n"
+"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die installierten\n"
+"Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die Spracheinstellungen des ganzen Systems zwischen verschiedenen\n"
+"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „localedrake“ unter dem\n"
+"privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für ein\n"
+"Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie denselben Befehl mit eben diesem\n"
+"Kennzeichen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanisch"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht normalerweise die Anzahl der Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
+"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n"
+"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Die mittlere Taste kann\n"
+"dann durch gleichzeitiges Drücken der rechten und Linken Taste simuliert\n"
+"werden. Üblicherweise erkennt DrakX korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle,\n"
+"eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls Sie eine 3-Button-Maus ohne Rad haben können Sie eine Maus „%s“\n"
+"auswählen. DrakX wird dann Ihre Maus so einrichten, dass Sie das Rad in der\n"
+"folgenden Weise simulieren können: Sie drücken die mittlere Maustaste und\n"
+"bewegen Ihren Mauszeiger auf und ab.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n"
+"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"Einen generischen Maustyp, der mit fast allen Maustypen funktioniert,\n"
+"können Sie über „%s“ einstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie einen anderen als den vorgeschlagenen Maustyp gewählt haben, so\n"
+"wird Ihnen ein Testfenster angezeigt. Verwenden Sie die Knöpfe und\n"
+"gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten\n"
+"Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls nicht, drücken Sie die Leertaste oder\n"
+"die Eingabetaste, um zurück zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie\n"
+"einen anderen Treiber aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n"
+"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n"
+"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n"
+"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n"
+"richtig erkannt wurde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "mit Mausrad Emulation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Alle PS/2 & USB-Mäuse"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie bitte den richtigen Anschluss. So ist etwa der unter Windows\n"
+"„COM1“ genannte Anschluss in GNU/Linux unter „ttyS0“ erreichbar."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der wichtigste Punkt in der Absicherung Ihres neuen\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Systems: Sie müssen das Passwort für „root“ eingeben. „root“ ist\n"
+"der Systemadministrator. Er ist der einzige der berechtigt ist, neue\n"
+"Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu ändern oder neue\n"
+"Benutzer anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: „root“ darf alles! Daher müssen\n"
+"Sie auch ein Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX\n"
+"teilt Ihnen mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch\n"
+"möglich ist, kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend\n"
+"davon ab! GNU/Linux ist genauso anfällig für Fehler wie jedes andere \n"
+"Betriebssystem. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen. Er könnte beispielsweise\n"
+"unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten auf allen Partitionen löschen. Also sollte\n"
+"es schwierig gemacht werden, „root“ zu werden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n"
+"mindestens acht Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n"
+"werden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n"
+"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei der Eingabe des Passwortes wird nichts angezeigt. Um ein Verschreiben\n"
+"bei dieser „Blindeingabe“ zu vermeiden müssen Sie das Passwort zweimal\n"
+"eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem\n"
+"werden, da Sie anschließend das „falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit\n"
+"dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n"
+"Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n"
+"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt für „%s“. Falls Sie "
+"nicht\n"
+"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden sollen, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
+"Netzwerkadministrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, oder Ihr Computer nie\n"
+"mit dem Internet verbunden wird und Sie allen Benutzern Ihres Computers\n"
+"absolut vertrauen, können Sie die Option „%s“ wählen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Authentifizierung"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Betriebssystemstarter ist ein kleines Programm, das vom Computer\n"
+"während des Startvorganges aufgerufen wird. Es ist für den Start des\n"
+"gesamten Systems verantwortlich. Im Normalfall läuft die Installation des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarters vollkommen automatisch ab. DrakX analysiert den\n"
+"Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen GRUB-\n"
+"oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n"
+"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n"
+"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n"
+"neuen;\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, wo der Betriebssystemstarter installiert werden\n"
+"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten. Normalerweise sollte die\n"
+"Installation auf dem „%s“ erfolgen. Durch Auswahl von „%s“ wird überhaupt\n"
+"kein Starter installiert. Verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur, wenn Sie\n"
+"genau wissen was Sie tun."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n"
+"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandriva Linux können Sie\n"
+"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen. jedes dieser Systeme ist für eine\n"
+"bestimmte Konfiguration des Systems am besten geeignet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- Es steht für „print, do not queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
+"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n"
+"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. „%s“ kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, "
+"ist\n"
+"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n"
+"sind.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n"
+"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebensogut auf Ihrem direkt angeschlossenen\n"
+"Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server auf der anderen\n"
+"Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann sowohl als Server\n"
+"als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem verwendet werden - Es\n"
+"ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig, in seiner\n"
+"Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie einen\n"
+"„lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
+"starten. „%s“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake\n"
+"aus dem Mandriva Linux Control Center starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%"
+"s“\n"
+"betätigen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expertenmodus"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n"
+"Anderem sucht DrakX auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n"
+"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten,\n"
+"DrakX zu helfen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie die PCI-SCSI-Karte selbst angegeben haben, wird DrakX Sie\n"
+"fragen, ob Sie weitere Parameter angeben wollen. Sie sollten DrakX\n"
+"erlauben, die kartenspezifischen Informationen selbst zu finden. In den\n"
+"meisten Fällen wird DrakX diesen Schritt ohne Ihre Hilfe bewerkstelligen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht in der Lage ist, die Parameter selbst zu finden, die dem\n"
+"Modul zu übergeben sind, müssen Sie diese angeben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können die benötigten Informationen etwa unter Windows (sofern das auf\n"
+"Ihren Rechner installiert ist) finden, aus den Handbüchern, die sie mit dem\n"
+"Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten des Hardware-Anbieters\n"
+"(sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n"
+"Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n"
+"folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n"
+"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"können Sie diesen ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n"
+"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein können Sie durch Betätige\n"
+"der Schaltfläche „%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n"
+"notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n"
+"wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n"
+"einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ können Sie die Parameter\n"
+"ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n"
+"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n"
+"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n"
+"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun. Lesen Sie sich dazu die\n"
+"gedruckte Dokumentation durch oder benutzen Sie das Mandriva Linux Control\n"
+"Center nachdem die Installation beendet ist.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hier können Sie HTTP- und FTP-Proxyadressen eintragen falls Ihre\n"
+"Maschine die Verbindung über einen Proxyserver abwickelt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n"
+"Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n"
+"gewählt haben.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n"
+"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch Einrichten einer\n"
+"Firewall zu schützen. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie im „Starter\n"
+"Handbuch“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters\n"
+"(„Bootloader“) ändern wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei\n"
+"angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n"
+"Hilfe finden Sie in der gedruckten Dokumentation oder im integrierten\n"
+"Hilfeteil des Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner\n"
+"als Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste\n"
+"werfen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-Karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafikumgebung"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n"
+"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n"
+"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n"
+"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Wählen Sie „%s“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Weiter ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Zurück"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7269f5adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1791 @@
+# translation of DrakX-el.po to Greek
+# Greek translation for drakfloppy.
+# Copyright (C) 2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Thanos Kyritsis <djart@hellug.gr>, 2001.
+#  Νίκος Νύκταρης (Nick Niktaris) <niktarin@yahoo.com>, 2003
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-el\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:28+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator:  Νίκος Νύκταρης (Nick Niktaris) <niktarin@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek <nls@tux.hellug.gr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" Αποδοχή\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux χρήστης χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Χρήστης\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποδοχή χρήστης Προσθήκη χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους εξ' ορισμού\n"
+" χρήστης εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης Επόμενο\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη λειτουργία;"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Όνομα\n"
+"\n"
+" Όνομα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" πρωτεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" πρωτεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" δευτερεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" δευτερεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Η εγκατάσταση του Mandriva Linux είναι μοιρασμένο σε αρκετά CD-ROM. Το \n"
+"DrakX ξέρει αν ένα επιλεγμένο πακέτο υπάρχει σε άλλο CD-ROM, θα εξάγει το \n"
+"τρέχον CD και θα ζητήσει να εισάγετε ένα άλλο όταν αυτό θα χρειαστεί."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Σταθμός Εργασίας\n"
+" Ανάπτυξη\n"
+"\n"
+" Σταθμός Εργασίας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ανάπτυξη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Εξυπηρετητής εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Μετακίνηση σε εξέλιξη Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+" Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Αναβάθμιση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Με την βασική τεκμηρίωση (συνιστάται!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστη Εγκατάσταση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+" απενεργοποίηση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εκτυπωτής Όχι Εκτυπωτής\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" HardDrake Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Αυτόματος συγχρονισμός ώρας (χρήση NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Σύστημα Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Οθόνη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ανάλυση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Δοκιμή\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επιλογές\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Οθόνη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλυση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows  Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Linux Διαγραφή\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+" Τομέας Windows  Αλλαγή μεγέθους\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Linux Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows  νέο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαγραφή\n"
+" νέο Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Λίστα Αφαίρεσης Τομέας Windows \n"
+" Όλα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Προσαρμοσμένο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Χρήση υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επαναφόρτωση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αυτόματο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποθήκευση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Δημιουργία δισκέτας αυτόματης εγκατάστασης"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+" Προηγούμενο\n"
+" νέο Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" Ναι Διαδίκτυο Όχι\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+" Εγκατάσταση\n"
+" Άκυρο."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"επίπεδο\n"
+" επίπεδο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο επίπεδο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Διαχειριστής Ασφαλείας:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Άλλα\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποθήκευση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επαναφορά\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" μετά βίας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Οδηγός\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναίρεση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαγραφή\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" HFS\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Αυτόματη σύνδεση αποσπώμενων μονάδων"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Αλλαγή σε κανονικό τρόπο λειτουργίας"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Περισσότερες των μία κατατμήσεις Windows βρέθηκαν στον δίσκο σας. Παρακαλώ \n"
+"επιλέξτε ποια θέλετε να συρρικνώσετε για να εγκαταστήσετε το Mandriva "
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Κάθε κατάτμηση αναφέρεται ως: \"Όνομα Linux\", \"Όνομα Windows\"\n"
+"\"Χωρητικότητα\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Το όνομα Linux σημαίνει τα εξής: \"Τύπος δίσκου\",\"αριθμός δίσκου\",\n"
+"\"αριθμός κατάτμησης για παράδειγμα, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ο \"Τύπος δίσκου\" είναι \"hd\" εάν πρόκειται για δίσκο IDE και \"sd\" \n"
+"για SCSI δίσκο.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ο \" αριθμός δίσκου\"είναι πάντα ένα γράμμα μετά το \"hd\" ή \"sd\". Για\n"
+"τους IDE δίσκους: \n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"a\" είναι ο \"master δίσκος στον πρώτο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" είναι ο \"slave δίσκος στον πρώτο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" είναι ο \"master δίσκος στον δεύτερο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" είναι ο \"slave δίσκος στον δεύτερο ελεγκτή IDE\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Για δίσκους SCSI, \"a\" είναι ο πρώτος δίσκος, \"b\" είναι ο δεύτερος "
+"δίσκος\n"
+" κλπ...\n"
+"\n"
+"Το \"Όνομα Windows\" είναι το γράμμα της κατάτμησης όπως φαίνεται από τα\n"
+"Windows (ο πρώτος δίσκος ή κατάτμηση λέγεται \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Χώρα\": ελέγξτε την επιλογή χώρας. Αν δεν είστε σε αυτή τη χώρα,\n"
+"κάντε κλικ στο πλήκτρο και επιλέξτε μια άλλη."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"ενεργοποίηση τώρα Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Εγκατάσταση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση Linux\n"
+" εκτελείται Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Άλλα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ισπανία\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+" χρήστης."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" σειριακό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Με ροδάκι ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+" ενεργοποίηση τώρα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Προσομοίωση Κουμπιών"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη θύρα. Για παράδειγμα,\n"
+"η\"COM1\"  στα Windows ονομάζεται \"ttyS0\" στο GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+" Root\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" σημαντικό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+" LDAP NIS Τομέας Windows  Τομέας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι Διαδίκτυο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Πιστοποίηση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Άλλο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" CUPS Εκτύπωση Σύστημα\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" CUPS\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εκτελείται\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Εξπέρ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"IDE\n"
+" PCI\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" PCI Ναι\n"
+" Όχι\n"
+"\n"
+" ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+" Επόμενο Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" PCI\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τον δίσκο που θέλετε να διαγράψετε για να εγκαταστήσετε \n"
+"την νέα κατάτμηση Mandriva Linux. ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ: Όλα τα δεδομένα θα διαγραφούν\n"
+"και θα είναι αδύνατη η επαναφορά τους!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο \"Επόμενο ->\" εάν θέλετε να διαγράψετε όλα τα δεδομένα\n"
+"τις κατατμήσεις που βρίσκονται στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. Προσοχή μετά\n"
+"που θα κλικ στο \"Επόμενο ->\"δεν θα μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τα δεδομένα\n"
+"και τις κατατμήσεις που βρίσκονται στον δίσκο μαζί και τα Windows\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"Κάντε κλικ στο \"<- Προηγούμενο\" για να τερματίσετε τη λειτουργία αυτή\n"
+"χωρίς να χάσετε τα δεδομένα και τις κατατμήσεις σας στο δίσκο."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Επόμενο ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Προηγούμενο"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a09d09e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1196 @@
+# Esperanto drakbootdisk
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Mandriva
+# D. Dale Gulledge <dsplat@rochester.rr.com>, 2000.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-03-12 18:31-0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vilhelmo Lutermano <vlutermano@free.fr>\n"
+"Language-Team: esperanto <eo@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.6\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ĉu vi deziras uzi tiun funkcion?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualigo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Kun baza dokumentaĵo (rekomendita!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimuma instalado"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tiu ĉi dialogo uzeblas por elekti kiujn servojn vi deziras startigi kiam vi "
+"startigas\n"
+"vian komputilon.\n"
+"DrakX listigos ĉiujn servojn atingeblajn en la nuna instalaĵo.\n"
+"Kontrolu ĉiujn zorge kaj malelektu tiujn kiuj ne estas ĉiam bezonataj\n"
+"dum la starto.\n"
+"Kiam via muso estas supre de ero, malgranda balono\n"
+"ekaperas por helpi vin.  Ĝi priskribas la rolon de la servo.\n"
+"Tamen, se vi ne certas ĉu iu servo utilas aŭ ne, prefere lasu la defaŭltan "
+"sintenon.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Zorgegu en ĉi tiu paŝo se vi intencas uzi vian komputilon kiel servilo:\n"
+"ne startu servojn kiujn vi ne bezonas. Memoru ke certaj servoj povas esti\n"
+"danĝeraj se ili estas aktivigitaj en servilo. Ĝenerale,\n"
+"elektu nur tiujn servojn kiujn vi vere bezonas.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Auxtomata hor-sinkronizado (uzante NTP) "
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Forviŝu la tutan diskon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Kreu aŭtoinstalan disketon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Malproksimaj lpd Printilaj Opcioj"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Aŭtomata kroĉado de demeteblaj aparatoj"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ŝanĝu al Normala reĝimo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Loĝiteka MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Bonvolu elekti la ĝustan pordon. Ekzemple, la \"COM1\"-a\n"
+"pordo sub MS Vindozo estas nomata \"ttyS0\" sub GNU/Linukso."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Aŭtentikigado"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO kaj grub estas GNU/Linuksaj startigiloj. Normale, tiu paŝo estas "
+"komplete\n"
+"aŭtomata. DrakX analizos la startsektoron de la disko kaj agas laŭ tio\n"
+"kion ĝi trovas tie:\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi trovas vindozan startsektoron, ĝi anstataŭigos tiun per grub/LILO-"
+"a startsektoro.\n"
+"Tiel vi povos ŝargi aŭ GNU/Linukson aŭ alian mastrumsistemon.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi trovas grub- aŭ LILO-startsektoron, ĝi anstataŭigos tiun per "
+"nova.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi ne povas determini, DrakX demandos vin kien ĝi metu la\n"
+"startigilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Boot device\": En plej multaj okazoj, vi ne ŝanĝu la defaŭltan (\"Unua\n"
+"sektoro de la disko (MBR)\"), sed se vi preferas, la startigilo povas esti\n"
+"instalata sur la dua fiksdisko (\"/dev/hdb\"), aŭ eĉ sur disketo\n"
+"(\"Sur disketo\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun estas tempo por elekti pressistemon por via komputilo. Aliaj mastrum-"
+"sistemoj\n"
+"proponas al vi unu, sed Mandriva Linukso proponas du. Ĉiu el la "
+"pressistemoj\n"
+"plej taŭgas por aparta tipo de konfigurado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\" -- kio estas akronimo por \"print, do not queue\" (presu, ne "
+"vicigu), elektindas\n"
+"se vi havas rektan konekton kun via presilo, vi ŝatus eskapi el problemoj "
+"kun\n"
+"aliaj presiloj, kaj vi ne havas retajn presilojn. (\"pdq\"\n"
+"pritraktos nur tre simplajn retokazojn kaj estas iom malrapida se\n"
+"uzata kun retoj.) Konsilindas uzi \"pdq\" se tio ĉi estas via\n"
+"unua sperto kun GNU/Linukso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\", estas bonega elekto por\n"
+"presigi vian lokan presilon aŭ iun ie tra la planedo. Ĝi estas\n"
+"facile konfigurebla kaj povas agi kiel servilo aŭ kiel kliento por la "
+"antaŭa\n"
+"\"lpd \" pressistemo, kaj estas kongrua kun pli malnovaj mastrum-sistemoj\n"
+"kiuj eble ankoraŭ bezonas presservojn. Kvankam tre potenca, la baza "
+"konfigurado\n"
+"estas preskaŭ same simpla kiel \"pdq\". Se vi bezonas imiti \"lpd\"-"
+"servilon,\n"
+"certiĝu ke vi aktivigis la \"cups-lpd\"-demonon. \"%s\" enhavas grafikajn\n"
+"'front-ends' por presi aŭ por elekti presil-opciojn kaj por mastrumi\n"
+"la presilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vi faras vian elekton nun, kaj poste trovas ke vi ne ŝatas vian "
+"pressistemon,\n"
+"vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin rulante PrinterDrake ekde la Mandriva KontrolCentro kaj\n"
+"alklaki la eksperto-butonon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Spertulo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX unue detektos iujn IDE-aparatojn en via komputilo. Ĝi ankaŭ\n"
+"serĉas unu aŭ plurajn PCI-SCSI-kartojn en via sistemo. Se SCSI-karto\n"
+"estas trovita, DrakX aŭtomate instalos la taŭgan pelilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ĉar detektado de aparataro ne estas absolute senerara, DrakX povas\n"
+"malsukcesi detektante viajn fiksdiskojn. Se tiel, vi devos mem mane entajpi\n"
+"vian aparataron.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vi devis mane entajpi vian PCI-SCSI-adaptilon, DrakX demandos ĉu vi\n"
+"deziras konfiguri opciojn por ĝi. Prefere permesu al DrakX provi la "
+"aparatojn\n"
+"por la kartospecifaj opcioj kiuj estas bezonataj por inici la adaptilon. "
+"Plej ofte,\n"
+"DrakX trairos tiun paŝon sen ajna problemo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX ne kapablas provi kiujn parametrojn la opcioj aŭtomate devas doni "
+"al la\n"
+"aparatoj, vi devos mane konfiguri la pelilon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Interna ISDN-karto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafika interfaco"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sekvanta ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Antaŭa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a14c851b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2046 @@
+# traducción de DrakX-es.po to Español
+# spanish translation of DrakX
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001,2002 Mandriva S.A.
+# Fabian Mandelbaum <fabman@mandriva.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002,2003, 2004.
+# Fabian Mandelbaum <fmandelbaum@hotmail.com>, 2003, 2004.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2004.
+# Jaime Crespo <505201@unizar.es>, 2004, 2005.
+# José Manuel Pérez <jmprodu@hotmail.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-es\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-24 11:46+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: José Manuel Pérez <jmprodu@hotmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Español <es@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
+"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandriva Linux. Si está de\n"
+"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, haga clic en el botón \"%s\".\n"
+"Si no, haga clic en el botón \"%s\" lo que reiniciará su computadora."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
+"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
+"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n"
+"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n"
+"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n"
+"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n"
+"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n"
+"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n"
+"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n"
+"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n"
+"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema\n"
+"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n"
+"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n"
+"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n"
+"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n"
+"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n"
+"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n"
+"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n"
+"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n"
+"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n"
+"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrían estar\n"
+"en peligro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n"
+"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n"
+"que desee.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n"
+"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n"
+"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n"
+"computadora. Si está interesado en esta característica (y no le importa\n"
+"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n"
+"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta característica, quite la marca de la\n"
+"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n"
+"preferencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "¿Desea usar esta característica?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí se listan las particiones Linux existentes que se detectaron en su\n"
+"disco rígido. Puede mantener las elecciones hechas por el asistente, ya que\n"
+"las mismas son buenas para las instalaciones más comunes. Si hace cambios,\n"
+"al menos debe definir una partición raíz (\"/\"). No elija una partición\n"
+"muy pequeña o no podrá instalar software suficiente. Si desea almacenar sus\n"
+"datos en una partición separada, también puede necesitar crear una\n"
+"partición para \"/home\" (sólo es posible si tiene más de una partición\n"
+"Linux disponible)\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre\", \"Capacidad\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de disco\n"
+"rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
+"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
+"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación de Mandriva Linux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n"
+"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n"
+"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el necesario. Si no tiene el CD necesario\n"
+"a mano, simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\", no se instalarán los paquetes\n"
+"correspondientes."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
+"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandriva Linux, y para "
+"hacer\n"
+"más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en grupos de\n"
+"aplicaciones similares.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro categorías. Puede\n"
+"mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de varias categorías, por lo que una\n"
+"instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\" puede tener instaladas aplicaciones\n"
+"de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n"
+"seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categoría estación de trabajo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n"
+"grupos apropiados de esa categoría. El grupo especial \"LSB\" configurará\n"
+"su sistema de forma tal que cumpla tanto como sea posible con las\n"
+"especificaciones Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si selecciona el grupo \"LSB\" también se instalará la serie del núcleo\n"
+"\"2.4\", en vez de la serie predeterminada \"2.6\". Esto es para asegurar\n"
+"una compatibilidad 100%% con LSB del sistema. Sin embargo, si no selecciona\n"
+"el grupo \"LSB\" todavía obtendrá un sistema que es casi 100%% compatible\n"
+"con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n"
+"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n"
+"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
+"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
+"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
+"instalará.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\", puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
+"grupos para evitar la instalación de cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n"
+"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si deselecciona todos los grupos cuando está realizando una instalación\n"
+"regular (es decir, no una actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que sugiere\n"
+"opciones diferentes para una instalación mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
+"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n"
+"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n"
+"un servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n"
+"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n"
+"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualización"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con documentación básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalación realmente mínima"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Si eligió instalar los paquetes de manera individual, el instalador\n"
+"presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados por grupos\n"
+"y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar grupos enteros,\n"
+"subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
+"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es muy probable que la gran mayoría de las descripciones de los paquetes\n"
+"estén en inglés.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor, ya sea porque Usted\n"
+"seleccionó específicamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n"
+"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n"
+"desea que se instalen esos servidores. De manera predeterminada,\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iniciará automáticamente todos los servicios instalados al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas\n"
+"conocidos al momento en que se publicó la distribución, es muy posible que\n"
+"se descubran vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta\n"
+"versión de Mandriva Linux. Si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace un\n"
+"servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n"
+"listados y los mismos se iniciarán automáticamente al momento del arranque.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" se usa para deshabilitar el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cada vez que el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete\n"
+"para resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes dependen de\n"
+"otros y la instalación de un paquete en particular puede requerir la\n"
+"instalación de otro paquete. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
+"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para poder completar la\n"
+"instalación de manera satisfactoria.\n"
+"\n"
+"El pequeño icono del disquete en la parte inferior de la lista le permite\n"
+"cargar la lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es\n"
+"útil si Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n"
+"idéntica. Al hacer clic sobre este icono se le pedirá que inserte un\n"
+"disquete creado al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del\n"
+"último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependencias automáticas"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo se usa para elegir cuáles servicios Usted desea que se inicien\n"
+"durante el arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles en la instalación corriente.\n"
+"Revíselos con cuidado y quite la marca de aquellos que no son necesarios al\n"
+"arrancar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n"
+"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n"
+"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
+"servidor: probablemente no desea iniciar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
+"favor recuerde que algunos servicios pueden ser peligrosos si están\n"
+"habilitados en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios\n"
+"que realmente necesita. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
+"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
+"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
+"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n"
+"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n"
+"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj del sistema conectándose\n"
+"a un servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta\n"
+"característica funcione, debe tener una conexión con la Internet\n"
+"funcionando. Le recomendamos que elija un servidor de la hora ubicado cerca\n"
+"de Usted. En realidad, esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que\n"
+"también puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su red local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronización automática de la hora"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (por \"X Window System\") es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de\n"
+"GNU/Linux en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) que se incluyen con Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se le presentará la lista de parámetros diferentes a cambiar para obtener\n"
+"una presentación gráfica óptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
+"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
+"elegir el monitor que realmente posee.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Probar\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta entrada puede no aparecer, dependiendo de su hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"   El sistema intentará abrir una pantalla gráfica con la resolución\n"
+"deseada. Si ve el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\", entonces\n"
+"DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje,\n"
+"entonces significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n"
+"automáticamente era incorrecta y la prueba terminará automáticamente luego\n"
+"de unos segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta obtener una\n"
+"pantalla gráfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opciones\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
+"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
+"elegir el monitor que realmente posee."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
+"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el servidor\n"
+"que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opciones\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rígido donde se instalará su\n"
+"sistema operativo Mandriva Linux. Si su disco rígido está vacío o si un\n"
+"sistema operativo existente está utilizando todo el espacio disponible,\n"
+"necesitará particionar el disco. Básicamente, particionar un disco rígido\n"
+"consiste en dividirlo lógicamente para crear espacio para instalar su\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que el proceso de particionado de un disco rígido por lo general\n"
+"es irreversible y puede llevar a pérdida de datos, el particionado puede\n"
+"ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario inexperto. Por fortuna,\n"
+"DrakX incluye un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de continuar\n"
+"con este paso, por favor lea el resto de esta sección y, por sobre todo,\n"
+"tómese su tiempo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rígido, están disponibles\n"
+"varias opciones:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción simplemente llevará a un particionado automático de\n"
+"su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). Si elige esta opción, no se le pedirán más\n"
+"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". El asistente ha detectado una o más particiones Linux existentes\n"
+"en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas, elija esta opción. Entonces se le\n"
+"pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje asociados a cada una de las\n"
+"particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan de manera\n"
+"predeterminada, y por lo general es buena idea mantenerlos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa\n"
+"todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tendrá que liberar espacio\n"
+"para Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft\n"
+"Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco entero\") o cambiar el tamaño de\n"
+"su partición Microsoft Windows FAT o NTFS. El cambio de tamaño se puede\n"
+"realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya\n"
+"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows. Es altamente\n"
+"recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de sus datos. Se recomienda usar\n"
+"esta solución si desea utilizar tanto Mandriva Linux como Microsoft Windows\n"
+"en la misma computadora.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que después de este\n"
+"procedimiento el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n"
+"que cuando comenzó. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para\n"
+"almacenar sus datos o instalar software nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n"
+"presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, seleccione esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya\n"
+"que no podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción aparece cuando todo el disco está tomado por\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Al elegir esta opción simplemente se borrará todo el\n"
+"disco y se comenzará desde cero, particionando todo de nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": elija esta opción si desea particionar manualmente su disco\n"
+"rígido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una elección potente pero peligrosa y puede\n"
+"perder todos sus datos con facilidad. Esa es la razón por la cual esta\n"
+"opción realmente sólo se recomienda si ha hecho algo como esto antes y\n"
+"tiene algo de experiencia. Para más instrucciones acerca de la utilización\n"
+"del utilitario DiskDrake, consulte la sección \"Administrar sus\n"
+"particiones\" de la \"Guía de Comienzo\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar la partición existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borrar el disco entero"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n"
+"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\" para volver a\n"
+"arrancar el sistema. Lo primero que debería ver tan pronto como su máquina\n"
+"haya finalizado sus pruebas de hardware, es el menú del cargador de\n"
+"arranque dándole la opción de elegir que sistema operativo arrancar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": le permite crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n"
+"instalación completa automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador,\n"
+"similar a la instalación que ha configurado recién.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n"
+"sobre ese botón:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada. La etapa\n"
+"de particionado es el único procedimiento interactivo.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco rígido se\n"
+"sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta característica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n"
+"máquinas similares. Consulte la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n"
+"sitio web para más información.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
+"instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra instalación, inserte el\n"
+"disquete en la disquetera y comience la instalación. En el prompt, presione\n"
+"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< y\n"
+"presione la tecla [Intro].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT. Para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n"
+"teclee \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Generar un disquete de instalación automática"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Si desea volver a utilizar algunas particiones GNU/Linux legadas, puede\n"
+"desear volver a formatear algunas de ellas y borrar cualquier dato que\n"
+"pudieran contener. Para hacerlo, por favor seleccione también dichas\n"
+"particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
+"preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
+"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n"
+"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n"
+"(típicamente \"/home\")\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n"
+"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n"
+"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n"
+"de su sistema operativo Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones del disco en\n"
+"las que se buscarán bloques defectuosos."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Es probable que cuando instale Mandriva Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n"
+"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido errores\n"
+"y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se beneficie\n"
+"de estas actualizaciones, ahora las puede descargar desde la Internet.\n"
+"Marque \"%s\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la Internet, o \"%s\"\n"
+"si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al elegir \"%s\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n"
+"obtener las actualizaciones. Debería elegir el más cercano a Usted.\n"
+"Aparecerá un árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"%s\" para\n"
+"abortar."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad que desea\n"
+"para su máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser\n"
+"mayor si la máquina va a contener datos cruciales, o si estará expuesta\n"
+"directamente a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de seguridad más alto\n"
+"generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabe cual elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiarla\n"
+"más adelante con la herramienta draksec, que es parte del Centro de Control\n"
+"de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Complete el campo \"%s\" con la dirección de correo electrónico de la\n"
+"persona responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
+"se enviarán a esa dirección."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de seguridad"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n"
+"su sistema Mandriva Linux. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n"
+"una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de particionado,\n"
+"puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir particiones en el\n"
+"disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rígido. Puede\n"
+"seleccionar el disco a particionar haciendo clic sobre \"hda\" para el\n"
+"primer disco IDE, \"hdb\" para el segundo, \"sda\" para el primer disco\n"
+"SCSI y así sucesivamente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar el disco rígido seleccionado, puede utilizar estas\n"
+"opciones:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n"
+"seleccionado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3 y swap\n"
+"automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": guarda la tabla de particiones en un disquete. Útil para\n"
+"recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en caso que sea necesario.\n"
+"Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción le permitirá restaurar una tabla de particiones\n"
+"guardada previamente en un disquete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si su tabla de particiones está dañada puede intentar\n"
+"recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga cuidado y recuerde que\n"
+"puede fallar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta todos los cambios y carga la tabla de particiones que\n"
+"estaba originalmente en el disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desmarca esta opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y\n"
+"desmontar manualmente los soportes removibles como los disquetes y los\n"
+"CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para particionar\n"
+"su disco rígido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen conocimiento del\n"
+"particionado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción para deshacer sus cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite realizar acciones adicionales sobre las particiones\n"
+"(tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información acerca del disco\n"
+"rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rígido, esto\n"
+"guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se define el tamaño de una partición, puede realizar un ajuste fino\n"
+"del tamaño utilizando las teclas de las flechas de su teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: todas las opciones son accesibles por medio del teclado. Navegue a\n"
+"través de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [C] para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n"
+"partición vacía);\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [D] para borrar una partición;\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [M] para configurar el punto de montaje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n"
+"disponibles, por favor lea el capítulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n"
+"Referencia\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n"
+"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1 MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n"
+"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n"
+"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n"
+"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montaje automático de soportes extraíbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Cambiar entre el modo normal/experto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n"
+"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiar el tamaño para poder\n"
+"instalar su sistema operativo Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\",\n"
+"\"Capacidad\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de\n"
+"disco rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
+"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
+"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n"
+"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra en\n"
+"este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país no\n"
+"se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este paso se activa sólo si se encontró una partición GNU/Linux existente\n"
+"en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación nueva o una\n"
+"actualización de un sistema Mandriva Linux existente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". En gran parte, esta opción borrará por completo el sistema\n"
+"anterior. Sin embargo, dependiendo de su esquema de particiones, puede\n"
+"evitar que se sobre-escriban algunos datos existentes (notablemente los\n"
+"directorios de \"home\"). Si desea cambiar la forma en la que se\n"
+"particionan sus discos, debería usar esta opción.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los paquetes que\n"
+"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandriva Linux. No se "
+"alteran\n"
+"las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los usuarios. La\n"
+"mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen disponibles y son\n"
+"similares a una instalación estándar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El uso de la opción \"Actualizar\" debería funcionar sin problemas para los\n"
+"sistemas Mandriva Linux que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No "
+"se\n"
+"recomienda realizar una actualización sobre versiones anteriores a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versión \"8.1\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió (ver ), DrakX seleccionará\n"
+"automáticamente un tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique\n"
+"que la selección le satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n"
+"exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n"
+"inglés, puede ser que tenga un teclado latino americano. O si habla\n"
+"castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la\n"
+"cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este\n"
+"paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n"
+"de los teclados soportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n"
+"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n"
+"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"El primer paso es elegir el idioma que prefiere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma del instalador, de la\n"
+"documentación, y del sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la\n"
+"que se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" (Avanzada) podrá seleccionar otros\n"
+"idiomas para instalar en su sistema, instalando así los archivos\n"
+"específicos para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por\n"
+"ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español\n"
+"como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Acerca del soporte UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode es una codificación nueva de\n"
+"caracteres que pretende cubrir todos los idiomas existentes. Sin embargo,\n"
+"el soporte completo para Unicode bajo GNU/Linux todavía está en desarrollo.\n"
+"Por esta razón, Mandriva Linux lo usará o no dependiendo de las elecciones\n"
+"del usuario:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si elige un idioma con codificación legada fuerte (idiomas latin1, ruso,\n"
+"japonés, chino, coreano, thai, griego, turco, la mayoría de los idiomas\n"
+"ISO-8859-2), de manera predeterminada se usará la codificación legada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Otros idiomas utilizarán Unicode de manera predeterminada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si se necesitan dos o más idiomas, y dichos idiomas no utilizan la misma\n"
+"codificación, entonces el sistema completo utilizará Unicode.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalmente, también se puede forzar el uso de Unicode para todo el\n"
+"sistema a pedido del usuario seleccionando la opción \"%s\" sin importar\n"
+"qué idiomas han sido seleccionados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n"
+"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos marcando la casilla \"%s\".\n"
+"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n"
+"traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n"
+"idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede ejecutar el comando \"localedrake\" como \"root\" para cambiar el\n"
+"idioma de todo el sistema de uno a otro. Ejecutar el comando como usuario\n"
+"no privilegiado sólo cambiará la configuración de idioma para ese usuario\n"
+"en particular."
+
+# este es el idioma de ejemplo en la ayuda de la seleccion de idiomas;
+# en la traduccion de la ayuda se usa el frances como idioma extra de ejemplo
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Français"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Por lo general, DrakX no tiene problemas en detectar la cantidad de botones\n"
+"de su ratón. Si no es así, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y\n"
+"lo configurará para que emule el tercero. El tercer botón del ratón en un\n"
+"ratón de dos botones se puede \"obtener\" haciendo clic simultáneamente\n"
+"sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá automáticamente si su\n"
+"ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir un ratón\n"
+"\"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que pueda simular\n"
+"la rueda con el mismo: para hacerlo, presione el botón del medio y, sin\n"
+"soltarlo, mueva el puntero de su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si, por alguna razón, desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente,\n"
+"selecciónelo de la lista que se proporciona.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede seleccionar la entrada \"%s\" para elegir un tipo de ratón\n"
+"\"genérico\" que funcionará con casi todos los ratones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se mostrará una pantalla de\n"
+"prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que los ajustes son\n"
+"correctos y que el ratón está funcionando correctamente. Si el ratón no\n"
+"está funcionando bien, presione la [barra espaciadora] o la tecla [Intro]\n"
+"para cancelar la prueba y volverá a la lista de opciones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ocasionalmente, los ratones con rueda no se detectan automáticamente, por\n"
+"lo que deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de\n"
+"seleccionar el correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su\n"
+"ratón. Después de seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se\n"
+"mostrará la imagen de un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón\n"
+"para asegurarse que está activa correctamente. A medida que mueva la rueda,\n"
+"verá que se mueve la rueda en la pantalla. Pruebe los botones y verifique\n"
+"que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que mueve su\n"
+"ratón."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Con emulación de rueda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Cualquier ratón PS/2 y USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n"
+"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". El usuario\n"
+"\"root\" es el administrador del sistema y es el único autorizado a hacer\n"
+"actualizaciones, agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del\n"
+"sistema, etc. Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo! Es por esto que\n"
+"deberá elegir una contraseña que sea difícil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si\n"
+"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, no es forzoso ingresar\n"
+"una contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una.\n"
+"GNU/Linux es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro\n"
+"sistema operativo. Es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\"\n"
+"debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y borrar, sin\n"
+"intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones accediendo\n"
+"a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente.\n"
+"\n"
+"La contraseña debería ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n"
+"menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n"
+"- por ejemplo, en un papel - eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer su\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sin embargo, no debería hacer la contraseña muy larga o complicada ¡debido\n"
+"a que Usted debe poder recordarla!\n"
+"\n"
+"La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n"
+"Deberá teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la posibilidad de un\n"
+"error de tecleo a ciegas. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el mismo\n"
+"error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\" la\n"
+"primera vez que intente conectarse como \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si desea utilizar un servidor de autenticación para controlar el acceso a\n"
+"su computadora, haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o servicios de autenticación de PDC\n"
+"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el apropiado como método de %s.\n"
+"Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador de su red.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, o si su\n"
+"computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet y Usted confía\n"
+"absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la misma, puede\n"
+"elegir el botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticación"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cargador de arranque es un pequeño programa que la computadora inicia al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Es el responsable de arrancar todo el sistema.\n"
+"Normalmente la instalación del cargador de arranque está completamente\n"
+"automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de arranque del disco y actuará en\n"
+"función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
+"sector de arranque de GRUB/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n"
+"GNU/Linux o cualquier otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de GRUB o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n"
+"uno nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n"
+"el cargador de arranque. Generalmente, el \"%s\" es el lugar más seguro. Si\n"
+"no va a instalar cargador de arranque alguno seleccione \"%s\". Úselo\n"
+"solamente si sabe lo que está haciendo."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora es el momento de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para su\n"
+"computadora. Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero\n"
+"Mandriva Linux le ofrece dos. Cada uno de los sistemas de impresión es más\n"
+"adecuado para tipos de configuración particulares.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"print, do not queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola) es la\n"
+"elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n"
+"el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna\n"
+"(\"%s\" manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento cuando se\n"
+"utiliza con las redes) Se recomienda utilizar \"pdq\" si esta es su primer\n"
+"experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\"punta (Sistema de Impresión\n"
+"Común de Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora\n"
+"local o en una que se encuentre al otro lado del planeta. Es simple de\n"
+"configurar y puede actuar como servidor o cliente para el sistema de\n"
+"impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con sistemas operativos\n"
+"más antiguos que todavía pueden necesitar servicios de impresión. Si bien\n"
+"es bastante potente, la configuración básica es tan simple como la de\n"
+"\"pdq\". Si necesita que emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe activar el\n"
+"demonio \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o\n"
+"elegir las opciones de la impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si hace una elección ahora y más tarde encuentra que a Usted no le gusta su\n"
+"sistema de impresión, puede cambiarlo ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux y haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Experto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n"
+"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n"
+"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente el\n"
+"controlador apropiado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que la detección de hardware no es a prueba de errores, DrakX\n"
+"puede no detectar sus discos rígidos. De ser así, Usted tendrá que\n"
+"especificar su hardware manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si tuviese que especificar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n"
+"preguntará si desea configurar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir a\n"
+"DrakX sondear el hardware en busca de las opciones específicas de la\n"
+"tarjeta que son necesarias para inicializar el adaptador. La mayoría de las\n"
+"veces, DrakX saldrá adelante en este paso sin problema alguno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n"
+"parámetros debe pasar al hardware, Usted deberá configurar manualmente el\n"
+"controlador."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n"
+"informaciones que recopiló acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
+"instalado en su máquina, puede tener algunas o todas las entradas\n"
+"siguientes. Cada entrada está compuesta del elemento a configurar, seguido\n"
+"de un pequeño resumen de la configuración actual. Haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" correspondiente para hacer los cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición actual del teclado\n"
+"y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n"
+"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país\n"
+"no se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n"
+"en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n"
+"no es correcto.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n"
+"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
+"asociados a la tarjeta si cree que no son los correctos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
+"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\" para cambiar la configuración su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la Internet o a su red\n"
+"local, puede hacerlo ahora. Consulte la documentación impresa o utilice el\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux luego que finalizó la instalación para\n"
+"aprovechar la ayuda en línea completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite configurar las direcciones de los proxy HTTP y FTP si la\n"
+"máquina sobre la que está instalando estará ubicada detrás de un servidor\n"
+"proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n"
+"como se ajustó en un paso previo (ver ).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n"
+"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n"
+"sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n"
+"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n"
+"haga clic sobre este botón. Esto debería estar reservado para los usuarios\n"
+"avanzados. Consulte la documentación impresa o la ayuda en línea acerca de\n"
+"la configuración del cargador de arranque en el Centro de Control de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por medio de esta entrada podrá tener un control fino sobre qué\n"
+"servicios correrán en su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como\n"
+"servidor es una buena idea revisar estos ajustes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Tarjeta RDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaz gráfica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n"
+"Mandriva Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos presentes\n"
+"en dicha unidad de disco y no se podrán recuperar!."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n"
+"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n"
+"\"%s\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en esta\n"
+"unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" para detener esta operación sin perder los datos ni\n"
+"las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco rígido."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Siguiente ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1dbfcb70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+# Translation of DrakX.po to Estonian.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Riho Kurg <rx@linux.ee>, 1999-2003.
+# Marek Laane <bald@starman.ee>, 2002-2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-et\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-07 12:20+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@starman.ee>\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian <et@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne jätkamist lugege hoolikalt läbi litsentsileping. See kehtib kogu\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxi distributsiooni kohta. Kui Te kõigi selle tingimustega\n"
+"nõus olete, märkige ära kast \"%s\". Kui Teile aga miski ei meeldi, siis\n"
+"klõps nupule \"%s\" sooritab arvuti taaskäivitamise."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux on mitmekasutajasüsteem, mis tähendab, et igal kasutajal\n"
+"võivad olla oma eelistused, failid jne. Selle kontseptsiooni kohta leiab "
+"lähemat\n"
+"infot \"Kasutaja käsiraamatust\". Kuid erinevalt administraatorist ei ole\n"
+"kasutajal õigust muuta midagi muud kui vaid omaenda faile ja seadistusi.\n"
+"Te peaksite looma ka endale vähemalt ühe tavakasutaja konto, millele sisse\n"
+"logida igapäevategevuseks. Kuigi võib olla vägagi praktiline logida iga "
+"päev\n"
+"sisse administraatorina, võib see olla ka väga ohtlik! Vähimgi viga võib "
+"sel\n"
+"puhul tähendada, et süsteem lakkab töötamast. Kui teete tõsise vea "
+"tavakasutajana,\n"
+"võite kaotada ainult mõningat infot, kuid süsteem jääb töökorda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõigepealt tuleks sisestada oma tegelik nimi. See ei ole mõistagi "
+"kohustuslik - tegelikult võite sisestada, mida soovite. DrakX võtab esimese "
+"sisestatud sõna\n"
+"ning kopeerib selle väljale \"%s\". See on siis nimi, mille all konkreetne "
+"kasutaja\n"
+"saab ennast süsteemi sisse logida. Soovi korral võite DrakX'i pakutut ka\n"
+"muuta. Seejärel tuleb sisestada parool. Privileegideta (tavalise) kasutaja\n"
+"parool ei ole turvalisuse mõttes nii oluline kui administraatori oma,\n"
+"kuid pole põhjust sellest ka naljanumbrit teha:\n"
+"lõppeks on ju mängus Teie failid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui klõpsate nupule \"%s\", võite lisada veel nii palju kasutajaid, kui "
+"vaja.\n"
+"Lisage üks kasutaja iga inimese kohta, kes Teie arvutit kasutab. Kui olete "
+"kõik\n"
+"soovitud sisestanud, klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõps nupule \"%s\" võimaldab muuta kasutajale määratavat shelli\n"
+"(vaikimisi on see bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui olete kasutajate lisamise lõpetanud, pakutakse Teile valida kasutaja, "
+"kel on\n"
+"õigus logida süsteemi automaatselt, kui arvuti käivitub. Kui see võimalus\n"
+"Teile huvi pakub (ja kohalik turvalisus muret ei valmista), valige "
+"meelepärane\n"
+"kasutaja ning aknahaldur ja klõpsake nupule \"%s\". Kui Te sellest aga "
+"huvitatud ei ole,\n"
+"eemaldage märge kastist \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Kas soovite seda lubada?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülal on toodud kõik Teie kõvakettal olemasolevad Linuxi partitsioonid\n"
+"Vaikimisi on need enamasti üsna mõistlikud. Kui teete nendes muutusi,\n"
+"pidage meeles, et kindlasti vajate juurpartitsiooni (\"/\"). Liiga väikeste\n"
+"partitsioonide puhul võib tekkida raskusi piisava hulga tarkvara "
+"paigaldamisel.\n"
+"Kasutajate jaoks on sageli mõistlik luua eraldi \"/home\" partitsioon.\n"
+"(Seda mõistagi juhul, kui tegemist on enam kui ühe Linuxi partitsiooniga).\n"
+"\n"
+"Iga partitsiooni juures on toodud abiinfona \"Nimi\" ja \"Mahutavus\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi\" koosneb kõvakettatüübist, selle numbrist ja partitsiooni\n"
+"numbrist (näiteks \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta tüüp on \"hd\", kui on tegemist IDE kettaga, ning \"sd\", kui on\n"
+"tegemist SCSI kettaga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta number on alati täht \"hd\" või \"sd\" järel. IDE ketastel:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri allutatu,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri allutatu.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ketaste puhul on \"a\" esimene, \"b\" teine ja nii edasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxi paigalduspaketid on jagatud mitme CD vahel.\n"
+"DrakX suudab ära tunda, kui valitud pakett asub muul CD-l,\n"
+"ning väljastab siis seesoleva CD ja palub sisestada selle,\n"
+"mida parajasti vaja läheb.\n"
+"Kui Teil ei ole nõutavat CD-d käepärast, klõpsake nupul \"%s\"\n"
+"ning vastavat tarkvara ei paigaldata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on aeg valida rakendused, mida soovite oma süsteemi paigaldada.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux pakub tuhandeid pakette ja mõistagi ei eelda keegi,\n"
+"et Te neid kõiki juba ette tunneksite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketid on rühmitatud gruppidesse vastavalt nende kasutusalale.\n"
+"Grupid ise on jagatud nelja sektsiooni, mida võib valida mistahes "
+"kombinatsioonis:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete kasutada arvutit tööjaamana,\n"
+"valige siit sektsioonist üks või enam grupp.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete kasutada arvutit programmeerimiseks, valige\n"
+"soovitud grupid siit. Spetsiaalne grupp \"LSB\" seadistab Teie süsteemi "
+"nii,\n"
+"et see vastab võimalikult hästi Linux Standard Base'i standardile.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Grupi \"LSB\" valimine paigaldab Teie arvutisse Linuxi kerneli seeriast "
+"\"2.4\",\n"
+"mitte muidu vaikimisi paigaldatavast seeriast \"2.6\".\n"
+"Seda tehakse täieliku ühilduvuse saavutamiseks LSB standardiga.\n"
+"Kui Te aga jätate grupi \"LSB\" valimata, saate ikkagi süsteemi,\n"
+"mis vastab peaaegu täielikult LSB standardile.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui arvuti peab täitma serveri ülesandeid, saate siit valida,\n"
+"milliseid levinumaid teenuseid oma süsteemi paigaldada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lõpuks saate siit valida ka meelepärase graafilise töökeskkonna.\n"
+" Kui soovite kasutada graafilist töökeskkonda, tuleb Teil siit valida "
+"vähemalt üks variant.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hiire liigutamine grupi nimele toob nähtavale selle lühikirjelduse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Märkida võib ka kasti \"%s\", mis on eriti mõttekas siis, kui tunnete\n"
+"pakette, mida Teile pakutakse, või kui soovite täielikku kontrolli selle\n"
+"üle, mida Teie süsteemi paigaldatakse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui käivitasite paigaldamise režiimis \"%s\", võite jätta kõik grupid "
+"valimata,\n"
+"mis takistab uute pakettide paigaldamist.\n"
+"Seda tasub tarvitada näiteks olemasoleva süsteemi parandamisel või "
+"värskendamisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui olete tavapärast paigaldamist tehes kõik grupid valimata jätnud\n"
+"(seega talitanud vastupidi uuendamise mõttele), ilmub dialoog,\n"
+"mis pakub mitmesuguseid võimalusi minimaalseks paigalduseks.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse minimaalselt graafiliseks töölauaks vajalikud "
+"paketid.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse baassüsteem ning põhilised utiliidid ja nende "
+"dokumentatsioon.\n"
+"See peaks sobima näiteks serverile.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse minimaalne hulk pakette,\n"
+"mida on vaja Linuxi töötamiseks (vaid käsurealt).\n"
+"See võtab ruumi umbes 65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uuendus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Baasdokumentatsiooniga"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Tõeliselt minimaalne paigaldus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt sellest, kas valisite individuaalse pakettide valiku või mitte,\n"
+"näidatakse Teile gruppidesse ja alamgruppidesse rühmitatult kõiki pakette\n"
+"sisaldavat puud. Seda mööda liikudes võite valida või etteantud valiku\n"
+"tühistada tervete gruppide, alamgruppide või üksikute pakettide kaupa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite puus mõne paketi, ilmub paremal selle kirjeldus,\n"
+"mis annab teada, milline on paketi ülesanne.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Kui tahtlikult või seetõttu, et asi kuulus gruppi,\n"
+"on valitud mõni serveripakett, palutakse Teilt kinnitust,\n"
+"et Te ikka tõesti soovite neid servereid paigaldada.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux käivitab kõik paigaldatud serverid vaikimisi alglaadimise "
+"ajal.\n"
+"Isegi kui nad olid turvalised ja teadaolevalt probleemivabad ajal,\n"
+"mis valmis distributsioon, võib kergesti juhtuda,\n"
+"et pärast Mandriva Linuxi praeguse versiooni valmimist leiti neist "
+"turvaauke.\n"
+"Kui Te ei tea, mida konkreetne teenus pakub või miks see üldse "
+"paigaldatakse,\n"
+"klõpsake nupul \"%s\", sest klõps nupul \"%s\" paigaldab loetletud serverid\n"
+"ning nad käivituvad alglaadimise ajal automaatselt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Lisavõimalus \"%s\" lihtsalt keelab hoiatava dialoogi,\n"
+"mis ilmub alati, kui paigaldaja valib automaatselt mõne paketi.\n"
+"See juhtub siis, kui leitakse, et paigaldamise edukaks lõpetamiseks\n"
+"on vajalik paigaldada veel mõni muu pakett.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väike disketiikoon nimekirja all võimaldab avada\n"
+"eelmise paigaldamise ajal valitud pakettide nimekirja.\n"
+"Sellel klõpsamise järel palutakse Teil sisestada diskett,\n"
+"mille lõite eelmise paigaldamise lõpul.\n"
+"Vaadake ka eelmise sammu teist nõuannet selle kohta, kuidas sellist disketti "
+"luua."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automaatsõltuvused"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klõps nupul \"%s\" avab printeri seadistamise nõustaja.\n"
+"Uurige lähemalt \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu\" (\"Starter Guide\")\n"
+"vastavast peatükist, kuidas uut printerit häälestada.\n"
+"Siin näidatav sarnaneb sellele, mida võisite näha paigaldamise ajal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd saate valida, millised teenused peaks käivitama alglaadimisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siin on üles loetud kõik teenused, mis on saadaval antud paigalduse puhul.\n"
+"Uurige neid hoolega ja jätke valimata kõik, mida ei ole alglaadimise ajal\n"
+"tingimata vajalik käivitada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Konkreetset teenust valides näete selle kohta lühikest seletavat teksti. "
+"Kui\n"
+"Te ei ole aga kindel, kas teenus on kasulik või mitte, on mõistlik jätta "
+"kehtima\n"
+"vaikevalik (olgu see siis lubav või mitte).\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Kui kavatsete oma süsteemi kasutada serverina, olge eriti tähelepanelik:\n"
+"tõenäoliselt ei soovi Te käivitada mittevajalikke teenuseid. Pidage meeles, "
+"et\n"
+"mõned teenused võivad serveris kasutatuna olla isegi ohtlikud. Üldiselt "
+"tasub\n"
+"valida ainult neid teenuseid, mida Teil tõesti vaja läheb.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux kasutab GMT (Greenwichi) aega ning teisendab selle\n"
+"kohalikuks ajaks vastavalt Teie valitud ajavööndile. Seda võib siiski ka "
+"välja\n"
+"lülitada, kui jätta märkimata \"%s\". Sellisel juhul kajastab\n"
+"arvutikell sama aega, mis süsteemi kell. See võib olla kasulik, kui masinas "
+"on\n"
+"veel mõni operatsioonisüsteem, näiteks Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Võimalus \"%s\" võimaldab kellaaega reguleerida,\n"
+"ühendudes Internetis mõne ajaserveriga. Pakutavas nimekirjas valige mõni\n"
+"lähemal asuv server. Mõistagi peab selle võimaluse kasutamiseks olema ka\n"
+"Internetiühendus. Tegelikult paigaldab see Teie arvutisse ajaserveri, mida "
+"saab\n"
+"kasutada isegi teiste kohtvõrgus olevate masinate aja täpsustamiseks."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Aja automaatne sünkroniseerimine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Videokaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt masinasse\n"
+"paigaldatud videokaardi. Kui see ei õnnestu, saate nimekirjast valida\n"
+"kaardi, mis tegelikult on masinass paigaldatud.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (ehk X Window System) kujutab endast GNU/Linuxi graafilise "
+"kasutajaliidese\n"
+"tuuma ja südant, millele toetuvad kõik Mandriva Linuxiga kaasas käivad\n"
+"graafilised töökeskkonnad (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker jne).\n"
+"\n"
+"Siin näidatakse Teile tervet nimekirja parameetreid, mida saab muuta,\n"
+"et graafiline kasutajaliides oleks just Teile meelepärane:\n"
+"\n"
+"Videokaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt masinasse\n"
+"paigaldatud videokaardi. Kui see ei õnnestu, saate nimekirjast valida\n"
+"kaardi, mis tegelikult on masinas paigaldatud.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt Teie masinaga\n"
+"ühendatud monitori. Kui see ei peaks siiski õnnestuma, saate siin toodud\n"
+"nimekirjast valida monitori, mis Teil tegelikult on.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ekraanilahutus\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saate valida Teie riistvaraga sobiva ekraanilahutuse ja "
+"värvisügavuse.\n"
+"Kui Te paigaldamise järel leiate, et siin valitu siiski ei kõlba, saate "
+"seda\n"
+"hiljem muuta. Valitud seadistust näidatakse monitoril.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sõltuvalt Teie riistvarast ei pruugi seda näha olla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   süsteem püüab avada graafilist akent soovitud ekraanilahutusega. Kui "
+"näete\n"
+"testi ajal sõnumit ja vastate \"%s\", suundub DrakX järgmise sammu juurde.\n"
+"Kui Te sõnumit ei näe, tähendab see, et miski automaatselt tuvastatud\n"
+"seadistuses oli mäda ja test lõpeb automaatselt 12 sekundi pärast, tuues\n"
+"Teid menüüsse tagasi. Seal saate muuta seadistusi, kuni Teil õnnestub\n"
+"leida see, mis tagab korrektse ja meelepärase graaafilise kasutajaliidese.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Eelistused\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saab määrata, kas soovite, et masin käivitaks alglaadimise ajal\n"
+"automaatselt graafilise kasutajaliidese. Ilmselt on Teie vastus \"%s\",\n"
+"kui soovite, et masin toimiks serverina, või kui Teid ei kippunud\n"
+"seadistamise ajal edu saatma."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt Teie masinaga\n"
+"ühendatud monitori. Kui see ei peaks siiski õnnestuma, saate siin toodud\n"
+"nimekirjast valida monitori, mis Teil tegelikult on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekraanilahutus\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saate valida Teie riistvaraga sobiva ekraanilahutuse ja "
+"värvisügavuse.\n"
+"Kui Te paigaldamise järel leiate, et siin valitu siiski ei kõlba, saate "
+"seda\n"
+"hiljem muuta. Valitud seadistust näidatakse monitoril."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Eelistused\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada graafilist töökeskkonda\n"
+"kohe alglaadimisel. Pange tähele, et seda päritakse ka siis, kui Te ei "
+"proovinudki\n"
+"seadistusi testida. On üsna ilmne, et vastus kõlab \"%s\", kui masina "
+"ülesanne\n"
+"on tegutseda serverina või kui Teid ei kippunud seadistamise ajal edu saatma."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Olete jõudnud punkti, kus peate otsustama, kuhu täpselt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"oma kõvakettal paigaldada. Kui kõvaketas on tühi või mõni muu\n"
+"operatsioonisüsteem seda täielikult kasutab, on vaja see osadeks jagada\n"
+"ehk partitsioneerida.\n"
+"Partitsioneerimine on tegevus, mille käigus tekitatakse kettale loogilised\n"
+"piirkonnad Teie uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi paigaldamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kuna kõvaketta jagamine on pöördumatu protsess, siis peab kogemusteta\n"
+"kasutaja olema iseäranis ettevaatlik! Selle tegevuse lihtsustamiseks ja\n"
+"vigade vähendamiseks on Teie jaoks loodudki käesolev nõustaja. Siiski,\n"
+"palun varuge natuke ettevalmistusaega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sõltuvalt kõvaketta omadustest on ketta jagamiseks ehk partitsioneerimiseks\n"
+"mitmeid võimalusi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see jagab lihtsalt Teie tühja(d) kõvaketta(d).\n"
+"Mingeid edasisi küsimusi ei esitata.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nõustaja leidis kõvakettalt vähemalt\n"
+"ühe Linuxi partitsiooni. Kui soovite seda/neid kasutada, valige see "
+"võimalus.\n"
+"Seejärel palutakse valida iga partitsiooniga seotud haakepunktid. Vaikimisi\n"
+"valitakse need juba ette ära ja üldiselt oleks mõistlik neid mitte muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kõvakettale on paigaldatud\n"
+"Microsoft Windows ja see haarab enda alla kogu kõvaketta, tuleb Teil "
+"tekitada\n"
+"vaba ruum GNU/Linuxi andmetele. Selleks võib hävitada Microsoft Windowsi\n"
+"partitsiooni koos andmetega (vaata võimalusi \"Puhasta kogu ketas\" või\n"
+"\"Ekspertrežiim\") või selle suurust muuta. Viimast on võimalik sooritada "
+"ilma\n"
+"andmeid kaotamata, seda küll eeldusel, et olete varem Windowsi partitsiooni\n"
+"defragmenteerinud. Siiski ei tule kindlasti kahjuks ka andmetest varukoopia\n"
+"valmistamine... See lahendus on soovitatav, kui tahate kasutada ühes "
+"arvutis\n"
+"nii Mandriva Linuxit kui Microsoft Windowsit.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Enne selle valiku kasuks otsustamist pidage silmas, et kirjeldatud "
+"protseduuri\n"
+"järel on Teie Microsoft Windowsi partitsioon senisest väiksem, mis tähendab, "
+"et\n"
+"sellel on ka vähem ruumi andmete salvestamiseks või uue tarkvara "
+"paigaldamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite kustutada kõik andmed ja partitsioonid, mis\n"
+"kõvakettal parajasti on, ning asendada need uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemiga, "
+"on\n"
+"see õige valik. Aga tasub olla ettevaatlik, sest pärast selle valiku "
+"langetamist\n"
+"tagasiteed enam ei ole...\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Kui valite selle võimaluse, kaotate kõik kõvakettal olevad andmed. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see puhastab kõvaketta senistest andmetest ja\n"
+"käivitab uue paigaldusprotsessi, luues kõik partitsioonid uuesti. Kaovad ka\n"
+"kõik kettal olnud andmed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Kui valite selle võimaluse, kaotate kõik kõvakettal olevad andmed. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valige see, kui soovite ise kontrollida kõvaketta jagamist.\n"
+"Kuid olge ettevaatlik - see on küll võimas, aga ohte sisaldav\n"
+"valik, mille puhul võib kergesti kaotada olemasolevad andmed. Seepärast ei\n"
+"peaks seda valima, kui Te pole endas päris kindel. Täpsemalt saab teada,\n"
+"kuidas kasutada DiskDrake'i võimalusi, \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu"
+"\" (\"Starter\n"
+"Guide\") alapeatükist \"Partitsioonide haldamine\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja nüüd ongi paigaldamine selja taga ning Teie GNU/Linuxi süsteem valmis "
+"tööks.\n"
+"Selleks tuleb vaid klõpsata \"%s\" ning arvuti teeb taaskäivituse. Ärge\n"
+"unustage eemaldamast paigaldus-andmekandjat (CD või diskett). Seejärel\n"
+"võite valida, kas käivitada GNU/Linux või Windows (kui Teie arvutis on mitu\n"
+"süsteemi).\n"
+"\n"
+"Nupp \"%s\" pakub veel kaks võimalust:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": loob paigaldusdisketi, mis sooritab kogu\n"
+"paigaldamise ilma kasutajata, paigaldamine ise on samasugune nagu äsja\n"
+"seljataha jäänu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selle valiku korral ilmub veel kaks erinevat võimalust:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". See on osaliselt automaatne, sest kõvaketta jagamisel\n"
+"(aga ka ainult seal) on võimalik sekkuda.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Täisautomaatne paigaldus: kõvaketas kirjutatakse täielikult\n"
+"uuesti, kõik varasemad andmed kustutatakse.\n"
+"\n"
+"   See võimalus võib olla kasulik, kui paigaldamine on kavas ette võtta "
+"paljudel\n"
+"ühesugustel masinatel. Lähemalt vaadake meie veebileheküljel\n"
+"automaatpaigalduse sektsiooni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): salvestab paigaldamise käigus valitud pakettide\n"
+"nimekirja. Kui nüüd võtate ette uue paigalduse, asetage diskett seadmesse "
+"ning\n"
+"käivitage paigaldamine klahvile [F1] vajutades abiekraani vahendusel, andes "
+"käsu\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< ja vajutades seejärel klahvi [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Teil läheb vaja FAT-vorminduses disketti. Sellise loomiseks GNU/Linuxi\n"
+"keskkonnas andke käsureal korraldus \"mformat a:\" või \"fdformat /dev/fd0"
+"\"\n"
+"ning seejärel \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Loo kiirpaigaldusdiskett"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik värskelt loodud partitsioonid tuleb enne kasutamist vormindada\n"
+"ehk sinna tuleb luua failisüsteemid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Samuti võib vormindada varem olemas olnud partitsioonid, kui soovite\n"
+"seal leiduvad andmed ära kustutada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pange tähele, et alati ei ole kõigi vanade partitsioonide vormindamine\n"
+"vajalik. Kindlasti tuleb vormindada partitsioonid, kus varem asus \"/\", \"/"
+"usr\"\n"
+"või \"/var\", aga kasutajate faile sisaldav \"/home\" võiks jääda alles.\n"
+"\n"
+"Olge partitsioonide valikul hoolas. Pärast vormindamist on kõik valitud\n"
+"partitsioonidel asunud andmed kustutatud ning neid ei ole võimalik "
+"taastada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui olete vormindamiseks valmis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui soovite valida oma uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi\n"
+"paigaldamiseks mõne muu partitsiooni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui soovite valida partitsioone, millel kontrollitaks\n"
+"vigaste plokkide olemasolu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"On tõenäoline, et praegu, kui Te paigaldate Mandriva Linuxit, on mõned\n"
+"paketid jõudnud pärast väljalaset juba uuenduskuuri üle elada. Mõnes on ära\n"
+"parandatud paar väiksemat viga, mõnes turvaprobleemid. Et võiksite neist\n"
+"uuendustest tulu lõigata, on Teil nüüd võimalik need Internetist alla "
+"laadida.\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui Teie internetiühendus töötab, või \"%s\", kui "
+"eelistate\n"
+"pakette uuendada millalgi hiljem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite \"%s\", näidatakse Teile nimekirja kohtadega, kust uuendusi "
+"tõmmata\n"
+"saab. Valige endale lähim paik. Seejärel ilmub paketivaliku puu. Vaadake "
+"see\n"
+"üle ning klõpsake nupule \"%s\", kui soovite valitud paketi(d) alla laadida "
+"ja\n"
+"paigaldada, või \"%s\", kui Te ei soovi seda teha."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on aeg valida masinale sobiv turvatase. Rusikareeglina peaks\n"
+"turvatase olema seda kõrgem, mida ligipääsule avatum arvuti on ja mida "
+"rohkem\n"
+"leidub selles olulise tähtsusega andmeid. Samas muudab kõrgem turvatase\n"
+"enamasti kasutamise mõnevõrra keerukamaks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, jätke kehtima vaikimisi pakutud valik. Hiljem\n"
+"saate turvataset muuta Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskuses abivahendiga "
+"Draksec.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väli \"%s\" on mõeldud süsteemi turvalisuse eest vastutava kasutaja\n"
+"teavitamiseks. Turvalisusega seotud teated saadetakse sellele aadressile."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Turvaadministraator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd peate valima partitsiooni(d), kuhu soovite Mandriva Linuxi paigaldada.\n"
+"Kui need on juba olemas kas GNU/Linuxi varasema paigalduse või mõne muu\n"
+"kettajagamisvahendi tegevuse tulemusena, võite kasutada olemasolevaid\n"
+"partitsioone. Vastasel juhul tuleb need luua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsioon on loogiliselt eraldatud kõvaketta piirkond, mille suurust\n"
+"ei ole võimalik hiljem, töötavas süsteemis enam muuta. Samuti hävivad\n"
+"partitsiooni kustutamisel kõik selles leiduvad andmed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta jagamise lihtsustamiseks on loodud nõustaja, mille soovitused\n"
+"on harilikult mõistlikud.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsioonide loomiseks valige esmalt kõvaketas. \"hda\" tähendab siin "
+"esimest\n"
+"IDE-ketast, \"hdb\" teist IDE-ketast, \"sda\" esimest SCSI-ketast ja nii "
+"edasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitud ketta jagamiseks on järgmised võimalused:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kustutatakse kõik olemasolevad partitsioonid\n"
+"sellel kettal.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sel juhul tekitatakse Linuxile vajalikud\n"
+"partitsioonid kõvaketta vabale osale automaatselt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" pakub mõned lisavõimalused:\n"
+" * \"%s\": salvestab partitsioonitabeli disketile.\n"
+"Sellest on kasu hilisemal partitsioonitabeli taastamisel, kui seda vaja\n"
+"peaks olema. Igal juhul on äärmiselt soovitav see samm ette võtta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab taastada disketilt varem\n"
+"salvestatud partitsioonitabeli.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui partitsioonitabel on vigastatud, võib\n"
+"proovida seda parandada. Palun ärge selle peale siiski liiga palju lootke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite tühistada kõik enda tehtud muutused ja alustada algse "
+"partitsioonitabeliga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": selle võimaluse\n"
+"tühistamine sunnib kasutajaid käsitsi haakima ja lahutama eemaldatavaid\n"
+"andmekandjaid, st diskette ja CD-sid.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite uue partitsioonitabeli loomisel samm-sammulist\n"
+"juhatust. See on soovitatav, kui Te ei ole varem midagi sellist teinud.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": selle võimalusega saab tühistada kõik tehtud muudatused.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab partitsioonidega ette\n"
+"võtta lisaoperatsioone (tüüp, võtmed, vorming) ning pakub rohkem infot.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui olete kõvaketta jagamise lõpetanud, saate sellele nupule\n"
+"klõpsates tehtud muudatused salvestada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsiooni suurust määrates saate seda täpselt paika panna klaviatuuril\n"
+"asuvaid nooleklahve kasutades.\n"
+"\n"
+"Märkus: igale võimalusele pääseb ligi ka klaviatuuri abil. Partitsioonidel\n"
+"saab liikuda klahvidega [Tab] ning üles-alla nooleklahvidega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsiooni valimisel saab ette võtta järgmisi toiminguid:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+C uue partitsiooni loomine (kui valitud on tühi partitsioon).\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+D partitsiooni kustutamine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+M haakepunkti määramine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lähemat infot erinevate failisüsteemitüüpide kohta leiab \"Süvateadmiste\n"
+"käsiraamatu\" (\"Reference Manual\") peatükist \"Linuxi failisüsteem\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui paigaldamine toimub PPC-masinas, tuleks luua vähemalt 1MB suurune\n"
+"väike HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitsioon, mida kasutab alglaadur yaboot. Kui Te\n"
+"aga teete selle partitsiooni natukene suuremaks (näiteks nii umbes 50MB),\n"
+"on see päris hea koht, kuhu hädaolukorraks paigutada tagavarakernel\n"
+"ja ramdisk-laadepildid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Eemaldatava andmekandja automaatne haakimine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Tava- ja ekspertrežiimi lülitamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie arvuti kõvakettal on rohkem kui üks Microsoft Windowsi partitsioon.\n"
+"Palun valige välja see, mille suurust soovite Mandriva Linuxi jaoks muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teie abistamiseks on igal partitsioonil näidatud \"Nimi Linuxis\", \"Nimi "
+"Windowsis\" ja \"Mahutavus\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi Linuxis\" koosneb kõvakettatüübist, selle numbrist ja partitsiooni\n"
+"numbrist (näiteks \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta tüüp on \"hd\", kui on tegemist IDE-kettaga, ja \"sd\", kui on\n"
+"tegemist SCSI-kettaga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta number on alati täht \"hd\" või \"sd\" järel. IDE-ketastel:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri allutatu,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri allutatu.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-ketaste puhul on \"a\" esimene, \"b\" teine ja nii edasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi Windowsis\" on täht, millega Microsoft Windows vastavat seadet\n"
+"tähistab (esimene ketas või partitsioon kannab nime \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida praegust riigi valikut. Kui see ei ole riik,\n"
+"kus Te viibite, klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige mõni muu riik. Kui\n"
+"Teie riiki ei ole ilmuvas nimekirjas, klõpsake nupule \"%s\", mis avab\n"
+"riikide täisnimekirja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Seda sammu on vaja ainult siis, kui masinas leiti varasem\n"
+"GNU/Linuxi partitsioon.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX soovib nüüd teada, kas tahate paigaldada uue süsteemi või uuendada\n"
+"olemasolevat Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": üldiselt pühib see vana süsteemi täielikult minema. Kui\n"
+"soovite muuta praeguseid partitsioone või failisüsteemi, siis võiks seda "
+"võimalust\n"
+"kasutada. Sõltuvalt kettajagamise viisist on võimalik ka mõningaid andmeid\n"
+"ülekirjutamise eest päästa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see paigaldamisviis võimaldab uuendada praegu olemasolevasse\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi paigaldatud pakette. Kettajagamisskeemi ega "
+"kasutajate\n"
+"andmeid ei muudeta. Enamik seadistussamme on kasutatavad sarnaselt "
+"tavapärasele\n"
+"paigaldamisele.\n"
+"\n"
+"Võimalus \"Uuendus\" peaks toimima edukalt Mandriva Linuxi süsteemides\n"
+"alates versioonist 8.1. Uuenduse proovimist varasemate versioonide peal\n"
+"me siiski ei soovita."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt valib DrakX klaviatuuri Teie eest juba ära (sõltuvalt valitud\n"
+"keelest). Kuid see võib tekitada olukorra, kus Teil ikkagi pole just see\n"
+"klaviatuur, mida soovite: kui olete näiteks eesti keelt kõnelev\n"
+"hispaanlane, võite siiski soovida hispaania asetusega klaviatuuri. Teine "
+"kohe\n"
+"pähe tulev juhtum on läti keele kõneleja Eestis. Mõlemal juhul on\n"
+"mõtet naasta paigaldamise selle sammu juurde ja valida nimekirjast vajalik\n"
+"klaviatuur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake nupul \"%s\", mis näitab kõiki toetatud klaviatuure.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite mitte-ladina tähestikuga klaviatuuri, palutakse Teil järgmises\n"
+"dialoogis valida klahv või klahvikombinatsioon, mis vahetab ladina ja\n"
+"mitte-ladina asetusega klaviatuuri."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimene samm on vajaliku keele valik. Siin saate valida keele,\n"
+"mida kasutada paigaldamisel ja hilisemas töös. Valige esmalt riik,\n"
+"kus asute, ning seejärel vajalik keel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsates nupul \"%s\", võite valida muid keeli, mida Teie tööjaamale\n"
+"paigaldada. Teiste keelte valikul paigaldatakse vastava keele rakenduste\n"
+"ja dokumentatsiooni failid. Kui Teie masinaga töötab näiteks kasutajaid\n"
+"Hispaaniast, valige puuvaates põhikeeleks eesti keel ning sektsioonis\n"
+"\"Muud\" märkige ära \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Mõni sõna UTF-8 (unicode) toetuse kohta. Unicode on uus kodeering, mis\n"
+"peaks hõlmama kõiki keeli. Selle täielik toetus ei ole GNU/Linuxis\n"
+"siiski veel täielikult teostatud. Seetõttu lähtub Mandriva Linux selle\n"
+"kasutamisel või mittekasutamisel järgmistest asjaoludest:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kui valite keele, mis üldreeglina kasutab muud kodeeringut (latin1 \n"
+"keeled, vene, jaapani, hiina, korea, tai, kreeka, türgi keel, enamik\n"
+"ISO-8859-2 keeli), kasutatakse vaikimisi vastavat kodeeringut;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Muude keelte puhul võetakse vaikimisi kasutusele Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kui valite mitu keelt, mis ei kasuta ühesugust kodeeringut,\n"
+"tarvitatakse vaikimisi Unicode'i;\n"
+" * Ja lõpuks: kui kasutaja seda soovib, võimaldab valik \"%s\"\n"
+"sõltumata valitud keelest kasutada kogu süsteemis Unicode'i.\n"
+"\n"
+"Te võite igal juhul valida soovi korral ka mitu keelt, märkides ära\n"
+"kasti \"%s\" Täiendavate keelte valimine tähendab, et süsteemi\n"
+"paigaldatakse ka neile keeltele vajalikud fondid, õigekirja\n"
+"kontrollijad, rakenduste ja dokumentatsiooni tõlked jms.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ühelt keelelt teisele lülitumiseks võite administraatorina anda käsu\n"
+"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\", mis võimaldab muuta kogu süsteemi keelt,\n"
+"või tavakasutajana muuta ainult enda kohta käivat keeleseadistust."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Hispaania"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt tuvastab DrakX hõlpsasti, mitme nupuga hiirt Te kasutate. Kui\n"
+"see välja ei tule, eeldatakse, et Teil on kahe nupuga hiir, ning "
+"kasutatakse\n"
+"kolmanda nupu emuleerimist. Kahenupulisel hiirel saab kolmandat nuppu\n"
+"\"klõpsata\" üheaegselt vasakut ja paremat nuppu alla vajutades. DrakX "
+"tuvastab\n"
+"automaatselt, kas tegemist on PS/2, jadapordi või USB-hiirega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teil on kolme nupuga, aga ilma rattata hiir, võite valida tüübiks\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX seadistab seejärel hiire nii, et saate matkida hiireratast.\n"
+"Selleks klõpsake keskmist nuppu ja liigutage hiirt üles või alla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui soovite muuta hiiretüüpi, valige pakutud nimekirjast sobiv tüüp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Te võite alati valida võimaluse \"%s\", mis peaks toimima peaaegu igasuguse\n"
+"hiire korral.\n"
+"Kui valite mõne muu hiiretüübi kui vaikimisi määratu, palutakse Teil seda\n"
+"testida. Kasutage nuppe ja ratast kontrollimaks, et valik oli õige. Kui\n"
+"hiir ei käitu korralikult, vajutage tühikuklahvi või klahvi [Return], mis "
+"viib\n"
+"Teid tagasi dialoogi ja lubab uuesti valida.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vahel ei õnnestu rattaga hiirt automaatselt tuvastada. Siis tuleb see "
+"nimekirjast\n"
+"käsitsi valida. Kontrollige, et valite õigesse porti ühendatud hiiretüübi. "
+"Kui\n"
+"klõpsate nupule \"%s\", näidatakse hiire kujutist. Siis tuleb Teil "
+"liigutada\n"
+"hiireratast, et see korrektselt aktiveerida. Seejärel testige, kas kõik "
+"nupud\n"
+"ja liigutused toimivad korralikult."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Ratta emuleerimisega"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universaalne | Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Palun valige õige port. Näiteks MS Windowsi \"COM1\" kannab\n"
+"GNU/Linuxis nime \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on kätte jõudnud kõige olulisem hetk Teie arvuti turvalisuse "
+"tagamisel:\n"
+"Teil tuleb määrata administraatori (\"root\") parool. Administraator haldab "
+"kogu\n"
+"süsteemi ja ainult temal on õigus seda uuendada, kasutajaid lisada, muuta\n"
+"kogu süsteemi seadistusi ja nii edasi. Ehk teisisõnu - administraator võib "
+"teha\n"
+"kõike! Seepärast tuleks parool valida selline, mida oleks raske ära arvata.\n"
+"DrakX ütleb Teile, kui parool tundub olevat liiga lihtne. Te võite muidugi "
+"jätta\n"
+"ka parooli sisestamata, aga me soovitame väga tungivalt seda siiski teha.\n"
+"Nagu iga muu operatsioonisüsteem, ei ole ka GNU/Linuxi süsteem täielikult\n"
+"kaitstud vigade eest. Kuna administraator võib kõiki piiranguid muuta ning\n"
+"vahel tahtmatultki kustutada oma hooletu tegevusega kõik andmed mingilt\n"
+"partitsioonilt, on päris oluline, et administraatoriks saamine ei oleks\n"
+"eriti lihtne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parool võib koosneda nii tähtedest kui numbritest ja peab olema vähemalt\n"
+"8 (kaheksa) märki pikk. Ärge pange kunagi administraatori parooli kirja - "
+"see\n"
+"võib muuta ligipääsu Teie süsteemile võõrastele liiga hõlpsaks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väike soovitus - ärge siiski parooli liiga keeruliseks või pikaks ajage,\n"
+"sest lõppeks peaksite seda ju suutma ka meelde jätta!\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Te parooli sisestate, seda ekraanil ei näidata. Juhuslike näpuvigade\n"
+"vältimiseks peate selle sisestama kaks korda järjest. Siiski, kui teete\n"
+"mõlemal korral ühesuguse vea, on just see \"vigane\" parool, mida Teilt "
+"oodatakse\n"
+"administraatorina sisselogimisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui soovite, et ligipääsu käesolevale arvutile kontrolliks mõni\n"
+"autentimisserver, klõpsake nupul \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teie võrgus on kasutusel LDAP, NIS või PDC Windowsi domeeni autentimise\n"
+"teenused, valige neist sobilik \"%s\". Kui Te aga ei juhtu teadma,\n"
+"mida teha, pöörduge oma võrgu administraatori poole.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teil on probleeme parooli meelespidamisega, Teie arvuti ei ole\n"
+"ühendatud ühtegi administreeritavasse võrku või Te usaldate täielikult\n"
+"kõiki, kes Teie arvutit kasutavad, on mõttekas valida \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentimisviis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Alglaadur on väike programm, mille arvuti käivitab alglaadimise ajal.\n"
+"Tavaliselt tuvastatakse see täiesti automaatselt.\n"
+"DrakX uurib ketta alglaadimissektorit ja talitab vastavalt sellele,\n"
+"mida ta sealt leiab:\n"
+"\n"
+" * kui leitakse Windowsi alglaadimissektor, asendatatakse see grub/LiLo\n"
+"alglaadimissektoriga. Nii võite laadida kas GNU/Linuxi või mõne muu OS-i.\n"
+"\n"
+" * kui leitakse grub-i või LiLo alglaadimissektor, asendatakse see uuega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui DrakX ei suuda asjast aru saada, küsitakse Teie käest, kuhu alglaadur\n"
+"paigutada. Üldiselt on \"%s\" kindlaim valik. Kui valida \"%s\", ei\n"
+"paigaldata alglaadurit üldse. Aga seda kasutage küll ainult siis, kui\n"
+"VÄGA TÄPSELT teate, mida teete!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saate valida oma arvuti trükkimissüsteemi. Teised "
+"operatsioonisüsteemid\n"
+"võivad Teile pakkuda vaid üht süsteemi, kuid Mandriva Linuxi puhul saate\n"
+"valida tervelt kahe seast.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - mis tähendab \"trüki kohe\" (\"print, do not queue\") - tuleks "
+"valida siis,\n"
+"kui Teil on printeriga otseühendus, Te ei soovi näha mingeid järjekordi ja "
+"Teil\n"
+"ei ole võrgus asuvaid printereid. Võrkude puhul on \"%s\" mõnevõrra aeglane "
+"ja\n"
+"tal võib esineda tegutsemisraskusi. Kui see on Teie esimene retk GNU/Linuxi\n"
+"maailma, valige \"pdq\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"tavaline UNIXi trükkimissüsteem\" (\"Common Unix Printing\n"
+"System\") - on hiilgav valik trükkimiseks Teie kohalikul printeril või ka "
+"mõnel teisel pool maakera asuvas\n"
+"printeris. See on lihtne süsteem, mis võib olla nii kliendiks kui serveriks "
+"iidsele\n"
+"trükkimissüsteemile \"lpd\". See on ka ühilduv varasemate süsteemidega.\n"
+"suudab teha palju asju, kuid põhitegutsemine on sama lihtne kui \"pdq\" "
+"puhul.\n"
+"Kui Teil on vajadus emuleerida \"lpd\"-serverit, tuleb sisse lülitada\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\"-deemon. \"%s\" pakub ka mitut graafilist kasutajaliidest\n"
+"trükkimiseks või printeri seadistamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui leiate hiljem, et siinkohal langetatud valik polnud vahest kõige parem,\n"
+"siis saate seda muuta Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskuses PrinterDrake abil,\n"
+"klõpsates seal nupule \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspertrežiim"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Esmalt otsib DrakX üles kõik Teie arvuti IDE-seadmed, püüdes samal ajal\n"
+"tuvastada ka PCI siini SCSI-liideseid. Kui viimaseid leitakse ja vastav(ad)\n"
+"draiver(id) on teada, siis laetakse ja paigaldatakse kõik vajalik "
+"automaatselt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Riistvara tuvastamine ei pruugi alati siiski õnnestuda ja kui see nii "
+"peaks \n"
+"minema, palub DrakX Teil teatada, kas masinas on mõni PCI SCSI-liides.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui peate oma adapteri käsitsi määrama, küsib DrakX, kas soovite määrata\n"
+"ka selle parameetrid. Siin oleks mõtet lasta tegutseda DrakX'il, mis "
+"proovib\n"
+"järele liidese spetsiifilised omadused, mida see initsialiseerimiseks "
+"vajab.\n"
+"Tavaliselt õnnestub see edukalt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui automaatne parameetrite otsimine ei tööta, tuleb liides käsitsi "
+"seadistada.\n"
+"Selleks tutvuge palun lähemalt oma SCSI liidese dokumentatsiooniga\n"
+"või küsige abi riistvara müüjalt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti helikaart, näidatakse seda siin.\n"
+"Kui märkate, et näidatav helikaart ei ole mitte see, mis süsteemis\n"
+"Teie teada tegelikult on, klõpsake nuppu ja valige uus draiver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näidatakse mitmeid Teie süsteemi puudutavaid parameetreid. Sõltuvalt\n"
+"riistvarast võite siin näha kõiki või osa järgmistest kirjetest. Iga kirje\n"
+"juures on ära toodud elemendid, mida on võimalik seadistada, ning Teie "
+"masinas\n"
+"praegu kehtiv seadistus. Selle muutmiseks klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida klaviatuuritabeli seadistusi\n"
+"ja neid vajaduse korral muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida asukohariigi valikut. Kui Te ei asu\n"
+"vaikimisi määratud riigis, klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige uus\n"
+"riik. Kui Teie riiki ei ole ilmuvas nimekirjas, klõpsake nupule\n"
+"\"%s\", mis avab riikide täisnimekirja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX tuletab ajavööndi valitud riigi põhjal. Kui see ei peaks\n"
+"Teile sobima, klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida hiire seadistusi ja neid vajadusel muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klõps nupule \"%s\" avab printeri seadistamise nõustaja.\n"
+"Seda, kuidas uut printerit seadistada, vaadake lähemalt \"Põhiteadmiste\n"
+"käsiraamatu\" vastavast peatükist. Siin nähtav on sarnane paigaldamise ajal "
+"nähtuga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti helikaart, näidatakse seda.\n"
+"Kui märkate, et siintoodud helikaart pole see, mis tegelikult on\n"
+"süsteemi paigaldatud, klõpsake nupule ja valige sobiv draiver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti TV-kaart, näidatakse seda.\n"
+"Kui Teil on TV-kaart, aga seda ei leitud, klõpsake nupule \"%s\"\n"
+"ning püüdke see käsitsi määrata.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nupule \"%s\" klõpsates saab muuta kaardiga seotud\n"
+"parameetreid, kui arvate, et need pole korrektsed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vaikimisi määrab DrakX Teie graafilise liidese\n"
+"ekraanilahutuseks \"800x600\" või \"1024x768\". Kui see Teile ei sobi,\n"
+"klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige mõni muu võimalus.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Kui soovite kohe seadistada juurdepääsu Internetti või "
+"kohtvõrku,\n"
+"saate seda teha nupule klõpsates.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": siin saab määrata HTTP ja FTP puhverserveri aadressid,\n"
+"kui Teie masin asub puhverserveri taga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see võimaldab muuta eelmisel sammul paika pandud turvataset.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete oma süsteemi Internetti ühendada, kuluks\n"
+"ära enda kaitsmine rünnakute eest tulemüüriga. Vaadake\n"
+"üksikasju, kuidas tulemüüri seadistada, \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu\" "
+"vastavast peatükist.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite muuta alglaaduri seadistusi, klõpsake\n"
+"sellele nupule. See on mõeldud siiski vaid kogenud kasutajatele.\n"
+"Täpsemat infot leiab käsiraamatust või Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskusest.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saate täpselt kontrollida, millised teenused Teie\n"
+"süsteemis töötavad. Kui kavatsete kasutada oma masinat serverina, kuluks\n"
+"ära seadistused üle vaadata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graafiline kasutajaliides"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Valige kõvaketas, mida soovite puhastada oma uue Mandriva Linuxi\n"
+"paigaldamiseks. Ettevaatust, kõik sellel leiduvad andmed hävitatakse\n"
+"ja neid ei saa enam taastada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige \"%s\", kui soovite kustutada kõik sellel kettal asuvad\n"
+"partitsioonid. Ettevaatust, pärast \"%s\" klõpsamist ei ole enam\n"
+"võimalik sellelt kettalt andmeid taastada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Loobumiseks valige \"%s\", mis katkestab tegevuse ilma andmeid\n"
+"ja käesoleval kõvakettal olevaid partitsioone kustutamata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Järgmine ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Eelmine"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f405031b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2003 @@
+# translation of eu.po to EUSKARA
+# translation of DrakX-eu.po to EUSKARA
+# translation of DrakX-eu.po to basque
+# EUSKARA: Mandriva Linux translation.
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>, 2001-2002,2003,2004, 2005.
+# Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-eu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-31 14:02+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: EUSKARA <itzulpena@euskalgnu.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri. \n"
+"Mandriva Linux banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados \n"
+"bazaude, hautatu \"%s\" laukia. Onartzen ez badituzu, \"%s\" botoian klik\n"
+"egin eta ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux erabiltzaile anitzeko sistema da, eta beraz erabiltzaile\n"
+"bakoitzak bere hobespenak, bere fitxategiak eta abar eduki ditzake. \n"
+"``Hasiberrien gida'' irakur dezakezu, erabiltzaile anitzeko sistemei buruz"
+"\"gehiago ikasteko. Baina \"root\"ak, hau da, \n"
+"sistema-administratzaileak ez bezala, hemen gehitzen dituzun \n"
+"erabiltzaileek ezingo dute ezer aldatu, beren fitxategiak eta beren \n"
+"konfigurazioa izan ezik, eta, hortaz, sistema babestuta egongo da \n"
+"sistema osoan eragina duten nahigabeko aldaketetatik edo intentzio \n"
+"txarrez egindakoetatik. \n"
+"Gutxienez, erabiltzaile arrunt bat sortu behar duzu zuretzat - hori da \n"
+"eguneroko lanetarako erabili behar duzuna. Oso erraza den arren saioa beti \n"
+"\"root\" gisa hastea, kontuan izan oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela! \n"
+"Hutsegiterik txikienak sistema funtzionatu ezinda utz dezake. Erabiltzaile \n"
+"arrunt gisa akats larriren bat egiten baduzu, gerta litekeen okerrena \n"
+"informazioa galtzea da, baina ez du eraginik izango sistema osoan\n"
+"\n"
+"Lehen eremuan benetako izena eskatuko zaizu. Jakina, hori ez da \n"
+"nahitaezkoa -nahi duzun izena idatz dezakezu. DrakX-k eremu honetan \n"
+"idatzitako lehen hitza gordeko du, eta \"%s\" eremuan kopiatuko du.\n"
+"Horixe izango da erabiltzaile honek sisteman saioa hasteko idatziko duena. \n"
+"Nahi izanez gero, lehenetsia gainidatz dezakezu, eta erabiltzaile-izena \n"
+"aldatu. Hurrengo urratsa pasahitza idaztea da.\n"
+"Segurtasunaren ikuspegitik, pribilegio gabeko erabiltzaile (arrunt) baten\n"
+"pasahitza ez da \"root\"arena bezain garrantzizkoa; baina, hala ere, ez da\n"
+"axolagabeki jokatu behar, hutsik utziz edo pasahitz errazegia erabiliz: \n"
+"azken batean, zure fitxategiak arriskuan egon litezke.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"(e)n klik egindakoan, beste erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu ditzakezu. \n"
+"Gehitu erabiltzaile bat zure lagun bakoitzarentzat: zure aitarentzat edo \n"
+"arrebarentzat, adibidez. Erabiltzaileak gehitutakoan, hautatu \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" botoian klik eginez, \"shell\" lehenetsia aldatu ahal izango diozu\n"
+"erabiltzaile horri (bash lehenespenez).\n"
+"\n"
+"Erabiltzaileak gehitzen amaitutakoan, ordenagailua abiaraztean automatikoki\n"
+"saioa has dezakeen erabiltzailea aukeratzeko eskatuko zaizu. Eginbide\n"
+"hori interesatzen bazaizu (ez du eragin handirik segurtasun lokalean),\n"
+"hautatu erabiltzailea eta leiho-kudeatzailea, eta egin klik \"%s\"(e)n. \n"
+"Eginbidea interesatzen ez bazaizu, garbitu \"%s\" laukia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Eginbide hau erabili nahi duzu?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen dituzu zure disko zurrunean detektatutako Linux partizioak.\n"
+"Morroiak egindako aukerak manten ditzakezu, egokiak baitira instalazio\n"
+"ohikoenetarako. Aldaketarik egiten baduzu, gutxienez erroko partizio bat\n"
+"definitu behar duzu (\"/\"). Ez aukeratu partizio txikiegirik edo ezin \n"
+"izango duzu nahikoa software instalatu. Datuak beste partizio batean \n"
+"gorde nahi badituzu, \"/home\"rako partizio bat ere sortu beharko duzu\n"
+"(Linux partizio bat baino gehiago baduzu soilik da posible).\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio bakoitza honela azaltzen da: \"Izena\", \"Edukiera\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Izena\" honela osatzen da: \"disko zurrun mota\", \"disko \n"
+"zurrun zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun mota\" \"hd\" izaten da, disko zurruna IDE motakoa\n"
+"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI motakoa bada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" beti letra bat izaten da \"hd\" edo\n"
+"\"sd\"ren ondoren. \n"
+"IDE disko zurrunetan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI disko zurrunetan, \"a\"k esan nahi du\"SCSI ID baxuena\", \"b\"k\n"
+"\"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalazioa zenbait CD-ROMetan banatuta dago. \n"
+"Hautatutako pakete bat beste CD-ROM batean badago, DrakX-k du\n"
+"uneko CDa egotziko eta behar den CDa sartzeko eskatuko dizu.\n"
+"Eskatzen zaizun CDa ez badaukazu eskura, sakatu \"%s\",\n"
+"dagozkion paketeak ez dira instalatuko."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteman zein programa instalatu nahi dituzun zehazteko garaia da.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-erako milaka pakete dituzu erabilgarri, eta kudeaketa\n"
+"errazteko, antzeko aplikazioen multzotan kokatu dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-ek pakete multzoak lau kategoriatan antolatzen ditu.\n"
+"Kategoria anitzetako aplikazioak nahastu eta bateratu ditzakezu, honela\n"
+"\"Lanpostua\" instalazio batek \"Zerbitzari\" kategoriako aplikazioak\n"
+"instalatuta izan ditzake.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": makina lanpostu gisa erabiltzeko asmoa baduzu,\n"
+"hautatu 'lanpostua' kategoriako taldeetako bat edo gehiago.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina programazioan erabiltzeko asmoa baduzu, hautatu\n"
+"kategoria horretako talde egokiak. \"LSB\" talde bereziak zure sistema\n"
+"Linux eStandar Base-ren zehaztapenekin ahalik bateragarrien izan\n"
+"dadin konfiguratuko du.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"LSB\" taldea hautatzeak \"2.4\" nukleoaren seriea ere instalatuko da,\n"
+"\"2.6\" lehenetsiaren ordez. Hau sistemaren  %%100 LSB bateragarritasuna\n"
+"ziurtatzeko egiten da. Hala ere, \"LSB\" taldea aukeratzen ez baduzu ere\n"
+"LSB-rekin ia  %%100 bateragarria den sistema izango duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina zerbitzaria izatea nahi baduzu, aukeratu\n"
+"zerbitzu ohikoenetatik zeintzu instalatu nahi dituzun zure makinan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hemen aukeratuko duzu nahien duzun ingurune grafikoa.\n"
+"Bat behintzat hautatu behar duzu, interfaze grafikoa erabili nahi\n"
+"baduzu behintzat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Saguaren kurtsorea talde izen baten gainetik pasatuta, talde\n"
+"horri buruzko azalpen labur bat bistaratuko da.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" laukia markatu dezakezu, erabilgarria da eskainitako paketeak\n"
+"ezagun badituzu edo instalatuko denaren gaineko erabateko kontrola \n"
+"nahi baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalazioa \"%s\" moduan hasten baduzu, talde guztiak desautatu\n"
+"ditzakezu eta edozein pakete berriren instalazioa eragozteko. Hau\n"
+"erabilgarria da exisitzen den sistema bat konpondu edo eguneratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalazio arrunt bat (hau da, eguneraketa ez dena) egiterakoan talde\n"
+"guztiak desautatzen badituzu, elkarrizketa bat aterako zaizu instalazio\n"
+"minimo bat egiteko aukera desberdinak aholkatuz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instalatu ahalik eta pakete kopuru txikiena dabilen idaztegi "
+"grafiko bat izateko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oinarrizko sistema gehi oinarrizko utilitateak eta heuren\n"
+"dokumentazioa instalatzen ditu. Egokia da zerbitzari bat ezartzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Linux sistema batekin lan egin ahal izateko behar den pakete\n"
+"kopuru txikiena instalatzen du. Instalazio honekin, komando-lerroko \n"
+"interfazea bakarrik izango duzu. Instalazio honen neurri osoa 65\n"
+"megabyte ingurukoa da."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bertsio-berritzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Oinarrizko dokumentazioarekin"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalazio minimo-minimoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketeak banaka instalatzea hautatzen baduzu, instalatzaileak pakete\n"
+"guztiak talde eta azpitaldetan klasifikatuta dituen zuhaitz bat aurkeztuko "
+"du.\n"
+"Zuhaitza arakatzerakoan, talde osoak, azpitaldeak edo banako paketeak\n"
+"hauta ditzakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakete bat hautatzen duzun bakoitzean, azalpen bat agertuko\n"
+"da eskuinean, paketearen helburua jakinarazteko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerbitzari pakete bat hautatu bada, pakete hori zehazki hautatu duzulako\n"
+"edo pakete-talde bateko zati zelako, zerbitzari horiek instalatu nahi "
+"dituzula\n"
+" berresteko eskatuko zaizu. Lehenespenez Mandriva Linux-ek instalatutako\n"
+"edozein zerbitzu abioan automatikoki abiaraziko du. Nahiz eta seguruak\n"
+" diren eta arazo ezagunik ez duten banaketa kaleratzeko garaian, guztiz\n"
+" posible da Mandriva Linux bertsio hau amaitu eta gero segurtasun zuloak\n"
+" aurkitu izana. Ez badakizu zerbitzu zehatz batek zer egiten duen edo "
+"zergatik\n"
+" instalatu den, klikatu \"%s\". \"%s \" klikatzeak zerrendatutako "
+"zerbitzuak\n"
+" instalatuko ditu eta abiapen garaian automatikoki hasiko dira!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" aukera menpekotasun arazoak konpontzeko xedez instalatzaileak\n"
+" automatikoki pakete bat hautatzen duenean agertzen den abisua ezgaitzeko\n"
+" erabiltzen da. Pakete batzuk beste batzurekiko menpekotasuna izaten dute,\n"
+" eta zenbait pakete instalatu ahal izateko beste pakete batzuk instalatuta\n"
+" eduki behar izaten dira. Instalatzaileak zehatz dezake instalazioa behar\n"
+"bezala burutu dadin, menpekotasun bat asetzeko, zein pakete behar diren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerrendaren azpian agertzen den diskete ikonoak aukera ematen du\n"
+"aurreko instalazio batean sortutako pakete-zerrenda bat zamatzeko. Oso\n"
+"erabilgarria da hainbat makina berdin konfiguratu nahi badituzu. Ikono\n"
+"honetan klik egiten baduzu, beste instalazio baten amaieran sortutako\n"
+" disketea sartzeko eskatuko dizu. Ikus diskete hori sortzeko azken "
+"urratseko\n"
+"bigarren iradokizuna."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Mendekotasun automatikoak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klik eginda inprimagailuak konfiguratzeko morroia\n"
+"irekiko da. Begiratu \"Starter Guide\"/\"Hasiberrien Gida\"-n dagokion\n"
+"kapitulua inprimagailu berria nola ezarri jakiteko. Gure eskuliburuan \n"
+"aurkeztutako interfazea instalazio garaian erabilitakoaren antzekoa da."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elkarrizketa hau abio garaian zein zerbitzu hastea nahi duzun aukeratzeko\n"
+" erabiltzen da.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-ek uneko instalazioan erabilgarri dauden zerbitzu guztiak zerrendatuko "
+"ditu. Aztertu haietako bakoitza arretaz eta ezautatu abio garaian behar ez\n"
+" direnak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerbitzu bat hautatzean, azalpen-testu labur bat bistaratuko da.\n"
+"Hala ere, ez bazaude ziur zerbitzu bat erabiltzea komeni den ala ez,\n"
+"seguruagoa da jokabide lehenetsia uztea.\n"
+"\n"
+"Etapa honetan, oso kontuz ibili zure makina zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko\n"
+"asmoa baduzu: seguru asko ez duzu nahi izango behar ez duzun zerbitzurik \n"
+"abiaraztea. Gogoan izan zerbitzu batzuk arriskutsuak izan daitezkeela \n"
+"zerbitzari batean gaitzen badira. Oro har, benetan behar dituzun zerbitzuak\n"
+"soilik hautatu!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux-ek GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ordua erabiltzen du eta tokian\n"
+"tokiko ordura aldatzen du, hautatutako ordu-gunearen arabera. Zure plaka\n"
+"nagusiko ordua bertako orduan ezarrita badago, hau desaktibatu dezakezu\n"
+"\"%s \" aukera ezautatuz, GNU/Linux-i sistemaren ordua eta hardwarearena\n"
+" ordu-gune berean daudela jakinaraziko diolarik. Hau erabilgarria da\n"
+"makinak beste sistema eragile bati ere ostatu ematen badio.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" aukerak automatikoki doituko du sistemaren ordularia, Interneteko\n"
+" urruneko ordu zerbitzari batekin konektatuz. Ezaugarri hau erabili ahal\n"
+" izateko, Interneteko konexioa behar duzu. Zugandik hurbil dagoen ordu\n"
+" zerbitzaria aukeratzea gomendatzen dizugu. Aukera honek ordu zerbitzari\n"
+" bat instalatzen du zure bertako sareko beste makinek ere erabili dezaketena."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Ordu-sinkronizazio automatikoa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Txartel grafikoa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalatzaileak normalean automatikoki detektatzen eta konfiguratzen\n"
+"du makinan instalatutako txartel grafikoa. Ez badu automatikoki detektatzen\n"
+"zerrendan hauta dezakezu zure txartel grafikoa.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure txartelarentzat zerbitzari bat baino gehiago badaude erabilgarri, \n"
+"3D azeleraziodunak nahiz gabeak, zure beharren arabera ondoen datorkizuna\n"
+"aukeratu beharko duzu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window sistema) GNU/Linux-en interfaze grafikoaren bihotza da,\n"
+" Mandriva Linux-ekin bildutako ingurune grafiko guztiek (KDE, Gnome,\n"
+"Afterstep, WindowMaker...) erabiltzen dutena.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bistaratze grafiko optimoa lortzeko aldatu daitekeen parametro zerrenda\n"
+"bat ikusiko duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Txartel Grafikoa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalatzaileak normalean automatikoki detektatu eta konfiguratuko\n"
+"du makinan instalatutako txartel grafikoa. Hau zuzena ez bada, zerrendatik\n"
+"hauta dezakezu instalatuta daukazun txartela.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure txartelarentzat zerbitzari desberdinak erabilgarri badaude, 3D\n"
+"azelerazioarekin edo gabe, zure beharretara ondoen egokitzen den\n"
+"zerbitzaria hautatzeko eskatuko zaizu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitorea\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalean instalatzaileak automatikoki detektatu eta konfiguratuko\n"
+"du makinara lotutako monitorea. Hau zuzena ez bada, zerrendatik\n"
+"hauta dezakezu lotuta daukazun monitorea.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Bereizmena\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hemen, zure grafikoen hardwarearentzako erabilgarri dauden bereizmen\n"
+"eta kolore sakonerak hautatu ditzakezu. Aukeratu zure beharretara hobe\n"
+"egokitzen dena (instalazio ondoren aldaketak egiteko aukera izango duzu).\n"
+"Hautatutako konfigurazioa erakusten da monitorearen irudian.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Proba\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure hardwarearen arabera, baliteke sarrera hau ez agertzea.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistema nahi duzun bereizmeneko pantaila grafiko bat irekitzen saiatuko\n"
+"da. Proba mezua ikusi eta \"%s\" erantzuten baduzu, DrakX hurrengo \n"
+"urratsera jarraituko du. Ikusten ez baduzu , horrek esan nahi du\n"
+"automatikoki detektatutako konfigurazioaren zatiren bat gaizki zegoela\n"
+"eta proba automatikoki amaituko da 12 segundo igarotakoan, eta menura\n"
+" itzuliko da. Aldatu ezarpenak bistaratze grafiko zuzena lortu arte.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Aukerak\n"
+"\n"
+"   Urrats hauek zure makina abiaraztean automatikoki interfaze grafikora\n"
+" aldatzea nahi duzun aukeratzeko bidea emango dizute. Jakina, \"%s\"\n"
+"aukeratu nahiko duzu makinak zerbitzari moduan lanegingo badu, edo\n"
+"bistaratzea konfiguratzea lortu ez baduzu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitorea\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalean instalatzaileak automatikoki detektatzen eta konfiguratzen\n"
+"du makinari konektatutako monitorea. Egokia ez bada, zerrendan\n"
+"aukera dezakezu ordenagailuan konektatuta daukazun monitorea."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Bereizmena\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bereizmena eta kolore-sakonera hauta ditzakezu, zure hardwarearentzat\n"
+"erabilgarri daudenen artean. Aukeratu zure beharren arabera ondoen \n"
+"datorkizuna (edonola ere, instalazioaren ondoren aldatu ahal izango duzu). \n"
+"Aukeratutako konfigurazioaren adibide bat erakutsiko zaizu monitorean."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure txartelarentzako zerbitzari ugari dauden kasurako, 3D azeleraziodunak \n"
+"nahiz gabeak, zure beharretara hobe egokitzen dena aukera dezazun "
+"galdegiten\n"
+"zaizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukerak\n"
+"\n"
+"   Makina abiaraztean automatikoki interfaze grafikora aldatu dadin nahi\n"
+"duzun hautatzeko aukera ematen dizu. Jakina, \"%s\" erantzun nahi \n"
+"izango duzu zure ordenagailuak zerbitzari gisa jokatu behar badu, edo \n"
+"bistaratzea konfiguratzea lortzen ez baduzu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Hona iritsita, Mandriva Linux sistema eragilea disko zurrunean non\n"
+"instalatu aukeratu behar duzu. Zure disko zurruna hutsik badago edo\n"
+"lehendik dagoen sistema eragile batek leku erabilgarri guztia betetzen\n"
+"badu, diska zatikatu beharko duzu. Disko zurruna zatikatzea, funtsean,  \n"
+"diskoa logikoki zatitzea da, Mandriva Linux sistema berria instalatzeko\n"
+"behar den lekua sortzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Disko zurruna zatikatzeko prozesua normalean itzulbiderik gabea denez\n"
+"eta datuen galera eragin dezakeenez, zatikatzeak beldurra eta estresa "
+"eragin\n"
+" dezake esperientzia gabeko erabiltzaileengan. Zorionez, DrakX-ek prozesu\n"
+" hau errazten duen morroi bat dauka. Urrats honekin jarraitu aurretik, "
+"irakurri\n"
+" atal honetako gainerako zatia eta guztiaren gainetik hartu behar adina "
+"denbora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Disko zurrunaren konfigurazioaren arabera, hainbat aukera izango dituzu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Aukera honek zatikaketa automatia gauzatuko du hutsik dagoen\n"
+" unitatean. Aukera hau erabiltzen baduzu, ez zaizu beste galderarik egingo \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Morroiak Linux partizio bat edo gehiago detektatu ditu zure "
+"disko\n"
+" zurrunean. Erabili nahi badituzu, hautatu aukera hau. Partizio bakoitzari\n"
+" dagokion muntatze-puntua aukeratzeko eskatuko zaizu. Oinordetzan\n"
+" hartutako muntatze-puntuak hautatzen dira lehenespenez, eta gehienetan\n"
+" ona izaten da haiek mantentzea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Microsoft Windows disko zurrunean instalatuta badago eta\n"
+"bertako leku erabilgarri guztia hartzen badu, lekua askatu beharko duzu\n"
+" GNU/Linux-entzat. Horretarako, Microsoft Windows-en partizioa eta datuak\n"
+" ezaba ditzakezu (ikus ``Ezabatu disko osoa'' aukera) edo Windows-en FAT\n"
+" edo NTFS partizioei neurria aldatu. Neurri aldaketa datu galerarik gabe\n"
+"gauzatu daiteke baldin eta aurretik Windows partizioa desfragmentatu\n"
+" baduzu. Oso gomendagarria da datuen babeskopiak egitea. Aukera hau\n"
+" erabiltzea gomendatzen da Mandriva Linux eta Microsoft Windows, biak,\n"
+" konputagailu berean erabili nahi badituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aukera hau hautatu aurretik, ulertu ezazu prozedura honen ondoren,\n"
+" Microsoft Windows partizioaren neurria hasi aurretik baino txikiagoa\n"
+"izango dela. Leku aske gutxiago izango duzu Microsoft Windows-en\n"
+"zure datuak gorde edo software berria instalatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Disko zurrunean dauden datu eta partizio guztiak ezabatu eta \n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema berriarekin ordeztu nahi badituzu, hautatu aukera\n"
+" hau. Kontuz, berretsi ondoren ezingo baituzu eragiketa desegin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Aukera hau diko osoa Microsoft Windows-ek hartzen duenean\n"
+" agertzen da. Aukera hau hautatzeak unitatean dagoen guztia ezabatuko du\n"
+" eta berriro hasiko da hutsetik partizioak sortzen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak galduko dituzu. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hautatu aukera hau, disko zurruna eskuz zatikatu nahi baduzu.\n"
+"Kontuz ibili -- aukera ahaltsu bezain arriskutsua da, eta oso erraz gal\n"
+" ditzakezu datu guztiak. Horregatik, aurretik horrelako gauzak egin "
+"dituztenei\n"
+" eta esperientzia dutenei bakarrik gomendatzen zaie aukera hau. DiskDrake\n"
+" erabiltzeko jarraibide gehiago nahi izanez gero, irakurri ``Hasiberrien\n"
+" gida''ko ``Partizioen kudeaketa''atala."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Erabili lehendik dagoen partizioa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borratu disko osoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hortxe duzu. Instalazioa osatu da eta zure GNU/Linux sistema erabiltzeko\n"
+" prest duzu. Sakatu \"%s\" sistema berrabiarazteko. Ez ahaztu instalazio\n"
+" euskarria ateratzeaz (CD-ROMa edo disketea). Konputagailuak bere\n"
+" hardware probak amaitutakoan ikusi beharko zenuken lehen gauza\n"
+" abio-zamatzailearen menua da, zein sistema eragile abiarazi hautatzeko\n"
+"aukera emanez.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" Botoiak bi botoi gehiago erakusten ditu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instalazio-diskete bat sortzeko aukera ematen dizu, "
+"automatikoki,\n"
+" operadore baten laguntzarik gabe instalazio oso bat egingo duena, oraintxe\n"
+" konfiguratu duzun instalazioaren antzera.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Kontuan izan beste bi aukera daudela erabilgarri botoian klik egin "
+"ostean:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Hau instalazio erdi-automatikoa da. Zatikaketa urratsa da\n"
+" prozedura interaktibo bakarra.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalazio guztiz automatikoa: disko zurruna erabat "
+"berridatziko\n"
+" da, eta datu guztiak galduko dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Eginbide hau oso praktikoa da antzeko ordenagailu asko instalatzen\n"
+"direnerako. Ikus auto-instalazioaren atala gure web gunean informazio "
+"gehiago nahi izanez gero.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): Instalazio honetan hautatutako paketeen zerrenda gordetzen\n"
+" du. Hautapen hau beste instalazio batean erabiltzeko, sartu disketea eta\n"
+" abiatu instalazioa. Gonbitan, sakatu [F1] tekla eta idatzi >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << eta sakatu [Sartu] tekla.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) FAT-ekin eratutako diskete bat behar duzu. GNU/Linux-en bat sortzeko\n"
+"idatzi \"mformat a:\", edo \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" eta ondoren \"mkfs vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sortu auto-instalazioko disketea"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Oinordetzan hartutako zenbait GNU/Linux partizio berrerabiltzea hautatzen\n"
+"baduzu, haietako batzuk berreratu eta bertako datuak ezabatu nahi izan\n"
+"dezakezu. Hori egiteko, mesedez partizio horiek ere aukeratu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kontuan izan ez dela beharrezkoa lehendik dauden partizio guztiak\n"
+" berreratzea. Sistema eragilea gordetzen duten partizioak berreratu behar\n"
+" dituzu (\"/\", \"/usr\" edo \"/var\") baino ez mantendu nahi dituzun "
+"datuak\n"
+" gordetzen dituzten partizioak (normalean \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kontuz ibili partizioak aukeratzerakoan. Eraketa amaitu ondoren,\n"
+" aukeratutako partizioetako datu guztiak ezabatu egingo dira eta ezin\n"
+"izango dituzu berreskuratu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" partizioak eratzeko prest zaudenean.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" Mandriva Linux sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste "
+"partizio\n"
+" bat aukeratu nahi baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" diskoan hondatutako blokeak aurkitzeko egiaztatuko diren\n"
+" partizioak aukeratu nahi badituzu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalatzen duzunerako, litekeena da pakete batzuk\n"
+"hasierako argitalpenetik aldatu izana. Baliteke akatsak zuzendu eta \n"
+"segurtasun arazoak konpondu izatea. Eguneratzeez baliatu ahal izan\n"
+"zaitezen, orain, Internetetik jaitsi ditzakezu. Markatu \"%s\" dabilen "
+"Internet\n"
+"lotura badaukazu, edo \"%s\" pakete eguneratuak geroago instalatu nahi\n"
+" badituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" hautatzen baduzu, eguneratzeak eskaintzen dituzten lekuen zerrenda \n"
+"azalduko zaizu. Zugandik gertu dagoen bat aukeratu behar zenuke. Pakete\n"
+" hautatzeko zuhaitza agertuko da: berrikusi hautapena, eta hautatu \"%s\" \n"
+"aukeratutako paketeak hartu eta instalatzeko, edo \"%s\" galerazteko."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Puntu honetan, DrakX-ek zure makinarentzako nahi duzun segurtasun maila\n"
+" hautatzeko aukera emango dizu. Arau nagusi bezala, segurtasun maila\n"
+"handiagoa ezarri behar da makinak ezinbesteko datuak gorde behar baditu,\n"
+"edo zuzenean Interneten agerian badago. Segurtasun maila handiagoa\n"
+"ezartzean, normalean erabilera erraztasuna galtzen da.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zer aukeratu ez badakizu, hautatu aukera lehenetsia. Gero aldatu \n"
+"ahal izango duzu draksec tresnarekin, Mandriva Linux Aginte Gunearen\n"
+"zati bat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bete \"%s\" eremua segurtasun arduradunaren postaE helbidearekin.\n"
+"Segurtasun-mezuak helbide horretara bidaliko dira."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Segurtasun-administratzailea"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Orain, Mandriva Linux sistema instalatzeko zein partizio erabiliko\n"
+"d(ir)en aukeratu behar duzu. Partizioak jadanik definituta badaude,\n"
+"(GNU/Linux-en aurreko instalazio batek edo beste partizio-tresna batek\n"
+"definituta), lehendik dauden partizioak erabil ditzakezu. Bestela, disko \n"
+"zurruneko partizioak definitu behar dituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizioak sortzeko, aurrena disko zurrun bat hautatu behar duzu. "
+"Partizioa \n"
+"egiteko diskoa hautatzeko sakatu ``hda'' lehen IDE unitaterako,\n"
+"``hdb'' bigarrenerako, ``sda'' lehen SCSI unitaterako, eta abar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hautatutako disko zurrunaren partizioa egiteko, aukera hauek\n"
+"erabil ditzakezu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera honek hautatutako disko zurruneko partizio guztiak \n"
+"ezabatzen ditu\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera honekin automatikoki sor ditzakezu ext3 eta\n"
+"swap partizioak disko zurruneko leku librean\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": eginbide gehiagotarako aukera ematen du:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizio-taula diskete batean gordetzen du. \n"
+"Baliagarria da geroago partizio-taula berreskuratzeko, behar izanez gero. \n"
+"Oso gomendagarria da urrats hau egitea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lehen gordetako partizio-taula disketetik berreskuratzeko erabil\n"
+"daiteke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizio-taula hondatuta badago, \n"
+"berreskuratzen saia zaitezke aukera honen bidez. Kontuz ibili eta gogoan \n"
+"izan huts egin dezakeela.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aldaketa guztiak desegiten ditu\n"
+"eta hasierako partizio-taula kargatzen du.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera hau desgaitzen baduzu, \n"
+"euskarri aldagarriak (disketeak, CD-ROMak eta horrelakoak) eskuz muntatu \n"
+"eta desmuntatzera behartuko dituzu erabiltzaileak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": erabili aukera hau disko zurruneko partizioa egiteko morroia\n"
+"erabili nahi baduzu. Partizioak egiten ongi ez badakizu, morroia erabiltzea\n"
+"gomendatzen dizugu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera hau aldaketak bertan behera uzteko erabil dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizioekin gauza gehiago egiteko aukera ematen \n"
+"du (mota, aukerak, formatua) eta disko zurrunari buruzko informazio \n"
+"gehiago ematen du.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": disko zurrunaren partizioak egiten amaitutakoan, diskoari\n"
+"egindako aldaketak gordeko ditu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio baten tamaina definitzean, doitasunez zehatz dezakezu\n"
+"tamaina, teklatuko gezi-teklak erabiliz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oharra: edozein aukera eskura dezakezu teklatuaren bidez. Partizio batetik \n"
+"bestera joateko, [Tab] eta [Gora/Behera] geziak erabil ditzakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio bat hautatuta dagoenean, aukera hauek dituzu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-c beste partizio bat sortzeko (partizio huts bat hautatuta\n"
+"dagoenean)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-d partizio bat ezabatzeko\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-m  muntatze-puntua ezartzeko\n"
+"\n"
+"Erabil daitezkeen fitxategi-sistema desberdinei buruzko informazioa\n"
+"lortzeko, irakurri ``Erreferentzia Eskuliburuko'' ext2FS kapitulua.\n"
+"\n"
+"PPC makina batean instalatu behar baduzu, gutxienez 1 Mbko HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partizio txiki bat sortzea komeni zaizu, yaboot\n"
+"abioko kargatzaileak erabil dezan. Partizioa handixeagoa egitea hautatzen \n"
+"baduzu, adibidez 50 MBkoa, leku egokia izan daiteke ordezko nukleo bat\n"
+"eta ramdisk imajinak biltegiratzeko emergentziazko abioa egin ahal izateko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Euskarri aldagarriak automuntatzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Aldatu modu normalera/aditu modura"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Microsoft partizio bat baino gehiago aurkitu dira zure disko zurrunean.\n"
+"Hautatu zeinen tamaina aldatu nahi duzun, Mandriva Linux sistema\n"
+"berria instalatu ahal izateko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizioak honela azaltzen dira: \"Linux izena\", \"Windows izena\"\n"
+"\"Edukiera\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux izena\" honela osatzen da: \"disko zurrun mota\", \"disko \n"
+"zurrun zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun mota\" \"hd\" izaten da, disko zurruna IDE motakoa\n"
+"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI motakoa bada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrunaren zenbakia\" beti letra bat izaten da \"hd\" edo\n"
+"\"sd\"ren ondoren. IDE\n"
+"disko zurrunetan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI disko zurrunetan, \"a\"k esan nahi du\"SCSI ID baxuena\", \"b\"k\n"
+"\"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows izena\" Windows-en dagoen disko zurrunaren letra da\n"
+"(lehen diskoak edo partizioak \"C:\" du izena)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": egiaztatu hautatuta dagoen estatua. Estatu horretan ez bazaude,\n"
+"egin klik \"%s\" botoian eta hautatu beste bat. Zure estatua ez badago\n"
+"aurkeztutako zerrendan, klikatu \"%s\" botoia, estatuen zerrenda osoa "
+"jasotzeko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure makinan GNU/Linux partizio zahar bat aurkitzen bada bakarrik\n"
+"aktibatzen da urrats hau.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-k orain jakin behar du instalazio berri bat egin behar duzun edo\n"
+"lehendik dagoen Mandriva Linux sistema baten bertsioa berritu nahi duzun:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Zatirik handienean, sistema zaharra guztiz ezabatzen du. \n"
+"Disko zurruneko partizio-banaketa aldatu nahi baduzu, edo fitxategi-sistema\n"
+"aldatu, erabili aukera hau. Nolanahi ere, zure partizio-eskemaren arabera,\n"
+"lehendik dauden datu batzuk gainidaztea saihestu dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" instalazio-mota honek unean Mandriva Linux sisteman \n"
+"instalatuta dituzun paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen du. Uneko \n"
+"partizio-eskema eta erabiltzaile-datuak ez dira aldatzen. Bestelako \n"
+"konfigurazio-urrats gehienak erabilgarri mantentzen dira, instalazio\n"
+"estandarretan bezalatsu.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Bertsio-berritu'' aukerak ondo funtzionatu behar luke Mandriva Linux\n"
+"sistemaren \"8.1\" bertsioetan edo berriagoetan. Mandriva Linux-en \"8.1\" \n"
+"baino bertsio zaharragoetan ez da gomendatzen Bertsio-berritzea."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatzen duzun hizkuntzaren arabera (), DrakX-k automatikoki hautatuko du\n"
+" teklatu konfigurazio jakin bat. Egiaztatu hautapenak asetzen zaituen edo\n"
+" hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Baliteke zure hizkuntzarekin guztiz bat ez datorren teklatu bat erabiltzea:\n"
+"adibidez, ingelesez mintzatzen den suitzarra bazara, teklatu suitzarra izan\n"
+" dezakezu. Edo Quebec-en bizi eta ingelesez mintzo bazara, baliteke zure\n"
+" jatorrizko hizkuntza eta teklatuaren diseinua bat ez etortzea. Nolanahi "
+"ere,\n"
+" instalazio urrats honek zerrenda batetik teklatu egokia aukeratzen "
+"lagunduko\n"
+" dizu.\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" botoia aukeran dauden teklatu guztien zerrenda ikusteko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Latindarra ez den alfabetoan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu,\n"
+"hurrengo elkarrizketak diseinu latindar eta ez-latindarraren artean "
+"aldatzeko \n"
+"laster-teklak konfiguratzeko aukera emango dizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenengo urratsa zure hizkuntza hobetsia aukeratzea da.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egiten duzun hizkuntza hobetsiaren aukerak instalatzaileari,\n"
+" dokumentazioari, eta orokorrean sistemari eragingo die. Lehendabizi\n"
+"hautatu zure eskualdea, ondoren hitzegiten duzun hizkuntza.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" botoian klik eginez, lan-estazioan instalatu beharreko beste "
+"hizkuntza batzuk hautatu ahal izango dituzu, eta horrela, sistemaren "
+"dokumentazio eta aplikazioentzako hizkuntzaren fitxategi zehatzak\n"
+"instalatuko dira. Adibidez, zure makina Espainiako erabiltzaileek\n"
+"erabili behar badute, hautatu Euskara hizkuntza lehenetsi gisa zuhaitz\n"
+"ikuspegian eta \"%s\" Aurreratua atalean.\n"
+"\n"
+"UTF-8 (unicode) euskarriari buruz: Unicode karaktere kodeketa berri bat da,\n"
+"existitzen diren hizkuntza guztiak hartu nahi dituena. Hala ere, "
+"berarentzako\n"
+"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mandriva Linux-"
+"en\n"
+"UTF-8 erabilera erabiltzailearen hautaketen araberakoa da:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jatorrizko kodeketa ahaltsua duen hizkuntza bat aukeratzen baduzu \n"
+"(latin1 hizkuntzak, errusiera, japoniera, txinera, koreera, thailandiera,\n"
+"grekoa, turkiera, iso-8859-2 hizkuntza gehienak), jatorrizko kodeketa hori\n"
+"erabiliko da lehenespen gisa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Beste hizkuntzek unicode erabiliko dute lehenespen gisa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bi hizkuntza edo gehiago behar badira, eta hizkuntza horiek kodeketa\n"
+"bera erabiltzen ez badute, unicode erabiliko da sistema osorako;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Azkenik, erabiltzaileak hala eskatuta, sistema unicode erabiltzera\n"
+"behartu daiteke, \"%s\" aukera hautatuz, hautatu diren hizkuntzak \n"
+"edozein direla ere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gogoan izan hizkuntza gehigarri bat baino gehiago hauta dezakezula. \n"
+"Hainbat hizkuntza hauta ditzakezu, edo zerrendako guztiak, \"%s\"\n"
+"koadroa hautatuz. Hizkuntza baten euskarria hautatzean, hizkuntza horren\n"
+"itzulpenak, letra-tipoak, zuzentzaile ortografikoak, etab ere instalatuko "
+"dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zure sisteman instalatutako hizkuntzen artean aldatzeko, \"localdrake\"\n"
+" komandoa dei dezakezu \"root\" gisa zure sistema osoak erabiltzen duen\n"
+"hizkuntza aldatzeko. Erabiltzaile arrunt gisa exekutatzen baduzu, soilik\n"
+" erabiltzaile horren hizkuntza-ezarpenak aldatuko dira."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Gaztelania"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean, DrakX-k ez du arazorik izaten saguaren botoi kopurua\n"
+" detektatzean. Izango balu, bi botoidun sagua duzula suposatuko du, eta \n"
+"hirugarren botoia emula dezan konfiguratuko du. Bi botoidun sagu batean\n"
+"hirugarren botoia sakatzeko, ezker eta eskuin botoiak aldi berean sakatu\n"
+"behar dira. DrakX-k automatikoki atzemango du saguak PS/2, serie edo\n"
+"USB interfazea erabiltzen duen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gurpilik gabeko hiru botoidun sagua baduzu, \"%s\" sagua aukeratu\n"
+" dezakezu. DrakX-k sagua konfiguratuko du, gurpila edukiko balu\n"
+"bezala erabil dezazun: horretarako, sakatu erdiko botoia eta mugitu\n"
+" saguaren gezia gora eta behera.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beste sagu-mota bat zehaztu nahi baduzu, hauta ezazu eskainitako\n"
+"zerrendan.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" sarrera hautatu dezakezu ia edozein sagurekin ibiliko den sagu\n"
+" mota``generiko'' bat aukeratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lehenetsia ez beste sagu bat hautatzen baduzu, probarako pantaila\n"
+"bat bistaratuko da. Erabili botoiak eta gurpila ezarpenak egokiak direla \n"
+"eta sagua ondo dabilela egiaztatzeko. Sagua behar bezala ez badabil,\n"
+"sakatu zuriune-barra edo [Itzuli] tekla, proba bertan behera uzteko eta\n"
+" aukeren zerrendara itzultzeko zara.\n"
+"\n"
+"Batzuetan sagu gurpildunak ez dira automatikoki detektatzen, beraz\n"
+"sagua zerrendatik hautatu beharko duzu. Ziurtatu zure sagua lotuta\n"
+"dagoen atakari dagokiona hautatu duzula. Sagua hautatu eta \n"
+"\"%s\" botoia sakatu ondoren, sagu-irudi bat agertuko da pantailan. \n"
+"Biratu zure saguaren gurpila, pantailako sagu gurpila higitzen ikusiko\n"
+"duzu. Probatu botoiak eta egiaztatu saguaren gezia pantailan mugitzen\n"
+" dela zuk sagua mugitzen duzunean."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gurpil-emulazioarekin"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Unibertsala | Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatu ataka egokia. Adibidez, Windows-eko \"COM1\" atakak\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" izena du GNU/Linux-en."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hau da erabaki puntu garrantzitsuena zure GNU/Linux sistemaren\n"
+" segurtasunerako: \"root\" pasahitza idatzi behar duzu. \"Root\" sistema\n"
+" administratzailea da eta berak bakarrik dauka sistema eguneratu,\n"
+" erabiltzaileak erantsi, konfigurazio orokorra aldatu eta horrelakoetarako\n"
+" baimena. Labur esateko, \"root\"ek guztia egin dezake! Horregatik aukeratu\n"
+"behar duzu asmatzeko zaila den pasahitza. DrakX-k esango dizu aukeratzen\n"
+"duzun pasahitza errazegia den. Ikus dezakezunez ez zaude pasahitz bat\n"
+"sartzera behartuta, baino biziki gomendatzen dizugu horrelakorik ez egitea.\n"
+"GNU/Linux, erabilzaileen akatsetara beste edozein sistema eragilek adina\n"
+" joera dauka. \"root\"-ek muga guztiak gaindi ditzakeenez eta nahi gabe\n"
+" partizioetako datu guztiak ezaba ditzakeenez beraietara behar bezain\n"
+"kontuz ez sartzeagatik, garrantzi handia dauka \"root\" gisa sartzea\n"
+"zaila izatea.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitzak karaktere alfanumerikoen nahasketa izan behar luke, gutxienez\n"
+"8 karakterekoa. Ez idatzi inon \"root\" pasahitza - zure sistema arriskuan\n"
+"jartzea izugarri errazten du.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oharra - ez egin pasahitza luzeegia edo konplexuegia, gero zuk gogoratzeko\n"
+"modukoa izan behar baitu!\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitza ez da pantailan bistaratuko zuk idatzi bitartean. Tekleatzean\n"
+"egindako akatsak saihesteko, pasahitza bi aldiz idatzi beharko duzu.\n"
+"Akats tipografiko bera bil aldiz egiten baduzu, pasahitz ``oker'' hori "
+"erabili\n"
+" beharko duzu \"root\" bezela konektatzen zaren lehen aldian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ordenagailu honen sarbidea autentifikazio-zerbitzari batek kontrolatzea\n"
+"nahi baduzu, egin klik \"%s\" botoian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zure sareak LDAP, NIS, edo PDC Windows domeinuen autentifikazio\n"
+" zerbitzuak erabiltzen baditu, hautatu \"%s\"ri dagokiona. Zein erabili ez\n"
+" badakizu, galdetu sare-administratzaileari.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitzak gogoratzeko arazoak badituzu, edo zure ordenagailua inoiz ez\n"
+" bada Internetera konektatuta egongo eta konfiantza osoa baduzu\n"
+" ordenagailua erabiltzen duten guztiengan, \"%s\" hauta dezakezu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "egiaztatzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Abio zamatzailea konputagailuak abio garaian martxan jartzen duen\n"
+"programa txiki bat da.Sistema osoa martxan jartzearen arduraduna da.\n"
+"Normalean abio zamatzailearen instalazioa erabat automatikoa da.\n"
+"DrakX-k diskoaren abio sektorea analizatu eta han aurkitzen duenaren arabera "
+"jokatuko du:\n"
+" * Windows-en abio sektorea aurkitzen badu, GRUB/LILO abio sektore batekin\n"
+"ordeztuko du. Horrela, GNU/Linux edo makinan instalatutako beste edozein SE\n"
+"zamatzeko gai izango zara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * GRUB edo LILO abio sektore bat aurkitzen bada, berri batekin ordeztuko "
+"du.\n"
+"\n"
+"Berak erabaki ezin badu, DrakX-k zuri galdetuko dizu abioko zamatzailea non\n"
+"kokatu. Normalean, \"%s\" da lekurik seguruena. \"%s\" hautatuz ez da abio\n"
+"zamatzailerik instalatuko. Erabili aukera hau soilik zer egiten ari zaren "
+"badakizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Inprimatzeko sistema bat hautatzeko unea da orain.Eeste sistema eragile \n"
+"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mandriva Linux-ek bi eskaintzen "
+"ditu.\n"
+"Inprimaketa sistema bakoitza egokiago da konfigurazio mota batzuetarako.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ``print, do not queue'' esapidearen akronimoa da, eta aukera\n"
+"hori hautatu behar duzu inprimagailuarekin zuzeneko konexioa baduzu, \n"
+"inprimagailu-buxadurak askatu nahi badituzu, eta sareko inprimagailurik\n"
+"ez baduzu. (\"%s\" sareko kasu oso sinpleak bakarrik maneiatzen ditu eta \n"
+"zertxobait mantsoa da sareekin erabiltzen denean.) GNU/Linux-ekin duzun \n"
+"lehen esperientzia bada, \"pdq\" erabiltzea gomendatzen dizugu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', aukera egokia da zure\n"
+"bertako inprimagailuan edo mundu erdira dagoenean inprimatzeko.\n"
+"Konfiguratzen erraza da eta \"lpd \" inprimatze-sistema zaharraren\n"
+"zerbitzari edo bezero gisa joka dezake, beraz, inprimatze-zerbitzuak behar "
+"dituzten sistema eragile zaharragoekin bateragarria da. Berez ahaltsua\n"
+" bada ere, oinarrizko konfigurazioa ia \"pdq\"-rena bezain erraza da.\n"
+"\"lpd\" zerbitzari bat emulatu behar baduzu, egiaztatu \"cups-lpd \"\n"
+"deabrua aktibatu duzula. \"%s\"ek inprimatzeko, inprimagailuaren aukerak "
+"hautatzeko eta inprimagailua kudeatzeko interfaze grafikoak ditu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hautapena orain egiten baduzu, eta beranduago ohartzen bazara zure\n"
+" inprimaketa sistema ez zaizula guztoko Mandriva Linux Aginte Guneko\n"
+" PrintDrake exekutatuz eta \"%s\" botoian klik eginez alda zenezake."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Aditu"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX-k zure ordenagailuko IDE gailu guztiak detektatuko ditu orain. Zure \n"
+"sisteman PCI SCSI txartelik dagoen ere begiratuko du. SCSI txartela\n"
+"aurkitzen badu, DrakX-k automatikoki instalatuko du kontrolatzaile egokia.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hardwarearen detekzioa erabat segurua ez denez, DrakX-k huts egin lezake \n"
+"hardwarea detektatzean. Horrela bada, hardwarea eskuz zehaztu beharko duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI SCSI moldagailua eskuz zehaztu behar baduzu, aukerak eskuz\n"
+"konfiguratu nahi dituzun galdetuko dizu DrakX-k. Moldagailua hasieratzeko \n"
+"behar dituen aukera zehatzak bila ditzan, hardwarea aztertzen utzi beharko \n"
+"zenioke DrakX-ri. Gehienetan, DrakX-k ez du arazorik izango prozesu hori \n"
+"burutzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-k ezin baditu egiaztatu hardwareari pasatu behar zaizkion "
+"parametroak \n"
+"zein diren automatikoki erabakitzeko aukerak, eskuz konfiguratu beharko \n"
+"duzu kontrolatzailea."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": zure sisteman soinu-txartel bat detektatu ezkero, hemen bistaratuko\n"
+"da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman dagoena ez dela Ikusten "
+"baduzu,\n"
+"botoian klik egin eta beste gidari bat hauta dezakezu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Errepaso gisa, DrakX-ek zure sistemari buruz bildu duen informazioaren\n"
+" laburpena erakutsiko du. Zure makinan instalatutako hardwarearen\n"
+" arabera, ondorengo sarrera hauetako batzuk edo guztiak izan ditzakezu.\n"
+" Sarrera honela osatzen da: konfiguratu beharreko elementua, eta ondoan, "
+"uneko konfigurazioaren laburpen laburra. Klikatu dagokion \"%s\" botoia\n"
+"aldaketa egiteko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko teklatu maparen konfigurazioa eta aldatu\n"
+"behar izan ezkero.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko herrialdea. Herrialde horretan ez bazaude\n"
+"egin klik \"%s\" botoian, eta hautatu beste bat. Zure herrialdea "
+"erakutsitako\n"
+"zerrendan falta bada, klikatu \"%s\" botoia herrialdeen zerrenda osoa\n"
+"jasotzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Lehenespenez, DrakX-ek hautatutako herrialdearen arabera\n"
+" ondorioztatzen du ordu gunea. \"%s\" botoia klikatu dezakezu zuzena.\n"
+"ez bada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko sagu konfigurazioa eta klikatu botoia aldatzea\n"
+"beharrezka bada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klikatzeak inprimagailu konfigurazio morroia\n"
+"irekiko du. Kontsultatu ``Hasiberrien Gida''n dagokion atala inprimagailu\n"
+"berri bat nola ezarri jakiteko. Bertan azaldutako interfazea instalazioan\n"
+" erabiltzen denaren antzekoa da.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure sisteman soinu txartel bat detektatzen bada, hemen\n"
+" bistaratuko da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman instalatuta "
+"dagoena ez dela Ikusten baduzu, botoian klikatu eta beste gidari bat\n"
+"hauta dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": telebista txartel bat badaukazu, hemen erakutsiko da bere\n"
+"konfigurazioari buruzko informazioa. Telebista txartela izan eta ez badu \n"
+"detektatzen, klikatu \"%s\"n, eskuz konfiguratzen saiatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" klikatu dezakezu txartelarekin zerikusia duten "
+"parametroak\n"
+"aldatzeko konfigurazioa okerra dela uste baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lehenespenez, DrakX-ek \"800x600\" edo \"1024x768\" \n"
+"bereizmenarekin konfiguratzen du interfaze grafikoa. Zuretzako ez bada\n"
+"egokia, klikatu \"%s\" zure interfaze grafikoa birkonfiguratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure Internet edo bertako sare sarrera konfiguratu nahi baduzu,\n"
+"orain egin dezakezu. Jo inprimatutako dokumentaziora edo erabili\n"
+"Mandriva Aginte Gunea instalazioa amaitutakoan lerroko laguntza\n"
+"osatuaz baliatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": HTTP eta FTP proxy helbideak konfiguratzeko aukera eskaintzen\n"
+"du instalatzen ari zaren makina proxy zerbitzari baten atzean badago.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sarrera honek aurreko urratsean () egin bezala segurtasun maila\n"
+" berdefinitzen uzten dizu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina Internetera konektatzeko asmoa baduzu,\n"
+"ideia ona da zure burua suhesi bat ezarriz babestea. Kontsultatu\n"
+"``Hasiberrien Gida''n suhesi ezarpenari dagokion atala.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": abio zamatzailearen konfigurazioa aldatu nahi baduzu, klikatu\n"
+"botoi hontan. Erabiltzaile aurreratuek bakarrik erabili behar lukete. Jo\n"
+"inprimatutako dokumentaziora edo Mandriva Linux Aginte Guneko\n"
+" abio-zamatzailearen konfigurazioari buruzko lerroko laguntzara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sarrera honen bitartez zehatz doitu dezakezu zure makinan\n"
+"zein zerbitzu exekutatuko diren. Makina hau zerbitzari moduan erabiltzeko\n"
+"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea.zure makinan zein "
+"zerbitzu exekutatuko diren doitasunez \n"
+"kontrola dezakezu hemendik. Makina hau zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko asmoa \n"
+"baduzu, konfigurazio hau berrikustea komeni zaizu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN txartela"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaze grafikoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatu Mandriva Linux partizio berria instalatu ahal izateko ezabatu nahi\n"
+"duzun disko zurruna. Kontuz ibili, unitate horretako datu guztiak galdu\n"
+"egingo dira eta ezin izango dira berreskuratu!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Sakatu \"%s\" disko zurrun honetako datu eta partizio guztiak \n"
+"ezabatu nahi badituzu. Kontuz ibili, \"%s\" sakatu ondoren \n"
+"ezin izango duzu disko zurrun honetako daturik eta partiziorik "
+"berreskuratu,\n"
+"Windows-eko datuak barne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakatu \"%s\" disko zurrun honetako daturik eta partiziorik\n"
+"galdu gabe eragiketa hau bertan behera uzteko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Hurrengoa ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Aurrekoa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e321363f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1938 @@
+# translation of DrakX-fa.po to Persian
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Abbas Izad <abbasizad@hotmail.com>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fa\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 06:31+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Abbas Izad <abbasizad@hotmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Persian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"قبل از ادامه، شما باید شروط مجوز را با دقت بخوانید. آن تمام انتشار\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را پوشش می‌دهد. اگر با همه‌ی شروط آن موافقت\n"
+"می‌کنید، جعبه‌ی \"%s\" را علامت بزنید. اگر نه، کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\"\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان آغازگری مجدد خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"لینوکس/گنو یک سیستم چند کاربرانه است، بدین معنی که هر کاربر ترجیحات و\n"
+"پرونده‌های خود را دارا می‌باشد. شما می‌توانید ``راهنمای مبتدی'' را برای آموختن\n"
+"بیشتر درباره‌ی سیستم‌های چند کاربرانه مطالعه کنید. ولی برخلاف \"مدیر\"، که "
+"مدیر\n"
+"سیستم می‌باشد، کاربرانی را که شما در این مرحله اضافه می‌کنید اجازه تغییر چیزی\n"
+"جز پرونده‌ها و پیکربندی‌های خود را ندارند. این برای حفاظت سیستم از تغییرات غیر "
+"مترقبه\n"
+" یا خطرناکی است که تمام سیستم را تحت تاثیر قرار می‌دهد. شما باید حداقل یک "
+"کاربر\n"
+"معمولی برای خود ایجاد کنید -- این حسابی است که شما برای استفاده روزانه‌ی خود\n"
+"باید از آن استفاده کنید.هرچند این خیلی آسان است که مانند \"root\" وارد "
+"سیستم\n"
+"شده و هر کاری را بدون محدودیت انجام داد، ولی ممکن است این خیلی خطرناک باشد!\n"
+"یک اشتباه کوچک می‌تواند باعث شود که سیستم‌تان دیگر کار نکند. اگر شما مثل یک\n"
+"کاربر ساده اشتباه جدی را مرتکب شوید، بدترین چیزی که می‌تواند اتفاق بیافتد از\n"
+"دست دادن مقداری اطلاعات خواهد شد ولی تاثیری بر تمام سیستم نخواهد گذاشت.\n"
+"\n"
+"اولین منطقه نام حقیقی شما را می‌پرسد. البته این اجباری نیست -- شما می‌توانید\n"
+"در واقع هر چه می‌خواهید وارد کنید. برنامه‌ی نصب DrakX اولین واژه را که در این\n"
+"منطقه وارد کرده‌اید به منطقه \"%s\" کپی می‌کند که این نام کاربری ورود به\n"
+"سیستم خواهد شد. اگر بخواهید می‌توانید پیش‌فرض را نادیده گرفته و نام کاربر را "
+"تغییر\n"
+"دهید. گام بعدی وارد کردن گذرواژه‌ای است. از نظر امنیتی یک گذرواژه‌ی (عادی) "
+"بدون\n"
+"امتیاز مانند گذرواژه‌ی \"مدیر\" دارای حساسیت نمی‌باشد، اما آن دلیلی برای عدم "
+"استفاده\n"
+"از آن و خالی گذاشتن آن یا تعیین گذرواژه‌ی بسیار ساده‌ای نیست. بلاخره این "
+"پرونده‌های\n"
+"شما هستند که در معرض خطر هستند.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی که شما بر روی  \"%s\" کلیک کنید، می‌توانید کاربرهای دیگری نیز اضافه "
+"کنید.\n"
+"افزودن یک کاربر برای هر یک از دوستان، پدرتان یا برادرتان برای مثال.\n"
+"وقتی افزودن کاربران را تمام کردید بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"با کلیک کردن بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" به شما اجازه‌ی تغییر \"پوسته\"پیش‌فرض برای\n"
+"آن کاربر (پیش‌فرض bash) داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی شما افزودن کاربران را تمام کردید از شما برای انتخاب کاربری که بتواند\n"
+"هنگام آغازگری رایانه بطور خودکار وارد سیستم شود سؤال خواهد شد. اگر این مورد\n"
+"برای شما جالب بوده (و امنیت محلی اهمیت چندانی برای شما ندارد) ، کاربر دلخواه "
+"و\n"
+"محیط گرافیک را انتخاب نموده سپس بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید. اگر شما علاقه‌ای\n"
+" به این مورد ندارید جعبه \"%s\" را غیر فعال کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "آیا می‌خواهید از این قابلیت استفاده کنید؟"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"قسمت‌بندی‌های لینوکس شناسائی شده‌ی موجود بر دیسک شما در اینجا فهرست شده‌اند.\n"
+"شما می‌توانید انتخاب‌های انجام شده توسط جادوگر را نگهداشته چرا که آنها برای\n"
+"بیشتر نصب‌های عادی مناسب می‌باشند. اگر شما هر تغییری انجام دهید باید حداقل\n"
+"یک قسمت‌بندی ریشه (\"/\") را تعیین کنید. قسمت‌بندی خیلی کوچک انتخاب نکنید\n"
+"وگرنه نخواهید توانست نرم‌افزار کافی نصب کنید. اگر می‌خواهید داده‌های خود را بر\n"
+"یک قسمت‌بندی جداگانه ذخیره کنید، مجبور خواهید بود که یک قسمت‌بندی \"/home\"\n"
+"را ایجاد کنید (فقط در صورتی که شما بیش از یک قسمت‌بندی لینوکس داشته باشید).\n"
+"هر قسمت‌بندی بطریق بدنبال آمده فهرست شده است: \"نام\", \"ظرفیت\".\n"
+"ساختار \"نام\" : \"نوع دستگاه دیسک\", \"شماره‌ی دستگاه دیسک\",\n"
+"\"شماره‌ی قسمت‌بندی\" (برای مثال، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع دستگاه دیسک\" اگر دستگاه دیسک یک IDE باشد \"hd\" است و\n"
+"اگر آن یک دستگاه دیسک SCSI باشد \"sd\" می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"شماره‌ی دستگاه دیسک\" همیشه یک حرف الفبا بعد از \"hd\" یا \"sd\" می‌باشد.\n"
+"برای دستگاه‌های سخت:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE\".\n"
+"\n"
+"در دستگاه‌های سخت SCSI یک \"a\" بمعنی \"کمترین شناسه‌ی SCSI\", یک \"b\" بمعنی\n"
+"\"دومین کمترین شناسه SCSI\"، و غیره."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"نصب لینوکس ماندریبا در چند سی‌دی پخش شده است. اگر بسته انتخاب شده بر روی\n"
+"سی‌دی دیگری قرار دارد DrakX سی‌دی کنونی را بیرون زده و از شما میخواهد که\n"
+"سی‌دی خواسته شده را داخل کنید. اگر آن سی‌دی مورد تقاضا را ندارید فقط بر روی \"%"
+"s\"\n"
+"کلیک کنید و بسته‌های مربوطه نصب نخواهند شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"اکنون وقت آن رسیده است که برنامه هایی را که میخواهید بر روی سیستمتان نصب "
+"کنید مشخص نمایید.\n"
+"هزاران بسته برای لینوکس ماندریبا در دسترس بوده* و برای آسانتر کزدن مدیریت "
+"آن، آنها در\n"
+"گروه‌هایی با برنامه های شبیه بهم قرار داده شده‌اند.\n"
+"\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا گروههای بسته را در چهار رده مرتب کرده است. شما میتوانید "
+"برنامه ها را از\n"
+"رده های گوناگون ترکیب و مطابقت دهید، بطوریکه یک نصب پایگاه کاری میتواند "
+"برنامه هایی از\n"
+"رده کارگزار را نصب کرده باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر خیال دارید از رایانه خود مانند یک پایگاه کاری استفاده کنید، "
+"یک یا چند گروه\n"
+"را از رده پایگاه کاری انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر خیال دارید از رایانه خود برای برنامه نویسی استفاده کنید، "
+"گروههای مناسب را\n"
+"از آن رده انتخاب کنید. گروه مخصوص \"LSB\" سیستمتان را طوری پیکربندی\n"
+"خواهد کرد تا هر چه بیشتر با مقررات پایه استاندارد لینوکس مطابقت داشته باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"   انتخاب گروه \"LSB\" همچنین سریال هسته \"2.4\" را نیز بجای پیش فرض \"2.6"
+"\" \n"
+"نصب خواهد کرد. این برای اطمینان ۱۰۰٪٪-مطابقت سیستم است. هر چند، اگر گروه\n"
+"\"LSB\" را انتخاب نکنید سیستمی خواهید داشت که تقریبا ۱۰۰٪٪ LSB-تطبیق دارد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر رایانه تان قرار است کارگزار بشود، سرویسهای معمول را که خیال "
+"دارید بر\n"
+"روی رایانه تان نصب کنید انتخاب نمائید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این جائی است که محیط گرافیکی ترجیحی خود را انتخاب میکنید.\n"
+"اگر میخواهید واسط گرافیکی داشته باشید حداقل یکی را باید انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"حرکت مکان نمای موشی بر روی نام گروهی متن توضیحی کوتاهی را درباره آن گروه\n"
+"نشان خواهد داد.\n"
+"\n"
+"شما میتوانید جعبه \"%s\" را تیک کنید، که خیلی مفید است اگر با بسته های ارائه "
+"شده آشنائید\n"
+"یا اگر میخواهید بر آنچه نصب میگردد کاملا کنترل داشته باشید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نصب را در حالت \"%s\" شروع کنید، میتوانید همه گروهها را نگزینید و از "
+"نصب\n"
+"هر بسته جدید جلوگیری کنید. این برای تعمیر و بروزسازی یک سیستم موجود مفید "
+"است.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر همه گروهها را هنگام یک نصب عادی (برخلاف یک بروزسازی) نگزیده اید،\n"
+"گفتگوئی ظاهر شده که گزینه های گوناگونی را برای یک حداقل نصب پیشنهاد میکند:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": حداقل تعداد بسته ممکن را برای داشتن یک رومیزی گرافیکی کارآرا نصب "
+"میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سیستم پایه بعلاوه وسایل اولیه و نوشتارهای آنها را نصب میکند. این "
+"نصب برای \n"
+"برپاسازی یک کارگزار مناسب است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": حداقل تعداد ممکن بسته های ضروری برای یک سیستم لینوکس کارآرا نصب\n"
+"خواهد گردید. با این نصب شما فقط واسط خط-فرمان خواهید داشت.\n"
+"اندازه کل این نصب حدود ۶۵ مگابایت است."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ارتقاء"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "با نوشتار پایه"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "کوچکترین نصب واقعی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر شما به نصب‌گر گفته‌اید که می‌خواهید بسته‌ها را دانه‌ای انتخاب کنید،\n"
+"آن درختی را شامل تمام بسته‌های دسته‌بندی شده بوسیله‌ی گروه‌ها و زیرگروه‌ها\n"
+"عرضه می‌کند. هنگام مرور بر درخت، می‌توانید همه‌ی گروه‌ها، زیرگروه‌ها،\n"
+"یا بسته‌های دانه‌ای را انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"هروقت شما بسته‌ای را در این درخت انتخاب می‌کنید، یک توضیح در قسمت\n"
+"راست ظاهر شده که به شما هدف بسته را معرفی می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! اگر یک بسته کارگزار انتخاب شده باشد، یا اینکه شما مخصوصا بسته‌ی دانه‌ای\n"
+"را انتخاب کردید یا برای اینکه آن قسمتی از یک گروه از بسته‌ها باشد، از شما \n"
+"برای تایید آنکه واقعا می‌خواهید آنها را نصب کنید سؤال خواهد شد.\n"
+"پیش‌فرض لینوکس ماندریبا هر سرویس نصب شده را در زمان آغازگری \n"
+"بطور خودکار اجرا می‌کند. هرچند آنها امن بوده و هیچ اشکالی در زمان انتشار \n"
+"ندارند، احتمال دارد که سوراخ‌های امنیتی بعد از تکمیل این نسخه لینوکس \n"
+"مان‌درایک کشف شوند. اگر شما نمی‌دانید که یک سرویس بخصوص قرار \n"
+"است چکار کند یا چرا نصب شده است، پس \"%s\" را کلیک کنید. با کلیک \n"
+"بر \"%s\"سرویس‌های فهرست شده نصب خواهند شد و آنها بوسیله پیش‌فرض \n"
+"بطور خودکار هنگام آغازگری شروع می‌شوند. !! \n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ی \"%s\" برای غیرفعال کردن گفتگوی هشدارهایی که هر وقت برنامه‌ی\n"
+" نصب بسته‌ای را برای حل یک مشکل وابستگی بطور خودکار انتخاب می‌کند \n"
+"استفاده می‌شود. بعضی از بسته‌ها با هم روابطی دارند بطوری که نصب یک \n"
+"بسته مستلزم نصب آن بسته‌ی دیگر می‌باشد. برنامه نصب می‌تواند تعیین کند \n"
+"که کدام بسته برای ارضای یک وابستگی لازم است تا نصب را با موفقیت تکمیل\n"
+"نماید.\n"
+"\n"
+"شمایل ریز دیسکچه در پایین فهرست به شما اجازه می‌دهد که یک\n"
+"فهرست ایجاد شده هنگام نصب قبلی را بارگذاری کنید. این روش اگر\n"
+"بخواهید تعدادی رایانه را یکسان پیکربندی کنید مفید است. کلیک بر این شمایل\n"
+"از شما می‌خواهد که آن دیسکچه را که در پایان نصب قبلی ایجاد کرده‌اید\n"
+"وارد کنید. به راهنمایی دوم آخرین مرحله برای چگونگی ایجاد چنین دیسکچه‌ای\n"
+"نگاهی بیاندازید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "وابستگی‌های خودکار"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": با کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" جادوگر پیکربندی چاپگر باز خواهد شد\n"
+"به فصل مربوط در ``Starter Guide'' برای اطلاعات بیشتر برای نصب یک چاپگر\n"
+"جدید مراجعه کنید. ظاهر عرضه شده در آنجا شبیه به آن است که در هنگام\n"
+"نصب استفاده می‌گردد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"این گفتگو برای انتخاب سرویس‌هایی است که می‌خواهید هنگام آغازگری راه‌اندازی\n"
+"شوند استفاده می‌شود. \n"
+"\n"
+"برنامه‌ی DrakX همه‌ی سرویس‌های موجود را در نصب کنونی فهرست خواهد کرد.\n"
+"هر یک را بدقت ملاحظه کرده و آنهایی را که در زمان آغازگری لازم ندارید انتخاب "
+"نکنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر یک سرویس انتخاب شود یک توضیح کوتاه درباره آن نشان داده خواهد شد. \n"
+"اگر شما مطمئن نیستید که آیا سرویسی مفید است یا نه، بهتر است پیش‌فرض \n"
+"را به حال خود بگذارید. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! در این مرحله خیلی دقت کنید، اگر قصد دارید از رایانه خود مانند کارگزاری\n"
+"استفاده کنید: احتمالا نمی‌خواهید هیچ سرویسی را که لازم ندارید راه‌اندازی "
+"کنید.\n"
+"لطفاً بخاطر داشته باشید که چندین سرویس در صورتی که بر یک کارگزار بکار\n"
+" بیافتند می‌توانند خطرناک باشند. بطور عمومی، فقط سرویس‌هایی را انتخاب \n"
+"کنید که واقعاً لازم دارید.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"گنو/لینوکس زمان را بر اساس GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) اداره کرده\n"
+"و آن را به زمان محلی طبق منطقه‌ی زمانی که شما انتخاب کرده‌اید برمی‌گرداند.\n"
+"اگر ساعت روی کارت ‌الکترونیکی مادر بر اساس زمان محلی گذاشته شده باشد،\n"
+"می‌توانید این را از طریق انتخاب نکردن \"%s\" غیرفعال کنید، که به گنو/لینوکس\n"
+"اجازه می‌دهد که بداند که ساعت سیستم شما و ساعت سخت‌افزار در یک منطقه‌زمانی\n"
+"قرار دارند. دانستن این وقتی که ماشین شما سیستم عامل دیگری نظیر ویندوز را "
+"میزبان\n"
+"باشد مفید می‌باشد. \n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ی \"%s\" ساعت را از طریق اتصال به کارگزار از راه دور زمان بر اینترنت\n"
+"میزان می‌کند. برای کار کردن این قابلیت باید یک اتصال اینترنت فعال داشته\n"
+"باشید. بهتر است یک کارگزار زمان نزدیک به خود را انتخاب کنید. این گزینه "
+"اتفاقاً\n"
+"کارگزار زمانی را نصب می‌کند که می‌تواند بوسیله‌ی ماشین های دیگر بر روی\n"
+"شبکه‌اتان گردد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "هم‌گاه‌سازی خودکار زمان"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"کارت گرافیک\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامه نصب‌گر معمولا کارت گرافیک نصب شده بر ماشین شما را بطور خودکار\n"
+"شناسایی و پیکربندی می‌کند. اگر چنین نشده، می‌توانید کارتی را که خود نصب "
+"کرده‌اید\n"
+"از این لیست انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   در صورتی که کارگزارهای مختلف برای کارت شما در دسترس می‌باشند، با یا بدون\n"
+"شتاب دهنده‌ی ۳بعدی، از شما برای انتخاب کارگزاری که برای شما مناسب‌تر می‌باشد \n"
+"سؤال خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (برای سیستم پنجره X ) قلب واسط تصویری لینوکس/گنو می‌باشد که تمام محیط‌های \n"
+"تصویری (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker وغیره) بسته بندی شده با \n"
+"لینوکس مان‌درایک بر روی آن تکیه دارند.\n"
+"\n"
+"یک لیست ار اجزای گوناگون برای تغییر و تهیه بهترین نمایش تصویری به شما عرضه\n"
+"خواهد شد:\n"
+"\n"
+" کارت گرافیک\n"
+"\n"
+"   نصب کننده معمولاً بطور خودکار کارت گرافیک بر روی ماشین شما را شناسایی\n"
+"و تنظیم خواهد کرد. اگر چنین نشد، می‌توانید کارت خود را از این لیست انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   در صورتی که کارگزارهای گوناگونی برای کارت شما وجود دارند، با یا بدون\n"
+"شتاب‌دهنده‌ی ۳ بعدی، از شما برای انتخاب کارگزاری که بهتر جوابگوی احتیاجات \n"
+"شما می‌باشد سوال خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"نمایشگر\n"
+"\n"
+"   نصب کننده معمولاً بطور خودکار نمایشگر وصل شده به ماشین شما را شناسایی\n"
+"و تنظیم خواهد کرد. اگر چنین نشد، می‌توانید نمایشگر خود را از این لیست انتخاب "
+"نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"وضوح\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید وضوح و عمق‌های رنگ موجود برای سخت‌افزار خود را انتخاب\n"
+"نمایید. آن را که بهترین جوابگوی احتیاجات شما می‌باشد را انتخاب کنید (شما "
+"قادر\n"
+"خواهید بود که آن را بعد از نصب تغییر دهید). یک نمونه از تنظیمات انتخاب شده "
+"در\n"
+"نمایشگر نشان داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"آزمایش\n"
+"\n"
+"   سیستم تلاش خواهد کرد تا یک صفحه تصویری را با وضوح مورد خواست باز کند.\n"
+"اگر شما بتوانید پیغام هنگام آزمایش را مشاهده نمایید و جواب \"%s\"را بدهید،\n"
+"پس DrakX به مرحله‌ی بعدی ادامه خواهد داد. اگر شما نتوانیدپیغام را ببینید، "
+"بدین\n"
+"معنی است که بعضی از قسمت‌های تنظیمات شناسایی خودکار صحیح نبوده و آزمایش\n"
+"بعد از ۱۲ ثانیه بطور خودکار تمام شده، شما را به فهرست برمیگرداند. تنظیمات "
+"را\n"
+"تا وقتی که نمایش تصویری درست را بدست نیاورده‌اید تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ها\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا میتوانید تعویض خودکار به واسط تصویری را در آغازگری انتخاب "
+"نمایید.\n"
+"روشن است که اگر ماشین شما قرار است کارگزار شود، یا اگر شما در تنظیم "
+"نمایشگر \n"
+"موفق نبوده‌اید بخواهید \"%s\" را علامت بزنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"نمایشگر\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامه‌ی نصب‌گر معمولاً بطور خودکار نمایشگر وصل شده به رایانه‌ی شما را \n"
+"شناسائی و پیکربندی خواهد کرد. اگر درست نبود، می‌توانید نمایشگری را\n"
+"که به رایانه‌ی خود وصل کرده‌اید از این لیست انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"تفکیک‌پذیری\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید تفکیک‌پذیری و عمق رنگ در دسترس را برای سخت‌افزارتان\n"
+"را انتخاب کنید. آن را که برای شما بهتر است انتخاب کنید (بعد از نصب می‌توانید\n"
+"آن را تغییر دهید). نمونه‌ای از پیکربندی انتخاب شده در نمایشگر نشان داده می‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"در صورتی که کارگزارهای گوناگونی برای کارت‌تان در دسترس هستند، با\n"
+"یا بدون شتاب دهنده ۳ بعدی ، از شما برای انتخاب مناسبترین کارگزار\n"
+" سؤال خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"گزینه‌ها\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید انتخاب کنید که آیا می‌خواهید رایانه شما بطور خودکار به\n"
+"یک واسط گرافیکی در آغازگری عوض شود. روشن است که شما بخواهید \"%s\" \n"
+"را علامت زده اگر ماشین شما مانند یک کارگزار باید عمل کند، یا اگر شما در\n"
+"پیکربندی نمایشگر خود موفق نبوده‌اید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"در این مرحله، باید تصمیم بگیرید که در کجای دیسک خود می‌خواهید سیستم عامل\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را نصب کنید. اگر دیسک شما خالی یا اگر سیستم عامل موجودی\n"
+"همه‌ی فضای در دسترس دیسک را در اختیار دارد مجبور خواهید بود دیسک خود را\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی کنید. اساسا، قسمت‌بندی دیسکی شامل قسمت کردن منطقی آن برای\n"
+"ایجاد فضای لازم برای نصب سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا جدیدتان می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"بخاطر غیر قابل برگشت بودن پروسه‌ی قسمت‌بندی و اینکه می‌تواند به از دست رفتن\n"
+"داده‌ها منتهی شود، مخصوصا اگر سیستم عاملی از قبل وجود داشته و بر روی دیسک\n"
+"نصب شده باشد، اگر شما کاربری بی‌تجربه هستید قسمت‌بندی می‌تواند عصبی\n"
+"کننده و هیجان آور باشد. خوشبختانه، DrakX جادوگر راهنمایی را برای آسان کردن\n"
+"این پروسه ضمیمه دارد. قبل از ادامه به این مرحله بقیه این بخش را بخوانید و \n"
+"بیش از هر چه وقت کافی را بخود بدهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"بستگی به پیکربندی دیسک‌تان، چندین گزینه در دسترس است:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه قسمت‌بندی خودکار دستگاه دیسک خالی شما را انجام می‌دهد.\n"
+"اگر از این گزینه استفاده کنید دیگر از شما سؤال دیگری نخواهد شد.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\": جادوگر یک یا چند قسمت‌بندی موجود لینوکس را بر روی دیسک شما\n"
+"شناسایی کرده است. اگر می‌خواهید از آنها استفاده کنید این گزینه را انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"از شما سپس پرسیده خواهد شد که نقاط سوارسازی مربوط به هر قسمت‌بندی را\n"
+"انتخاب کنید. نقاط سوارسازی صحیح بوسیله‌ی پیش‌فرض انتخاب خواهند شد، در بیشتر \n"
+"موارد نظر خوبی است که آنها را نگه دارید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر ویندوز مایکروسافت بر دیسک شما نصب شده است و همه فضای موجود\n"
+"بر آن را در اختیار دارد، شما می‌بایست فضای آزاد برای لینوکس را ایجاد کنید\n"
+"برای انجام این کار، شما می‌توانید قسمت‌بندی و داده‌های ویندوز مایکروسافت\n"
+" را حذف کرده (راه حل ''پاک کردن تمام دیسک'' را ببینید) یا قسمت‌بندی FAT \n"
+"ویندوز مایکروسافت را تغییر اندازه دهید. تغییر اندازه می‌تواند بدون از دست\n"
+"دادن هیچ داده‌ای به این شرط که شما از قبل قسمت‌بندی ویندوز را نظم داده\n"
+"یا defragmented بشود و اینکه آن از قالب FAT استفاده کند. ذخیره‌ی داده‌های\n"
+"شما بشدت سفارش می‌شود. استفاده از این گزینه اگر می‌خواهید هم لینوکس\n"
+"و هم ویندوز مایکروسافت را بر روی یک رایانه داشته باشید سفارش می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+"   قبل از انتخاب این گزینه، لطفا توجه کنید که بعد از این پروسه اندازه‌ی\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی ویندوز مایکروسافت شما کوچکتر از وقتی که شروع کرده‌اید خواهد\n"
+"شد شما فضای آزاد کمتری زیر ویندوز مایکروسافت برای ذخیره‌ی داده‌ها‌ی خود یا\n"
+"نصب نرم‌افزار جدید خواهید داشت.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید تمام داده‌ها و قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود بر روی دیسک\n"
+"را حذف و آنها را با سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا جدید خود جایگزین کنید، این \n"
+"گزینه را انتخاب کنید. دقت کنید، شما قادر نخواهید بود انتخاب خود را \n"
+"بعد از تأیید پس بگیرید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همه‌ی داده‌های بر روی دیسک شما حذف خواهند "
+"شد. !! \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این همه چیز را از دیسک پاک کرده و از نو شروع به قسمت‌بندی هر \n"
+"چیز از پایه می‌کند. هر داده‌ای بر روی دیسک شما از دست خواهد رفت. \n"
+"\n"
+"   !! اگر شما این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همه داده‌های بر دیسک شما از دست خواهد "
+"رفت. !! \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه را اگر خودتان می‌خواهید دیسک را قسمت‌بندی کنید انتخاب\n"
+" نمایید. دقت کنید -- این گزینه‌ی باقدرت ولی خطرناکی است و شما می‌توانید \n"
+"بسادگی تمام داده‌های خود را از دست بدهید. برای همین این گزینه واقعا فقط \n"
+"اگر شما چنین کاری را قبلا انجام داده‌اید و تجربه دارید سفارش می‌شود. برای \n"
+"راهنمایی چگونگی استفاده از وسیله‌ی DiskDrake به قسمت``مدیریت\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی‌های خود'' در ``راهنمای مبتدی'' مراجعه کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "استفاده از قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "تمام دیسک پاک شود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"بفرمائید. نصب اکنون تکمیل شده است و سیستم گنو/لینوکس آماده‌ی استفاده است.\n"
+"فقط بر \"%s\" کلیک کرده تا سیستم آغازگری مجدد شود. فراموش نکنید که رسانه‌ی\n"
+"نصب (سی‌دی-رم یا دیسکچه) را بردارید.اولین چیزی که شما بعد از اینکه\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان سخت‌افزار خود را آزمایش می‌کند فهرست بارگذار آغازگری است،\n"
+"که به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب راه‌اندازی یکی از سیستم‌های عامل را می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+"دکمه‌ی \"%s\" دو دکمه‌ی دیگر را نشان داده برای: \n"
+"  * \"%s\": ایجاد یک دیسکچه نصب که تمام نصب را بطور خودکار بدون کمک \n"
+"کسی، شبیه به نصبی که شما اکنون پیکربندی کردید را انجام می‌دهد. \n"
+"\n"
+"   توجه کنید که بعد از کلیک بر این دکمه دو گزینه در دسترس هستند:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". این نصب نسبتاً خودکاراست. گام قسمت‌بندی تنها \n"
+"مرحله‌ی گفتگویی است.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". نصب کاملاً خودکار: دیسک سخت کاملاً بازنویسی شده،\n"
+"تمام داده‌ها از دست خواهند رفت.\n"
+"\n"
+"   این قابلیت وقتی چندین ماشین قرار است شبیه به هم نصب شوند مفید است.\n"
+"قسمت نصب خودکار را در پایگاه اینترنت ما برای اطلاعات بیشتر ملاحظه کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): یک لیست از بسته‌های انتخاب شده در این نصب را ذخیره می‌کند.\n"
+"برای استفاده از این انتخاب با نصب دیگر، دیسکچه را داخل کرده و نصب\n"
+"را شروع کنید. در اعلان, کلید [F1] را فشار داده و بنویسید >>\n"
+"linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << و کلید ورود را فشار دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) شما به دیسکچه‌ای با قالب FAT نیاز دارید. برای ساختن آن در گنو/لینوکس، \n"
+"\"mformat a:\"، یا \"fdformat/dev/fd0\" و بدنبالش \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "تولید دیسکچه‌ی نصب-خودکار"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر تصمیم گرفتید تا از بعضی از قسمت‌بندیهای گنو/لینوکس استفاده مجدد کنید، "
+"میبایست\n"
+"بعضی از آنها را قسمت‌بندی مجدد کرده و هر داده روی آنها پاک شود. برای انجام "
+"اینکار\n"
+"لطفا آن قسمت‌بندیها را نیز انتخاب کنید\n"
+"\n"
+"لطفاً توجه کنید که ضروری نیست که تمام قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود قالب‌بندی مجدد\n"
+"شوند. شما باید قسمت‌بندیهای حاوی سیستم عامل (مانند \"/\", \"/usr\" یا \"/var"
+"\")\n"
+"را قالب‌بندی مجدد کرده اما شما مجبور به قالب‌بندی مجدد قسمت‌بندی‌های حاوی\n"
+"داده‌هایی که می‌خواهید نگهدارید نیستید (معمولاً \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"لطفاً هنگام انتخاب قسمت‌بندی‌ها دقت کنید. بعد از قالب‌بندی تمام داده‌های\n"
+"بر قسمت‌بندی‌های انتخاب شده حذف خواهند شد و قادر به تعمیر آنها نخواهید بود\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی برای قالب‌بندی قسمت‌بندی‌ها آماده شدید بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید قسمت‌بندی دیگری برای نصب سیستم عامل لینوکس ماندریبا\n"
+"جدید خود انتخاب کنید بر %s کلیک نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید قسمت‌بندی‌هایی که باید برای بلوک‌های بد بر دیسک کنترل شوند\n"
+"را انتخاب کنید بر %s کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"در زمانی که در حال نصب لینوکس ماندریبا هستید، به احتمال زیاد بعضی \n"
+"از بسته‌ها از زمان شروع پخش بروزسازی شده‌اند. اشکالات ممکن است تعمیر \n"
+"شده و مسایل امنیتی رفع شده باشند. برای استفاده از فواید این بروزسازی‌ها،\n"
+"اکنون میتوانید آنها را از اینترنت بارگیری نمایید. \"%s\" را اگر شما یک "
+"ارتباط\n"
+"کارآرای اینترنت دارید علامت زده، یا \"%s\" را اگر ترجیح می‌دهید بسته‌ها را\n"
+"بعداً بروزسازی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"انتخاب \"%s\" لیستی از مکان‌هایی که آن بروزسازی‌ها می‌توانند دریافت شوند\n"
+"را نشان خواهد داد. شما باید مکانی که به شما نزدیکتر است را انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"درخت مجموعه-بسته ظاهر خواهد شد: مجموعه را مرور کرده، و \"%s\" را برای\n"
+"دریافت و نصب بسته‌های انتخاب شده، یا \"%s\" را برای ترک فشار دهید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"در این نقطه، DrakX به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب سطح امنیتی مورد نظر را برای ماشین\n"
+"می‌دهد. روش معمول این است که اگر ماشین حاوی داده‌های مهم خواهد شد، یا اگر\n"
+"آن ماشینی خواهد بود که مستقیماً در معرض اینترنت قرار می‌گیرد سطح امنیتی باید\n"
+"بالاتر گذاشته شود. ضرر این معامله در داشتن سطح بالاتر امنیتی عموماً در "
+"پرداخت\n"
+"آسانی استفاده بدست آورده می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نمی‌دانید کدام را باید انتخاب کنید، گزینه‌ی پیش‌فرض را نگه دارید.\n"
+" بعداً می‌توانید با ابزار draksec از مرکز کنترل ماندریبا سطح امنیتی را تغییر "
+"دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"منطقه‌ی \"%s\"میتواند سیستم را از وجود کاربری که مسئول امنیت بر این رایانه\n"
+"خواهد گردید مطلع سازد. پیغام‌های امنیتی به آن نشانی فرستاده خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "مدیر امنیت"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"در این نقطه، شما مجبور به انتخاب قسمت‌بندی(های) که برای نصب سیستم لینوکس \n"
+"ماندریبا استفاده خواهد شد هستید.اگر قسمت‌بندی‌هایی که یا از یک نصب قبلی \n"
+"گنو/لینوکس یا بوسیله ابزار قسمت‌بندی دیگر وجود دارند، می‌توانید از آنها \n"
+"استفاده کنید. در غیر این صورت، قسمت‌بندی‌ها باید ایجاد شوند. \n"
+"\n"
+"برای ایجاد قسمت‌بندی‌ها، شما باید اول یک دستگاه دیسک را انتخاب کنید. \n"
+"شما می‌توانید آن دیسک را بوسیله‌ی کلیک بر ``hda'' برای اولین دستگاه IDE \n"
+" و ``hdb'' برای دومین، ``sda'' برای اولین دستگاه SCSI و غیره برای\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای قسمت‌بندی دستگاه دیسک انتخاب شده، می‌توانید از این گزینه‌ها استفاده کنید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه تمام قسمت‌بندی‌های روی دیسک انتخاب شده را حذف می‌کند\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه بر روی فضای آزاد دیسک شما بطور خودکار قسمت‌بندی‌های\n"
+"ext3 و حافظه مبادله را ایجاد می‌کند\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": دسترسی به قابلیت‌های دیگر را فراهم می‌سازد\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": جدول قسمت‌بندی را بر دیسکچه ذخیره می‌کند.در صورت لزوم \n"
+"بعدا می‌توان آن را بازنشانی کرد. انجام این گام بشدت سفارش می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": به شما اجازه‌ی باز‌نشانی جدول قسمت‌بندی ذخیره شده را از دیسکچه "
+"می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر جدول قسمت‌بندی شما خراب شده باشد با این گزینه می‌توانید\n"
+"آن را بازنشانی کنید. لطفا دقت کنید و بخاطر داشته باشید که این همیشه درست\n"
+"کار نمی‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تمام تغییرات باطل شده و جدول قسمت‌بندی اصلی بر دستگاه دیسک\n"
+"بارگذاری مجدد می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": غیرفعال کردن این گزینه کاربران را مجبور می‌کند که رسانه‌های قابل\n"
+"حمل از قبیل دیسکچه و سی‌دی را دستی سوار یا پیاده کنند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید از یک جادوگر برای قسمت‌بندی دیسک خود استفاده کنید از\n"
+"این گزینه استفاده نمایید. این گزینه اگر شما تجربه‌ی قبلی از قسمت‌بندی\n"
+"کردن دیسک ندارید پیشنهاد می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": برای لغو تغییرات خود از این گزینه استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": عملیات بیشتری را بر قسمت‌بندی‌ها اجازه داده (نوع، گزینه‌ها، "
+"قالب‌بندی)\n"
+"و اطلاعات بیشتری را درباره دستگاه دیسک می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": وقتی شما قسمت‌بندی دستگاه دیسک خود را به اتمام رساندید،\n"
+"این تغییرات شما را بر دیسک ذخیره می‌سازد.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی اندازه‌ی یک قسمت‌بندی را تعیین می‌کنید، می‌توانید بخوبی از کلیدهای جهت‌دار\n"
+"صفحه‌کلید خود استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"توجه: می‌توانید به هر گزینه توسط صفحه‌کلید دسترسی پیدا کنید. در طول\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی با استفاده از جهت‌های [پرش] و [بالا/پایین] مرور کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی یک قسمت‌بندی انتخاب شده باشد، می‌توانید از:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c برای ایجاد یک قسمت‌بندی جدید (وقتی یک قسمت‌بندی خالی انتخاب\n"
+"شده باشد)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d برای حذف یک قسمت‌بندی \n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m برای تعیین نقطه‌ی سوارسازی\n"
+"\n"
+"برای دریافت اطلاعات درباره انواع سیستم پرونده موجود، لطفاً فصل ext2FS \n"
+"را از ` دستورالعمل مرجع'' بخوانید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما بر یک ماشین PPC نصب می‌کنید، شما باید یک قسمت‌بندی کوچک HFS \n"
+"``bootstrap'' حداقل ۱ مگابایت که برای بارگذار آغازگر yaboot\n"
+"استفاده می‌شود را ایجاد کنید اگر شما بطور اختیاری آن قسمت‌بندی را بزرگتر\n"
+"بسازید، مثلاً ۵۰ مگابایت، شما آن را برای انبار یک هسته یدک و تصاویر ramdisk\n"
+"در شرایط آغازگری اضطراری مفید خواهید یافت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "سوارسازی-خودکار رسانه‌ی قابل انتقال"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "تعویض بین حالت عادی/کارشناسی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"بیش از یک قسمت‌بندی مایکروسافت بر دیسک شما شناسایی شده است. \n"
+"لطفا آن قسمت‌بندی را که برای نصب سیستم عامل لینوکس ماندریبا می‌خواهید \n"
+"تغییر اندازه دهید انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"هر قسمت‌بندی فهرست شده بدنبال می‌آید: \"نام لینوکس\", \"نام ویندوز\" \n"
+"\"ظرفیت\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نام لینوکس\" دارای ساختار: \"نوع دستگاه دیسک\", \"شماره دستگاه دیسک\",\n"
+"\"شماره قسمت‌بندی\" (برای مثال, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع دستگاه دیسک\" اگر دستگاه دیسک شما یک دستگاه دیسک IDE باشد \"hd\" است "
+"و\n"
+"\"sd\" اگر آن یک دستگاه دیسک SCSI باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"شماره دستگاه دیسک\" همیشه یک حرف الفبا بعد از \"hd\" یا \"sd\"می‌باشد.\n"
+"با دستگاه‌های دیسک IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" بمعنی \"دیسک ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" بمعنی \"دیسک زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" بمعنی \"دیسک ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" بمعنی \"دیسک زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE \".\n"
+"\n"
+"با دستگاه‌های دیسک SCSI, یک \"a\" بمعنی \"پایین‌ترین SCSI ID\", یک \"b\"\n"
+"بمعنی \"پایین‌ترین SCSI ID دومی\", و غیره.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نام ویندوز\" حرف الفبای دستگاه دیسک شما در ویندوز می‌باشد (اولین\n"
+"دیسک یا قسمت‌بندی \"C:\" نامیده می‌شود)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": انتخاب کشور کنونی را بررسی کنید. اگر شما در این کشور زندگی نمی‌کنید،\n"
+"بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کرده و یکی دیگر را انتخاب کنید. اگر کشور شما\n"
+"در لیست نشان داده شده وجود ندارد، دکمه‌ی \"%s\" را برای دریافت لیست\n"
+"کامل کشورها کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"این گام فقط در صورتی که یک قسمت‌بندی قدیمی لینوکس/گنو بر ماشین شما پیدا شود\n"
+"فعال می‌گردد. \n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX اکنون احتیاج دارد بداند که آیا شما می‌خواهید یک نصب جدید یا یک ارتقا\n"
+"سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا موجود را انجام دهید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": در مجموع این سیستم قدیمی را کاملاً پاک می‌کند اگر می‌خواهید روش\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی دستگاه‌های دیسک خود را تغییر دهید، یا سیستم پرونده را تغییر دهید، \n"
+"بایستی از این گزینه استفاده کنید. هرچند، بستگی به طرح قسمت‌بندی‌تان،\n"
+"می‌توانید از بر-نگارش بعضی از داده‌های موجودتان جلوگیری کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این رده‌ی نصب به شما اجازه می‌دهد تا بسته‌های نصب شده‌ی کنونی\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را بروزسازی کنید. طرح قسمت‌بندی کنونی‌تان و داده‌های کاربر دست\n"
+"نخواهند خورد و بیشتر گام‌های پیکربندی در دسترس باقی خواهند بود،\n"
+"شبیه به یک نصب استاندارد.\n"
+"\n"
+"استفاده از گزینه‌ی ``ارتقاء'' بایستی برای سیستم‌های لینوکس ماندریبا نسخه‌ی\n"
+"\"8.1\"یا بعدی کارآرایی خوبی داشته باشد. اجرای ارتقاء بر نسخ پیشتر از "
+"لینوکس\n"
+"ماندریبا ۸٬۱ سفارش نمی‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"بنابر زبان پیش‌فرضی که در این قسمت انتخاب کرده‌اید، DrakX نوع بخصوصی\n"
+"از پیکربندی صفحه‌کلید را بطور خودکار انتخاب می‌کند. اگر چه ممکن است شما\n"
+"صفحه‌کلیدی را که دقیقاً مطابق زبان شما باشد نداشته باشید: برای مثال، اگر شما\n"
+"یک شخص انگلیسی زبان سوئیسی باشید، ممکن است یک صفحه‌کلید سوئیسی\n"
+"داشته باشید. یا اگر شما انگلیسی صحبت کرده ولی در کوبک کانادا زندگی می‌کنید،\n"
+"ممکن است خود را در شرایطی بیابید که زبان بومی شما و صفحه‌کلید مطابقت\n"
+"نداشته باشند. در هر دو صورت، این مرحله‌ی نصب به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب\n"
+"صفحه‌کلید مناسب را از یک لیست می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای عرضه‌ی لیست کامل صفحه‌کلید‌های حمایت شده بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما صفحه‌کلیدی را بر اساس یک الفبای غیر لاتین انتخاب کنید، گفتگوی \n"
+"بعدی به شما اجازه‌ی ترکیب کلیدی را که بتوانید بین طرح‌های صفحه‌کلید لاتین\n"
+"و غیر لاتین تعویض کنید خواهد داد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"انتخاب زبان ترجیحی شما زبان نوشتجات، نصب‌گر و سیستم‌تان را در مجموع مورد\n"
+"تأثیر قرار خواهد داد. در ابتدا منطقه‌ای را که در آن قرار دارید و سپس زبانی را "
+"که\n"
+"صحبت می‌کنید انتخاب نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" به شما اجازه می‌دهد تا زبان‌های دیگری را بر ایستگاه\n"
+"کارتان انتخاب کرده، و بدین طریق پرونده‌های مخصوص-زبان را برای سیستم\n"
+"نوشتجات و برنامه‌ها نصب کنید. برای نمونه، اگر شما کاربرانی از اسپانیا را بر\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان میزبان هستید، انگلیسی را مانند زمان پیش‌فرض در درخت‌نما انتخاب\n"
+"کرده و \"%s\" را در قسمت پیشرفته انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"درباره‌ی پشتیبانی از UTF-8 (یونی‌کد): یونی‌کد کدگذاری نویسه‌ی جدیدی\n"
+"برای پوشش دادن همه‌ی زبان‌های موجود است. هرچند پشتیبانی کامل برای\n"
+"آن در لینوکس/گنو هنوز تحت تولید است. بدین دلیل، لینوکس ماندریبا از آن\n"
+"استفاده خواهد کرد یا بدلیل عدم وابستگی به گزینش‌های کاربر:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر زبانی را با کدگذاری سنتی قوی (زبان‌های لاتین۱، روسی، ژاپنی،\n"
+"چینی، کره‌ای، تایلندی، یونانی، ترکی، بیشتر زبان‌های iso-8859-2) انتخاب\n"
+"کنید، کدگذاری سنتی بوسیله‌ی پیش‌فرض استفاده خواهد گردید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * بقیه‌ی زبان‌ها در پیش‌فرض از یونی‌کد استفاده خواهند کرد:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر دو یا زبان‌های بیشتری مورد نیاز است، و آن زبان‌ها از کدگذاری\n"
+"یکسان استفاده نمی‌کنند، پس یونی‌کد برای تمام سیستم استفاده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * در پایان، یونی‌کد می‌تواند برای سیستم با درخواست کاربر بوسیله‌ی\n"
+"انتخاب گزینه‌ی \"%s\" بدون وابستگی به زبان‌(های) گزیده شده اجبار گردد.\n"
+"\n"
+"توجه کنید که شما به انتخاب زبان اضافه‌ی تکی محدود نیستید. شما می‌توانید\n"
+"چندین زبان، حتی تمام آنها را بوسیله‌ی انتخاب جعبه‌ی \"%s\" انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"انتخاب کردن پشتیبانی برای زبانی بمعنی ترجمه‌ها، قلم‌ها، غلط‌یاب‌ها\n"
+"وغیره برای آن زبان که نصب خواهد شد می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای تعویض بین زبان‌های گوناگون نصب شده بر سیستم، می‌توانید\n"
+"فرمان \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" را مانند \"root\" برای تغییر زبان استفاده\n"
+"شده بوسیله‌ی تمام سیستم اجرا کنید. اجرای این فرمان مانند یک کاربر عادی\n"
+"تنظیم زبان را تنها برای آن کاربر عوض خواهد نمود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "اسپانول"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX معمولا مشکلی برای شناسایی تعداد دکمه های موشی شما ندارد.\n"
+"اگر اشکالی پیش آمد فرض بر داشتن دو دکمه و پیکربندی آن برای شبیه سازی دکمه "
+"سوم\n"
+"گذارده خواهد شد. دکمه سوم موشی دو-دکمه ای توسط کلیک همزمان دکمه های راست و "
+"چپ\n"
+"بدست خواهد آمد. DrakX بطور خودکار خواهد دانست که آیا موشی شما از واسط USB\n"
+"یا PS/2 یا سریال استفاده میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما موشی سه-دکمه ای بدون چرخ دارید، میتوانید موشی \"%s\" را انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"DrakX موشی شما را بطوری پیکربندی خواهد کرد تا بتوانید چرخ آن را شبیه سازی "
+"کنید:\n"
+"برای اینکار دکمه وسطی را فشار داده و اشاره گر موشی خود را به بالا و پایین "
+"حرکت دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر بدلایلی میخواهید نوع دیگر از موشی را مشخص کنید، آن را از لیست عرضه شده\n"
+"انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"شما میتوانید ورودی \"%s\" را برای گزینش نوع موشی همگانی که تقریبا با همه "
+"موشیها\n"
+"کار خواهد کرد انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر موشی غیر از پیش فرض انتخاب کرده اید، صفحه آزمایشی نمایش داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"از دکمه ها و چرخ برای امتحان درستی تنظیمات استفاده کرده و اینکه موشی بدرستی\n"
+"کار میکند. اگر موشی خوب کار نمیکند، دکمه فاصله یا ورودی را فشار دهید تا "
+"آزمایش\n"
+"لغو گردیده و شما به لیست موشی باز خواهید گشت.\n"
+"\n"
+"بعضی وقتها چرخ موشی بطور خودکار شناسایی نمیشوند، و شما نیاز خواهید داشت\n"
+"موشی خود را از یک لیست انتخاب کنید. مطمئن شوید که آن را که به درگاه موشی "
+"شما\n"
+"وصل شده انتخاب میکنید. بعد از انتخاب موشی و فشردن دکمه \"%s\"، تصویر موشی\n"
+"بر صفحه ظاهر خواهد گردید. چرخ موشی را بچرخانید تا مطمئن شوید که آن بدرستی\n"
+"فعال شده است. همانطور که چرخ موشی را میچرخانید، حرکت چرخ را بر روی صفحه\n"
+"مشاهده خواهد کرد. دکمه ها را امتحان کرده و کنترل کنید که حرکت مکان نمای موشی "
+"بر\n"
+"روی صفحه بهمان نحو است که شما آن را حرکت میدهید. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "با شبیه‌سازی چرخ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "جهانی | هر موشی PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"لطفاً درگاه درست را انتخاب کنید، برای مثال، درگاه \"COM1\" در ویندوز \n"
+"بنام \"ttyS0\" در لینوکس خوانده می‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"این مهمترین نقطه‌ی تصمیم گیری برای امنیت سیستم لینوکس/گنوی شما است.\n"
+"شما باید گذرواژه‌ی \"root\" را وارد کنید. \"Root\" مدیر سیستم است و تنها\n"
+"کاربری است که می‌تواند بروزسازی کرده، کاربران را اضافه کند، پیکربندی همگانی\n"
+"سیستم را تغییر دهد، و همچنین بقیه کارهای از این قبیل را. بطور خلاصه، \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"هر کاری را می‌تواند انجام دهد! برای همین شما باید گذرواژه‌ای را انتخاب کنید "
+"که\n"
+" حدس زدنش سخت باشد - DrakX اگر گذرواژه خیلی ساده باشد به شما تذکر داده\n"
+"خواهد شد. همانطور که مشاهده می‌کنید، شما مجبور به وارد کردن یک گذرواژه "
+"نیستید،\n"
+"ولی ما بشدت برعکس این را به شما نصیحت می‌کنیم. لینوکس/گنو مانند هر سیستم\n"
+"عامل دیگری برای خطاهای کارکنان  مستعد است. چون \"root\" هیچ محدودیت اجرایی\n"
+"ندارد و بطور غیر عمدی تمام دادهها بر قسمت بندیها را بوسیله دستیابی بی توجه "
+"به\n"
+"قسمت بندیهای خود پاک کند، این امر مهمی است که بسختی بتوان \"root\" شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"گذرواژه بایستی ترکیبی از نویسه‌های الفبا و حداقل دارای ۸ نویسه باشد. هرگز\n"
+"گذرواژه \"root\" یادداشت نشود-- آن به آسانی سیستم را تسلیم میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+"یک نصیحت -- گذرواژه را طولانی یا پیچیده نسازید برای اینکه باید بتوانید\n"
+"آنرا بخاطر بسپارید!\n"
+"\n"
+"گذرواژه هنگام نگارش آن برصفحه نشان داده نخواهد شد. برای کم کردن احتمال\n"
+"خطای نگارش کورکورانه لازم است که گذرواژه را دوبار وارد کنید. اگر اتفاقی\n"
+"هر دوبار همان خطای نگارشی را انجام دهید، این گذرواژه‌ی نادرست همانی\n"
+"می‌شود که باید بار اول از آن استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید دستیابی به این رایانه از طریق یک کارگزار تأیید هویت کنترل شود،\n"
+"دکمه‌ی \"%s\" را کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شبکه‌اتان نه از LDAP ،NIS، یا سرویس‌های تأیید هویت دامنه‌ی ویندوز PDC\n"
+"استفاده می‌کند، سرویس مناسبی را برای \"%s\" انتخاب کنید. اگر نمی‌دانید از\n"
+"کدام باید استفاده کنید، باید این را از مدیر سیستم شبکه‌اتان سؤال کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما در بخاطر سپردن گذرواژه مشکل دارید، اگر رایانه شما هرگز به اینترنت\n"
+"وصل نخواهد شد یا شما مطلقاً به همه‌ی کسانی که از رایانه‌تان استفاده\n"
+"می‌کنند اطمینان دارید، می‌توانید داشتن \"%s\" را انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "تأیید هویت"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO و GRUB بارگذارهای لینوکس/گنو هستند. معمولا این مرحله کاملا  \n"
+"خودکار است. DrakX بندهای آغازگری دیسک را بررسی کرده و بر اساس\n"
+"آنچه در آنجا پیدا می‌کند عمل خواهد کرد:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر بند آغازگری ویندوز یافت شود، آن را بوسیله یک بند آغازگر\n"
+"GRUB/LILO جایگزین می‌کند. بدین ترتیب شما قادر خواهید بود یا\n"
+"لینوکس/گنو یا سیستم عامل دیگری را آغازگری کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر یک بند آغازگری GRUB یا LILO یافت شود، آن را با یکی دیگر جایگزین\n"
+"می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نتواند چیزی پیدا کند، DrakX مکانی را برای گذاشتن بارگذار آغازگر سؤال\n"
+"خواهد کرد. معمولاً، \"%s\" مطمئن‌ترین مکان است. گزینش \"%s\" هیچ\n"
+"بارگذار آغازگر را نصب نخواهد کرد. فقط اگر می‌دانید چکار می‌کنید از آن\n"
+"استفاده کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"اکنون زمان آن رسیده است که سیستم چاپ را بر روی رایانه خود انتخاب کنید. "
+"سیستمهای\n"
+"عامل دیگر ممکن است یکی را ارائه دهند، ولی لینوکس ماندریبا دو تا را ارائه "
+"میدهد.\n"
+"هر یک از سیستمهای چاپ برای انواع مشخصی از پیکربندی مناسب هستند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- که سرنام برای  ``print, do not queue'' است، گزینه ای است اگر "
+"شما\n"
+" اتصال مستقیم به چاپگرتان داشته و میخواهید بتوانید از ترافیک چاپگر بیرون "
+"بکشانید،\n"
+"و شما چاپگران شبکه ندارید. (\"%s\" فقط موارد خیلی ساده شبکه را اداره خواهد "
+"کرد و قدری\n"
+"هنگام استفاده در شبکه آهسته است.) اگر این اولین تجربه شما با گنو/لینوکس است "
+"سفارش میشود\n"
+"که از \"pdq\" استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" سرنام برای `` Common Unix Printing System'' است و گزینه\n"
+"عالی است برای چاپ به چاپگر محلیتان یا به انطرف دنیا. پیکربندی آن آسان است و "
+"میتواند\n"
+"مانند یک کارگزار یا یک کارگیر برای سیستم چاپ قدیمی \"lpd\" عمل کند، پس "
+"بنابرین\n"
+"آن با سیستمهای عامل قدیمی که هنوز نیاز سرویسهای چاپ دارند همخوانی دارد. با "
+"وجود\n"
+"قدرتمندی، برپاسازی پایه بسادگی \"pdq\" است. اگر نیاز به شبیه سازی یک\n"
+"کارگزار \"lpd\" دارید، مطمئن شوید که شبح \"cups-lpd\" را روشن کرده اید.\n"
+"\"%s\" دارای ظاهر گرافیکی برای چاپ یا انتخاب گزینه های چاپگر \n"
+"و برای مدیریت چاپگر میباشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما اکنون انتخاب کنید، و بعدا از سیستم چاپ خود راضی نبودید میتوانید آن "
+"را با اجرای\n"
+"برنامه PrinterDrake از مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا و کلیک بر دکمه \"%s\" آن\n"
+"را تغییر دهید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "کارشناس"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"برنامه‌ی درایک‌ایکس در ابتدا هر دستگاه موجود IDE را در رایانه‌اتان شناسائی "
+"خواهد\n"
+"کرد. آن همچنین برای یافتن یک یا چند کارت IDE /SCSI بر سیستم شما پویش\n"
+"خواهد کرد.اگر یک کارت SCSI یافت شود، درایک‌ایکس بطور خودکار راه‌انداز مناسب\n"
+"را نصب خواهد کرد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای اینکه شناسائی سخت‌افزار کامل نمی‌باشد، درایک‌ایکس ممکن است در شناسائی\n"
+"سخت‌افزار شما شکست بخورد. اگر چنین شود مجبور خواهید شد که سخت‌افزار\n"
+"خود را دستی مشخص کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر مجبور شدید کارت PCI SCSI خود را دستی مشخص کنید، درایک‌ایکس از شما برای \n"
+"پیکربندی گزینه‌های آن سؤال خواهد کرد. شما باید به درایک‌ایکس اجازه دهید که\n"
+"سخت‌افزار را برای گزینه‌های بخصوص-کارت که برای تطبیق کارت لازمند جستجو\n"
+"کند. در بیشتر مواقع درایک‌ایکس بدون هیچ مشکلی این مرحله را طی می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر درایک‌ایکس نتواند سخت‌افزار را برای گزینه‌ها را به منظور یافتن پارامترهایی "
+"که\n"
+"لازمند به سخت‌افزار داده شوند وارسی کند، باید راه‌انداز را دستی پیکربندی کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": اگر یک کارت صوت در سیستم شما شناسائی شده است در اینجا نشان داده \n"
+"میشود. اگر کارت نشان داده شده آن نیست که در سیستم شما وجود دارد، \n"
+"میتوانید بر دکمه کلیک کرده و راه‌انداز دیگری را انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"مانند پیش‌نمایش، DrakX خلاصه از اطلاعات خود را درباره سیستمتان\n"
+"عرضه می‌دارد. بستگی به نرم‌افزارهای نصب شده، می‌توانید بعضی یا همه‌ی\n"
+"ورودی‌های بدنبال آمده را دارا باشید. هر ورودی از عنصری که باید پیکربندی\n"
+"شود و یک خلاصه‌ی کوتاه از پیکربندی کنونی بدنبال آمده آن ساخته شده است.\n"
+" بر دکمه‌ی مربوطه‌ی \"%s\" برای تغییر آن کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":پیکربندی نقشه صفحه‌کلید کنونی را کنترل کرده و آن را اگر لازم است\n"
+"تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": انتخاب کشور کنونی را کنترل کنید. اگر شما در این کشور نیستید،\n"
+"بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کرده و یکی دیگر را انتخاب کنید. اگر کشور شما در اولین\n"
+"لیست نشان داده شده نیست، بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" برای دریافت لیست کامل\n"
+" کشورها کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بوسیله پیش‌فرض، DrakX منطقه زمانی‌تان را بر اساس کشوری که\n"
+"انتخاب کرده‌اید استنتاج می‌کند. می‌توانید بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" اگر این درست\n"
+"نیست کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": پیکربندی موشی کنونی را بررسی کرده و اگر لازم است آن را با کلیک\n"
+"بر دکمه تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": کلیک کردن بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" جادوگر پیکربندی چاپگر را باز خواهد کرد\n"
+"به فصل مربوط ``راهنمای شروع'' برای اطلاعات بیشتر در چگونه یک چاپگر جدید را\n"
+"برپاسازی کنیم مراجعه کنید. ظاهر عرضه شده در آنجا شبیه به آن است که در طول\n"
+"نصب استفاده شده است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر کارت صوتی بر سیستم‌تان شناسایی شده است، در اینجا نمایش\n"
+"داده می‌شود. اگر متوجه شدید که کارت صوتی نشان داده شده آن نیست که واقعاً \n"
+"بر سیستمتان وجود دارد میتوانید بر آن دکمه برای انتخاب راه‌انداز دیگری کلیک "
+"کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر شما کارت تلویزیونی دارید، این جایی است که اطلاعات درباره "
+"پیکربندیش\n"
+"نشان داده خواهد شد. اگر شما کارت تلویزیونی داشته ولی شناسایی نگردیده،\n"
+"برای تلاش به پیکربندی کردن دستی آن بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": شما میتوانید بر روی \"%s\" برای تغییر پارامترهای مربوط به کارت "
+"کلیک\n"
+"کنید، البته اگر احساس میکنید که پیکربندی اشتباه است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بوسیله پیش‌فرض, DrakX تفکیک‌پذیری واسط تصویری شما را\n"
+"\"800x600\" یا \"1024x768\" پیکربندی می‌کند. اگر آن برای شما مناسب نیست، \n"
+"برای پیکربندی مجدد واسط تصویری خود بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر میخواهید دستیابی به اینترنت یا به شبکه محلیتان را اکنون "
+"پیکربندی کنید\n"
+"میتوانید اینکار را اکنون انجام دهید. به نوشتارهای چاپی مراجعه کرده یا از\n"
+"مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا بعد از اتمام نصب برای بهره بردن از راهنمای\n"
+"کامل استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": به شما اجازه میدهد تا نشانیهای پراکسی FTP و HTTP را اگر رایانه\n"
+"نصب شما در پشت یک کارگزار پراکسی قرار خواهد گرفت پیکربندی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این ورودی به شما اجازه‌ی تعریف مجدد سطح امنیت را که در مرحله‌ی\n"
+"پیشین تعیین شده میدهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر طرحی برای اتصال ماشین خود به اینترنت دارید, فکر خوبی است\n"
+"که رایانه خود را از رسوخ دیگران بوسیله برپاسازی دیوارآتش حفاظت کنید. به فصل\n"
+"مربوط ``راهنمای مبتدی'' برای تشریحات درباره تنطیمات دیوارآتش مراجعه کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید پیکربندی بارگذار آغازگر را تغییر دهید, آن دکمه را\n"
+"کلیک کنید این بایستی برای کاربران پیشرفته رزرو شود. به نوشتارهای چاپی\n"
+" مراجعه کرده یا از مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا بعد از اتمام نصب برای \n"
+"بهره بردن از راهنمای کامل استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": در اینجا قادر خواهید بود سرویس‌هایی را که بر ماشین شما اجرا\n"
+"خواهند شد را میزان کنید. اگر می‌خواهید از این ماشین مانند یک\n"
+"کارگزار استفاده کنید فکر خوبی است که این برپاسازی را مرور کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "کارت ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "واسط گرافیکی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"دستگاه دیسکی را که می‌خواهید برای نصب قسمت‌بندی جدید لینوکس ماندریبا\n"
+"پاک کنید انتخاب نمایید. دقت کنید چون تمام داده‌های موجود بر آن از دست خواهند\n"
+"رفت و دیگر نمی‌توان آنها را بازیابی نمود!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر می‌خواهید تمام داده‌ها و قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود بر این دیسک را حذف کنید \n"
+"بر \"%s\" کلیک نمایید. دقت کنید که بعد از کلیک بر \"%s\"، دیگر نمی‌توانید\n"
+"هیچ داده و قسمت‌بندی موجود بر این دیسک، به اضافه‌ی هر داده‌ی ویندوز را\n"
+"بازیابی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای توقف این عملیات بدون از دست دادن هیچ داده‌ای و قسمت‌بندی موجود بر\n"
+"این دیسک بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "بعدی ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- پیشین"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87e5f32eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@
+# DrakX-fi - Finnish Translation
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Mandriva
+# Matias Griese <mahagr@utu.fi>, 2001.
+# Taisto Kuikka <69319@batman.jypoly.fi>, 2003,2004.
+# Esa Linna <denzo@mbnet.fi>, 2004.
+# Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandrake.org>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fi - LE2005 Release\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-03 20:59+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandrake.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ennen jatkamista sinun pitäisi lukea huolellisesti lisenssin ehdot.\n"
+"Lisenssi kattaa koko Mandriva Linux jakelun. Jos hyväksyt kaikki\n"
+"ehdot, valitse \"%s\" valinta. Jos et hyväksy ehtoja, painamalla \n"
+"\"%s\" painiketta tietokoneesi käynnistyy uudestaan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux on monen käyttäjän järjestelmä ja tämä tarkoittaa että jokainen\n"
+"käyttäjä voi pitää omat asetukset, omat tiedostot jne. Voit lukea ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'':a saadaksesi tästä lisätietoa. Mutta toisin kuin \"root\"-käyttäjä,\n"
+"joka on järjestelmän ylläpitäjä, käyttäjät, joita lisäät tässä, eivät pysty\n"
+"muuttamaan mitään muuta paitsi omia tiedostojaan ja asetuksiaan. Tällä\n"
+"tavalla suojataan järjestelmää erehdyksiltä tai tahallisilta muutoksilta,\n"
+"jotka vaikuttavat järjestelmään. Sinun pitää luoda ainakin yksi tavallinen\n"
+"käyttäjä itsellesi. Se on tili jota sinun kannattaa käyttää jokapäiväisessä\n"
+"työssäsi. Vaikkakin on kätevämpää kirjautua sisään \"root\"-tunnuksella,\n"
+"se on myös paljon vaarallisempaa! Pienikin virhe voi merkitä sitä ettei\n"
+"järjestelmäsi toimi enää. Jos teet vakavan virheen tavallisena käyttäjänä,\n"
+"voit mahdollisesti menettää jotain tietoja, mutta et koko järjestelmää.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ensin sinun pitää antaa oikea nimesi. Tämä ei ole pakollista -- voithan\n"
+"kirjoittaa mitä tahansa. DrakX kopioi ensimmäisen kirjoittamasi sanan\n"
+"kenttään \"%s\". Tämä on se nimi jolla kyseinen käyttäjä kirjautuu\n"
+"järjestelmään. Voit muuttaa sitä halutessasi. Sinun pitää myös syöttää\n"
+"salasana. Tavallisen käyttäjän salasana ei ole niin kriittinen kuin \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"-käyttäjän turvallisuusnäkökulmasta, mutta tämä ei ole syy tietoturvan\n"
+"laiminlyömiseen: Onhan kysymys tiedostojesi turvasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun painat \"%s\", voit lisätä muita käyttäjiä. Lisää käyttäjä jokaiselle\n"
+"henkilölle, jonka on tarkoitus käyttää tätä tietokonetta. Kun olet lisännyt\n"
+"kaikki haluamasi käyttäjät, valitse \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos painat \"%s\" painiketta voit muuttaa oletus-\"komentotulkin\" "
+"kyseiselle\n"
+"käyttäjälle (vakiona bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun olet lisännyt kaikki käyttäjät, sinua pyydetään valitsemaan käyttäjä,\n"
+"joka voi kirjautua automaattisesti järjestelmään koneen käynnistyessä. Jos\n"
+"olet kiinnostunut tästä ominaisuudesta (etkä paljon piittaa paikallisesta\n"
+"tietoturvasta), valitse haluttu käyttäjä ja ikkunointijärjestelmä ja paina\n"
+"\"%s\". Jos et ole kiinnostunut tästä ominaisuudesta,\n"
+"poista valinta \"%s\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Haluatko käyttää tätä ominaisuutta?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä on listaus olemassa olevista tunnistetuista Linux-osioista\n"
+"kiintolevylläsi. Voit säilyttää velhon tekemät valinnat, koska ne ovat\n"
+"hyviä useimmille yleisimmille asennuksille. Jos teet muutoksia, sinun\n"
+"pitää ainakin luoda juuri-osio (\"/\"). Älä valitse liian pientä osiota tai\n"
+"et voi asentaa riittävästi ohjelmia. Jos haluat tallentaa tietojasi "
+"erilliselle\n"
+"osiolle, sinun täytyy luoda myös \"/home\"-osio (mahdollista vain jos\n"
+"sinulla on enemmän kuin yksi Linux-osio käytettävissä).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jokainen osio on listattu seuraavasti: \"Nimi\", \"Koko\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi\" rakenne on seuraava: \"kiintolevytyyppi\". \"kiintolevynumero\", \n"
+"\"osionumero\" (esim. \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevytyyppi\" on \"hd\" jos kiintolevysi on IDE-tyyppinen, ja \"sd\" "
+"jos\n"
+"se on SCSI-tyyppinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevynumero\" on aina kirjain \"hd\":n tai \"sd\":n perässä.\n"
+"IDE-kiintolevyille: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy ensisijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy ensisijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy toissijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy toissijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI kiintolevyillä \"a\" tarkoittaa \"pienin SCSI ID\", \"b\" tarkoittaa\n"
+"\"toiseksi pienin SCSI ID\", jne..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxin asennus koostuu useasta CD-ROM-levystä. DrakX tietää,\n"
+"onko valittu paketti toisella CD:llä ja osaa syöttää nykyisen levyn ulos\n"
+"ja pyytää sinua asettamaan oikean levyn tarvittaessa. Jos sinulla ei ole\n"
+"kyseistä CD-levyä käytettävissä, klikkaa vain \"%s\", ja kyseiset paketit\n"
+"ei asenneta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt on aika valita mitä ohjelmia haluat asentaa järjestelmääsi. Tarjolla\n"
+"on tuhansia paketteja Mandriva Linux jakelussa, ja pakettien\n"
+"hallinnan helpottamiseksi ne on koottu samanlaisten ohjelmistojen\n"
+"ryhmiin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketit on ryhmitelty ryhmiin koneesi käyttötarkoituksen mukaisesti.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sisältää neljä eri ennakkoon määriteltyä asennustapaa.\n"
+"Voit verrata asennustapoja pakettiryhmiin. Voit tietysti asentaa paketteja\n"
+"eri ryhmistä niin halutessasi, joten ``Työasema''-asennus voi sisältää\n"
+"ohjelmia esimerkiksi ``Kehitysympäristö''-ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos aiot käyttää konettasi työasemana, valitse yksi tai useampi\n"
+" ohjelma tästä ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos konettasi aiotaan käyttää ohjelmakehitykseen, valitse yksi "
+"tai\n"
+"useampi haluttu paketti tästä ryhmästä. Erillinen \"LSB\" ryhmä asettaa\n"
+"järjestelmäsi seuraamaan Linux Standard Base määritykset \n"
+"mahdollisimman tarkoin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Valitsemalla \"LSB\" ryhmää asentaa myös \"2.4\" sarjan ytimet, vakiona\n"
+"olevien \"2.6\" sarjan ytimien sijasta. Tämä jotta varmistetaan 100%% LSB-\n"
+"yhteensopivuutta järjestelmässä. Huomioi, vaikka jätät \"LSB\" ryhmää\n"
+"valitsematta, sinulla on kummiskin järjestelmä joka on melkein 100%%\n"
+"\"LSB\"-yhteensopiva.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos koneesi on tarkoitettu toimimaan palvelimena' valitse yksi "
+"tai\n"
+"useampi haluttu palvelu tai palvelinohjelma tästä ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": täältä valitset haluamasi graafisen ympäristön. Ainakin yksi "
+"pitää\n"
+"olla valittu jos haluat graafisen työaseman!\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos siirrät hiiren kohdistinta ryhmänimen yläpuolella, lyhyt selostus "
+"ryhmän\n"
+"sisällöstä tulee näkyviin. Jos poistat kaikki ryhmävalinnat kun teet \n"
+"tavallisen asennuksen (päivityksen sijasta), esille tulee dialogi, joka \n"
+"ehdottaa kolmea eri optiota vähimmäisasennukseen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asenna vain tarvittavat paketit, joilla saat toimivan graafisen\n"
+"työpöydän;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asentaa perusjärjestelmän ja perustyökalut sekä niiden\n"
+"dokumentaatiot. Tämä valinta sopii palvelinasennukseen;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asentaa ainoastaan tarvittavat osat saadaksesi toimivan\n"
+"komentorivipohjaisen Linux-järjestelmän. Tämä asennus vie vain noin \n"
+"65 Mt tilaa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Voit valita \"%s\" jos tarjolla olevat paketit ovat tuttuja sinulle tai jos "
+"haluat\n"
+"täydellisen hallinnan asennettaviin paketteihin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos aloitit asennuksen \"%s\"-tilassa, voit poistaa kaikkien ryhmien "
+"valinnat\n"
+"välttääksesi uusien pakettien asentamisen. Tämä on hyödyllistä jos haluat\n"
+"korjata tai päivittää olemassa olevaa järjestelmää."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Päivitä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Perusdokumentaation kanssa"
+
+# Asennuksen sivuvalikko
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Todella minimaalinen asennus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos valitsit mahdollisuuden valita yksittäisiä paketteja, sinulle\n"
+"näytetään hakemistopuu, jossa kaikki paketit ovat luokiteltuina\n"
+"ryhmien ja alaryhmien mukaan. Kun selaat puuta, voit valita koko\n"
+"ryhmät, alaryhmät tai yksittäiset paketit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun valitset paketin hakemistopuussa, sen kuvaus näkyy oikean-\n"
+"puoleisessa ikkunassa, jotta tietäisit paketin tarkoituksen.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Jos palvelinpaketti on valittu, joko tarkoituksella tai koska se kuului\n"
+"johonkin valitsemaasi ryhmään, sinulta pyydetään vahvistusta,\n"
+"haluatko varmasti asentaa palvelimen. Oletuksena Mandriva Linux\n"
+"käynnistää jokaisen asennetun palvelin koneen käynnistyksen\n"
+"yhteydessä. Vaikka ne ovat turvallisia eikä niillä ole tunnettuja\n"
+"ongelmia jakelun julkaisuajankohtana, niistä voi löytyä turvallisuus-\n"
+"reikiä jakelun valmistumisen jälkeen. Jos et tiedä mihin joku tietty\n"
+"palvelu on tarkoitettu, tai miksi sitä asennetaan, paina \"%s\". Jos\n"
+"painat \"%s\" listatut palvelut asennetaan sekä käynnistetään\n"
+"automaattisesti oletuksena koneen käynnistyksessä !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Optio \"%s\" estää virhedialogin\n"
+"joka ilmestyy joka kerta kun asennusohjelma automaattisesti\n"
+"valitsee paketin riippuvuuksien täyttämiseksi. Jotkut paketit sisältävät\n"
+"riippuvuuksia jotka vaativat että joku toinen paketti on jo asennettu\n"
+"ennen kuin se voidaan asentaa. Asennusohjelma osaa itse huolehtia\n"
+"siitä että nämä riippuvuudet on täytetty jotta asennus valmistuisi\n"
+"onnistuneesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Listan alla olevalla levykkeen kuvakkeella voit hakea pakettilistan\n"
+"joka on luotu edellisessä asennuksessa. Tämä on hyödyllistä jos\n"
+"sinulla on monta konetta joihin haluat suorittaa samanlaisen asennuksen.\n"
+"Jos painat tätä kuvaketta, sinua pyydetään asettamaan levyke joka on\n"
+"luotu toisen asennuksen lopussa. Katso edellisen vaiheen toisesta\n"
+"vihjeestä, miten luot sellaisen levykkeen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automaattiset riippuvuudet"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": painamalla \"%s\" painiketta avautuu tulostimen\n"
+"asetusvelho. Katso tätä vastaava lukua ``Aloitusoppaasta'' saadaksesi\n"
+"lisätietoa miten asetat uuden tulostimen. Oppaassa näytetty\n"
+"käyttöliittymä on vastaava kuin asennuksen aikana käytetty."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Voit nyt valita mitkä palvelut haluat käynnistää konetta käynnistettäessä.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listaa kaikki palvelut, jotka löytyvät nykyisestä asennuksesta.\n"
+"Käy lista läpi huolellisesti ja poista kaikki ne palvelut, joita ei tarvita\n"
+"jokaisella käynnistyskerralla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Saat kustakin palvelusta lyhyen kuvaustekstin valitsemalla sen. Jos et\n"
+"kuitenkaan ole varma palvelun hyödyllisyydestä, on yleensä varmempaa\n"
+"jättää se oletusarvoiseksi.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää olla erityisen huolellinen, jos aiot käyttää\n"
+"konettasi palvelimena: et varmaankaan halua käynnistää niitä palveluita,\n"
+"joita et tarvitse. Muista myös, että jotkin palvelut voivat olla\n"
+"vaarallisia, jos ne ovat aktivoituja palvelimessa. Yleensä kannattaa valita\n"
+"vain ne palvelut, joita todella tarvitaan !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux määrittää ajan GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) -tilassa ja muuntaa\n"
+"siitä paikalliseen aikaan valitsemasi aikavyöhykkeen mukaisesti. Voit myös\n"
+"muuttaa tämän käytännön poistamalla valinnan \"%s\"\n"
+"jolloin laitteistokello on sama kuin järjestelmäkello. Tämä on hyödyllistä\n"
+"jos koneessa on toinen käyttöjärjestelmä, esimerkiksi Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Optio \"%s\" säätää järjestelmäsi kellon\n"
+"automaattisesti oikeaan aikaan yhdistämällä johonkin Internetin "
+"aikapalvelimeen.\n"
+"Valitse listasta palvelin joka on lähelläsi tai kirjoita sen osoite suoraan "
+"kenttään.\n"
+"Sinulla pitää tietysti olla toimiva Internet-yhteys jotta tämä ominaisuus "
+"toimisi.\n"
+"Tämä myös asentaa aikapalvelimen koneeseesi jota muut paikallisverkkosi\n"
+"koneet voivat käyttää."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automaattinen kellon synkronointi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Näytönohjain\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi asennetun\n"
+"näytönohjaimen. Mikäli tämä ei onnistunut, voit itse valita oikean mallin\n"
+"listasta omistamasi kortin mukaisesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Mikäli eri palvelimia on käytettävissä kortillesi, 3D tuella vai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka vastaa tarpeitasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (eli X Ikkunointijärjestelmä) on GNU/Linuxin graafisen käyttöliittymän\n"
+"sydän jota kaikki graafiset ympäristöt (KDE, Gnome, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker jne.), jotka seuraavat Mandriva Linuxin mukana,\n"
+"käyttävät alustanaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sinulle näytetään lista eri parametreista joita voit asettaa saadaksesi\n"
+"optimaalisen graafisen näytön:\n"
+"\n"
+"Näytönohjain\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi asennetun\n"
+"näytönohjaimen. Mikäli tämä ei onnistunut, voit itse valita oikean mallin\n"
+"listasta omistamasi korttisi mukaisesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Mikäli eri palvelimia on käytettävissä kortillesi, 3D tuella vai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Näyttö\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma normaalisti tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi liitetyn\n"
+"näytön automaattisesti. Jos tunnistus epäonnistuu voit valita oikean\n"
+"näytön listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Näyttötila\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tässä voit valita näyttötilan ja värisyvyyden jota laitteistosi tukee.\n"
+"Valitse se joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi (voit tietysti vaihtaa sitä\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeenkin). Malli valitusta asetuksesta näytetään näytössä.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Testi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Järjestelmä yrittää avata graafisen tilan halutussa näyttötilassa.\n"
+"Jos näet viestin testauksen aikana ja vastaat \"%s\", DrakX jatkaa\n"
+"seuraavaan vaiheeseen. Jos et näe viestiä, se tarkoittaa että jokin osa\n"
+"automaattisesti tunnistetusta asetuksesta oli virheellistä, ja testi\n"
+"loppuu automaattisesti 12 sekunnin jälkeen, jolloin pääset takaisin\n"
+"asetusvalikkoon. Muuta asetuksia kunnes saat oikean graafisen näytön.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Optiot\n"
+"\n"
+"   Täällä voit valita haluatko järjestelmän automaattisesti käynnistävän\n"
+"graafisen käyttöliittymän. Luonnollisesti valitset \"%s\" jos koneesi\n"
+"toimii palvelimena tai jos et pystynyt määrittämään toimivaa graafista tilaa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Näyttö\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi liitetyn\n"
+"näytön automaattisesti. Jos tämä ei toimi, voit itse valita näyttösi\n"
+"listauksesta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Näyttötila\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tässä voit valita näyttötilan ja värisyvyyden jota laitteistosi tukee.\n"
+"Valitse se joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi (voit tietysti vaihtaa sitä\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeenkin). Malli valitusta asetuksesta näytetään näytössä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mikäli tarjolla on eri palvelimia ohjaimellesi, 3D tuella tai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Optiot\n"
+"\n"
+"   Täällä voit valita haluatko koneesi käynnistyvän suoraan graafiseen\n"
+"käyttöliittymään. Huomaa, että kysymys esitetään vaikka et olisi\n"
+"testannut asetuksia. Haluat varmaankin vastata \"%s\", jos koneesi\n"
+"on tarkoitettu palvelimeksi tai jos näytön asetus epäonnistui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt sinun pitää valita miten haluat asentaa Mandriva Linux käyttö-\n"
+"järjestelmän kiintolevyllesi. Jos kiintolevysi on tyhjä, tai nykyinen\n"
+"käyttöjärjestelmäsi käyttää siltä kaiken vapaan tilan, sinun pitää osioida\n"
+"se. Käytännössä osiointi tarkoittaa kiintolevyn loogista jakamista\n"
+"osiin tehdäksesi tilaa Mandriva Linux-järjestelmän asennukselle.\n"
+"\n"
+"Koska osiointiprosessin muutoksia ei yleensä voi peruuttaa, ja se voi\n"
+"johtaa tietojen häviämiseen jos toinen käyttöjärjestelmä on jo asennettuna,\n"
+"osiointi voi olla pelottavaa ja stressaavaa jos olet kokematon käyttäjä.\n"
+"Onneksi DrakX sisältää velhon, joka yksinkertaistaa tämän prosessin.\n"
+"Ennen kuin aloitat, lue nämä ohjeet rauhassa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Riippuen kiintolevyasetuksistasi, tarjolla on useita eri vaihtoehtoja:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto suorittaa vapaana olevan tilan\n"
+"automaattisen osioinnon. Sinulta ei kysytä mitään muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": velho on tunnistanut olemassa olevat\n"
+"Linux-osiot. Jos haluat käyttää niitä, valitse tämä vaihtoehto. Sinua\n"
+"pyydetään seuraavaksi valitsemaan osioiden liitospisteet. Ennestään\n"
+"käytettyjä liitoskohtia ehdotetaan oletuksena ja yleensä niitä ei kannata\n"
+"muuttaa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"asennettu kiintolevyllesi ja se vie kaiken tilan, sinun pitää luoda vapaata\n"
+"tilaa Linuxille. Tehdäksesi tämän voit joko poistaa Windows-osion (katso\n"
+"``Tyhjennä koko levy''-vaihtoehto) tai muuttaa FAT-osion kokoa. Osion\n"
+"koon muuttaminen voidaan tehdä ilman tietojen hävittämistä, kunhan olet\n"
+"eheyttänyt sen ja se käyttää FAT-tiedostojärjestelmää. Tietojen varmistus\n"
+"on kuitenkin suotavaa. Tämä vaihtoehto on suositeltu jos haluat käyttää\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxia ja Microsoft Windowsia samassa koneessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ennen kuin valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, sinun pitää ymmärtää että tämän\n"
+"toimenpiteen jälkeen Windows-osiosi on pienempi kuin tällä hetkellä.\n"
+"Sinulla tulee olemaan vähemmän vapaata tilaa Windowsille, johon voit\n"
+"tallentaa tietojasi tai asentaa uusia ohjelmia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä jos haluat poistaa kaikki tiedot\n"
+"ja osiot ja asentaa Mandriva Linux -järjestelmäsi niiden tilalle. Ole\n"
+"varovainen tämän valinnan kanssa, koska et pysty peruuttamaan\n"
+"valintaasi kun olet hyväksynyt tämän toimenpiteen.\n"
+"\n"
+" !! Jos valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi "
+"tuhoutuu !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto näkyy ainoastaan jos koko kovalevysi on\n"
+"Microsoft Windowsin käytössä. Tämä yksinkertaisesti poistaa kaikki\n"
+"tiedot kiintolevyltä ja aloittaa puhtaalta levyltä osioimalla kaikki alusta\n"
+"asti. Kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi tuhoutuu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jos valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi "
+"tuhoutuu !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä vaihtoehto, jos haluat itse\n"
+"määrittää kiintolevysi osioinnin. Ole varovainen - tämä on tehokas mutta\n"
+"vaarallinen vaihtoehto. Voit helposti menettää kaikki tietosi. Eli,\n"
+"älä käytä tätä vaihtoehtoa, jos et tiedä tarkalleen mitä teet. Jos haluat\n"
+"lisätietoja DiskDrake työkalun käytöstä, katso osaa ``Managing Your \n"
+"Partitions'' osiota ``Starter Guidessa''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Käytä olemassa olevia osioita"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Tyhjennä koko levy"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ole hyvä. Asennus on valmis ja GNU/Linux -järjestelmäsi on valmis\n"
+"käytettäväksi. Paina \"%s\" käynnistääksesi järjestelmän\n"
+"uudelleen. Ensimmäinen asia mitä näet sen jälkeen kun tietokoneesi\n"
+"on suorittanut laitteistotestit, on käynnistysvalikko josta voit valita\n"
+"minkä käyttöjärjestelmän haluat käynnistää.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" painike näyttää kaksi lisäpainiketta:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": luodaksesi levykkeen, joka suorittaa\n"
+"koko asennuksen ilman käyttäjän ohjausta, samoilla asetuksilla ja\n"
+"valinnoilla kuin nykyinen asennus.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Huomaa, että tämä valinta näyttää kaksi vaihtoehtoa sinulle:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": Tämä on osittain automaattinen asennus, voit päättää\n"
+"ainoastaan levyn osioinnista;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": Täysautomaattinen asennus: koko kiintolevy\n"
+"kirjoitetaan uudestaan ja kaikki vanhat tiedot poistetaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tämä toiminto helpottaa työtä, kun asennus on tehtävä monille\n"
+"samanlaisille koneille. Katso meidän webbisivustoa, aiheella\n"
+"automaattiasennus (Auto Install).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): tallentaa listan valituista paketeista\n"
+"levykkeelle. Sitten kun teet toisen asennuksen, aseta levyke asemaan,\n"
+"siirry apusivulle painamalla [F1] painiketta, ja kirjoita komentoriville\n"
+"  linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ja paina 'enter'.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Tarvitset FAT-formatoidun levykkeen. Luodaksesi levykkeen\n"
+"Linuxissa kirjoita \"mformat a:\" tai \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" ja \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Luo automaattinen asennuslevyke"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kaikki vasta määritellyt osiot täytyy alustaa käyttöä varten (alustaminen\n"
+"tarkoittaa tiedostojärjestelmän luomista).\n"
+"\n"
+"Samalla voit haluta alustaa uudelleen myös olemassaolevia osioita\n"
+"poistaaksesi kaiken niissä olevan tiedon. Jos haluat haluat tehdä niin,\n"
+"valitse myös ne osiot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Huomaa, että sinun ei ole pakko alustaa kaikkia jo olemassa olevia\n"
+"osioita. Sinun pitää alustaa ne osiot, joilla käyttöjärjestelmä\n"
+"sijaitsee (kuten \"/\", \"/usr\" ja \"/var\"), mutta voit säilyttää osiot,\n"
+"joilla henkilökohtaiset tiedostosi sijaitsevat (tavallisesti \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ole huolellinen osioita valitessasi. Alustamisen jälkeen kaikki tieto\n"
+"valituilla osioilla on poissa eikä niiden palauttaminen enää onnistu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" kun olet valmis alustamaan osiot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\", jos haluat valita toisen osion Mandriva Linuxin\n"
+"asentamiseen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\", jos haluat valita osiot, jotka tarkistetaan\n"
+"levyllä olevien viallisten lohkojen varalta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa, kun asennat Mandriva Linuxia, on todennäköistä että\n"
+"jotkut paketit on päivitetty alkujulkaisun jälkeen. Joitakin virheitä voi "
+"olla\n"
+"korjattu ja turvallisuusaukkoja paikattu. Hyödyntääksesi näitä päivityksiä,\n"
+"sinulla on nyt mahdollisuus hakea ne Internetistä. Valitse \"%s\" jos\n"
+"sinulla on toimiva Internet yhteys, tai \"%s\" jos haluat asentaa\n"
+"päivitykset myöhemmin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemalla \"%s\" sinulle näytetään lista päivityspalvelimista.\n"
+"Valitse lähin palvelin. Sen jälkeen sinulle näytetään lista päivityksistä:\n"
+"tarkista valinnat ja paina \"%s\" jolloin paketit haetaan ja\n"
+"asennetaan, tai \"%s\" poistuaksesi päivityksestä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa DrakX antaa sinun valita tietokoneellesi sopivan\n"
+"turvatason. Yleisesti mitä enemmän tärkeää tietoa on tallennettu\n"
+"koneellesi, tai jos se on kytketty Internetiin, sitä korkeampi turvatason\n"
+"pitäisi olla. Huomaa kuitenkin, että korkeampi turvallisuustaso\n"
+"saavutetaan yleensä käytettävyyden kustannuksella.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos et tiedä mitä valita, käytä oletuksena olevaa vaihtoehtoa. Voit\n"
+"myöhemmin vaihtaa turvatason Mandriva Ohjauskeskuksesta löytyvällä\n"
+"draksec-työkalulla.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" asetus kertoo järjestelmälle käyttäjän, joka vastaa turvasta.\n"
+"Turvaan liittyvät viestit lähetetään hänelle kyseiseen "
+"sähköpostiosoitteeseen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Tietoturvan ylläpitäjä:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää mitkä osiot käytetään Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-järjestelmäsi asennuksessa. Jos osioita on jo määritelty, joko\n"
+"edellisestä GNU/Linux-asennuksesta tai jonkun toisen osiointityökalun\n"
+"tekeminä, niin voit käyttää olemassa olevia osioita. Muussa tapauksissa\n"
+"osiot pitää luoda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Luodaksesi osioita, sinun pitää ensin valita kiintolevy. Voit valita "
+"osioitavan\n"
+"levyn painamalla 'hda' ensimmäiselle IDE-levylle, 'hdb' toiselle, 'sda'\n"
+"ensimmäiselle SCSI-levylle ja niin edelleen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Osioidaksesi valitun levyn voit valita näistä vaihtoehdoista:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä toiminto poistaa kaikki osiot kiintolevyllä\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä toiminto luo automaattisesti\n"
+"tarvittavat ext3-osiot ja sivutusosion levyn tyhjästä tilasta\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": näyttää seuraavat lisätoiminnot:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tallentaa osiotaulun levykkeelle. Tämä on\n"
+"hyödyllinen levyke, jos pitää palauttaa osiotaulu. Suosittelemme\n"
+"tämän levykkeen tekoa\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": palauttaa aikaisemmin tallennetun osiotaulun\n"
+"levykkeeltä\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos osiotaulusi on viottunut, voit kokeilla sen\n"
+"korjaamista tällä toiminnolla. Ole varovainen, ja muista että tämä\n"
+"voi epäonnistua\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hylkää kaikki tekemäsi muutokset ja\n"
+"palauta alkuperäinen osiotaulu\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämän valinnan\n"
+"poistaminen pakottaa käyttäjät itse liittämään ja irrottamaan\n"
+"vaihdettavat levyt, esim. levykkeet ja CD-levyt\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä vaihtoehto jos haluat velhon osioimaan\n"
+"kiintolevysi. Tämä on suositeltua sinulle jos osiointi ei ole tuttua\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto poistaa tekemäsi muutokset\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sallii lisätoimintoja\n"
+"osioille (tyyppi, optiot, formaatti) ja näyttää lisätietoja\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kun kiintolevyn osiointi on valmis, tämä toiminto\n"
+"tallentaa tekemäsi muutokset levylle ja jatkaa asennusta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun määrität osion kokoa, voit hienosäätää kokoa käyttämällä\n"
+"näppäimistön nuolinäppäimiä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Huom!: Voit myös käyttää kaikkia toimintoja näppäimistöllä. Siirry\n"
+"osioiden ja toimintojen välillä käyttämällä [Tab] ja [Ylös/Alas] näppäimiä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun osio tai tyhjä tila on valittu voit käyttää:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C luodaksesi uuden osion (kun tyhjä tila on valittu)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D poistaaksesi osion\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M valitaksesi liitospisteen\n"
+"\n"
+"Saadaksesi lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista tiedostojärjestelmistä,\n"
+"lue lisää ``Reference Manual'':sta osasta ext2FS.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos olet asentamassa PPC-koneelle, sinun pitää luoda pieni HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap''-osio kooltaan vähintään 1Mt, joka tulee Yaboot\n"
+"käynnistyslataajan käyttöön. Jos päätät tehdä osiosta vähän suuremman,\n"
+"esim. 50Mt, on hyvä ajatus asentaa ylimääräinen ydin ja ramdisk-kuva\n"
+"virhetilanteiden käynnistystarpeeseen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Vaihdettavan median automaattinen liittäminen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Vaihda vakio-/asiantuntijatilan välillä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Useampi kuin yksi Microsoft-osio on löydetty kiintolevyltäsi. Ole hyvä\n"
+"ja valitse osio jonka kokoa haluat muuttaa asentaaksesi uuden\n"
+"Mandriva Linux -käyttöjärjestelmäsi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jokainen osio on lueteltu seuraavasti: \"Linux nimi\", Windows nimi\", \"Koko"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nimi\" rakenne on seuraava: \"kiintolevytyyppi\". \"kiintolevynumero"
+"\", \n"
+"\"osionumero\" (esim. \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevytyyppi\" on \"hd\" jos kiintolevysi on IDE-tyyppinen ja \"sd\" "
+"jos\n"
+"se on SCSI-tyyppinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevynumero\" on aina kirjain \"hd\":n tai \"sd\":n perässä.\n"
+"IDE-kiintolevyille: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy ensisijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy ensisijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy toissijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy toissijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI kiintolevyillä \"a\" tarkoittaa \"pienin SCSI ID\", \"b\" tarkoittaa\n"
+"\"toiseksi pienin SCSI ID\", jne.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nimi\" on Windowsissa näkyvä osiota vastaava kirjain\n"
+"(ensimmäinen osio on \"C:\", seuraava \"D:\" jne.)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": tarkista maa-asetukset. Jos et ole maassa, joka on valittu,\n"
+"paina \"%s\" painiketta ja valitse joku muu. Jos maasi ei ole\n"
+"listassa, paina \"%s\" painiketta jolloin näet listan kaikista maista."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä vaihe asennuksesta näytetään ainoastaan jos vanha GNU/Linux-\n"
+"osio on löydetty koneestasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX haluaa nyt tietää, haluatko suorittaa uuden asennuksen vai vanhan\n"
+"Mandriva Linux -järjestelmän päivityksen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oletuksena tämä tapa poistaa vanhan asennuksen. Jos haluat\n"
+"muuttaa miten kiintolevysi on osioitu tai vaihtaa tiedostojärjestelmää, "
+"sinun\n"
+"kannattaa valita tämä vaihtoehto. Riippuen nykyisestä osioinnistasi, voit\n"
+"ehkä valita niin ettei kaikkia tietojasi hävitetä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto sallii sinun päivittää paketteja\n"
+"nykyisessä Mandriva Linux -järjestelmässäsi. Nykyistä osiointiasi\n"
+"eikä käyttäjien tietoja muuteta. Suurin osa muista asennuksen\n"
+"vaiheista on käytössäsi niin kuin ne ovat vakioasennuksessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Päivitä''-ominaisuuden pitäisi toimia Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-järjestelmän versiosta \"8.1\" eteenpäin. Vanhemman version\n"
+"kuin \"8.1\" päivittämistä ei suositella."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavallisesti DrakX valitsee sinulle oikean näppäimistön sen mukaan, minkä\n"
+"kielen olet valinnut. Kuitenkaan sinulla ei välttämättä ole näppäimistöä, "
+"joka\n"
+"vastaa suoraan kieltäsi. Jos olet esimerkiksi englanninkielinen "
+"sveitsiläinen,\n"
+"voit silti haluta sveitsiläisen näppäimistön. Tai jos puhut englantia, mutta "
+"asut\n"
+"Quebecissä, sinulla voi olla samanlainen tilanne, missä kieli ja "
+"näppäimistö\n"
+"eivät vastaa toisiaan. Molemmissa tapauksissa tämä asennusvaihe antaa\n"
+"sinulle mahdollisuuden valita sopivan näppäimistön listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" saadaksesi täydellisen listan tuetuista\n"
+"näppäimistöistä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos valitset näppäimistön joka ei perustu latinalaiseen kirjaimistoon, "
+"sinulta\n"
+"kysytään näppäinyhdistelmää joka vaihtaa latinalaisen ja ei-latinalaisen\n"
+"järjestyksen välillä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ensimmäinen askel on valita toivottu kieli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemasi oletuskieli päättää minkä kielinen dokumentaatio\n"
+"asennetaan, kuten myös asennusohjelman ja järjestelmän\n"
+"kielen. Valitse ensin missä asut ja sitten mitä kieltä käytät.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemalla \"%s\" saat mahdollisuuden valita\n"
+"myös muita kieliä asennettavaksi työasemallesi. Muiden kielten\n"
+"valitseminen asentaa kielikohtaiset tiedostot järjestelmän\n"
+"dokumentoinnista ja ohjelmistoista. Esimerkiksi jos sinulla\n"
+"koneessasi espanjalaisia käyttäjiä, valitse suomi (tai englanti)\n"
+"pääkieleksi ja lisäasetusten puolelta \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Tietoja UTF-8 (unicode) tuesta: Unicode on uusi kirjasinten \n"
+"määrittelytapa joka on määrä kattaa kaikki olemassa olevat kielet.\n"
+"Huomaa etttä täysi tuki GNU/Linuxissa on viellä työn alla. Tästä syystä\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxin UTF-8 käyttö riippuu käyttäjän valinnasta:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jos valitset kielen jossa on vahva \"vanhanaikainen\" kirjasinmäärittely\n"
+"(latin1 kielet, Venäjä, Japani, Kiina, Korea, Thai, Kreikka, Turkki, suurin "
+"osa\n"
+"iso-8859-2 kielet), \"vanhanaikainen koodaus käytettään oletuksena.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Muut kielet käyttävät unicode oletuksena.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jos kaksi (tai enemmän) kieltä tarvitaan, ja ne eivät käytä samaa\n"
+"koodausta, käytetään unicode koko järjestelmälle.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Viimeisenä, voit myös pakottaa järjestelmän käyttämään Unicodea \n"
+"(UTF-8) valitsemalla \"%s\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Huomaa, että voit valita useita ylimääräisiä kieliä tai jopa kaikki\n"
+"valitsemalla \"%s\". Kielituen valinta tarkoittaa käännösten,\n"
+"kirjasinten, oikolukuohjelmien jne. asentamista kyseiselle kielelle.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vaihtaaksesi eri kielten välillä voit suorittaa \"/usr/bin/localedrake\"\n"
+"\"root\"-käyttäjänä, jolloin vaihdat koko järjestelmän kieltä, tai\n"
+"tavallisena käyttäjänä, jolloin vaihdat vain sen käyttäjän vakiokielen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "espanja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX yleensä tunnistaa hiiren painikkeiden määrän. Jos tunnistus\n"
+"epäonnistuu DrakX olettaa, että sinulla on kaksipainikkeinen hiiri\n"
+"ja liittää siihen kolmannen painikkeen emulaatiolla. Kolmatta painiketta\n"
+"kaksipainikkeisessa hiiressä voidaan käyttää painamalla molempia\n"
+"painikkeita samanaikaisesti. DrakX tietää myös automaattisesti, onko\n"
+"sinulla PS/2-, sarja- vai USB-hiiri.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mikäli sinulla on kolmipainikkeinen hiiri ilman rullaa, voit valita hiiren\n"
+"tyypiksi \"%s\". DrakX lisää tällöin rullaemulaation, joka toimii\n"
+"painamalla keskimmäistä painiketta ja liikuttamalla hiirtä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos haluat asettaa eri tyyppisen hiiren, valitse sopiva tyyppi oheisesta\n"
+"listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Voit valita \"%s\" jolla valitset ``yleisen'' hiirimallin joka toimii lähes\n"
+"kaikki hirten kanssa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos valitset muun kuin oletushiiren, saat eteesi hiiren testiruudun.\n"
+"Kokeile hiiren näppäimiä ja rullaa varmistaaksesi, että asetukset ovat\n"
+"oikein. Jos hiiri ei toimi kunnolla, paina välilyöntiä tai [enter]\n"
+"peruuttaaksesi, minkä jälkeen voit valita uudelleen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Joskus rullahiirtä ei tunnisteta oikein. Sinun pitää valita oikea malli\n"
+"listasta. Varmista, että valitset mallin joka vastaa porttia johon\n"
+"hiiresi on liitetty. Kun olet painanut \"%s\", hiiren kuva tulee esille.\n"
+"Sitten sinun PITÄÄ pyörittää rullaa, jotta se aktivoituisi oikein.\n"
+"Varmista sitten kaikkien painikkeiden toiminta sekä hiiren liikkuminen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Rullaemulaatiolla"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Yleinen | Mikä tahansa PS/2- ja USB-hiiri"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse oikea portti. Esimerkiksi \"COM1\" portti Windowsissa\n"
+"on nimetty \"ttyS0\":ksi GNU/Linuxissa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä on tärkein päätös joka koskee GNU/Linux-järjestelmäsi turvallisuutta:\n"
+"sinun pitää syöttää \"root\" salasana. \"Root\" on järjestelmän ylläpitäjä\n"
+"ja ainoa, jolla on oikeudet päivittää järjestelmää, lisätä käyttäjiä, "
+"muuttaa\n"
+"järjestelmän asetuksia jne. Lyhyesti, \"root\" voi tehdä mitä vain! Tämän\n"
+"vuoksi sinun pitää valita salasana joka on vaikea arvata - DrakX kertoo\n"
+"sinulle jos salasana on liian helppo. Kuten huomaat, voit jättää salasanan\n"
+"syöttämättä, mutta suosittelemme ettet tee niin, ainakin yhdestä syystä:\n"
+"GNU/Linux on yhtä altis käyttäjän virheille kuin muutkin "
+"käyttöjärjestelmät.\n"
+"Koska \"root\" voi ohittaa kaikki rajoitukset ja vahingossa poistaa kaikki\n"
+"tiedot osioilta on tärkeää, että on vaikea päästä \"root\"-käyttäjäksi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Salasanan pitäisi koostua kirjaimista ja numeroista sekä olla vähintään\n"
+"8 merkkiä pitkä. Älä koskaan kirjoita \"root\" salasanaa paperille - se\n"
+"tekisi järjestelmään murtautumisesta liian helppoa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Älä myöskään valitse liian pitkää tai monimutkaista salasanaa koska sinun\n"
+"pitää itse muistaa se ongelmitta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Salasanaa ei näytetä kun syötät sitä ja tästä syystä sinun pitää syöttää\n"
+"se kahdesti, jolla pyritään ehkäisemään kirjoitusvirheitä. Jos sattumalta\n"
+"teet saman kirjoitusvirheen kahdesti, joudut käyttämään tätä ``väärää''\n"
+"salasanaa ensimmäisessä sisäänkirjautumisessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos haluat että pääsyä tähän koneeseen hallitaan tunnistuspalvelimen\n"
+"kautta, paina \"%s\"-painiketta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos verkkosi käyttää LDAP, NIS tai PDC Windows verkkoalueen\n"
+"tunnistuspalvelua, valitse oikea \"%s\" vaihtoehto.\n"
+"Jos sinulla ei ole tietoa, kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos sinulla on ongelmia muistaa salasanoja, jos koneesi ei ole\n"
+"yhteydessä Internetiin tai jos uskot kaikkiin koneesi käyttäjiin,\n"
+"voit valita \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "tunnistustapa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslataaja on pieni ohjelma joka käynnistyy tietokoneen\n"
+"käynnistyksen yhteydessä. Sen tarkoitus on käynnistää koko järjestelmää.\n"
+"Yleensä tämä askel on automaattinen, eli DrakX analysoi käynnistys-\n"
+"sektorin ja toimii sen mukaan mitä sieltä löytyy:\n"
+"\n"
+" * jos Windows käynnistyssektori löytyy, sen tilalle asennetaan GRUB/LILO\n"
+"käynnistyssektori. Tällä tavalla voit käynnistää GNU/Linuxin tai jonkin\n"
+"muun käyttöjärjestelmän.\n"
+"\n"
+" * jos käynnistyssektorilta löytyy GRUB tai LILO, se päivitetään uudempaan\n"
+"versioon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos DrakX ei osaa tehdä päätöstä, se kysyy sinulta mihin haluat asentaa\n"
+"käynnistyslataajan. Yleensä paras paikka on \"%s\". Valitsemalla \"%s\"\n"
+"käynnistyslataajaa ei asenneta. Tee tämä vain mikäli tiedät mitä teet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt on aika valita tulostusjärjestelmä tietokoneellesi. Muut "
+"käyttöjärjestelmät\n"
+"saattavat tarjota sinulle yhden järjestelmän, mutta Mandriva Linux tarjoaa\n"
+"kaksi. Kukin tulostusjärjestelmä sopii parhaiten tietyille asetuksille.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  \"%s\" -- joka tarkoittaa ``tulosta, älä jonota'' (print, do not "
+"queue).\n"
+"Tämä on sopiva valinta jos sinulla on suora yhteys tulostimeesi ja haluat\n"
+"mahdollisuuden 'hätäkatkaisuun' jos tulostin menee tukkoon, eikä sinulla\n"
+"ole verkkoon liitettyjä tulostimia. (\"%s\" tukee ainoastaan "
+"yksinkertaisimpia\n"
+"verkkoasetelmia ja on hidas verkkokäyttöön.) Valitse \"pdq\" jos tämä on\n"
+"ensimmäinen GNU/Linux tuttavuutesi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', eli Yleinen Unix Tulostus-\n"
+"järjestelmä, on mainio tulostettaessa paikalliseen tulostimeen tai\n"
+"vaikkapa maapallon toiselle puolelle. Se on yksinkertainen järjestelmä\n"
+"ja voi toimia tulostuspalvelimena tai asiakkaana vanhalle \"lpd\"-\n"
+"tulostusjärjestelmälle. Näin ollen, se on yhteensopiva vanhempien\n"
+"järjestelmien kanssa. Se on monitaitoinen, mutta perusasetuksen\n"
+"teko on melkein yhtä helppoa kuin \"pdq\". Jos tarvitset \"lpd\"-palvelimen\n"
+"emulointia, sinun pitää käynnistää \"cups-lpd\" -demoni. \"%s\"\n"
+"sisältää graafisen käyttöliittymän jota voidaan käyttää tulostamiseen\n"
+"tai asetuksien tekoon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos teet valinnan nyt, ja myöhemmin huomaat ettet pidä nykyisestä\n"
+"tulostusjärjestelmästä voit muuttaa valintaasi Mandrivan Ohjauskeskuksesta\n"
+"löytyvässä PrinterDrakessa valitsemalla \"%s\"-painikkeen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Asiantuntija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Aluksi DrakX tunnistaa kaikki IDE-laitteet, jotka on kytketty "
+"järjestelmääsi.\n"
+"Samalla myös tutkitaan löytyykö järjestelmästä PCI SCSI -ohjaimia. Jos\n"
+"SCSI-ohjain löytyy, asentaa DrakX tarvittavat ajurit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Koska laitteiston tunnistaminen ei ole idiootinvarma, DrakX voi\n"
+"epäonnistua. Siinä tapauksessa joudut määrittämään laitteistosi\n"
+"itse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos sinun pitää määrittää PCI SCSI -ohjaintasi, DrakX kysyy sinulta\n"
+"haluatko määrittää ohjaimen asetuksia. Ehdotamme että sallit DrakX:n\n"
+"tunnistaa tarvittavat asetukset laitteiston alustamiseen. Yleensä DrakX\n"
+"suorittaa tämän toiminnon ongelmitta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos DrakX ei pystykään tunnistamaan tarvittavia asetuksia joilla ohjain\n"
+"pitää alustaa, joudut itse syöttämään ne ajurille."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jos äänikortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos huomaat että näytetty äänikortti ei vastaa sitä\n"
+"joka on asennettu koneeseesi, voit painaa tätä painiketta ja valita toisen\n"
+"ajurin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX näyttää yhteenvedon laitteistoasi koskevista tiedoista\n"
+"jotka se on kerännyt. Asennetusta laitteistosta riippuen, näet joitakin\n"
+"tai kaikki seuraavista tietueista. Jokainen tietue koostuu asetettavasta\n"
+"laitteesta ja lyhyestä selostuksesta laitteen asetuksien nykytilasta.\n"
+"Paina tietuetta vastaavaa \"%s\" painiketta jos haluat muuttaa sitä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista näppäinasettelu ja vaihda sitä tarvittaessa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista maa-asetukset. Jos et ole maassa, joka on valittu,\n"
+"paina \"%s\"-painiketta ja valitse oikea. Jos maasi ei ole\n"
+"listassa paina \"%s\"-painiketta, jolloin näet listan kaikista maista.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX oletuksena arvioi aikavyöhykkeesi riippuen\n"
+"siitä, minkä kielen olet valinnut. Jos tämä ei ole oikea, voit muuttaa sitä\n"
+"painamalla \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista nykyiset hiiriasetukset ja muuta niitä tarvittaessa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": painamalla \"%s\"-painiketta avaat tulostuksen\n"
+"asetusvelhon. Lue lisää asiaa koskevasta luvusta ``Aloitusoppaasta''\n"
+"saadaksesi lisätietoa miten asettaa uusi tulostin. Käyttöliittymä\n"
+"joka oppaassa esitetään on vastaava kuin se jota käytetään asennuksen\n"
+"aikana.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos äänikortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos huomaat että näytetty äänikortti ei vastaa sitä\n"
+"joka on asennettu koneeseesi, voit nappia painamalla valita toisen\n"
+"ajurin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos TV-kortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos sinulla on TV-kortti eikä sitä ole tunnistettu,\n"
+"voit painaa \"%s\" ja yrittää asettaa sen itse.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paina \"%s\" jos haluat muuttaa parametreja joka\n"
+"koskee korttia jaka mielestäsi on väärin asetettu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oletuksena DrakX asettaa graafisen\n"
+"käyttöliittymäsi käyttämään \"800x600\" tai \"1024x768\" näyttötilaa.\n"
+"Jos tämä ei sovi sinulle, paina \"%s\" muuttaaksesi asetuksia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos haluat asettaa Internet- tai paikallisverkkoasetuksesi,\n"
+"voit tehdä sen nyt. Katso ohjekirjasta, tai käytä Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Ohjauskeskus asennuksen jälkeen hyödyntääksesi sisäiset ohjeet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sallii sinua asettamaan HTTP ja FTP välityspalvelimia jos\n"
+"asentamasi kone on välitysåpalvelimen takana.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tässä voit muuttaa asennuksen alussa asettamaasi\n"
+"turvatasoa jos haluat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos aiot yhdistää koneesi Internetiin, kannattaa\n"
+"suojautua verkon vaaroilta asettamalla palomuuri. Katso\n"
+"``Aloitusoppaasta'' tätä aihetta vastaavaa lukua saadaksesi lisätietoa\n"
+"palomuurin asetuksista.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos haluat muuttaa käynnistyslataajan asetuksia,\n"
+"paina vastaavaa nappia. Tätä ei kannata muuttaa jos et ole asiantuntija.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": täällä voit määrittää mitä palveluja järjestelmässäsi\n"
+"toimii. Jos aiot käyttää tätä konetta palvelimena, kannattaa nämä\n"
+"asetukset tarkistaa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kortti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graafinen käyttöliittymä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse kiintolevy, jonka haluat tyhjentää uudelle Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-asennusosiolle. Ole varovainen, koska kaikki asemalla oleva tieto\n"
+"tuhoutuu eikä ole enää palautettavissa!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse \"%s\" jos haluat tuhota kaiken tällä kiintolevyllä olevan\n"
+"tiedon sekä osiot. Ole varovainen, sillä valittuasi \"%s\"\n"
+"et voi enää palauttaa mitään tällä kiintolevyllä olleita tietoja ja "
+"osioita,\n"
+"mukaanlukien kaikki Windows-tiedostot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" keskeyttääksesi tämän toiminnon ilman että\n"
+"menetät mitään kiintolevyllä ollutta tietoa ja osioita."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Seuraava ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Edellinen"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cacfe913c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2066 @@
+# translation of DrakX-fr.po to Français
+# Translation file of Mandriva Linux graphic install
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 Mandriva
+#
+# Veuillez ne pas mettre à jour ce fichier à moins d'être
+# certain tant de vos traductions que de votre grammaire et
+# de votre orthographe. Ces dernières sont trop souvent
+# approximatives. Elles nécessitent alors des relectures et
+# des corrections qui n'ont d'autre conséquence que de faire
+# perdre du temps à tout le monde (à vous si votre travail est
+# imparfait et aux relecteurs qui doivent rechercher puis corriger
+# vos éventuelles fautes).
+#
+# VEUILLEZ RESPECTER LA TYPOGRAPHIE FRANÇAISE !
+# Les majuscules doivent être accentuées si besoin est. Respectez
+# les espaces nécessaires pour la ponctuation (espace après la virgule et
+# le point, espace insécables avant les points d'interrogation,
+# d'exclamation, les deux-points et le point virgule, espace aussi après
+# le point virgule).
+# N'enlevez pas l'espace qui suit un signe de ponctuation en fin de
+# phrase; vous devez respecter la version originale.  Dans ce type de
+# cas, il est extrèmement probable que le programme va afficher
+# quelque chose d'autre à la fin.  En enlevant l'espace, vous allez
+# accoller deux mots.
+#
+# ESPACES INSÉCABLES
+# Vous devez utiliser un espace insécable (c'est un espace qui ne peut
+# pas servir de rupture à la ligne) avant le point d'exclamation, le
+# point d'interrogation, le deux-points, le point virgules, et pour les
+# "quantités", entre le nombre et l'unité abbrégée (par exemple "10 g").
+# L'espace normal en ISO et UTF8 est le caractere 0x20 tandis que l'espace
+# insécable est le caractère 0xA0. Sous Emacs en utilisant le po mode
+# livré avec gettext >= 0.10.40-4mdk vous pouvez voir celui-ci avec un
+# fond de couleur spécial. Sous Vi celui-ci est normalement affiché
+# précédé du caractère pipe "|". Pour le taper sous la plupart des
+# éditeurs, vous pouvez utiliser la touche "Compose" puis en tapant
+# deux espaces. Si vous n'avez pas de touche compose, vous pouvez
+# donner cette fonction à la touche "Windows" droite de votre clavier
+# avec la commande suivante :
+#   xmodmap -e 'keycode 116 = Multi_key'
+#
+# Les guillemets françaises sont « et » et non ". La guillemet ouvrante
+# « est suivie d'un espace insécable et la guillemet fermante » est
+# précédée du même type d'espace. Pour le taper, vous pouvez utiliser
+# la combinaison Compose < <, et Compose > > (ou alt-z et alt-x).
+#
+# Enfin, traduisez INTELLIGEMMENT et non mot à mot. Certaines traductions
+# n'ont aucun sens en français.
+#
+# MOTS À ÉVITER
+#  - application. Ce terme n'étant pas compris par le grand public, il est
+#    préférable de le remplacer par le mot "programme".
+#
+# Nous vous remercions de votre compréhension.
+#
+#
+#
+# Stéphane Teletchéa, 2005.
+# David BAUDENS <baudens@mandriva.com>, 1999-2004.
+# David ODIN <odin@mandriva.com>, 2000.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2001, 2005.
+# KAtiOS <katios@nolabel.net>, 2001.
+# Guillaume Cottenceau <gc@mandriva.com>, 2001-2002.
+# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 2001-2004.
+# Christophe Combelles <ccomb@free.fr>, 2002,2003.
+# Adrien REZER <monsieurdidi@free.fr>, 2003.
+# RICHARD Nicolas <richardnicolas22@yahoo.fr>, 2004.
+# Lecureuil Nicolas <n1c0l4s.l3@wanadoo.fr>, 2004.
+# Teletchéa <steletch@free.fr>, 2004, 2005.
+# Christophe Berthelé <cpjc@free.fr>, 2005, 2006.
+# Didier Hérisson <didier.herisson@angstrom.uu.se>, 2005.
+# Nicolas Lécureuil <neoclust@mandriva.org>, 2005.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fr\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-23 02:02+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Lécureuil Nicolas <neoclust@mandriva.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Français <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n>1);\n"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
+"les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
+"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandriva Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
+"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » pour\n"
+"redémarrer votre ordinateur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
+"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
+"fichiers, etc. Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
+"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
+"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n"
+"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
+"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
+"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
+"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n"
+"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n"
+"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n"
+"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n"
+"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n"
+"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n"
+"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n"
+"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n"
+"vos fichiers en péril.\n"
+"\n"
+"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n"
+"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n"
+"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n"
+"« %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n"
+"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n"
+"\n"
+"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
+"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
+"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
+"locale ne soit pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
+"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n"
+"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voulez-vous utiliser cette fonctionnalité ?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n"
+"sur votre système. Vous pouvez accepter les choix proposés par l'assistant,\n"
+"qui s'avèrent bons dans la grande majorité des cas. Si vous faites un\n"
+"changement, vous devez au moins avoir une partition racine root (« / »).\n"
+"Prenez garde de vous réserver suffisamment d'espace pour installer toutes\n"
+"les applications qui vous intéressent. Si vous souhaitez stocker les "
+"données\n"
+"des utilisateurs sur une partition spécifique, vous devrez également créer\n"
+"une partition « /home ». Cependant, ceci ne sera possible que si vous\n"
+"disposez de plus d'une partition GNU/Linux disponible.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chaque partition est listée comme suit : « Nom », « Capacité ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n"
+"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « type de disque dur » correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour "
+"les\n"
+"disques durs IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « b » signifie le « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « c » indique le « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « d » signifie le « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et « b » le\n"
+"« deuxième plus petit ID », etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandriva Linux sont distribués "
+"sur\n"
+"plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
+"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
+"CD-ROM approprié. Si vous ne possédez pas le CD demandé, cliquez tout\n"
+"simplement sur « %s », et les paquetages correspondants ne seront pas\n"
+"installés."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
+"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandriva Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
+"paquetages à installer, et ces paquetages ont été rangés par groupes chacun\n"
+"correspondant à un usage particulier de l'ordinateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux range ces groupes en quatre catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger\n"
+"des groupes de plusieurs catégories de sorte qu'« une station de travail »\n"
+"peut toujours proposer des applications pour la catégorie « Serveur ».\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n"
+"ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
+"choisissez les groupes désirés. Le groupe spécial « LSB » configurera votre\n"
+"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible avec la Linux\n"
+"Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela installera aussi les séries\n"
+"de noyau « 2.4 » au lieu de celles par défaut « 2.6 ». Ceci afin d'assurer\n"
+"une compatibilité LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce\n"
+"groupe « LSB » vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement\n"
+"compatible LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
+"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
+"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
+"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+"En plaçant votre souris au-dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
+"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
+"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
+"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
+"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
+"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
+"défectueux ou le mettre à jour.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous désélectionnez tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard\n"
+"(en opposition à une mise à jour), une boîte de dialogue apparaîtra et vous\n"
+"proposera différentes options pour une installation minimale :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
+"environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n"
+"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n"
+"monter un serveur ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
+"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n"
+"près 65 Mo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Mise à jour"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Avec la documentation de base"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installation réellement minimale"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
+"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
+"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En navigant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
+"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
+"individuels.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
+"apparaît à droite.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si un paquetage serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que\n"
+"vous voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandriva Linux , par\n"
+"défaut, tous les services installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous\n"
+"les efforts investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il\n"
+"est possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs\n"
+"installés au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas\n"
+"précisément à quoi sert un service en particulier ou pourquoi il est\n"
+"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera\n"
+"installé et le service rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
+"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Parfois, pour qu'un\n"
+"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il faut en installer un autre dont il est\n"
+"dépendant. DrakX détermine ces dépendances entre paquetages pour une\n"
+"installation complète.\n"
+"\n"
+"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
+"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
+"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
+"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième astuce de la\n"
+"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dépendances automatiques"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
+"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
+"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n"
+"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
+"votre système.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n"
+"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n"
+"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n"
+"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n"
+"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
+"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
+"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. Souvenez-vous que\n"
+"certains services peuvent s'avérer dangereux s'il sont activés sur un\n"
+"serveur. En général, n'installez que les services dont vous avez absolument\n"
+"besoin. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
+"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
+"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n"
+"GNU/Linux sache que l'horloge matérielle est la même que celle du système.\n"
+"Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
+"d'exploitation.\n"
+"\n"
+"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n"
+"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n"
+"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez bien\n"
+"entendu avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne. Cela\n"
+"installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra,\n"
+"en option, être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau\n"
+"local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Synchronisation automatique de l'horloge"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (pour le système X Window) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n"
+"etc.) présents sur Mandriva Linux dépendent de X.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
+"un affichage optimal :\n"
+"\n"
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Moniteur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
+"effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Résolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
+"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
+"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
+"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"le dessin du moniteur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selon votre matériel cette option peut ne pas apparaître.\n"
+"\n"
+"   le système va ici essayer d'ouvrir un écran graphique à la résolution\n"
+"choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n"
+"« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n"
+"de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n"
+"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
+"jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
+"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
+"l'écran correctement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Moniteur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
+"effectivement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Résolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
+"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
+"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
+"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"le dessin du moniteur."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n"
+"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
+"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
+"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
+"l'écran correctement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n"
+"installation de Mandriva Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n"
+"autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n"
+"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n"
+"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
+"disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
+"stressant pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a\n"
+"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et\n"
+"surtout, prenez votre temps.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont "
+"disponibles :\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
+"l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : l'assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions Linux\n"
+"existant sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n"
+"option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage\n"
+"associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont\n"
+"sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
+"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n"
+"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n"
+"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
+"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
+"sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n"
+"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandriva Linux et Microsoft Windows sur le\n"
+"même ordinateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
+"procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
+"d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous voulez effacer toutes les données et les applications\n"
+"installées sur votre système et les remplacer par votre nouveau système\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car ce choix est\n"
+"irréversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de retrouver vos données\n"
+"effacées.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n"
+"sera détruit. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est "
+"occupé\n"
+"par Microsoft Windows. Choisir cette option effacera tout simplement ce que\n"
+"contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n"
+"programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n"
+"prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n"
+"pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n"
+"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n"
+"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, référez-vous à « Gérer ses\n"
+"partitions » du « Guide de démarrage »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Utiliser une partition existante"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Effacer tout le disque"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre installation de Mandriva Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
+"système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour le redémarrer.\n"
+"N'oubliez pas de retirer la source d'installation(CD-ROM ou disquette).\n"
+"La première chose que vous verrez alors, après que l'ordinateur ait \n"
+"fait ses propres tests matériels, est le menu de démarrage permettant\n"
+"de choisir quel système lancer parmi ceux présents sur votre machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le bouton « %s » permet deux autres options :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : Pour créer une disquette d'installation qui permettra de\n"
+"reproduire l'installation que vous venez de réaliser sans l'aide d'un\n"
+"administrateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent après avoir cliqué sur\n"
+"le bouton :\n"
+"\n"
+"    * « %s ». C'est une installation partiellement automatique où il est\n"
+"possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * « %s ». Complètement automatique, cette installation reformate le\n"
+"disque au complet.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cette fonctionnalité est pratique pour l'installation de multiples\n"
+"systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » (*) sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis,\n"
+"lorsque vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le\n"
+"lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], entrez la commande\n"
+"suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »et appuyez sur la touche [Entrée].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
+"Linux, tapez « mformat a: » ou « fdformat /dev/fd0 » suivi de « mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0 »)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Créer une disquette d'installation automatique"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous choisissez de réutiliser des partitions GNU/Linux existantes, vous\n"
+"pouvez en reformater quelques unes et effacer les données présentes. Vous\n"
+"devrez alors les sélectionner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
+"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
+"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n"
+"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n"
+"\n"
+"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n"
+"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer les données.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour choisir une autre partition où installer votre\n"
+"nouveau système d'exploitation Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n"
+"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Au moment où vous installez Mandriva Linux, il est possible que certains\n"
+"paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit. Des bogues ont\n"
+"pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour vous permettre\n"
+"de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant proposé de les\n"
+"télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez une connexion\n"
+"Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à jour plus tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
+"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche\n"
+"de chez vous. Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la\n"
+"sélection, puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises\n"
+"à jour sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"À cette étape, DrakX vous permettra de déterminer le niveau de sécurité\n"
+"requis par votre système. Il se détermine en fonction de l'exposition du\n"
+"système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté directement sur\n"
+"Internet, par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de l'information\n"
+"contenue dans le système. Sachez toutefois que plus la sécurité d'un\n"
+"système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
+"Vous pourrez le modifier ultérieurement avec l'outil draksec, qui se trouve\n"
+"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"Remplissez le champ « %s » avec l'adresse électronique de l'utilisateur qui\n"
+"sera responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront\n"
+"adressés."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrateur sécurité"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n"
+"votre système Mandriva Linux. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit "
+"par\n"
+"une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n"
+"vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront être créées.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n"
+"utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n"
+"premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n"
+"SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour partitionner le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
+"options suivantes :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n"
+"sélectionné;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n"
+"« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
+"\n"
+"« %s » : permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n"
+"option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n"
+"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n"
+"préalable sur une disquette.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre table de partition est endommagée, vous pouvez essayer\n"
+"de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n"
+"fonctionne pas à coup sûr.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : écarte les changements et charge la table de partition "
+"initiale;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n"
+"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n"
+"pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
+"recommandée si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n"
+"options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra "
+"de\n"
+"sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lorsque vous définissez la taille d'une partition, vous pouvez choisir\n"
+"précisément la taille de celle-ci en utilisant les Flèches de votre\n"
+"clavier.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note : vous pouvez atteindre toutes les options en utilisant le clavier.\n"
+"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n"
+"\n"
+"Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n"
+"sélectionnée;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n"
+"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de Référence ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n"
+"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n"
+"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n"
+"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n"
+"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Auto-montage des périphériques amovibles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Basculer entre les modes expert et normal"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Plus d'une partition Windows a été détectée sur votre disque dur. Veuillez\n"
+"choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom "
+"Windows »,\n"
+"« Capacité ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n"
+"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Type de disque dur » correspond à « hd » si votre disque est IDE. Pour "
+"un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « fd ». Pour les\n"
+"disques IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « b » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « c » indique « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « d » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
+"suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"« Nom Windows » c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
+"disque ou partition « C: »)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
+"se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+"liste complète."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape ne s'affichera que si une partition GNU/Linux a été détectée\n"
+"sur votre disque dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX doit maintenant savoir si vous désirez lancer une « Installation » ou "
+"une\n"
+"« Mise à jour » d'un système Mandriva Linux déjà installé :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : remplace l'ancien système. Cependant, selon votre table de\n"
+"partition, vous pourrez éviter l'effacement de vos données existantes\n"
+"(notamment les répertoires « home »). Si vous souhaitez changer le\n"
+"partitionnement de vos disques durs, ou changer votre système de fichiers,\n"
+"vous devriez utiliser cette option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette classe d'installation vous permet de mettre à jour\n"
+"seulement les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandriva Linux. Elle\n"
+"conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n"
+"utilisateurs. La plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique\n"
+"sont accessibles.\n"
+"\n"
+"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes\n"
+"Mandriva Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à\n"
+"jour sur les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie précédemment (), DrakX\n"
+"sélectionnera le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
+"effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n"
+"configuration dans la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n"
+"exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n"
+"Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vous trouver dans la\n"
+"situation où votre langue et votre configuration de clavier ne sont pas les\n"
+"mêmes. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de sélectionner un autre\n"
+"clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, il vous sera\n"
+"demandé de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant d'alterner entre\n"
+"ceux-ci au prochain écran."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué au programme d'installation, à la\n"
+"documentation et au système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où\n"
+"vous vous situez, puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n"
+"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre poste de travail. En\n"
+"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
+"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
+"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
+"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
+"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
+"\n"
+"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode) : Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
+"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langues existantes.\n"
+"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
+"raison, Mandriva Linux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
+"(langues associées à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
+"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langues « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
+"historique sera utilisé;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
+"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
+"système;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n"
+"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n"
+"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n"
+"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n"
+"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
+"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
+"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n"
+"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espagnol"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte généralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n"
+"prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n"
+"l'émulation du troisième bouton. Le troisième bouton correspond aux clics\n"
+"simultanés du bouton gauche et du bouton droit de la souris. De plus, DrakX\n"
+"saura automatiquement si vous avez une souris PS/2, série ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez une souris à trois boutons sans molette, vous pouvez choisir\n"
+"une souris « %s ». DrakX configurera alors la souris de manière à simuler\n"
+"une molette : pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton du milieu et faites\n"
+"bouger votre souris de haut en bas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous désirez installer une souris différente, veuillez la sélectionner à\n"
+"partir de la liste qui vous est proposée.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner une souris « %s » qu'elle soit PS/2 ou USB pour\n"
+"choisir un type de souris générique qui fonctionne avec presque tout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous sélectionnez une souris différente de celle choisie par défaut,\n"
+"DrakX vous présentera un écran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la molette\n"
+"pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n"
+"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyez sur la barre d'espace ou la touche\n"
+"[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n"
+"souris.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parfois, les souris à molette ne sont pas détectées automatiquement, vous\n"
+"devrez alors sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez\n"
+"vous de choisir celle qui correspond au bon port de connexion. Après avoir\n"
+"sélectionné la souris et pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris\n"
+"apparaît. Vous devez alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer\n"
+"correctement. Après activation, vous verrez la molette de l'écran bouger.\n"
+"Testez alors que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "avec émulation de la molette"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universelle | N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple : l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
+"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
+"système GNU/Linux : vous devez entrer un mot de passe « root ».\n"
+"L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous les\n"
+"droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc impératif de\n"
+"choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux systèmes prévus à\n"
+"cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des utilisateurs). DrakX\n"
+"vous avertira si le mot de passe entré est trop facile à deviner. Comme\n"
+"vous pouvez le voir, il est également possible de ne pas entrer de mot de\n"
+"passe. Nous déconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme l'erreur est\n"
+"humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout détruire sur votre\n"
+"système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme barrière à\n"
+"l'entrée.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n"
+"alphanumériques. Ne jamais écrire le mot de passe « root », forcez-vous à\n"
+"vous en souvenir par coeur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ne choisissez pas de mot de passe trop long ou trop compliqué, ménagez\n"
+"accessibilité et mémoire : un mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque\n"
+"impossible à mémoriser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Afin d'éviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n"
+"l'écran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'éviter les erreurs\n"
+"de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n"
+"sera sauvegardée et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'accéder à votre\n"
+"système pour la première fois en tant qu'administrateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n"
+"d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si votre réseau utilise soit LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC Windows, choisissez-le\n"
+"comme protocole d'%s. En cas de doute, demandez à votre\n"
+"administrateur réseau.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez des problèmes à vous souvenir de vos mots de passe, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir « %s », si votre ordinateur ne sera pas connecté à Internet,\n"
+"et si vous avez confiance en tous ceux qui auront accès à cette machine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "authentification"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un programme d'amorce est un petit programme qui est lancé par la machine\n"
+"au démarrage. Il est en charge du démarrage du sytème. Normalement,\n"
+"l'installation d'un programme d'amorce est complètement automatique. DrakX\n"
+"analyse le secteur de démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en\n"
+"fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire :\n"
+"\n"
+" * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
+"GRUB/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n"
+"système d'exploitation installé sur votre machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si GRUB ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
+"\n"
+"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options. En général, le « %s »\n"
+"est l'endroit le plus sûr. Si vous choisissez « %s », aucun chargeur de\n"
+"démarrage ne sera installé. À vos risques et périls."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. "
+"D'autres\n"
+"systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mandriva Linux en propose deux. "
+"Chaque système\n"
+"d'impression convient le mieux à un type différent de configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, do not queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
+"passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
+"branchée directement sur votre poste, que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
+"l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
+"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples en "
+"réseau, mais\n"
+"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez «pdq» si "
+"vous\n"
+"débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
+"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
+"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système "
+"d'impression « lpd », de ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n"
+" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. Il "
+"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les\n"
+"configurations de base sont aussi simples que « pdq ». Pour émuler un "
+"serveur « lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon ») « cups-lpq ». « %s » qui offre "
+"une interface graphique simple pour imprimer sur et administrer les "
+"imprimantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la suite "
+"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer\n"
+"ultérieurement en lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle\n"
+"Mandriva Linux en cliquant sur le bouton « %s »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
+"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Enfin, selon les\n"
+"composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à son\n"
+"fonctionnement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
+"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n"
+"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n"
+"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n"
+"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n"
+"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n"
+"généralement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n"
+"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent ."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici les informations recueillies par DrakX sur la configuration actuelle.\n"
+"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n"
+"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom du matériel installé, suivi d'un\n"
+"court résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n"
+"correspondant pour effectuer un changement.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
+"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n"
+"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+"liste complète.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
+"dans lequel vous vous trouvez. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s » si ce n'est pas\n"
+"le bon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
+"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
+"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n"
+"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent .\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n"
+"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n"
+"détectée, cliquez sur « %s » pour la configurer à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres si\n"
+"vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
+"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
+"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
+"graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
+"local dès maintenant. Lisez la documentation fournie ou exécutez\n"
+"le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux après l'installation pour avoir droit à "
+"une\n"
+"aide complète en ligne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de configurer les adresses proxy HTTP et FTP si la\n"
+"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
+"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n"
+"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n"
+"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
+"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés. Lisez la\n"
+"documentation fournie ou l'aide en ligne sur la configuration de chargeur\n"
+"de démarrage présente dans le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
+"sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
+"idée de vérifier cette configuration."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Carte RNIS"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface graphique"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
+"détruite."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
+"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n"
+"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour renoncer à cette opération sans perdre de données."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Suivant ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Précédent"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..572ae8234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to furlan
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Andrea Gracco <graccoandrea@tin.it>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-28 17:41+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Andrea Gracco <graccoandrea@tin.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: furlan <gft@freelists.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vuelistu doprâ cheste fature?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eseguìs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Prossim ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Precedent"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..174f4e59e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1107 @@
+#
+# Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry@computer.org>, 2002
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-12 18:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry@computer.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Irish <ga@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "An mian leat an gné seo a úsáid?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uasghrádú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Le doiciméadú bunúsach"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Eirigh as Feistiú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Cumraigh ADSL"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Ag iarraidh an clár-ranna a tarrtháil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Glan diosca ina iomlán"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Cruthaigh flapach bootáil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Riarthóir Slándála"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spáinnis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Luchóg MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "deimniú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Saineolaí"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Carta ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Comhéadan Grafach"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Teacs ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- feist"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60fdd27a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1948 @@
+# translation of DrakX-help-gl.po to 
+# translation of DrakX-help-gl.po to Galician
+# Jesús Bravo Álvarez (mdk) <jba@pobox.com>, 2001.
+# Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-gl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-08 20:57+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <gl@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Gallegan\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, debe ler atentamente os termos da licenza. Esta\n"
+"licenza cobre toda a distribución Mandriva Linux. Se está de acordo\n"
+"con tódolos termos que contén, marque o cadro \"%s\". Se non o está,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\" e reiniciarase o seu ordenador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux é un sistema multiusuario o que significa que cada usuario pode\n"
+"ter as súas propias preferencias, os seus propios ficheiros, etc. Pero a\n"
+"diferencia de \"root\", que é o administrador do sistema, os usuarios que\n"
+"engada neste punto non estarán autorizados para cambiar nada agás os\n"
+"seus propios ficheiros e as súas propias configuracións, protexendo o\n"
+"sistema de cambios involuntarios ou malintencionados que poderían afectar\n"
+"a todo o sistema. Terá que crear como mínimo un usuario normal para vostede\n"
+"-- esta é a conta que usará para o uso cotián e rutineiro. Ainda que é moi\n"
+"sinxelo entrar no sistema coma \"root\" para facer calquera cousa, tamén\n"
+"pode ser moi perigoso! Un pequeno erro pode significar que o seu sistema\n"
+"non volva funcionar nunca máis. Se vostede comete un erro moi grave\n"
+"coma un usuario normal, o peor que pode suceder é que perda algunha\n"
+"información, pero non afectará a todo o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"O primeiro campo pregúntalle un nome real. Dende logo, isto non é\n"
+"obrigatorio -- actualmente pode introducir o que queira. DrakX collerá a\n"
+"primeira palabra que introduza neste campo e copiaraa ó campo\n"
+"\"%s\", que é o nome que o usuario introducirá para entrar no\n"
+"sistema. Se o desexa, pode non facer caso do predeterminado e cambiar\n"
+"o nome de usuario. O seguinte paso é introducir un contrasinal. Dende\n"
+"o punto de vista da seguridade, o contrasinal dun usuario sen\n"
+"privilexios (normal) non é tan crucial coma o contrasinal de \"root\", pero\n"
+"esa non é razón para descoidarse deixándoa en branco ou poñendo unha\n"
+"moi fácil: despois de todo, pode que os seus ficheiros estean en perigo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme en \"%s\", poderá engadir máis usuarios. Engada un usuario\n"
+"para cada un dos seus amigos, o seu pai, a súa irmá, etc. Prema en\n"
+"\"%s\" cando remate de engadir os usuarios.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme no botón \"%s\" poderá cambiar a \"shell\" predeteminada\n"
+"para ese usuario (bash por defecto).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando remate de engadir os usuarios, diráselle que elixa o usuario que\n"
+"entrará automáticamente no sistema cando se arrinque o ordenador. Se\n"
+"lle interesa esta funcionalidade (e non lle preocupa moito a seguridade\n"
+"local), elixa o usuario e mailo xestor de ventás que desexe, e despois\n"
+"prema en \"%s\". Se non está interesado nesta funcionalidade,\n"
+"desmarque o cadro \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Desexa usar esta funcionalidade?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"As particións listadas aquí son as particións Linux existentes detectadas\n"
+"no seu disco duro. Pode manter a selección feita polo asistente, xa que\n"
+"é boa para as instalacións máis comúns. Se fai algún troco, debe\n"
+"definir como mínimo unha partición raíz (\"/\"). Non escolla unha partición\n"
+"moi pequena ou non poderá instalar o software necesario. Se desexa\n"
+"almacenar os seus datos nunha partición á parte, tamén terá que crear\n"
+"unha partición \"/home\" (só será posible se ten dispoñibles máis dunha\n"
+"partición Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición lístase do seguinte xeito: \"Nome\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nome\" ten a estructura: \"tipo de disco duro\", \"número de disco duro"
+"\",\n"
+"\"número de partición\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco duro\" é \"hd\" se o seu disco duro é un disco duro IDE e\n"
+"\"sd\" se é un disco duro SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco duro\" é sempre unha letra despois de \"hd\" ou \"sd\".\n"
+"Para os discos duros IDE é:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE secundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE secundario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nos discos duros SCSI, un \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI menor\", e \"b\" "
+"significa \"segundo ID SCSI menor\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A instalación de Mandriva Linux distribúese en varios CD-ROMs. Se un\n"
+"paquete dos seleccionados está noutro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará o CD\n"
+"actual e diralle que insira o CD requirido. Se non ten o CD requirido a "
+"man,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\", e os paquetes correspondentes non se instalarán."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora terá que especificar que programas desexa instalar no seu sistema.\n"
+"Hai milleiros de paquetes dispoñibles para Mandriva Linux, e para facer que\n"
+"sexa máis sinxelo manexalos, puxéronse en grupos de aplicacións "
+"semellantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ordena os grupos de paquetes en catro categorías. Vostede\n"
+"pode mesturar aplicacións de varias categorías, de xeito que unha "
+"instalación\n"
+"``Estación de Traballo'' poida ter instaladas aplicacións da categoría "
+"``Servidor''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se ten pensado usar a súa máquina coma unha estación de "
+"traballo,\n"
+"seleccione un ou máis dos grupos da categoría estación de traballo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se vai usar a súa máquina para programar, seleccione os grupos\n"
+"que desexe desta categoría. O grupo especial \"LSB\" configurará o seu\n"
+"sistema para que cumpra as especificacións Linux Standard Base tanto coma\n"
+"sexa posible.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se selecciona o grupo \"LSB\" instalarase tamén un kernel da serie\n"
+"\"2.4\", en vez do predeterminado da \"2.6\". Isto é para asegurar que o\n"
+"sistema cumpre ó 100%% o LSB. Sen embargo, se non selecciona o grupo\n"
+"\"LSB\" ainda terá un sistema que case cumpre ó 100%% con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a súa máquina vai ser un servidor, seleccione cales dos\n"
+"servicios máis comúns desexa instalar na súa máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí é onde vai elixir o seu ambiente gráfico preferido. Debe\n"
+"seleccionar como mínimo un se desexa ter dispoñible unha interface gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se pon o cursor do rato enriba do nome dun grupo amosarase un pequeno\n"
+"texto explicativo acerca dese grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode marcar o cadro \"%s\", o cal é útil se coñece ben os paquetes que\n"
+"se ofrecen ou se desexa ter un control total sobre o que se vai instalar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se comeza a instalación en modo \"%s\", poderá deseleccionar tódolos\n"
+"grupos e impedir a instalación de calquera novo paquete. Isto é útil para\n"
+"reparar ou actualizar un sistema xa existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se deselecciona tódolos grupos ó levar a cabo unha instalación normal\n"
+"(a diferencia dunha actualización), aparecerá un diálogo suxerindo\n"
+"diferentes opcións para unha instalación mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o número mínimo de paquetes posible para ter un\n"
+"ambiente gráfico que funcione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o sistema base máis utilidades básicas e a súa\n"
+"documentación. Esta instalación é a axeitada para configurar un servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalará o número mínimo de paquetes absolutamente\n"
+"necesario para obter un sistema Linux que funcione. Con esta instalación\n"
+"só terá unha interface de liña de comandos. O tamaño total desta\n"
+"instalación é de máis ou menos 65 megabytes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con documentación básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalación mínima de verdade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Se elixe instalar os paquetes individualmente, o instalador amosaralle unha\n"
+"árbore que contén tódolos paquetes clasificados por grupos e subgrupos.\n"
+"Mentres navega pola árbore, pode seleccionar grupos enteiros, subgrupos,\n"
+"ou paquetes individuais.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando seleccione un paquete da árbore, aparecerá unha descrición á\n"
+"dereita para que saiba cal é o propósito dese paquete.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Se se selecciona un paquete de servidor, xa sexa porque vostede elixiu\n"
+"dito paquete ou porque é parte dun grupo de paquetes, pediráselle que\n"
+"confirme que desexa instalar estes servidores. De maneira predeterminada\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iniciará automáticamente ó arrincar o sistema tódolos\n"
+"servicios instalados. Incluso se son seguros e non tiñan ningún problema\n"
+"coñecido cando se fixo a distribución, é posible que se descubriran buratos\n"
+"de seguridade despois de que se rematara esta versión de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Se non sabe que fai un determinado servicio ou por que se vai instalar,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\". Se preme en \"%s\" instalaranse os servicios listados e\n"
+"iniciaranse automáticamente ó arrincar o sistema!!\n"
+"\n"
+"A opción \"%s\" úsase para deshabilitar o diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cando o instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n"
+"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algúns paquetes dependen doutros\n"
+"e a instalación dun paquete determinado pode requirir a instalación doutro\n"
+"paquete. O instalador pode determinar que paquetes son necesarios para\n"
+"satisfacer unha dependencia e completar con éxito a instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+"A pequena icona cun disquete debuxado que está no fondo da lista\n"
+"permítelle cargar unha lista de paquetes creada durante unha instalación\n"
+"anterior. Isto é útil se ten varias máquinas que desexa configurar igual. "
+"Se\n"
+"preme nesta icona pediráselle que introduza o disquete que se creou ó final\n"
+"da outra instalación. Mire o segundo consello do último paso para ver como\n"
+"se crea dito disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependencias automáticas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": premendo no botón \"%s\" abrirase o asistente de configuración de\n"
+"impresoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio'' para "
+"obter\n"
+"máis información acerca de como configurar unha nova impresora. A interface\n"
+"presente no manual é semellante á que se usa durante a instalación."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo úsase para seleccionar que servicios desexa que arrinquen ó\n"
+"iniciar o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listará tódolos servicios dispoñibles na instalación actual. Examine\n"
+"cada un deles coidadosamente e desmarque aqueles que non son\n"
+"necesarios ó iniciar o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando seleccione un servicio amosarase un pequeno texto explicatorio\n"
+"sobre o servicio. Sen embargo, se non está seguro sobre se un servicio\n"
+"é útil ou non, é mellor deixalo como estea.\n"
+"\n"
+"¡¡ Sexa especialmente coidadoso neste paso se pretende utiliza-la súa\n"
+"máquina coma un servidor: probablemente non quererá arrincar servicios que\n"
+"non precisa. Lembre que algúns servicios poden ser perigosos se están\n"
+"activados nun servidor. En xeral, seleccione só aqueles servicios que\n"
+"necesite de verdade !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manexa a hora en GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) e tradúcea á\n"
+"hora local de acordo ca zona horaria que seleccionou. Se o reloxo da súa\n"
+"placa base usa a hora local, debería desactivar isto deseleccionando\n"
+"\"%s\", o cal lle permitirá a GNU/Linux saber que o reloxo do sistema e o\n"
+"reloxo do hardware están na mesma zona horaria. Isto é útil cando a máquina\n"
+"tamén contén outro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"A opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente o reloxo do sistema conectándose\n"
+"a un servidor remoto de tempo da Internet. Para que esta funcionalidade\n"
+"funcione, debe ter unha conexión á Internet que funcione. Recomendámoslle\n"
+"que elixa un servidor de tempo que estea situado preto de vostede. Esta\n"
+"opción en realidade instala un servidor de tempo local que tamén poden usar\n"
+"outras máquinas da súa rede local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronización automática da hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Tarxeta Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detecta automáticamente detecta e configura\n"
+"a tarxeta gráfica instalada no ordenador. Se non é a correcta, pode elixir\n"
+"nesta lista a tarxeta gráfica que está instalada no ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se hai varios servidores dispoñibles para a súa tarxeta, con ou sen\n"
+"aceleración 3D, terá que elixir o servidor que se adapte mellor ás súas\n"
+"necesidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"As X (por X Window System) son o corazón da interface gráfica de\n"
+"GNU/Linux do que dependen tódolos ambientes gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) proporcionados por Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vostede verá unha lista dos diferentes parámetros que se poden\n"
+"cambiar para obter unha visualización gráfica óptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tarxeta Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detectará e configurará automáticamente\n"
+"a tarxeta gráfica instalada na súa máquina. Se esta non é a correcta,\n"
+"pode escoller nesta lista a tarxeta que ten instalada en realidade.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Na situación na que haxa dispoñibles diferentes servidores para a súa\n"
+"tarxeta, con ou sen aceleración 3D, pediráselle que elixa o servidor que\n"
+"mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detectará e configurará automáticamente o\n"
+"monitor conectado á súa máquina. Se non é o correcto, pode elixir nesta\n"
+"lista o monitor que está conectado ó seu ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí vostede pode escoller as resolucións e as profundidades de cor\n"
+"dispoñibles para o seu hardware gráfico. Elixa a que mellor se adapte ás\n"
+"súas necesidades (poderá facer cambios despois da instalación).\n"
+"Amosarase unha mostra da configuración elixida na pantalla.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Comprobación\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dependendo do hardware que teña, esta entrada podería non aparecer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   O sistema intentará abrir unha pantalla gráfica ca resolución desexada.\n"
+"Se vostede ve a mensaxe de proba durante a comprobación e responde\n"
+"\"%s\", entón DrakX pasará ó seguinte paso. Se non a ve, entón significa\n"
+"que parte da configuración detectada automáticamente é incorrecta e a\n"
+"comprobación rematará automáticamente despois de 12 segundos e\n"
+"volverá ó menú. Cambie as opcións ata que consiga unha aparencia\n"
+"gráfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcións\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso permítelle elixir se desexa que a súa máquina inicie\n"
+"automáticamente a interface gráfica ó arrincar. Evidentemente, vostede\n"
+"podería desexar marcar \"%s\" se a súa máquina vai ser un servidor,\n"
+"ou se non conseguiu configurar as X."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detecta e configura automáticamente o\n"
+"monitor conectado á súa máquina. Se non é o correcto, pode escoller\n"
+"nesta lista o monitor que ten conectado ó seu ordenador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí pode escoller as resolucións e as profundidades de cor dispoñibles\n"
+"para o seu hardware gráfico. Escolla o que mellor se adapte ás súas\n"
+"necesidades (poderá facer trocos despois da instalación). Amosarase un\n"
+"exemplo da configuración elixida na pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Se se da a situación na que hai diferentes servidores dispoñibles para a\n"
+"súa tarxeta, con ou sen aceleración 3D, pediráselle que escolla o servidor\n"
+"que mellor se axuste ás súas necesidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcións\n"
+"\n"
+"   Estes pasos permítenlle escoller se a súa máquina debe iniciar\n"
+"automáticamente unha interface gráfica ó arrincar ou non. Evidentemente,\n"
+"vostede pode querer marcar \"%s\" se a súa máquina vai funcionar\n"
+"coma un servidor, ou se non tivo éxito configurando o sistema gráfico."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora ten que decidir onde quere instalar o sistema operativo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux no disco duro. Se o seu disco duro está baleiro, ou se\n"
+"outro sistema operativo está usando todo o espacio dispoñible, terá que\n"
+"particionalo. Básicamente, particionar un disco duro consiste en dividilo\n"
+"lóxicamente para crear o espacio necesario para instalar o seu novo\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que o proceso de particionamento é normalmente irreversible\n"
+"e pode provocar perdas de datos, o particionamento pode intimidar e\n"
+"resultar estresante para un usuario sen experiencia. Afortunadamente,\n"
+"DrakX inclúe un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de\n"
+"continuar con este paso, lea toda esta sección e sobre todo, tómese\n"
+"o seu tempo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependendo da configuración do seu disco duro, hai varias opcións\n"
+"dispoñibles:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción levará a cabo un particionamento automático\n"
+"da(s) súa(s) unidade(s) baleira(s). Se usa esta opción non haberá máis\n"
+"avisos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". O asistente detectou que existen unha ou máis particións\n"
+"Linux no seu disco duro. Se desexa usalas, elixa esta opción. Entón\n"
+"pediráselle que escolla os puntos de montaxe asociados con cada unha\n"
+"das particións. Os puntos de montaxe herdados selecciónanse por\n"
+"defecto, e para a maioría é boa idea mantelos.\n"
+"  \n"
+" * \"%s\". Se Microsoft Windows está instalado no seu disco duro e\n"
+"ocupa todo o espacio dispoñible nel, terá que crear espacio libre para\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Para facelo, pode eliminar os datos e a partición Microsoft\n"
+"Windows (mire a solución ``Borrar todo o disco'') ou redimensionar a\n"
+"partición Microsoft Windows FAT ou NTFS. O redimensionamento\n"
+"pode levarse a cabo sen a perda de ningún dato, con tal que\n"
+"desfragmente previamente a partición Windows. É moi recomendable\n"
+"que faga unha copia de seguridade dos seus datos. Recoméndase\n"
+"usar esta opción se desexa usar Mandriva Linux e Microsoft\n"
+"Windows no mesmo ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Antes de escoller esta opción, debe comprender que despois deste\n"
+"procedemento, o tamaño da súa partición Microsoft Windows será máis\n"
+"pequeno ca antes. Terá menos espacio libre en Microsoft Windows\n"
+"para almacenar os seus datos ou para instalar novo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Se desexa eliminar tódolos datos e as particións presentes no\n"
+"seu disco duro e remprazalas polo seu novo sistema Mandriva Linux, elixa\n"
+"esta opción. Teña coidado, porque non poderá desfacer esta operación\n"
+"despois de que confirme.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se elixe esta opción, eliminaranse tódolos datos do seu disco "
+"duro. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción aparece cando Microsoft Windows ocupa todo o\n"
+"disco duro. Se elixe esta opción simplemente eliminarase toda a unidade\n"
+"e comezarase de novo, particionando todo dende cero.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se elixe esta opción, perderanse tódolos datos do seu disco duro. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Elixa esta opción se desexa particionar a man o seu disco duro.\n"
+"Teña tino -- é unha opción potente pero perigosa e pode perder moi\n"
+"fácilmente tódolos seus datos. É por iso polo que só se recomenda esta\n"
+"opción se fixo algo coma isto antes e ten algunha experiencia. Para obter\n"
+"máis instruccións sobre como usar a utilidade DiskDrake, refírase á sección\n"
+"``Administrando as súas Particións'' da ``Guía de Inicio''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar partición existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borra-lo disco enteiro"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Xa está. A instalación rematou e o seu sistema GNU/Linux está preparado\n"
+"para usalo. Prema en \"%s\" para reiniciar o sistema. Non esqueza extraer\n"
+"o soporte de instalación (CD-ROM ou disquete). A primeira cousa que\n"
+"debería ver despois de que o seu ordenador remate de facer a\n"
+"comprobación do hardware é o menú do cargador de arrinque, dándolle a\n"
+"opción de elixir que sistema operativo se vai iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O botón \"%s\" amosa dous botóns máis para:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle crear un disquete de instalación que levará a cabo\n"
+"automáticamente unha instalación completa semellante á instalación que\n"
+"acaba de facer, sen a axuda dun operador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Teña en conta que despois de premer neste botón hai dispoñibles dúas\n"
+"opcións diferentes:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Esta é unha instalación parcialmente automatizada. O paso\n"
+"do particionamento é o único interactivo.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalación totalmente automática: O disco duro rescríbese\n"
+"totalmente, perdendo tódolos datos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta funcionalidade é moi práctica cando se está instalando en varias\n"
+"máquinas semellantes. Mire na sección Instalación Automática no noso sitio\n"
+"web para obter máis información.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): garda unha lista dos paquetes seleccionados nesta "
+"instalación.\n"
+"Para usar esta selección noutra instalación, insira o disquete e inicie a\n"
+"instalación. Na liña de comandos, prema a tecla [F1], e introduza\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< e prema a tecla [Intro].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Necesita un disquete formatado con FAT. Para crear un en GNU/Linux,\n"
+"escriba \"mformat a:\", ou \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Xerar un disquete de Instalación Automática"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se elixe reutilizar algunhas das particións GNU/Linux xa existentes, "
+"podería\n"
+"desexar volver formatar algunhas delas e eliminar tódolos datos que\n"
+"conteñan. Para facer isto seleccione estas particións tamén.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña en conta que non cómpre volver formatar tódalas particións xa\n"
+"existentes. Debe volver formatar as particións que conteñen o sistema\n"
+"operativo (coma \"/\", \"/usr\" ou \"/var\") pero non ten que volver\n"
+"formatar particións que conteñen datos que desexe gardar (normalmente\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña tino ó seleccionar as particións. Despois de formatalas, tódolos\n"
+"datos das particións seleccionadas estarán eliminados e non poderá\n"
+"recuperalos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" cando estea preparado para formatar as particións.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa elixir outra partición para a instalación do seu\n"
+"novo sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa seleccionar as particións nas que se realizarán\n"
+"comprobacións de bloques erróneos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Cando instale Mandriva Linux é probable que algúns paquetes se\n"
+"actualizaran dende a publicación inicial. Pode ser que se solucionaran "
+"erros,\n"
+"e se resolveran problemas de seguridade. Para beneficiarse destas\n"
+"actualizacións agora, pode descargalas dende a Internet. Marque \"%s\"\n"
+"se ten unha conexión á Internet, ou \"%s\" se prefire instalar os paquetes\n"
+"actualizados máis tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se escolle \"%s\" amosarase unha lista das localizacións web dende as que\n"
+"se poden obter as actualizacións. Debe escoller unha que estea preto de\n"
+"vostede. Aparecerá unha árbore de selección de paquetes: revise a\n"
+"selección, e prema en \"%s\" para descargar e instala-lo(s) paquete(s)\n"
+"seleccionado(s), ou en \"%s\" para abortar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste punto, DrakX permitiralle elixir o nivel de seguridade que desexa\n"
+"que teña a súa máquina. Como regra xeral, o nivel de seguridade debe\n"
+"ser maior se a máquina vai conter datos moi importantes, ou se vai estar\n"
+"exposta directamente á Internet. Normalmente un nivel de seguridade\n"
+"maior obtense a expensas da facilidade de uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non sabe cal escoller, deixe a opción predeterminada. Poderá\n"
+"cambiala máis tarde ca ferramenta draksec, a cal é parte do Centro de\n"
+"Control de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Complete o campo \"%s\" co enderezo de correo-e (e-mail) da persoa\n"
+"responsable da seguridade. As mensaxes de seguridade enviaranse a\n"
+"ese enderezo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de Seguridade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste punto cómpre que escolla que partición(s) se van usar para a\n"
+"instalación do seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Se as particións xa se\n"
+"crearon, xa sexa nunha instalación anterior de GNU/Linux ou con\n"
+"outra ferramenta de particionamento, poderá usar as particións\n"
+"existentes. Se non é así, débense crear as particións no disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para crear particións, primeiro debe seleccionar un disco duro. Pode\n"
+"seleccionar o disco a particionar premendo en ``hda'' para a primeira\n"
+"unidade IDE, ``hdb'' para a segunda, ``sda'' para a primeira unidade\n"
+"SCSI, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar o disco duro seleccionado pode usar estas opcións:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción elimina tódalas particións do disco duro\n"
+"seleccionado\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción permítelle crear automáticamente particións\n"
+"ext3 e swap no espacio baleiro do disco duro\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dálle acceso a funcionalidades adicionais:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": garda a táboa de particións nun disquete. É útil para\n"
+"recuperacións posteriores da táboa de particións, en caso de ser\n"
+"necesario. É altamente recomendable que leve a cabo este paso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle restaurar unha táboa de particións gardada\n"
+"previamente nun disquete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a súa táboa de particións está danada, pode intentar\n"
+"recuperala usando esta opción. Por favor teña coidado e lembre que non\n"
+"sempre funciona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desbota tódolos cambios e recarga a táboa de particións orixinal\n"
+"do disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desmarca esta opción forzará ós usuarios a montar e\n"
+"desmontar a man os soportes extraíbles coma os disquetes e os CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción se desexa usar un asistente para particionar\n"
+"o seu disco duro. Recoméndase isto se non sabe moito sobre o\n"
+"particionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción para cancelar tódolos seus cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite accións adicionais sobre as particións (tipo, opcións,\n"
+"formato) e proporciona máis información sobre o disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cando remate o particionamento do seu disco duro, isto\n"
+"gardará os cambios no disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando estea definindo o tamaño das particións pode establecelo\n"
+"con exactitude usando as teclas das Frechas do teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: pode obter calquera opción usando o teclado. Navegue polas\n"
+"particións usando [Tab] e as frechas [Arriba/Abaixo].\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando se selecciona unha partición, poderá usar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c para crear unha nova partición (cando se seleccionou un\n"
+"espacio baleiro)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d para eliminar unha partición\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m para establecer o punto de montaxe\n"
+"\n"
+"Para obter información sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de ficheiros\n"
+"dispoñibles, lea o capítulo sobre ext2FS do ``Manual de Referencia''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se está instalando nunha máquina PPC, quererá crear unha pequena\n"
+"partición HFS para ``bootstrap'' de como mínimo 1MB a cal vai ser usada\n"
+"polo cargador de arrinque yaboot. Se opta por facer a partición un pouco\n"
+"máis grande, digamos de 50MB, podería darse conta de que é un sitio útil\n"
+"para almacenar un kernel de reserva e imaxes ramdisk para situacións de\n"
+"arrinques de emerxencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montar automáticamente os soportes extraíbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Cambiar entre modo normal/experto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Detectouse máis dunha partición Microsoft no seu disco duro. Elixa a que\n"
+"quere redimensionar para poder instalar o seu novo sistema operativo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición está listada do seguinte xeito: \"Nome en Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nome en Windows\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome en Linux\" ten esta estructura: \"Tipo de disco duro\", \n"
+"\"Número de disco duro\", \"Número de partición\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Tipo de disco duro\" é \"hd\" se o seu disco duro é un disco duro IDE\n"
+"e \"sd\" se é un disco duro SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Número de disco duro\" é sempre unha letra despois de \"hd\" ou\n"
+"\"sd\". En discos duros IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE secundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE secundario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nos discos duros SCSI, un \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI menor\", un \"b\" "
+"significa \"segundo ID SCSI menor\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome en Windows\" é a letra que ten o seu disco duro en Windows\n"
+"(o primeiro disco ou partición chámase \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifique a selección actual do país. Se non está nese país,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\" e escolla o seu. Se o seu país non está na lista\n"
+"que se amosa, prema no botón \"%s\" para obter a lista completa de países."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este paso actívase só se se atopou algunha partición GNU/Linux na súa\n"
+"máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX necesita saber se desexa facer unha nova instalación ou\n"
+"unha actualización dun sistema Mandriva Linux xa existente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". A maioría das veces, isto destrúe completamente o sistema\n"
+"antigo. Sen embargo, dependendo de como sexa o seu esquema de\n"
+"particionamento, poderá impedir que se sobrescriban algúns dos datos\n"
+"existentes (especialmente os directorios \"home\"). Se desexa cambiar o\n"
+"xeito no que están particionados os seus discos duros, ou desexa cambiar\n"
+"o sistema de ficheiros, debe usar esta opción.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta clase de instalación permítelle actualiza-los paquetes que\n"
+"están instalados agora mesmo no seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Non se\n"
+"modificarán nin o esquema de particionamento actual nin os datos dos\n"
+"usuarios. A maior parte dos outros pasos de configuración estarán\n"
+"dispoñibles e serán semellantes ós dunha instalación estándar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O uso da opción ``Actualizar'' debería funcionar ben en sistemas con\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versión \"8.1\" ou posteriores. Non se recomenda levar\n"
+"a cabo actualizacións en versións anteriores á versión \"8.1\" de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da lingua que escollera, DrakX seleccionará automáticamente\n"
+"unha configuración de teclado determinada. Verifique que a selección é a\n"
+"axeitada ou elixa outra disposición de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tamén pode ser que non teña un teclado que corresponda exactamente\n"
+"ca súa lingua: por exemplo, se vostede fala Inglés e é nativo de Suíza,\n"
+"vostede terá un teclado suízo. Ou se vostede fala Inglés e está en Quebec,\n"
+"podería atoparse na mesma situación na que a súa lingua e o teclado non\n"
+"concordan. En calquera destes casos, este paso da instalación permitiralle\n"
+"seleccionar o teclado axeitado dunha lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema no botón \"%s\" para ver unha lista dos teclados soportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixiu unha disposición de teclado baseada nun alfabeto non latino, o\n"
+"seguinte diálogo permitiralle elixir a asociación de teclas que fará que o\n"
+"teclado cambie entre unha disposición Latina e unha non Latina."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro paso é escoller a súa lingua preferida.\n"
+"\n"
+"A elección da súa lingua preferida afectaralle ó instalador, á "
+"documentación,\n"
+"e ó sistema en xeral. Primeiro seleccione a rexión na que está situado, e\n"
+"despois o idioma que fala.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme no botón \"%s\" poderá seleccionar outras linguas para instalalas\n"
+"na súa estación de traballo, instalando deste xeito os ficheiros "
+"específicos\n"
+"desas linguas para a documentación do sistema e as aplicacións. Por\n"
+"exemplo, se van usar a súa máquina usuarios Españois, seleccione Inglés\n"
+"coma a lingua predeterminada na árbore e \"%s\" na sección Avanzado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Acerca do soporte de UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode é unha nova codificación de\n"
+"caracteres pensada para cubrir tódalas linguas existentes. Sen embargo o\n"
+"soporte completo para ela en GNU/Linux ainda se está desenvolvendo. Por\n"
+"esta razón, o uso de UTF-8 en Mandriva Linux dependerá das eleccións do\n"
+"usuario:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Se selecciona unha lingua cunha codificación fortemente asociada\n"
+"(as linguas latin1, Ruso, Xaponés, Chinés, Coreano, Tai, Grego, Turco, a\n"
+"maioría das linguas iso-8859-2), usarase a codificación asociada de\n"
+"xeito predeterminado;\n"
+"\n"
+" * As outras lingua usarán unicode de xeito predeterminado;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Se se requiren dúas ou máis linguas, e estas linguas non usan a mesma\n"
+"codificación, entón usarase unicode para todo o sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Por último, pode forzarse o uso de unicode en todo o sistema a petición\n"
+"do usuario seleccionando a opción \"%s\" independentemente das linguas\n"
+"que se escolleran.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña en conta que non está limitado a elixir só unha lingua adicional.\n"
+"Vostede pode escoller varias, ou incluso instalalas todas marcando o\n"
+"cadro \"%s\". A selección do soporte para unha lingua significa que se\n"
+"instalarán as traduccións, fontes, correctores ortográficos, etc. desa "
+"lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para cambiar entre as diferentes linguas instaladas no seu sistema, pode\n"
+"executar o comando \"localedrake\" coma \"root\" para cambiar a lingua\n"
+"de todo o sistema. Se executa o comando coma un usuario normal só\n"
+"cambiará a lingua dese usuario determinado."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Español"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, DrakX non ten problemas ó detectar o número de botóns\n"
+"do seu rato. Se os ten, suporá que ten un rato de dous botóns e\n"
+"configurarao para que emule o terceiro botón. Nun rato de dous botóns\n"
+"o terceiro botón pode obterse premendo simultáneamente os botóns\n"
+"dereito e esquerdo do rato. DrakX recoñecerá automáticamente se o\n"
+"seu rato usa unha interface PS/2, serie ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vostede ten un rato de 3 botóns sen roda, pode escoller o rato\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX configurará entón o seu rato de xeito que poida simular\n"
+"a roda: para facer isto, prema o botón do medio e mova o punteiro do\n"
+"rato arriba e abaixo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se por algunha razón desexa especificar un tipo de rato diferente,\n"
+"seleccióneo da lista que se proporciona.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode seleccionar a entrada \"%s\" para elixir un tipo de rato ``xenérico''\n"
+"que funcionará con case tódolos ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixe un rato diferente do predeterminado, amosarase unha pantalla\n"
+"de probas. Use os botóns e a roda para verificar que a configuración é\n"
+"correcta e que o rato está funcionando correctamente. Se o rato non\n"
+"está funcionando ben, prema a barra de espacio ou a tecla [Retorno]\n"
+"para cancelar a proba e volver á lista de ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"De cando en vez a roda do rato non se detecta automáticamente, así\n"
+"que terá que seleccionar o seu rato na lista. Asegúrese de seleccionar\n"
+"o correspondente ó porto no que está conectado o seu rato. Despois\n"
+"de seleccionar un rato e premer no botón \"%s\", Amosarase a imaxe\n"
+"dun rato na pantalla. Mova a roda do rato para asegurarse de que se\n"
+"activa correctamente. Mentres move a roda do seu rato verá que se\n"
+"move a roda da imaxe da pantalla. Comprobe os botóns e verifique que\n"
+"o punteiro do rato se move pola pantalla mentres move o seu rato."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "con emulación da Roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Calquera rato PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione o porto correcto. Por exemplo, o porto \"COM1\" de\n"
+"Windows chámase \"ttyS0\" en GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta é a decisión máis importante para a seguridade do seu sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: debe introducir o contrasinal de \"root\". \"Root\" é o\n"
+"administrador do sistema e é o único usuario autorizado para facer\n"
+"actualizacións, engadir usuarios, cambiar a configuración de todo o "
+"sistema,\n"
+"etc. En poucas palabras, \"root\" pode facer de todo! Por isto debe "
+"escoller\n"
+"un contrasinal que sexa difícil de adiviñar: DrakX diralle se o contrasinal "
+"que\n"
+"escolleu é demasiado sinxelo. Como pode ver, non está obrigado a introducir\n"
+"un contrasinal, pero recomendámoslle que introduza un. GNU/Linux é tan\n"
+"propenso ós erros do operador coma calquera outro sistema operativo. Xa\n"
+"que \"root\" pode superar tódalas limitacións e eliminar de xeito non\n"
+"intencionado tódolos datos das particións ó acceder sen coidado ás\n"
+"propias particións, é importante que sexa difícil chegar a ser \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O contrasinal debería ser unha mestura de caracteres alfanuméricos e ter "
+"unha\n"
+"lonxitude mínima de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba nun papel o contrasinal de\n"
+"\"root\" -- isto fai que sexa moito máis sinxelo comprometer o seu sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Un consello: non faga que o contrasinal sexa moi longo ou complicado porque\n"
+"terá que ser capaz de lembrarse del!\n"
+"\n"
+"O contrasinal non se amosará na pantalla mentres o escribe. Para reducir as\n"
+"posibilidades dun erro ó escribilo terá que introducilo contrasinal dúas "
+"veces.\n"
+"Se comete dúas veces o mesmo erro de escritura, terá que usar este "
+"contrasinal\n"
+"``incorrecto'' a primeira vez que entre coma \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se desexa que un servidor de autenticación controle o acceso ó seu "
+"ordenador,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se a súa rede usa servicios de autenticación coma LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC\n"
+"dun Dominio Windows, seleccione o axeitado de \"%s\". Se non sabe cal usar,\n"
+"deberialle preguntar ó administrador da súa rede.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se ten problemas para lembrar o contrasinal, ou se o seu ordenador nunca\n"
+"vai estar conectado á Internet e confía en tódalas persoas que usan o seu\n"
+"ordenador, pode elixir \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticación"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cargador de arrinque é un pequeno programa que inicia o ordenador ó\n"
+"arrincar. É o responsable de arrincar o sistema enteiro. Normalmente, a\n"
+"instalación do cargador de arrinque é totalmente automática. DrakX\n"
+"analisará o sector de arrinque do disco e actuará de acordo co que atope\n"
+"alí:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se atopa un sector de arrinque de Windows, remprazarao cun sector de\n"
+"arrinque de GRUB/LILO. Deste xeito poderá arrincar GNU/Linux ou\n"
+"calquera outro sistema operativo que teña instalado no seu ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+" * se atopa un sector de arrinque de GRUB ou LILO, remprazarao cun novo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non pode determinar onde debe situar o sector de arrinque, \n"
+"preguntaralle onde debe situalo. Xeralmente, \"%s\" é o mellor lugar.\n"
+"Se escolle \"%s\" non se instalará ningún cargador de arrinque. Use esta\n"
+"opción só se sabe o que está facendo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora é a hora de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para o seu\n"
+"ordenador. Pode ser que outros sistemas operativos lle ofrezan un, pero\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ofrécelle dous. Cada un dos sistemas de impresión está\n"
+"máis adaptado a determinados tipos de configuración.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- que é un acrónimo de ``print, do not queue'' (imprime, non o\n"
+"envies á cola), é a elección perfecta se vostede ten unha conexión directa\n"
+"á súa impresora, desexa esquecerse de impresoras saturadas, e non ten\n"
+"impresoras de rede. (\"%s\" só manexará casos de redes moi sinxelas e\n"
+"é algo lento cando se usa en redes.) É recomendable que use \"pdq\" se\n"
+"esta é a súa primeira experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" significa `` Common Unix Printing System'' e é unha elección\n"
+"excelente para imprimir na súa impresora local ou nunha que estea na outra\n"
+"punta do planeta . É fácil de configurar e pode actuar coma un servidor ou\n"
+"coma un cliente para o antigo sistema de impresión \"lpd\", así que é\n"
+"compatible con antigos sistemas operativos os cales ainda poden necesitar\n"
+"servicios de impresión. Ainda que é bastante potente, a configuración\n"
+"básica é case tan sinxela coma a de \"pdq\". Se necesita emular un\n"
+"servidor \"lpd\", asegúrese de que activa o daemon \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\"\n"
+"inclúe interfaces gráficas para imprimir ou escoller as opcións da "
+"impresora\n"
+"e para administrar a impresora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixe un agora, e máis tarde se da conta de que non lle gusta o seu\n"
+"sistema de impresión poderá cambialo executando PrinterDrake dende o\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux e premendo no botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Experto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX detectará primeiro calquera dispositivo IDE presente no seu "
+"ordenador.\n"
+"Tamén buscará unha ou máis tarxetas SCSI PCI no seu sistema. Se se atopa\n"
+"unha tarxeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente o driver axeitado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Xa que a detección de hardware non está libre de erros, DrakX podería "
+"fallar\n"
+"ó detectar os discos duros. Se o fai, terá que especificar o seu hardware\n"
+"manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se tivera que especificar a man o seu adaptador SCSI PCI, DrakX\n"
+"preguntaralle se desexa configurar as súas opcións. Debería deixarlle a\n"
+"DrakX probar as opcións do hardware para atopar as opcións específicas da\n"
+"tarxeta que son necesarias para inicializar o adaptador. A maioría das "
+"veces,\n"
+"DrakX non ha dar problemas neste paso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non é capaz de probar as opcións para determinar\n"
+"automáticamente que parámetros necesita pasarlle ó hardware, terá\n"
+"que configurar o driver a man."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se se detecta unha tarxeta de son no seu sistema, amosarase\n"
+"aquí. Se ve que a tarxeta de son non é a que ten posta no seu sistema,\n"
+"pode premer no botón e escoller un driver diferente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX presentaralle un resumo da información que reuniu sobre o seu\n"
+"sistema para que a repase. Dependendo do hardware que teña instalado\n"
+"na súa máquina, aparecerán ou non algunhas das seguintes entradas.\n"
+"Cada entrada está composta do elemento do hardware que se configurou,\n"
+"seguido por un pequeno resumo da configuración actual. Prema no botón\n"
+"\"%s\" correspondente para cambiala.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comprobe a configuración actual do mapa de teclado e cámbiea\n"
+"se fose necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique o país seleccionado. Se non está neste país, prema\n"
+"no botón \"%s\" e elixa outro. Se o seu país non está na lista que se\n"
+"amosa, prema no botón \"%s\" para obter a lista completa de paises.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por defecto, DrakX deduce a súa zona horaria baseándose no\n"
+"país que elixiu. Pode premer no botón \"%s\" se non é a correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a configuración actual do rato e prema no botón para\n"
+"cambiala se fose necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se preme no botón \"%s\" abrirase o asistente de configuración\n"
+"de impresoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio''\n"
+"para obter máis información sobre como configurar unha nova impresora.\n"
+"A interface do manual é semellante á que se usa durante a instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se se detecta unha tarxeta de son no seu sistema, amosarase\n"
+"aquí. Se ve que a tarxeta de son non é a que está no seu ordenador,\n"
+"pode premer no botón e elixir un driver diferente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se ten unha tarxeta de TV, aquí ó onde se mostra a información\n"
+"sobre a súa configuración. Se ten unha tarxeta de TV e non se detectou,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\" para intentar configurala a man.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pode premer en \"%s\" para cambia-los parámetros asociados\n"
+"ca tarxeta se cre que a configuración non é correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por defecto, DrakX configura a súa interface gráfica cunha\n"
+"resolución \"800x600\" ou \"1024x768\". Se isto non se adapta a vostede,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\" para volver configurar a súa interface gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desexa configurar o seu acceso á Internet ou a unha rede\n"
+"local, pode facelo agora. Consulte a documentación impresa ou use o\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux despois de rematar a instalación para\n"
+"sacar partido da axuda en liña.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle configurar os enderezos do proxy HTTP e FTP no\n"
+"caso de que a máquina na que está instalando vaia estar detrás detrás\n"
+"dun servidor proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada permítelle volver definir o nivel de seguridade que\n"
+"se estableceu nun dos pasos anteriores.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pensa conectar a súa máquina á Internet, é unha boa idea\n"
+"protexela de intrusos configurando un cortalumes. Consulte a sección\n"
+"correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio'' para obter detalles sobre a\n"
+"configuración do cortalumes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desexa cambiar a configuración do seu cargador de arrinque,\n"
+"prema neste botón. Isto deberíano facer só os usuarios avanzados.\n"
+"Consulte a documentación impresa ou a axuda en liña sobre a\n"
+"configuración do cargador de arrinque no Centro de Control de Mandriva\n"
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": a través desta entrada pode especificar cales servicios se\n"
+"executarán na súa máquina. Se ten pensado usar esta máquina coma\n"
+"un servidor sería unha boa idea revisar esta configuración."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Tarxeta RDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface Gráfica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elixa o disco duro que desexa borrar para poder crear a súa nova partición\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Teña tino, porque se perderán tódolos datos da unidade e\n"
+"non se poderán volver recuperar!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa eliminar tódolos datos e particións presentes\n"
+"neste disco duro. Teña tino, despois de premer en \"%s\", non poderá\n"
+"recuperar ningún dato ou partición presente neste disco duro, incluindo\n"
+"calquera dato de Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" para saír sen perder ningún dato ou partición presentes\n"
+"neste disco duro."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Seguinte ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c3adb0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1493 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Hebrew
+# translation of he.po to Hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he.po to hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he-new.po to Hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he.po to Hebrew
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the GNU GPL license.
+# Ram Matityahu  <linuxfun@email.com>, 2003.
+# nadav mavor <nadav@mavor.com>, 2003.
+# el-cuco <cuco3001@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Diego Iastrubni <iastrubn@actcom.co.il>, 2003.
+# dovix <dovix2003@yahoo.com>, 2004, 2005.
+# Itay Flikier <itayff@gmail.com>, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: he\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-10 09:11+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: dovix <dovix2003@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <mdk-hebrew@iglu.org.il>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"לפני המשך ההתקנה, עליך לקרוא בעיון רב את תנאי ההסכם.\n"
+"ההסכם המצ\"ב נוגע להפצת מנדריבה לינוקס כמקשה אחת.\n"
+"אם כל התנאים מוסכמים עליך, עליך לסמן את התיבה \"%s\", \n"
+"אחרת עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור  \"%s\" בכדי לאתחל המחשב שלך."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "האם להפעיל אפשרות זו?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"התקנת מנדריבה לינוקס פרוסה על מספר תקליטורים. אם חבילה מסויימת\n"
+"שנבחרה ממוקמת בתקליטור אחר, מגש כונן התקליטורים יפתח לצורך\n"
+"הכנסת תקליטור אחר לפי הצורך. אם התקליטור המבוקש אינו ברשותך,\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ על \"%s\" להמשך ללא התקנת החבילה שאינה זמינה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"כעת עליך לבחור איזה חבילות ברצונך להתקין במערכת שלך.\n"
+"קיימות אלפי חבילות זמינות עבור מנדריבה לינוקס, ועל מנת\n"
+"לפשט עבורך את בחירת החבילות הגדרנו קבוצות המכילות\n"
+"תוכנות לפי נושא.\n"
+"\n"
+"החבילות השונות שוייכו לקבוצות המייצגות שימושים אפשריים של\n"
+"המערכת שלך. הקבוצות השונות מויינו לארבעה נושאים. באפשרותך\n"
+"לבחור יישומים מנושאים שונים, למשל התקנת \"תחנת עבודה\"\n"
+"יכולה לכלול יישומים מקבוצת \"שרת\". \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": עליך לבחור קבוצה אחת או יותר\n"
+"מנושא זה באם השימוש המיועד של המחשב הוא כתחנת עבודה.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אם בכוונתך להשתמש במערכת\n"
+"לפיתוח תוכנה, עליך לבחור את הקבוצות הנדרשות מנושא זה.\n"
+"קבוצת \"LSB\" תגדיר את המערכת שלך באופן שתתאים למפרט\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   בחירת בקבוצת \"LSB\" תתקין גם קרנל מסדרת \"2.4\" , במקום\n"
+"ברירת המחדל מסדרה \"2.6\". דבר זה נועד להבטיח תאימות\n"
+"של 100%% לתקן LSB. גם ללא בחירה בקבוצת LSB, המערכת\n"
+"תהיה תואמת למפרט LSB כמעט ב 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": באם השימוש המיועד של מערכת\n"
+"זו הוא כשרת, עליך לבחור את השרותים שברצונך להתקין.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": נושא זה מרכז את סביבות העבודה\n"
+"הגרפיות. עליך לבחור לפחות סביבת עבודה גרפית אחת באם\n"
+"ברצונך להשתמש בממשק גרפי במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+"העברת סמן העכבר מעל שם קבוצה תגרום להצגת הסבר קצר\n"
+"על הקבוצה.\n"
+"\n"
+"סימון התיבה \"%s\" שימושי באם ברצונך שליטה מלאה\n"
+"על התקנת החבילות או שיש לך היכרות מוקדמת עם החבילות\n"
+"המוצעות.\n"
+"\n"
+"התחלת ההתקנה באופן \"%s\" תאפשר לך לבטל את\n"
+"הסימון מעל הקבוצות ולמנוע התקנה של חבילות חדשות. אופן\n"
+"זה שימושי לשדרוג או לעדכון מערכת קיימת.\n"
+"\n"
+"יש באפשרותך לבצע התקנה מינימלית ע\"י הסרת הסימון מכל\n"
+"הקבוצות במהלך התקנה רגילה (להבדיל משדרוג). במקרה זה\n"
+"יוצג חלון שיאפשר לך לבחור אפשרויות שונות עבור התקנה שכזו:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": התקנת החבילות ההכרחיות בלבד\n"
+"להפעלת שולחן עבודה גרפי.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": התקנת בסיס המערכת בתוספת\n"
+"מספר תוכנות עזר והתיעוד שלהן. תצורה זו שימושית להגדרת שרת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תתקין את מספר\n"
+"החבילות הקטן ביותר הנדרש למערכת לינוקס עובדת. תצורה זו\n"
+"מאפשרת עבודה רק דרך שורת הפקודה וגודלה הוא כ 65 MB בלבד."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "עדכון"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "עם מסמכים בסיסיים"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "התקנה מינימלית באמת"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"מסך זה מוצג היות וביקשת לבחור את החבילות שיותקנו באופן פרטני.\n"
+"עבור כל נושא מוצגות החבילות שבאפשרותך להתקין, במבנה \"עץ\"\n"
+"ובמיון לקבוצות ותתי-קבוצות. יש באפשרותך לבחור קבוצות, תתי-קבוצות,\n"
+"או לבחור בחבילות בודדות.\n"
+"\n"
+"כל פעם שתיבחר חבילה מהעץ, יופיע תיאור של תוכן החבילה מצד\n"
+"שמאל (באנגלית) שתספק לך מידע אודות החבילה.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! אם נבחרה חבילת שרת, בין אם ישירות או מכיוון שנבחרה קבוצה\n"
+"המכילה חבילה זו, יהיה עליך לאשר שאכן ברצונך להתקין חבילה זו\n"
+"(מסך האישור יוצג בהמשך). כברירת מחדל, מנדריבה לינוקס\n"
+"תפעיל כל שרות מותקן במהלך אתחול המחשב. גם אם שרתים אלו\n"
+"בטוחים ולא ידוע על בעיות אבטחה בזמן שחרור ההפצה, בהחלט\n"
+"ייתכן שבעיות אבטחה התגלו או יתגלו במועד מאוחר יותר. אם לא\n"
+"ידוע לך מה שרות מסויים אמור לעשות או למה הוא יותקן, עליך\n"
+"ללחוץ על \"%s\". בחירה ב \"%s\" תגרום\n"
+"להתקנת השרותים הרשומים ולהפעלתם באופן אוטומטי בזמן אתחול\n"
+"המחשב. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"האפשרות \"%s\" מיועדת לנטרל\n"
+"את הודעת האזהרה המופיעה כאשר תוכנת ההתקנה בוחרת בחבילות\n"
+"הנדרשות לצורך התקנה של חבילות נבחרות עקב תלויות. תלויות בין\n"
+"חבילות פרושן שהתקנת חבילה מסויימת מחייבת התקנת חבילות\n"
+"נוספות. תוכנת ההתקנה יכולה לזהות בעצמה את החבילות שיש\n"
+"להתקין על מנת לספק את התלויות הנדרשות.\n"
+"\n"
+"סמל התקליטון הקטן בתחתית הרשימה מאפשר לך לטעון רשימת\n"
+"חבילות שנוצרה במהלך התקנה קודמת. דבר זה שימושי באם יש\n"
+"ברשותך מספר מחשבים שברצונך להתקין עם מבחר חבילות דומה.\n"
+"בחירה בסמל זה תבקש ממך להכניס תקליטון שנוצר בסיום התקנה\n"
+"קודמת. הטיפ השני בשלב הקודם מסביר כיצד ניתן ליצור תקליטור\n"
+"כזה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "תלויות אוטומטיות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "סינכרון זמן אוטומטי"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"אפשרויות\n"
+"\n"
+"   השלבים הבאים מאפשרים לך לבחור האם ברצונך שהסביבה\n"
+"הגרפית תופעל בטעינת המערכת. תשובת \"%s\" מתאימה\n"
+"למחשב שאמור לתפקד כשרת, או באם לא הצלחת להגדיר את\n"
+"התצוגה כראוי בשלב ההתקנה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן\n"
+"הקשיח שלך. אם הכונן הקשיח שלך ריק או אם מערכת הפעלה אחרת\n"
+"עושה שימוש בכל השטח שעל הכונן, יהיה צורך לבצע חלוקת מחיצות.\n"
+"במילים פשוטות, חלוקת מחיצות משמעה חלוקה לוגית של שטח הכונן\n"
+"לאזורים שונים על מנת ליצור את השטח הנדרש להתקנת מערכת\n"
+"מנדריבה לינוקס החדשה שלך.\n"
+"\n"
+"מאחר ותהליך חלוקת המחיצות הינו בלתי-הפיך ועלול לגרום לאובדן\n"
+"מידע באם כבר מותקנת לך מערכת הפעלה אחרת על הכונן, חלוקת\n"
+"מחיצות הינה תהליך מפחיד ומלחיץ עבור משתמשים חסרי ניסיון.\n"
+"למזלך, תהליך ההתקנה מכיל אשף אשר מפשט את הפעולה. לפני\n"
+"המשך ההתקנה, עליך לקרוא ביסודיות ולהבין את ההוראות שלהלן.\n"
+"\n"
+"כתלות בתצורת הכונן הקשיח שלך, מוצגות בפניך מספר אפשרויות\n"
+"כלהלן:\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תבצע\n"
+"חלוקת מחיצות אוטומטית של שטח(ים) פנוי(ים). בחירה באפשרות\n"
+"זו לא תדרוש ממך שום צעד נוסף.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": האשף זיהה מחיצת לינוקס\n"
+"אחת או יותר על הכונן הקשיח. בחירת אפשרות זו תאפשר לך להגדיר\n"
+"את נקודת העיגון של כל אחת מהמחיצות. נקודות העיגון הקיימות\n"
+"יוצגו כברירת מחדל, וברוב המקרים מומלץ שלא לשנות הגדרות אלו.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": באם מותקנת\n"
+"על הכונן הקשיח שלך מערכת חלונות של מיקרוסופט העושה שימוש\n"
+"בכל השטח שעל הכונן, יהיה עליך לפנות מקום להתקנת גנו/לינוקס.\n"
+"יש באפשרותך למחוק את מחיצת החלונות לחלוטין כולל כל המידע\n"
+"שעליה (ע\"י בחירה ב\"מחיקת כל המידע הקיים שעל מחיצת חלונות\")\n"
+"או להקטין את גודל מחיצת החלונות העושה שימוש במערכת קבצים\n"
+"FAT או NTFS. שינוי גודל יכול להתבצע ללא אובדן\n"
+"מידע, בתנאי שביצעת איחוי (defragmentation) של מחיצת החלונות\n"
+"בטרם תחילת ההתקנה. מומלץ ביותר לגבות את המידע לפני ביצוע\n"
+"פעולה זו. מומלץ לבחור באפשרות זו באם הנך רוצה להשתמש גם\n"
+"במנדריבה לינוקס וגם בחלונות של מיקרוסופט במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+"   לפני בחירה באפשרות זו, עליך להבין שבסיום הפעולה גודל מחיצת\n"
+"החלונות שלך יהיה קטן מהגודל המקורי שלה. לפיכך יישאר לך פחות\n"
+"מקום לשמירת מידע ולהתקנת תוכנות של חלונות.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": עליך לבחור באפשרות\n"
+"זו רק אם ברצונך למחוק את כל המידע הקיים בכונן הקשיח שלך\n"
+"ולהתקין את מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכל השטח שהתפנה. יש\n"
+"לנקוט משנה זהירות טרם בחירת אפשרות זו, מאחר ואין דרך לשחזר\n"
+"את המצב הקיים אחרי השלמת הפעולה.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! בחירה באפשרות הנ\"ל תגרום למחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן\n"
+"הקשיח !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מופיעה\n"
+"כאשר כל הכונן תפוס על ידי מערכת חלונות של מיקרוסופט. בחירה\n"
+"באפשרות זו תגרום לפירמוט ומחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן הקשיח.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! בחירה באפשרות הנ\"ל תגרום למחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן\n"
+"הקשיח !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": יש לבחור באפשרות\n"
+"זו באם ברצונך לבצע חלוקת מחיצות בהתאמה אישית. זהירות - אפשרות\n"
+"זו מסוכנת ושימוש לא מושכל בה עלול לגרום לאובדן כל המידע שקיים\n"
+"בכונן הקשיח שלך. לפיכך, אפשרות זו מומלצת רק אם יש לך נסיון קודם\n"
+"בחלוקת מחיצות, ולאחר עיון בתיעוד המתאים המופיע במדריך המצורף\n"
+"לחבילות מנדריבה לינוקס הנרכשות בחנות."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "שימוש במחיצות קיימות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "מחיקת כל המידע הקיים בכונן הקשיח"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"ההתקנה הסתיימה כעת, ומערכת הגנו/לינוקס שלך מוכנה לשימוש.\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ \"%s\" בכדי לאתחל את המחשב. נא לא לשכוח להוציא\n"
+"את תקליטור או תקליטון ההתקנה. הדבר הראשון שיופיע על המסך\n"
+"לאחר סיום בדיקות החומרה, הוא מנהל האתחול, שמאפשר לבחור\n"
+"איזו מערכת הפעלה לאתחל.\n"
+"\n"
+" הכפתור \"%s\" משמש להצגת שתי אפשרויות נוספות:\n"
+" \n"
+"* \"%s\": יצירת תקליטון תצורה אשר יאפשר התקנה\n"
+"חוזרת ללא עזרת מפעיל, תוך שימוש בהגדרות זהות להתקנה\n"
+"הנוכחית. \n"
+"\n"
+"   לתשומת לבך, אחרי לחיצה על כפתור זה יופיעו שתי אפשרויות\n"
+"נוספות:\n"
+"\n"
+"    *\"%s\". שחזור התקנה יתבצע באופן אוטומטי\n"
+"למחצה, כאשר חלוקת מחיצות תתבצע באופן אינטראקטיבי.\n"
+" \n"
+"    *\"%s\". שחזור התקנה יתבצע באופן אוטומטי\n"
+"לחלוטין: תכולת הכונן הקשיח תמחק, וכל המידע השמור בו יאבד.\n"
+"\n"
+"  אפשרות זאת שימושית מאוד, כאשר עליך לבצע התקנה על מספר\n"
+"רב של מחשבים דומים. ניתן לקבל מידע נוסף באיזור ההתקנה\n"
+"האוטומטית באתר שלנו.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): שמירת רשימת החבילות בהתקנה זאת.\n"
+"בכדי להשתמש ברשימה זאת עבור התקנה חדשה, עליך להתחיל\n"
+"התקנות חדשות מתקליטון זה. במסך הפתיחה, עליך ללחוץ על\n"
+"מקש F1 ואז לכתוב linux defcfg=\"floppy\" וללחוץ על Enter.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) שמירת התצורה דורשת תקליטון מפורמט עם מערכת קבצים\n"
+"FAT. ליצירת תקליטון כזה במערכת לינוקס יש להשתמש בפקודת\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", או \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" ואז  \"mkfs.vfat/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "יצירת תקליטון התקנה אוטומטית"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור את סף האבטחה הרצוי עבור מחשב זה.\n"
+"ככלל אצבע, סף האבטחה אמור להיות גבוה יותר באם המערכת\n"
+"כוללת מידע רגיש, או אם המחשב יהיה מקושר לאינטרנט.\n"
+"ה\"מחיר\" של סף אבטחה גבוה יותר יבוא ברוב המקרים על\n"
+"חשבון קלות השימוש.\n"
+"\n"
+"באם קשה לך לבחור, מומלץ לאשר את ברירת המחדל. בכל\n"
+"מקרה יש באפשרותך לשנות את סף האבטחה בשלב מאוחר יותר\n"
+"דרך האשף המתאים במרכז הבקרה.\n"
+"\n"
+"השדה \"%s\" משמש להגדרת מנהל האבטחה האחראי למחשב\n"
+"זה. הודעות הנוגעות לאבטחת המערכת יישלחו לכתובת המצויינת\n"
+"בסעיף זה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "מנהל אבטחה"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן הקשיח\n"
+"שלך. אם כבר הוגדרו מחיצותמתאימות, בין אם על ידי התקנה קודמת\n"
+"של גנו/לינוקס או על ידי כלי אחר לחלוקת מחיצותף באפשרותך\n"
+"להשתמש במחיצות שהוגדרו קודם. אחרת, עליך להגדיר את חלוקת\n"
+"המחיצות לצורך ההתקנה.\n"
+"\n"
+"על מנת ליצור את המחיצות, עליך לבחור בשלב ראשון את הכונן הקשיח\n"
+"בו תותקן המערכת. באפשרותך לבחור את הכונן הקשיח הראשון על ידי\n"
+"בחירת hda (או sda לכונן SCSI), לבחור את הכונן השני על ידי בחירת\n"
+"hdb (או sdb לכונן SCSI) וכן הלאה.\n"
+"\n"
+"באפשרותך לבחור אחת מהאפשרויות הבאות כדי לחלק את הכונן הקשיח:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תמחק את כל המחיצות המוגדרות בכונן הקשיח\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מאפשרת לך ליצור באופן אוטומטי מחיצתext3\n"
+"ומחיצת החלפה בשטח הפנוי של הכונן הקשיח שלך\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": מאפשר לך לבחור באפשרויות נוספות:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": גיבוי טבלת המחיצות לתקליטון. אפשרות זו\n"
+"שימושית לשחזור טבלת המחיצות במקרה הצורך. מומלץ מאוד לבצע\n"
+"שלב זה כאמצעי ביטחון.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": שחזור טבלת מחיצות שנשמרה קודם לכן בתקליטון.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אם טבלת המחיצות שלך נפגמה, באפשרותך לנסות\n"
+"לשחזר אותה באמצעות אפשרות זו. עליך לנהוג במשנה זהירות ולזכור\n"
+"שהצלחת הפעולה אינה מובטחת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ביטול כל השינויים ושחזור טבלת המחיצות המקורית\n"
+"של הכונן בטרם בוצעו השינויים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ביטול הסימון מאפשרות זו יחייב משתמשים לעגן ולנתק\n"
+"באופן ידני מדיות שליפות כגון תקליטורים ותקליטונים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תפעיל אשף לחלוקת הכונן הקשיח. השימוש\n"
+"באשף מומלץ למשתמשים לא מנוסים בחלוקת מחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מבטלת את השינויים שביצעת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": איפשור פעולות נוספות על המחיצות (סוג,)\n"
+"אפשרויות, פירמוט) והצגת מידע מתקדם על הכונן הקשיח.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תשמור את השינויים שביצעת לכונן הקשיח\n"
+"לאחר סיום שלב חלוקת המחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+"בעת הגדרת גודל מחיצה, באפשרותך לשנות את גודל המחיצה\n"
+"בעזרת מקשי החיצים על המקלדת.\n"
+"\n"
+"הערה: באפשרותך להפעיל כל אפשרות בעזרת המקלדת. מקש [Tab]\n"
+"או מקשי החיצים [מעלה/מטה] מאפשרים לך לעבור בין המחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+"כאשר נבחרה מחיצה, באפשרותך ללחוץ על:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c ליצירת מחיצה חדשה (כאשר נבחרה מחיצה ריקה)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d למחיקת מחיצה\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"הפרק ext2FS במדריך המשתמש (לרוכשי חבילה ממנדריבה)\n"
+"מכיל מידע על סוגי המחיצות השונים שבאפשרותך להגדיר.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם מחשב זה משתמש במעבד PowerPC (למשל מקינטוש), עליך ליצור\n"
+"מחיצת HFS קטנה בגודל 1MB שתשמש את טוען המערכת yaboot.\n"
+"באפשרותך להגדיר יותר מקום למחיצה זו, למשל 50MB, כדי להכין מקום\n"
+"לקבצי kernel ו-ramdisk חלופיים שיאפשרו לך להחלץ ממצבי תקלה\n"
+"שימנעו ממך לאתחל את המערכת באופן הרגיל."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "עיגון אוטומטי של התקן-נשלף"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "מעבר בין מצבי רגיל\"מומחה "
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": עליך לבדוק את בחירת המדינה. אם.\n"
+"מיקומך אינו במדינה זאת, עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור %s\n"
+"ואז לבחור מדינה אחרת. אם המדינה שלך לא מופיעה ברשימה זו,\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור \"%s\"  לרשימה מורחבת."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"שלב זה מופעל רק כאשר זוהתה מחיצת גנו/לינוקס קיימת במחשבך.\n"
+"\n"
+"האשף צריך לדעת אם ברצונך לבצע התקנה חדשה או לשדרג את מערכת\n"
+"מנדריבה לינוקס הנוכחית המותקנת במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אופן התקנה זה ימחק ברוב המקרים את המערכת הנוכחית.\n"
+"עם זאת, ובכפוף לחלוקת המחיצות הקיימת שלך, יש באפשרותך למנוע\n"
+"מחלק מהמידע הקיים שלך (בעיקר מחיצת home/) מלהיות משוכתב.\n"
+"אפשרות זו שימושית אם ברצונך לשנות את אופן חלוקת הכונן הקשיח\n"
+"לשנות את מערכת הקבצים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אופן התקנה זה יאפשר לך לעדכן את החבילות המותקנות\n"
+"במערכת מנדריבה לינוקס שלך. אופן חלוקת המחיצות ומידע המשתמש\n"
+"שלך לא ישוכתבו. רוב שלבי ההתקנה האחרים עדיין זמינים, באופן דומה\n"
+"להתקנה רגילה.\n"
+"\n"
+"הערה:\n"
+"בחירת אפשרות ה\"שדרוג\" אמורה לפעול על מערכות מנדריבה לינוקס\n"
+"מגרסה 8.1 ואילך. שדרוג גרסאות הקודמות לגרסת מנדריבה לינוקס 8.1\n"
+"אינה מומלצת."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"אשף ההתקנה בחר עבורך את פריסות המקלדת המתאימות לשפות שבחרת\n"
+"בשלב קודם. עליך לבחור את פריסת המקלדת מבין האפשרויות המופיעות\n"
+"להלן או לאשר את ברירת המחדל.\n"
+"\n"
+"במקרים מסויימים, יתכן כי המקלדת שברשותך אינה תואמת בדיוק לשפה בה\n"
+"בחרת. לדוגמה, אם שפת האם שלך היא אנגלית אך מקום מגוריך הוא בשוויץ,\n"
+"ייתכן ויש ברשותך מקלדת שוויצרית. לחילופין, אם מקום מגורייך הוא בקוויבק\n"
+"(קנדה) אך בחרת בשפה האנגלית, ייתכן והשפה בה בחרת ופריסת המקלדת\n"
+"שברשותך אינם תואמים. בשני המצבים, השלב הנוכחי בהתקנה יאפשר לך\n"
+"לבחור את פריסת המקלדת הרצוייה מתוך רשימה.\n"
+"\n"
+"באם המקלדת שברשותך לא מופיעה ברשימה, עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור \"%s\"\n"
+"על מנת להציג רשימה מלאה של המקלדות הנתמכות.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם פריסת המקלדת הרצוייה אינה מבוססת לאטינית, החלון הבא יאפשר לך\n"
+"לבחור את צרוף המקשים שיאפשר לך להחליף בין פריסות שונות."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "ספרדית"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "עם הדמיית גלגלת"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "כללי | כל עכבר PS/2 ו-USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"נא לבחור את היציאה הנכונה. לדוגמה, יציאה \"COM1\" תחת Windows תקרא, \"ttyS0"
+"\"\n"
+"תחת GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "אימות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"כעת עליך לבחור מנגנון הדפסה במערכת. מערכות הפעלה אחרות אפשרו לך\n"
+"להשתמש במערכת הדפסה אחת, אולם מנדריבה לינוקס נותנת לך שתיים\n"
+"כל אחת ממערכות ההדפסה מותאמות לשימושים מסוימים ולתצורות שונות. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" שהיא ראשי תיבות של \"הדפס, אל תוסיף לתור\" היא\n"
+"הבחירה המומלצת אם יש לך גישה ישירה למדפסת, ברצונך לתקן בעיות של\n"
+"דפים שנתקעים במדפסת, ואין לך מדפסות רשת. (\"%s\" יכולה\n"
+"לשמש בתצורות רשת פשוטות, אך היא עלולה להיות איטית במקצת).\n"
+"מומלץ להשתמש במערכת זו באם אין לך היכרות קודמת עם גנו/לינוקס.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" - שהיא ראשי תיבות של \"מערכת הדפסה\n"
+"סטנדרטית ביוניקס\" מצוינת להדפסה למדפסת מקומית או למדפסת\n"
+"שנמצאת בחצי השני של העולם. היא פשוטה להגדרה ויכולה לשמש\n"
+"בתור לקוח אל מערכת ההדפסה הישנה \"lpd\" , כך שהיא מבטיחה\n"
+"תאימות עם מערכות הפעלה ישנות יותר.אשר אולי יצטרכו שירותי הדפסה.\n"
+"למרות עצמתה הרבה, התצורה הבסיסית פשוטה כמעט כמו \"pdq\".\n"
+" אם נדרשת לך הדמיית שירותי \"lpd\" עליך לאפשר את שרות הרקע\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\"  המערכת \"%s\" כוללת גם כלי גרפי \n"
+"להדפסה או לבחירה של אפשרויות הדפסה, וכמו כן לניהול המדפסת.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם לאחר ההתקנה יתברר כי מערכת ההדפסה אינה מתאימה לצרכים\n"
+"שלך, יש באפשרותך לשנות אותה על ידי הרצת אשף המדפסת\n"
+"ממרכז הבקרה של מנדריבה לינוקס ובחירה בכפתור \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "מצב מומחה"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"בתחילה יבוצע זיהוי התקני IDE שבמחשבך על ידי DrakX שגם יסרוק אחר אחד או\n"
+" יותר כרטיסי PCI SCSI במערכת שלך. אם כרטיס SCSI נמצא, DrakX יתקין מנהל התקן\n"
+" מתאים באופן אוטומטי.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+"מפני שזיהוי החומרה האוטומטי אינו מובטח, DrakX עלול להיכשל בזיהוי הכוננים "
+"הקשיחים\n"
+" המותקנים במחשבך. במקרה שכזה יהיה עליך להגדיר את החומרה שברשותך באופן ידני.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+" אם היה עליך להגדיר מתאם PC SCSI באופן ידני, DraxX ישאל אם ברצונך לעדכן את\n"
+" ההגדרות עבורו. עליך לאפשר ל DrakX לסרוק את החומרה אחר הגדרות ייחודיות "
+"לכרטיס\n"
+" אשר דרושות לאתחול המתאם. ברוב המקרים DrakX יצליח להשלים שלב זה ללא בעיות\n"
+" מיוחדות.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+" אם DrakX נכשל באיתור האוטומטי של הפרמטרים הנדרשים עבור החומרה, יהיה עליך\n"
+" להגדיר את מנהל ההתקנים בעצמך."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": אם זוהה כרטיס קול במערכת שלך, הוא מוצג להלן.\n"
+"אם שמת לב שהכרטיס הקול שמוצג אינו מתאים לחומרה שלך, באפשרותך,\n"
+"ללחוץ על הכפתור ולבחור מנהל-התקן אחר."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "מודם ISDN "
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ממשק גרפי"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"עליך לבחור את הכונן הקשיח שברצונך למחוק על מנת לפנות מקום\n"
+"למחיצה החדשה עבור מנדריבה לינוקס. זהירות !!! כל המידע\n"
+"שנמצא על המחיצה יימחק ולא תהיה אפשרות לשחזר אותו!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"עליך ללחוץ על %s אם ברצונך למחוק את כל המחיצות והמידע על כונן קשיח\n"
+"זה. זהירות: אחרי לחיצה על \"%s\" אין דרך לשחזר את המחיצות והמידע\n"
+"המופיעים בכונן קשיח זה, כולל כל מידע של מערכת חלונות.\n"
+"נא ללחוץ על \"%s\" לעצירת תהליך זה ללא איבוד המידע והמחיצות הקיימים."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "המשך ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- קודם"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42bd30982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1467 @@
+# translation of DrakX-hi.po to हिन्दी, भारत (Hindi, India)
+# Copyright (C) 2003,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# धनञ्जय शर्मा (Dhananjaya Sharma) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>, 2003, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-hi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-04 21:54+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: धनञ्जय शर्मा (Dhananjaya Sharma) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n"
+"Language-Team: हिन्दी (Hindi) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"आगे बढ़ने के पूर्व, आपको अधिकारपत्र की शर्तों को सावधानीपूर्वक पढ़ लेना चहिए। यह समस्त \n"
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स वितरण को कवर करता है । यदि आप इसमें दिये हुई सभी शर्तों को मानते है,\n"
+" तो \"%s\" बाक्स पर चिह्नन्ति करें। यदि नहीं, तो \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करने से, \n"
+"आपका कम्प्यूटर रीबूट हो जायेगा ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स एक बहु-उपयोक्ता तंत्र है, इसका अर्थ है कि प्रत्येक उपयोगकर्ता के पास उनकी\n"
+"अपनी वरीयतायें, उनकी अपनी संचिकायें इत्यादि हो सकती है। बहु-उपयोक्ता तंत्रों के बारे में\n"
+"और अधिक जानने के लिए आप ``स्ट्रार्टर निर्देशिका'' को पढ़ सकते है। परन्तु \"रूट\" के जैसे ना\n"
+"होते हुए, जो कि तंत्र प्रबंधक है, उपयोगकर्ता जिनको आप इस समय जोड़ेगे, को कुछ भी परिवर्तित "
+"ना करने\n"
+"की अनुमति होगी सिवाय उनकी अपनी संचिकाओं और उनकी अपनी संरचनाओं की जिससे समूचे तंत्र\n"
+"पर प्रभाव डालने वाले, अनिच्छापूर्वक या हानि-पहुँचाने-के-उद्वेश्य से किये हुए परिवर्तनों से\n"
+"इस तंत्र की रक्षा होती है। आपको अपने लिए कम-से-कम एक नियमित उपयोगकर्ता का\n"
+"निर्माण करना होगा -- ये वह खाता है जिसका आपको नियमित, प्रतिदिन उपयोग हेतु\n"
+"करना चाहिए। हालांकि कुछ भी और सबकुछ करने के लिए \"रूट\" की भांति लॉग\n"
+"करना बहुत सहज है, परन्तु यह अति खतरनाक भी है!\n"
+"एक छोटी सी त्रुटि का अर्थ हो सकता है कि आपका तंत्र अब और कार्य ना करें ।\n"
+"यदि एक नियमित उपयोगकर्ता की भांति आप एक गम्भीर त्रूटि करते है, तो अधिक-से-अधिक यह "
+"हो\n"
+"सकता है कि आप कुछ सूचनाओं को खो बैठें, परन्तु समस्त तंत्र पर इसका कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ेगा।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रथम प्रविष्टी आपके वास्तविक नाम को पूछती है । वास्तव में, यह एक आवश्यक सूचना नहीं है।\n"
+"-- वास्तव में आप जो चाहें वो बता सकते है । इस प्रविष्टी में टाइप किये गये हुए प्रथम शब्द को\n"
+"ड्रैकएक्स उपयोग करेगा और इसकी \"%s\" फ़ील्ड में प्रतिलिपि बनायेगा, जो कि इस उपयोगकर्ता\n"
+" का नाम होगा जिससे तंत्र में लॉग किया जा सकेगा । यदि आप चाहते है, तो आप डिफ़ाल्ट को "
+"बदल\n"
+"सकते है और उपयोगकर्ता के नाम को परिवर्तित कर सकते है । अगला चरण एक कूटशब्द को बताना "
+"है।\n"
+"सुरक्षा की दृष्टि से, एक बिना-अधिकार-वाले (नियमित) उपयोगकर्ता का कूटशब्द, \"रूट\" के "
+"कूटशब्द जितना\n"
+"आवश्यक नहीं है, परन्तु ऐसा कोई कारण नहीं है कि इसे खाली रख कर या अति सरल बना कर,\n"
+"इस पर ध्यान ना दिया जायें: अंत में, यह आपकी संचिकायें होगी जो कि\n"
+"संकट में होगी।\n"
+"\n"
+"जब आप \"%s\" पर क्लिक करते है, तब आप अन्य उपयोगकर्ताओं को जोड़ सकते है। अपने मित्रों में "
+"से\n"
+"हर एक के लिए, एक उपयोगकर्ता को जोड़ें । उदाहरण हेतु अपने पिता या अपनी बहन के लिए । \"%"
+"s\"\n"
+"पर क्लिक करें जब आप उपयोगकर्ताओं का जोड़ना समाप्त कर लें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करके आप डिफ़ाल्ट \"shell\" को उस उपयोगकर्ता के लिए\n"
+"बदल सकते है (डिफ़ाल्ट bash है)।\n"
+"\n"
+"जब आप उपयोगकर्ताओं को जोड़ना समाप्त कर चुकेगें, तब आपसे एक उपयोगकर्ता का चयन करने के "
+"लिए\n"
+"पूछा जायेगा जो कि जब कम्प्यूटर आरम्भ होने के बाद स्वाचालित रूप से तंत्र में लॉग कर सके ।\n"
+"यदि आप इस लक्षण में रूचि रखते है (और स्थानीय सुरक्षा के बारे में अधिक चिंता नहीं करते है),\n"
+" तो इच्छित उपयोगकर्ता और विण्डो प्रबंधक का चयन करें और फ़िर \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें।\n"
+"यदि आप इस सुविधा के इच्छुक नहीं है, तो \"%s\" बॉक्स को अचिह्नन्ति करें।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "क्या आप इस लक्षण का उपयोग करना चाहते है?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर खोजे गये विद्यमान लिनक्स विभाजनों की यह सूची है । \n"
+"आप विज़ार्ड द्वारा बनायी गयी पसन्दों को रख सकते है, क्योंकि लगभग सभी सामान्य\n"
+"संसाधनों के लिए यह अच्छी होती है। यदि आप किन्हीं परिवर्तनों को करते है, तो आपको \n"
+"कम-से-कम एक रूट विभाजन (\"/\") को परिभाषित करना चाहिए । एक अति लघु विभाजन का\n"
+" चयन ना करें अन्यथा आप इस पर अधिक सॉफ़्टवेयर को संसाधित नहीं कर पायेगें । यदि आप अपनी\n"
+"सूचनाओं को एक अलग विभाजन पर सुरक्षित रखने चाहते है, तो आपको एक होम \"/home\" विभाजन "
+"का \n"
+"भी निर्माण करना होगा (तभी सम्भव है यदि आपके पास एक से अधिक लिनक्स विभाजन उपलब्ध हो)"
+"।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रत्येक विभाजन निम्न तौर पर सूचीबद्ध है: \"नाम\", \"क्षमता\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"नाम\" व्यवस्थित है: \"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\", \"हार्ड ड्राइव की संख्या\",\n"
+"\"विभाजन संख्या\" (उदाहरण हेतु , \"hda1\")। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\" \"hd\" है यदि आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव एक आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइव है "
+"और \n"
+"\"sd\" यदि यह एक स्कैसी हार्ड ड्राइव है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव संख्या\"  \"hd\" या \"sd\" के बाद की एक संख्या होती है। \n"
+"आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइवों के लिए:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI हार्ड ड्राइवों के साथ, एक \"a\" का अर्थ है \"निम्नतम SCSI पहचानसंख्या\", एक \"b"
+"\" का अर्थ है\n"
+"\"द्वितीय निम्नतम SCSI पहचानसंख्या\", इत्यादि।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स संसाधक को अनेकों सीडी-रॉमों पर वितरित किया जाता है । \n"
+"यदि एक चयनित पैकेज अन्य सीडी-रॉम पर स्थित है, तो ड्रैकएक्स इस वर्तमान \n"
+"सीडी को बाहर निकाल देगा और जैसी की आवश्यकता है आपसे सही सीडी को डालने को कहेगा।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"अब समय है कि आप बतायें कि आप किन कार्यक्रमों को अपने कम्प्यूटर ।\n"
+"पर संसाधित करना चाहते है । मैनड्रिव लिनक्स के लिए असंख्य पैकेजों की \n"
+"उपलब्धता है, और इसे सहज बनाने हेतु, समान पैकेजों को एक जैसे कार्यक्रमों \n"
+"वाले समूहों में रखा गया है।\n"
+"\n"
+"पैकेजों को आपकी मशीन के एक विशेष उपयोग के लिए सबंधित समूहों में क्रमबद्ध\n"
+"किया गया है । मैनड्रिव लिनक्स पैकेजों को चार वर्गों में क्रमबद्ध करता है। \n"
+"आप विभिन्न वर्गों से कार्यक्रमों से मिला और मेल कर सकते है, इसप्रकार से\n"
+"``कार्यकेन्द्र'' संसाधन ``विकास'' वर्ग में संसाधित कार्यक्रमों को भी ले सकता है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि आप अपनी मशीन को एक कार्यकेन्द्र की भांति उपयोग करने की योजना बना रहे "
+"है, तो\n"
+"कार्यकेन्द्र वर्ग में से एक या अधिक समूहों का चयन करें।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि अपनी मशीन को प्रोग्रामिंग के लिए उपयोग करने हेतु योजना बना रहा है,\n"
+"तो इस वर्ग से निर्दिष्ट समूहों का चयन करें।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि आप अपनी मशीन एक सर्वर बनाने के इच्छुक है, तो उन सामान्य सेवाओं का चयन "
+"करें जिन्हें \n"
+"आप अपनी मशीन पर संसाधित करना चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यह वह स्थान है जहाँ आप अपने पसन्दीदा सचित्र \n"
+"वातावरण का चयन करेगें । यदि आप एक सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस को \n"
+"रखना चाहते है, तो कम-से-कम एक का चयन किया जाना चाहिए।\n"
+"\n"
+"माउस कर्सर को एक समूह के नाम के ऊपर ले जाने पर, यह उस वर्ग के बारे में एक लघु \n"
+"विवरण दिखायेगा । एक नियमित संसाधन को करते समय (एक उन्नयन के विपरीत), \n"
+"यदि आपने सभी समूहों को अचयनित कर दिया है , तो एक संवाद एकदम से सबसे ऊपर दिखेगा और \n"
+"एक निम्नतम संसाधन के लिए आवश्यक विभिन्न विकल्पों को प्रस्तावित करेगा:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": एक कार्यशील सचित्र डेस्कटाप हेतु, कम-से-कम सम्भव पैकेजों को \n"
+"संसाधित करता है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": आधार तंत्र को बेसिक उपयोगिता कार्यक्रमों और उनके प्रलेखन के साथ\n"
+"संसाधित करता है। यह संसाधन एक सर्वर की स्थापना करने हेतु उचित है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": एक कार्यरत लिनक्स तंत्र को पाने के लिए, नितान्त आवश्यक कम-से-कम \n"
+"पैकेजों को संसाधित करता है ।  इस संसाधन के साथ, आपके पास सिर्फ़ एक\n"
+"कॉमाण्ड लाइन इन्टरफ़ेस होगा । इस संसाधन का कुल आकार लगभग\n"
+"६५ मेगाबाइट है।\n"
+"\n"
+"आपने \"%s\" बाक्स को चिह्नन्ति किया है, जो कि उपयोगी है, यदि आप  \n"
+"प्रस्तावित पैकेजों से परिचित है या यदि क्या संसाधित होगा इस पर  \n"
+"आप सम्पूर्ण नियंत्रण चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+"यदि आपने संसाधन को \"%s\" विधा में आरम्भ किया है, तो किसी नवीन पैकेज के संसाधन से\n"
+"बचाव के लिए, आप सभी वर्गों को अचिह्नन्ति कर सकते है । एक विद्यमान तंत्र की मरम्मत या\n"
+"उन्नयन के लिए यह उपयोगी होता है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "उन्नयन"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "आधारभूत प्रलेखन के साथ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "वास्तविक निम्नतम संसाधन"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"यदि आपने संसाधन प्रक्रिया को यह बताया है कि आप एक-एक करके पैकेजों का चयन करना चाहते "
+"है,\n"
+"तो यह आपको एक वृक्ष प्रस्तुत करेगा जिसमें कि सभी पैकेजों को समूहों और उप-समूहों में वर्गीकृत\n"
+"किया गया है। इस वृक्ष को देखते समय, आप किसी भी समूहों का, उप-समूहों का,\n"
+"या एक-एक करके पैकेजों का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"\n"
+"जब भी आप इस वृक्ष पर स्थित एक पैकेज का चयन करते है, तो दाँयी तरफ़ एक विवरण आता है\n"
+"और आपको ज्ञात करता है कि इस पैकेज का उद्वेश्य क्या है।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! यदि एक सर्वर पैकेज का चयन किया जा चुका है, क्योंकि या तो आपने विशिष्ट रूप से \n"
+"एक अलग पैकेज का चयन किया है या क्योंकि यह एक पैकेजों के समूह का भाग \n"
+"है, तो आपसे यह सुनिश्चित करने को पूछा जायेगा कि वास्तव में इस\n"
+"सर्वरों को संसाधित करना चाहते है। डिफ़ाल्ट के तौर पर, मैनड्रिव लिनक्स स्वतः\n"
+"ही किसी संसाधित सेवाओं को बूट के समय आरम्भ करेगा । यदि वे सुरक्षित भी हो\n"
+"और वितरण जिस समय भेजा जा रहा है उस समय तक उनके बारे में कोई ज्ञात विचारणीय विषय\n"
+"नहीं हो, फ़िर भी यह पूर्णता सम्भव है कि इस मैनड्रिव लिनक्स को अंतिम रूप\n"
+"देने के उपरान्त, सुरक्षा छिद्रों को खोजा गया हो। यदि आप नहीं जानते है\n"
+"कि एक विशेष सेवा को क्या करना चाहिए या इसे क्यों संसाधित किया गया है, \n"
+"तो \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें। \"%s\" पर क्लिक करने से सूचीबद्व सेवाओं का संसाधन\n"
+"किया जायेगा और डिफ़ाल्ट के तौर पर, इन्हें स्वतः ही आरम्भ किया जायेगा ।!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" विकल्प का उपयोग चेतावनी संवाद को निष्क्रिय करने के लिए होता है\n"
+"जो कि तब दिखता है जब भी संसाधन प्रक्रिया स्वतः ही आधिनता विषय को स्थिर करने के लिए\n"
+"एक पैकेज का चयन करती है। कुछ पैकेजों के मध्य ऐसा सबंध होता है जिससे कि\n"
+"एक पैकेज के संसाधन को आवश्यकता होती है कि कुछ अन्य कार्यक्रम भी संसाधित हो।\n"
+"संसाधन प्रक्रिया इस बात का निर्णय कर सकती है कि एक आधिनता को सन्तोष देने के लिए,\n"
+"किन पैकेजों की आवश्यकता है जिससे संसाधन सफ़लतापूर्वक सम्पन्न हो जायें।\n"
+"\n"
+"सूची के अंत में दिया हुआ एक छोटा सा फ़्लापी आइकॉन आपको एक पूर्व में किये हुए संसाधन के \n"
+"दौरान निर्मित पैकेजों की सूची को लोड करने की अनुमति प्रदान करता है। यह उपयोगी है यदि\n"
+"आप के पास बहुत सी मशीनें है जिन्हें आप समान रूप से संरचित करना चाहते है। \n"
+"इस आईकॉन पर क्लिक करने से, पूर्व में किये गये अन्य संसाधन के अंत में निर्मित एक फ़्लापी\n"
+"डिस्क को डालने के लिए आपसे कहा जायेगा। ऐसी एक फ़्लापी का निर्माण कैसे करने के लिए, \n"
+"अंतिम चरण के द्वितीय संकेत को पढ़ें।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "स्वतः अधिनताऐं"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करने से प्रिंटर संरचना विज़ार्ड खुल जायेगा।\n"
+"एक नवीन प्रिंटर को स्थापित कैसे किया जायें इस विषय में और अधिक \n"
+"जानकारी प्राप्त करने हेतु स्टार्टर निर्देशिका में अनुरूप पाठ को देखें । वहाँ प्रस्तुत \n"
+"किया हुआ इन्टरफ़ेस वही है जिसका की उपयोग संसाधन के दौरान किया गया है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"इस संवाद का उपयोग यह चयन करने हेतु किया जाता है कि आप किन सेवाओं को बूट के समय\n"
+"आरम्भ करना चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+"वर्तमान संसाधन पर उपलब्ध सभी सेवाओं की सूची को ड्रैक एक्स दिखायेगा ।\n"
+"प्रत्येक की सावधानीपूर्वक समीक्षा करें और जिनकी बूट के समय आवश्यकता नहीं है\n"
+" उन्हें अचिह्नन्ति करें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"एक सेवा के बारे में , जब इसका चयन किया जायें, तो इसके बारे में एक लघु विवरण पाठ को "
+"दिखाया जायेगा।\n"
+"हालांकि, यदि आप सुनिश्चित नहीं है कि एक सेवा उपयोगी होगी कि नहीं, \n"
+"तब इसे इसके डिफ़ाल्ट व्यवहार पर छोड़ना उचित है।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! इस चरण में अति सावधान रहें, यदि आप अपनी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति उपयोग करने जा "
+"रहे है:\n"
+"तो सम्भव है कि आप उस किसी सेवा को आरम्भ ना करना चाहगें जिसकी आपको आवश्यकता ना हो।\n"
+"कृपया ध्यान रखें कि अनेकों सेवायें घातक हो सकती है यदि वे एक सर्वर पर सक्रिय कि जायें।\n"
+"सामान्यता, उन सेवाओं का ही चयन करें जिनकी आपको वास्तव में आवश्यकता है। \n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स समय का जीएमटी (ग्रीनविच मीन समय) में प्रबंध करता है और आपके द्वारा चयन "
+"किये \n"
+"हुए समय-क्षेत्र के अनुसार स्थानीय समय में परिवर्तित करता है। \n"
+"यदि आपके मदरबोर्ड की घड़ी स्थानीय समय पर स्थापित की गयी है\n"
+", तो आप \"%s\" को अचयनित करके इसे निष्क्रिय कर सकते है, जिससे कि \n"
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स को ज्ञात हो जायेगा कि तंत्र की घड़ी व हार्डवेयर की घड़ी समान समय क्षेत्र में "
+"है ।\n"
+"यह उस समय उपयोगी है जब मशीन पर विण्डो जैसे अन्य संचालन-तंत्र को भी हो । \n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" विकल्प इन्टरनेट पर स्थित एक सुदूर समय सर्वर से सबंध स्थापित करके स्वचालित रूप से\n"
+"घड़ी को नियंत्रित करती है । इस लक्षण के कार्य करने के लिए, आपके पास एक कार्यशील\n"
+"इन्टरनेट कनेक्शन होना चाहिए । आपके समीप स्थित एक समय सर्वर का\n"
+"चयन सबसे अच्छा है । यह विकल्प वास्तव में एक ऐसे समय सर्वर को संसाधित करता है जिसका \n"
+"उपयोग आपके स्थानीय नेटवर्क पर स्थित अन्य मशीनों के द्वारा भी किया जा सकता है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "स्वत: समय एकसारीकरण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"ग्राफ़िक्स कार्ड\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर लगे हुए ग्राफ़िक कार्ड को स्वतः ही खोजती "
+"और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस कार्ड को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (एक्स विण्डो प्रणाली के अर्थ में) जीएनयू/लिनक्स सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस का ह्रदय है जिस पर\n"
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स के बण्डल किये हुए सभी सचित्र वातावरण (केडीई, गनोम, आफ़्टरस्टेप, "
+"विण्डोमेकर \n"
+"इत्यादि) पर निर्भर रहते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"आपके के सम्मुख विभिन्न पैरामीटरों की एक सूची प्रस्तुत की जायेगी जिन्हें बदलने से \n"
+"आप एक ऐच्छिक सचित्र प्रदर्शन को प्राप्त कर सकते है: ग्राफ़िक कार्ड\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर लगे हुए ग्राफ़िक् कार्ड को स्वतः ही खोजती है "
+"और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस कार्ड को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो।\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"मॉनिटर\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर जुड़े हुए मॉनिटर को स्वतः ही खोजती है और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस मॉनिटर को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"रेजॅल्यूशन्\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप अपने हार्डवेयर के लिए उपलब्ध रेजॅल्यूशन् और रंगों की गहराई का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"आपकी आवश्यकताओं को सबसे अधिक सन्तुष्ट करता हो उसका चयन करें \n"
+"(आप संसाधन के उपरान्त इसे परिवर्तित कर सकते है)। एक चयनित की हुई संरचना \n"
+"का नमूना मॉनिटर में दिखाया गया है।\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"परीक्षण\n"
+"\n"
+"   इच्छित रेजॅल्यूशन् पर यह तंत्र एक ग्राफ़िक्ल स्क्रीन को खोलने का प्रयत्न करेगा । \n"
+"यदि आप परीक्षण के दौरान संदेश को देख पाते है और \"%s\" उत्तर देते है,\n"
+"तो ड्रैकएक्स अगले चरण में चला जायेगा । यदि आप संदेश नहीं देख सकते है, तब\n"
+"इसका अर्थ है कि स्वतःखोजी संरचना के कुछ भाग ठीक नहीं थे और\n"
+"१२ सेकण्डों के बाद परीक्षण स्वंम ही समाप्त हो जायेगा, और आपको मीनू पर वापस ले जायेगा।\n"
+"समायोजनाओं को तब तक बदलते रहे जब तक आपको एक सही सचित्र प्रदर्शन नहीं मिल जाता है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"विकल्पों के बारे में\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप यह चयन कर सकते है कि क्या आप बूट के समय अपनी मशीन को स्वचालित रूप से "
+"सचित्र\n"
+"इन्टरफ़ेस पर जाने देना चाहते है । स्पष्ट रूप से, आप \"%s\" की जाँच करना चाहते है कि \n"
+" यदि आपकी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति कार्य करना हो, या फ़िर\n"
+"आप डिसप्ले को भली-भांति संरचित करने में सफ़ल ना रहे हो । "
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"मॉनिटर\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर जुड़े हुए मॉनिटर को स्वतः ही खोजती है और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस मॉनिटर को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"रेजॅल्यूशन्\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप अपने हार्डवेयर के लिए उपलब्ध रेजॅल्यूशन् और रंगों की गहराई का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"आपकी आवश्यकताओं को सबसे अधिक सन्तुष्ट करता हो उसका चयन करें \n"
+"(हालांकि आप संसाधन के उपरान्त इसे परिवर्तित कर सकते है)। एक चयनित की हुई संरचना \n"
+"का नमूना मॉनिटर में दिखाया गया है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"विकल्पों के बारे में\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप यह चयन कर सकते है कि क्या आप बूट के समय अपनी मशीन को स्वचालित रूप से "
+"सचित्र\n"
+"इन्टरफ़ेस पर जाने देना चाहते है । स्पष्ट रूप से, आप \"%s\" की जाँच करना चाहते है कि \n"
+" यदि आपकी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति कार्य करना हो, या फ़िर\n"
+"आप डिसप्ले को भली-भांति संरचित करने में सफ़ल ना रहे हो । "
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "विद्यमान विभाजन को उपयोग करें"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "सम्पूर्ण डिस्क को मिटायें"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "स्वतः-संसाधन फ़्लापी का निर्माण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "रीमूव किये जाने जाने योग्य माध्यम का स्वत: आरोहण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "सामान्य/विशेषज्ञ विधा के मध्य में आना-जाना"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर एक से अधिक माइक्रोसाफ़्ट विभाजनों को खोजा गया है । \n"
+"कृपया उस विभाजन का चयन करें जिसका आप अपने नये मैनड्रिव लिनक्स संचालन तंत्र \n"
+"को संसाधित करने के लिए पुनः आकार देना चाहते है ।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रत्येक विभाजन को निम्नलिखित प्रकार से सूचीबद्ध किया गया है: \"लिनक्स नाम\", \"विण्डो "
+"का नाम\"\n"
+"\"क्षमता\"।\n"
+"\"लिनक्स नाम\" व्यवस्थित है: \"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\", \"हार्ड ड्राइव की संख्या\",\n"
+"\"विभाजन संख्या\" (उदाहरण हेतु , \"hda1\")। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\" \"hd\" है यदि आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव एक आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइव है "
+"और \n"
+"\"sd\" यदि यह एक स्कैसी हार्ड ड्राइव है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव संख्या\"  \"hd\" या \"sd\" के बाद की एक संख्या होती है। \n"
+"आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइवों के लिए:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI हार्ड ड्राइवों के साथ, एक \"a\" का अर्थ है \"निम्नतम स्कैसी पहचानसंख्या\", एक \"b"
+"\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय निम्नतम स्कैसी पहचानसंख्या\", इत्यादि।\n"
+"\"विण्डो का नाम\" विण्डो के अन्तर्गत आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव का नाम-शब्द है\n"
+"(प्रथम डिस्क या विभाजन को \"C:\" कहा जाता है)।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": वर्तमान देश चयन की जाँच करें । यदि आप इस देश में नहीं है,\n"
+"तो \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करें और किसी अन्य का चयन करें । यदि आपका देश\n"
+"प्रथम सूची में नहीं है, तो सभी देशो की सूची को पाने के लिए,\n"
+" \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करें ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "व्हील ऐम्यूलेशन के साथ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "कोई भी पीएस/२ व यूएसबी माउस"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"कृपया सही पोर्ट का चयन करें । उदाहरण हेतु, विण्डो के अन्तर्गत \"COM1\" पोर्ट को\n"
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स के अन्तर्गत \"ttyS0\" के रूप में जाना जाता है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"लिलो तथा ग्रब, जीएनयू/लिनक्स के बूटलोडर हैं । सामान्यता यह चरण पूर्णरूप से स्वचालित\n"
+"होता है । डिस्क बूट सेक्टर का ड्रैकएक्स निरीक्षण करेगा और वहाँ क्या मिलता है, \n"
+" उस अनुसार आचरण करेगा:\n"
+"\n"
+" * यदि एक विण्डो बूट सेक्टर मिलता है, तो इसे ग्रब/लिलो बूट सेक्टर द्वारा\n"
+"बदल दिया जायेगा । इस प्रकार से आप जीएनयू/लिनक्स या अन्य किसी संचालन-तंत्र \n"
+"को अपनी मशीन पर बूट करने में सक्षम होगें ।\n"
+"\n"
+" * यदि एक ग्रब या लिलो बूट सेक्टर मिलता है, तो इसे एक \n"
+" नये के साथ बदल दिया जायेगा ।\n"
+"\n"
+"यदि यह एक निर्धारण नहीं कर सकता है, तब ड्रैकएक्स आपसे पूछेगा कि बूटलोडर को कहाँ रक्खा "
+"जायें ।\n"
+"सामान्यताः \"%s\" सबसे सुरक्षित स्थान है । \"%s\" का चयन करने से कोई बूटलोडर संसाधित "
+"नहीं होगा ।\n"
+" इसका उपयोग तभी करें जब आपको ज्ञात हो कि आप क्या कर रहे है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "पी०डी०क्यू०"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "विशेषज्ञ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": यदि आपके तंत्र पर एक ध्वनि कार्ड को पहिचाना गया है, तो उसे यहाँ पर दिखाया "
+"गया है ।\n"
+"यदि आपको ऐसा लगता है कि यहाँ पर दिखाया गया साउण्ड कार्ड वह नहीं है जो कि वास्तव में "
+"आपके\n"
+"तंत्र पर स्थित है, तो बटन पर क्लिक कर सकते है और अन्य चालक का चयन\n"
+" कर सकते है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "आई०एस०डी०एन० कार्ड"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"उस हार्ड ड्राइव का चयन करें जिसे आप अपने नवीन मैनड्रिव लिनक्स विभाजन के संसाधन के लिए \n"
+"खाली करना चाहते है । सावधान रहें, इस विभाजन पर स्थित सभी सूचनायें विलुप्त हो जायेगी \n"
+"और भविष्य में वापस प्राप्त नहीं की जा सकेगी !"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" पर क्लिक करें, यदि आप इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित सभी सूचनाओं व विभाजनों को\n"
+"मिटाना चाहते है । सावधान रहें, \"%s\" पर क्लिक करने के उपरान्त, \n"
+"विण्डो डाटा को शामिल करते हुए, इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित किसी सूचना और विभाजनों को,\n"
+"आप पुनः प्राप्त करने में समर्थ नहीं होगें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित किसी सूचना और विभाजनों को खोयें बिना, इस क्रिया को\n"
+"रोकने के लिए, \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "अगला ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- पिछला"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..569f2734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1762 @@
+# Translation of DrakX to Croatian
+# Copyright (C) Croatian team
+# Translators: Danijel Studen <dstuden@vuka.hr>,Denis Lackovic <delacko@fly.srk.fer.hr>,Jerko Škifić <skific@riteh.hr>,Ljubomir Božić <ljubo108@vip.hr>,Nikola Planinac <>,Robert Vuković <robi@surfer.hr>,Sasa Poznanovic <sasa.poznanovic@vuka.hr>,Vedran Vyroubal <vedran.vyroubal@inet.hr>,Vinko Prelac <vinko@buka.hr>,Vlatko Kosturjak <kost@linux.hr>,Zoran Jankovic <zoran.jankovic@inet.hr>,
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-04 21:25+CET\n"
+"Last-Translator: auto\n"
+"Language-Team: Croatian <lokalizacija@linux.hr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 :  n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;;\n"
+"X-Generator: TransDict server\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prije nastavka trebate pažljivo pročitati stavke licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva cijelu Mandriva Linux distribuciju, i ako se ne slažete u svim\n"
+"stavkama sadržanih u njoj, kliknite na \"Odbij\" gumb koji će automatski\n"
+"završiti instalaciju. Za nastavak instalacije, kliknite na\n"
+"\"Prihvati\" gumb."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sustav, i to znači da svaki korisnik može imati\n"
+"vlastita podešenja, vlastite datoteke itd. Možete pročitati ``User Guide''\n"
+"da naučite više. Za razliku od \"root\"-a, koji je administrator, korisnici\n"
+"koje ćete dodati ovdje neće imati ovlaštenja za mijenjanje ničega osim "
+"vlastitih\n"
+"datoteka ili vlastitih postavki. Morati ćete napraviti najmanje jednog "
+"normalnog\n"
+"korisnika za vas. Taj račun ćete koristiti za prijavljivanje za rutinsko\n"
+"korištenje. Iako je vrlo praktično se prijaviti kao \"root\" svaki dan,\n"
+"to može biti vrlo opasno! Najmanja pogreška može značiti da vaš sustav\n"
+"neće više moći raditi. Ako napravite ozbiljnu grešku kao normalan korisnik,\n"
+"možete izgubiti samo neke informacije, ali ne cijeli sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prvo, morate unijeti vaše pravo ime. Ono nije obvezno, naravno\n"
+"možete ustvari unijeti što god želite. DrakX će tada uzeti prvu riječ koju\n"
+"ste unijeli u to polje i prenijeti je u \"Korisničko ime\". To je ime kojim "
+"će \n"
+"se taj konkretni korisnik prijavljivati u sustav. Možete ga mijenjati. "
+"Tada \n"
+"morate ovdje upisati lozinku. Sa gledišta sigurnosti, lozinka "
+"neprivilegiranog \n"
+"(običnog) korisnika nije toliko važna kao \"root\" lozinka, ali je ne treba "
+"zbog\n"
+"toga zanemarivati: naposlijetku, radi se o vašim datotekama.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako pritisnete \"Prihvati korisnika\", možete ih dodati koliko želite. "
+"Dodajte\n"
+"korisnika za svakog prijatelja: oca ili sestru, npr. Kada ste dodali sve "
+"korisnike\n"
+"koje ste željeli, stisnite \"Završi\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritiskanjem na \"Napredno\" možete promijeniti predodređenu \"ljusku\" za "
+"tog\n"
+"korisnika (bash je predodređen)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite koristiti aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Gore su popisane postojeće Linux particije pronađene na\n"
+"vašem hard disku. Možete zadržati izbore napravljene od strane čarobnjaka, "
+"one su dobre za\n"
+"uobičajenu upotrebu. Ukoliko promjenite izbore, morate barem definirati "
+"root\n"
+"particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte izabrati premalu particiju jer nećete moći \n"
+"instalirati dovoljno software-a. Ako želite spremati vaše podatke na "
+"posebnoj particiji,\n"
+"trebate također izabrati \"/home\" (jedino moguće ako imate više od jedne\n"
+"raspoložive Linux particije).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informaciju, svaka particija je popisana kako slijedi: \"Ime\", "
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" je kodirano kako slijedi: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broj particije\" (naprimjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk - IDE hard disk i \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je on SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo poslije \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Sa IDE hard "
+"diskovima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", \"b\" znači "
+"\"sekundarni hard disk\", itd..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija je proširena na nekoliko CDROMova. DrakX\n"
+"zna ukoliko se odabrani paket nalazi na drugom CDROMu i izbaciti će\n"
+"trenutni CD i pitati vas da ubacite drugi koji je potreban."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada treba odrediti koje programe želite instalirati u svoj sustav. Za "
+"Mandriva \n"
+"Linux su dostupne tisuće paketa, i ne morate ih sve znati na pamet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako pokrećete standarnu instalaciju sa CD-ROMa, prvo ćete biti upitani da "
+"navedete\n"
+"CDove koje imate (samo u modu za stručnjake). Provjerite imena CDova i "
+"označite\n"
+"kućice koje odgovaraju CDovima koje imate. Pritisnite \"U redu\" kada ste "
+"spremni\n"
+"nastaviti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su podijeljeni po grupama koje odgovaraju određenoj svrsi. Grupe su \n"
+"podijeljene u četiri sekcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Radna stanica\": ako ćete koristiti stroj kao radnu stanicu, izaberite\n"
+"jednu ili više odgovarajućih grupa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Razvoj\": ako će se Vaš stroj koristiti za programiranje, izaberite\n"
+"željene grupe;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Poslužitelj\": ako je Vaš stroj određen za poslužitelja, moći ćete "
+"odabrati\n"
+"koje od uobičajenih servisa želite instalirati na njega;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Grafičko okružje\": naposlijetku, ovdje birate grafičko okružje. Barem "
+"jedno\n"
+"mora biti odabrano ako želite imati grafičku radnu stanicu!\n"
+"\n"
+"Pomicanjem pokazivača miša na ime grupe će se prikazati kratak opis te "
+"grupe. Ako\n"
+"nijedna grupa nije odabrana pri normalnoj instalaciji (za razliku od "
+"nadogradnje),\n"
+"iskočit će dijalog sa predloženim opcijama za minimalnu instalaciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa Xima\": instaliranje što je manje paketa moguće za grafičko "
+"sučelje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom\": instalira osnovni sustav sa osnovnim "
+"pomoćnim\n"
+"programima i njihovom dokumentacijom. Ova instalacija je pogodna za "
+"namještanje\n"
+"poslužitelja;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Stvarno malena instalacija\": instalirat će strogi minimum potreban da "
+"bi\n"
+"imali Linux sustav koji radi, samo u komandnoj liniji. Ova instalacija je "
+"velika\n"
+"oko 65Mb.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete provjeriti \"Inividualni odabir paketa\", što je korisno ako ste "
+"upoznati\n"
+"sa ponuđenim paketima ili ako želite imati potpunu kontrolu nad "
+"instaliranim\n"
+"sadržajem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste pokrenuli instalaciju u \"Nadogradnja\" načinu, možete odselektirati "
+"sve\n"
+"grupe da izbjegnete instaliranje novih paketa. Ovo je korisno za "
+"popravljanje\n"
+"ili osuvremenjivanje postojećeg sustava."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Nadogradnja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom (preporučeno!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimalna instalacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Konačno, ovisno o tome da li ste izbrali individualne pakete, prikazat će "
+"vam \n"
+"se stablo sa svim paketima podijeljenim u grupe i podgrupe. Pri "
+"pregledavanju\n"
+"stabla možete izabrati čitave grupe, podgrupe ili pojedine pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad god izaberet paket na stablu, na desnoj strani se pojavi opisnik. Kada "
+"ste\n"
+"završili odabir, pritisnite \"Instaliraj\", čime ćete pokrenuti proces "
+"instaliranja.\n"
+"Ovisno o brzini računala i broju paketa koji trebaju biti instalirani, "
+"proces može\n"
+"potrajati. Procjena vremena koje će biti potrebno da bi se sve instaliralo "
+"piše\n"
+"na ekranu, da vam pomogne procjeniti imate li vremena za šalicu kave.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ako je odabran poslužiteljski paket, namjerno ili jer je pripadao nekoj "
+"grupi,\n"
+"bit ćete upitani da potvrdite da li želite stvarno instalirati te "
+"poslužitelje.\n"
+"Kod Mandriva Linuxa, svi instalirani poslužitelji se pokreću prilikom "
+"podizanja\n"
+"sustava. Čak iako su sigurni, bez poznatih problema u vrijeme izlaska "
+"distribucije,\n"
+"može se dogoditi da se otkriju sigurnosne rupe nakon zgotovljenja ove "
+"inačice\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxa. Ako ne znate što bi pojedini servis trebao raditi ili "
+"zašto \n"
+"se instalira, pritisnite \"Ne\". Pritiskanjem na \"Da\"instalirat će se "
+"navedeni\n"
+"servisi i pokretat će se automatski. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Automatske ovisnosti\" opcija onemogućuje upozorenje koje se pojavi kad "
+"god \n"
+"instalacija automatski izabere paket. Ovo se dešava stoga što je utvrdila "
+"da\n"
+"treba zadovoljiti ovisnost drugim paketom da bi se uspješno završila.\n"
+"\n"
+"Malena ikona diskete na dnu popisa omogućuje učitavanje popisa paketa "
+"izabranih\n"
+"tijekom neke prošle instalacije. Pritiskom na nj upitat će vas da ubacite "
+"disketu\n"
+"napravljenu na kraju neke druge instalacije. Pogledajte drugi savjet u "
+"posljednjem\n"
+"koraku stvaranja takve diskete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatske ovisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sada možete izabrati servise koje želite pokreniti pri podizanju.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovdje su predstavljeni svi servisi dostupni sa trenutnom instalacijom.\n"
+"Pregledajet ih pažljivo i maknite one koje nisu uvijek potrebni prilikom\n"
+"podizanja sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Odabiranjem određenog servisa dobit ćete kratki opis tog servisa. Međutim, "
+"ako\n"
+"niste sigurni je li servis koristan ili ne, sigurnije je ostaviti "
+"predodređeno\n"
+"ponašanje.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Na ovoj razini obratite pozornost na to da li ćete koristiti stroj kao\n"
+"poslužitelj: vjerojatno ne želite pokretati neke servise koje ne trebate.\n"
+"Prisjetite se da neki servisi mogu biti opasni ako su pokrenuti na "
+"poslužitelju.\n"
+"Općenito, izaberite samo one servise koji vam stvarno trebaju.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux upravlja vremenom po GMTu (Greenwich Mean Time) i prevodi ga u\n"
+"lokalno vrijeme prema vremenskoj zoni koju ste izabrali. Moguće je, doduše,\n"
+"ovo isključiti isključivanjem odabira \"Hardverski sat namješten na GMT\" "
+"tako\n"
+"da je hardverski sat jednak sustavskom. Ovo je korisno kada se na računalu\n"
+"nalazi drugi operacijski sustav, poput Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"Automatska sinhronizacija vremena\" će automatski podešavati sat\n"
+"tako da će se povezivati sa vremenskim poslužiteljem na Internetu. Sa "
+"popisa\n"
+"izaberite poslužitelj najbliže vama. Naravno, morate imati ispravnu vezu sa\n"
+"Internetom da bi ovo radilo. Također, instalirat će vremenski poslužitelj "
+"na\n"
+"vaše računalo kojeg, opcionalno, mogu koristiti druga računala u vašoj\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska vremenska sinkronizacija (koristeći NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacijski program će u uobičajenim okolnostima automatski detektirati "
+"i\n"
+" konfigurirati vašu grafičku karticu. Ukoliko je načinjen pogrešan odabir,\n"
+"možete iz ovog popisa odabrati ispravnu karticu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da su za vašu karticu na raspolaganju različiti serveri, sa ili "
+"bez,\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, program će vas pitati koji server najbolje odgovara vašim "
+"potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Konačno ćete biti pitani da li želite vidjeti grafičko sučelje pri\n"
+"dizanju. Primjetite da ovo pitanje će biti pitano iako ne želite "
+"istestirati\n"
+"konfiguraciju. Vjerojatno, želite odgovoriti sa \"Ne\" ukoliko će vaše "
+"računalo\n"
+"raditi kao poslužitelj, ili ako niste bili uspješni u konfiguriranju vašeg\n"
+"zaslona."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovom trenutku, trebate izabrati gdje ćete instalirati vaš\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sustav na vašem tvrdom disku. Ukoliko je prazan "
+"ili \n"
+"ako postojeći operativni sustav koristi čitav prostor na disku, trebate ga\n"
+"particionirati. Jednostavno, particioniranje hard diska sastoji se od\n"
+"logičkog dijeljenja kako bi napravili prostor za instalaciju vašeg novog\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zato što su posljedice procesa particioniranja obično nepovratne,\n"
+"particioniranje može biti strašno i stresno ukoliko ste korisnik bez "
+"iskustva.\n"
+"Ovaj čarobnjak pojednostavljuje proces. Prije početka, molimo konzultirajte\n"
+"upute i uzmite vremena koliko vam je potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste pokrenuli instalaciju u modu za stručnjake, ući ćete u DiskDrake,\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxov alat za particioniranje, s kojim možete fino podešavati\n"
+"particije. Pogledajte DiskDrake odjeljak u ``User Guide''.\n"
+"Iz sučelja instalacije možete koristiti čarobnjake koji su ovdje opisani\n"
+"pritiskom na \"Čarobnjak\" dugme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako su particije već određene, od prijašnje instalacije, ili nekog drugog\n"
+"alata za particioniranje, samo ih izaberite da bi instalirali vaš Linux "
+"sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako particije nisu definirane, morate ih stvoriti korištenjem čarobnjaka.\n"
+"Ovisno o vašem tvrdom disku, nekoliko opcija je dostupno:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristi slobodni prostor\": ova opcija će jednostavno automatski\n"
+"particionirati vaše prazne diskove. Nećete biti više ništa priupitani;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Korištenje postojeće particije\": čarobnjak je detektirao jednu ili "
+"više\n"
+"postojećih Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ukoliko\n"
+"ih želite zadržati, izaberite ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obriši cijeli disk\": ukoliko želite obrisati sve podatke i sve "
+"particije\n"
+"koje postoje na vašem hard disku i zamjeniti ih sa\n"
+"vašim novim Mandriva Linux sustavom, možete izabrati ovu opciju. Budite\n"
+"pažljivi sa ovim rješenjem, nećete moći\n"
+"povratiti vaš izbor nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristiti slobodan prostor na Windows particiji\": ukoliko je "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows instaliran na vašem hard disku i zauzima\n"
+"cjeli raspoloživ prostor na njemu, trebate napraviti slobodan prostor za\n"
+"Linux podatke. Da biste to napravili možete obrisati vašu\n"
+"Microsoft Windows particiju i podatke (pogledajte \"Brisanje cijelog diska"
+"\"\n"
+"ili \"Ekspert mod\" rješenja) ili mijenjati veličinu vaše\n"
+"Microsoft Windows particije. Mijenjanje veličine može se obaviti bez\n"
+"gubitka bilo kakvih podataka, ako prethodno defragmentirate Windows "
+"particiju.\n"
+"Ovo rješenje je preporučeno ukoliko želite koristiti zajedno Mandriva Linux\n"
+"i Microsoft Windows-e na istom računalu.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Prije izabiranja ovog rješenja, molimo shvatite da će veličina vaše "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows partiticije biti manja nego što je sada. To znači da ćete imati\n"
+"manje slobodnog prostora pod\n"
+"Microsoft Windows-ima za spremanje vaših podataka ili instaliranje novog "
+"software-a.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obiši Windowse\": ovo će jednostavno obri sati sve na disku i početi\n"
+"particionirati sve ispočetka. Svi podaci na disku će biti izgubljeni;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Ekspertni mod\": Ukoliko želite particionirati ručno vaš hard disk, "
+"možete\n"
+"izabrati ovu opciju. Budite pažljivi prije\n"
+"izabiranja ovog rješenja. Vrlo je moćno, ali i vrlo opasno. Možete\n"
+"izgubiti sve vaše podatke vrlo lako. Zato,\n"
+"nemojte izabrati ovo rješenje ukoliko ne znate što radite."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeće particije"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Obriši cijeli disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Eto. Instalacija je završena i vaš GNU/Linux sustav je spreman za "
+"korištenje.\n"
+"Samo pritisnite \"U redu\" da bi ponovno pokrenuli sustav. Možete pokrenuti\n"
+"GNU/Linux ili Windowse, što god želite (ako imate dva sustava), čim se\n"
+"računalo ponovno podigne.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Napredno\" dugme (samo u modu za stručnjake) će prikazati još dva "
+"dugmeta: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"napravi disketu za automatsku instalaciju\": za stvaranje "
+"instalacijske\n"
+"diskete koja će automatski izvršiti čitavu instalaciju bez pomoći "
+"operatora,\n"
+"sličnu instalaciji koju ste upravo namjestili.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Primjetite da su dvije različite opcije dostupne nakon pritiska na "
+"dugme:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Replay\". Ovo je djelomice automatizirana instalacija, pošto\n"
+"particioniranje (i samo to) ostaje interaktivno;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Automatska instalacija\". Potpuno automatizirana instalacija: tvrdi\n"
+"disk se u potpunosti prebrisava, svi podaci se gube.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova opcija je dosta korisna pri instaliranju na veći broj sličnih "
+"mašina.\n"
+"Pogledajte odjeljak za automatsku instalaciju na našem web siteu;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Snimi odabir paketa\"(*): snima prethodni odabir paketa. Potom, pri "
+"drugoj\n"
+"instalaciji, stavite disketu u pogon i pokrenite instalaciju odlaskom u\n"
+"ekran za pomoć pritiskom na [F1], te zadavanjem >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<\n"
+"naredbe.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Trebate FAT formatiranu disketu (da bi je napravili u GNU/Linuxu, "
+"napišite\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Napravi auto instalacijsku disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Svaka novo definirana particija mora biti\n"
+"formatirana za korištenje (formatiranje znači pravljenje datotečnog "
+"sustava).\n"
+"\n"
+"Trenutno, možete htjeti ponovno formatirati neke već postojeće particije\n"
+"kako bi obrisali\n"
+"podatke koje one posjeduju. Ukoliko želite to napraviti,\n"
+"izaberite particije koje želite formatirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primjetite da nije nužno ponovno formatirati sve već postojeće particije.\n"
+"Morate ponovno formatirati particije koje sadrže operativni sustav (poput \n"
+"\"/\",\"/usr\" ili \"/var\") ali ne morate ponovno formatirati particije "
+"koje\n"
+"sadrže podatke koje želite zadržati (tipično \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Molimo budite pažljivi odabirom particija, poslije formatiranja, svi podaci\n"
+"će biti obrisani i nećete ih moći povratiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"U redu\" kada ste spremni za formatiranje particije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Odustani\" kada želite izabrati druge particije za\n"
+"instalaciju vašeg novog Mandriva Linux operativnog sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Napredno\" ako želite izabrati particije koje će biti\n"
+"provjeravane radi loših blokova (bad blocks)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Dok instalirate Mandriva Linux, moguće je da su neki paketi već nadograđeni\n"
+"od prvotne inačice. Neki bugovi su možda uklonjeni, i sigurnost poboljšana.\n"
+"Da bi iskoristili prednosti tih nadogradnji, predloženo vam je da ih\n"
+"skinete s Interneta. Izaberite \"Da\" ako ste povezani s Internetom, ili \"Ne"
+"\"\n"
+"ako biste radije instalirali nadograđene pakete kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Odabir \"Da\" prikazuje popis mjesta otkuda se nadogradnje mogu skinuti.\n"
+"Izaberite ono najbliže vama. Tada će se pojaviti stablo za odabir paketa:\n"
+"pregledajte odabir i stisnite \"Instaliraj\" da bi skinuli i instalirali "
+"odabrane\n"
+"pakete, ili \"Odustani\" za prekid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada treba odabrati željenu razinu sigurnosti računala. Opće pravilo jest "
+"da\n"
+"što je više računalo izloženo i podaci vrijedniji, to bi veća razina "
+"sigurnosti\n"
+"trebala biti. Međutim, veća razina sigurnosti utječe na jednostavnost "
+"korištenja.\n"
+"Pogledajte u \"msec\" poglavlje u ``Reference Manual'' za bolje obješnjenje\n"
+"značenja tih razina.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne znate što biste odabrali, ostavite podrazumijevanu opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Udaljeno administriranje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovoj točki instalacije, trebate izabrati koje partiticije ćete koristiti "
+"za\n"
+"instalaciju vašeg novog Mandriva Linux sustava. Ukoliko su\n"
+"particije već definirane (iz prethodne instalacije GNU/Linux-a ili iz\n"
+"drugih particijskih alata), možete koristiti postojeće particije. Inače,\n"
+"moraju biti definirane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za pravljenje particija, morate prvo izabrati tvrdi disk. Možete izabrati \n"
+"disk za particioniranje klikanjem na \"hda\" za prvi IDE disk, \"hdb\" za\n"
+"drugi ili \"sda\" za prvi SCSI disk i tako dalje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za particioniranje izabranog hard diska, možete izabrati ove opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obriši sve\": ova opcija će obrisati sve raspoložive particije na\n"
+"odabranom hard disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Auto alokacija\": ova opcija vam dozvoljava da automatski napravite\n"
+"\"Ext2\" i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Dodatno\": pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Spasi particijsku tablicu\": ukoliko je vaša particijska tablica\n"
+"oštećena, možete probati spasiti ju koristeći ovu opciju. Molimo\n"
+"budite pažljivi i zapamtite da ne mora biti uspješna.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Povrati\": možete koristiti ovu opciju za odustajanje od vaših "
+"promjena.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Ponovno učitaj\": možete koristiti ovu opciju ukoliko želite vratiti\n"
+"unazad sve promjene i učitati vašu inicijalnu particijsku tablicu\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Čarobnjak\": ukoliko želite koristiti čarobnjak za particioniranje "
+"vašeg\n"
+"hard diska, možete koristiti ovu opciju. Preporučeno je ukoliko \n"
+"nemate dovoljno znanja oko particioniranja.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Vrati sa diskete\": ukoliko ste spremili vašu particijsku tablicu na\n"
+"disketu tijekom prijašnje instalacije, možete\n"
+"je vratiti koristeći ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Spremi na disketu\": ukoliko želite spremiti vašu particijsku tablicu "
+"na\n"
+"disketu kako biste je mogli kasnije vratiti, možete koristiti ovu\n"
+"opciju. Jako je preporučljivo koristiti ovu opciju\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Završi\": kada ste završili s particioniranjem vašeg hard diska,\n"
+"koristite ovu opciju za spremanje vaših promjena.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informaciju, možete dohvatiti bilo koju opciju koristeći tastaturu:\n"
+"navigiranje kroz particije se obavlja koristeći [Tab] i [Up/Down] strelice.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada je particija odabrana, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c za pravljenje novih particija (kada je prazna particija\n"
+"izabrana)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d za brisanje particije\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m za postavljanje točke montiranja\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informacije o raznim dostupnim datotečnim sustavima, pročitajte ext2fs\n"
+"poglavlje u ``Reference Manual''\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko instalirate na PPC računalo, željet ćete napraviti malu HFS\n"
+"'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB koju će koristiti\n"
+"yaboot bootloader. Ukoliko se odlučite za pravljenje malo veće \n"
+"particije, recimo 50MB, možete ju pronaći korisnom za stavljanje\n"
+"dodatnog kernela i ramdisk slike u slučaju nužde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatsko montiranje prenosivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prebaci u normalni mod"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Više od jedne Microsoft Windows particije su pronađene\n"
+"na vašem hard disku. Molimo izaberite jednu kojoj želite promjeniti "
+"veličinu\n"
+"kako bi instalirali vaš novi Mandriva Linux operativni sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka je particija popisana kako slijedi; \"Linux ime\", \"Windows ime\"\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux ime\" je kodirano kako slijedi: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj hard diska"
+"\",\n"
+"\"broj particije\" (naprimjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk - IDE hard disk i \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je on SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo poslije \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Sa IDE hard\n"
+"diskovima:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", \"b\" znači\n"
+"\"sekundarni hard disk\", itd...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows ime\" je slovo vašeg hard diska pod Windows-ima (prvi disk\n"
+"ili particija se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Obično, DrakX izabere pravu tipkovnicu za vas (ovisno o jeziku koji ste "
+"odabrali)\n"
+"i nećete ni vidjeti ovaj korak. Međutim, možda nemate tipkovnicu koja točno\n"
+"odgovara vašem jeziku: npr. ako ste iz Švicarske a govorite engleski, možda\n"
+"svejedno želite švicarsku tipkovnicu. Ili ako govorite engleski, a živite u\n"
+"Quebecu, možda ćete se naći u sličnoj situaciji. U oba slučaja, morate se "
+"vratiti\n"
+"na ovaj instalacijski korak i odabrati odgovarajuću tipkovnicu iz popisa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pristisnite \"Dodatno\" da biste dobili potpun popis podržanih tipkovnica."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite jezik kojim se želite služiti u instalaciji i sustavu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritiskom na \"Napredno\" moći ćete izabrati druge jezike koji će biti "
+"instalirani\n"
+"na vašu radnu stanicu. Odabiranjem drugih jezika instalirat će se "
+"specifične\n"
+"jezične datoteke za sustavsku dokumentaciju i aplikacije. Npr. ako ćete na "
+"svom\n"
+"računalu imati korisnike iz Španjolske, u stablu odaberite Engleski kao "
+"glavni\n"
+"jezik i u sekciji Napredno označite kućicu koja odgovara Španjolskoj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primjetite da se može instalirati više jezika. Kada odredite eventualne "
+"dodatne\n"
+"lokale, stisnite \"U redu\" za nastavak."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX obično prepozna koliko vaš miš ima dugmeta. Ako ne, pretpostavlja da\n"
+"imate miš sa dva dugmeta, a treće će emulirati. DrakX će automatski znati da "
+"li\n"
+"se radi o PS/2, serijskom ili USB mišu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako želite odrediti drugačiji tip miša, odaberite odgovarajući tip iz "
+"ponuđenog\n"
+"popisa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete miš različit od podrazumijevanog, prikazati će se testni "
+"ekran.\n"
+"Koristite dugmad i kotačić da potvrdite da li su postavke točne. Ako miš ne "
+"radi\n"
+"dobro, stisnite razmaknicu ili [Return] da bi odustali i ponovno izabirali."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Emulacija gumbova"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim odaberite ispravni port. Na primjer, COM1 port pod MS Windowsima\n"
+"se,  pod GNU/Linuxom zove \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najvažnija odluka za sigurnost vašeg GNU/Linux sustava: morate "
+"unijeti\n"
+"\"root\" lozinku. \"root\" je sustavski administrator i jedini koji je "
+"ovlašten\n"
+"da vrši nadogradnje, dodaje korisnike, mijenja cjelokupne postavke sustava, "
+"itd.\n"
+"Ukratko, \"root\" može raditi sve! Stoga morate izabrati lozinku koju je "
+"teško\n"
+"pogoditi, DrakX će vam reći da li je prelagana. Kao što vidite, možete "
+"odabrati\n"
+"da ne unesete lozinku, ali jako vam savjetujemo da to ne činite, barem zbog\n"
+"jednog razloga: nemojte mislite da, zbog tog što ste pokrenuli GNU/Linux, su "
+"vaši\n"
+"ostali operacijski sustavi sigurni od grešaka. Pošto \"root\" može "
+"premostiti\n"
+"sva ograničenja i nenamjerno obrisati sve podatke na particijama nemarnim "
+"pristupanjem,\n"
+"važno je da bude teško postati \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka bi trebala biti kombinacija alfanumeričkih znakova i barem 8 znakova "
+"duga.\n"
+"Nikad ne zapisujte \"root\" lozinku, prelako dovodite sustav u opasnost.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ipak, nemojte izabrati predugu ili presloženu lozinku, jer ćete je morati "
+"lako\n"
+"zapamtiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka se neće pojaviti na ekranu kako je budete upisivali. Zato je morate\n"
+"upisati dvaput da bi smanjili mogućnost greške pri upisu. Ako ipak ponovite "
+"istu\n"
+"grešku dva puta, morat ćete koristiti ovu \"netočnu\" lozinku kada se prvi "
+"put\n"
+"budete prijavljivali.\n"
+"\n"
+"U stručnjak modu, bit ćete zapitani da li ćete se spajati na "
+"autentifikacijski\n"
+"poslužitelj, poput NISa ili LDAPa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaša mreža koristi LDAP (ili NIS) protokole za autentifikaciju, "
+"izaberite\n"
+"\"LDAP\" (ili \"NIS\") kao autentifikaciju. Ako ne znate kako, pitajte\n"
+"administratora mreže.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaše računalo nije povezano sa administriranom mrežom, morat ćete "
+"izabrati\n"
+"\"Lokalne datoteke\" za autentifikaciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "ovjera"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje biramo sustav za ispis za vaše računalo. Drugi OSovi možda nude "
+"jedan,\n"
+"ali Mandriva Linux nudi tri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\", što znači ``print, do not queue'' (ispiši, bez stavljanja u "
+"red), je\n"
+"izbor koji ćete koristiti ako imate izravnu vezu sa pisačem, želite izbjeći\n"
+"zastoje u ispisu i nemate pisače u mreži. Ima samo jednostavne mrežne "
+"mogućnosti\n"
+"i ponešto je spor za mrežu. Izaberite \"pdq\" ako ste novi u GNU/Linuxu. "
+"Možete\n"
+"promijeniti odabir poslije instalacije pokretanjem PrinterDrakea iz "
+"Mandriva\n"
+"kontrolnog centra i pritiskom na dugme za stručnjake.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"``Common Unix Printing System'', je izvrstan za ispis na vašem "
+"lokalnom\n"
+"računalu, kao i za ispis na drugom kraju svijeta. Jednostavan je i može "
+"poslužiti\n"
+"kao poslužitelj i klijent za drevni \"lpd\" sustav za ispis. Dakle, "
+"kompatibilan je\n"
+"s ranijim sustavima. Ima mnoštvo trikova, ali osnovne postavke su gotovo\n"
+"jednostavne kao i \"pdq\". Ako trebate da vam emulira \"lpd\" poslužitelj, "
+"morate\n"
+"uključiti \"cups-lpd\" daemon. Ima grafička sučelja za ispis i za odabir "
+"opcija\n"
+"za ispis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"lprNG\"``line printer daemon New Generation''. Ovaj sustav može raditi\n"
+"otprilike iste stvari kao i ostali, ali će pisati i s pisačima u Novell "
+"mreži,\n"
+"jer podržava IPX protokol, i može ispisivati izravno u komande ljuske. Ako "
+"vam\n"
+"treba Novell ili ispis u komande bez korištenja preusmjeravanja, koristite "
+"lprNG.\n"
+"Inačem CUPS je najbolji jer je jednostavniji i bolje radi preko mreže."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Stručnjak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sada pretražuje IDE uređaje prisutne u vašem računalu.Također će "
+"pokušati\n"
+"pronaći PCI SCSI adapter(e). Ukoliko DrakX\n"
+"pronađe SCSI adapter i zna koji upravljački program da koristi, on će \n"
+"automatski biti instaliran.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko imate SCSI adapter, ISA SCSI adapter ili PCI SCSI adapter koji\n"
+"DrakX ne može prepoznati, biti ćete pitani da li imate SCSI adapter u vašem\n"
+"sustavu. Ukoliko nemate adapter, možete kliknuti na \"Ne\". Ukoliko kliknete "
+"na\n"
+"\"Da\", dobiti ćete popis upravljačkih programa odakle možete izabrati vaš\n"
+"specifičan adapter.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako trebate ručno specifirati vaš adapter, DrakX će pitati da li želite \n"
+"specifirati opcije za njega. Trebali biste dozvoliti DrakX-u da isproba "
+"opcije za\n"
+"hardware. Ovo obično radi dobro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne, trebati ćete navesti opcije za upravljački program. Molimo\n"
+"pregledajte User\n"
+"Guide (poglavlje 3, sekciju \"Collecting informations on your hardware\") "
+"za\n"
+"preporuke o pribavljanju ovih informacija iz dokumentacije hardware-a, sa \n"
+"proizvođačevog Web site-a (ukoliko imate Internet pristup) ili iz Microsoft "
+"Windows-a\n"
+"(ukoliko ga imate na vašem sustavu)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X kod pokretanja sustava"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk kojeg želite obrisati kako bi instalirali vašu\n"
+"novu Mandriva Linux particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi postojeći podaci\n"
+"biti će izgubljen i neće se moći povratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite \"U redu\" ukoliko želite obrisati sve podatke i\n"
+"postojeće particije na navedenom tvrdom disku. Budite pažljivi, nakon\n"
+"klikanja na \"U redu\", nećete moći povratiti bilo kakve postojeće podatke "
+"ili\n"
+"particije na ovom hard disku, uključujući Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Odustani\" za prekidanje ove operacije bez gubljenja bilo\n"
+"kakvih postojećih podataka i particija na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Slijedeće ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Prijašnje"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be666a2c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1965 @@
+# translation of DrakX to Hungarian
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Emese Kovacs <emese@gnome.hu>, 2000-2001.
+# Arpad Biro <biro_arpad@yahoo.com>, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+# Tamas Szanto <tszanto@mol.hu>, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: hu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 14:45+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arpad Biro\n"
+"Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Mielőtt továbblépne, olvassa át alaposan a licencegyezményt, amely az\n"
+"egész Mandriva Linux disztribúcióra érvényes. Ha elfogadja az abban\n"
+"szereplő feltételeket, akkor jelölje be a(z) \"%s\" opciót.\n"
+"Ha nem fogadja el valamelyik feltételt, akkor kattintson a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra - ezzel újraindítja a számítógépet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"A Linux többfelhasználós rendszer; ez azt jelenti, hogy minden\n"
+"felhasználónak lehetnek például külön beállításai és saját fájljai.\n"
+"A \"root\" nevű felhasználótól (ez az azonosító a rendszergazdát\n"
+"jelöli) eltérően az itt felvett felhasználóknak csak a saját fájljaikat\n"
+"és a saját beállításaikat lesz joguk módosítani - az esetleges véletlen\n"
+"vagy rosszindulatú rendszermódosítások elkerülése érdekében.\n"
+"Létre kell hoznia legalább egy \"normál\" felhasználót az Ön saját\n"
+"használatára. Ezen normál felhasználói azonosítóval érdemes elvégezni\n"
+"az olyan tevékenységeket, amelyek nem igényelnek rendszergazdai\n"
+"jogosultságot. Bár nagyon praktikus minden alkalommal rendszergazdaként\n"
+"jelentkezni be, ez nagyon veszélyes is. Egy rendszergazdaként elkövetett\n"
+"hiba hatására meghibásodhat a rendszer. Ha normál felhasználóként követ\n"
+"el hibát, akkor esetleg elveszít bizonyos adatokat, de a rendszert nem\n"
+"teheti tönkre.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az első mezőben a valódi nevét adhatja meg. Ez természetesen nem kötelező;\n"
+"bármit be lehet írni névként. A telepítő az itt megadott név első szavát\n"
+"ajánlja fel a(z) \"%s\" mezőben. Ez utóbbi az a név, amellyel\n"
+"az adott felhasználó be tud majd jelentkezni a rendszerbe. A felkínált\n"
+"felhasználónév módosítható.\n"
+"A felhasználónév megadása után meg kell adni az ahhoz tartozó\n"
+"kívánt jelszót. Egy normál felhasználó jelszava biztonsági szempontból nem\n"
+"annyira kritikus, mint a rendszergazdáé; ez viszont nem ok arra, hogy\n"
+"felületesen legyen kezelve (üres vagy túl egyszerű jelszó megadásával) -\n"
+"végül is az Ön fájljai is veszélybe kerülhetnek.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" gomb lenyomása után felvehetők újabb felhasználók is.\n"
+"Vegyen fel egy-egy felhasználónevet mindazok számára, akik a gépet\n"
+"használni fogják. Amikor végzett a felhasználónevek létrehozásával,\n"
+"kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, módosíthatja az adott felhasználó\n"
+"alapértelmezett parancsértelmezőjét (alapértelmezés szerint ez a \"bash\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Miután felvette a felhasználókat, lehetősége lesz arra, hogy automatikus\n"
+"bejelentkezést írjon elő. Ehhez meg kell adni a gépindításkor automatikusan\n"
+"bejelentkeztetendő felhasználó azonosítóját. Ha használni kívánja ezt a\n"
+"(biztonsági kockázatot jelentő) funkciót, akkor válassza ki a kívánt\n"
+"felhasználói azonosítót és ablakkezelőt, majd kattintson a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"gombra. Ellenkező esetben távolítsa el a kijelölést a(z) \"%s\" opció mellől."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Szeretné használni ezt a lehetőséget?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt láthatók a lemezen talált, már létező linuxos partíciók.\n"
+"A varázsló javaslatai általában elfogadhatók, általános célú telepítésnél\n"
+"általában megfelelnek. Ha megváltoztatja a beállításokat, mindenképpen\n"
+"jelölje ki a gyökérpartíciót (\"/\"). Ne válassza túl kicsire, mert akkor\n"
+"nem lesz elég hely a szoftverek telepítéséhez. Ha külön partícióra\n"
+"szeretné helyezni a felhasználói adatokat, jelöljön ki egy külön \"/home\"\n"
+"partíciót (ez csak akkor lehetséges, ha legalább két Linux partíció\n"
+"létezik).\n"
+"\n"
+"A partíciók listájának mezői: \"név\", \"kapacitás\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"név\" képzési szabálya: \"a merevlemez típusa\", \"a lemez\n"
+"azonosítója\", \"a partíció azonosítója\" (például \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A merevlemez típusa\" \"hd\", ha a lemez IDE-csatolós, és \"sd\",\n"
+"ha SCSI-csatolós.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A lemez azonosítója\" egy betű a \"hd\" illetve az \"sd\" után.\n"
+"IDE-csatolós merevlemezek esetén:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"a\" jelentése: \"első (master) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"b\" jelentése: \"második (slave) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"c\" jelentése: \"első meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"d\" jelentése: \"második meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-csatolós lemezeknél az \"a\" jelentése: \"a legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", \"b\" jelentése: \"a második legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", ..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mandriva Linux telepítőanyag több CD-n helyezkedik el. Ha egy "
+"kiválasztott\n"
+"csomag egy másik CD-n található, akkor a telepítő kiadja az\n"
+"aktuális CD-t, és megkéri Önt, hogy helyezze be a megfelelőt.\n"
+"Ha a szóban forgó lemez nincs kéznél, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra,\n"
+"így az adott csomagok nem lesznek telepítve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Most meg kell adnia, mely programokat kívánja telepíteni a rendszerére.\n"
+"Több ezer program létezik Mandriva Linuxhoz; a kezelésük megkönnyítése\n"
+"érdekében a programok (hasonlóság alapján) csoportokba lettek sorolva.\n"
+"\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux rendszerben négy előredefiniált csomagkategória van\n"
+"meghatározva. A különböző kategóriákban levő csomagok keverhetők is,\n"
+"tehát egy \"Munkaállomás\" típusú telepítés tartalmazhat olyan\n"
+"alkalmazásokat is, amelyek csak a \"Kiszolgáló\" kategóriában vannak\n"
+"benne.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha munkaállomásként tervezi használni a gépet, akkor\n"
+"válogasson a \"Munkaállomás\" kategóriában szereplő alkalmazások közül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a gép programozásra is lesz használva, akkor\n"
+"válassza ki a kívánt csomagokat a kategóriából. A speciális \"LSB\"\n"
+"csoport telepítése esetén a rendszer úgy lesz beállítva, hogy megfeleljen\n"
+"a Linux Standard Base specifikációnak. Az \"LSB\" csoport kijelölése\n"
+"esetén az alapértelmezett 2.6 verziójú kernel helyett a 2.4 verzió kerül\n"
+"telepítésre - annak érdekében, hogy 100 százalékos legyen az LSB\n"
+"szabványnak való megfelelés. Ha nem jelöli ki az \"LSB\" csoportot,\n"
+"abban az esetben egy közel 100 százalékosan LSB-megfelelő rendszer\n"
+"lesz telepítve.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a gép kiszolgálóként lesz használva, válassza ki,\n"
+"hogy a gyakrabban használt szolgáltatások közül melyeket kívánja\n"
+"telepíteni a gépre.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": itt választható ki a kívánt grafikus környezet.\n"
+"Ha szeretne grafikus felületet, akkor legalább egyet ki kell választani.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az egérkurzort egy csoport neve fölé viszi, akkor megjelenik egy rövid\n"
+"magyarázat az adott csoportról.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bejelölheti a(z) \"%s\" opciót; ez akkor hasznos, ha Ön ismeri a\n"
+"felkínált csomagokat, illetve ha teljes mértékben ellenőrizni kívánja,\n"
+"mi lesz a gépre feltelepítve.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítést \"%s\" üzemmódban indította el, akkor megszüntetheti\n"
+"akár az összes csoport kijelölését is, hogy elkerülje új programok\n"
+"telepítését. Ez különösen akkor lehet hasznos, ha egy meglevő rendszert\n"
+"kíván helyreállítani vagy frissíteni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha telepítéskor az összes csoport kijelölését megszünteti (frissítésre\n"
+"ez nem vonatkozik), akkor a telepítő választási lehetőséget fog felkínálni\n"
+"a minimális telepítésre vonatkozóan. A következő lehetőségek választhatók:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": grafikus rendszer a lehető legkevesebb csomag telepítésével.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": az alaprendszer az alapvető programokkal és azok\n"
+"dokumentációjával. Megfelel például kiszolgáló telepítéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a lehető legkevesebb csomag telepítése; csak parancssoros\n"
+"felülettel rendelkező Linux-rendszer. Körülbelül 65 megabájt méretű "
+"telepítés."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Frissítés"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Alapvető dokumentációval"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Valóban minimális telepítés"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha egyedi csomagkiválasztást választott, megjelenik egy fa, amely az\n"
+"összes telepíthető programcsomagot tartalmazza csoportokba és\n"
+"alcsoportokba kategorizálva. A fa böngészése közben nem csak csomagokat\n"
+"jelölhet ki, hanem egész csoportokat illetve alcsoportokat is.\n"
+"\n"
+"Amikor kiválaszt egy csomagot a fában, a jobb oldalon megjelenik egy leírás\n"
+"az adott csomagról.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha kiszolgálócsomagok is ki lettek választva - akár közvetlenül, akár\n"
+"bizonyos csoportok tagjaként -, a telepítő megerősítést kér Öntől arra\n"
+"vonatkozóan, hogy valóban telepíteni kívánja-e azon kiszolgálószoftvereket.\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux rendszerben alapértelmezésben az összes feltelepített\n"
+"szolgáltatás elindításra kerül a rendszer indulásakor. Még ha azok\n"
+"biztonságosak is illetve nem rendelkeznek ismert problémákkal, akkor is\n"
+"előfordulhat, hogy utóbb biztonsági problémák merülnek fel velük\n"
+"kapcsolatban. Ha nem tudja, hogy egy bizonyos szolgáltatásnak mi a\n"
+"feladata illetve miért kerül telepítésre, akkor kattintson a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra. Ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, akkor a felsorolt\n"
+"szolgáltatások telepítésre kerülnek, és alapértelmezés szerint\n"
+"automatikusan elindításra kerülnek majd rendszerindításkor.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" opcióval kikapcsolható az a figyelmeztetés,\n"
+"amely akkor jelenik meg, amikor a telepítő - függőségi okokból -\n"
+"automatikusan kijelöl meghatározott csomagokat. Bizonyos csomagok közt\n"
+"függőségi kapcsolat van, ami azt jelenti, hogy egy bizonyos csomagnak a\n"
+"telepítése csak akkor történhet meg, ha egy meghatározott másik csomag\n"
+"már telepítve van. A telepítő képes meghatározni, hogy egy bizonyos\n"
+"függőség esetén mely csomagokra van szükség a telepítés sikeres\n"
+"végrehajtásához.\n"
+"\n"
+"A lista alatt levő, floppylemezt ábrázoló ikon lehetővé teszi egy korábbi\n"
+"telepítés során elmentett csomaglista betöltését. Ez akkor hasznos, ha\n"
+"több gépre szeretné ugyanazon csomagokat telepíteni. Az említett ikonra\n"
+"kattintva a telepítő megkéri Önt, hogy tegyen be egy floppyt, amely egy\n"
+"korábbi telepítés végén készült. Ha szeretné megtudni, hogyan lehet ilyen\n"
+"floppyt készíteni, akkor tekintse meg a telepítés utolsó lépésében szereplő\n"
+"második tippet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatikus függőségek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattintva elindul a nyomtatóbeállítási\n"
+"varázsló. Nyomtatóbeállítással kapcsolatos további információkat a\n"
+"felhasználói kézikönyvből lehet szerezni. Az ott bemutatott felület hasonló\n"
+"ahhoz, ami a telepítéskor megjelenik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet kijelölni a rendszerindításkor\n"
+"automatikusan elindítandó szolgáltatásokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő megjeleníti a jelenleg telepített összes szolgáltatás listáját.\n"
+"Vizsgálja meg a listát alaposan, és törölje a kijelölést azok mellől,\n"
+"amelyek rendszerindításkor való elindítására nincs szükség.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy szolgáltatás kiválasztásakor megjelenik a hozzá tartozó rövid leírás.\n"
+"Ha nem tudja biztosan, hogy a szolgáltatásra szükség van-e vagy\n"
+"sem, akkor ne változtassa meg az alapértelmezett indítási módot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gondosan járjon el, ha a gépet kiszolgálónak fogja használni; ne\n"
+"indítson el egyetlen olyan szolgáltatást sem automatikusan, amelyre nincs\n"
+"szükség. Kiszolgáló esetén bizonyos szolgáltatások biztonsági kockázatot\n"
+"jelentenek. Csak a valóban szükséges szolgáltatásokat engedélyezze."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"A Linux az időt a GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) alapján kezeli - a\n"
+"kiválasztott időzónának megfelelő helyi időre konvertálja azt. Ha a gép\n"
+"alaplapjának órája helyi időre van állítva, akkor kapcsolja ki az\n"
+"időzónához való igazítást a(z) \"%s\" opció kikapcsolásával -\n"
+"ekkor a rendszeróra szerinti idő azonos lesz a gép órája szerintivel\n"
+"(azaz a két óra ugyanazon időzóna szerint mutatja az időt). Ez\n"
+"akkor hasznos, ha van a gépen más operációs rendszer is.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" opció automatikusan beállítja az órát egy internetes\n"
+"időkiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódva. Ehhez szükség van egy beállított\n"
+"internetkapcsolatra. Az időkiszolgálók közül lehetőleg egy Önhöz közel\n"
+"levőt válasszon. Ez a funkció feltelepít az Ön gépére egy időkiszolgálót,\n"
+"amelyet a helyi hálózat többi gépe is használhat."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatikus időszinkronizáció"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikus kártya\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában felismeri és beállítja a gépben levő grafikus kártyát.\n"
+"Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja a grafikus kártyák listájából a\n"
+"megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Az X (teljes néven: X Window System) a Linux grafikus felületét nyújtó\n"
+"rendszer. A Mandriva Linuxban levő grafikus környezetek (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, ...) ezen grafikus rendszert használják.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy listát fog látni az elérhető paraméterekről, amelyekkel optimalizálható\n"
+"a grafikus megjelenítés.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikus kártya\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában felismeri és beállítja a gépben levő grafikus kártyát.\n"
+"Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja a grafikus kártyák listájából a\n"
+"megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában automatikusan megállapítja a monitor típusát, és\n"
+"beállítja azt. Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja ebből a listából a\n"
+"monitor típusát.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Felbontás\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt kiválaszthatja a kívánt felbontási és színmélységi értékeket az\n"
+"elérhető értékek listájából. Válassza ki az igényeinek legjobban\n"
+"megfelelő értékeket. A beállítások tetszőlegesen módosíthatók a\n"
+"telepítés után is. A képernyőn egy mintakép fog megjelenni a\n"
+"kiválasztott beállítások szemléltetésére.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Teszt\n"
+"\n"
+"Bizonyos hardverelemek esetén ez a bejegyzés nem jelenik meg.\n"
+"\n"
+"A rendszer megnyit egy grafikus képernyőt a kívánt felbontással, ha ez\n"
+"lehetséges. Ha látható a tesztelés közben megjelenő üzenet, akkor nyomja\n"
+"le a(z) \"%s\" gombot; a telepítő ekkor a következő lépésre ugrik. Ha\n"
+"viszont az üzenet nem látható, az azt jelenti, hogy a beállítás nem\n"
+"megfelelő. A beállítás tesztelése 12 másodperc elteltével automatikusan\n"
+"véget ér, és ismét a menü jelenik meg a képernyőn. Módosítsa a\n"
+"beállításokat, amíg el nem ér egy megfelelő beállítást.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Beállítások\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt beállítható, hogy rendszerindításkor grafikus üzemmódba váltson-e a\n"
+"rendszer. Ha a gép kiszolgálóként fog üzemelni, vagy nem sikerült\n"
+"megfelelően beállítani a grafikus üzemmódot, akkor javasolt a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget választani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában automatikusan megállapítja a monitor típusát, és\n"
+"beállítja azt. Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja ebből a listából a\n"
+"monitor típusát."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Felbontás\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt kiválaszthatja a kívánt felbontási és színmélységi értékeket az\n"
+"elérhető értékek listájából. Válassza ki az igényeinek legjobban megfelelő\n"
+"értékeket. A beállítások tetszőlegesen módosíthatók a telepítés után is.\n"
+"A képernyőn egy mintakép fog megjelenni a kiválasztott beállítások\n"
+"szemléltetésére."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Beállítások\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt beállítható, hogy rendszerindításkor grafikus üzemmódba váltson-e a\n"
+"rendszer. Ha a gép kiszolgálóként fog üzemelni, vagy nem sikerült\n"
+"megfelelően beállítani a grafikus üzemmódot, akkor a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget érdemes választani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben kell megadni, hogy a Mandriva Linux telepítése a "
+"merevlemez\n"
+"melyik részére történjen. Ha a lemez még teljesen üres, vagy a korábban\n"
+"telepített operációs rendszer(ek) miatt nincs elég szabad hely, akkor újra\n"
+"kell partícionálni a lemezt. A partícionálás a lemezterület logikai\n"
+"újrafelosztását jelenti - erre a Mandriva Linux telepítéséhez szükséges\n"
+"hely létrehozása érdekében van szükség.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partícionálás veszélyes művelet. Hiba esetén adatvesztéssel járhat\n"
+"(ha a lemez nem volt üres), ráadásul általában nincs lehetőség visszatérni\n"
+"egy korábbi állapothoz. Emiatt kezdő felhasználóknak sok nehézséget\n"
+"okozhat. A telepítő tartalmaz egy varázslót, amely egyszerűbbé teszi a\n"
+"művelet végrehajtását, de mielőtt használatba venné, olvassa végig a\n"
+"leírást.\n"
+"\n"
+"A lemezek tartalmától függően többféle lehetőség van:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez a lehetőség az üres meghajtók automatikus\n"
+"partícionálását jelenti. Ebben az esetben a telepítő nem tesz\n"
+"fel további kérdéseket.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a varázsló talált egy vagy több\n"
+"linuxos partíciót a lemezen. Ha ezeket szeretné használni a\n"
+"telepítéshez, válassza ezt a lehetőséget. Ezt követően meg kell adnia\n"
+"az ezekhez tartozó csatolási pontokat. Alapértelmezésben a korábbi\n"
+"állapotnak megfelelő csatolási pontok vannak megadva; általában\n"
+"érdemes változatlanul hagyni azokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a\n"
+"Windows úgy van feltelepítve a lemezre, hogy elfoglalja az összes\n"
+"elérhető területet, akkor annak egy részét fel kell szabadítani a Linux\n"
+"számára. Ez történhet a Windows-partíció törlésével (lásd \"A teljes\n"
+"lemez törlése\" lehetőséget) vagy átméretezésével (az utóbbi a FAT\n"
+"és az NTFS típusú partíciókra vonatkozik).\n"
+"Az átméretezés végrehajtható a lemezen levő adatok\n"
+"elvesztése nélkül - feltéve, hogy azt megelőzően töredezettségmentesítve\n"
+"lett a kérdéses partíció. Javasolt továbbá az adatok mentése is.\n"
+"Ezen módszer a javasolt abban az esetben, ha a Mandriva Linuxot és a\n"
+"Windowst ugyanazon a gépen szeretné használni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, ne feledkezzen meg arról, hogy ennek\n"
+"hatására a windowsos partíció mérete a korábbinál kisebb lesz,\n"
+"tehát a Windows használatakor kevesebb hely lesz az adatok tárolására\n"
+"és új szoftverek telepítésére.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha minden adatot és minden partíciót\n"
+"törölni szeretne a lemezről, és a telepítéshez az így felszabaduló\n"
+"helyet szeretné használni, akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget. Legyen\n"
+"nagyon óvatos ezzel a lehetőséggel, mert a lemezen levő adatok\n"
+"véglegesen elvesznek a megerősítés után.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, a lemezen levő összes adat törlésre kerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez a funkció akkor használható, ha a Windows az\n"
+"egész lemezt elfoglalja. A funkció egyszerűen letöröl mindent\n"
+"a lemezről, és újrapartícionálja azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, a lemezen levő összes adat elvész.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha közvetlenül (varázsló nélkül)\n"
+"szeretné elvégezni a partícionálást, akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget.\n"
+"Legyen óvatos - sok minden elvégezhető ebben az üzemmódban, de a\n"
+"használata veszélyes. Könnyen elveszítheti a lemezen levő összes adatot\n"
+"ennek a használatával, ezért csak indokolt esetben válassza ezt a\n"
+"funkciót. A DiskDrake program használatáról a felhasználói kézikönyv\n"
+"partíciókezelésről szóló szakaszában találhat további információt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Már létező partíció használata"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "A teljes lemez törlése"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítés befejeződött; a Linux rendszer készen áll a használatra.\n"
+"A rendszer újraindításához kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra. Ne\n"
+"feledkezzen meg a telepítőlemez eltávolításáról. Miután a\n"
+"gép elvégzi az indítási hardverteszteket, megjelenik a rendszerbetöltő\n"
+"menüje, amelyből kiválasztható, melyik operációs rendszer induljon el.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" gomb lenyomására két újabb gomb jelenik meg:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": olyan telepítőfloppy\n"
+"készítése, amelynek használatával emberi közreműködés nélkül végezhető\n"
+"a rendszer telepítése. Az így végzett telepítések a jelenlegi telepítés\n"
+"beállításait használják.\n"
+"\n"
+"Két lehetőség közül lehet választani a gomb lenyomása után:\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\". Részben automatizált telepítést jelent;\n"
+"a partícionálási lépés az egyetlen interaktív tevékenység.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\". Teljesen automatizált telepítés; a merevlemez\n"
+"tartalma felülíródik, az összes korábbi adat elvész.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ez a lehetőség jól használható akkor, amikor nagyobb számú azonos gépre\n"
+"kell a rendszert feltelepíteni. Az automatikus telepítéssel\n"
+"kapcsolatban a Mandriva Linux honlapján találhatók további információk.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\"(*): elmenti a telepítés során\n"
+"kiválasztott csomagok listáját. Ha egy újabb telepítés alkalmával fel\n"
+"kívánja használni az elmentett listát, akkor helyezze be az azt tartalmazó\n"
+"floppyt a telepítés megkezdésekor, majd - amikor a gép billentyűlenyomásra\n"
+"vár - nyomja le az \"F1\" billentyűt, ez után pedig írja be a következőt:\n"
+"linux defcfg=\"floppy\" - utána pedig nyomja le az Enter billentyűt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Ehhez szükség lesz egy FAT fájlrendszerre formázott floppyra.\n"
+"A formázás Linux alatt a következő paranccsal végezhető el:\n"
+"\"mformat a:\". Másik módszer a formázásra: \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", majd\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Automatikus telepítőfloppy készítése"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha azt a lehetőséget választotta, hogy fel kíván használni bizonyos,\n"
+"már létező Linux-partíciókat, akkor itt lehetősége van bármelyikük\n"
+"újraformázására. A formázás letörli az adott partíció teljes tartalmát.\n"
+"Ha ezt kívánja tenni, akkor jelölje ki azon partíciókat is.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nem szükséges újraformázni az összes, korábban létrehozott partíciót.\n"
+"Az operációs rendszernek szánt partíció(ka)t mindenképpen le kell formázni\n"
+"(például a \"/\", \"/usr\" és \"/var\" partíciókat), de a felhasználói\n"
+"és egyéb adatokat tartalmazó partíciókat nem szükséges újraformázni (ilyen\n"
+"például a \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Gondosan ellenőrizze, mely partíciókat jelöli ki, mert a formázás során az\n"
+"adott partíciókon levő adatok törlődnek, és később nem nyerhetők vissza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a formázások megkezdéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha más partícióra szeretné telepíteni a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operációs rendszert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha bizonyos partíciókat ellenőriztetni\n"
+"kíván (hibás blokkok keresése)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetséges, hogy amikor Ön a Mandriva Linux rendszert telepíti, már\n"
+"frissítésre kerültek bizonyos csomagok a rendszer kiadása óta.\n"
+"Elképzelhető, hogy bizonyos hibák ki lettek javítva, illetve\n"
+"hogy meg lettek oldva bizonyos felmerült biztonsági problémák. Ezeket\n"
+"a frissítéseket Ön letöltheti az interneten keresztül.\n"
+"Válassza a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget, ha van működő internetkapcsolata. Ha\n"
+"inkább később kívánja telepíteni a frissítéseket, akkor a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget válassza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget választja, akkor megjelenik egy lista azon\n"
+"helyekről, amelyekről a frissítések letölthetők. Válasszon közülük egy\n"
+"Önhöz közel levőt.\n"
+"Ezt követően egy csomagválasztási fa jelenik meg. Ha telepíteni kívánja a\n"
+"kijelölt csomagokat, akkor nyomja le a(z) \"%s\" gombot. Ha nem kíván\n"
+"csomagokat telepíteni, akkor a(z) \"%s\" gombot nyomja le."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Most kiválaszthat egy biztonsági szintet a gép számára. Alapszabály,\n"
+"hogy ha fontos adatok vannak tárolva a gépen, vagy a gép kapcsolódik\n"
+"az internetre, akkor érdemes magasabbra venni a biztonsági szintet.\n"
+"Magasabb szint esetén viszont általában nehézkesebb a gép használata.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha nem biztos benne, hogy mit volna érdemes választani, akkor válassza\n"
+"az alapértelmezés szerinti lehetőséget. A biztonsági szint később is\n"
+"módosítható a Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban elérhető \"draksec\"\n"
+"eszközzel.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" mezőben megadandó a biztonságért felelős személy email-címe.\n"
+"A biztonsági üzenetek azon címre lesznek küldve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Biztonsági adminisztrátor"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben kell kiválasztani a Mandriva Linux rendszer telepítéséhez\n"
+"használni kívánt partíciókat. Ha a kívánt partíciók már létre lettek hozva\n"
+"(egy korábbi Linux-telepítés vagy valamilyen partícionálási segédprogram\n"
+"által), akkor felhasználhatók a már létező partíciók. Ha viszont még nem\n"
+"léteznek, akkor először definiálni kell a partíciókat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partíció létrehozásánál először ki kell választani egy merevlemezt.\n"
+"Ehhez kattintson a megfelelő azonosítóra: \"hda\" az első IDE-csatolós\n"
+"lemez, \"hdb\" a második; \"sda\" az első SCSI-csatolós lemez, és így\n"
+"tovább.\n"
+"\n"
+"A kijelölt merevlemez partícionálásánál az alábbi lehetőségek közül lehet\n"
+"választani:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ennek hatására a kijelölt merevlemezen található\n"
+"összes partíció törlésre kerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez lehetővé teszi Ext3 és lapozási\n"
+"partíciók automatikus létrehozását a rendelkezésre álló üres területen.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": hozzáférést biztosít további lehetőségekhez:\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": a partíciós tábla mentése floppyra.\n"
+"A floppy használatával később - szükség esetén - helyre lehet állítani\n"
+"(vissza lehet tölteni) a partíciós táblát. Erősen ajánljuk, hogy használja\n"
+"ezt a lehetőséget.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": egy korábban elmentett\n"
+"partíciós tábla visszatöltése floppyról.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ha a partíciós tábla\n"
+"megsérült, akkor ezzel lehet megpróbálni annak kijavítását. Legyen nagyon\n"
+"óvatos, mert a javítás nem mindig sikerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ennek hatására az összes\n"
+"módosítás elvész; a program ismét betölti a kiindulási partíciós táblát.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ha nincs\n"
+"bejelölve ez az opció, akkor a felhasználóknak kézzel kell végezniük a\n"
+"cserélhető adathordozók (például CD és floppy) csatolását illetve\n"
+"leválasztását.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget, ha a partícionálást\n"
+"varázsló segítségével szeretné végrehajtani. Ha nem ismeri a\n"
+"partícionálás technikai részleteit, akkor érdemes ezt választania.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ezzel lehet a módosításokat visszavonni.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": további funkciók elérhetővé tétele\n"
+"(partíciótípus, opciók, formázás) és több információ megjelenítése a\n"
+"merevlemezekkel kapcsolatosan.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a partícionálás befejezése után ezzel lehet a módosításokat\n"
+"elmenteni a lemezre.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy partíció méretének megadásakor finombeállítást végezhet a billentyűzet\n"
+"nyílbillentyűivel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az összes funkció elérhető a billentyűzetről. A partíciók között a Tab\n"
+"billentyűvel és a Fel/Le nyilakkal lehet mozogni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha egy partíció ki van jelölve, használni lehet a következőket:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+C: új partíció létrehozása (ha üres partíció van kijelölve)\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+D: partíció törlése\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+M: csatolási (mount) pont megadása\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha információt szeretne a használható fájlrendszertípusokról, olvassa el\n"
+"a kézikönyv Ext2FS fájlrendszerrel foglalkozó fejezetét.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítés egy PowerPC gépre történik, akkor érdemes létrehozni egy\n"
+"kisméretű HFS rendszerindítási partíciót (legalább 1 MB) a \"Yaboot\"\n"
+"rendszerbetöltő program számára. Ha nagyobbra veszi a partíciót (például\n"
+"50 MB méretűre), akkor eltárolható lesz rajta például egy tartalék kernel\n"
+"illetve RAM-diszk képfájlok (image-ek) esetleges rendszerhibák esetére."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Cserélhető adathordozó automatikus csatolása"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Váltás a normál és a szakértői módok közt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Egynél több microsoftos partíció van a lemezen.\n"
+"Válassza ki azt, amelyiket át szeretné méretezni, hogy a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux feltelepíthető legyen.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partíciólista a következő mezőket tartalmazza: \"linuxos név\",\n"
+"\"windowsos név\", \"kapacitás\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"linuxos név\" formátuma a következő: \"a merevlemez típusa\",\n"
+"\"a lemez azonosítója\", \"a partíció azonosítója\" (példa a linuxos\n"
+"névre: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a lemez IDE-csatolós, akkor \"a merevlemez típusa\" \"hd\",\n"
+"ha pedig SCSI-csatolós, akkor \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A lemez azonosítója\" mindig egy betű a \"hd\" illetve az \"sd\" után.\n"
+"IDE-csatolós meghajtók esetén:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"a\" jelentése: \"első (master) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"b\" jelentése: \"második (slave) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"c\" jelentése: \"első meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"d\" jelentése: \"második meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-csatolós meghajtóknál az \"a\" jelentése: \"a legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", \"b\" jelentése: \"a második legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", és így tovább.\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"windowsos név\" a meghajtó Windows alatt használt azonosítója\n"
+"(az első lemez vagy partíció neve \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi országbeállítást. Ha az nem\n"
+"megfelelő, kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és válasszon egy másik országot.\n"
+"Ha a kívánt ország nem szerepel az elsőként megjelenített listában, akkor\n"
+"kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a teljes országlista megjelenítéséhez."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Erre a lépésre csak akkor kerül sor, ha a gépen már van linuxos partíció.\n"
+"\n"
+"Most közölnie kell a telepítővel, hogy új telepítést szeretne-e végezni\n"
+"vagy pedig egy meglevő Mandriva Linux-rendszert kíván frissíteni:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a korábbi rendszer felülírásra kerül. Attól függően, hogy\n"
+"milyen partíciók találhatók a gépen, bizonyos partíciók (például a\n"
+"\"home\" nevű saját könyvtárakat tartalmazók) változatlan tartalommal\n"
+"megőrizhetők. Ha szeretné módosítani a merevlemezek partícionálását\n"
+"vagy a fájlrendszereket, akkor ezt a lehetőséget használja.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi egy korábbi Mandriva Linux-telepítés\n"
+"csomagjainak frissítését. A merevlemezek partícionálása változatlanul\n"
+"marad, a felhasználók adatai sem módosulnak. A többi beállítási lépés közül\n"
+"a legtöbb elérhető lesz - a folyamat hasonló a normál telepítéshez.\n"
+"\n"
+"Frissítés használata akkor javasolt, ha a számítógépen\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 8.1 vagy újabb kiadás van."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő a kiválasztott nyelvtől függően automatikusan kiválaszt\n"
+"egy bizonyos billentyűzetbeállítást. Ellenőrizze, hogy a kiválasztott\n"
+"beállítás megfelel-e Önnek; ha nem felel meg, akkor válasszon másikat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elképzelhető, hogy Önnek nem a nyelvének megfelelő billentyűzete van;\n"
+"például ha Ön egy angolul beszélő magyar ember, akkor lehetséges,\n"
+"hogy magyar billentyűzete van.\n"
+"Hasonló helyzet adódhat, ha az Ön nyelve magyar, de Ön Quebecben\n"
+"tartózkodik - az Ön által beszélt nyelv nem feltétlenül egyezik meg a\n"
+"billentyűzet nyelvével. Ez a telepítési lépés lehetővé teszi a hasonló\n"
+"esetekre, hogy kiválasszon egy megfelelő billentyűzetet egy listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hogy megjelenjen a támogatott billentyűzetek listája, kattintson\n"
+"a(z) \"%s\" nyomógombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha nem latin ábécére épülő billentyűzetkiosztást választ, akkor a\n"
+"következő lépésben kijelölhet egy billentyűkombinációt, amellyel\n"
+"majd a latin és a nem-latin kiosztások közt lehet váltani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Az első lépés a nyelv kiválasztása.\n"
+"\n"
+"A kiválasztott nyelv befolyásolja a telepítőnek, a dokumentációnak és a\n"
+"rendszer többi részének a nyelvét is. Válassza ki a megfelelő földrajzi\n"
+"helyet, majd a kívánt nyelvet.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" nyomógombra kattintva kiválaszthatók további telepítendő\n"
+"nyelvek. További nyelvek választása esetén telepítésre kerülnek az adott\n"
+"nyelvekhez tartozó fájlok is - a rendszerdokumentáció és az alkalmazások\n"
+"szövegei. Ha például a gépet spanyol felhasználók is használni fogják,\n"
+"akkor az alapértelmezett nyelvnek (például magyar) a fában történő\n"
+"kiválasztását követően a Speciális részben jelölje be a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az UTF-8 (Unicode) szabvány támogatásáról: A Unicode egy új\n"
+"karakterkódolási szabvány az összes létező nyelv lefedésére.\n"
+"A Linux alatti teljes támogatása még fejlesztés alatt áll.\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux UTF-8-használatát befolyásolják a felhasználó\n"
+"által végzett beállítások:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - ha olyan nyelvet választ, amelyhez erősen kapcsolódik egy\n"
+"korábbi kódolási módszer (Latin1-nyelvek, orosz, japán, kínai,\n"
+"koreai, thai, görög, török, valamint a legtöbb, ISO-8859-2 kódolást\n"
+"használó nyelv), akkor alapértelmezésben ez a korábbi kódolás lesz\n"
+"használva\n"
+"\n"
+"  - egyéb nyelvek esetében a Unicode szabvány lesz használva\n"
+"alapértelmezésben\n"
+"\n"
+"  - ha kettő vagy több nyelv kerül telepítésre, és azok eltérő\n"
+"kódolást használnak, akkor a Unicode szabványt fogja használni az\n"
+"egész rendszer\n"
+"\n"
+"  - a felhasználó előírhatja, hogy az egész rendszer a Unicode-ot\n"
+"használja - ehhez a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget kell választani (függetlenül\n"
+"a választott nyelvektől)\n"
+"\n"
+"Tetszőleges számú nyelv telepíthető az alapértelmezett nyelven felül.\n"
+"Telepítheti akár az összeset is - ehhez a(z) \"%s\" opciót kell\n"
+"használni. Egy nyelv támogatásának telepítése azt jelenti, hogy telepítésre\n"
+"kerülnek az adott nyelvhez kapcsolódó fordítások, betűkészletek,\n"
+"helyesírás-ellenőrzők és egyebek.\n"
+"\n"
+"A rendszerre telepített nyelvek közti váltáshoz a \"localedrake\"\n"
+"program használható. Rendszergazdai jogosultsággal az összes felhasználó\n"
+"nyelvbeállításait lehet módosítani, normál felhasználóként futtatva\n"
+"pedig csak az adott felhasználó nyelvbeállításait."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "spanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő általában felismeri, hogy hány gomb van az egéren. Ha ez nem így\n"
+"történik, akkor azt feltételezi, hogy Ön kétgombos egérrel rendelkezik,\n"
+"és ez esetben beállítja a harmadik egérgomb emulálását. Kétgombos egér\n"
+"esetén a \"harmadik\" gomb lenyomása a két gomb egyidejű lenyomását\n"
+"jelenti (ha az emulálás be van állítva). A telepítő felismeri, hogy\n"
+"milyen fajtájú az egér: PS/2, soros vagy USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha háromgombos, görgő nélküli egere van, akkor kiválaszthat egy \"%s\"\n"
+"egeret. A telepítő ekkor úgy állítja be az egeret, hogy emulálható\n"
+"legyen a görgő. Emulálási üzemmódban a görgő helyettesítéséhez\n"
+"nyomja le a középső egérgombot, majd mozgassa az egeret előre-hátra\n"
+"irányban.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha Ön másféle egértípust szeretne megadni, válassza ki a megfelelő típust\n"
+"a listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Általános\" egértípus kiválasztásához használja a(z) \"%s\" bejegyzést.\n"
+"Ez a legtöbb egérhez megfelel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az alapértelmezettől eltérő egeret választ, akkor megjelenik egy\n"
+"tesztelési képernyő. Használja az egérgombokat és a görgőt, hogy\n"
+"ellenőrizze a beállítások helyességét és az egér helyes működését.\n"
+"Ha az egér nem működik helyesen, akkor nyomja le a Szóköz vagy az Enter\n"
+"(Return) billentyűt, és válasszon egy másik fajta egeret a listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"A görgős egereket nem mindig ismeri fel a rendszer. Ha az egér nem lett\n"
+"felismerve, válassza ki saját kezűleg a listából. Ügyeljen arra, hogy az\n"
+"egér portjának megfelelő tételt válassza ki. Miután kiválasztotta a kívánt\n"
+"típust, majd lenyomta a(z) \"%s\" gombot, egy egeret ábrázoló kép\n"
+"jelenik meg a képernyőn. Mozgassa az egér görgőjét, hogy az megfelelően\n"
+"aktiválva legyen. Ha a képernyőn levő görgőt mozogni látja az egérgörgő\n"
+"mozgatásakor, akkor tesztelje le egyrészt az egér gombjainak működését,\n"
+"másrészt azt, hogy megfelelően mozog-e az egérkurzor a képernyőn az egér\n"
+"mozgatásakor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "görgő-emulációval"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzális | Bármilyen PS/2- vagy USB-egér"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Válassza ki a megfelelő portot. Például a windowsos \"COM1\" port\n"
+"neve Linux alatt \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez a legkritikusabb pont a Linux rendszer biztonságára vonatkozóan:\n"
+"meg kell adni a \"root\" nevű felhasználó jelszavát. A \"root\" azonosító\n"
+"a rendszeradminisztrátort jelöli; ez az egyetlen olyan felhasználó,\n"
+"amelynek joga van rendszerfrissítést végezni, felhasználókat létrehozni,\n"
+"módosítani a rendszerbeállításokat illetve hasonló tevékenységeket végezni.\n"
+"Röviden szólva: a \"root\" felhasználó bármit megtehet a rendszeren.\n"
+"Ez az, amiért a jelszót úgy kell megválasztani, hogy azt minél nehezebb\n"
+"legyen kitalálni. A telepítő jelzi az Ön számára, ha a jelszót könnyen\n"
+"kitalálhatónak tartja. Nem kötelező megadni jelszót, de erősen javasolt.\n"
+"A Linux rendszert - ugyanúgy, mint bármely más rendszert - tönkre lehet\n"
+"tenni rendszeradminisztrátori hibákkal. Mivel a \"root\" felhasználóra\n"
+"nem vonatkoznak a korlátozások, ezért ha például óvatlanul kezeli a\n"
+"partíciókat, akkor akár le is törölheti az azokon levő adatokat - ezért\n"
+"fontos, hogy a rendszeradminisztrátori azonosító védve legyen.\n"
+"\n"
+"A jelszónak betűkből és számokból kell állni, és legalább 8 karakter\n"
+"hosszúságúnak kell lenni. Soha ne írja le a rendszeradminisztrátori\n"
+"jelszót - ez veszélyt jelenthetne a rendszerre.\n"
+"\n"
+"A fentiek ellenére ne válasszon túl hosszú vagy túl bonyolult jelszót, mert\n"
+"Önnek fejben kell tartania azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"A jelszó nem jelenik meg a képernyőn, amikor Ön begépeli azt. Az esetleges\n"
+"gépelési hibák miatti problémák elkerülése érdekében kétszer kell beírni a\n"
+"jelszót. Ha esetleg ugyanazt a gépelési hibát követi el a jelszó első és\n"
+"második megadásánál, akkor ezen - helytelenül írt - jelszóval kell majd\n"
+"bejelentkezni a rendszerbe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha szeretné a géphez való hozzáférést azonosítási kiszolgálóval\n"
+"(authentication server) vezérelni, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az Ön hálózata LDAP-t, NIS-t vagy PDC-t használ azonosításhoz, akkor\n"
+"válassza az ennek megfelelő tételt a(z) \"%s\" pontban. Ha nem tudja,\n"
+"hogy mit kellene megadni, kérdezze meg a rendszergazdát.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha Önnek problémája van a jelszavak megjegyzésével kapcsolatban, vagy\n"
+"a számítógép nem fog kapcsolódni az internetre és Ön megbízik\n"
+"mindenkiben, aki elérheti a gépet, abban az esetben elfogadható a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" lehetőség választása."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "felhasználóazonosítás"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"A rendszerindító programot a számítógép indítja el a gép elindításakor,\n"
+"ezt követően ezen program végzi a rendszer elindítását. A rendszerindító\n"
+"program telepítése általában teljesen automatikus. A telepítő elemzi a\n"
+"lemez betöltőszektorát, és annak megfelelően cselekszik, hogy ott mit\n"
+"talál:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ha windowsos betöltőszektort talál, akkor azt helyettesíteni fogja egy\n"
+"GRUB-/LILO-betöltőszektorral. Így Önnek lehetősége lesz arra is, hogy\n"
+"Linuxot indítson, és arra is, hogy egy másik operációs rendszert.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ha GRUB- vagy LILO-betöltőszektort talál, helyettesíti azt egy új\n"
+"példánnyal.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítő nem tudja meghatározni, hogy hova telepítendő a\n"
+"rendszerindító, akkor kérdést tesz fel Önnek azzal kapcsolatban.\n"
+"Általában \"%s\" a legbiztosabb hely. \"%s\" lehetőség választása\n"
+"esetén nem lesz telepítve rendszerindító. Ezt a lehetőséget csak\n"
+"akkor használja, ha biztos abban, hogy ezt szeretné."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt lehet nyomtatórendszert választani a gép számára. Más operációs\n"
+"rendszerekben általában csak egy van, a Mandriva Linuxban viszont kettő is.\n"
+"Mindkettőnek megvannak a maga előnyei bizonyos környezetben használva.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": \"print, do not queue\", azaz sorba tevés nélkül történő\n"
+"nyomtatás. Akkor válassza ezt, ha közvetlen kapcsolat van a\n"
+"nyomtatóval, továbbá ha szeretné, hogy egyszerűen meg lehessen oldani a\n"
+"papírberagadási problémákat illetve ha nincsen hálózati nyomtatója. A(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" módszer csak a legegyszerűbb hálózati szolgáltatásokat nyújtja, és\n"
+"hálózaton viszonylag lassú. Ha Ön nem rendelkezik komolyabb linuxos\n"
+"ismeretekkel, akkor érdemes ezt a módszert választania.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": \"Common UNIX Printing System\", azaz általános UNIX-os\n"
+"nyomtatórendszer. Helyi és távoli nyomtatókra való nyomtatáshoz remekül\n"
+"használható. Ez egy egyszerűen beállítható rendszer, és képes a régi\n"
+"\"lpd\" nyomtatórendszer kiszolgálójaként vagy klienseként funkcionálni -\n"
+"vagyis kompatibilis a régebbi operációs rendszerekkel. Nagy tudású\n"
+"rendszer, viszont az alapvető beállítások majdnem olyan egyszerűen\n"
+"elvégezhetők benne, mint a \"pdq\" esetében. Ha arra használja, hogy egy\n"
+"\"lpd\" kiszolgálót emuláljon vele, akkor aktiválnia kell a \"cups-lpd\"\n"
+"szolgáltatást. A(z) \"%s\" rendelkezik grafikus felülettel, amely\n"
+"nyomtatásra, a nyomtatóparaméterek kiválasztására illetve nyomtatókezelésre\n"
+"használható.\n"
+"\n"
+"Telepítés után lehetősége lesz a nyomtatórendszer lecserélésére (ha mégsem\n"
+"felel meg az itt kiválasztott) - ehhez a PrinterDrake programot kell\n"
+"elindítani a Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban, majd rá kell kattintani a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "PDQ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Szakértő"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő megkeresi a gépben levő IDE-eszközöket. Felderíti\n"
+"a PCI SCSI-kártyákat is. A program a felismert SCSI-kártyákhoz\n"
+"automatikusan feltelepíti a megfelelő meghajtóprogramokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mivel a hardverfelderítés nem mindig ismeri fel a gépben levő eszközöket,\n"
+"ezért elképzelhető, hogy a telepítő nem ismeri fel a merevlemezeket. Ha így\n"
+"történik, akkor adja meg saját kezűleg a kérdéses eszközök jellemzőit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha kézzel kellett megadnia a PCI SCSI-kártya típusát, a telepítő\n"
+"megkérdezi, hogy szeretné-e megadni a kártya jellemzőit. Általában nincs\n"
+"szükség saját kezűleg való beállításra, mivel a telepítő a legtöbb esetben\n"
+"le tudja kérdezni a megfelelő beállításokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítő nem tudja meghatározni a szükséges jellemzőket, akkor\n"
+"Önnek kell megadnia a meghajtóprogram paramétereit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ha a telepítő hangkártyát észlel a gépben, az itt fog\n"
+"megjelenni. Ha az itt megjelenő hangkártya nem azonos a gépben levővel,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a gombra és válasszon egy másik meghajtóprogramot."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt a gépéről összegyűjtött adatokat láthatja. A telepített hardvertől\n"
+"függően a következőkben felsorolt elemek jelenhetnek meg. A bejegyzések a\n"
+"beállítható elemeket tartalmazzák azok aktuális beállításaival együtt.\n"
+"Módosítás a megfelelő \"%s\" gombbal végezhető.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi billentyűzet-kiosztást és\n"
+"szükség esetén módosítsa azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi országbeállítást. Ha az nem\n"
+"megfelelő, kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és válasszon egy másik\n"
+"országot. Ha a kívánt ország nem szerepel az elsőként megjelenített\n"
+"listában, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a teljes országlista\n"
+"megjelenítéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a telepítő alapértelmezésben felkínál egy általa\n"
+"megfelelőnek tartott időzóna-beállítást, amelyet az Ön által kiválasztott\n"
+"ország alapján határoz meg. Ha az nem felel meg Önnek, akkor módosítsa a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombbal.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi egérbeállításokat; a módosításukhoz\n"
+"kattintson a gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattintva elindul a\n"
+"nyomtatóbeállítási varázsló. Nyomtatóbeállítással kapcsolatos további\n"
+"információkat a felhasználói kézikönyvből lehet szerezni. Az ott\n"
+"bemutatott felület hasonló ahhoz, ami a telepítéskor megjelenik.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a telepítő hangkártyát észlel a gépben, az itt fog\n"
+"megjelenni. Ha az itt megjelenő hangkártya nem azonos a gépben levővel,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a gombra és válasszon egy másik meghajtóprogramot.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a telepítő tévékártyát észlel a gépben, az itt\n"
+"fog megjelenni. Ha a telepítő nem észleli a gépben levő tévékártyát,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és állítsa be kézzel.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, módosíthatja a kártya\n"
+"paramétereit.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a telepítő alapértelmezésben \"800x600\"-as\n"
+"vagy \"1024x768\"-as felbontást állít be a grafikus felülethez. Ha ez nem\n"
+"felel meg Önnek, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a grafikus felület\n"
+"beállításainak módosításához.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha be szeretné állítani az internet vagy a helyi hálózat\n"
+"elérését most, akkor kattintson a gombra. Információkat a nyomtatott\n"
+"dokumentációból szerezhet, vagy telepítés után a Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Vezérlőközpontban.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi a HTTP- és FTP-proxyk beállítását arra az\n"
+"esetre, ha a gép egy proxykiszolgáló mögött lesz.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi az egyik korábbi lépésben\n"
+"beállított biztonsági szint módosítását.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha tervezi a gép internetre való kapcsolását, akkor érdemes\n"
+"egy tűzfalat használni az esetleges behatolások ellen. A tűzfalbeállítással\n"
+"kapcsolatban a kézikönyvben találhat részletes információt.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha szeretné módosítani a rendszerbetöltő\n"
+"beállításait, kattintson a megfelelő gombra. Elsősorban a komolyabb\n"
+"ismeretekkel rendelkező felhasználóknak javasolt. Információkat a\n"
+"nyomtatott dokumentációból szerezhet, vagy telepítés után a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban a rendszerindítónál.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": itt részletesen beállítható, hogy mely\n"
+"szolgáltatások legyenek működtetve a gépen. Ha kiszolgálóként szeretné\n"
+"üzemeltetni a gépet, akkor érdemes átnézni ezt a részt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kártya"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafikus felület"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Válassza ki azt a lemezt, amelyet törölni szeretne a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-partíció létrehozásához. Figyelem: a lemezen\n"
+"található adatok elvesznek, és később nem nyerhetők vissza!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha a lemezen található összes adatot\n"
+"és partíciót törölni szeretné. Figyelem! A(z) \"%s\" gomb megnyomása\n"
+"után nincs mód a törölt adatok és partíciók visszaállítására -\n"
+"természetesen akkor sem, ha egy Windows-partíció törlődött.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha nem kívánja végrehajtani a műveletet\n"
+"(a lemezen található partíciók és adatok ez esetben nem változnak)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Következő ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Előző"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b241382e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1974 @@
+# Instalator Grafis Mandriva Linux
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva
+# Budi Rachmanto <rac@mandrivalinux.org>, 2001-2003
+# Linux Indonesia <http://www.linux.or.id>, 1999-2001
+# Mohammad DAMT <mdamt@cdl2000.com>, 1999-2001
+# Andy <chandy@indo.net.id>, 1999
+# Kelana <nk@telkom.net>, 1999
+# Willy Sudiarto Raharjo <willysr@gmail.com>, 2004 - 2005.
+# Erwien Samantha <erwiensamantha@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# Bayu Artanto <bayuart@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+# Ahmad Ramadhana <ahmad_ramadhana@yahoo.com.sg>, 2005.
+# Firdaus <dausnux@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# Sofian <sofianhanafi@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 0.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-11 10:45+0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Willy Sudiarto Raharjo <willysr@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesia <mdk-id@yahoogroups.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bacalah lisensi sebelum melanjutkan. Lisensi mencakup seluruh distribusi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Jika Anda setuju dengan semua pasal di dalamnya, klik\n"
+"kotak \"%s\". Jika tidak, klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan mereboot komputer "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux adalah sistem multiuser, artinya tiap pengguna bisa punya "
+"kesukaan,\n"
+"file sendiri. Tidak seperti \"root\", sang administrator, pengguna di sini "
+"tidak berhak\n"
+"mengubah apapun kecuali konfigurasi dan file mereka sendiri, menjaga sistem "
+"dari perubahan\n"
+"yang dapat merusak sistem secara keseluruhan. Anda harus membuat setidaknya "
+"satu pengguna \n"
+"reguler untuk Anda sendiri. Account ini Anda pakai untuk rutinitas. Meski "
+"Anda dapat login \n"
+"sebagai \"root\" untuk melakukan apa saja, tapi itu amat berbahaya! "
+"Kesalahan terkecil dapat \n"
+"menyebabkan sistem Anda tidak bekerja selamanya. Meski Anda melakukan "
+"kesalahan serius sebagai \n"
+"pengguna normal, Anda hanya akan kehilangan sebagian informasi, tidak "
+"seluruh sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pertama, Anda harus mengisi nama. Ini tidak wajib, tentu saja - Anda dapat\n"
+"mengisinya sesuka Anda. DrakX akan mengambil kata pertama yang Anda "
+"masukkan\n"
+"pada kotak dan menyalinnya pada \"%s\" sebagai nama yang harus diketikkan "
+"pengguan untuk login ke sistem. \n"
+"Anda dapat mengubahnya. Lalu Anda harus mengisi katasandi. Katasandi "
+"pengguna \n"
+"biasa tidak sepenting katasandi \"root\" dari segi keamanan, tapi tidak "
+"ada \n"
+"alasan untuk mengabaikannya - file Anda bisa beresiko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Setelah Klik pada \"%s\", Anda dapat menambahkan pengguna untuk setiap "
+"rekan,\n"
+"ayah, atau saudara Anda. Klik \"%s\" ketika Anda telah selesai menambahkan "
+"pengguna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada tombol \"%s\" memungkinkan Anda mengubah \"shell\" standar untuk\n"
+"pengguna terkait (standar: bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika Anda selesai menambahkan pengguna, Anda akan ditanya untuk memilih "
+"pengguna yang \n"
+"dapat otomatis login saat komputer di-boot. Bila tertarik (dan tak begitu "
+"peduli\n"
+"dengan keamanan lokal), pilihlah pengguna dan manajer window-nya, lalu klik\n"
+"pada \"%s\". Jika tidak tertarik, jangan tandai kotak \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Apakah Anda ingin menggunakan fitur ini?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Berikut adalah daftar partisi Linux yang terdeteksi pada hard drive Anda.\n"
+"Anda dapat memakai pilihan yg dibuatkan, karena itu baik untuk installasi\n"
+"umum. Bila Anda mengubah pilihan, setidaknya Anda perlu mendefinisikan\n"
+"partisi root (\"/\"). Jangan pilih partisi yang terlalu kecil agar dapat\n"
+"menginstal software dengan leluasa. Bila Anda ingin menyimpan data pada "
+"partisi\n"
+"lain, Anda perlu membuat partisi \"/home\" (hanya mungkin jika punya lebih\n"
+"dari satu partisi Linux.)\n"
+"\n"
+"Setiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama\", \"Kapasitas\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n"
+"\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" untuk drive IDE dan \"sd\" untuk drive "
+"SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Bila "
+"berupa IDE, maka:\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" adalah \"ID SCSI terkecil\", \"b\" adalah\"ID SCSI "
+"terkecil kedua\", dan seterusnya."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasi Mandriva Linux didistribusikan pada beberapa CDROM. DrakX tahu "
+"jika paket\n"
+"terpilih berada di CDROM lain dan akan mengeluarkan CD yang ada untuk "
+"kemudian\n"
+"meminta Anda memasukkan CD yg diperlukan. Jika Anda tidak memiliki CD yang "
+"diperlukan,\n"
+"cukup klik pada \"%s\", maka paket tidak akan diinstal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang waktunya untuk menentukan program yang akan diinstal. Terdapat "
+"ribuan \n"
+"pada Mandriva Linux, dan untuk mempermudah, mereka telah diletakkan pada "
+"grup \n"
+"aplikasi yang sejenis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux mengurutkan paket dalam empat kategori. Anda bisa "
+"menggabungkan \n"
+"menyesuaikan aplikasi dari berbagai kategori, sehingga installasi "
+"``Workstation''\n"
+"tetap dapat memiliki aplikasi pada installasi ``Server''\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda ingin menggunakan komputer Anda sebagai workstation, "
+"pilih\n"
+"satu/lebih grup dalam kategori workstation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika komputer akan digunakan untuk pemrograman, pilih grup\n"
+"dari kategori itu. Grup khusus \"LSB\" akan mengkonfigurasi sistem\n"
+"agar sesuai dengan Spesifikasi Linux Standard Base sedekat mungkin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Memilih grup \"LSB\" juga akan menginstall seri kernel \"2.4\",\n"
+"dan bukan default \"2.6\". Hal ini untuk memastikan kesetaraan 100%% dengan "
+"LSB \n"
+"pada sistem. Namun, jika Anda tidak memilih grub \"LSB\" Anda akan \n"
+"tetap mendapatkan sistem yang hampir setara 100%% dengan LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika komputer diinginkan menjadi server, Anda dapat\n"
+"memilih layanan paling umum yang akan diinstal.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": di sini Anda memilih lingkungan grafis. Minimal Anda\n"
+"harus pilih satu jika ingin punya workstation grafis!\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk melihat penjelasan singkat, gerakkan kursor mouse ke atas nama grup.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda bisa menandai kotak \"%s\", yang berguna jika Anda terbiasa dengan \n"
+"paket yang ditawarkan atau jika Anda ingin mempunyai kontrol penuh dari "
+"apa \n"
+"yang akan diinstall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memulai installasi dalam mode \"%s\", Anda bisa menghapus semua "
+"grup\n"
+"dan mencegah installasi paket baru. Hal ini berguna untuk memperbaiki atau \n"
+"mengupdate sistem yang sudah ada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda tidak memilih semua grup ketika menjalankan installasi umum "
+"(sebagai\n"
+"kebalikan dari upgrade), sebuah dialog muncul untuk menawarkan opsi lain \n"
+"untuk installasi minimal:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menginstall paket seminimal mungkin untuk mendapatkan sebuah \n"
+"desktop grafis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menginstall sistem dasar ditambah utilitas dasar dan juga \n"
+"dokumentasi. Installasi ini cocok untuk membuat sebuah server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": akan menginstall paket seminimal mungkin yang diperlukan \n"
+"untuk mendapatkan sistem Linux yang bekerja. Dengan installasi ini, Anda \n"
+"akan mendapatkan antarmuka perintah baris. Ukuran totalnya sekitar 65\n"
+"megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Upgrade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dengan dokumentasi dasar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installasi paling minimal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih paket sendiri, installer akan menampilkan sebuah pohon \n"
+"berisi seluruh paket yang diklasifikasikan oleh grup dan sub grup. Selama\n"
+"menjelajah pohon tersebut, Anda bisa memilih seluruh grup, sub grup, atau "
+"paket\n"
+"individu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Setiap kali Anda memilih paket dalam pohon, penjelasan muncul di sisi kanan\n"
+"sehingga Anda tahu tujuan dari paket tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Jika paket server terpilih dengan sengaja atau karena merupakan bagian "
+"suatu\n"
+"grup besar, akan ada pertanyaan konfirmasi installasi paket tersebut. Pada\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, secara default semua server terinstal dijalankan saat boot.\n"
+"Meski aman saat distribusi diluncurkan, ada kemungkinan lubang keamanan\n"
+"ditemukan setelah versi Mandriva Linux ini selesai. Jika Anda tidak tahu "
+"apa\n"
+"yang dilakukan oleh suatu layanan atau mengapa ia diinstal, klik \"%s\".\n"
+"Jika Anda menekan \"%s\" layanan terdaftar akan diinstal dan akan "
+"dijalankan\n"
+"secara otomatis. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi \"%s\" digunakan untuk mematikan dialog yang muncul tiap kali\n"
+"installer memilih suatu paket secara otomatis untuk menyelesaikan masalah\n"
+"ketergantungan. Beberapa paket tergantung pada yang lain dan installasi \n"
+"sebuah paket mungkin membutuhkan installasi paket lain. Installer bisa \n"
+"menentukan paket mana yang diperlukan untuk menyelesaikan ketergantungan\n"
+"dan menyelesaikan installasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ikon disket di bagian bawah memungkinkan Anda untuk memuat daftar paket \n"
+"yang diinstal pada installasi sebelumnya. Hal ini berguna jika Anda telah\n"
+"memiliki sejumlah komputer yang hendak Anda konfigurasi secara serupa. Meng-"
+"klik\n"
+"pada ikon ini akan meminta Anda memasukkan disket yang dibuat pada akhir \n"
+"installasi lainnya. Lihat tip kedua di langkah terakhir untuk membuat "
+"floppy \n"
+"tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Ketergantungan otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": meng-klik pada \"%s\" untuk membuka konfigurator printer. Baca\n"
+"bab yg bersangkutan di ``Pedoman Pemula'' untuk informasi lebih lanjut "
+"tentang\n"
+"cara setup printer baru. Antarmuka yang ditampilkan di sana sama dengan "
+"yang \n"
+"yang dipakai saat installasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dialog ini digunakan untuk memilih layanan yang Anda jalankan saat boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX akan menampilkan semua layanan yang tersedia pada installasi ini. "
+"Periksa \n"
+"dengan baik dan jangan tandai layanan yang tidak diperlukan saat boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Penjelasan singkat tentang layanan akan ditampilkan ketika suatu layanan "
+"dipilih. \n"
+"Namun jika Anda tak yakin kegunaan layanan tersebut, lebih aman menggunakan "
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada tahap ini, hati-hati jika Anda bermaksud menjadikan komputer Anda "
+"sebuah\n"
+"server: Anda mungkin tidak ingin menjalankan layanan yang tidak diperlukan. "
+"Ingat,\n"
+"beberapa layanan bisa berbahaya jika dijalankan. Secara umum, pilihlah "
+"hanya\n"
+"layanan yang benar-benar Anda perlukan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux mengatur waktu dalam GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) dan "
+"menerjemahkannya\n"
+"ke waktu lokal sesuai zona waktu yang Anda pilih. Jika waktu pada "
+"motherboard\n"
+"Anda diset ke waktu lokal, Anda bisa menonaktifkannya dengan tidak memilih\n"
+"\"%s\" yang akan mengijinkan GNU/Linux mengetahui bahwa waktu sisten dan "
+"waktu\n"
+"perangkat keras berada dalam zona waktu yang sama. Hal ini berguna ketika "
+"komputer\n"
+"juga menggunakan sistem operasi lain.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi \"%s\" akan otomatis mengatur jam dengan menghubungi server waktu "
+"remote di \n"
+"internet. Agar fitur ini bekerja, Anda harus memiliki koneksi Internet. "
+"Kami\n"
+"merekomendasikan Anda memilih server terdekat. Opsi ini sebenarnya "
+"menginstall \n"
+"server waktu yang dapat digunakan oleh komputer lain pada jaringan lokal "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sinkronisasi waktu otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Kartu Grafis\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installer akan mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi kartu grafis yang "
+"terinstall \n"
+"secara otomatis pada komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, pilih kartu yang "
+"sesuai pada\n"
+"daftar ini.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan "
+"atau tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (untuk X Window System) adalah jantung dari interface grafis GNU/Linux\n"
+"yang diperlukan oleh semua lingkungan grafis (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, dll.) yang dibundel pada Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda akan melihat daftar parameter yang berbeda untuk merubah untuk "
+"mendapatkan\n"
+"tampilan grafis yang optimal.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kartu Grafis\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi kartu \n"
+"grafis yang terinstall pada komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar kartu grafis yang terinstall pada komputer Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan "
+"atau tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Biasanya, installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi \n"
+"monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolusi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Disini Anda bisa memilih resolusi dan kedalaman warna yang tersedia "
+"untuk\n"
+"perangkat keras grafis Anda. Pilih yang memenuhi kebutuhan Anda (Anda bisa \n"
+"merubahnya setelah installasi). Contoh dari konfigurasi terpilih "
+"ditampilkan\n"
+"pada gambar monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Pengujian\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bergantung pada perangkat keras Anda, entry ini mungkin tidak muncul.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem akan mencoba membuka layar grafis pada resolusi yang diinginkan.\n"
+"Jika Anda melihat pesan pengujian selama tes dan menjawab \"%s\",\n"
+"maka DrakX akan melanjutkan ke langkah selanjutnya. Jika Anda tidak "
+"melihatnya,\n"
+"maka berarti beberapa bagian dari konfigurasi deteksi otomatis salah dan\n"
+"pengujian akan berakhir setelah 12 detik dan kembali ke menu. Ubahlah\n"
+"setting sehingga Anda mendapatkan tampilan grafis yang benar.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Langkah ini mengijinkan Anda untuk memilih apakah komputer Anda hendak "
+"berpindah\n"
+"ke antarmuka grafis secara otomatis saat boot.Biasanya Anda harus melihat \n"
+"\"%s\" jika komputer Anda bertindak sebagai server, atau jika Anda adalah\n"
+"tidak berhasil mendapatkan konfigurasi tampilan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Biasanya, installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi \n"
+"monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Disini Anda bisa memilih resolusi dan kedalaman warna yang tersedia "
+"untuk\n"
+"perangkat keras grafis Anda. Pilih yang memenuhi kebutuhan Anda (Anda bisa \n"
+"merubahnya setelah installasi). Contoh dari konfigurasi terpilih "
+"ditampilkan\n"
+"pada gambar monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan atau "
+"tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Langkah ini mengijinkan Anda untuk memilih apakah komputer Anda hendak "
+"berpindah\n"
+"ke antarmuka grafis secara otomatis saat boot.Biasanya Anda harus melihat \n"
+"\"%s\" jika komputer Anda bertindak sebagai server, atau jika Anda adalah\n"
+"tidak berhasil mendapatkan konfigurasi tampilan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang Anda harus menentukan dimana Anda hendak menginstall sistem "
+"operasi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux pada harddisk Anda. Jika harddisk Anda kosong atau jika "
+"sebuah\n"
+"sistem operasi menggunakan semua tempat, Anda harus mempartisi drive.\n"
+"Pada dasarnya, mempartisi harddisk berarti membaginya secara logical\n"
+"untuk membuat ruang yang diperlukan sistem Mandriva Linux baru Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Karena proses partisi harddisk biasanya tidak bisa dikembalikan dan bisa \n"
+"mengacu pada kehilangan data, partisi bisa menegangkan dan membuat stress\n"
+"bagi pengguna yang tidak terbiasa. Untungnya, DrakX menyertakan wizard yang\n"
+"mempermudah proses ini. Sebelum melanjutkan, baca sisa bagian ini dan "
+"diatas,\n"
+"santai saja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bergantung pada konfigurasi pada harddisk Anda, beberapa opsi yang "
+"tersedia:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Opsi ini akan melakukan partisi otomatis dari drive kosong Anda.\n"
+"Jika Anda menggunakan opsi ini tidak ada konfirmasi tambahan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Wizard mendeteksi satu atau lebih partisi Linux pada harddisk "
+"Anda.\n"
+"Jika Anda hendak menggunakannya, pilih opsi ini. Anda akan ditanya untuk "
+"memilih\n"
+"titik mount yang sesuai untuk setiap partisi.\n"
+"Titik mount yang benar telah dipilih secara default, dan untuk sebagian "
+"besar\n"
+"kasus, merupakan ide bagus untuk menggunakannya.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Jika Microsoft Windows terinstall pada harddisk Anda dan "
+"menggunakan \n"
+"semua ruang yang tersedia, Anda harus membuat sebuah ruang kosong untuk GNU/"
+"Linux. \n"
+"Untuk melakukannya, Anda bisa menghapus partisi data Microsoft Windows "
+"Anda \n"
+"(lihat solusi ``Menghapus seluruh disk'') atau merubah ukuran partisi FAT "
+"atau NTFS \n"
+"Microsoft Windows Anda. Merubah ukuran dapat dilakukan tanpa kehilangan "
+"data,\n"
+"dengan sebelumnya Anda sudah mendefrag partisi Windows.\n"
+"Membackup data sangat disarankan. Penggunaan opsi ini sangat "
+"direkomendasikan jika Anda\n"
+"ingin menggunakan Mandriva Linux dan Microsoft Windows pada komputer yang "
+"sama.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sebelum memilih opsi ini, harap dipahami bahwa setelah prosedur ini, "
+"ukuran partisi \n"
+"Microsoft Windows Anda akan berkurang sebelum memulai prosedur. Anda akan "
+"memiliki \n"
+"ruang yang lebih sedikit pada Microsoft Windows untuk menyimpan data atau "
+"menginstall\n"
+"perangkat lunak baru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Jika Anda hendak menghapus seluruh data dan semua partisi yang "
+"ada pada harddisk\n"
+"Anda dan menggantinya dengan sistem Mandriva Linux yang baru, pilih opsi "
+"ini. Hati-hati, karena\n"
+"Anda tidak bisa membatalkan opsi ini setelah Anda mengkonfirmasikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jika Anda memilih opsi ini, semua data pada harddisk Anda akan "
+"dihapus !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Opsi ini tampak ketika harddisk dipakai seluruhnya oleh Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Memilih opsi ini akan menghapus semua pada harddisk dan memulai installasi "
+"dan partisi dari awal.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jika Anda memilih opsi ini, semua data Anda akan hilang. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Pilihlah opsi ini jika Anda mempartisi harddisk Anda secara "
+"manual. Hati-hati \n"
+"-- ini sangatlah handal tetapi pilihan yang berbahaya dan Anda bisa "
+"kehilangan data dengan\n"
+"mudah. Itu sebabnya opsi ini hanya direkomendasikan jika Anda telah "
+"melakukan hal ini sebelumnya\n"
+"atau  berpengalaman. Untuk instruksi lebih lanjut bagaimana menggunakan "
+"utilitas DiskDrake,\n"
+"silahkan lihat bagian ``Mengelola Partisi Anda'' pada ``Panduan Pemula''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gunakan partisi yang sudah ada"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Hapus seluruh disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasi kini selesai dan sistem GNU/Linux Anda siap dipakai. Klik\n"
+"\"%s\" untuk reboot. Jangan lupa untuk mengambil media installasi (CD-ROM "
+"atau disket).\n"
+"Hal pertama yang Anda lihat setelah pengujian perangkat keras adalah menu "
+"bootloader,\n"
+"di sana Anda dapat memilih sistem operasi yang akan dijalankan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tombol \"%s\" menampilkan 2 tombol tambahan untuk:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": memungkinkan Anda untuk membuat disket installasi yang akan "
+"secara \n"
+"otomatis melakukan installasi tanpa bantuan operator, serupa dengan "
+"installasi yang \n"
+"baru Anda konfigurasikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Perhatikan bahwa dua operasi yang berbeda muncul setelah menekan tombol "
+"tersebut:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Installasi semi-otomatis, hanya proses partisi yang tetap\n"
+"interaktif.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Installasi otomatis penuh: harddisk ditulis ulang\n"
+"seluruhnya, semua data hilang.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Fitur ini amat praktis untuk installasi banyak komputer dengan "
+"spesifikasi sama.\n"
+"Lihat bagian Auto install di situs web kami untuk informasi lebih lanjut.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): simpan daftar paket terpilih pada installasi ini.\n"
+"Untuk menggunakan pilihan ini pada installasi lain, masukkan disket dan \n"
+"mulailah installasi. Saat prompt, tekan [F1] lalu ketik >>linux \n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< dan tekan [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Anda perlu floppy berformat FAT. Untuk membuatnya di GNU/Linux, "
+"jalankan\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", atau \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" diikuti dengan \"mkfs.vfat /dev/"
+"fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Buat disket installasi otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih untuk menggunakan beberapa partisi GNU/Linux, Anda\n"
+"mungkin akan memformat dan menghapus data. Untuk melakukannya\n"
+"pilih juga partisi tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"Perhatikan bahwa format ulang semua partisi tidak diperlukan.\n"
+"Anda harus memformat ulang partisi yang berisi sistem operasi\n"
+"(seperti \"/\", \"/usr\" atau \"/var\") tetapi Anda tidak harus memformat "
+"ulang\n"
+"partisi berisi data yang akan Anda simpan (biasanya \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Harap berhati-hati ketika memilih partisi. Setelah format selesai\n"
+", semua data pada partisi akan dihapus dan Anda tidak akan bisa\n"
+"mengembalikannya kembali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" ketika Anda siap memformat partisi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda hendak memilih partisi lain untuk \n"
+"installasi sistem operasi Mandriva Linux baru Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda hendak memilih partisi yang hendak \n"
+"diperiksa untuk block rusak pada disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat Mandriva Linux diinstal, mungkin beberapa paket telah diupdate sejak\n"
+"rilis awal. Beberapa kesalahan mungkin telah diperbaiki / masalah keamanan\n"
+"dipecahkan. Untuk memanfaatkan update ini Anda dapat men-download-nya dari\n"
+"Internet. Pilih \"%s\" jika Anda memiliki koneksi Internet, atau \"%s\" "
+"jika\n"
+"ingin mengupdate paket lain waktu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Memilih \"%s\" akan menampilkan daftar lokasi dimana update bisa "
+"didownload.\n"
+"Pilih yang terdekat. Daftar paket akan muncul: periksa pilihan Anda,\n"
+"tekan \"%s\" untuk mengambil/menginstall paket atau \"%s\" untuk membatalkan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat ini, DrakX akan mengijinkan Anda memilih tingkat keamanan komputer.\n"
+"Sebagai acuan, tingkat keamanan harus semakin tinggi jika berisi data\n"
+"penting, atau langsung terhubung ke Internet. Level keamanan yang \n"
+"tinggi umumnya mengorbankan kemudahan pemakaian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda tidak tahu apa yang akan dipilih, gunakan opsi default. Anda\n"
+"mampu mengubahnya menggunakan perkakas draksec, yang merupakan bagian\n"
+"dari dari Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Isi bagian \"%s\" dengan alamat email dari orang yang bertanggung jawab\n"
+"atas keaman. Pesan keamanan akan dikirimkan pada alamat tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrator Keamanan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat ini, Anda harus memilih partisi yang akan digunakan untuk installasi\n"
+"sistem Mandriva Linux Anda. Jika partisi telah didefinisikan, baik dari\n"
+"installasi GNU/Linux sebelumnya atau melalui perkakas partisi lainnya,\n"
+"Anda bisa menggunakan partisi yang ada. Jika tidak, partisi harddisk \n"
+"harus didefinisikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk membuat partisi, Anda harus memilih harddisk dahulu. Anda bisa \n"
+"memilih disk untuk dipartisi dengan memilih ``hda'' untuk drive IDE\n"
+"pertama, ``hdb'' untuk kedua, ``sda'' untuk drive SCSI pertama, dst.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk mempartisi drive terpilih, Anda bisa menggunakan opsi berikut:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": opsi ini menghapus seluruh partisi pada drive terpilih\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": opsi ini memungkinkan Anda membuat partisi ext3 dan swap\n"
+"secara otomatis pada ruang kosong dari hard disk Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": memberi akses pada fitur tambahan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menyimpan tabel partisi pada disket. Berguna untuk proses\n"
+"pengembalian tabel partisi. Anda disarankan untuk melakukan langkah\n"
+"ini.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan Anda mengembalikan tabel partisi yang tersimpan\n"
+"sebelumnya dari disket.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika tabel partisi Anda rusak, Anda bisa mencoba untuk\n"
+"mengembalikannya menggunakan opsi ini. Harap hati-hati dan perlu\n"
+"diingat bahwa proses ini tidak selalu bekerja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": batalkan semua perubahan dan muat ulang tabel partisi\n"
+"orisinal pada hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tanpa opsi ini akan memaksa pengguna melakukan proses \n"
+"mount dan unmount manual pada media seperti disket dan CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gunakan opsi ini jika Anda hendak menggunakan wizard\n"
+"untuk mempartisi hard disk Anda. Opsi ini disarankan jika Anda\n"
+"tidak memahami cara mempartisi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gunakan opsi ini untuk membatalkan perubahan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan aksi tambahan pada partisi (jenis, opsi,\n"
+"format) dan memberikan informasi lebih tentang hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ketika selesai mempartisi, opsi ini akan menyimpan\n"
+"perubahan pada disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika mendefinisikan ukuran partisi, Anda bisa menggunakan tombol\n"
+"panah dari keyboard Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Catatan: Anda bisa mencapai sembarang opsi menggunakan keyboard.\n"
+"Navigasi pada partisi menggunakan [Tab] dan panah [Up/Down].\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika partisi dipilih, Anda bisa menggunakan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c untuk membuat partisi baru (ketika partisi kosong dipilih)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d untuk menghapus partisi\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m untuk menentukan titik mount\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk mendapatkan informasi tentang jenis sistem file yang ada, \n"
+"silahkan membaca bab ext2FS dari ``Referensi Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda menginstall pada komputer PPC, Anda harus membuat partisi\n"
+"``bootstrap'' HFS kecil paling tidak 1 MB yang akan digunakan oleh\n"
+"bootloader yaboot. Jika Anda membuatnya lebih besar, misalkan 50MB\n"
+"Anda bisa menyimpan kernel dan citra ramdisk untuk situasi darurat."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Mount otomatis media lepas (removable)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ubah ke modus normal/ahli"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Terdapat lebih dari satu partisi Microsoft yang terdeteksi pada harddisk\n"
+"Anda. Pilih partisi yang hendak Anda ubah ukurannya untuk installasi sistem\n"
+"operasi Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama Linux\",\"Nama windows\",\"Kapasitas"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama Linux\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n"
+"\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" bila drive bertipe IDE dan \"sd\" jika\n"
+"berupa drive SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Jika\n"
+"berupa IDE, maka:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" berarti \"ID SCSI terkecil, \"b\" berarti \"ID SCSI\n"
+"terkecil kedua\", dst.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama windows\" adalah huruf hard drive Anda pada Windows (disk pertama\n"
+"pada partisi disebut \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": periksa pilihan negara saat ini. Jika tidak berada di sini, klik\n"
+"\"%s\" dan pilih yang lain. Jika negara Anda tidak ada pada daftar,\n"
+"klik tombol \"%s\" untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tahap ini hanya aktif jika partisi GNU/Linux lama ditemukan.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX perlu tahu Anda ingin melakukan installasi baru atau upgrade sistem\n"
+"Mandriva Linux yang sudah ada:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Untuk sebagian besar bagian, opsi ini menghapus sistem lama.\n"
+"Namun, bergantung pada skema partisi Anda, Anda bisa mencegah data Anda\n"
+"(biasanya direktori \"home\") untuk ditimpa. Jika Anda hendak mengubah\n"
+"bagaimana hard disk dipartisi, atau untuk mengubah sistem file, Anda\n"
+"harus menggunakan opsi ini.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Kelas installasi ini akan mengupdate paket yang terinstall\n"
+"pada sistem Mandriva Linux Anda. Skema partisi dan data pengguna Anda\n"
+"tidak akan diubah. Sebagian besar langkah konfigurasi yang tersisa\n"
+"serupa pada installasi standar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Menggunakan opsi ``Upgrade'' seharusnya berjalan pada Mandriva Linux\n"
+"versi \"8.1\" keatas. Melakukan upgrade pada versi sebelum \"8.1\"\n"
+"tidak dianjurkan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih (), DrakX akan memilih tipe\n"
+"keyboard yang sesuai. Periksa apakah pilihan sudah sesuai atau pilih\n"
+"layout keyboard yang lain.\n"
+"\n"
+"Juga, Anda mungkin tidak memiliki keyboard yang sesuai dengan bahasa\n"
+"Anda: misalnya jika Anda orang Swiss yang berbahasa Inggris, Anda\n"
+"mungkin memilih keyboard Swiss. Atau jika Anda berbahasa Inggris\n"
+"tapi tinggal di Quebec, Anda mungkin menghadapi situasi yang sama\n"
+"dengan bahasa Anda dan country-set keyboard tidak sesuai. Pada\n"
+"kedua kasus, langkah installasi ini akan mengijinkan Anda untuk\n"
+"memilih keyboard yang sesuai dari daftar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik tombol \"%s\" untuk menampilkan daftar keyboard yang didukung.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memilih keyboard berbasis alphabet non-Latin, dialog\n"
+"selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda memilih kunci untuk berpindah keyboard\n"
+"antara layout Latin dan non-Latin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah pertama adalah menentukan bahasa pilihan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pilihan bahasa Anda akan mempengaruhi installer, dokumentasi\n"
+"dan juga sistem secara umum. Pertama pilih wilayah Anda, lalu bahasa\n"
+"yang Anda gunakan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan mengijinkan Anda memilih bahasa lain\n"
+"untuk diinstall pada workstation Anda, juga menginstall file bahasa\n"
+"khusus untuk dokumentasi sistem dan aplikasi. Misalnya jika pengguna\n"
+"Spanyol menggunakan komputer Anda, pilih Inggris sebagai bahasa default\n"
+"pada pohon view dan \"%s\" pada bagian Advanced.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tentang dukungan UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode adalah enkoding karakter yang\n"
+"baru yang ditujukan untuk mencakup seluruh bahasa yang ada. Namun \n"
+"dukungan penuh pada GNU/Linux sedang dalam pengembangan. Untuk alasan\n"
+"tersebut, penggunaan UTF-8 pada Mandriva Linux bergantung pada pilihan\n"
+"pengguna:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jika Anda memilih menggunakan bahasa dengan enkoding yang kuat (bahasa\n"
+"latin, Rusia, Jepang, China, Korea, Thai, Yunani, Turki, sebagian besar\n"
+"bahasa iso-8859-2), enkoding akan digunakan secara default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bahasa lain akan menggunakan unicode sebagai default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jika dua atau lebih bahasa diperlukan, dan bahasa tersebut tidak\n"
+"memakai enkoding yang sama, maka unicode akan digunakan pada sistem;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Terakhir, unicode juga bisa dipaksa untuk digunakan melalui\n"
+"permintaan pengguna dengan memilih opsi \"%s\" secara terpisah\n"
+"pada bahasa yang dipilih.\n"
+"\n"
+"Perhatikan bahwa Anda tidak terbatas pada satu bahasa tambahan. Anda\n"
+"bisa memilih beberapa, atau semua dengan memilih kotak \"%s\".\n"
+"Memilih dukungan untuk sebuah bahasa berarti translasi, font, penguji\n"
+"ejaan, dll juga akan diinstal untuk bahasa tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk berpindah antar bahasa yang diinstall pada sistem, Anda bisa\n"
+"menjalankan perintah \"localedrake\" sebagai \"root\" untuk merubah\n"
+"bahasa yang digunakan sistem. Menjalankan perintah sebagai pengguna\n"
+"hanya akan merubah setting untuk pengguna tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Umumnya, DrakX bisa mendeteksi jumlah tombol mouse Anda. Jika gagal,\n"
+"akan diasumsikan mouse Anda bertombol dua dan akan mengkonfigurasikan\n"
+"emulasi tombol ketiga. Tombol ketiga dari sebuah mouse bertombol dua\n"
+"bisa didapatkan dengan memilih tombol kanan dan kiri bersamaan. DrakX\n"
+"mengetahui mouse menggunakan antarmuka PS/2, serial atau USB secara\n"
+"otomatis.\n"
+"Jika Anda memiliki mouse 3 tombol tanpa roda, Anda bisa memilih mouse\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX akan mengkonfigurasi mouse Anda sehingga bisa ia bisa\n"
+"mensimulasikan roda: untuk melakukannya, tekan tombol tengah dan\n"
+"gerakkan pointer mouse Anda keatas dan kebawah.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda ingin menunjuk tipe mouse lain, pilih tipe yang sesuai dari\n"
+"daftar yang disediakan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda bisa memilih \"%s\" untuk memilih jenis mouse ``generik'' yang\n"
+"akan bekerja pada sebagian besar mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memilih mouse bukan standar, layar pengujian akan ditampilkan.\n"
+"Gunakan tombol dan roda untuk verifikasi setting. Jika mouse tidak \n"
+"bekerja baik tekan spasi atau [Enter] untuk membatalkan dan Anda akan\n"
+"kembali ke daftar mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mouse dengan roda kadang tidak terdeteksi secara otomatis, sehingga Anda\n"
+"harus memilih mouse dari daftar. Pastikan memilih yang sesuai dengan port\n"
+"yang digunakan. Setelah memilih mouse dan menekan tombol \"%s\", sebuah\n"
+"citra mouse akan tampak di layar. Gerakkan rodanya untuk memastikan ia\n"
+"bekerja dengan baik. Ketika Anda menggerakan roda, Anda akan melihat roda\n"
+"pada layar juga bergerak. Ujilah tombol dan pastikan pointer mouse pada\n"
+"layar ikut bergerak."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Dengan emulasi roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Sembarang mouse PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih port yang benar. Misalnya \"COM1\" di Windows akan bernama\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" di GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah poin terpenting penentuan keamanan sistem GNU/Linux Anda: Anda\n"
+"harus mengisi katasandi \"root\". \"Root\" adalah administrator sistem dan\n"
+"yang berhak melakukan update, menambah pengguna, mengubah konfigurasi\n"
+"sistem. Singkatnya, \"root\" dapat melakukan apapun! Karena itu Anda\n"
+"harus memilih katasandi yang sulit ditebak - DrakX akan memberitahu jika\n"
+"terlalu mudah. Seperti Anda lihat, Anda tidak dipaksa untuk memasukkan\n"
+"katasandi, tapi sangat tidak dianjurkan. GNU/Linux juga rawan kesalahan\n"
+"operator seperti sistem operasi lain. Karena \"root\" bisa melewati\n"
+"semua batasan dan secara tidak sengaja menghapus semua data di partisi,\n"
+"sangatlah penting untuk memperketat usaha menjadi \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Katasandi harus berupa campuran nomor dan huruf minimal 8 karakter. Jangan\n"
+"pernah mencatat katasandi \"root\" - itu membuat sistem mudah dibajak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Katasandi juga jangan terlalu panjang/rumit karena Anda harus mampu \n"
+"mengingatnya.\n"
+"Katasandi tidak muncul di layar ketika diketikkan. Untuk mengurangi "
+"kesalahan\n"
+"pengetikkan Anda harus menuliskan katasandi sebanyak dua kali. Jika Anda\n"
+"melakukan kesalahan penulisan kasatandi sebanyak dua kali, Anda harus\n"
+"memakai katasandi yang ``salah'' ini untuk login sebagai \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda ingin sebuah server otentikasi mengontrol akses ke komputer Anda,\n"
+"klik pada tombol \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika jaringan Anda memakai protokol otentikasi LDAP/NIS/PDC Windows Domain,\n"
+"pilih yang cocok untuk \"%s\". Jika Anda tidak tahu yang harus digunakan,\n"
+"tanyalah admin jaringan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda mengalami masalah untuk mengingat katasandi, atau jika komputer\n"
+"Anda tidak akan terhubung ke Internet dan Anda mempercayai semua orang\n"
+"yang menggunakan komputer Anda, Anda bisa memilih \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "otentikasi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Bootloader adalah program kecil yang dijalankan ketika komputer boot. Ia\n"
+"bertanggung jawab untuk memulai seluruh sistem. Normalnya, installasi boot\n"
+"loader dilakukan secara otomatis. DrakX akan menganalisa sektor boot disk\n"
+"dan bekerja menurut apa yang ditemukannya:\n"
+"\n"
+" * jika ditemukan sektor boot Windows, ia akan menggantinya dengan sektor\n"
+"boot grub/LILO. Dengan demikian Anda akan dapat memuat GNU/Linux atau OS\n"
+"lain.\n"
+"\n"
+" * jika ditemukan sektor boot grub/LILO, akan diganti dengan yang baru.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika DrakX tidak dapat mengambil keputusan, ia akan menanyakan tempat\n"
+"meletakkan bootloader. Umumnya, \"%s\" adalah tempat teraman. Memilih\n"
+"\"%s\" tidak akan menginstall sembarang boot loader. Gunakan opsi ini\n"
+"jika Anda tahu apa yang Anda lakukan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang, waktunya memilih sistem pencetakan untuk komputer Anda. Sistem\n"
+"operasi lain mungkin menawarkan satu, tetapi Mandriva Linux menawarkan dua.\n"
+"Setiap sistem pencetakan sesuai untuk jenis konfigurasi tertentu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - yang merupakan akronim untuk ``print, tidak ada antrian'',\n"
+"adalah pilihan jika Anda memiliki koneksi langsung ke printer Anda dan\n"
+"ingin bebas dari masalah kemacetan printer, serta tidak punya printer\n"
+"jaringan. (\"%s\" akan menangani kasus jaringan sederhana sehingga\n"
+"lambat ketika digunakan dalam jaringan. Anda direkomendasikan untuk\n"
+"menggunakan \"pdq\" jika ini pertama kali Anda mengenal GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - kependekan dari ``Common Unix Printing System'' adalah pilihan\n"
+"yang canggih untuk mencetak ke printer lokal dan juga separuh planet. Opsi\n"
+"ini mudah dikonfigurasikan dan bisa berfungsi sebagai server/klien untuk\n"
+"sistem cetak \"lpd\" yang kuno, sehingga kompatibel dengan sistem lama yang\n"
+"mungkin masih membutuhkan layanan pencetakan. Meskipun handal, setup\n"
+"dasar hampir semudah \"pdq\". Jika Anda perlu mengemulasikan server \"lpd\"\n"
+"pastikan Anda mengaktifkan daemon \"cups-lpd\". %s menyertakan tampilan\n"
+"grafis untuk pencetakan atau memilih opsi printer dan mengelola printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda membuat pilihan sekarang dan nanti Anda tidak menyukai sistem \n"
+"cetak yang Anda pilih saat ini, Anda bisa merubahnya dengan menjalankan\n"
+"PrinterDrake dari Pusat Kontrol Mandriva dan klik tombol \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ahli"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX akan mencoba mendeteksi perangkat IDE yang ada pada komputer Anda.\n"
+"Ia juga mencari kartu SCSI PCI di sistem Anda. Jika kartu SCSI ditemukan\n"
+"DrakX akan otomatis meng-instal driver yang sesuai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Karena perangkat keras terkadang tak terdeteksi, DrakX mungkin gagal\n"
+"mendeteksi harddisk Anda. Jika demikian, Anda harus menentukan sendiri.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda harus menentukan adaptor SCSI PCI secara manual, DrakX akan\n"
+"menanyakan opsi konfigurasinya. Anda harus mengijinkan DrakX untuk\n"
+"mendeteksi perangkat keras untuk opsi khusus yang diperlukan untuk\n"
+"menginisialisasi adapter. Pada banyak kasus, DrakX biasanya melalui\n"
+"tahap ini tanpa ada masalah.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika DrakX gagal mendeteksi opsi untuk menentukan parameter yang harus\n"
+"dikirimkan ke perangkat keras secara otomatis, Anda harus mengkonfigurasi\n"
+"driver secara manual."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jika kartu suara terdeteksi di sistem Anda, akan ditampilkan\n"
+"di sini. Jika kartu suara yang tampil tidak sesuai dengan yang ada pada\n"
+"sistem, Anda bisa klik pada tombol dan pilih driver lain."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebagai review, DrakX akan menampilkan ringkasan informasi yang dikumpulkan\n"
+"tentang sistem Anda. Bergantung pada perangkat keras yang terpasang pada\n"
+"komputer Anda, Anda mungkin memiliki beberapa atau semua daftar berikut.\n"
+"Setiap daftar terdiri dari daftar perangkat keras yang harus dikonfigurasi,\n"
+"diikuti dengan ringkasan singkat dari konfigurasi aktual. Klik pada tombol\n"
+"\"%s\" untuk melakukan perubahan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": periksa konfigurasi peta keyboard aktual dan lakukan perubahan "
+"ubah\n"
+"jika diperlukan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": periksa pilihan negara aktual. Jika Anda tidak berada pada "
+"negara\n"
+"ini, klik pada tombol \"%s\" dan pilih yang lain. Jika negara Anda tidak "
+"ada\n"
+"pada daftar berikut, klik tombol \"%s\" untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": secara default, DrakX menyesuaikan zona waktu berdasarkan negara\n"
+"yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa klik pada tombol \"%s\" jika tidak benar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifikasi konfigurasi mouse aktual dan klik pada tombol untuk\n"
+"mengubahnya jika diperlukan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan membuka wizard konfigurasi printer.\n"
+"Lihat bab ``Panduan Pemula'' untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang cara\n"
+"setting printer baru. Antarmuka yang ada pada manual serupa dengan yang\n"
+"digunakan selama installasi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika kartu suara terdeteksi pada sistem Anda, akan ditampilkan\n"
+"disini. Jika Anda menyadari kartu suara yang ditampilkan bukan yang ada\n"
+"pada sistem Anda, Anda bisa klik pada tombol dan pilih driver lain.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jika Anda memiliki kartu TV, informasi konfigurasinya akan\n"
+"ditampilkan disini. Jika Anda memiliki kartu TV dan tidak terdeteksi\n"
+"klik pada \"%s\" untuk mencoba mengkonfigurasinya secara manual.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Anda bisa klik pada \"%s\" untuk merubah parameter yang \n"
+"berhubungan dengan kartu jika Anda merasa konfigurasinya salah.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": secara default, DrakX mengkonfigurasi antarmuka grafis Anda\n"
+"dalam resolusi \"800x600\" atau \"1024x768\". Jika tidak sesuai, klik\n"
+"pada \"%s\" untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang antarmuka grafis Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda hendak mengkonfigurasi akses jaringan Internet\n"
+"atau lokal Anda, Anda bisa melakukannya sekarang. Lihat dokumentasi\n"
+"cetak atau gunakan Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux setelah installasi\n"
+"selesai untuk mengambil keuntungan dari bantuannya.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi alamat proxy HTTP dan\n"
+"FTP jika komputer yang Anda install berada dibelakang server proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": daftar ini mengijinkan Anda mendefinisikan ulang tingkat\n"
+"keamanan seperti yang ditentukan pada langkah sebelumnya ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda berencana untuk menghubungkan komputer Anda ke\n"
+"Internet, merupakan ide bagus untuk menjaga dari intrusi dengan \n"
+"memasang firewall. Lihat bab dari ``Panduan Pengguna'' untuk detail\n"
+"tentang setting firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda hendak merubah konfigurasi bootloader Anda, klik\n"
+"tombol ini. Opsi ini ditujukan untuk pengguna tingkat lanjut. Lihat\n"
+"dokumentasi cetak atau bantuan tentang konfigurasi bootloader pada \n"
+"Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": melalui daftar ini Anda bisa menentukan layanan apa yang\n"
+"akan dijalankan pada komputer Anda. Jika Anda berencana untuk memakai\n"
+"komputer ini sebagai server, merupakan ide bagus untuk mereview setup\n"
+"ini."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartu ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Antarmuka Grafis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih harddrive yang akan dihapus untuk menginstall partisi Mandriva Linux\n"
+"baru Anda. Hati-hati, semua data pada drive ini akan hilang dan\n"
+"tidak dapat dikembalikan seperti semula!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda ingin menghapus semua data dan partisi yang ada\n"
+"pada harddisk ini. Hati-hati, setelah mengklik \"%s\" Anda tidak dapat\n"
+"mengembalikan data dan partisi pada drive ini termasuk data Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" untuk keluar dari operasi ini tanpa kehilangan data dan\n"
+"partisi yang ada pada harddisk ini."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Berikutnya ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Sebelumnya"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4152a72f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1921 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to
+# translation of DrakX.po to Icelandic
+# Translation file for Mandriva Linux graphic install, DrakX
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva
+# Jóhann Þorvarðarson <johann.torvardarson@lais.is>, 1999-2000.
+# Þórarinn (Tony) R. Einarsson <thori@mindspring.com>, 1999-2000.
+# Pjetur G. Hjaltason <pjetur@pjetur.net>, 2003, 2005, 2006.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-07 18:42+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pjetur G. Hjaltason <pjetur@pjetur.net>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <is@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Áður en þú heldur áfram, ættir þú að lesa vandlega leyfisskilmálana. Þeir\n"
+"taka yfir alla Mandriva Linux dreifinguna. Ef þú er samþykk(ur) öllum þeim\n"
+"skilmálum sem þar standa, krossaðu þá við í \"%s\" reitinn, ef ekki\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn sem mun endurræsa tölvuna þína."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er fjölnotanda umhverfi sem þýðir að hver notandi getur "
+"skilgreint\n"
+"sitt eigið umhverfi og stillingar, eigin skrár o.s.frv. En ólíkt \"root\" "
+"sem\n"
+"er kerfisstjóri, þá munu þeir notendur sem þú skilgreinir hér ekki hafa\n"
+"leyfi til að breyta neinu nema sínum eigin skrám og stillingum. Þetta\n"
+"verndar kerfið frá óhöppum eða illvígum forritum sem gætu haft áhrif\n"
+"á heildarverkun kerfisins. Þú verður að búa til a.m.k. einn venjulegan\n"
+"notanda fyrir þig sjálfan. -- þetta er það auðkenni sem þú ættir að til\n"
+"daglegrar notkunar. Þó að það sé mjög auðvelt að skrá sig inn sem \"root\"\n"
+"til allrar vinnu, þá getur það einnig verið mjög hættulegt!\n"
+"Ein mjög einföld mistök gætu valdið því að kerfið virki ekki lengur. Ef þú\n"
+"gerir alvarleg mistök sem venjulegur notandi, þá hefur þú í versta falli\n"
+"tapað gögnum, en þú hefur ekki haft áhrif á heildarvirkni kerfisins.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kerfið spyr þig fyrst um raunverulegt nafn. Auðvitað er ekki skylda að\n"
+"fylla þetta rétt út -- þú getur skrifað hvað sem þú vilt. DrakX mun nota\n"
+"fyrsta orðið í þessu svæði og afrita það í \"%s\", sem er notandanafn\n"
+"sem á að nota til að auðkenna sig gagnvart kerfinu. Ef þú vilt, getur þú\n"
+"breytt því sjálfgefna og gefið upp annað notandanafn. Næsta skref er að\n"
+"skrá lykilorð. Frá öryggissjónamiði séð er lykilorð venjulegs notanda ekki\n"
+"jafn mikilvægt og lykilorð kerfisstjóra \"root\", en það er engin ástæða\n"
+"til að hafa það autt eða of einfalt: athugið að þetta gefur fullan aðgang\n"
+"að þínum skrám og gögnum, sem eru þá í húfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú smellir á \"%s\" þá getur þú bætt við öðrum notendum. Bættu\n"
+"við notanda fyrir vini, föður, móður og systkini o.s.frv.  Smelltu á \"%s\"\n"
+"þegar þú hefur lokið að bæta við notendum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Með því að smella á \"%s\" getur þú breytt sjálfgefinni \"skel\" fyrir "
+"hvern\n"
+"notanda (sjálfgefið er bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú hefur lokið við að bæta við notendum, þá verður þú beðinn\n"
+"um að velja notanda sem verður sjálfkrafa skráður inn þegar tölvan ræsir.\n"
+"Ef þú vilt nota þér þann möguleika (og hefur ekki miklar áhyggjur af "
+"öryggi),\n"
+"veldu æskilegan notanda og gluggastjóra, smelltu síðan á \"%s\". Ef þú\n"
+"vilt ekki nota þér þennan möguleika, fjarlægðu þá merkinguna við \"%s\"\n"
+"reitinn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Viltu nota þennan eiginleika?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér er listi af núverandi Linux disksneiðum sem fundust á disknum.\n"
+"Þú getur haldið þeim stillingum sem stungið er upp á, því þau eru nokkuð\n"
+"skynsamleg fyrir flestar uppsetningar. Ef þú gerir einhverjar breytingar, "
+"þá\n"
+"verður þú að minnsta kosti að skilgreina rótarsneið (\"/\"). Ekki velja of "
+"litla\n"
+"disksneið því þá munt þú ekki geta sett upp nægan hugbúnað. Ef þú vilt "
+"geyma\n"
+"gögnin þín á annari disksneið, þá verður þú einnig að búa til \"/home\"\n"
+"disksneið (aðeins mögulegt ef þú hefur fleiri en eina sneið tiltæka).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver sneið á listanum inniheldur \"Nafn\", \"Diskrýmd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nafn\" er byggt upp af: \"disktegund\", \"disknúmer\",\n"
+"\"disksneið\" (t.d., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"disktegund\" er \"hd\" ef disknum er stýrt með IDE stýringu og\n"
+"\"sd\" ef það er SCSI diskur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disknúmer\" er alltaf bókstafur eftir \"hd\" eða \"sd\". Fyrir IDE\n"
+"diska:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Á SCSI diskum, þýðir \"a\" \"lægsta SCSI ID\", \"b\" þýðir\n"
+"\"næst-lægsta SCSI ID\", o.s.frv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux uppsetningunni er dreift á nokkra geisladiska. Ef valinn\n"
+"pakki er á öðrum geisladiski, þá mun DrakX spýta út núverandi diski\n"
+"og biðja þig um að setja inn rétta diskinn. Ef þú hefur ekki rétta diskinn "
+"við\n"
+"hendina, smelltu þá á \"%s\", viðkomandi pakkar verða þá ekki\n"
+"settir upp."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú er tími til að skilgreina hvaða forrit þú vilt að séu sett upp á kerfinu "
+"þínu.\n"
+"Það eru þúsundir pakka til fyrir Mandriva Linux, og til að einfalda\n"
+"umsjón pakkanna hafa þeir verið flokkaðir í hópa af svipuðum forritum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux skiptir pökkunum í fjóra flokka. Þú getur blandað saman\n"
+"pökkum úr mismunandi flokkum svo að ``Vinnustöðvar'' uppsetning\n"
+"getur innihaldið forrit úr ``Miðlara'' flokknum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú hefur í hyggju að nota vélina þína sem vinnustöð veldu\n"
+"einn eða fleiri flokka úr vinnustöðvahópunum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú hefur í hyggju að nota vélina þína fyrir forritun veljið "
+"viðeigandi\n"
+"hópa úr þeim flokki. Hinn sérstaki \"LSB\" hópur mun setja vélina þína upp\n"
+"þannig að hún sé eins samhæfð og mögulegt er við \"Linux Standard Base"
+"\"skilgreiningarnar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sé \"LSB\" hópurinn valinn, verður \"2.4\" kjarninn einnig settur inn í "
+"stað\n"
+"hins sjálfgefna kjarna \"2.6\". Þetta er til að tryggja 100%%-LSB samhæfni\n"
+"kerfisins. En þó að þú veljir ekki hinn sérstaka \"LSB\" hóp, þá munt þú\n"
+"samt vera með kerfi sem er næstum því 100%% LSB-samhæft.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari veldu þær þjónustur sem þú\n"
+"vilt að settar séu settar upp á tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hér getur þú valið hvaða myndræna gluggaumhverfi þú vilt hafa "
+"uppsett.\n"
+"Að minnsta kosti eitt umhverfi verður að vera valið ef þú vilt hafa\n"
+"myndrænt gluggaumhverfi uppsett.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú færir músabendilinn yfir hópnafn þá kemur stutt skýring á þeim hóp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú getur krossað við \"%s\" reitinn, ef þú ert kunnug(ur) pökkunum sem eru\n"
+"í boði, eða þú vilt hafa heildarstjórn á pökkum sem verða settir inn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú byrjar uppsetninguna í \"%s\" ham, þá getur þú af-valið alla hópa\n"
+"og varnað innsetningu nýrra pakka. Þetta er nytsamlegt í því tilfelli\n"
+"ef þörf er á að gera við eða uppfæra núverandi kerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú af-velur alla hópa þegar þú setur upp venjulega uppsetningu (en ekki\n"
+"uppfærslu), þá birtist gluggi sem býður aukavalkosti fyrir "
+"lágmarksuppsetningu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi til að geta keyrt myndrænt "
+"gluggakerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi og nauðsynlegustu tól og handbækur\n"
+"þeirra. Þessi uppsetning er góð grunn uppsetning fyrir miðlara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi sem nauðsynlegt er til að fá\n"
+"keyrandi Linux kerfi með þessari uppsetningu er ekkert gluggaumhverfi.\n"
+"Heildarstærð uppsetningarinnar er um 65 megabæti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uppfæra"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Með grunn handbókum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Alger lágmarksuppsetning"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ef þú velur að setja pakkana inn handvirkt, þá mun uppsetningarforritið\n"
+"birta tré sem inniheldur alla pakkana flokkaða í hópa og undirhópa. Meðan\n"
+"þú flakkar um tréð getur þú valið heila hópa, undirhópa eða einstaka pakka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Í hvert sinn er þú velur pakka í trénu mun lýsing birtast til hægri til að "
+"sýna\n"
+"þér hlutverk þess forritapakka.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ef miðlara-pakki hefur verið valinn, annað hvort af því að þú valdir "
+"stakan\n"
+"pakka eða hann var hluti af hóp, verður þú beðinn um að staðfesta að\n"
+"þú viljir fá þessa miðlara uppsetta. Sjálfgefið mun Mandriva Linux ræsa "
+"allar\n"
+"uppsettar þjónustur og miðlara við kerfisræsingu. Jafnvel þó að þeir séu\n"
+"öruggir og engar þekktar villur þegar kerfinu var dreift þá er möguleiki að\n"
+"öryggisholur hafi uppgötvast eftir að gengið var frá þessari útgáfu af\n"
+"Ef þú veist ekki hvað tiltekin þjónusta á að gera eða afhverju hún er sett "
+"inn,\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\". Ef þú smellir á \"%s\" verða þjónusturnar settar inn\n"
+"og þær verða ræstar sjálfkrafa þegar tölvan ræsir !!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" valkosturinn er notaður til að aftengja \n"
+"viðvörunarglugga sem birtist í hvert sinn er uppsetningarforritið finnur út\n"
+"að það þurfi að aukalega að setja inn pakka sem eru forsenda "
+"uppsetningarinnar.\n"
+"Sumir pakkar eru tengdir öðrum og uppsetning eins pakka getur krafist að\n"
+"annar pakki sé settur inn fyrst. Uppsetningarforritið getur ákvarðað hvaða\n"
+"pakkar eru tengdir og séð um að uppsetningin verði rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Litla disklinga-táknmyndin á enda listans leyfir þér að hlaða inn "
+"pakkalista\n"
+"frá fyrri uppsetningu. Þetta er hagkvæmt ef þú þarft að setja upp nokkrar\n"
+"vélar eins. Ef þú smellir á þessa táknmynd verður þú beðinn um að setja\n"
+"inn diskling sem búinn var til í lok fyrri uppsetningar. Sjá síðar við lok\n"
+"uppsetningar um hvernig á a' búa til slíkan diskling."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Uppfylla forkröfur sjálfvirkt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": smellir þú á \"%s\" hnappinn mun það ræsa prentara-uppsetningar-"
+"ráðgjafann\n"
+"Skoðið viðeigandi kafla í ``Starter Guide'' varðandi meiri upplýsingar um "
+"hvernig\n"
+"á að setja upp nýjan prentara. Viðmótið sem sýnt er í handbókinni okkar er\n"
+"svipað því sem er notað í uppsetningarforritinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Þessi gluggi er notaður til að velja hvaða þjónustur eru ræstar við ræsingu "
+"tölvu.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX mun sýna lista yfir allar tiltækar þjónustur í núverandi uppsetningu.\n"
+"Skoðið hverja þeirra vandlega og af-veljið þær sem ekki er þörf á við "
+"ræsingu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Stutt lýsing verður birt um hverja þjónustu þegar hún er valin. Ef þú ert "
+"ekki viss\n"
+"um hvort þjónusta er nauðsynleg eða ekki þá er öruggara að nota sjálfgefið "
+"val.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Farðu mjög varlega á þessu stigi ef þú ætlar að nota tölvuna þína sem "
+"miðlara.\n"
+"Þú vilt sennilega ekki ræsa neinar þjónustur sem ekki er þörf á.\n"
+"Vinsamlega mundu að sumar þjónustur geta verið hættulegar ef þær eru virkar\n"
+"á miðlara. Almennt talað, ræstu aðeins þær sem þú raunverulega þarft. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux notar GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) sem innri tíma og breytir\n"
+"honum í staðartíma eftir völdu tímabelti. Ef klukkan á móðurborðinu er\n"
+"stillt á staðartíma, þá gætir þú þurft að aftengja þetta með því að\n"
+"af-velja reitinn \"%s\", sem segir GNU/Linux kerfinu að vélarklukkan\n"
+"og kerfisklukkan séu á sama tímabelti. þetta er fyrst of fremst gagnlegt\n"
+"ef vélin hýsir annað stýrikerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" valreiturinn mun stilla klukkuna sjálfkrafa með því að tengjast\n"
+"tímamiðlara um Internetið. Til að þetta sé virkt þá verður þú að hafa\n"
+"uppsetta internet-tengingu. Við mælum með að þú veljir tímamiðlara\n"
+"sem er nálægt þér. Þessi valkostur mun í raun setja upp tímamiðlara\n"
+"á vélinni sem þú getur síðan notað af öðrum vélum á staðarnetinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sjálfvirk tímastilling"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafískt kort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Uppsetningarforritið mun venjulega sjálfkrafa finna og stilla \n"
+"grafísk skjákort sem eru á vélinni þinni. Ef þetta er ekki rétt, þá\n"
+"getur þú valið af þessum lista, það kort sem þú vilt láta setja upp.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Í því tilviki að mismunandi miðlarar eru til fyrir kortið þitt, með\n"
+"eða án þrívíddar-hraðals, þá verður þú beðinn um að velja þann\n"
+" miðlara sem best hentar þínum þörfum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (sem stendur fyrir X-glugga-kerfið) er grunnur myndræna viðmótsins\n"
+"á GNU/Linux. Á því eru byggð öll gluggakerfin (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, o.s.frv. ) sem fylgja Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú sérð lista af mismunandi breytum til að stilla bestu myndgæði.\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjákort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Uppsetningarforritið mun venjulega finna og stilla skjákortið sem er\n"
+"uppsett á vélinni þinni. Ef það er ekki rétt þá getur þú valið rétta kortið\n"
+"af lista\n"
+"...Í því tilviki að margir X miðlarar séu til staðar fyrir kortið þitt, t.d. "
+"með eða án Þrívíddarhröðunar, þá verður þú að velja þann sem \n"
+"hæfir þínum kröfum best.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjár\n"
+"\n"
+"   Venjulega mun uppsetningarforritið skynja og stilla skjáinn sem er\n"
+"tengdur við vélina þína. Ef þetta er ekki rétt þá getur þú valið réttan\n"
+"skjá sem tengdur er við tölvuna þína af löngum lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Upplausn\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér getur þú valið upplausnir og litadýpt sem eru tiltækar fyrir þinn\n"
+"grafíska vélbúnað. Veldu þá upplausn sem hæfir þínum kröfum best\n"
+"(þú getur breytt þessu síðar eftir uppsetningu). Dæmi um valdar\n"
+"stillingar eru sýndar á skjámyndinni.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prófun\n"
+"\n"
+"   Eftir tegund vélbúnaðar þíns, er þessi hluti ekki alltaf sýnilegur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Prófunin mun reyna að opna grafískan skjá með valinni upplausn\n"
+"á skjánum þínum. Ef þú sérð prófunarskeyti á skjánum og svarar \"%s\",\n"
+"þá mun DrakX halda áfram að næsta þrepi. Ef þú sér það ekki, þá\n"
+"þýðir það að einhver hluti að sjálfvirku uppsetningunum var ekki rétt.\n"
+"Prófuninni lýkur eftir 12 sekúndur og þú ert sendur aftur í valmyndina.\n"
+"Breyttu stillingum þar til þú færð prófið til að virka rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Aukakostir\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta þrep leyfir þér að velja hvort þú vilt að vélin þín ræsi upp\n"
+"myndrænt viðmót við ræsingu kerfis. Augljóslega getur þú krossað við\n"
+"\"%s\" ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari eða þér tókst ekki að stilla\n"
+"grafíska skjákortið/upplausnina/skjáinn... rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjár\n"
+"\n"
+"   Venjulega mun uppsetningarforritið finna tengda skjái sjálfkrafa og\n"
+"setja upp viðeigandi stillingar.  Ef valið er ekki rétt getur þú valið\n"
+"réttan skjá af þessum lista - skjáinn sem er tengdur þinni tölvu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Upplausn\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér getur þú valið upplausn og litadýpt sem eru mögulegir fyrir þinn\n"
+"vélbúnað. Veldu þann sem best hæfir þínum þörfum (þú getur breytt\n"
+"þessum stillingum eftir uppsetningu). Dæmi um valda uppsetningu er\n"
+"sýnt á skjámyndinni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Í því tilviki að mismunandi miðlarar eru til fyrir kortið þitt, með eða án\n"
+"þrívíddar-hraðals, þá verður þú beðinn um að velja þann miðlara sem best\n"
+"hentar þínum þörfum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukakostir\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta þrep leyfir þér að velja hvort þú vilt að vélin þín ræsi upp\n"
+"myndrænt viðmót við ræsingu kerfis. Augljóslega getur þú krossað við\n"
+"\"%s\" ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari eða þér tókst ekki að stilla\n"
+"grafíska skjákortið/upplausnina/skjáinn... rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú verður þú að ákveða hvar þú vilt setja upp Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið á diskinn þinn. Ef diskurinn þinn er tómur eða núverandi\n"
+"stýrikerfi er að nota allt plássið á disknum, þá verður þú að\n"
+"Endursníða diskinn. Að sníða diskinn þýðir að skipta disknum\n"
+"í hluta sem þörf er á til að setja upp Mandriva Linux kerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Af því að skipting disks í sneiðar er venjulega óafturkræf aðgerð\n"
+"og getur leitt til að þú tapir gögnum, þá getur þetta verið erfið og\n"
+"stressandi aðgerð fyrir óvanan notanda.  Til allrar hamingju er\n"
+"DrakX með ráðgjafa sem einfaldar aðgerðina. Áður en þú heldur\n"
+"áfram með þetta skref, lestu afganginn af þessum kafla og fyrir\n"
+"alla muni gefðu þér nægan tíma til að ákvarða rétta lausn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nokkrar mismunandi aðferðir eru mögulegar, þær fara eftir\n"
+"núverandi uppsetningu á diskum:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi aðgerð skiptir auðum svæðum á diskum sjálfkrafa.\n"
+"Ef þú velur þetta verður ekki spurt fleiri spurninga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ráðgjafinn hefur fundið eina eða fleiri Linux disksneiðar\n"
+"á disknum. Veldu þennan möguleika ef þú vilt nota þær. Þú verður\n"
+"þá beðin(n) um að velja tengipunkta fyrir hverja disksneið.\n"
+"Venjulegu tengipunktarnir eru sjálfgefið valdir, og það er góð\n"
+"hugmynd að halda þeirri reglu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ef Microsoft Windows er uppsett á disknum þínum og tekur\n"
+"upp allt diskplássið. Þá verður þú að búa til laust pláss fyrir GNU/Linux.\n"
+"Til að gera það þá getur þú eytt Microsoft Windows disksneiðinni\n"
+"og gögnum (sjá ``Eyða öllu á disknum'') eða breytt stærð á Microsoft \n"
+"Windows FAT eða NTFS disksneiðinni. Breytingu á stærð disksneiða\n"
+"er hægt að framkvæma án þess að nokkur gögn tapist, ef þú hefur\n"
+"áður þjappað gögnum á Windows disksneiðinni (defragment).\n"
+"Mælt er með að nota þessa aðferð ef þú vilt nota bæði Mandriva \n"
+"Linux og Microsoft Windows á sömu tölvunni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Áður en þú velur þennan valkost, hafðu þá í huga að, eftir þessa aðgerð\n"
+"verður Microsoft Windows disksneiðin minni en þegar þú byrjaðir. Þú\n"
+"munt því hafa minna laust diskpláss þegar þú notar Microsoft Windows\n"
+"til að geyma gögn og setja upp hugbúnað.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ef þú vilt eyða öllum gögnum og disksneiðum sem nú eru\n"
+"á disknum og skipta þeim út með nýju Mandriva Linux stýrikerfi, veldu\n"
+"þennan valkost. Farðu varlega, því þú getur ekki afturkallað þessar\n"
+"breytingar eftir að þú hefur staðfest þær.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ef þú velur þennan valkost þá verður öllum gögnum á disknum eytt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi valkostur birtist þegar allt pláss á disknum er notað af\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verður öllu einfaldlega\n"
+"eytt af disknum og þú byrjar með auðan disk, sem þú getur skipt\n"
+"síðan að vild.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ef þú velur þennan valkost þá verður öllum gögnum á disknum eytt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Veldu  þennan valkost ef þú vilt sjálfur skipta disknum þínum.\n"
+"Farðu varlega -- Þetta er öflugur en hættulegur valkostur og þú getur\n"
+"auðveldlega tapað öllum gögnum. Þess vegna er þessi valkostur eiginlega\n"
+"aðeins fyrir þá sem hafa gert þetta áður og hafa nokkra reynslu. Frekari\n"
+"upplýsingar um hvernig á að nota DiskDrake forritið er hægt að nálgast\n"
+"í kaflanum ``Managing Your Partitions'' í ``Starter Guide''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Nota núverandi disksneið"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Eyða öllu á disknum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Jæja - hingað ertu þá kominn. Uppsetningu er nú lokið og GNU/Linux kerfið\n"
+"er tilbúið til notkunar. Aðeins eftir að smella á \"%s\" til að endurræsa "
+"kerfið\n"
+"Ekki gleyma að fjarlægja uppsetningarmiðilinn (Geisladisk eða diskling).\n"
+"Það fyrsta sem þú sérð eftir að tölvan hefur athugað vélbúnaðinn er\n"
+"ræsivalmynd, sem gefur þér möguleika á að velja hvaða stýrikerfi þú vilt "
+"ræsa\n"
+"\n"
+"Hnappurinn \"%s\" sýnir þér tvo auka hnappa sem:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": leyfir þér að búa til uppsetningardisk sem framkvæmir sjálfkrafa\n"
+"alla uppsetninguna án íhlutunar, t.d. ef þú ert að setja upp aðra vél eins "
+"og\n"
+"þú varst að ljúka við að setja upp.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Athugið að tveir möguleikar eru á uppsetningardisk sem birtast eftir að\n"
+"þú smellir á þennan hnapp:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Þetta er að hluta til sjálfvirk uppsetning. Diskasneiðing er\n"
+"eina þrepið sem þú þarft að framkvæma.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Algerlega sjálfvirk uppsetning: Öllu á disknum er eytt og\n"
+"diskurinn er algerlega endurskrifaður, öll gögn tapast.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta er mjög hagkvæmt ef þú ert að setja upp á margar svipaðar\n"
+"tölvur. Sjá nánar um sjálfvirka uppsetningu á vefsíðum okkar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): vistar lista af öllum pökkum sem þú valdir í þessari\n"
+"uppsetningu.  Til að nota þennan lista við aðra uppsetningu, settu inn\n"
+"disklinginn og byrjaðu uppsetningu. Þegar þú færð valskjáinn\n"
+"ýttu á [F1] og sláðu inn >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< og ýttu á\n"
+"[Enter] lykilinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Þú þarft FAT-forsniðinn diskling. Til að búa til þannig diskling undir\n"
+"GNU/Linux, gefðu skipunina \"mformat a:\", eða \"fdformat /dev/fd0\"\n"
+"og síðan skipunina \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Búa til diskling fyrir sjálfvirka uppsetningu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ef þú velur að endurnota einhverjar staðlaðar GNU/Linux disksneiðar\n"
+"vilt þú kannski endur-forsníða sumar þeirra og eyða gögnum sem þær\n"
+"innihalda. Til að gera það veldu einnig þær disksneiðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vinsamlega athugið að það er ekki nauðsynlegt að endur-forsníða allar\n"
+"disksneiðar sem eru til staðar. Þú þarft að endur-forsníða disksneiðar\n"
+"sem innihalda stýrikerfið (svo sem \"/\", \"/usr\" eða \"/var\") en þú\n"
+"þarft ekki að endur-forsníða disksneiðar sem innihalda gögn sem þú\n"
+"vilt geyma (venjulega \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Vinsamlega viðhafið varúð þegar þið veljið disksneiðar. Eftir að þær\n"
+"hafa verið forsniðnar, þá hefur öllum gögnum á þeim verið eytt, og þú\n"
+"getur ekki sótt þau aftur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" þegar þú ert tilbúinn, og vilt forsníða disksneiðarnar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt velja aðra disksneið fyrir nýja Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið þitt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt velja disksneiðar sem verða skoðaðar\n"
+"sérstaklega m.t.t. galla á diskblokkum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Þegar þú setur upp Mandriva Linux er líklegt að sumir pakkar hafi verið\n"
+"uppfærðir frá upphaflegri útgáfu. Villur hafa verið lagfærðar, og\n"
+"öryggisvandamál leyst. Til að nýta ykkur þessar uppfærslur, þá getið\n"
+"þið sótt þær nú um Internetið. Krossaðu við \"%s\" ef þú hefur nú\n"
+"þegar internet-tengingu, eða \"%s\" ef þú vilt sækja uppfærslur síðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur \"%s\", þá færð þú lista af vefsvæðum sem þú getur sótt\n"
+"uppfærslur frá. Þú ættir að velja það vefsvæði sem er næst þér.\n"
+"Þú færð að sjá pakkalista sem þú getur valið úr og smellt á \"%s\"\n"
+"til að sækja og setja upp valda pakka, eða \"%s\" til að hætta við."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér leyfir DrakX þér að velja það öryggisstig sem þú óskar að hafa á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni. Þumalfingursregla er að öryggisstig ætti að vera því hærra\n"
+"sem gögnin eru mikilvægari, eða ef vélin verður tengd beint við\n"
+"Internetið. Hærra öryggisstig þýðir þó venjulega að aðgangur að\n"
+"vél og gögnum verður óþjálli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú veist ekki hvað á að velja, notaðu þá sjálfgefið öryggisstig. Þú\n"
+"getur breytt því seinna með draksec tólinu, sem er hluti af Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stjórnborðinu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fylltu út í svæðið \"%s\" með netfangi þess aðila sem er ábyrgur fyrir\n"
+"öryggi kerfisins. Skeyti sem varða öryggi kerfis verða send á þetta netfang."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Öryggisfulltrúi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér þarft þú að ákveða hvaða disksneið þú vilt nota fyrir Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið. Ef disksneiðar hafa þegar verið skilgreindar, annað hvort\n"
+"frá fyrri uppsetningu á GNU/Linux, eða af öðru forriti til að stilla\n"
+"disksneiðar, þá getur þú notað þær. Annars verður þú að skilgreina\n"
+"disksneiðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að skilgreina disksneiðar þá verður þú fyrst að velja disk. Þú getur\n"
+"valið disk sem þú ætlar að skipta með því að smella á ``hda'' fyrir\n"
+"fyrsta IDE tengda diskinn, ``hdb'' fyrir þann næsta, ``sda'' fyrir\n"
+"fyrsta SCSI diskinn o.s.frv.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að skipta völdum diski, þá getur þú notað eftirfarandi aðgerðir:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur eyðir öllum disksneiðum á disknum\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur býr sjálfkrafa til ext3 og diskminnis-sneið\n"
+"á lausu plássi á disknum.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gefur þér aðgang að aukavalkostum:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vistar disksneiða-töfluna á disklingi. Gott ef síðar þarf að\n"
+"endurbyggja disksneiða-töfluna. Það er mælt með að þú gerir\n"
+"framkvæmir þetta skref.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" leyfir þér að endurbyggja disksneiða-töfluna frá disklingi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef disksneiða-taflan er skemmd, þá getur þú reynt að\n"
+"endurbyggja hana. Farðu varlega og mundu að þetta virkar ekki alltaf\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hendir öllum breytingum og endurhleður disksneiða-töflunni\n"
+"eins og hún var upphaflega á disknum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú af-velur þennan valkost, þá verða notendur að\n"
+"tengja disklinga og geisladiska sjálfir við tengipunkta\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": notaðu þennan valkost ef þú vilt nota ráðgjafa til að skipta\n"
+"disknum þínum. Það er mæt með þessu ef þú hefur ekki nákvæmlega\n"
+"hvað á að gera hér.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": notaðu þennan valkost ef þú vilt hætta við allar breytingar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gefur þér aukalega valkosti (tegund, valkosti, forsníða)\n"
+"og gefur þér meiri upplýsingar um diskinn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þegar þú hefur lokið við að skipta disknum þínum, þá\n"
+"skrifar þetta breytingarnar á diskinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú skilgreinir stærð disksneiðar, þá getur þú fínstillt stærðina\n"
+"á sneiðinni með örvalyklunum á lyklaborðinu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Athugið: Þú getur komist að öllum aðgerðum á skjánum frá\n"
+"lyklaborðinu. Þú færir þig á milli svæða með [Tab] og [Upp/Niður]\n"
+"örvalyklunum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar disksneið er valin, þá getur þú notað:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c til að búa til nýja disksneið (þegar auð disksneið er valin)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d til að eyða disksneið\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m til að setja tengipunkt\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að fá upplýsingar um mismunandi skráakerfi, vinsamlega lestu\n"
+"kaflann um ext2FS í ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú ert að setja upp á PPC  tölvu, þá ættir þú að búa til litla HFS\n"
+"``ræsi-disksneið'' sem er að minnsta kosti 1M. Þessi disksneið\n"
+"verður notuð af yaboot ræsistjóranum. Ef þú gerir disksneiðina\n"
+"svolítið stærri t.d. 50MB þá er það góður staður til að geyma auka\n"
+"kjarna og ræsidisk-ímyndir fyrir óvæntar uppákomur."
+
+# ## skrytid
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Sjálfvirk tenging aukatækja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Víxla milli venjulegs/sérfræðings-hams"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fleiri en ein Microsoft disksneið hefur fundist á disknum.\n"
+"Vinsamlega veldu hverri þeirra þú vilt breyta stærðinni á til að geta sett\n"
+"upp nýja Mandriva Linux stýrikerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver sneið á listanum inniheldur \"Linux nafn\", \"Windows nafn\" \"Diskrýmd"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nafn\" er byggt upp af: \"disktegund\", \"disknúmer\",\n"
+"\"disksneið\" (t.d., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disktegund\" er \"hd\" ef disknum er stýrt með IDE stýringu og\n"
+"\"sd\" ef það er SCSI diskur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disknúmer\" er alltaf bókstafur eftir \"hd\" eða \"sd\". Fyrir IDE\n"
+"diska:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Á SCSI diskum, þýðir \"a\" \"lægsta SCSI ID\", \"b\" þýðir\n"
+"\"næst-lægsta SCSI ID\", o.s.frv.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nafn\" er bókstafurinn á disknum eins og það sést undir\n"
+"Windows (fyrsti diskurinn eða sneiðin er kölluð \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": athugið val lands. Ef valið land er ekki rétt smelltu þá\n"
+"á \"%s\" hnappinn og veldu annað. Ef landið þitt er ekki á listanum,\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá heildalista landa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Þetta skref er aðeins virkjað ef GNU/Linux disksneið hefur fundist á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX þarf nú að vita hvort þú vilt setja upp nýtt kerfi eða hvort þú\n"
+"vilt uppfæra uppsett Mandriva Linux kerfi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þetta þurkar að mestu út gamla kerfið. En þó fer það\n"
+"svolítið eftir diskssneiðum sem þú hefur sett upp, þá getur þú\n"
+"varnað því að gögn (fyrst og fremst \"home\" möppur) verði\n"
+"yfirskrifuð. Ef þú vilt breyta hvernig diskunum er skipt, eða breyta\n"
+"skráakerfinu, þá ættir þú að velja þennan valkost.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi uppsetning leyfir þér að uppfæra pakkana sem nú\n"
+"eru uppsettir á Mandriva Linux kerfinu þínu. Disksneiðum og gögnum\n"
+"verður ekki breytt. Flest uppsetningarþrep eru enn aðgengileg\n"
+"og eru svipuð venjulegri uppfærslu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Að nota ``Uppfærslu'' aðgerðina ætti að virka vel á Mandriva Linux\n"
+"kerfum sem eru að keyra útgáfu \"8.1\" eða nýrri. Ekki er mælt með\n"
+"uppfærslu á eldri útgáfum en Mandriva Linux \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Byggt á því tungumáli sem þú velur, þá mun DrakX sjálfkrafa velja\n"
+"lyklaborðs-uppsetningu. Athugaðu hvort valið hentar þér, eða veldu\n"
+"aðra lyklaborðs-uppsetningu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Einnig gæti verið að lyklaborðið henti ekki þínum þörfum eða tungumáli\n"
+"Ef t.d. þú vilt hafa aðgang að íslensku lyklaborði í Sviss. Eða danskt\n"
+"lyklaborð og íslenskt umhverfi. Almennt talað í þannig umhverfi\n"
+"að tungumál og valið lyklaborð passa ekki saman. Hvort sem þú\n"
+"vilt þá getur þú valið lyklaborð af listanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá lista af mögulegum lyklaborðs-"
+"uppsetningum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur lyklaborðs-uppsetningu sem er ekki byggt á latnesku\n"
+"stafrófi, þá mun næsti gluggi leyfa þér að velja lyklasamsetningu\n"
+"sem víxlar til og frá latneska lyklaborðinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Fyrsta þrepið er að velja æskilegt tungumál.\n"
+"\n"
+"Val þitt á æskilegu tungumáli hefur áhrif á uppsetningarforritið,\n"
+"handbækur, og stýrikerfið í heild sinni. Veldu fyrst hvaða svæði\n"
+"þú er búsettur á, síðan tungumál sem þú notar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú smellir á \"%s\" hnappinn þá getur þú valið önnur tungumál\n"
+"sem verða sett upp á vinnustöðina þína, þá verða skrár sem tengjast\n"
+"því tungumáli settar upp á tölvuna. Til dæmis ef spænskir notendur\n"
+"munu nota tölvuna þína, veldu þá Ensku sem aðaltungumál í\n"
+"valglugganum og \"%s\" í ítarlegri hlutanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um UTF-8 (unicode) stuðning: Unicode er ný stafakóðun sem\n"
+"tekur til allra tungumála. En fullur stuðningur fyrir þessa kóðun er\n"
+"enn á þróunarstigi fyrir GNU/Linux. Þess vegna ætti val þitt á\n"
+"að nota UTF-8 að byggja á eftirfarandi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef þú velur tungumál sem hefur sterkan stuðning í venjulegri\n"
+"stafakóðun (latnesk-1 tungumál, Rússneska, Kínverska, Kóreanska,\n"
+"Tælenska, Gríska, Tyrkneska og flest iso-8859-2 tungumál),\n"
+"þá verður eldri stafakóðun valin sjálfgefið;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Önnur tungumál munu sjálfgefið nota unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef tvö eða fleiri tungumál eru valin og þau nota ekki sömu kóðun\n"
+"þá verður unicode notað fyrir allt kerfið;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Að lokum, hægt er að þvinga notkun unicode alls staðar í\n"
+"kerfinu með því að velja \"%s\" valkostinn óháð því hvaða\n"
+"tungumál hafa verið valin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Athugið að þú ert ekki takmarkaður við að velja eitt aukalegt tungumál.\n"
+"Þú getur valið nokkur eða jafnvel valið þau öll með því að krossa við\n"
+"\"%s\" reitinn. Ef þú velur stuðning fyrir tungumál þýðir það að\n"
+"þýðingar, letur, stafsetningar-leiðréttingar o.s.frv. verða einnig\n"
+"sett inn fyrir þessi tungumál.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að víxla milli mismunandi tungumála sem eru uppsett á kerfinu\n"
+"þínu, þá getur þú keyrt \"localedrake\" skipunina sem \"root\" til\n"
+"að breyta sjálfgefnu tunguáli fyrir allt kerfið. Ef þú keyrir skipunina\n"
+"sem venjulegur notandi þá mun það einungis breyta uppsetningu\n"
+"tungumáls fyrir þann notanda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spænska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Venjulega er DrakX ekki í neinum vandræðum með að finna fjölda hnappa\n"
+"á músinni þinni. Ef DrakX lendir í vandræðum gerir það ráð fyrir tveggja\n"
+"hnappa mús og mun setja upp þriggja hnappa hermi. Þriðja hnappinn\n"
+"á tveggja hnappa mús má fá fram með því að smella samtímis á hægri\n"
+"og vinstri hnappana. DrakX mun sjálfkrafa vita hvort músin þín notar\n"
+"PS/2- , rað- eða usb-tengi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú hefur þriggja hnappa mús án skrunhjóls, þá getur þú valið \"%s\"\n"
+"mús. DrakX mun þá stilla músina þína þannig að þú getir hermt eftir\n"
+"skrunhjóli með því. Til að gera það, smelltu á miðhnappinn og færðu\n"
+"músina upp og niður.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú af einhverri ástæðu vilt skilgreina aðra tegund músar, veldu hana\n"
+"þá úr listanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú getur valið \"%s\" færsluna til að velja ``almenna'' músartegund\n"
+"sem mun virka með flestum músum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur aðra mús en sjálfgefna, þá birtist prufuskjár. Notið hnappana\n"
+"og hólið til að staðfesta að stillingar séu réttar og músin virki rétt.\n"
+"Ef Músin virkar ekki rétt sláðu þá á bilslána eða [Enter] til að hætta\n"
+"prófuninni og þú færð aftur upp lista af músum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Það kemur fyrir að skrunhjóla-mýs séu ekki skynjaðar sjálfvirkt,\n"
+"svo þú verður að velja músina úr lista. Athugaðu vel að velja rétt\n"
+"tengi rað/PS-2/USB sem músin er tengd við. Eftir að þið hafið\n"
+"valið mús og smellt á \"%s\" hnappinn, þá birtist músamynd á\n"
+"skjánum. Notið skrunhjólið til að staðfesta að það sé virkjað rétt.\n"
+"Þegar þú hreyfir hjólið, mun músarhjólið á skjánum hreyfast.\n"
+"Prófaðu hnappana líka til og hreyfðu bendilinn á skjánum til að\n"
+"staðfest að allt virki rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Með skrunhermi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Almennt | Einhverjar PS/2 & USB mýs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Veldu tengið sem þú vilt nota.  Tengið \"COM1\" í Windows er kallað\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" í GNU/Linux, \"COM2\" er \"ttyS1\", o.s.frv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Þetta er ein mest áríðandi ákvörðun sem þú tekur fyrir öryggi GNU/Linux\n"
+"kerfis. Þú verður að gefa upp lykilorð fyrir \"root\". \"root\" er "
+"kerfisstjóri\n"
+"og eini notandinn sem má framkvæma uppfærslur, bæta við notendum,\n"
+"breyta uppsetningu kerfisins, og svo framvegis. Í stuttu máli \"root\" má\n"
+"gera allt!. Þess vegna verður þú að velja lykilorð sem er erfitt að giska "
+"á.\n"
+"DrakX mun segja þér ef lykilorðið er of einfalt. Eins og þú sérð þá þarft\n"
+"þú ekki að slá inn lykilorð, en við ráðleggjum þér alls ekki að hafa það\n"
+"þannig. GNU/Linux er alveg eins viðkvæmt fyrir villum kerfisstjóra og\n"
+"önnur stýrikerfi. Þar sem \"root\" getur farið framhjá öllum takmörkunum\n"
+"og óvart eytt öllum gögnum á disksneiðum með því að vísa kæruleysislega\n"
+"í disksneiðarnar, Það er áríðandi að það sé ekki einfalt að verða \"root\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lykilorðið ætti að vera blanda af bókstöfum og tölum og að minnsta\n"
+"kosti 8 stafa langt. Aldrei skrifa niður \"root\" lykilorðið -- Þá verður\n"
+"allt of auðvelt að brjótast inn í kerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hafið lykilorðið heldur ekki of langt eða flókið því þú verður að muna það!\n"
+"\n"
+"Lykilorðið verður ekki birt á skjánum þegar þú slærð það inn. Til að\n"
+"minnka hættu á innsláttarvillu ert þú beðinn um að slá lykilorðið tvisvar.\n"
+"Ef þú gerir þá sömu innsláttar villuna tvisvar verður þú að nota þetta\n"
+"``ranga'' lykilorð í fyrsta sinn þegar þú tengist sem \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú vilt nota auðkenningar-miðlara til að stjórna aðgangi að tölvunni\n"
+"þinni, smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú notar LDAP, NIS eða PDC Windows Domain auðkenningar-\n"
+"þjónustur, veldu réttan valkost fyrir \"%s\". Ef þú veist ekki hvað\n"
+"þú átt að nota spurðu þá net-stjórnandann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú átt í vandræðum með að muna lykilorð, eða ef tölvan þín verður\n"
+"aldrei tengd Internetinu, og þú treystir algerlega öllum þeim sem koma\n"
+"að tölvunni þinni, þá getur þú valið að hafa \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "auðkenning"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ræsi-forrit er lítið forrit sem er ræst af tölvunni þegar kveikt er á \n"
+"tölvunni. Það er ábyrgt fyrir að ræsa síðan upp allt kerfið. Venjulega\n"
+"er uppsetning ræsiforritsins algerlega sjálfvirk. DrakX mun athuga\n"
+"ræsigeira disksins og haga aðgerðum eftir því:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef Windows ræsigeiri finnst, þá verður honum skipt út með GRUB/LILO\n"
+"ræsigeira. Þannig getur þú ræst annað hvort GNU/Linux eða annað\n"
+"stýrikerfi sem er uppsett á tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef GRUB eða LILO ræsigeiri finnst, þá verður honum skipt út með nýjum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef DrakX getur ekki ákveðið hvar á að setja ræsigeirann, þá munt þú\n"
+"verða spurður hvar eigi að setja hann. Almennt er \"%s\" öruggasti "
+"staðurinn\n"
+"Ef þú velur \"%s\", þá verður ekki sett inn neitt ræsiforrit. Gerðu\n"
+"það aðeins ef þú veist hvað þú ert að gera."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú er komið að því að setja upp prentkerfi fyrir tölvuna þína. Önnur\n"
+"stýrikerfis bjóða þér kannski upp á eitt, en Mandriva Linux býður tvö.\n"
+"Hvort þeirra hefur sína kosti\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- sem er skammstöfun fyrir ``prenta ekki biðröð'' \n"
+"(print, do not queue) er rétti valkosturinn ef tölvan er beintengd\n"
+"við prentarann, og þú vilt geta stöðvað snarlega ef pappír festist\n"
+"eða flækist, eða ef þú hefur ekki nettengda prentara.\n"
+"(\"%s\" höndlar aðeins einföldustu nettengingar og er frekar hægvirkt\n"
+"ef það er notað á neti.) Það er þó mælt með að þú notir \"pdq\"\n"
+"ef þetta eru þín fyrstu kynni af GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stendur fyrir `` Common Unix Printing System'' og er góður\n"
+"kostur hvort sem þú prentar á staðbundinn prentara eða á prentara\n"
+"sem er hinum megin á hnettinum. Það er einfalt að stilla og getur bæði\n"
+"verið miðlari og biðlari fyrir gamalkunnu \"lpd\" prentþjónustuna.\n"
+"Það er því samhæft við eldri stýrikerfi sem þurfa prentþjónustu.\n"
+"Þó að það sé mjög öflugt, þá er einfaldasta uppsetning næstum því\n"
+"eins einföld og \"pdq\". Ef þú þarft að herma eftir \"lpd\", mundu þá eftir\n"
+"að ræsa \"cups-lpd\" þjónustuna. \"%s\" er með myndrænt viðmót fyrir\n"
+"prentaraval og stjórnun á prentara.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvað sem þú velur núna, þá getur þú breytt prentkerfinu með því að\n"
+"keyra PrinterDrake frá Mandriva Linux stjórnborðinu og smella á \"%s\"\n"
+"hnappinn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Sérfræðingur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mun fyrst leita að öllum IDE tækjum í tölvunni. Síðan er einnig\n"
+"leitað að einu eða fleiri SCSI kortum í tölvunni. Ef SCSI kort finnst þá\n"
+"mun DrakX mun sjálfkrafa setja inn rekil fyrir kortið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Af því að sjálfvirk vélbúnaðarleit er ekki gallalaus, þá finnur DrakX\n"
+"kannski ekki diskana í tölvunni. Ef svo er þá verður þú að skilgreina\n"
+"vélbúnaðinn handvirkt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú þarft að skilgreina handvirkt PCI SCSI stýringu, þá mun DrakX spyrja\n"
+"hvort þú viljir tilgreina viðföng fyrir kortið. Þú ættir að leyfa DrakX að\n"
+"kanna vélbúnaðinn til að stilla kortið sjálfkrafa. Oftast kemst DrakX\n"
+"áfram án aukalegra viðfanga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef DrakX finnur ekki hvaða breytur á að senda til kortsins þá verður þú að\n"
+"stilla kortið og viðföng þess handvirkt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ef hljóðkort finnst í tölvunni. þá verða upplýsingar um það sýndar\n"
+"hér. Ef þú sérð að hljóðkortið er ekki það sem er raunverulega í tölvunni,\n"
+"þá getur þú smellt á hnappinn hér og bent á annan rekil."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sýnir þér hér samantekt á upplýsingum sem það hefur\n"
+"safnað um tölvuna þína. Það fer síðan eftir því hvaða vélbúnaður er á "
+"vélinni\n"
+"þinni hvort þú sérð alla þá möguleika sem hér fara eftir. Hver færsla\n"
+"er samsett af vélbúnaði sem hægt er að stilla og samantekt um\n"
+"uppsetninguna. Smellið á tilsvarandi \"%s\" til að stilla þessa einingu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": athuga lyklaborðvörpun og breyta henni ef þörf krefur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": athuga landval. Ef valið land er ekki rétt, smelltu þá á\n"
+"\"%s\" hnappinn og veldu annað land. Ef landið er ekki á listanum\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá allann listann.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX velur sjálfkrafa tímabelti eftir því landi sem þú hefur\n"
+"valið. Þú getur smellt á \"%s\" hnappinn er það er ekki rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sýna núverandi músastillingar og smelltu á hnappinn til að\n"
+"breyta því ef þörf krefur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": með því að smella á \"%s\" hnappinn opnast prent-stillingar-\n"
+"ráðgjafi. Ráðfærið ykkur við viðeigandi kafla í ``Starter Guide'' varðandi\n"
+"frekari upplýsingar um hvernig á að setja upp nýjan prentara. Viðmótið\n"
+"sem sýnt er þar, er svipað því sem er notað í uppsetningunni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef hljóðkort finnst á kerfinu þínu, þá verður það sýnt hér\n"
+"Ef þú tekur eftir því að það hljóðkort sem sýnt er hér, sé ekki það\n"
+"sem er í raun í kerfinu þínu, þá getur þú smellt á hnappinn og valið\n"
+"annann rekil.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef sjónvarpskort finnst í tölvunni þinni þá er það sýnt hér.\n"
+"Ef það er sjónvarpskort í tölvunni og það finnst ekki þá getur þú smellt\n"
+"á \"%s\" hnappinn og reynt að setja það inn handvirkt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þú getur smellt á \"%s\" til að breyta stillingum á kortinu ef\n"
+"þér finnst að uppsetningin sé röng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sjálfgefið stillir DrakX skjákortið/skjáinn þinn í upplausnina\n"
+"\"800x600\" eða \"1024x768\". Ef það er ekki sú upplausn sem þú vilt\n"
+"nota smelltu þá á \"%s\" til að endurstilla skjáupplausnina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef þú vilt stilla Internet eða aðrar nettengingar núna.\n"
+"Þá getur þú gert það hér. Skoðaðu handbókina eða notaðu Mandriva\n"
+"Linux stjórnborðið eftir að uppsetningu er lokið til að fá meiri hjálp.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": leyfir þér að stilla vefsel og FTP-sel ef vélin sem þú ert að\n"
+"setja upp á að tengjast netinu um sel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hér getur þú endurstillt öryggisþrep sem þú settir áður\n"
+"í fyrra þrepi ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú ætlar að tengja vélina þína Internetinu, þá er\n"
+"góð hugmynd að vernda vélina þína með því að setja upp eldvegg.\n"
+"Lestu viðeigandi kafla í um uppsetningu eldveggs í ``Starter Guide''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú vilt breyta stillingum ræsistjóra, smelltu á\n"
+"þennan hnapp. Þetta ætti þó ekki að gera nema af kunnugum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hér getur þú fínstillt hvaða þjónustur verða ræstar á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni. Ef þú ætlar að nota þessa vél sem miðlara þá er góð\n"
+"hugmynd að fara vel yfir þessa uppsetningu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN spjald"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Myndrænt viðmót"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Veldu diskinn sem þú vilt hreinsa allt af til að setja upp nýja\n"
+"Mandriva Linux disksneið.  Varúð, öllum gögnum á disknum verður\n"
+"eytt, og það er ekki hægt að sækja þau aftur!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt eyða öllum gögnum og disksneiðum\n"
+"á þessum disk. Varúð! Eftir að þú hefur smellt á \"%s\", getur\n"
+"þú ekki endurheimt nein gögn eða disksneiðar sem eru nú á þessum diski,\n"
+"Þar með talin Windows gögn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" til að stöðva þessa aðgerð án þess að tapa gögnum\n"
+"og disksneiðum sem nú eru á þessum diski."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Næsta ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Fyrra"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17d962bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2070 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Italian
+# translation of DrakX-it.po to Italiano
+# translation of DrakX-it.po to Italian
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Mandriva S.A.
+# Paolo Lorenzin <pasusu@tin.it>, 2000.
+# Simone Riccio <s.riccio@aeb-informatica.it>, 2002.
+# Roberto Rosselli Del Turco <rosselli@ling.unipi.it>, 2001, 2002,2003.
+# Marco De Vitis <mdv@spin.it>, 2003.
+# Andrea Celli <a.celli@caltanet.it>, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+# Giuseppe Levi <giuseppe.levi@email.it>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-it\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-03 21:33+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Andrea Celli <a.celli@caltanet.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima di proseguire dovresti leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n"
+"riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandriva Linux. Se sei d'accordo con\n"
+"tutti i termini della licenza clicca sul pulsante \"%s\". In caso contrario\n"
+"ti basterà un clic sul pulsante \"%s\" per riavviare il computer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multi-utente, ciò significa che ciascun\n"
+"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n"
+"i propri file, e così via; consulta la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne di "
+"più.\n"
+"Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n"
+"gli utenti che aggiungerai adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n"
+"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrai crearne\n"
+"almeno uno per te stesso, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n"
+"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n"
+"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n"
+"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n"
+"commetti un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potrai forse\n"
+"perdere parte dei tuoi dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel primo campo inserisci il vero nome. Naturalmente questo non è\n"
+"un obbligo legale: puoi digitare quello che vuoi. Fatto questo, DrakX\n"
+"prenderà la prima parola che hai inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n"
+"alla voce \"%s\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per accedere al\n"
+"sistema, ma puoi modificarlo. Poi digita una password per questo utente.\n"
+"Ovviamente, dal punto di vista della sicurezza, la password di un utente\n"
+"non privilegiato non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ma non c'è motivo\n"
+"di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta della sicurezza dei tuoi file.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se clicchi su \"%s\", potrai poi aggiungere un altro utente, e altri "
+"ancora,\n"
+"a tua discrezione. Aggiungi un utente per ciascuno dei tuoi amici, oppure\n"
+"per tuo padre e tuo fratello, e così via. Dopo aver aggiunto\n"
+"tutti gli utenti che vuoi, seleziona \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrai cambiare la \"shell\" per\n"
+"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando avrai finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, ti verrà proposto di\n"
+"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n"
+"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica ti\n"
+"interessa (e non tieni particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegli\n"
+"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferisci, poi clicca su\n"
+"\"%s\". Se la cosa non ti interessa, rimuovi il segno di spunta dalla\n"
+"casella \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vuoi sfruttare questa possibilità?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"In alto puoi vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n"
+"tuo disco rigido. Puoi attenerti alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n"
+"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fai dei\n"
+"cambiamenti, ricorda che devi definire per lo meno una partizione root\n"
+"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglierla troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarai\n"
+"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi vuoi conservare i\n"
+"tuoi dati su una partizione separata, dovrai assegnare una partizione\n"
+"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se hai a disposizione più\n"
+"partizioni Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n"
+"\"Capacità\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
+"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il tuo disco è di tipo IDE, e\n"
+"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
+"i dischi IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n"
+"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n"
+"etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La distribuzione Mandriva Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. Se uno dei\n"
+"pacchetti selezionati si trova su un CD-ROM diverso da quello attualmente\n"
+"inserito nel lettore, DrakX provvederà a espellerlo e a chiedervi di\n"
+"inserire quello corretto. Se non avete a portata di mano il CD richiesto,\n"
+"basta cliccare su \"%s\", e i pacchetti corrispondenti non verranno\n"
+"installati."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n"
+"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di pacchetti disponibili per\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, e sono stati suddivisi in gruppi in base al loro campo di\n"
+"utilizzo, in modo da facilitarne la gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"I gruppi sono a loro volta suddivisi in quattro categorie. Potete\n"
+"selezionare i pacchetti di tutte le categorie indifferentemente, quindi una\n"
+"installazione di tipo \"Workstation\" può contenere anche programmi della\n"
+"categoria \"Server\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più gruppi da questa categoria se la vostra\n"
+"macchina dovrà essere utilizzata come postazione di lavoro tradizionale.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pensate di usare il computer per la programmazione e lo\n"
+"sviluppo di software, selezionate i gruppi a voi necessari in questa\n"
+"categoria. Il gruppo speciale \"LSB\" serve per configurare il vostro\n"
+"sistema in modo che sia quanto più possibile conforme con le specifiche del\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   La selezione del gruppo \"LSB\" avrà come ulteriore effetto\n"
+"l'installazione di un kernel della serie \"2.4\", invece della \"2.6\" che\n"
+"costituisce l'opzione predefinita. Questo è necessario per avere una\n"
+"completa conformità del sistema con le specifiche LSB. Si noti, tuttavia,\n"
+"che anche se scegliete di non selezionare il gruppo \"LSB\", il vostro\n"
+"sistema sarà compatibile quasi al 100%% con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere i servizi più comuni da installare se il\n"
+"computer dovrà essere usato come server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere il vostro ambiente grafico preferito.\n"
+"Dovete selezionarne almeno uno, se volete avere un sistema con interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n"
+"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\", che può essere utile\n"
+"se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n"
+"avere il controllo totale di ciò che verrà installato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se cominciate l'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete deselezionare\n"
+"tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti: questo metodo può\n"
+"tornare utile per effettuare la riparazione o l'aggiornamento di un sistema\n"
+"esistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state effettuando un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e\n"
+"deselezionate tutti i gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi\n"
+"proporrà alcune possibilità per eseguire una installazione minima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n"
+"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa il sistema base più i programmi fondamentali e la\n"
+"relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione può essere adatta per\n"
+"la configurazione di un server;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n"
+"un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n"
+"comando. Questo tipo di installazione occupa in totale circa 65 megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aggiornamento"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con la documentazione essenziale"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installazione veramente minimale"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora, se avete scelto di selezionare i pacchetti su base individuale,\n"
+"potrete vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti\n"
+"organizzati in gruppi e sottogruppi. Scorrendo questa lista gerarchica\n"
+"potete selezionare interi gruppi, sottogruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero ne compare una\n"
+"descrizione sulla destra, per aiutarvi a capire a cosa serva quel\n"
+"particolare pacchetto.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n"
+"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n"
+"chiesta conferma per la sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n"
+"predefinita, in Mandriva Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono attivati\n"
+"automaticamente all'avvio. Sebbene si tratti di servizi sicuri ed esenti da\n"
+"problemi noti al momento del rilascio della distribuzione, non è escluso\n"
+"che possano essere scoperte falle di sicurezza al loro interno dopo la\n"
+"pubblicazione di questa versione di Mandriva Linux. Quindi, se non avete\n"
+"idea di cosa faccia un particolare servizio o del perché debba essere\n"
+"installato, cliccate su \"%s\". Scegliendo \"%s\", invece, i servizi\n"
+"elencati saranno installati e attivati in automatico all'avvio del sistema.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di avvertimento\n"
+"che compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n"
+"automaticamente qualche pacchetto per risolvere un problema di dipendenze.\n"
+"Alcuni pacchetti, infatti, dipendono da altri, e l'installazione di uno\n"
+"specifico pacchetto può richiedere l'installazione di un altro. Il\n"
+"programma può determinare in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti sono\n"
+"necessari per soddisfare una dipendenza in modo da portare a termine con\n"
+"successo l'installazione.\n"
+"\n"
+"La piccola icona a forma di dischetto in fondo alla lista vi permette di\n"
+"caricare un elenco di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente\n"
+"installazione. Può risultare utile, ad esempio, se avete la necessità di\n"
+"configurare allo stesso modo diverse macchine. Cliccando su questa icona vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di inserire il dischetto creato alla fine di un'altra\n"
+"installazione. Leggete il relativo suggerimento nell'ultimo passo per\n"
+"sapere come creare questo dischetto."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dipendenze automatiche"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potete scegliere i servizi da attivare automaticamente all'avvio del\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX elencherà tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n"
+"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono necessari\n"
+"all'avvio.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo che ne spiega le\n"
+"caratteristiche. Se non siete sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un servizio, è\n"
+"meglio non modificare la relativa impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n"
+"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n"
+"server: vi conviene evitare di attivare servizi di cui non avete bisogno.\n"
+"Ricordate che molti servizi sono potenzialmente pericolosi, se attivi su un\n"
+"server. Come regola generale, attivate soltanto quelli di cui avete\n"
+"veramente bisogno. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\") e lo\n"
+"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia, se\n"
+"l'orologio della scheda madre è regolato sull'orario locale, è possibile\n"
+"disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla casella\n"
+"\"%s\", in modo da indicare a GNU/Linux che l'orologio hardware e quello di\n"
+"sistema operano nello stesso fuso orario. Questa scelta può tornare utile\n"
+"nel caso sulla macchina sia installato anche un altro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" farà in modo che l'orario venga automaticamente regolato\n"
+"connettendosi via Internet con un \"time server\". Perché questa opzione\n"
+"funzioni, naturalmente, dovrete disporre di una connessione a Internet\n"
+"funzionante. Vi consigliamo di scegliere un server vicino a voi. Questa\n"
+"opzione installerà nel sistema un vero e proprio time server, che potrà\n"
+"essere a sua volta usato anche da altre macchine che si trovino sulla\n"
+"stessa rete locale."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronizzazione automatica dell'orario"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (abbreviazione per \"X Window System\") è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n"
+"grafica di GNU/Linux, sul quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n"
+"inclusi in Mandriva Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n"
+"la miglior visualizzazione possibile:\n"
+"\n"
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al computer. Se così non fosse, anche\n"
+"in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in vostro\n"
+"possesso.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n"
+"adattano alle vostre necessità (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"dopo l'installazione, comunque). All'interno della figura del monitor è\n"
+"rappresentato un esempio della configurazione selezionata.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Questa voce potrebbe non comparire, con alcuni tipi di hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il sistema tenterà di aprire uno schermo grafico alla risoluzione\n"
+"specificata. Se potete vedere il messaggio durante il test e rispondete\n"
+"\"%s\", allora DrakX passerà alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il\n"
+"messaggio, significa che la configurazione ottenuta con l'identificazione\n"
+"automatica non è corretta in qualche punto: il test terminerà\n"
+"automaticamente dopo 12 secondi, e vi riporterà al menu. Cambiate le\n"
+"impostazioni fino a ottenere una visualizzazione grafica corretta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione di solito identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al tuo computer. Se fallisce,\n"
+"puoi scegliere da questa lista il tipo di monitor che hai effettivamente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui puoi scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il tuo hardware. Scegli le impostazioni più adatte\n"
+"alle tue esigenze (potrai sempre cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"ad installazione finita). Sul monitor è visibile un'immagine di\n"
+"anteprima della configurazione selezionata."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto dovete scegliere in quali punti del vostro disco rigido\n"
+"installare il sistema operativo Mandriva Linux. Se il disco è vuoto, o se\n"
+"tutto lo spazio disponibile è occupato da un altro sistema operativo già\n"
+"installato, allora dovrete creare o modificare le partizioni. In breve,\n"
+"partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel suddividerlo logicamente in più\n"
+"zone in maniera da creare lo spazio necessario all'installazione di\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili, e\n"
+"possono causare la perdita di dati, questa operazione può intimidire e\n"
+"rivelarsi stressante per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a\n"
+"vostra disposizione un assistente che semplifica questa procedura. Prima di\n"
+"cominciare leggete attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose\n"
+"con calma.\n"
+"\n"
+"In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno disponibili\n"
+"diverse opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento automatico dello\n"
+"spazio libero all'interno del vostro disco rigido (o dei dischi, se ne\n"
+"avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux già presenti\n"
+"sul vostro disco rigido. Scegliete questa opzione se desiderate usarle. Vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna\n"
+"partizione: come opzione predefinita verranno selezionati i punti di mount\n"
+"precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n"
+"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Per farlo potete ridimensionare la partizione FAT o NTFS su cui\n"
+"è installato Windows, oppure cancellare completamente la partizione e tutti\n"
+"i dati in essa contenuti (ricorrendo all'opzione \"Cancella l'intero\n"
+"disco\"). Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la perdita di\n"
+"dati, a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia stata\n"
+"deframmentata. Vi consigliamo caldamente di fare comunque una copia di\n"
+"sicurezza dei vostri dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate\n"
+"usare sia Mandriva Linux che Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che le dimensioni\n"
+"della partizione su cui risiede Windows saranno ridotte rispetto a quelle\n"
+"iniziali. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero su Windows per\n"
+"archiviare i vostri dati o installare nuovo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n"
+"presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione. Fate molta attenzione,\n"
+"perché dopo aver dato conferma non potrete più tornare indietro.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione compare quando il disco rigido è interamente\n"
+"occupato da Windows. Se scegliete questa opzione tutto quello che si trova\n"
+"sul disco verrà cancellato e potrete ricominciare da capo, creando le\n"
+"partizioni come se fosse la prima volta.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n"
+"scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione: è una opzione potente, ma molto\n"
+"pericolosa, e potreste facilmente causare la perdita di tutti i vostri\n"
+"dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso abbiate già fatto qualcosa\n"
+"di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa esperienza. Per ulteriori\n"
+"informazioni riguardo il funzionamento del programma DiskDrake, consultate\n"
+"la sezione \"Gestione delle partizioni\" della \"Guida introduttiva\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usa partizioni esistenti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Cancella l'intero disco"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n"
+"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n"
+"riavviare il sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di\n"
+"installazione (CD-ROM o floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il\n"
+"computer avrà terminato di effettuare i test relativi all'avvio, è il menu\n"
+"del \"bootloader\", che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da\n"
+"avviare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" compariranno altri due pulsanti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per creare un floppy di installazione che permette di eseguire\n"
+"automaticamente un'installazione completa, del tutto simile a quella che\n"
+"avete appena finito di configurare, senza che sia necessario l'intervento\n"
+"di un operatore.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si noti che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n"
+"opzioni diverse:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n"
+"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n"
+"interattiva.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il disco\n"
+"rigido viene sovrascritto per intero, tutti i dati che contiene andranno\n"
+"persi.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n"
+"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n"
+"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web per ulteriori\n"
+"informazioni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
+"l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione potrete\n"
+"inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la\n"
+"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
+"crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\"\n"
+"seguito da \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Crea il floppy di installazione automatica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se avete scelto di riutilizzare una o più partizioni GNU/Linux\n"
+"preesistenti, potreste volerne formattare qualcuna per cancellare i dati\n"
+"contenuti. In tal caso, selezionate anche quelle partizioni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tenete presente che non è necessario formattare tutte le partizioni\n"
+"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n"
+"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n"
+"potete evitare di formattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n"
+"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni: dopo la formattazione\n"
+"tutti i dati in esse contenuti saranno cancellati e non potrete più\n"
+"recuperarli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti ad avviare la formattazione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate installare il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"operativo Mandriva Linux su partizioni diverse da quelle selezionate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate selezionare alcune delle partizioni\n"
+"affinché venga controllata la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati su\n"
+"di esse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandriva Linux, alcuni\n"
+"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale;\n"
+"potrebbero essere stati corretti degli errori, o risolti eventuali problemi\n"
+"relativi alla sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi\n"
+"aggiornamenti vi verrà proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei\n"
+"pacchetti usando Internet. Scegliete \"%s\" se disponete di una connessione\n"
+"a Internet funzionante, oppure \"%s\" se preferite installare i pacchetti\n"
+"aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà un elenco di siti da cui poter scaricare i\n"
+"pacchetti aggiornati; dovreste scegliere il sito a voi più vicino.\n"
+"Comparirà quindi un elenco gerarchico grazie al quale potrete selezionare i\n"
+"pacchetti da aggiornare: controllate le vostre scelte e cliccate su \"%s\"\n"
+"per scaricare e installare i pacchetti selezionati, o su \"%s\" per\n"
+"annullare l'operazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto, DrakX vi permette di scegliere il livello di sicurezza da\n"
+"impostare sul sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina sarà\n"
+"esposta a Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che dovrà contenere,\n"
+"tanto più alto dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente,\n"
+"tuttavia, che a un livello di sicurezza più alto corrisponde in genere una\n"
+"minore facilità d'uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non sapete quale scelta fare, utilizzate l'impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"Potrete comunque cambiare in seguito il livello di sicurezza usando\n"
+"draksec, uno strumento del Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel campo \"%s\" inserite l'indirizzo email dell'utente che sarà\n"
+"responsabile per la sicurezza: tutti i messaggi relativi alla sicurezza\n"
+"verranno inviati a lui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Amministratore per la sicurezza"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n"
+"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandriva Linux. Se sono già state\n"
+"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n"
+"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n"
+"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n"
+"partizioni del disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n"
+"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su ''hda'' per\n"
+"il primo disco IDE, ''hdb'' per il secondo, ''sda'' per il primo disco\n"
+"SCSI, e così via.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra le seguenti\n"
+"opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n"
+"selezionato.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap\n"
+"nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": permette di accedere a ulteriori funzionalità:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su un floppy, in modo da\n"
+"poterla recuperare in un secondo momento, in caso di problemi. Vi\n"
+"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di ripristinare una tabella delle partizioni\n"
+"precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se la vostra tabella delle partizioni è danneggiata potete\n"
+"provare a recuperarla grazie a questa opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e\n"
+"ricordate che non sempre funziona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": annulla tutte le modifiche e ricarica la tabella delle\n"
+"partizioni originaria dal disco.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli utenti saranno costretti a\n"
+"montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei dispositivi rimovibili,\n"
+"come floppy e CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento del disco\n"
+"con l'aiuto di un assistente. È consigliabile farlo se non avete una buona\n"
+"conoscenza delle procedure di partizionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questo pulsante per annullare le modifiche apportate, una\n"
+"per volta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle partizioni (scelta\n"
+"del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento cliccate qui, e le\n"
+"vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durante la modifica delle dimensioni di una partizione, potete utilizzare i\n"
+"tasti cursore della tastiera per impostare con precisione i valori\n"
+"desiderati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si noti che è possibile accedere a tutti i comandi tramite la tastiera: per\n"
+"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e i tasti cursore [Su/Giù].\n"
+"\n"
+"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato uno spazio\n"
+"vuoto);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
+"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n"
+"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
+"verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n"
+"partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n"
+"utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n"
+"da utilizzare in caso di emergenza."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Mount automatico di supporti rimovibili"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Scambio tra modo normale e esperto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione\n"
+"Microsoft. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n"
+"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ogni partizione è elencata in questo modo: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n"
+"\"Dimensione\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Linux\" è composto da: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
+"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il disco è di tipo IDE, e \"sd\"\n"
+"se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
+"i dischi IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE secondario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE secondario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Per i dischi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" rappresenta \"l'ID SCSI più\n"
+"basso\", una \"b\" indica \"il secondo ID SCSI a partire dal basso\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera con cui viene indicato il vostro disco\n"
+"rigido su Windows (il primo disco o partizione è denominato \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n"
+"a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n"
+"corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà mostrata,\n"
+"cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo passo viene eseguito soltanto se sulla vostra macchina viene trovata\n"
+"una partizione GNU/Linux preesistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"A questo punto DrakX ha bisogno di sapere se intendete effettuare una nuova\n"
+"installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandriva Linux esistente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi cancella completamente il vecchio\n"
+"sistema. Tuttavia, in base allo schema di partizionamento usato, potete\n"
+"evitare di scrivere sui vostri dati attuali (in particolare le directory\n"
+"\"home\"). Dovreste usare questa opzione se volete modificare le partizioni\n"
+"dei vostri dischi o cambiarne i filesystem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n"
+"semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti già installati sul vostro sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido vengono\n"
+"conservate, come pure le configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti.\n"
+"La maggior parte degli altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano\n"
+"disponibili, come per una installazione normale.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"Aggiornamento\" non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\", mentre non è consigliabile\n"
+"utilizzarla per aggiornare versioni di Mandriva Linux precedenti la \"8.1\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selezionerà automaticamente una particolare configurazione della\n"
+"tastiera in base alla lingua che avete scelto al punto . Controllate che la\n"
+"selezione sia quella giusta per voi, e in caso contrario modificatela.\n"
+"\n"
+"Inoltre, potreste anche avere una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente\n"
+"alla vostra lingua: se siete un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio,\n"
+"potreste avere una tastiera francese. Oppure, se siete italiani ma vivete\n"
+"nel Québec, potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione, con una tastiera non\n"
+"corrispondente alla vostra lingua nativa. In qualsiasi caso, questo passo\n"
+"dell'installazione vi permette di selezionare una tastiera appropriata\n"
+"dalla lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per vedere l'elenco completo delle tastiere\n"
+"supportate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n"
+"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n"
+"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n"
+"latina a quella non latina e viceversa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite usare.\n"
+"\n"
+"La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto sarà utilizzata per la procedura\n"
+"di installazione, per la documentazione e per il sistema in generale. Per\n"
+"prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete, e poi la vostra\n"
+"lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n"
+"sul computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione dei\n"
+"file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di esse.\n"
+"Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone di\n"
+"madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua predefinita\n"
+"nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"Avanzato\", selezionare anche\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Riguardo al supporto UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode è un nuovo standard per la\n"
+"codifica dei caratteri, progettato per supportare tutte le lingue\n"
+"esistenti. Il suo supporto su GNU/Linux è ancora in fase di sviluppo, e per\n"
+"questo motivo la sua attivazione su Mandriva Linux dipenderà dalle scelte\n"
+"effettuate dall'utente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se scegliete lingue fortemente legate alle vecchie codifiche (lingue del\n"
+"gruppo latin1, russo, giapponese, cinese, coreano, tailandese, greco, turco\n"
+"e la maggior parte delle lingue iso-8859-2), come impostazione predefinita\n"
+"sarà usata la vecchia codifica;\n"
+"\n"
+" * per le altre lingue sarà usato Unicode come impostazione predefinita;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se vengono installate due o più lingue, e le lingue scelte non\n"
+"utilizzano la stessa codifica, allora per l'intero sistema sarà usato\n"
+"Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * infine, l'uso di Unicode per l'intero sistema può anche essere imposto\n"
+"dall'utente tramite l'opzione \"%s\", indipendentemente dalle lingue\n"
+"selezionate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Va sottolineato che non siete limitati alla scelta di una sola lingua\n"
+"supplementare: potete sceglierne quante volete, o persino installarle tutte\n"
+"grazie all'opzione \"%s\". La scelta del supporto per una particolare\n"
+"lingua implica l'installazione di traduzioni, caratteri, strumenti di\n"
+"controllo ortografico e tutto ciò che riguarda quella lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per passare da una lingua all'altra fra quelle installate potete utilizzare\n"
+"il comando \"localedrake\": usandolo come \"root\" cambierete la\n"
+"lingua utilizzata in tutto il sistema, mentre come utente normale\n"
+"cambierete solamente la lingua usata da quell'utente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spagnolo"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n"
+"sul vostro mouse; in caso contrario, supporrà che si tratti di un mouse a\n"
+"due tasti, e lo imposterà in modo da simulare il terzo tasto. Con un mouse\n"
+"a due tasti è infatti possibile simulare la pressione del terzo tasto\n"
+"premendo contemporaneamente il tasto sinistro e quello destro. DrakX,\n"
+"inoltre, distingue automaticamente tra mouse con interfaccia PS/2, seriale\n"
+"o USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se avete un mouse a tre tasti ma senza rotellina, potete scegliere un mouse\n"
+"\"%s\": DrakX, in tal caso, configurerà il mouse in modo che possiate\n"
+"simulare la rotellina, premendo il tasto centrale e spostando il mouse\n"
+"verso l'alto o verso il basso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche ragione volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse,\n"
+"scegliete il modello desiderato dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Potete selezionare la voce \"%s\" per scegliere un tipo di mouse\n"
+"\"generico\" che vi permetterà di utilizzare quasi tutti i mouse esistenti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito, vi verrà mostrata una\n"
+"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti, sia l'eventuale\n"
+"rotellina, per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta e che il\n"
+"mouse funzioni a dovere. Se il mouse non dovesse funzionare correttamente,\n"
+"premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio] per uscire dal test e\n"
+"tornare all'elenco dei mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n"
+"automaticamente; in tal caso, dovrete selezionare personalmente dall'elenco\n"
+"il modello giusto. Assicuratevi di sceglierne uno corrispondente alla porta\n"
+"alla quale è collegato il vostro mouse. Dopo aver selezionato un modello\n"
+"premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un mouse. Muovete la\n"
+"rotellina per controllare che funzioni a dovere: mentre la muovete, vedrete\n"
+"muoversi quella sullo schermo; poi provate i pulsanti e controllate che il\n"
+"puntatore si muova correttamente sullo schermo quando muovete il mouse."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "con emulazione rotellina"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universale | Qualsiasi mouse PS/2 o USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegli la porta appropriata. Per esempio, la porta \"COM1\" di Windows\n"
+"corriponde alla \"ttyS0\" di GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n"
+"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n"
+"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n"
+"del sistema, e così via. In breve, \"root\" può fare tutto ciò che vuole!\n"
+"Questo è il motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile\n"
+"da indovinare, e se ne avete scelta una troppo facile DrakX vi avvertirà.\n"
+"Potete anche scegliere di non digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi\n"
+"consigliamo caldamente di farlo, poiché GNU/Linux è vulnerabile a errori da\n"
+"parte dell'utente esattamente come qualsiasi altro sistema operativo.\n"
+"Quindi è molto importante che sia difficile assumere il ruolo di \"root\",\n"
+"potendo quest'ultimo scavalcare ogni limitazione e, magari\n"
+"involontariamente, cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle partizioni\n"
+"accedendovi in maniera impropria.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n"
+"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n"
+"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tuttavia, non scegliete una password troppo lunga o complicata, perché\n"
+"dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo sforzo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate; quindi, per ridurre il\n"
+"rischio di un errore di battitura, è necessario che venga inserita due\n"
+"volte. Se per caso però commettete lo stesso errore entrambe le volte,\n"
+"questa password \"sbagliata\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n"
+"volta che vi connetterete al sistema come \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n"
+"autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se la vostra rete utilizza per l'autenticazione i servizi LDAP, NIS, o il\n"
+"PDC di un dominio Windows, selezionate il pulsante \"%s\". Se non\n"
+"siete sicuri sulla scelta da fare, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n"
+"rete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche motivo per voi fosse un problema dovervi ricordare una\n"
+"password, se il vostro computer non sarà mai collegato a Internet, e se\n"
+"avete piena fiducia nelle persone che lo useranno, allora potete ricorrere\n"
+"all'opzione \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticazione"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un bootloader è un piccolo programma che il computer esegue automaticamente\n"
+"nella fase di avvio. Ha il compito di far partire tutto il sistema.\n"
+"L'installazione del bootloader è, in genere, del tutto automatica. DrakX,\n"
+"infatti, analizza il settore di avvio del disco, e si comporta in base a\n"
+"quello che vi trova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di GRUB o\n"
+"LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un qualsiasi altro\n"
+"sistema operativo installato sul computer;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di GRUB o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n"
+"nuovo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non è in grado di fare la scelta autonomamente, DrakX vi mostrerà alcune\n"
+"opzioni per l'installazione del bootloader. La soluzione più comune è\n"
+"quella di installarlo nel \"%s\". Selezionando \"%s\" non sarà installato\n"
+"alcun bootloader, ma è una possibilità da usare solo se siete veramente\n"
+"consapevoli di ciò che essa comporta."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con il vostro computer;\n"
+"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mandriva Linux ve ne offre "
+"ben\n"
+"due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- che sta per \"\"print, do not queue\"\" (\"stampa, non mettere\n"
+"in coda\"), è la scelta migliore se avete una stampante collegata\n"
+"direttamente al computer, volete essere in grado di uscire rapidamente da\n"
+"eventuali situazioni di stallo della stampante, e non disponete di\n"
+"stampanti connesse via rete (\"%s\" può gestire solo configurazioni di rete\n"
+"molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in rete).\n"
+"Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima esperienza con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (\"Sistema di stampa unificato\n"
+"per Unix\"), offre risultati eccellenti per stampanti sia locali, sia che\n"
+"si trovino sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da configurare e può\n"
+"agire come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\", quindi\n"
+"è compatibile con i sistemi operativi più vecchi che potrebbero avere\n"
+"ancora bisogno di servizi di stampa. Nonostante le grandi potenzialità, la\n"
+"sua configurazione di base è semplice quasi quanto quella di \"pdq\". Se\n"
+"avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" ricordatevi di attivare il\n"
+"demone \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" dispone di interfacce grafiche per la stampa,\n"
+"per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante e per la sua gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n"
+"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa avviando PrinterDrake dal\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Esperto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n"
+"dispositivi IDE presenti sul tuo computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n"
+"se sul tuo sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n"
+"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n"
+"automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico non è un'operazione a prova d'errore,\n"
+"DrakX potrebbe non riuscire a individuare i tuoi dischi rigidi. In tal\n"
+"caso dovrai inserire manualmente i dati relativi al tuo hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel caso tu debba specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n"
+"tuo possesso, DrakX ti chiederà se intendi indicare il valore di\n"
+"alcuni parametri da usare con essa. Ti consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di\n"
+"esaminare l'hardware per stabilire quali parametri specifici dovranno "
+"essere\n"
+"impostati per inizializzare quella particolare scheda ; questo metodo in "
+"genere\n"
+"permette di ottenere buoni risultati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono i parametri da passare alla\n"
+"scheda, dovrai specificarli manualmente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere un driver diverso."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto DrakX vi mostrerà un riassunto di varie informazioni che ha\n"
+"raccolto riguardo il vostro sistema. In base all'hardware installato,\n"
+"potrebbero essere visualizzate tutte le voci che descriveremo tra poco, o\n"
+"solo alcune di esse. Ogni voce è rappresentata dall'elemento che può essere\n"
+"configurato, con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale;\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" corrispondente per cambiarla.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n"
+"se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non\n"
+"corrisponde a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate\n"
+"quella corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà\n"
+"mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": il fuso orario è inizialmente dedotto in automatico dalla\n"
+"nazione che avete scelto. Anche in questo caso, se l'impostazione non fosse\n"
+"corretta potete usare il pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n"
+"pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n"
+"verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere un driver diverso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete l'impressione che la configurazione non sia corretta,\n"
+"potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiare i parametri relativi alla\n"
+"scheda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa scelta\n"
+"non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate configurare l'accesso a Internet o a una rete\n"
+"locale potete farlo adesso. Consultate la documentazione stampata, oppure\n"
+"utilizzate il Mandriva Linux Control Center una volta terminata\n"
+"l'installazione per avere a vostra disposizione un aiuto in linea completo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di configurare gli indirizzi di proxy HTTP e FTP,\n"
+"nel caso la macchina sulla quale state effettuando l'installazione dipenda\n"
+"da un server proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di modificare il livello di sicurezza\n"
+"configurato in un passo precedente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n"
+"una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n"
+"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della \"Guida introduttiva\" per\n"
+"ulteriori informazioni sulla configurazione del firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccate su questo pulsante per cambiare la configurazione del\n"
+"bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata solo dagli utenti più\n"
+"esperti. Consultate la documentazione stampata o l'aiuto in linea del\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center riguardo la configurazione del bootloader.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi saranno\n"
+"attivati sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare il computer come\n"
+"server è senz'altro una buona idea controllare queste impostazioni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Scheda ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaccia grafica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegli il disco rigido che vuoi cancellare per poter preparare le nuove\n"
+"partizioni per Mandriva Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati sul disco andranno\n"
+"perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicca sul pulsante \"%s\" se vuoi cancellare tutte le partizioni e\n"
+"i dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Stai attento, dopo aver\n"
+"cliccato su \"%s\" non potrai più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n"
+"presenti su questo disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicca su \"%s\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga\n"
+"perso nessun dato o partizione presente su questo disco rigido."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Avanti ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Indietro"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0b825e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1841 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Japanese
+# Drakbootdisk Japanese translation
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# YAMAGATA Hiroo <hiyori13@alum.mit.edu>, 2000.
+# UTUMI Hirosi <utuhiro78@yahoo.co.jp>, 2003, 2004.
+# Yukiko Bando <ybando@k6.dion.ne.jp>, 2004-2007.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-ja\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-03 08:00+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yukiko Bando <ybando@k6.dion.ne.jp>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"先に進む前にライセンスをよくお読みください。これは Mandriva Linux\n"
+"全体に適用されます。すべての項目に同意する場合は「%s」を押してください。\n"
+"そうでない場合は「%s」をクリックしてコンピュータを再起動してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux はマルチユーザシステムです。各ユーザが独自の設定を行うことが\n"
+"できます。マルチユーザシステムについては Starter Guide をお読みください。\n"
+"個々のユーザは自分のファイルと自分の設定以外のものを変更することはでき\n"
+"ません。\n"
+"システム全体に影響を与えるような変更は root (システム管理者) にしかでき\n"
+"ません。少なくとも一つのユーザアカウントを作成してください。日常の作業は\n"
+"すべてこのユーザで行ってください。root で作業するのはとても簡単ですが、\n"
+"非常に危険です。ちょっとした間違いでシステム全体を壊しかねません。\n"
+"ユーザアカウントで間違いを犯した場合は、最悪でもデータを少し失う程度で、\n"
+"システム全体には影響を与えません。\n"
+"\n"
+"最初の入力欄にあなたの名前を入れてください。この欄に入力された最初の言葉は\n"
+"「%s」にコピーされ、これがシステムにログインするときに入力するユーザ名に\n"
+"なります。このデフォルトのユーザ名は他の名前に変更してもかまいません。\n"
+"次のステップはパスワードの設定です。\n"
+"\n"
+"セキュリティの観点からいえば、一般ユーザ (non-privileged user) の\n"
+"パスワードは root のパスワードほど重要ではありません。かといって空白や\n"
+"極端に単純なパスワードは、あなたの個人ファイルを危険にさらすことになり\n"
+"ますので、ないがしろにしないでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」をクリックすると他のユーザを追加できます。お友達やご家族の皆さんに\n"
+"それぞれアカウントを作成してください。ユーザの追加が終了したら\n"
+"「%s」をクリックします。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」ボタンを押すと、そのユーザがデフォルトで使用するシェルを変更する\n"
+"ことができます。(デフォルトで bash に設定されています)\n"
+"\n"
+"ユーザの追加が完了すると、今度はコンピュータを起動したときに自動的に\n"
+"ログインするユーザを選べます。この機能を使う場合 (ローカルなセキュリティ\n"
+"を特に気にしない場合) は、ユーザとそのユーザが使うウィンドウマネージャを\n"
+"選んで「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"この機能を使わない場合は「%s」のチェックを外してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "この機能を使いますか？"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"ハードドライブ内で検出した既存の Linux パーティションのリストです。\n"
+"たいていの場合は変更せずにこのままにしておく方が良いでしょう。\n"
+"変更を行う場合は、最低でもルート ( / ) パーティションを定義してください。\n"
+"小さすぎるパーティションは選ばないでください。ソフトウェアをインストール\n"
+"する容量が足りなくなります。個人のデータを独立したパーティションに置く\n"
+"場合は、/home パーティションを作成してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"それぞれのパーティションは次のように表示されます: \"Name\", \"Capacity\"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" は次の要素で構成されます: ハードドライブタイプ/ハードドライブ番号/\n"
+"パーティション番号 (例: hda1)\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブタイプは、IDE をお使いの場合は \"hd\"、SCSI をお使いの場合は\n"
+"\"sd\" と表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブ番号は常に \"hd\" または \"sd\" の後の一文字で表されます。\n"
+"IDE ハードドライブの場合:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ハードドライブの場合は、\"a\" は \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" は\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\" を意味します。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux のインストールは数枚の CD-ROM から行います。\n"
+"選択したパッケージが別の CD-ROM の中にあると、DrakX は現在の CD を\n"
+"イジェクトして別の CD を入れるよう促します。\n"
+"指示された CD をお持ちでない場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"ここではインストールするプログラムを選びます。Mandriva Linux には数千\n"
+"ものパッケージが用意されています。それらは管理しやすいように類似した\n"
+"アプリケーションごとにグループ化されています 。\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ではこのグループをさらに四つのカテゴリに分類しています。\n"
+"パッケージの選択に際しては、複数のカテゴリからグループを選ぶことができ\n"
+"ます。例えば「ワークステーション」としてのインストールに「サーバ」\n"
+"カテゴリのグループを加えることもできます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ワークステーションとしてお使いの場合は、このカテゴリから\n"
+"いくつかグループを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: プログラミングを目的とする場合は、ここから必要な\n"
+"グループを選んでください。LSB という特別なグループを選ぶと 'Linux\n"
+"Standard Base' 仕様に準拠したシステム構成になります。\n"
+"\n"
+"   'LSB' グループを選択すると、標準の 2.6 系の代わりに 2.4 系のカーネルが\n"
+"インストールされます。これはシステムを 100%% LSB-規格にするためです。\n"
+"注: 'LSB' グループを選択しなくても、ほぼ 100%% LSB-規格に近いシステムに\n"
+"なります。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: サーバ用途のマシンであれば、このカテゴリから目的に\n"
+"合ったサービスを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ここではお好みのグラフィカル環境を選びます。\n"
+"グラフィカルなインターフェースを使用する場合は、最低一つ選択してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"グループ名の上にカーソルを移動すると、それぞれのグループについて簡単な\n"
+"説明が表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」にチェックを入れるとパッケージを個別に選択\n"
+"することができます。利用可能なパッケージに精通している場合、あるいは何を\n"
+"インストールするかをすべて自分で決めたい場合に利用してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」モードでインストールを開始し、すべてのグループのチェックを\n"
+"外すと新しいパッケージは一切インストールされません。既存のシステムを修復\n"
+"またはアップグレードする場合に役立ちます。\n"
+"\n"
+"アップグレードではなく通常のインストール中にすべてのグループのチェックを\n"
+"外すと、ダイアログボックスに最小限のインストールをするためのオプションが\n"
+"いくつか提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: グラフィカルなデスクトップを利用するために必要な最低限の\n"
+"パッケージをインストールします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 基本的なシステムとベーシックなユーティリティ\n"
+"およびそれに関するドキュメントをインストールします。サーバ向きです。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: Linux システムを稼動させるために最低限必要な\n"
+"パッケージだけをインストールします。これを選択した場合はグラフィカルな\n"
+"環境はありません。コマンドのみの操作になります。 このインストールの\n"
+"合計サイズは約 65 MB です。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "更新"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "基本的なドキュメントを入れる"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "極小インストール"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"インストールするパッケージを個別に選ぶ場合は、すべてのパッケージが\n"
+"グループ別にツリー表示されます。リストから個々のパッケージ/サブグループ/\n"
+"グループ全体を選ぶことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"パッケージを選択すると右側に説明が表示され、パッケージの目的を知ることが\n"
+"できます。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意!! 選択したグループにサーバ用のパッケージが含まれていたり、あるいは\n"
+"個別にそれを選択すると、本当にインストールしてよいか確認を求めます。\n"
+"Mandriva Linux のデフォルトの設定では、インストールされたサービスはすべて\n"
+"起動時に自動的に開始されます。ディストリビューションがリリースされた時点\n"
+"で既知の問題がなく安全だとされていても、リリース後にセキュリティホールが\n"
+"発見される可能性はあります。\n"
+"それぞれのサービスの内容やなぜインストールされるのかを知るには\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。「%s」をクリックすると選択した\n"
+"サービスがインストールされ起動時に自動的に開始しますのでご注意ください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パッケージのなかには他のパッケージに依存するものがあります。つまり、\n"
+"一つのパッケージをインストールするためには他のパッケージも同時に\n"
+"インストールしなければならない場合があります。インストーラは依存関係を\n"
+"解決するために自動的に必要なパッケージを選択し、その都度メッセージを表示\n"
+"します。「%s」オプションを使うと、この警告ダイアログを\n"
+"無効にすることができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"リストの下にある小さなフロッピーのアイコンは、別のインストール時に作成\n"
+"されたパッケージリストを利用する際に使います。この機能は複数のマシンに\n"
+"同じ設定のインストールをする場合に役立ちます。アイコンをクリックすると\n"
+"自動インストールフロッピーを挿入するように促されます。このフロッピーの\n"
+"作成方法については最終ステップの二番目のヒントを参照してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "自動的に依存関係を解決する"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": 「%s」をクリックするとプリンタ設定ウィザードが開きます。\n"
+"新しいプリンタのセットアップ方法については Starter Guide をご覧ください。\n"
+"マニュアルに掲載されているインターフェースはインストール中に使用したもの\n"
+"とほぼ同じです。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは起動時に開始するサービスを選択します。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX は現在インストールされている利用可能なすべてのサービスを表示します。\n"
+"それぞれをよく読んで、起動時に必要でないものについてはチェックを外して\n"
+"ください。\n"
+"\n"
+"サービスを選択すると簡単な説明が表示されます。本当にそのサービスが必要\n"
+"なのかどうか分からない場合は、デフォルトのままにしておくのが安全です。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!お使いのマシンをサーバとして使用する場合は特に注意してください:\n"
+"必要のないサービスは止めてください。\n"
+"サービスのなかにはサーバで有効にすると危険なものがあります。\n"
+"一般的には、本当に必要なサービスのみを選んでください。\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux は時間を GMT (グリニッジ標準時) で管理し、選択されたタイムゾーン\n"
+"をもとにこれを現地時間に変換します。マザーボードの時計が現地時間に設定\n"
+"されている場合は、「%s」の選択を外してこの機能を無効にすることができます。\n"
+"そうすると、GNU/Linux はハードウェアクロックとシステムクロックが同じタイム\n"
+"ゾーンにあると認識します。Windows などの別の OS を同じマシンで動かしている\n"
+"場合は、このオプションを無効にする方が良いでしょう。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」オプションを選ぶと、インターネットのリモートタイム\n"
+"サーバに接続して自動的に時間を合わせます。表示されるリストの中から一番\n"
+"近いサーバを選んでください。この機能を使うにはインターネット接続が必要\n"
+"です。このオプションを使うと、このマシンをローカルネットワーク内の他の\n"
+"マシンのタイムサーバとして機能させることができます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "自動的に時間を合わせる"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"グラフィックカード\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているグラフィックカードを\n"
+"自動的に検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中\n"
+"から適切なグラフィックカードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X ウィンドウシステム) は GNU/Linux のグラフィカルインターフェースの\n"
+"中心となる部分で、Mandriva Linux に収録されている様々なグラフィカル環境\n"
+"(KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker など) はすべてこれに依存しています。\n"
+"\n"
+"最適なグラフィック表示を得るために調整可能な設定項目がいくつかあります。\n"
+"\n"
+"グラフィックカード\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているグラフィックカードを\n"
+"自動的に検出して設定を行ないます。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中\n"
+"から適切なグラフィックカードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"モニタ\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているモニタを自動的に\n"
+"検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中から\n"
+"適切なモニタを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"解像度\n"
+"\n"
+"お使いのハードウェアで利用可能な解像度と色深度の中から必要に合った\n"
+"ものをお選びください。インストール後に変更することもできます。選択\n"
+"された設定によるサンプル画像がモニタの絵の中に表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"テスト\n"
+"\n"
+"システムは指定された解像度でグラフィカルスクリーンの表示を試みます。\n"
+"テスト中にメッセージが表示され「%s」と答えると\n"
+"DrakX は次のステップに進みます。12 秒以内にメッセージが表示されないときは\n"
+"自動設定がうまくできていません。元のメニューに戻りますので、正しく表示\n"
+"されるように設定を変更してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"オプション\n"
+"\n"
+"起動時に自動的にグラフィカルインターフェースに切り替えるかどうかを選択する\n"
+"ことができます。サーバとしてお使いになる場合やディスプレイの設定がうまく\n"
+"できなかった場合は、「%s」を選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"モニタ\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているモニタを自動的に\n"
+"検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中から\n"
+"適切なモニタを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"解像度\n"
+"\n"
+"お使いのハードウェアで利用可能な解像度と色深度の中から必要に合った\n"
+"ものをお選びください。インストール後に変更することもできます。選択\n"
+"された設定によるサンプル画像がモニタの絵の中に表示されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"オプション\n"
+"\n"
+"起動時に自動的にグラフィカルインターフェースに切り替えるかどうかを選択する\n"
+"ことができます。サーバとしてお使いになる場合やディスプレイの設定がうまく\n"
+"できなかった場合は、「%s」を選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは Mandriva Linux をハードドライブのどこにインストールするかを\n"
+"選択します。ハードドライブが空であったり既存の OS がすべての領域を使用\n"
+"している場合は、パーティションを設定しなければなりません。\n"
+"基本的に、Mandriva Linux をインストールするには、ハードドライブを\n"
+"論理分割して領域を確保することが必要です。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの設定は、たいていの場合復元不可能なうえ、データの消失に\n"
+"つながることもあるため、不慣れなユーザにとっては気後れのする作業かも\n"
+"しれません。DrakX にはこの作業を簡単に行うためのウィザードが用意されて\n"
+"います。先に進む前に、まずこのセクションの残りの部分を読んでください。\n"
+"そして落ち着いてゆっくりと実行してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブの状態によっていくつかのオプションが提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 空のドライブに自動的にパーティションを作成します。\n"
+"このオプションを使うと、これ以降プロンプトの表示はありません。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブに一つ以上の\n"
+"Linux パーティションが検出されました。既存のパーティションを利用する場合\n"
+"はこのオプションを選んでください。ウィザードがそれぞれのパーティションの\n"
+"マウントポイントを選択するよう促します。伝統的なマウントポイントが既定値\n"
+"として選択されています。たいていの場合はそのままにしておいた方が良いで\n"
+"しょう。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: Microsoft Windows がハードドライブの\n"
+"全領域を占有している場合は GNU/Linux 用に空き領域を作成する必要があります。\n"
+"方法としては、Microsoft Windows のパーティションとデータを消去するか\n"
+"Microsoft Windows の FAT または NTFS パーティションのサイズを変更します。\n"
+"サイズ変更は、Windows のパーティションがあらかじめデフラグ (最適化) されて\n"
+"いれば、データを失うことなく実行できます。(必ずデータのバックアップを\n"
+"しておいてください) Mandriva Linux と Microsoft Windows を両方使う場合は\n"
+"このオプションを選んでください。(Windows を消去する場合は次を参照して\n"
+"ください: ディスク全体を消去)\n"
+"\n"
+"   このオプションを使うと、Microsoft Windows のパーティション\n"
+"が小さくなります。その結果、Microsoft Windows でデータを保存したり\n"
+"新しいソフトウェアをインストールするための空き領域は少なくなるので\n"
+"注意してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブのすべてのデータとパーティション\n"
+"を削除し Mandriva Linux システムに入れ替える場合はこのオプションを選んで\n"
+"ください。確認後は取り消しできませんので十分注意してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! このオプションを選ぶとディスク上の全データが消去されます !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブの全領域に Microsoft Windows がインストール\n"
+"されている場合のオプションです。ハードドライブのすべてを消去し\n"
+"パーティションの設定から始めるときに使います。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! このオプションを選ぶとディスク上の全データが消去されます !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションを手動で設定する場合には\n"
+"このオプションを選んでください。注意: 応用の効く選択肢ですが一歩\n"
+"間違うとすべてのデータが消去されます。経験のない方にはお勧めでき\n"
+"ません。DiskDrake の詳しい使い方については Starter Guide の\n"
+"'Managing Your Partitions' を参照してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "既存のパーティションを使う"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ディスク全体を消去"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール完了！これで GNU/Linux システムを利用できる状態になりました。\n"
+"インストールメディア (CD-ROM かフロッピー) を抜いて「%s」をクリックし\n"
+"システムを再起動してください。コンピュータがハードウェアのテストを終える\n"
+"と、ブートローダのメニューが表示されます。そこで起動する OS を指定する\n"
+"ことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」ボタンを押すと二つのオプションが提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 今回と同じようなインストールを\n"
+"オペレータなしで可能にするインストールフロッピーを作成する。\n"
+"\n"
+"   注: 二つのオプションはボタンを押すまで表示されません。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * %s: 半自動インストール。パーティションの設定は\n"
+"対話形式で行えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * %s: 全自動インストール。ハードディスクは完全に\n"
+"上書きされ、すべてのデータが失われます。\n"
+"\n"
+"   この機能は何台ものマシンに同じシステムをインストールするのに大変\n"
+"便利です。詳しくは、当社ウェブサイトの 'Auto install' をご覧ください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s (*): インストール中に選択された\n"
+"パッケージのリストを保存します。別のインストールに利用するには、\n"
+"フロッピーをドライブに挿入しインストールを開始してください。\n"
+"プロンプトが表示されたら [F1] を押して linux defcfg=\"floppy\" と\n"
+"入力し [Enter] を押します。 \n"
+"\n"
+"(*) FAT 形式のフロッピーが必要です。GNU/Linux で作成するには\n"
+"\"mformat a:\" または \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" と入力し、続けて \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\" と入力します。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "自動インストールフロッピーを作成"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"既存の GNU/Linux のパーティションを使用する場合は、そのうちのいくつかを\n"
+"選択して、再フォーマットしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意: 既存のパーティションすべてを再フォーマットする必要はありません。\n"
+"再フォーマットが必要なのは、OS を含むパーティション (例: /, /usr, /var)\n"
+"です。個人のデータが置かれているパーティション (典型的なのは /home) \n"
+"については再フォーマットの必要はありません。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの選択は慎重に行ってください。フォーマットするとその\n"
+"パーティションのデータはすべて消去され復元できなくなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションをフォーマットする準備ができたら「%s」をクリックしてくださ"
+"い。\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux を別のパーティションに新規にインストールする場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ディスクの不良ブロックを検証するパーティションを選ぶには\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux のリリース後に、バグの修正、あるいはセキュリティ問題を解決\n"
+"するために更新されたパッケージがあるかもしれません。これらのパッケージを\n"
+"インターネットからダウンロードしてシステムを更新することができます。既に\n"
+"インターネットに接続していれば「%s」にチェックを入れてください。\n"
+"後で更新する場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を選ぶと更新パッケージを取得するミラーサイトのリストが\n"
+"表示されます。お近くのミラーを選んでください。更新されるパッケージが\n"
+"表示されたら内容を確認し、インストールする場合は「%s」を、中止する\n"
+"場合は「%s」を押してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは DrakX を使ってあなたのマシンのセキュリティレベルを設定します。\n"
+"基本的には、マシンに重要なデータが保存されていたり、インターネットに直接\n"
+"接続している場合は、セキュリティレベルを高く設定しなければなりません。\n"
+"しかしセキュリティレベルを高くすると一般的には使い勝手が悪くなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"何を選択してよいか分からない場合はデフォルトのままにしておいてください。\n"
+"設定は後で変更できます。Mandriva Linux コントロールセンターには draksec\n"
+"というそのためのツールが用意されています。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s にセキュリティ管理者のメールアドレスを入力してください。\n"
+"セキュリティに関するメッセージはそこへ送られます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "セキュリティ管理者"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは Mandriva Linux をインストールするパーティションを選びます。\n"
+"以前にインストールした GNU/Linux システムが残っていたり、別のツールを\n"
+"使って既にパーティションが定義されている場合は、既存のパーティションを\n"
+"利用することができます。そうでない場合はハードドライブのパーティションを\n"
+"定義しなければなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションを作成するには、まずハードドライブを選択してください。\n"
+"例えば、IDE の最初のドライブであれば 'hda'、2 番目のドライブなら 'hdb'、\n"
+"SCSI の最初のドライブなら 'sda' をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの作成には次のオプションが使えます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 選択したドライブのすべてのパーティションを削除する\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブの空き領域に自動的に ext3 と swap を\n"
+"作成する\n"
+"\n"
+"%s: ここから拡張機能を利用できます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションテーブルをフロッピーに保存。後でパーティション\n"
+"テーブルのリカバリが必要になったときに役立つので、実行することを\n"
+"強くお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: フロッピーからパーティションテーブルを読み込んで復元する\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションテーブルが壊れてしまったときはこのオプション\n"
+"を使って修復を試みることができます。慎重に実行してください。\n"
+"(必ずしも修復できるとは限りません)\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 変更をすべて破棄し、ハードドライブに元々あった\n"
+"パーティションテーブルを再ロードする\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: このオプションのチェックを外すと\n"
+"ユーザはフロッピーや CD-ROM などのリムーバブルメディアを手動でマウント\n"
+"しなくてはなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: このオプションを選ぶとウィザードを使って\n"
+"パーティションを設定することができます。パーティションについて深く理解\n"
+"されてない方にはこのオプションをお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 変更を取り消す\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 拡張機能 (タイプ、オプション、フォーマットなど) を追加し\n"
+"ハードドライブの詳細情報を得ることができます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションの設定完了後、変更をディスクに\n"
+"保存します。\n"
+"\n"
+"キーボードの矢印キーを使うとパーティションのサイズを細かく\n"
+"設定できます。\n"
+"\n"
+"ヒント: すべてのオプションはキーボード操作で実行できます。\n"
+"[Tab] と [Up/Down] キーを使ってパーティションを選択します。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションを選択すると次のショートカットが使えます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c: 空のパーティションに新しいパーティションを作成\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d: パーティションを削除\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m: マウントポイントを設定\n"
+"\n"
+"使用可能な他のファイルシステムについては、Reference Manual の\n"
+"'ext2FS' の章をお読みください。\n"
+"\n"
+"PPC マシンにインストールする場合は最低 1 MB の HFS bootstrap \n"
+"パーティションを作成してください。yaboot ブートローダが使用します。\n"
+"このパーティションをもう少し大きくしておくと (例えば 50 MB くらい)、\n"
+"スペアカーネルや緊急ブート用の ramdisk イメージを保存するのに利用できます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "リムーバブルメディアを自動的にマウント"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "標準/エキスパートモードの切り替え"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"ハードドライブに Microsoft のパーティションがいくつか検出されました。\n"
+"Mandriva Linux をインストールするためにリサイズするパーティションを\n"
+"選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションは次のように表示されます: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux Name\" は次の要素で構成されます:\n"
+" ハードドライブタイプ/ハードドライブ番号/パーティション番号 (例: hda1)\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブタイプは、IDE をお使いの場合は \"hd\"、SCSI をお使いの場合は\n"
+"\"sd\" となります。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブ番号は常に \"hd\" または \"sd\" の後の一文字で表されます。\n"
+"IDE ハードドライブの場合:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ハードドライブの場合は、\"a\" は \"lowest SCSI ID\",\n"
+" \"b\" は \"second lowest SCSI ID\"を意味します。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" は Windows のドライブ名\n"
+"(最初のディスクまたはパーティションは\"C:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"%s: 現在選択されている国名を確認してください。間違っている場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックして別の国名を選んでください。リストにない場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックするとすべての国名リストが表示されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"このステップは既存の GNU/Linux パーティションが検出されたときにのみ表示\n"
+"されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX は既存の Mandriva Linux システムを更新するかそれとも新規にインストー"
+"ル\n"
+"するかを尋ねます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 基本的には古いシステムを完全に消去してしまいます。\n"
+"しかし、パーティションの扱い方によっては既存のデータ (典型的なものとしては\n"
+"\"home\" ディレクトリ) を残すことができます。パーティションの設定やファイル\n"
+"システムを変更される場合はこのオプションをお使いください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: これは既に Mandriva Linux にインストールされている\n"
+"パッケージをアップデートします。現在のパーティションの設定やユーザデータは\n"
+"変更されません。その他の設定の大部分は標準のインストールと同様に行えます。\n"
+"「アップグレード」は Mandriva Linux のバージョンが \"8.1\" 以降であれば\n"
+"問題ないはずです。\"8.1\" より古いバージョンにはお勧めできません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"使用する言語に応じて、DrakX は自動的にキーボードの種類を選択します。\n"
+"選ばれたキーボードがあなたのキーボードと合っていることを確認してください。\n"
+"また、目的に応じて別のものを選ぶこともできます。\n"
+"\n"
+"お持ちのキーボードがお使いの言語と一致していない場合も、このステップで\n"
+"変更できます。リストの中からお使いのキーボードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を押すとサポートされているキーボードのリストが表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"非ラテンキーボードを選択した場合は、次のステップでラテン/非ラテンを\n"
+"切り替えるキーを指定できます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"まず、お使いになる言語を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ここで選択された言語は、インストーラ、ドキュメントをはじめ、システム全般\n"
+"に適用されます。まず居住地域を選択し、次に使用する言語を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を押すと他の言語を追加することができます。例えば日本語と\n"
+"スペイン語を両方使われるのであれば、まずリストから日本語をデフォルト言語に\n"
+"選び「詳細」から「%s」を選んでください。こうすることで、日本語と\n"
+"スペイン語両方のドキュメントと必要なアプリケーションがインストールされま"
+"す。\n"
+"\n"
+"ユニコード (UTF-8) サポートについて: ユニコードは世界中のすべての言語を\n"
+"カバーします。しかしながら、GNU/Linux 環境でのユニコードサポートはまだ開発\n"
+"途上にあります。そのため、Mandriva Linux ではユーザの選択に応じてその使用を\n"
+"制限しています:\n"
+"\n"
+" * レガシーなエンコードを使用する言語 (latin1/ロシア語/日本語/中国語/\n"
+"ハングル/タイ語/ギリシャ語/トルコ語/iso-8859-2の大部分の言語など) を選択\n"
+"すると、それぞれのエンコードが適用されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * その他の言語にはデフォルトでユニコードを使用します。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 二つ以上のエンコードの異なる言語を選択すると、システム全体に\n"
+"ユニコードが適用されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 選択した言語にかかわらず、システム全体にユニコードを強制することも\n"
+"可能です。その場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"言語はいくつでも追加することができます。「%s」を選ぶと\n"
+"利用可能なすべての言語がインストールされます。それぞれの言語サポートには\n"
+"翻訳されたメッセージ/フォント/スペルチェッカーなどが含まれます。\n"
+"\n"
+"言語設定を切り替えるときは LocaleDrake を使います。システム全体の設定を変更\n"
+"するときは、root 権限で \"localedrake\" を実行してください。一般ユーザ権限\n"
+"で実行すると、そのユーザの言語設定だけが変更されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "スペイン語"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はたいていの場合お使いのマウスのボタン数を正しく検出します。\n"
+"ボタン数が 2 つだと推定した場合は、第 3 ボタンのエミュレーションを\n"
+"設定します。 2 ボタンマウスの第 3 ボタンのエミュレーションは、\n"
+"左右のボタンの同時押しです。DrakX は PS/2, シリアル, USB などの種類を\n"
+"自動的に検出します。\n"
+"\n"
+"ホイールなしの 3 ボタンマウスの場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"DrakX はホイールエミュレーションを設定します。中ボタンを押してマウス\n"
+"カーソルを上下に動かしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"何らかの理由で別のタイプのマウスを指定するときは、表示されたリストから\n"
+"選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s を選択して 'generic' マウスを指定してもかまいません。これはほぼすべての\n"
+"マウスに使えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"デフォルト以外のマウスを選ぶとテストスクリーンになります。ボタンと\n"
+"ホイールを使って正しく動作することを確認してください。うまく動作しない\n"
+"場合はスペースまたはリターンキーを押してテストを中止してください。\n"
+"マウス選択リストに戻ります。\n"
+"\n"
+"ホイールマウスはまれに正しく自動検出されないことがありますので、その場合は\n"
+"リストから選んでください。必ずマウスが接続されているポートに合ったものを\n"
+"選んでください。マウスを選択し「%s」を押すとマウスのイメージが\n"
+"スクリーンに表示されます。ホイールを動かして正しく動作することを確認して\n"
+"ください。ホイールをスクロールすると画面上のホイールが動くはずです。ボタン\n"
+"もテストし、マウスの動きに応じてカーソルが移動することを確認してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "ホイールエミュレーション付き"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "ユニバーサル/汎用 PS/2 & USB マウス"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"正しいポートを選んでください。例えば、Windows での COM1 ポートは\n"
+"GNU/Linux では ttyS0 という名前になります。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"root パスワードの設定は GNU/Linux システムのセキュリティにとって最も重要な\n"
+"ポイントです。root はシステムの管理者であり、アップデート/ユーザの追加/\n"
+"システム設定の変更を行える唯一の存在です。root の権限があれば、どんなこと\n"
+"でもできるのです。推測されにくいパスワードを選ばなければなりません。極端に\n"
+"簡単なパスワードにすると DrakX が警告を発します。root パスワードは必須では\n"
+"ありませんが、ここで設定しておくことを強くお勧めします。GNU/Linux も他の\n"
+"OS と同様にオペレータの誤操作という危険にさらされています。root はすべての\n"
+"制限を越えて、ちょっとした不注意からパーティションの全データを削除すること\n"
+"もできます。したがって、簡単に root になれないようにしておかなければなりま\n"
+"せん。\n"
+"\n"
+"パスワードには数字とアルファベットが使えます。最低でも 8 文字以上にします。\n"
+"決して root のパスワードを書き留めたりしないでください。システムを危険に\n"
+"さらすことになります。\n"
+"\n"
+"警告: パスワードを長くしすぎたり複雑にしすぎたりしないでください。\n"
+"思い出せなくなります！\n"
+"\n"
+"入力したパスワードは画面には表示されません。打ち間違いを防ぐために\n"
+"パスワードは 2 回入力します。同じ打ち間違いを 2 度してしまうと、最初に\n"
+"root になるにはその「意図に反した」パスワードを入力しなければなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+"あなたのコンピュータへのアクセスを認証サーバに管理させる場合は\n"
+"「%s」を押してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"あなたのネットワークが LDAP/NIS/PDC Windows Domain 認証サービスのいずれか\n"
+"を使用している場合は、「%s」に正しいものを選んでください。\n"
+"不明な場合はネットワーク管理者に確認してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"何らかの理由でパスワードを覚えられない、あるいはインターネットには一切\n"
+"接続しない、または、あなたのコンピュータを使うすべての人を全面的に信頼\n"
+"できる、といった場合には「%s」を選んでもいいでしょう。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "認証"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"ブートローダはコンピュータ起動時に開始される小さなプログラムです。\n"
+"これがシステムを立ち上げます。ブートローダのインストールは通常完全に\n"
+"自動化されています。DrakX はディスクのブートセクタを分析し検出した\n"
+"ものに応じて以下を実行します:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Windows のブートセクタが検出されると DrakX はこれを GRUB/LILO の\n"
+"ブートセクタに置き換えます。これによって、あなたのマシンにインストール\n"
+"されている他の OS と GNU/Linux のどちらでも起動できるようになります。\n"
+"\n"
+" * GRUB か LILO ブートセクタが検出されると新しいものに置き換えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"どこにブートセクタを置けばいいのか不明なときは、DrakX が質問します。\n"
+"一般的には「%s」が最も安全な場所です。\n"
+"「%s」を選ぶとブートローダはインストールされません。\n"
+"このオプションは意味をよく理解されている場合以外は選ばないでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは、コンピュータの印刷システムを選択します。他の OS には一種類しか\n"
+"ありませんが、Mandriva Linux には二種類の印刷システムがあります。それぞれ\n"
+"利点と欠点がありますので、より適したものを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s - 'Print, Do not Queue (印刷する。キューはしない)' の略。\n"
+"マシンにプリンタを直接接続している/紙づまりのときにすぐ中断したい/\n"
+"ネットワークプリンタがない場合はこれを選んでください。(%s は簡単な\n"
+"ネットワークにしか対応していません。また、ネットワーク内で使うと多少遅く\n"
+"なります)。初めて GNU/Linux をお使いの場合はpdqをお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s - 'Common Unix Printing System' の略。\n"
+"ローカルプリンタへの印刷も地球の裏側のプリンタへの印刷も問題なく処理\n"
+"します。サーバとしても使えて、昔ながらの lpd 印刷システムのクライアント\n"
+"にもなるので、印刷サービスを必要とする古いシステムとも互換性があります。\n"
+"強力であるにもかかわらず基本的な設定は pdq と同じくらい簡単です。\n"
+"lpd サーバのエミュレートが必要な場合は cups-lpd デーモンを有効にして\n"
+"ください。「%s」には印刷/プリンタオプションの選択/プリンタの管理などの\n"
+"ためのグラフィカルフロントエンドがあります。\n"
+"\n"
+"選択した印刷システムを後で変更する場合は、Mandriva Linux コントロール\n"
+"センターの PrinterDrake で「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "エキスパート"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はまずお使いのコンピュータのIDEデバイスを検出します。PCI/SCSI カード\n"
+"も同時に検出します。SCSI カードが見つかれば、DrakX はそれに適したドライバを\n"
+"自動的にインストールします。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードウェアの検出はいつも成功するとは限りません。DrakX はハードドライブの\n"
+"検出に失敗することがあります。そのような場合はお使いのハードウェアを手動で\n"
+"指定する必要があります。\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI/SCSI アダプタを手動で指定するときには、DrakX がそれ専用のオプションを\n"
+"設定するかどうか質問してきます。DrakX にハードウェアを調査させて、アダプタ\n"
+"を初期化するために必要なそのカード専用のオプションを検知させてください。\n"
+"たいていの場合、うまくいきます。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX がオプションを検知できず、ハードウェアにどのパラメータを送ればよい\n"
+"のかを自動的に判断できなかった場合は、手動でドライバを設定しなければなり\n"
+"ません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"%s: サウンドカードが検出されると、ここに表示されます。\n"
+"表示されたサウンドカードがお使いのものでない場合は、ボタンをクリックして\n"
+"別のドライバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はあなたのシステムから収集した情報を表示します。ご使用のハードウェア"
+"の\n"
+"構成にもよりますが、下記の一部もしくはすべてについて確認することができま"
+"す。\n"
+"それぞれの項目には検出したハードウェアと現在の設定内容が表示されます。\n"
+"設定を変更するには「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 使用中のキーボードの設定を確認/変更できます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 現在選択されている国を確認できます。変更するには「%s」\n"
+"をクリックして他の国を選んでください。あなたの国がリストにないときは\n"
+"「%s」を押してください。すべての国名リストが表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: DrakX は選択された国に基づいてタイムゾーンを推定\n"
+"します。誤っている場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 現在のマウスの設定を確認できます。変更する必要が\n"
+"あるときはボタンを押してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 「%s」を押すとプリンタ設定ウィザードが\n"
+"開きます。新しいプリンタの追加方法については Starter Guide の該当する章を\n"
+"参照してください。マニュアルに掲載されているインターフェースは、\n"
+"インストール中に使用したものとほぼ同じです。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: サウンドカードが検出されると、ここに表示\n"
+"されます。表示されたものがお使いのものと異なる場合は、ボタンをクリックして\n"
+"別のドライバを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: テレビカードをお使いであれば、ここに\n"
+"設定情報が表示されます。お持ちのカードが自動検出されなかった場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックして手動で設定を試みてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 正しく設定されていないときは「%s」を押して正しい\n"
+"パラメータに変更してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: DrakX はグラフィカルインターフェースの解像度を\n"
+"\"800x600\" か \"1024x768\" に設定します。デフォルトの設定が適当でない場合\n"
+"は「%s」をクリックして設定し直してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: インターネットとローカルネットワークの設定。\n"
+"マニュアルを参照するか、もしくはインストール完了後に Mandriva Linux\n"
+"コントロールセンターのヘルプに従って行ってください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: あなたのマシンがプロキシサーバの背後にあれば\n"
+"ここで HTTP/FTP プロキシアドレスを設定できます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 前のステップで設定したセキュリティレベルを\n"
+"設定し直すことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: インターネットに接続されるのであれば、侵入などの\n"
+"危険からあなたのマシンを守るためにファイアウォールを設定してください。\n"
+"詳しい設定方法については、Starter Guide の該当する章を参照してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ブートローダの設定を変更するときはこのボタンを\n"
+"押してください。(注意:これは上級者向きです) 印刷されたドキュメントまたは\n"
+"Mandriva Linux コントロールセンターのブートローダに関するヘルプを参照して\n"
+"ください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ここではどのサービスを有効にするかを細かく設定できます。\n"
+"サーバになるマシンであれば設定を見直すことをお勧めします。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN カード"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "グラフィカルインターフェース"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux をインストールするためにフォーマットするハードドライブを\n"
+"選んでください。注意: このドライブのデータはすべて失われ、回復すること\n"
+"はできません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"このハードドライブのすべてのデータとパーティションを削除する場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"注意: 「%s」をクリックすると、Windows のデータも含め、このドライブ上の\n"
+"すべてのデータとパーティションは回復できなくなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"このハードドライブのデータとパーティションを消去せずにこの操作を中止\n"
+"する場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "次へ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 戻る"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72109c560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1504 @@
+# Korean translation of drakbootdisk.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Jaegeum Choe <baedaron@hananet.net>, 2001.
+#
+# changes asked by HP people -- pablo 2003-01-23
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-09 09:08+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jaegeum Cze <baedaron@hanafos.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Korean <beadaron@hanafos.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"더 진행하기 전에 사용자 계약서를 자세하게 읽어 보세요.\n"
+"사용자 계약서는 전체 맨드리바 리눅스 배포본을 포괄하는 내용이며,\n"
+"만약 동의하지 않으신다면 「거부」버튼을 누르세요. 거부 버튼은 현재 설치를\n"
+"즉각 종료하게 합니다. 설치를 계속하고 싶다면 「동의」버튼을 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "aboot를 사용하시겠습니까?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"선택된 하드디스크상의 기존 리눅스 파티션이 위에 열거되어 있습니다.\n"
+"마법사에 의해 이미 설정된 사항을 보존할 수도 있으며, 이는 대부분의 일반\n"
+"설치에 적절한 설정입니다. 만약 직접 변경하시겠다면, 최소한 루트 파티션"
+"(「/」)\n"
+"은 반드시 지정해야 합니다. 너무 작은 파티션을 선택하지는 마세요. 충분한 소프"
+"트웨어\n"
+"를 설치하지 못하는 수가 있습니다. 만약 개인 데이터가 별도의 파티션에 저장되도"
+"록\n"
+"하고 싶다면, 「/home」파티션을 별도로 만드세요.(오직 리눅스 파티션이 둘 이상"
+"일\n"
+"경우에만 가능합니다.)\n"
+"\n"
+"각 파티션은 다음과 같이 열거됩니다: 「이름」,「용량」.\n"
+"\n"
+"「이름」영역의 구조: 「하드디스크 유형」,「하드디스크 번호」,\n"
+"「파티션 번호」(가령, 「hda1」).\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 유형」은, IDE 디스크일 경우에는 「hd」이며,\n"
+"SCSI 디스크일 경우에는 「sd」입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 번호」는 항상 「hd」또는 「sd」뒤에 오는 문자입니다.\n"
+"IDE 하드디스크의 경우:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「a」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「b」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「c」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「d」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI 하드디스크의 경우, 「a」는 「최소 SCSI ID」, 「b」는 「다음 최소 SCSI "
+"ID」\n"
+"와 같은 식으로 의미를 가집니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"맨드리바 리눅스 설치 시스템은 여러 장의 CD로 구성되어 있습니다.\n"
+"드레이크X는 선택된 각각의 팩키지가 어느 CD에 들어 있는지 이미 알고 있습니"
+"다.\n"
+"필요시 현재 CD를 자동으로 꺼내고 다른 CD의 삽입을 요청할 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 시스템상에 설치할 프로그램들을 지정할 차례입니다.\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스에는 설치할 수 있는 수천 개의 프로그램들이 있기 때문에\n"
+"사용자가 그것들을 모두 다 알지는 못할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 표준 CD 설치를 수행하고 있는 중이라면, 현재 가지고 있는 CD들에 대해\n"
+"질문할 것입니다. 가지고 있는 CD들의 라벨을 확인하고 현재 님의 상황에 맞는\n"
+"선택 상자를 지정하세요. 계속할 준비가 되었으면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"팩키지들은 용도에 따라 그룹으로 나열되어 있습니다.\n"
+"그룹들 자체는 또다시 네 개의 영역으로 나열되어 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「워크스테이션」: 시스템을 워크스테이션으로 사용할 계획이라면,\n"
+"하나 이상의 해당 그룹을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「개발」: 시스템을 프로그래밍의 용도로 사용하려 한다면, 원하는 그룹들을\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「서버」: 끝으로, 시스템이 서버되기를 원한다면, 여기서 대부분의 일반 서비"
+"스들이\n"
+"설치되도록 선택할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「그래픽 환경」: 여기는 님이 선호하는 그래픽 환경을 선택하는 곳입니다.\n"
+"그래픽 환경 워크스테이션을 원한다면, 최소한 하나는 선택해야 합니다!\n"
+"\n"
+"마우스 포인터를 그룹 이름들 위로 올리면, 해당 그룹에 대한 작은 풍선 도움말"
+"을\n"
+"보여 줄 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「개별 팩키지 선택」옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"이 옵션은 님이 제공되어지는 팩키지들에 대해 잘 알고 있거나, 설치되는 팩키지들"
+"에 대한\n"
+"총체적인 제어를 원할 경우에 유용할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 님이 「업데이트」모드로 설치를 시작했다면, 기존에 설치되지 않은 팩키지들"
+"이\n"
+"설치되는 것을 막기위해 모든 그룹을 선택해제할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하는 것은\n"
+"기존 시스템을 업데이트하거나 고치기 위한 좋은 방법입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "업그레이드"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "문서"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "최소 설치"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"이제 부팅시에 어떤 서비스를 자동으로 시작하게 할지를 선택해야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"현재 설치된 모든 서비스들이 여기에서 보여지고 있습니다.\n"
+"신중하게 검토해서 부팅시에 항상 필요로하는 것이 아니라면 선택을 해제하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"마우스를 서비스 이름들 위로 올리면, 각 서비스에 대한 간단한 설명을 보여 줄 것"
+"입니다.\n"
+"만약 어떤 서비스가 필요한 것인지 아닌지를 잘 모르겠다면,\n"
+"기본값으로 그냥 두는 것이 안전한 선택입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 컴퓨터를 서버용으로 사용하려 한다면, 이 단계에서 매우 주의해야 합니다.\n"
+"필요하지 않은 서비스가 시작되는 것은 바람직하지 않습니다. 일부 서비스는 \n"
+"서버상에서 실핸된다면 위험할 수도 있다는 것을 명심하세요. 원칙적으로 \n"
+"꼭 필요한 서비스들만 선택하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "자동 시간 동기화 (NTP 사용)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"마지막으로, 부팅시에 자동으로 그래픽 환경을 사용할 것인지를 질문할 것입니"
+"다.\n"
+"주의: 이 질문은 설정을 테스트하지 않았을지라도 나타나게 될 것입니다.\n"
+"시스템을 확실히 서버용으로 사용할 것이거나, 화면 설정에 성공하지 못한 경우라"
+"면\n"
+"「아니오」를 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 하드디스크의 어디에 리눅스 맨드리바를 설치할지를\n"
+"선택해야 합니다. 만약 하드디스크가 완전히 비어 있거나 또는\n"
+"다른 운영체제가 하드디스크 전체를 점유하고 있다면, 파티션을\n"
+" 나누어야 합니다. 파티션을 나눈다함은 리눅스 맨드리바가\n"
+"설치될 공간을 확보하기 위하여 디스크를 논리적으로 분할한다는 의미입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"일반적으로 파티션 과정을 거쳐 버리면 기존 데이터의 복구가 불가능해지기\n"
+"때문에,초보자에게는 고민스럽고 걱정스러운 작업입니다. 하지만 마법사를\n"
+"사용하면 이 작업을 쉽게 할 수 있습니다. 시작하기 전에, 충분한 시간을 가지고\n"
+"사용자 설명서를 읽어 보세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"현재 전문가 모드로 설치를 진행 중이라면, 리눅스 맨드리바의 파티션 분할 도구"
+"인\n"
+"디스크드레이크를 만나게 될 것입니다. 이 도구는 파티션드르이 세밀한 조정을 가"
+"능하게\n"
+"합니다. 설명서의 디스크드레이크 장을 보세요; 사용법이 동일합니다. 위에서 언급"
+"했듯이\n"
+"화면에 있는 「마법사」버튼을 눌러서, 파티션 분할 작업을 위한 마법사를\n"
+"실행할 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 이전에 리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나 다른 파티션 도구로 만들어 놓은 리눅스"
+"용\n"
+"파티션들이 이미 존재한다면, 리눅스 설치에 사용할 파티션들을\n"
+"선택만 하면 됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 아직 리눅스용 파티션이 없다면, 새로 만들어야 합니다. 그러기 위해서는\n"
+"위에 있는 마법사를 사용하세요. 하드디스크의 설정에 따라 다음과 같은\n"
+"몇 가지의 방법이 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 빈 공간 사용: 빈 디스크의 자동 파티션 분할 작업을 하게 됩니다.\n"
+"파티션 분할 작업에 대해 더 이상 신경쓸 필요가 없게 됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 기존 파티션 사용: 마법사가 기존의 리눅스 파티션을 발견한 경우입니다.\n"
+"기존의 파티션에다가 리눅스를 설치할려면, 이것을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 윈도우즈 파티션의 빈 공간 사용: 만약 MS 윈도우즈가 설치되어 있고 모든 디스"
+"크 공간을 사용하고 있다면,\n"
+"리눅스용 공간을 새로 만들어야 합니다. 이렇게 하기위해서는, 윈도우즈 파티션을 "
+"지우거나(「전체 디스크 삭제」\n"
+"와 「전문가 모드」부분을 참조하세요.), 윈도우즈 파티션의 크기를 재조정하여 공"
+"간을 확보할 수 있습니다. 윈도우즈\n"
+"파티션의 재조정은 기존의 데이터를 파괴하지 않기 때문에, 윈도우즈와 리눅스 맨"
+"드레이크를 한 컴퓨터에서 함께\n"
+"사용하고자 한다면  이것이 권장되는 방법입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 방법을 선택한다면, 윈도우즈 파티션의 크기가 현재보다 줄어들기 때문에 윈도"
+"우즈를\n"
+"사용할 때에는 소프트웨어를 설치하거나 데이터를 저장할 빈 공간이 그만큼 적어진"
+"다는\n"
+"것을 유념하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 전체 디스크 삭제: 만약 디스크상의 모든 기존 파티션과 데이터를 삭제하고\n"
+"리눅스 맨드리바를 위한 파티션으로 바꾸고 싶다면, 이것을 선택하세요.\n"
+"주의하세요: 일단 이렇게 하고나면 다시 되돌릴 수 없습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 이 옵션을 선택하게 되면, 디스크상의 모든 데이터가 손실됩니다. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 윈도우즈 제거: 디스크상의 모든 파티션을 삭제하고, 초기화된 디스크 상태에"
+"서\n"
+"파티션 작업을 다시 합니다. 디스크상의 모든 데이터는 손실됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 이 옵션을 선택하게 되면, 디스크상의 모든 데이터가 손실됩니다. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 전문가 모드: 만약 수동으로 파티션 작업을 하고자 한다면, 이것을 선택하세"
+"요.\n"
+"이 방법은 대단히 강력하지만 또한 위험할 수 있다는 것을 명심하세요. 쉽게 데이"
+"터를\n"
+"잃어 버릴 수 있습니다. 전문적인 지식이 없다면, 이 방법은 절대 선택하지 마세"
+"요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "기존의 파티션 사용"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "전체 디스크 삭제"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"설치를 완료하였습니다. 님의 GNU/리눅스 시스템은 이제 사용할 준비가\n"
+"되었습니다. 시스템을 다시 부팅하려면 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"컴퓨터가 다시 부팅되면, (다중 부팅이 설정되었을 경우에) 님이 선호하는\n"
+"운영체제를 시작할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「고급」버튼(점문가 모드에만 있음)을 누르면 두 개의 추가 버튼이 나타넙니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「자동 설치 플로피 생성」: 님이 지금까지 설치한 내용을 관리자의 별다른\n"
+"도움없이 자동으로 전체 설치를 수행하게 하는\n"
+"자동 설치 플로피 디스크를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    주의: 버튼을 누르면 두 개의 개별적인 옵션이 나타납니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"    ○ 「재생」: 파티션 나누기 작업만 제외하고, 나머지 과정은 자동설치로\n"
+"수행하는 자동설치 플로피를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    ○ 「자동화」: 디스크상의 모든 데이터를 삭제하고 모든 파티션이 다시\n"
+"만들어지는 완벽한 자동 설치를 수행하는 플로피를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    이 기능을 사용하면, 많은 수의 비슷한 컴퓨터에 설치작업을 할 때 편리합니"
+"다.\n"
+"    자세한 정보는 저희 윕사이트의 자동설치관련 부분을 참조하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「팩키지 선택사항 저장」(*): 앞 단계에서 선택한 팩키지 목록을 저장합니"
+"다.\n"
+"또 다른 설치를 수행할 때, 플로피를 드라이브에 넣고, [F1]키를 눌러서\n"
+"설치 화면이 도움말 화면으로 들어가게 한후, 「linux defcfg=\"floppy\"」라고\n"
+"입력하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) 님은 FAT으로 포맷된 플로피 하나를 가지고 있어야 합니다.\n"
+"      (리눅스에서 포맷하려면, 「mformat a:」명령을 사용하세요.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "자동 설치 플로피 디스크 생성"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"새로 만들어진 파티션들은 포맷되어져야 합니다.\n"
+"(포맷이라 함은 파일 시스템을 만든다는 의미입니다.)\n"
+"\n"
+"지금 기존의 데이터를 삭제하기 위해서 기존 파티션들을\n"
+"다시 포맷할 수도 있습니다. 그렇게 하고 싶다면, 해당 파티션들도\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"주의: 모든 기존 파티션들을 다시 포맷할 필요는 없습니다.\n"
+"(「/」,「/usr」,「/var」와 같은) 운영체제를 담고 있는 파티션들은\n"
+"다시 포맷하더라도, (「/home」과 같은) 데이터를 단고 있는 파티션들은\n"
+", 기존 데이터를 보존하고 싶을 경우, 다시 포맷할 필요가 없습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션들을 선택할 때 주의하세요. 일단 포팩이 되고나면,\n"
+"선택됐던 파티션상에 존재했던 모든 데이터는 삭제되며,\n"
+"복구가 불가능해 집니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"포맷할 준비가 되었으면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스 설치용 파티션을 다시 선택하고 싶다면,\n"
+"「취소」를 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"디스크상의 손상된 블럭을 체크하며 포맷하고 싶다면,\n"
+"「고급」을 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 컴퓨터의 보안 수준을 선택할 단계입니다.\n"
+"자유로운 사용을 위해서는 컴퓨터가 보다 더 많이 개방되어져야 하며,\n"
+"저장된 데이터의 중요성이 크면 클수록, 더 높은 보안 수준이 유지되어야 합니"
+"다.\n"
+"그러나 일반적으로 보다 높은 보안 수준은 보다 많은 사용상의 불편함을 감수해야"
+"만\n"
+"이루어질 수 있음을 유념하세요. 각 보안 수준이 의미하는 바에 대한 자세한 정보"
+"를\n"
+"알고 싶다면 「사용자 지침서」의 MSEC 장을 참조하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"어느 것을 선택해야 할지 잘 모르겠다면, 기본값을 유지하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "보안 관리자 (로그인 또는 이메일)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 어느 파티션이 맨드리바 리눅스의 설치용으로 사용되어야 할지를\n"
+"선택해야 합니다. 이전에 다른 GNU/리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나, 다른 파티션\n"
+"도구를 사용하여 이미 파티션들이 정의되어 있다면, 기존 파티션을 그대로 사용\n"
+"할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않다면 하드디스크의 파티션들을 지금 만들어야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 만들려면, 먼저 하드디스크를 선택하세요. 파티션을 만들여는 하드디스크"
+"가\n"
+"첫 번째 IDE 디스크라면 「hda」, 두 번째 IDE 디스크라면 「hdb」와 같은 식이"
+"며,\n"
+"첫 번째 SCSI 디스크라면 「sda」와 같은 식입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 나눌 때, 다음 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「모두 삭제」: 선택된 디스크의 모든 기존 파티션을 삭제합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「자동 할당」: 선택된 디스크의 빈 공간에 자동으로 EXT2와 스왑 파티션을\n"
+"할당합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「파티션 테이블 복구」: 파티션 테이블이 손상되어 있을 경우, 이 옵션으로\n"
+"손산된 테이블을 복구합니다. !!주의!! 복구시도가 실패할 수도 있다는 것을\n"
+"명심하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「되돌리기」: 변경 사항을 취소합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「다시 읽기」: 모든 변경 사항을 취소하고, 초기 파티션 테이블을 다시 읽습"
+"니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「마법사」: 마법사를 실행하여 파티션을 나눕니다. 파티션 나누기에 대한 지"
+"식이\n"
+"부족하다면, 이 옵션을 사용하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「플로피로부터 복구」: 이전에 플로피에 저장해둔 파티션 정보을 사용하여\n"
+"파티션 테이블을 복구합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「플로피에 저장」: 파티션 정보를 플로피에 저장합니다. 다음에 파티션 테이"
+"블을 복구할\n"
+"일이 생길 때 사용됩니다. 이 과정을 수행할 것을 권장하는 바입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「완료」: 파티션 나누기 작업을 끝마치면, 이 옵션으로 변경 사항을 저장합니"
+"다.\n"
+"\n"
+"정보: 키보드로 옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다. 파티션들간의 이동은 [Tab]키와\n"
+"[Up/Down]키를 사용하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 선택하고 난 후에는 다음 키를 사용할 수 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + c」: (빈 파티션이 선택된 경우,) 새 파티션 만들기.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + d」: 파티션 삭제하기.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + m」: 마운트 위치 지정하기.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 PPC 컴퓨터에서 설치하고 있는 중이라면, YABOOT 부트로더가 사용할 최소 "
+"1MB\n"
+"의 HFS 「부트스트랩」파티션을 만들 필요가 있습니다. 만약 그 파티션을 보다 크"
+"게\n"
+"(가령, 50MB) 만들면, 응급 상황시에 사용할 여분의 커널과 램디스크 이미지를\n"
+"저장할 수 있는 유용한 장소가 될 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "탈착식 미디어 자동 마운트"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "일반 모드로 전환"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"둘 이상의 MS 윈도우즈 파티션이 디스크상에서 발견되었습니다.\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스 운영체제를 설치하기 위해 크기를 조정할\n"
+"파티션을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"각 파티션은 다음과 같이 열거됩니다: 「리눅스 이름」,「윈도우즈 이름」,\n"
+"「용량」.\n"
+"\n"
+"「리눅스 이름」영역의 구조: 「하드디스크 유형」,「하드디스크 번호」,\n"
+"「파티션 번호」(가령, 「hda1」).\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 유형」은, IDE 디스크일 경우에는 「hd」이며,\n"
+"SCSI 디스크일 경우에는 「sd」입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 번호」는 항상 「hd」또는 「sd」뒤에 오는 문자입니다.\n"
+"IDE 하드디스크의 경우:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「a」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「b」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「c」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「d」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI 하드디스크의 경우, 「a」는 「최소 SCSI ID」, 「b」는 「다음 최소 SCSI "
+"ID」\n"
+"와 같은 식으로 의미를 가집니다.\n"
+"「윈도우즈 이름」은 MS 윈도우즈하에서의 이름입니다.\n"
+"(가령, 첫 번째 디스크 또는 파티션은 「C:」입니다.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"일반적으로, 드레이크X는 (선택한 언어에 기반하여) 올바른 키보드를\n"
+"자동으로 선택합니다. 그러나 사용하는 언어에 정확히 일치하는 키보드를\n"
+"가지고 있지 않은 경우도 있을 수 있습니다: 가령, 영어를 사용하는 스위스인은\n"
+"여전히 스위스 키보드를 원할 수도 있습니다. 또한 영어를 사용하지만, 캐나다 퀘"
+"벡주에\n"
+"살고 있다면 또한 이러한 경우가 될 것입니다. 이와 같은 경우라면, 이 단계에서\n"
+"적당한 키보드를 목록에서 선택해야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"지원되는 모든 키보드 목록을 보려면, 「추가정보」를\n"
+"누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"설치시 그리고 시스템용으로 사용할 언어를 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"「고급」을 누르면, 다른 언어도 추가로 선택할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"다른 언어도 선택하게 되면, 그 언어와 관련된 시스템 문서 및 프로그램 파일들"
+"도\n"
+"설치하게 됩니다. 가령, 님의 시스템을 일본인도 사용할 수 있도록 하고 싶다면,\n"
+"목록에서 주 언어로 「한국어」를 선택하고, 「고급」에서 「일본어」에 해당하"
+"는\n"
+"회색 별표를 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"여러개의 추가 언어를 선택할 수도 있습니다. 언어 선택을 끝마쳤으면,\n"
+"「확인」을 눌러서 계속 진행하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"기본적으로 드레이크X는 님이 2버튼 마우스를 사용한다고 가정할 것이며,\n"
+"세 번째 버튼은 에뮬레이션할 것입니다. 마우스가 PS/2, 시리얼, 혹은 USB용인지"
+"는\n"
+"드레이크X가 자동으로 알아낼 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 다른 마우스 유형을 지정하고 싶다면, 제공되는 목록에서 적당한 것을\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 다른 마우스를  선택하게 되면, 마우스 테스트 화면을 보게될 것입니다.\n"
+"그러면, 마우스 버튼과 휠을 조작하여 설정이 정확하게 되었는지 확인하세요.\n"
+"만약 제대로 작동하기 않으면,「취소」버튼 위에서 스페이스 키나 엔터 키를\n"
+"누르고 다시 선택하시기 바랍니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "버튼 에뮬레이션"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"정확한 포트를 선택하세요. 예를 들어, MS 윈도우즈에서 COM1은\n"
+"리눅스에서는 ttyS0로 명명됩니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "사용자 인증"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pDQ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "전문가"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"드레이크X가 시스템상에 있는 모든 하드 디스크를 검색하고\n"
+"또한 PCI SCSI 어댑터 탐지를 시도할 것입니다.\n"
+"만약 드레이크X가 장치를 발견하게 되면 자동으로\n"
+"올바른 드라이버를 설치할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"드레이크X의 장치 검색이 실패하더라도, 님께 SCSI 장치의 유무를 질문하게 됩니"
+"다.\n"
+"목록에서 장치를 직접 선택하려면 「예」를, SCSI 장치가 없다면 「아니오」를 선"
+"택하세요.\n"
+"잘 모르겠다면, 「하드웨어 정보 보기」를 선택한 후 「확인」을 눌러서\n"
+"시스템상에 존재하는 하드웨어들을 살펴볼 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"하드웨어에 대한 검토가 끝나면 다시 「확인」버튼을 눌러서 SCSI 인터페이스 질"
+"문 화면\n"
+"으로 돌아 올 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"직접 어댑터를 지정해야 할 때에는, 드레이크X가 옵션을 지정할 것인지를 물어\n"
+"볼 것입니다. 이 때는 드레이크X가 필요한 옵션을 탐지하도록 하는 것이 좋습니"
+"다.\n"
+"일반적으로 이 방법은 잘 작동합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 그렇지 않다면, 직접 드라이버 옵션을 지정해야 합니다. 사용자 설명서(3"
+"장, \n"
+"「하드웨어에 대한 종합정보」색션)를 참조하여, 하드웨어 설명서, \n"
+"(인터넷에 연결할 수 있다면) 제조업체 웹 사이트, \n"
+"또는 (윈도우즈가 설치되어 있다면) MS 윈도우즈에서 어떻게 여기에 필요한 \n"
+"정보를 알아 낼 수 있는지 찾아 보세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "내장 ISDN 카드"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "시작시 바로 X 실행"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"맨드리바 리눅스 파티션을 만들기 위해서 삭제할 하드디스클르 선택하세요.\n"
+"주의:\n"
+"디스크상의 모든 데이터는 손실되며, 영원히 복구가 불가능해 집니다!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"이 하드디스크상의 모든 데이터와 파티션을 삭제하려면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"!!주의하세요!!일단 「확인」을 누르게 되면, MS 윈도우즈 데이털르 포함하여 이 "
+"디스트상의 모든\n"
+"데이터와 파티션은 복구가 불가능해 집니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 작업을 취소하려면, 지금 「취소」를 누르세요. 어떠한 데이터와 파티션도\n"
+"손상되지 않을 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "다음 ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 이전"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35d10bc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1536 @@
+# translation of DrakX-ky.po to Kyrgyz
+# Copyright (C) 2004,2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Timur Jamakeev <ztimur@mail.ru>, 2003,2004.
+# Nurlan Borubaev <nurlan@tamga.info>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-ky\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-20 20:27+0500\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nurlan Borubaev <nurlan@tamga.info>\n"
+"Language-Team: Kyrgyz\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Мындан ары улантуу үчүн сиз лицензия шартын көңүл коюп окууңуз керек.\n"
+"Ал Mandriva Linux'тун бардык дистрибутивдерине таратылат. Эгер сиз анын\n"
+"ичиндеги бардык шарттарга көнбөсөңүз, \"%s\" рамкасын тандаңыз. Андай\n"
+"болбосо, \"%s\" баскычын бассаңыз сиздин компьютер кайра жүктөлөт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux-көп колдонуучулуу система, бул болсо, ар бир колдонуучу\n"
+"үчүн өзү жактырган чөйрөнүн, өз файлдарынын ж.б. болушун түшүндүрөт.\n"
+"Көбүрөөк билүү үчүн сиз ``Баштоочунун колдонмосун' окусаңыз болот.\n"
+"Системанын администратору болгон \"root\" колдонуучусунан айырмаланган,\n"
+"сиз бул жерден кошуу колдонуучулар өздөрүнүн файлдарынан жана\n"
+"конфигурацияларынан башканы өзгөртүүгө укуктары жок. Сиз жок дегенде\n"
+"өзүңүз үчүн бир кадимки колдонуучу аккаунтун түзүшүңүз керек.\n"
+"Бул аккаунтту сиз күн сайын иштөө үчүн колдоносуз. Каалаган нерсеңизди\n"
+"\"root\" катары кирип өзгөртүү өтө жеңил болгону менен, ал ошол эле\n"
+"убакта өтө эле кооптуу! Эң эле майда ката да, сиздин системаңыздын андан\n"
+"ары иштебей калышына алып келиши мүмкүн. Эгер сиз кадимки колдонуучу\n"
+"болуп туруп чоң ката кетрисеңиз, сиз кайсы бир маалыматтарды жоготуп\n"
+"алышыңыз мүмкүн, бирок бардык системаны эмес.\n"
+"\n"
+"Биринчи талаага сиз өз атыңызды киргизесиз. Бул, албетте, милдетүү\n"
+"эмес -- ошондуктан сиз каалаган нерсеңизди киргизе берсеңиз болот. \n"
+"DrakX бул талаадыгы сиз киргизген бирнчи сөздү алып \"%s\" ордуна\n"
+"коёт. Бул атты кадимки колдонуучу системага кирүү үчүн колдонот.\n"
+"можете изменить его. Кааласаңыз бул атты, ж.б. өзгөртсүңүз болот.\n"
+"Андан кийин кадам-пароль киргизүү. Коопсуздук тарабынан алганда\n"
+"\"root\" паролуна караганда привилегиясыз (кадимки) колдонуучунун\n"
+"паролу анча деле критикалуу эмес, буга карбастан ага жөнөкөй\n"
+"пароль берүү же таптакыр бош калтырууга эч кандай себеп жок,\n"
+"не дегенде өз файлдарыңыздан айрылып калышыңыз мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+"Сиз \"%s\" баскычын басып, башка колдонуучуларды кошо аласыз\n"
+"Ар бир досуңуз үчүн, мисалы атаңызга же эжеңизге аккаунт\n"
+"түзүңүз. Колдонуучуларды түзүп бүткөндөн кийин \"%s\"\n"
+"баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычын басуу бул колдонуучуга алдыалынган\n"
+"\"shell\"-чөйрөнү өзгөртүүгө мүмкүнчүлүк берет (алдыалынганы bash)\n"
+"\n"
+"Бардык колдонуучулар кошулуп бүткөн соң, система жүктөлгөндөн\n"
+"кийин автоматтык түрдө кирүү мүмкүнчүлүгү бар колдонуучуну\n"
+"тандоо сунуш кылынат. Эгер сизди бул мүмкүнчүлүк кызыктырса\n"
+"(сизди локалдык коопсуздук ойлонтпосо), тийиштүү колдонуучуну\n"
+"жана терезе менеджерин тандап \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"Эгер сизди мындай мүмкүнчүлүк кызыктырбаса, анда \"%s\"\n"
+"чарчыбелгисин тазалап салыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Мындай мүмкүнчүлүктү каалайсызбы?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Жогорудагы тизме сиздин катуу дискиңиздеги табылган Linux бөлүмдөрү.\n"
+"Сиз аны уста жасагандай калтырсаңыз болот, анткени ал бардык кадимки\n"
+"инсталляциялар үчүн жарактуу. Эгер сиз кандайдыр бир өзгөртүүлөрдү\n"
+"киргизсеңиз, анда жок эле дегенде түпкү-root (\"/\") бөлүмү болушу керек.\n"
+"Анын көлөмүн өтө эле кичине кылбаңыз, антсеңиз сиз жетиштүү сандагы\n"
+"программалык жабдууларды орното албай каласыз. Эгер сиз өзүңүздүн\n"
+"берилиштерңизди башка бөлүмдө сактооңуз келсе, сизге \"/home\"\n"
+"бөлүмүн да түзүүгө туура келет (бирден көп Linux бөлүмдөрү бар\n"
+"учурда гана мүмкүн).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ар бир бөлүм төмөнкүдөй санап көрсөтүлгөн: \"Аты\", \"Көлөмү\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Аты\": \"катуу дисктин тиби\", \"катуу дисктин номери\",\n"
+"\"бөлүм номери\" (мисалы, \"hda1\") катары структураланган.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Катуу дисктин тиби\": \"hd\"-эгер сиздин катуу диск IDE болсо\n"
+"\"sd\"-эгер ал SCSI болсо.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Катуу дискти номери\" дайыма тамга жана \"hd\" же \"sd\" уландысы.\n"
+"IDE катуу дисктери үчүн:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" \"биринчи IDE контроллеринин master катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" \"биринчи IDE контроллеринин slave катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" \"экинчи IDE контроллеринин master катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" \"экинчи IDE контроллеринин slave катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI катуу дисктери үчүн , \"a\" болсо \"lowest SCSI ID\" экендигин,\n"
+"ал эми \"b\" болсо \"second lowest SCSI ID\", ж.д.у.с. экендигин берет"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux орнотулушу бир нече CD-ROMго бөлүнүп жайгаштырылган. Эгерде\n"
+"тандалган пакет башка CD-ROMдо жатса, DrakX учурдагы CDни чыгарып\n"
+"керектелип жаткан тийишүү CDни салууңузду сурайт. Эгерде Сизде тийиштүү\n"
+"CD кол алдыңызда жок болсо, жөн гана \"%s\" түймөсүн чертиңиз, бул учурда\n"
+"тиешелүү пакет орнотулбай кала берет."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Эми системаңызга кайсы программаларды орнотууну кааларыңызды аныктоого\n"
+"убакыт келип жетти. Mandriva Linux менен кошо миңдеген пакеттер сунуш "
+"кылынат,\n"
+"тандоону жеңилдетүү үчүн алар жакындыгынакарата топторго бөлүнгөн.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакеттер машинаңыздын колдонуу спецификасына дал келе тургандай\n"
+"болуп топторго иреттелген. Mandriva Linux'та пакетер төрт категория\n"
+"боюнча иреттелет. Сиз ар түрдүү категорияларда жайгашкан тиркемелерди\n"
+"аралаштырып же айкалыштыра аласыз, мисалы ``Иш станциясы'' орнотуу варианты\n"
+"``Иштеп түзүү'' категорясындагы тиркемелерди да камтышы мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиз машинаны иш станциясы катары колдонгуңуз келсе,\n"
+"иш станциясы категориясынан бир же бир нече тийиштүү группаны\n"
+"тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиз програмалоо менен алектенгиңиз келсе,\n"
+"бул категориядагы тийиштүү группаны тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиздин машина сервер катары иштей турган болсо, ага көп\n"
+"колдонулуучу кызматтардын кайсыларын орнотууну кааласаңыз тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул жерден сиз жактырган графикалык чөйрөнү тандашыңыз\n"
+" керек. Эгер сиз графикалык чөйрөдө иштөөнү кааласаңыз,\n"
+"жок дегенде алардын бири тандалышы керек.\n"
+"\n"
+"Чычкандын сөөмөйүн группанын атына алып келсеңиз, ал группага\n"
+"тийиштүү түшүндүрмө көрсөтүлөт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Сизге \"%s\" чарчыбелгисин тандоо пайдалуу болот, албетте эгерде сиз\n"
+"сунушталып жаткан пакеттерди жакшы билесиңиз, же орнотулуп жаткандарды\n"
+"толук көзөмөлдөп турууну кааласаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер орнотууну \"%s\" режиминде баштасаңыз, кандайдыр бир жаңы пакеттер\n"
+"орнотулушуна жол бербөө үчүн бардык группаларды тандоо чарчыбелгисин "
+"тазалап\n"
+"таштасаңыз болот. Бул орнотулган системаны калыбына келтирүү же жаңылоо "
+"учурунда пайдалуу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгеред кадимкидей орнотуу учурунда бир да группа тандабасаңыз (жаңылоого "
+"тийиштүү\n"
+"эмес), минималдык инсталляция үчүн ар кандай опциялары менен\n"
+"диалог пайда болот:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": графикалык иш столунун иштешине керектелинүүчү\n"
+"пакеттердин минималдык тобун орнотуу.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": негизги системаны жана базалык утилиталарды документациялары "
+"менен\n"
+"кошо орнотуу. Бул инсталляция сервер катары орнотууга туура келет.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Linux системасынын иштеши үчүн керектүү эң эле минималдык "
+"пакеттер\n"
+"орнотулат. Бул вариантта сиз командалык сап режиминде гана иштей аласыз. "
+"Бул\n"
+"орнотуунун жалпы өлчөмү 65 мегабайтты ээлейт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Жаңылоо"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Базалык документация менен"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Эң минималдык орнотуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Эгер сиз инсталляторго пакеттерди өз алдыңызча тандоону билдирсеңиз,\n"
+"анда ал группаларга жана подгруппаларга бөлүнгөн бардык пакеттердин\n"
+"дарагын көрсөтөт. Даракты кароо учурунда сиз группаны толугу менен,\n"
+"подгруппаларды же өз алдынча турган пакеттерди тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Дарактан пакетти тандоо учурунда, оң жак тарабына пакеттин максатын\n"
+"баяндоочу жардам чыгарылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Эгерде кандайдыр бир сервердик пакет тандалса, сиз аны атайын\n"
+"тандасаңыз же ал башка пакеттин бөлүгү болсо, сиз аны чынында эле\n"
+"ал серверлерди орнотууну каалагандыгыңызды сурайт. Mandriva Linux\n"
+"бардык орнотулган серверлерлерди жүктөө убагында алдынала ишке\n"
+"киргизилет. Дистрибутив чыгарылып жаткан убакта алар коопсуздук\n"
+"боюнча белгилүү проблемалары жок болгону менен, аларда бул\n"
+"Mandriva Linux версиясы чыгарылгандан кийин да, кооптуу болгон\n"
+"жылчыктар табылышы мүмкүн. Эгер сиз берилген кызмат эмне үчүн\n"
+"колдонорун жана эмне иш кыларын билбесеңиз \"%s\" басыңыз.\n"
+"Эгер сиз \"%s\" бассаңыз тизмедеги бардык кызматтар орнотулуп\n"
+"система жүктөлүү учурунда автоматтык түрө ишке киргизилет!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Инсталлятор менен пакеттерди автоматтык түрдө тандоодо\n"
+"\"%s\" опциясы көз карандылык бардыгын билдирүүчү эскертүү\n"
+"диалогун чыгарууга тыйуу салат. Кээ бир пакеттер бири-бири менен\n"
+"байланышкандыктан инсталляторго кээ бир кошумча программаларды\n"
+"орнотууга туура келет. Инсталлятор орнотуунун ийгиликтүү аякташы\n"
+"максатында, көз карандылыктарды канаатандыруу үчүн кандай\n"
+"пакеттердин керектигин өзү аныктайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тизменин төмөн жагындагы флоппинин кичинекей сүрөтбелгиси мындан\n"
+"мурунку инсталляцияда тандалган пакеттердин тизмесин жүктөөгө\n"
+"мүмкүндүк берет. Эгер сиз бул сүрөтбелгини бассаңыз, мындан мурунку\n"
+"инсталляция учурунда даярдалган флоппини салууңузду суранат. Мындай\n"
+"флоппини түзүү үчүн акыркы кадамдагы экинчи кеңешти караңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматтык көз карандылыктар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" баскычын басуу менен принтерди конфигурацилоо устасы\n"
+"ачылат. Жаңы принтерди кантип орнотуу керектигин билүү үчүн,\n"
+"``Баштоочунун колдонмосундагы'' тийиштүү главаны окуп чыгыңыз.\n"
+"Андагы колдонулган интерфейс орнотуу процессинде колдонулган\n"
+"интерфейске окшош."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Бул диалог система жүктөлүү учурунда сиз каалаган ишке киргизилүүчү\n"
+"кызматтарды тандоо үчүн колдонулат.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX учурдагы инсталляциянын мүмкүн болгон бардык кызматтарынын\n"
+"тизмесин сунуш кылат. Аларды кунт коюуу менен карап чыгып, системаны\n"
+"жүктөө учурунда ишке киргизүүнүн кажети жокторун алып салыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тизмеден кызматты тандоо менен сиз бул кызмат жөнүндө кыскача түшүндүрмө\n"
+"ала аласыз. Эгер кызматтын пайдалуу же пайдалуу эместигине күмөн санасаңыз,\n"
+"анда аны алдыалынганындай кылып калтыруу дурус.\n"
+"!! Бул этапта өтө этият болуңуз, эгер сиздин машина сервер катары иштесе:\n"
+"мүмкүн сизге кереги жок кызматтарды иштетүүдөн баш тартасыз.\n"
+"Кээ бир кызматтар сервер үчүн потенциалдуу коркунучтуу экендигин эсиңизден\n"
+"чыгарбаңыз. Негизинен, чындыгында эле керектүү болгон кызматтарды гана\n"
+" калтырыңыз.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux убакытты GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) менен башкарат жана\n"
+"сиз тандаган саатык алкакка карата локалдык убакытка которот. Эгер\n"
+"сиздин системалык платадагы саатта локалдык убакыт көрсөтүлсө, анда сиз\n"
+"муну \"%s\" тазалап салуу менен системалык саат менен апаратык саат ар\n"
+" башка саатык алкактарга таандык экендигин GNU/Linux эстеп калуусуна\n"
+"мүмкүндүк берет. Бул мүмкүнчүлүк машинаңызда Windows сыяктуу башка\n"
+"аракеттер системасы орнотулган учурда пайдалуу.\n"
+"\"%s\" опциясы Интернеттеги алыскы убакыт серверинин жардамы менен\n"
+"сиздин саатыңызды автоматтык түрдө тууралоого мүмкүндүк берет.\n"
+"Албетте, мунун иштеши үчүн сизге Интернет байланышы талап кылынат.\n"
+"Эң ылайыктуусу сизге эң жакын серверди тандоо дурус. Бул опция сиздин\n"
+"машинаңызга убакыт серверин орнотуп, аны локалдык тармагыңыздагы башка\n"
+"машиналар колдонууга мүмкүндүк берет."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Убакытты автоматтык синхрондоштуруу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызда орнотулган видеокартаны\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизде орнотулган\n"
+"картаны бул тизмеден тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Эгерде сиздин картаңыз үчүн ар кандай серверлер мүмкүн болсо, 3D\n"
+"тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура\n"
+"келген серверди тандап алууңузду сунуштайт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window системасы үчүн) GNU/Linux графикалык интерфейсинин\n"
+"жүрөгү, анын негизинде Mandriva Linux-ка кирген бардык графикалык\n"
+"чөйрөлөр (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, ж.б.д.у.с.) иштейт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Оптималдык графикалык көрүнүштү алуу үчүн, сизге ар түрдүү\n"
+"параметрлердин тизмеси сунушталат: Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызда орнотулган видеокартаны\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизде орнотулган\n"
+"картаны бул тизмеден тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Эгерде сиздин картаңыз үчүн ар кандай серверлер мүмкүн болсо, 3D\n"
+"тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура\n"
+"келген серверди тандап алууңузду сунуштайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызга туташкан мониторду\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизге туташкан\n"
+"мониторду тизмеден өз алдынча тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Мүмкүнчүлүк\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиздин техникаңыз колдой алган көрсөтүү мүмкүнчүлүгүн жана\n"
+"түс тереңдигин тандасаңыз болот. Сизге көбүрөөк туура келгенин тандаңыз "
+"(сиз\n"
+"аны инсталляциядан кийин өзгөртө аласыз). Тандалып алынган конфигурациянын\n"
+"үлгүсү мониторго чыгарылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Текшерүү\n"
+"\n"
+"   Сиздин каражатыңызга карата, бул пункт бар же жок болушу мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Система тандалган мүмкүнчүлүктү колдонуп графикалык экранды ачуу\n"
+"аракетин жасайт. Эгер сиз текшерүү учурунда маалыматты көрө алсаңыз\n"
+"жана \"%s\" жообун тандасаңыз анда DrakX кийинки кадамга өтөт.\n"
+"Эгер сиз маалыматты көрө албасаңыз, анда автоматтык түрдө аныкталган\n"
+"конфигурциянын бөлүгү туура эмес аныкталган деп түшүнүлүп, автоматтык\n"
+"түрдө 12 секунд өткөн соң сизди менюга кайра алып келет. Туура графикалык\n"
+"сүрөттү алмайынча, параметрлерди оңдоп кайталап көрүңүз.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметрлер\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиз машинаңызды автоматтык түрдө гафикалык интерфейсти\n"
+"жүктөөгө калыптасаңыз болот. Албетте, эгерде сиздин машинаңыз сервер\n"
+"катары иштесе же графикалык режимди калыптандыруу мүмкүн болбосо\n"
+"анда сиз \"%s\" тандооңуз туура."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор сиздин машинаңызга туташкан мониторду\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер ал туура болбосо,\n"
+"сизге туташкан мониторду тизмеден тандасаңыз болот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Мүмкүнчүлүк\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиздин каражатыңыз уруксат берген мүмкүнчүлүктү жана түс\n"
+"тереңдигин тандай аласыз. Сизге көбүрөөк туура келгенин тандаңыз (сиз\n"
+"аны инсталляциядан кийин өзгөртө аласыз). Тандалып алынган конфигурациянын\n"
+"үлгүсү мониторго чыгарылат."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Сиздин картаңызга ар түрдүү, 3D тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, серверлер\n"
+"туура келген учурда, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура келген серверди\n"
+"тандоо сунуш кылынат."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметрлер\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиз машинаңызды автоматтык түрдө гафикалык интерфейсти\n"
+"жүктөөгө калыптасаңыз болот. Албетте, эгерде сиздин машинаңыз сервер\n"
+"катары иштесе же графикалык режимди калыптандыруу мүмкүн болбосо\n"
+"анда сиз \"%s\" тандооңуз туура."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Бул кадамда, Mandriva Linux аркеттер системасын сиздин катуу дисктин\n"
+"кайсы жерине орнотууну чечүүңүзгө туура келет. Эгер сиздин катуу диск бош\n"
+"болсо же орнотулган аракеттери системасы дисктин бардыгын ээлесе, сизге\n"
+"дискиңизди кайра бөлүүгө туура келет. Негизинен дискти бөлүү сиздин\n"
+"жаңы Mandriva Linux системасын орнотуу үчүн дисктен логикалык түрдө\n"
+"орун бөлүүдө турат.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгерде дискте орнотулган аракеттер системасы болсо, дискти бөлүү кайра\n"
+"калыбына келбөөчү процесс болгондуктан андагы маалыматтарды жоготууга\n"
+"алып келиши мүмкүн экендигинен, үйрөнчүк колдонуучулар үчүн бир топ\n"
+"кыйыныраак жана коркунучтуу момент. Тилекке жараша DrakXте бул\n"
+"процессти жеңилдетүүчү уста бар. Бул кадамды улантуу алдында колдонмонун\n"
+"тийиштүү бөлүгүн окуп чыгыңыз жана шашпаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Катуу дискиңиздин конфигурациясына жараша бир нече параметрлер мүмкүн:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул опция бош дискти же дисктерди автоматтык түрдө бөлүүнү\n"
+"түшүндүрөт. Эгер бул опция тандалса, андан ары суроо берилбейт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": уста катуу дискиңиздеги Linux бөлүмдөрүн аныктады. Эгер сиз\n"
+"аларды колдонгуңуз келсе бул опцияны тандаңыз. Ар бир бөлүм үчүн\n"
+"бириктирүү чекиттерин көрсөтүү суралат. Алыднала бириктирүү чекиттери\n"
+"салтка жараша тандалгандыктан аны тийбей койсоңуз да болот.\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгерде сиздин дискте Microsoft Windows орнотулуп аны толук "
+"ээлесе,\n"
+"Linux берилиштерин сактоо үчүн бош орун түзүүңүзгө туура келет. Муну түзүү\n"
+"үчүн Microsoft Windows бөлүмүн жана берилиштерин жоготсоңуз, же Microsoft\n"
+"Windows FAT же NTFS бөлүмдөрүнүн өлчөмдөрүн өзгөртсөңүз болот.\n"
+"Өлчөмүн өзгөртүү процессин маалыматтарды жоготпой жасаса да болот, өзгөчө\n"
+"Windows бөлүмү дефрагментация кылынгандан кийин. Маалыматтарыңыздын\n"
+"резервдик копиясын түзүү көптөн-көп сунуш кылынат.Эгер сиз Mandriva Linux\n"
+"жана Microsoft Windows бир компьютерде колдонгуңуз келсе, бул опцияны\n"
+"тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул опцияны тандоо алдында сиздин Microsoft Windows бөлүмүңүздүн өлчөмү\n"
+"мурдагыдан азыраак болуусун түшүнүүңүз керек. Сизде Microsoft Windows-тун\n"
+"берилиштерин жана жаңы программаларды орнотуу үчүн бош орун азыраак болот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" эгер сиз катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтарды жоготуп ордуна\n"
+"Mandriva Linux орнотууну кааласаңыз, бул опцияны тандаңыз. Бул чечимди\n"
+"тандоодо этият болуңуз, себеби муну тастыктаган соң бардыгын мурда\n"
+"болгондой кылып калыбына келтире албайсыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Эгер бул опцияны тандасаңыз, катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтар\n"
+"жоготулат. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул опция катуу дисктеги бардык маалыматты жоготуп бөлүмдөрдү\n"
+"түзүүнү кайра башынан бош жерден баштоого мүмкүндүк берет. Дискиңиздеги\n"
+"бардык информация жоголот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Эгер бул опцияны тандасаңыз, катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтар\n"
+"жоготулат. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": згер сиз дискти өз алдынча бөлгүңүз келсе бул опцияны тандаңыз.\n"
+"Этият болуңуз - бул кубаттуу жана ошол эле маалда кооптуу мүмкүнчүлүк.\n"
+"Сиз бир заматта болгон мааламаттардын бардыгын жоготуп алышыңыз мүмкүн.\n"
+"Ошондуктан, ушул сыяктуу нерсени мурда жасап, кандайдыр бир тажрыйбаңыз\n"
+"болгон учурда гана бул опцияны тандоо сунуш кылынат. DiskDrake утилитасын\n"
+"кантип колдонуу керектигин билүү үчүн ``Баштоочунун колдонмосу' китебинин\n"
+"``Дисктин бөлүмдөрүн башкаруу'' бөлүмүнө кайрылыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Бар бөлүмдү колдонуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Дискти бүт өчүрүү"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Мына эми сиз бул жердесиз. Орнотуу аяктады жана сиздин GNU/Linux\n"
+"системаңыз колдонууга даяр. Системаны кайра жүктөө үчүн \"%s\"\n"
+"басыңыз. Инсталляция булагын (CD-ROM же флоппи) алып салууну\n"
+"унутпаңыз. Сиздин компьютер техжабдууну текшерүүнү аяктаган соң,\n"
+"эң биринчи сиз көрүүчү нерсе, бул керектүү аракеттер системасын\n"
+"жүктөөнү тандоону сунуш кылуучу баштапкы жүктөгүчтүн менюсу болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычы дагы башка эки баскычты чыгарат:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": инсталляциялык флоппини түзүү: мунун жардамы менен\n"
+"жаңы эле атакарылган орнотуу сыяктуу операторсуз, орнотууну\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө жүргүзсө болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул баскычты баскан соң ар башка эки вариант бар экенин байкаңыз:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": жарым жартылай автоматтыштырылган орнотуу: бул учурда\n"
+"дискти бөлүү процесси гана инерактивдүү, б.а. колдонуучунун аракетин\n"
+"талап кылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": толук автоматташытрылган орнотуу: катуу диск толугу бойдон\n"
+"кайра жазылат жана болгон берилиштер жоготулат.\n"
+"\n"
+"   бул мүмкүнчүлүк орнотууну бирдей конфигурациядагы машиналарда\n"
+"кайталоодо өтө ыңгайлуу. Кошумча маалымат алуу үчүн биздин веб-\n"
+"сайтыбыздагы Auto install бөлүмүн караңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ушул орнотуудагы орнотулган пакеттердин тизмесин сактайт.\n"
+"Башка орнотууда бул орнотуудагы тандалган пакеттерди колдонуу үчүн\n"
+"флоппини салып орнотууну баштаңыз. Чакыруу сабында [F1] тергичин басып\n"
+"төмөнкүнү териңиз:\n"
+"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Авто-орнотуу флопписин жаратуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Кайрадан жыңы түзүлгөн бөлүмдөрдү колдонууга киргизүү үчүн аларды\n"
+"форматтоо талап кылынат (форматтоо файл системасын түзүүнү\n"
+"түшүндүрөт).\n"
+"\n"
+"Бул этапта сизде мурда болүнгөн бөлүмдөрдө сакталган берилиштерди өчүрүү\n"
+"үчүн аларды кайра форматто мүмкүнчүлүгү бар. Эгер бул сизге керек болсо,\n"
+"бул бөлүмдөрдү дагы тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мурда түзүлгөн бөлүмдөрдү кайрадан форматтоо дайыма керек эместигин\n"
+"эске алыңыз. Сиз, аракеттер системасы орнотулган (\"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var"
+"\")\n"
+"бөлүмдөрүн кайра форматтоңуз керек, бирок сиз сактап калууну каалаган\n"
+"бөлүмдөрдү кайра форматтоо талап кылынбайт (демейде бул \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Бөлүмдөрдү тандоодо этияттаңыз. Форматталган соң көрсөтүлгөн бөлүмдөрдөгү\n"
+"бардык берилиштер жоготулат, ошондуктан аларды кайра калыбына келтирүүгө\n"
+"мүмкүн эмес.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бөлүмдөрдү форматтого даяр болгондон кийин \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер сиз Mandriva Linux системасын башка бөлүмгө орноткуңуз келсе \"%s\"\n"
+"баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер сиз начар делген блокторду (bad blocks) текшерүүгө бөлүмдөрдү\n"
+"тандагыңыз келсе \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux орнотуу убагында баштапкы релиздин кээ бир пакеттерин\n"
+"жаңы чыкандары менен жаңыласаңыз жакшы болот. Кээ бир багдар\n"
+"оңдолушу жана коопсуздук проблемалары чечилиши мүмкүн. Бул\n"
+"жаңылоолордон пайда алуу үчүн аларды сиз азыр Интернеттен жүктөп\n"
+"алсаңыз болот. Жаңылоо үчүн, эгер сизде иштеп жаткан Интернет байланышы\n"
+"болсо \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз, же \"%s\" басып пакеттерди\n"
+" жаңылоону кийинчээрек жасасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычын басканда жаңылоолорду жүктөп алууга мүмкүн болгон\n"
+"орундарды тизеси чыгат. Сизге эң жакын жайгашканын тандаңыз. Андан\n"
+"соң пакттерди тандоо дарагы чыгат: тизмени карап чыгып тандаган соң\n"
+"кабыл алуу жана орнотуу үчүн \"%s\" же орнотпоо үчүн \"%s\" басыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Бул этапта DrakX сизге машинаңыз үчүн каалаган коопсуздук деңгээлин\n"
+"тандоого мүмкүндүк берет. Эгерде машинаңызда критикалык маалымат\n"
+"болсо же ал Интернетке түздөн-түз туташкан болсо, эреже катары анда\n"
+"коопсуздук деңгээли жогору болушу керек. Бирок коопсуздуктун\n"
+"жогорураак деңгээли жалып учурда колдонуу ыңгайлуулугун чектөө\n"
+"эсебинен жасалат.\n"
+"Эгер кайсынынсын тандоону билбесеңиз, аны ошол боюнча калтырыңыз.\n"
+"Коопсуздук деңгээлин кийин Mandriva Башкаруу Борборунун draksec\n"
+"утилитинин жардамы менен өзгөртсөңүз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" талаасында системанын коопсуздугу үчүн жооп берген колдонуучу\n"
+"көрсөтүлөт. Бул адреске коопсуздук боюнча кабарлар жөнөтүлөт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Коопсуздук администратору"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Чыгарылма түзүлүштөрдү авто-бириктирүү"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Нормалдык/эксперттик режимдерин алмаштыруу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Испанча"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "дөңгөлөктү эмуляциялоо менен"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Универсалдык | Каалагандай PS/2 & USB чычканы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Туура портту тандаңыз. Мисалы, Windows \"COM1\" портунун\n"
+"GNU/Linux'тагы аты \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "аутентификация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Эксперт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN картасы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графикалык интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Кийинки ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Мурунку"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92b14d276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1403 @@
+#
+# Mykolas Norvai-as <Myka@centras.lt>, 2002
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-23 13:50+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mykolas Norvaias <Myka@centras.lt>\n"
+"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ar nori naudoti aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukščiau yra sąrašas Linux skirsnių, kuriuos pavyko rasti tavo\n"
+"kietajame diske. Tu gali pasilikti sprendimus, padarytus meistro, jie tinka\n"
+"daugumai atvejų. Jei nori pakeisti šiuos sprendimus, tu turi nurodyti bent\n"
+"šakninį skirsnį (\"/\"). Nepasirink per mažo skirsnio, nes tuomet tu "
+"negalėsi\n"
+"įdiegti pakankamai programinės įrangos. Jei tu nori laikyti savo duomenis\n"
+"atskirame skirsnyje, pasirink, kurį naudosi \"/home\" (įmanoma tik jei turi "
+"daugiau\n"
+"nei vieną Linux skirsnį).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, skirsniai rašomi tokiu pavidalu: \"Pavadinimas\", \"Talpa\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pavadinimas\" sudaromas taip: \"kaupiklio tipas\", \"kaupiklio numeris\",\n"
+"\"skirsnio numeris\" (pavyzdžiui \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kieto disko tipas\" yra \"hd\", jei tavo kietasis kaupiklis yra IDE tipo, "
+"ir \"sd\", jeigu\n"
+"tai SCSI kaupiklis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kaupiklio numeris\" visada yra raidė po \"sd\" arba \"hd\". IDE "
+"kaupikliams:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" reiškia \"pagrindinis (master) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo "
+"(primary) IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" reiškia \"šalutinis (slave) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo IDE "
+"valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" reiškia \"pagrindinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo (secondary) "
+"IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" reiškia \"šalutinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo IDE valdiklio"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Su SCSI kaupikliais, \"a\" reiškia \"pirmasis diskas\", \"b\" reiškia "
+"\"antrasis diskas\" ir t.t."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atnaujinti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dokumentacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Išmesti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu gali pasirinkti tarnybas, kurias nori paleisti įkrovos metu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Užvedus žymeklį ant tarnybos, pasirodys pagalbos užrašas, kuris aprašo "
+"tarnybos\n"
+"vaidmenį tavo sistemoje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Būk ypač atidus šiame žingsnyje, jeigu žadi naudotis savo kompiuteriu kaip\n"
+"serveriu: tu tikriausiai norėsi nepaleisti jokių nereikalingų tarnybų.\n"
+"Prisimink, kad kai kurios tarnybos gali būti pavojingos, jei naudojamos "
+"serveryje.\n"
+"Apskritai, pažymėk tik tas tarnybas, kurių tau tikrai reikia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Įdiegimo Tipo Konfiguracija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu turi nuspręsti, kurioje savo kietojo disko vietoje nori įdiegti\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operacijų sistemą. Jei jis yra tuščias arba jau esanti\n"
+"operacijų sistema naudoja visą vietą jame, tau reikės sudalinti jį. Kietojo\n"
+"disko sudalinimas į skirsnius tiesiog yra jo logiškas padalinimas taip, kad\n"
+"atsirastų laisvos vietos įdiegti tavo naujajai Mandriva Linux sistemai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kadangi sudalinimo skirsniais padariniai dažniausiai yra negrįžtami,\n"
+"dalinimas gali būti gąsdinantis ir sunkus, jei tu esi nepatyręs vartotojas.\n"
+"Šis meistras supaprastina tą procesą. Prieš pradėdamas, prašau, nepagailėk\n"
+"laiko ir paskaityk žinyną.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tau reikia mažiausiai dviejų skirsnių. Vienas yra pačiai operacijų "
+"sistemai,\n"
+"o kitas -- virtualiai atminčiai (vadinamai swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei skirsniai jau buvo apibrėžti (iš praeito įdiegimo arba kitu dalinimo "
+"įrankiu),\n"
+"tau tereikia pasirinkti juos, kad įdiegtum savo Linux'ą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei skirsniai dar nebuvo apibrėžti, tu turi juos sukurti. Kad tai "
+"padarytum,\n"
+"naudokis aukščiau esančiu meistru. Priklausomai nuo tavo kietojo disko\n"
+"situacijos, yra keli skirtingi sprendimai:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Naudoti esamą skirsnį: meistras rado vieną ar daugiau Linux skirsnių tavo "
+"sistemoje. Jei tu nori juos\n"
+"  naudoti, pasirink tai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Išvalyti visą diską: jei tu nori sunaikinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, "
+"esančius kietajame diske, ir pakeisti juos\n"
+"  nauja Mandriva Linux sistema, gali pasirinkti šį variantą. Būk atsargus su "
+"šiuo sprendimu, nes jei sutiksi,\n"
+"  nebegalėsi apsigalvoti ir sugrįžti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Naudoti tuščią vietą Windows skirsnyje: jei Microsoft Windows yra įdiegti "
+"į kietąjį diską ir užima visą vietą,\n"
+"  esančią jame, tau teks atlaisvinti vietos Linux duomenims. Kad tai "
+"padarytum, tu gali ištrinti Windows skirsnį\n"
+"  ir duomenis (žiūrėk \"Išvalyti visą diską\" bei \"Eksperto režimas\" "
+"sprendimus) arba pakeisti Windows skirsnio\n"
+"  dydį. Dydžio pakeitimas gali būti atliktas be duomenų praradimo. Šis "
+"sprendimas yra rekomenduojamas, jei\n"
+"  tu nori naudoti tiek Mandriva Linux, tiek Microsoft Windows tame pačiame "
+"kompiuteryje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Prieš pasirinkdamas šį sprendimą, suprask, kad Microsoft Windows skirsnio "
+"dydis bus mažesnis, nei yra\n"
+"  dabar. Tai reiškia, kad tu turėsi mažiau laisvos vietos Windows'uose "
+"įrašyti duomenims bei įdiegti naujas\n"
+"  programas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Eksperto režimas: jei tu nori rankomis sudalinti skirsniais savo kietąjį "
+"diską, gali rinktis šį variantą. Įdėmiai\n"
+"  pagalvok, prieš pasirinkdamas šį sprendimą. Jis yra galingas, tačiau labai "
+"pavojingas. Tu gali prarasti \n"
+"  visus savo duomenis labai lengvai. Taigi, nesirink šio sprendimo, nebent "
+"tikrai žinai, ką darai."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Naudoti esamą skirsnį"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Ištrinti visą diską"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sukurti automatinio įdiegimo diskelį"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Bet kokie naujai sukurti skirsniai turi būti sužymėti, kad juos\n"
+"būtų galima naudoti (sužymėjimas reiškia bylų sistemos sukūrimą).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dabar tu gali norėti iš naujo sužymėti kai kuriuos esamus skirsnius, kad\n"
+"ištrintum duomenis iš jų. Jei nori tai padaryti, pažymėk ir tuos skirsnius,\n"
+"kuriuos nori sužymėti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Pastaba: nebūtina iš naujo sužymėti visų anksčiau sukurtų skirsnių.\n"
+"Tu privalai sužymėti iš naujo skirsnius, kuriuose bus operacijų sistema\n"
+"(tokius kaip \"/\", \"/usr\" ar \"/var\"), tačiau skirsnių su duomenimis, "
+"kuriuos\n"
+"nori išlaikyti, sužymėti nereikia (dažniausiai \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Būk atsargus, pasirinkdamas skirsnius, kadangi sužymint visi duomenys\n"
+"bus ištrinti, ir nebebus įmanoma jų atstatyti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Gerai\", kai būsi pasiruošęs skirsnių sužymėjimui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Atšaukti\", jei nori pasirinkti kitus skirsnius, į kuriuos įdiegti\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemą."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Nutolusio lpd spausdintuvo nuostatos"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu turi pasirinkti, kuriuos skirsnius naudoti tavo naujai Mandriva "
+"Linux \n"
+"sistemai įdiegti. Jei skirsniai jau buvo apibrėžti (iš praeito įdiegimo arba "
+"kitu dalinimo įrankiu),\n"
+"tu gali naudoti esančius skirsnius. Kitu atveju, skirsniai turi būti "
+"apibrėžti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad sukurtum skirsnius, tu pirmiausia turi pasirinkti kietąjį diską. Diską "
+"dalinimui\n"
+"gali pasirinkti, paspaudęs ant \"hda\" jei nori pirmo IDE kaupiklio, \"hdb\" "
+"-- antro,\n"
+"arba \"sda\", jei renkiesi pirmąjį SCSI kaupiklį ir t.t.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad sudalintum skirsniais pasirinktą kietąjį diską, gali naudotis vienu iš "
+"šių variantų:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išvalyti viską: šis variantas ištrina visus skirsnius, esančius "
+"pasirinktame kietajame diske.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"    * Automatiškai paskirti: šis variantas leidžia automatiškai sukurti Ext2 "
+"bei swap skirsnius laisvoje tavo\n"
+"     disko vietoje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išgelbėti skirsnių lentelę: jei disko skirsnių lentelė yra sugadinta, "
+"tu gali bandyti atstatyti ją su šiuo variantu.\n"
+"     Būk atsargus ir prisimink, kad tai gali nepavykti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atšaukti: tu gali naudoti šį variantą, kad atšauktum visus tavo "
+"pakeitimus.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Iš naujo: tu gali rinktis šį variantą, kad atsisakytum visų savo "
+"pakeitimų ir įkeltum pradinę skirsnių lentelę.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistras: jei tu nori, kad meistras tau padėtų sudalinti kietąjį diską, "
+"rinkis šį variantą. Tai rekomenduojama, jeigu\n"
+"     tu nelabai išmanai apie skirsnių dalinimą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atkurti iš diskelio: jei tu išsaugojai savo skirsnių lentelę į diskelį "
+"įdiegdamas praeitą kartą, tu gali atkurti ją\n"
+"     naudodamasis šiuo variantu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išsaugoti į diskelį: jei tu nori išsaugoti savo skirsnių lentelę į "
+"diskelį, kad galėtum paskui atkurti ją, rinkis šį\n"
+"     variantą. labai rekomenduojama, kad tu tai padarytum.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atlikta: jei tu baigei dalinti savo kietąjį diską, rinkis šį variantą, "
+"kad išsaugotum visus pakeitimus.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, tu gali pasiekti bet kurį variantą naudodamasis klaviatūra: "
+"vaikščiok tarp skirsnių su Tab bei\n"
+"Aukštyn/Žemyn rodyklėmis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kai skirsnis yra parinktas, gali naudoti:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-c kad sukurtum naują skirsnį (jei parinktas tuščias skirsnis)\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-d kad ištrintum skirsnį.\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-m kad nurodytum prijungimą tašką."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Išimamų laikmenų automatinis montavimas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pakeisti į normalų režimą"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavo kietajame diske buvo aptiktas vienas ar daugiau Microsoft Windows\n"
+"skirsnis. Prašom pasirinkti, kurio iš jų dydį nori pakeisti, kad įdiegtum "
+"savo\n"
+"naująją Mandriva Linux operacijų sistemą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, kiekvienas skirsnis sąraše užrašomas pavidalu \"Linux "
+"pavadinimas\",\n"
+"\"Windows pavadinimas\" \"Talpa\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux pavadinimas\" sudaromas taip: \"kaupiklio tipas\", \"kaupiklio "
+"numeris\",\n"
+"\"skirsnio numeris\" (pavyzdžiui \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kieto disko tipas\" yra \"hd\", jei tavo kietasis kaupiklis yra IDE tipo, "
+"ir \"sd\", jeigu\n"
+"tai SCSI kaupiklis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kaupiklio numeris\" visada yra raidė po \"sd\" arba \"hd\". IDE "
+"kaupikliams:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" reiškia \"pagrindinis (master) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo "
+"(primary) IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" reiškia \"šalutinis (slave) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo IDE "
+"valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" reiškia \"pagrindinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo (secondary) "
+"IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" reiškia \"šalutinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo IDE valdiklio"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Su SCSI kaupikliais, \"a\" reiškia \"pirmasis diskas\", \"b\" reiškia "
+"\"antrasis diskas\" ir t.t.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows pavadinimas\" yra raidė, kuria tas skirsnis buvo vadinamas "
+"Windows'uose\n"
+"(pirmasis disko skirsnis vadinamas \"C:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Logitech MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Prašom pasirinkti teisingą prievadą. Pavyzdžiui COM1\n"
+"MS Windows'uose vadinamas ttyS0 GNU/Linux'e."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autentikacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspertas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bandys surasti PCI SCSI adapterį(-ius). Jei DrakX\n"
+"ras SCSI adapterį ir žinos, kokią tvarkyklę naudoti, ji bus automatiškai\n"
+"įdiegta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei tu neturi SCSI adapterio, turi ISA SCSI adapterį ar PCI SCSI adapterį,\n"
+"kurio DrakX nepažįsta, tavęs bus paklausta, ar sistemoje yra SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Jei nėra nė vieno, gali spausti „Ne“. Jei paspausi „Taip“, bus\n"
+"parodytas tvarkyklių sąrašas, iš kurio galėsi pasirinkti tinkamą savo\n"
+"adapteriui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei tau teks rankomis nurodyti savo adapterį, DrakX paprašys tavęs\n"
+"nurodyti jo nuostatas. Tu turėtum leisti DrakX bandyti atpažinti įrangos\n"
+"nuostatas. Dažniausiai tai suveikia.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei ne, tau teks nurodyti tvarkyklės nuostatas. Prašom peržiūrėti User "
+"Guide\n"
+"(chapter 3, section \"Collective informations on your hardware\") dėl "
+"patarimų,\n"
+"kaip sužinoti informaciją apie įrangos dokumentaciją, iš gamintojo "
+"svetainės\n"
+"tinkle (jei turi priėjimą prie interneto) arba iš Microsoft Windows (jei "
+"turi juos\n"
+"savo sistemoje)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Vidinė ISDN plokštė"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X paleidžiant"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Pasirink kietąjį diską, kurį nori ištuštinti, kad įdiegtum naują\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemą. Būk atsargus, visi duomenys, esantys jame, bus\n"
+"prarasti, ir jų nebebus įmanoma atkurti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Spausk \"Gerai\", jei nori ištrinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, esančius\n"
+"šiame kietajame diske. Būk atsargus, kai paspausi \"Gerai\", tu nebegalėsi\n"
+"atkurti jokių duomenų nei skirsnių, kurie buvo šiame diske, įskaitant bet\n"
+"kokius Windows duomenis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Atšaukti\", kad nutrauktum operaciją ir neprarastum jokių duomenų\n"
+"nei skirsnių, esančių šiame kietajame diske."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Toliau ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Ankstesnis"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbee1d5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-24 13:01+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Māris Laureckis <linux@latgola.lv>\n"
+"Language-Team: Latgalian <linux@latgola.lv>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pyrms turpynuot, jiusim vajadzātu uzmaneigi izlaseit licencis vīnuošonūs. "
+"Tei nūsadz\n"
+"vysu Mandriva Linux distribuceju. Ja jius napīkreitit vysim tuos "
+"nūteikumiem,\n"
+"puorbaudit \"%s\"  kasti, nūspīdit pūgu \"%s\",\n"
+"lai jiusu dators puorstarteitu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n"
+"cietā diska. Jūs varat atstāt meistara izdarīto izvēli, jo tā ir laba\n"
+"parastām vajadzībām. Ja jūs izmaināt šo izvēli, jums ir jādefinē vismaz\n"
+"saknes sadaļā(\"/\"). Neizvēlieties pārāk mazu sadaļu, citādi jūs nevarēsit\n"
+"instalēt visas vajadzīgās programmas. Ja vēlaties datus glabāt atsevišķā\n"
+"sadaļā, jums ir jānorāda arī \"/home\" (to var izdarīt tikai tad, ja jums "
+"ir\n"
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Nosaukums\", "
+"\"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska numurs\",\n"
+"\"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalācija ir sadalīta pa dažiem CD-ROM diskiem. DrakX\n"
+"zin, vai izvēlētā pakotne atrodas uz cita CD-ROM diska, izvirzīs pašreizējo\n"
+"kompaktdisku un palūgs ievietot citu pēc nepieciešamības."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atjaunynuot"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Ar pamotdokumentaceju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Ļūti minimala instaleišona"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tagad varat norādīt servisus, kurus jūs vēlaties startēt sistēmas\n"
+"palaišanas laikā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad pele pārvietojas pār saraksta elementu, parādās\n"
+"neliels palīdzības balons, kas paskaidro servisa lomu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet īpaši uzmanīgs šajā solī, ja vēlaties sistēmu izmantot ka serveri:\n"
+"iespējams, ka nevēlaties startēt nevienu nevajadzīgu servisu. Atcerieties.\n"
+"ka daži servisi var būt bīstami, ja darbojas serverī.\n"
+"Parasti izvēlieties tikai tos servisus, kas jums tiešām nepieciešami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automātiska laika sinhronizācija (izmantojot NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcejis\n"
+"\n"
+"    Ite jius varit izavielēt, voi jius gribit, lai mašyna automatiski "
+"puorsaslādz grafiskajā saskarnē\n"
+"pi īluodis. Acimradzūt, jius gribit puorbaudeit \"%s\",\n"
+"ja jiusu dators dorbojās kai servers, voi ari naizadeve veiksmeigi paveikt "
+"ekrana\n"
+"konfigureišonu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Pošlaik jiusim ir juoizavielej, kur iz cītuo diska instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"opereituojsistemu. Ja disks ir tukšs voi cyta opereituojsistema aizjam vysu\n"
+"vītu iz diska, jiusim byus juoveic diska sadaleišona. Eisumā, cītuo diska\n"
+"sadaleišona nūzeimej tū sadaleit logiskuos daļuos, lai izveiduotu vītu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemys instaleišonai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakarā ar tū, ka diska sadaleišonys process parasti ir naatgrīzenisks,\n"
+"napīredziejušam lītuotuojam tys var byut napateikams i stresa pylns.\n"
+"DrakX'a ir meistars, kurs vīnkuoršoj procesu. Pyrms uzsuocot daleišonu, "
+"izlosit\n"
+"rūkysgruomotu i vysu labi puordūmojit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jiusim ir napīcīšomys vysmoz divejis sadalis. Vīna vajadzeiga pošai "
+"sistemai,\n"
+"otra - virtuālajai atmiņai (Swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas jau izveidotas (agrākas instalēšanas laikā vai ar citu diska\n"
+"sadalīšanas rīku), jums tikai jānorāda tās sadaļas, kurās vēlaties\n"
+"instalēt Linux sistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas vēl nav izveidotas, jums tās ir jāizveido. Lai to izdarītu,\n"
+"izmantojiet augstāk pieejamo meistaru. Atkarībā no jūsu cietā diska \n"
+"konfigurācijas ir iespējami vairāki risinājumi:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmantot esošu sadaļu: meistars uz cietā diska ir atklājis vienu vai "
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas. Ja vēlaties\n"
+" tās saglabāt, izvēlieties šo opciju. \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izdzēst visu disku: ja vēlaties izdzēst visus uz diska esošos datus un "
+"sadaļas un aizstāt tās ar jaunu\n"
+"  Mandriva Linux sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, "
+"izvēloties šo risinājumu, jo pēc\n"
+"  apstiprināšanas jūs vairs nevarēsit atteikties no šīs izvēles.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmanto brīvo vietu Windows sadaļā: ja uz cietā diska ir instalēts "
+"Microsoft Windows, kas aizņem visu\n"
+"  vietu, jums ir jāatbrīvo vieta Linux datiem. Lai to izdarītu, jūs varat "
+"nodzēst Microsoft Windows sadaļu un\n"
+"  datus (skatīt risinājumus \"Izdzēst visu disku\" vai \"Eksperta režīms\") "
+"vai izmainīt Microsoft\n"
+"  Windows sadaļas izmēru. Sadaļas izmēru var izmainīt bez datu zaudēšanas. "
+"Šis risinājums ir ieteicams, ja\n"
+"  jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mandriva Linux, gan Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Pirms izvēlaties šo risinājumu, ņemiet vērā, ka Microsoft Windows sadaļas "
+"izmērs būs mazāks, nekā tas ir\n"
+"  pašlaik. Tas nozīmē, ka jums Microsoft Windows sistēmā būs mazāk vietas "
+"datiem vai programmu instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ja jius gribit patstuoveigi veiduot diska sadalis, varit "
+"izavielēt itū variantu. Esit\n"
+"uzmaneigi, izavālūt itū rysynuojumu. Tys ir ar plašom īspiejom, bet ļūti "
+"beistams. Jius varit pazaudēt\n"
+"vysus datus, tuopiec izavielejit tikai tod, ja zinot, kū dorot."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Izmantot jau esošu sadaļu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izdzēst vysu disku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sagatavot auto instalēšanas disketi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Visas jaunizveidotās sadaļas ir jāformatē, pirms tās var izmantot\n"
+"(formatēšana nozīmē failsistēmas izveidošanu).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tagad jūs arī varat izvēlēties pārformatēt dažas jau esošas sadaļas, lai\n"
+"izdzēstu tajās esošo informāciju. Ja jūs vēlaties to darīt, norādiet\n"
+"sadaļas, kuras vēlaties formatēt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ņemiet vērā, ka nav nepieciešams pārformatēt visas jau eksistējošas "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Jums ir jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas operētājsistēma (piemēram, \"/\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" vai \"/var\"), bet nav jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas dati, ko\n"
+"jūs vēlaties saglabāt (parasti /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet uzmanīgi, izvēloties sadaļas, jo pēc formatēšanas visi dati būs\n"
+"iznīcināti un jūs vairs nevarēsit tos atjaunot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Labi\", kad esat gatavi formatēt sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Atcelt\", ja jūs gribat izvēlēties citas sadaļas, kur\n"
+"instalēt jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Šobrīd ir laiks izvēlēties nepieciešamo datora drošības līmeni.\n"
+"XXXXX jo dators ir atklātāks, un jo kritiskāki ir uz tā novietotie dati,\n"
+"jo augstākam vajadzētu būt drošības līmenim.\n"
+"Taču augstāks drošības līmenis tiek iegūts uz lietošanas ērtuma\n"
+"rēķina. Meklējiet nodaļu \"msec\" rokasgrāmatā ``Reference Manual'',\n"
+"lai iegūtu vairāk informācijas par šo līmeņu nozīmi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs neziniat, ko izvēlēties, atstājiet noklusēto opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Drošības administrators:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
+"instalēšanas\n"
+"laikā vai ar citu diska sadalīšanas rīku), jūs varat izmantot esošās "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Citos gadījumos ir jāveido jaunas diska sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai veidotu sadaļas, jums vispirms ir jāizvēlas cietais disks. Jūs varat\n"
+"norādīt sadalāmo disku, noklikšķinot uz \"hda\" pirmajam IDE diskam,\n"
+"\"hdb\" - otrajam diskam, \"sda\" - pirmajam SCSI diskam, utt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai sadalītu izvēlēto cieto disku, varat izmantot sekojošas opcijas:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdzēst visu: šī opcija izdzēš visas sadaļas, kas atrodas uz izvēlētā "
+"cietā diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izvietot automātiski: šī opcija ļauj jums automātiski izveidot Ext2 un "
+"swap sadaļas jūsu cietā diska\n"
+"     brīvajā vietā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Salabot sadaļu tabulu: ja sadaļu tabula ir bojāta, jūs varat mēģināt to "
+"autjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"     Esiet uzmanīgi un atcerieties, ka tas var neizdoties.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atsaukt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, lai atceltu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Pārlādēt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, ja vēlaties atsaukt visas "
+"izmaiņas un ielādēt sākotnējo sadaļu tabulu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistars: Ja cietā diska sadalīšanai vēlaties izmantot meistaru, varat "
+"lietot šo opciju. Tā ir ieteicama,\n"
+"     ja jums nav labu zināšanu par diska sadalīšanu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atjaunot no disketes: ja iepriekšējās instalēšanas laikā saglabājāt "
+"sadaļu tabulu disketē, jūs varat\n"
+"     to atjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Saglabāt disketē: ja vēlaties sadaļu tabulu saglabāt disketē, lai "
+"varētu to atjaunot, izmantojiet šo\n"
+"     opciju. Ir ļoti ieteicams izmantot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdarīts: kad esat pabeiguši cietā diska dalīšanu, izmantojiet šo "
+"opciju, lai saglabātu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, jebkuru opciju var izsaukt ar tastatūru: pārvietojieties "
+"starp sadaļām, izmantojot Tab un Aušup/Lejup bultiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad ir izvēlēta sadaļa, jūs varat izmantot:\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-c, lai izveidotu jaunu sadaļu (kad ir izvēlēta tukša "
+"sadaļa)\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-d, lai izdzēstu sadaļu\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-m, lai uzstādītu montēšanas punktu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Izņemama datu nesēja automontēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n"
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties to sadaļu, kuras izmēru jūs vēlaties izmainīt, lai\n"
+"instalētu jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Linux nosaukums\",\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" \"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska\n"
+"numurs\", \"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" ir jūsu cietā diska burts Windows vidē (pirmais disks\n"
+"vai sadaļa saucas \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Parasti DrakX izvēlas tastatūras izkārtojumu priekš Jums (atkarībā no\n"
+"valodas, kuru Jūs izvēlējāties), tomēr Jums var nebūt tastatūra, kas "
+"atbilst\n"
+"tieši Jūsu valodai.\n"
+"ŠEIT DERĒTU KĀDS PIEMĒRS SAISTĪBĀ \n"
+"AR LATVIEŠIEM :)\n"
+"Klikšķiniet uz pogas \"Vairāk\" lai saņemtu pilnu sarakstu ar atbalstītiem\n"
+"tastatūras izkārtojumiem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs izvēlēsieties tastatūras izkārtojumu, kas balstās uz savādāku, kā\n"
+"latīņu alfabētu, nākamajā dialogā jums tiks pieprasīts izvēlēties taustiņa\n"
+"piesaisti, kas pārslēgs tastatūras izkārtojumu starp latīņu un ne-latīņu\n"
+"izkārtojumiem."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spāņu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "ar riteneiša emulaceju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Lyudzu izavielejit pareizu portu. Pīmāram, MS Windows\n"
+"ports COM1 GNU/Linux vidē saucas ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentifikaceja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eksperta režims"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mēģinās sameklēt PCI SCSI adapteri(us).\n"
+"Ja DrakX atradīs kādu SCSI adapteri un zinās, kuru draiveri izmantot,\n"
+"tas tiks instalēts automātiski.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nav SCSI adapteru, ir ISA SCSI adapteris vai PCI SCSI adapteris,\n"
+"ko DrakX neatpazīst, jums tiks pajautāts, vai jūsu sistēmā ir SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Ja nav SCSI adapteru, jūs varat vienkārši izvēlēties 'Nē'.\n"
+"Ja jūs izvēlaties 'Jā', jums tiks parādīts draiveru saraksts, kurā\n"
+"varat izvēlēties vajadzīgo adapteri.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nepieciešams patstāvīgi norādīt adapteri, DrakX pajautās, vai\n"
+"vēlaties norādīt adaptera opcijas. Jums būtu jāļauj DrakX aptaujāt\n"
+"dzelžus un noskaidrot opcijas. Parasti tas izdodas bez problēmām.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja neizdodas, jums patstāvīgi jānorāda draivera opcijas.\n"
+"Izlasiet Instalēšanas rokasgrāmatu (3. nodaļu, apakšnodaļu \"Informācijas "
+"savākšana par jūsu dzelžiem\"), lai uzzinātu, kā iegūt šo\n"
+"informāciju no dzelžu dokumentācijas, ražotāja tīkla lapas\n"
+"(ja jums ir pieejams Internets) vai Windows (ja tas ir uzstādīts jūsu "
+"datorā)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X pēc startēšanas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Norādiet cieto disku, ko vēlaties izdzēst, lai izveidotu jaunu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sadaļu. Esiet uzmanīgi, jo visi diskā esošie dati\n"
+"pazudīs un nebūs atjaunojami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Nūspīdit \"%s\", ja gribit izdzēst vysus datus i\n"
+"sadalis, kurys atsarūn iz ituo cītuo diska. Esit uzmaneigi, piec \"%s\" "
+"nūspīsšonys jius navarēsit atjaunuot nikaidus datus voi sadalis iz ituo "
+"diska, tymā skaitā ari Windows datus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nūspīdit \"%s\", lai atcaltu itū operaceju bez jebkaidu iz ituo diska esūšu "
+"datu voi sadaļu pazaudeišonys."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tuoļuok ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Atpakaļ"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..815a13930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1399 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-27 17:45+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Raivo Saars <spaiks@inbox.lv>\n"
+"Language-Team: Latvian <ll10nt@listes.murds.lv>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pirms turpināt, Jums vajadzētu uzmanīgi izlasīt licences vienošanos. Tā "
+"nosedz\n"
+"visu Mandriva Linux distribūciju, un ja Jūs nepiekrītat visiem noteikumiem,\n"
+"nospiediet uz pogas \"Noraidīt\", kas nekavējoties pārtrauks instalāciju. "
+"Lai turpinātu\n"
+"instalācijas procesu, nospiediet pogu \"Pieņemt\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n"
+"cietā diska. Jūs varat atstāt meistara izdarīto izvēli, jo tā ir laba\n"
+"parastām vajadzībām. Ja jūs izmaināt šo izvēli, jums ir jādefinē vismaz\n"
+"saknes sadaļā(\"/\"). Neizvēlieties pārāk mazu sadaļu, citādi jūs nevarēsit\n"
+"instalēt visas vajadzīgās programmas. Ja vēlaties datus glabāt atsevišķā\n"
+"sadaļā, jums ir jānorāda arī \"/home\" (to var izdarīt tikai tad, ja jums "
+"ir\n"
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Nosaukums\", "
+"\"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska numurs\",\n"
+"\"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalācija ir sadalīta pa dažiem CD-ROM diskiem. DrakX\n"
+"zin, vai izvēlētā pakotne atrodas uz cita CD-ROM diska, izvirzīs pašreizējo\n"
+"kompaktdisku un palūgs ievietot citu pēc nepieciešamības."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atjaunināt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Ar pamatdokumentāciju (ieteicams!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimāla instalēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tagad varat norādīt servisus, kurus jūs vēlaties startēt sistēmas\n"
+"palaišanas laikā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad pele pārvietojas pār saraksta elementu, parādās\n"
+"neliels palīdzības balons, kas paskaidro servisa lomu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet īpaši uzmanīgs šajā solī, ja vēlaties sistēmu izmantot ka serveri:\n"
+"iespējams, ka nevēlaties startēt nevienu nevajadzīgu servisu. Atcerieties.\n"
+"ka daži servisi var būt bīstami, ja darbojas serverī.\n"
+"Parasti izvēlieties tikai tos servisus, kas jums tiešām nepieciešami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automātiska laika sinhronizācija (izmantojot NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Visbeidzot, Jums tiks uzdots jautājums vai Jūs vēlaties grafisko saskarni\n"
+"pie ielādes. Šis jautājums tiks Jums uzdots, pat ja Jūs neizvēlējāties\n"
+"pārbaudīt konfigurāciju. Acīmredzot, Jūs vēlaties atbildet \"Nē\" ja šis\n"
+"dators darbosies kā serveris, vai arī neizdevās veiksmīgi paveikt ekrāna\n"
+"konfigurēšanu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kur uz cietā diska instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja disks ir tukšs vai cita operētājsistēma aizņem visu\n"
+"vietu uz diska, jums būs jāveic diska sadalīšana. Īsumā, cietā diska\n"
+"sadalīšana nozīmē to sadalīt loģiskās daļās, lai izveidotu vietu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistēmas instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakarā ar to, ka diska sadalīšanas process parasti ir neatgriezenisks,\n"
+"nepieredzējušam lietotājam tas var būt nepatīkams un stresa pilns.\n"
+"Šis meistars vienkāršo procesu. Pirms uzsākat dalīšanu, izlasiet\n"
+"rokasgrāmatu un visu labi pārdomājiet.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jums ir nepieciešamas vismaz divas sadaļas. Viena vajadzīga pašai sistēmai,\n"
+"otra - virtuālajai atmiņai (Swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas jau izveidotas (agrākas instalēšanas laikā vai ar citu diska\n"
+"sadalīšanas rīku), jums tikai jānorāda tās sadaļas, kurās vēlaties\n"
+"instalēt Linux sistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas vēl nav izveidotas, jums tās ir jāizveido. Lai to izdarītu,\n"
+"izmantojiet augstāk pieejamo meistaru. Atkarībā no jūsu cietā diska \n"
+"konfigurācijas ir iespējami vairāki risinājumi:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmantot esošu sadaļu: meistars uz cietā diska ir atklājis vienu vai "
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas. Ja vēlaties\n"
+" tās saglabāt, izvēlieties šo opciju. \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izdzēst visu disku: ja vēlaties izdzēst visus uz diska esošos datus un "
+"sadaļas un aizstāt tās ar jaunu\n"
+"  Mandriva Linux sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, "
+"izvēloties šo risinājumu, jo pēc\n"
+"  apstiprināšanas jūs vairs nevarēsit atteikties no šīs izvēles.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmanto brīvo vietu Windows sadaļā: ja uz cietā diska ir instalēts "
+"Microsoft Windows, kas aizņem visu\n"
+"  vietu, jums ir jāatbrīvo vieta Linux datiem. Lai to izdarītu, jūs varat "
+"nodzēst Microsoft Windows sadaļu un\n"
+"  datus (skatīt risinājumus \"Izdzēst visu disku\" vai \"Eksperta režīms\") "
+"vai izmainīt Microsoft\n"
+"  Windows sadaļas izmēru. Sadaļas izmēru var izmainīt bez datu zaudēšanas. "
+"Šis risinājums ir ieteicams, ja\n"
+"  jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mandriva Linux, gan Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Pirms izvēlaties šo risinājumu, ņemiet vērā, ka Microsoft Windows sadaļas "
+"izmērs būs mazāks, nekā tas ir\n"
+"  pašlaik. Tas nozīmē, ka jums Microsoft Windows sistēmā būs mazāk vietas "
+"datiem vai programmu instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Eksperta režīms: ja jūs vēlaties patstāvīgi veidot diska sadaļas, varat "
+"izvēlēties šo variantu. Esiet\n"
+"  uzmanīgi, izveloties šo risinājumu. Tas ir ar plašām iespējām, bet ļoti "
+"bīstams. Jūs varat pazaudēt\n"
+"  visus datus, tāpēc izvēlieties tikai tad, ja zinat, ko darāt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Izmantot jau esošu sadaļu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izdzēst visu disku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sagatavot auto instalēšanas disketi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Visas jaunizveidotās sadaļas ir jāformatē, pirms tās var izmantot\n"
+"(formatēšana nozīmē failsistēmas izveidošanu).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tagad jūs arī varat izvēlēties pārformatēt dažas jau esošas sadaļas, lai\n"
+"izdzēstu tajās esošo informāciju. Ja jūs vēlaties to darīt, norādiet\n"
+"sadaļas, kuras vēlaties formatēt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ņemiet vērā, ka nav nepieciešams pārformatēt visas jau eksistējošas "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Jums ir jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas operētājsistēma (piemēram, \"/\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" vai \"/var\"), bet nav jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas dati, ko\n"
+"jūs vēlaties saglabāt (parasti /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet uzmanīgi, izvēloties sadaļas, jo pēc formatēšanas visi dati būs\n"
+"iznīcināti un jūs vairs nevarēsit tos atjaunot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Labi\", kad esat gatavi formatēt sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Atcelt\", ja jūs gribat izvēlēties citas sadaļas, kur\n"
+"instalēt jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Šobrīd ir laiks izvēlēties nepieciešamo datora drošības līmeni.\n"
+"XXXXX jo dators ir atklātāks, un jo kritiskāki ir uz tā novietotie dati,\n"
+"jo augstākam vajadzētu būt drošības līmenim.\n"
+"Taču augstāks drošības līmenis tiek iegūts uz lietošanas ērtuma\n"
+"rēķina. Meklējiet nodaļu \"msec\" rokasgrāmatā ``Reference Manual'',\n"
+"lai iegūtu vairāk informācijas par šo līmeņu nozīmi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs neziniat, ko izvēlēties, atstājiet noklusēto opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Drošības administrators:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
+"instalēšanas\n"
+"laikā vai ar citu diska sadalīšanas rīku), jūs varat izmantot esošās "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Citos gadījumos ir jāveido jaunas diska sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai veidotu sadaļas, jums vispirms ir jāizvēlas cietais disks. Jūs varat\n"
+"norādīt sadalāmo disku, noklikšķinot uz \"hda\" pirmajam IDE diskam,\n"
+"\"hdb\" - otrajam diskam, \"sda\" - pirmajam SCSI diskam, utt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai sadalītu izvēlēto cieto disku, varat izmantot sekojošas opcijas:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdzēst visu: šī opcija izdzēš visas sadaļas, kas atrodas uz izvēlētā "
+"cietā diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izvietot automātiski: šī opcija ļauj jums automātiski izveidot Ext2 un "
+"swap sadaļas jūsu cietā diska\n"
+"     brīvajā vietā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Salabot sadaļu tabulu: ja sadaļu tabula ir bojāta, jūs varat mēģināt to "
+"autjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"     Esiet uzmanīgi un atcerieties, ka tas var neizdoties.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atsaukt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, lai atceltu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Pārlādēt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, ja vēlaties atsaukt visas "
+"izmaiņas un ielādēt sākotnējo sadaļu tabulu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistars: Ja cietā diska sadalīšanai vēlaties izmantot meistaru, varat "
+"lietot šo opciju. Tā ir ieteicama,\n"
+"     ja jums nav labu zināšanu par diska sadalīšanu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atjaunot no disketes: ja iepriekšējās instalēšanas laikā saglabājāt "
+"sadaļu tabulu disketē, jūs varat\n"
+"     to atjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Saglabāt disketē: ja vēlaties sadaļu tabulu saglabāt disketē, lai "
+"varētu to atjaunot, izmantojiet šo\n"
+"     opciju. Ir ļoti ieteicams izmantot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdarīts: kad esat pabeiguši cietā diska dalīšanu, izmantojiet šo "
+"opciju, lai saglabātu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, jebkuru opciju var izsaukt ar tastatūru: pārvietojieties "
+"starp sadaļām, izmantojot Tab un Aušup/Lejup bultiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad ir izvēlēta sadaļa, jūs varat izmantot:\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-c, lai izveidotu jaunu sadaļu (kad ir izvēlēta tukša "
+"sadaļa)\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-d, lai izdzēstu sadaļu\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-m, lai uzstādītu montēšanas punktu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Izņemama datu nesēja automontēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n"
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties to sadaļu, kuras izmēru jūs vēlaties izmainīt, lai\n"
+"instalētu jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Linux nosaukums\",\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" \"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska\n"
+"numurs\", \"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" ir jūsu cietā diska burts Windows vidē (pirmais disks\n"
+"vai sadaļa saucas \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Parasti DrakX izvēlas tastatūras izkārtojumu priekš Jums (atkarībā no\n"
+"valodas, kuru Jūs izvēlējāties), tomēr Jums var nebūt tastatūra, kas "
+"atbilst\n"
+"tieši Jūsu valodai.\n"
+"ŠEIT DERĒTU KĀDS PIEMĒRS SAISTĪBĀ \n"
+"AR LATVIEŠIEM :)\n"
+"Klikšķiniet uz pogas \"Vairāk\" lai saņemtu pilnu sarakstu ar atbalstītiem\n"
+"tastatūras izkārtojumiem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs izvēlēsieties tastatūras izkārtojumu, kas balstās uz savādāku, kā\n"
+"latīņu alfabētu, nākamajā dialogā jums tiks pieprasīts izvēlēties taustiņa\n"
+"piesaisti, kas pārslēgs tastatūras izkārtojumu starp latīņu un ne-latīņu\n"
+"izkārtojumiem."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Pogu emulācija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties pareizu portu. Piemēram, MS Windows\n"
+"ports COM1 GNU/Linux vidē saucas ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autentifikācija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eksperts"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mēģinās sameklēt PCI SCSI adapteri(us).\n"
+"Ja DrakX atradīs kādu SCSI adapteri un zinās, kuru draiveri izmantot,\n"
+"tas tiks instalēts automātiski.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nav SCSI adapteru, ir ISA SCSI adapteris vai PCI SCSI adapteris,\n"
+"ko DrakX neatpazīst, jums tiks pajautāts, vai jūsu sistēmā ir SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Ja nav SCSI adapteru, jūs varat vienkārši izvēlēties 'Nē'.\n"
+"Ja jūs izvēlaties 'Jā', jums tiks parādīts draiveru saraksts, kurā\n"
+"varat izvēlēties vajadzīgo adapteri.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nepieciešams patstāvīgi norādīt adapteri, DrakX pajautās, vai\n"
+"vēlaties norādīt adaptera opcijas. Jums būtu jāļauj DrakX aptaujāt\n"
+"dzelžus un noskaidrot opcijas. Parasti tas izdodas bez problēmām.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja neizdodas, jums patstāvīgi jānorāda draivera opcijas.\n"
+"Izlasiet Instalēšanas rokasgrāmatu (3. nodaļu, apakšnodaļu \"Informācijas "
+"savākšana par jūsu dzelžiem\"), lai uzzinātu, kā iegūt šo\n"
+"informāciju no dzelžu dokumentācijas, ražotāja tīkla lapas\n"
+"(ja jums ir pieejams Internets) vai Windows (ja tas ir uzstādīts jūsu "
+"datorā)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Iekšēja ISDN karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X pēc startēšanas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Norādiet cieto disku, ko vēlaties izdzēst, lai izveidotu jaunu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sadaļu. Esiet uzmanīgi, jo visi diskā esošie dati\n"
+"pazudīs un nebūs atjaunojami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Nospiediet \"Labi\", ja vēlaties izdzēst visus datus un\n"
+"sadaļas, kas atrodas uz šī cietā diska. Esiet uzmanīgi, pēc \"Labi\" "
+"nospiešanas jūs nevarēsit atjaunot nekādus datus vai sadaļas, kas atradās\n"
+"uz diska, tajā skaitā arī Windows datus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nospiediet \"Atcelt\", lai atceltu šo operāciju bez jebkādu uz šī diska "
+"esošu datu vai sadaļu pazaudēšanas."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tālāk ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Atpakaļ"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80049adff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2038 @@
+# translation of DrakX-help-mk.po to Macedonian
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# Danko Ilik <danko@mindless.com>, 2002,2003.
+# Vladimir Stefanov <vladoboss@mt.net.mk>, 2003.
+# Зоран Димовски <zoki@email.com>, 2003.
+# Danko Ilik <danko@on.net.mk>, 2003.
+# Зоран Димовски <decata@mt.net.mk>, 2004.
+# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski@gmail.com>, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-mk\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 23:36-0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural= n==1 || n%10==1 ? 0 : 1\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Пред да продолжите, внимателно прочитајте ѓи условите на лиценцата. Таа\n"
+"ја покрива целата дистрибуција на „Mandriva Linux“, Aко се согласувате\n"
+"со сите услови во неа, штиклирајте „%s“. Доколку не се согласувате со\n"
+"лиценцата притиснете на „%s“ и вашиот компјутер ќе се рестартира."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"„GNU/Linux“ е повеќе-кориснички систем, и тоа значи дека секој корисник\n"
+"може да си има свои преференци, свои датотеки, итн. Но, за разлика од "
+"„root“,\n"
+"кој е администратор на системот, корисниците што сега ги додавате, нема да\n"
+"можат да променат ништо освен сопствените датотеки и нивната конфигурација,\n"
+"така што системот се заштитува од ненамерни или злонамерни промени, кои "
+"може\n"
+"целосно да го променат вашиот систем. Треба да направите барен еден обичен\n"
+"корисник -- ова е сметката која треба да ја користите како рутина, за ваша\n"
+"скојдневна работа. Иако е многу лесно да се најавите како „root“ да "
+"направете\n"
+"нешто и сешто, може да е многу опасно. Најмала грешка може да придонесе\n"
+"вашиот ситем повеќе да не работи. Ако направите голема грешка како обичен\n"
+"корисник, најлошото што може да се случи е да изгубите некои информации\n"
+"но нема да има влијание на системот во целост.\n"
+"\n"
+"Во првото поле сте прашани за вашете вистинско име. Се разбира, тоа не е\n"
+"задолжително -- всушност можете да внесете што сакате. DrakX ќе го земе\n"
+"првиот збор од името што сте го внеле и ќе го копира во полето „%s“, што "
+"всушнсот е\n"
+"корисничкото име со кое ќе се најавете на системот. Ако сакате, можете да "
+"го\n"
+"променете и да внесете сопствено. Потоа мора да внесете лозинка. Од "
+"сигурносна\n"
+"гледна точка, не-привилигиран (обичен) корисник, лозинката не е од големо\n"
+"значење како лозинката на „root“, но тоа не е причина да ја занемарите\n"
+"корисничката лозинка оставајќи го полето празно или премногу едноставна:\n"
+"како и да е, вашите датотеки се во ризик.\n"
+"\n"
+"Откако ќе притиснете на копчето „%s“, можете да додадете и други корисници.\n"
+"Додадете по еден корисник за секого по еден на вашите пријатели, вашиот "
+"тактко,\n"
+"сестра, итн. Кога ќе завршите со додавањето корисници,\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Со притискање на копчето „%s“, можете да ја промените „школката“ за\n"
+"тој корисник (која вообичаено е „bash“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога ќе завршите со додавањето корисници, ќе ви биде предложено да\n"
+"изберете еден корисник кој автоматски ќе се најавува на системот кога\n"
+"компјутерот ќе се вклучи. Ако сте заинтересирани за оваа карактеристика\n"
+"(и не се грижите многу за локалната безбедност), изберете корисник и\n"
+"менаџер на прозорци, и потоа притиснете на „%s“. Ако не сакате да ја "
+"користите\n"
+"оваа карактеристика, одштиклирајте го „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Дали сакате да ja користите оваа опција?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Горе се наведени постоечките „Linux“ партиции што се откриени на вашиот "
+"диск.\n"
+"Можете да го прифатите изборот направен од волшебникот; кој е добар за \n"
+"вообичаени инсталации. Ако правите некои промени, ќе мора барем да "
+"дефинирате\n"
+"root-партиција („/“). Не избирајте премала партиција, зошто нема да\n"
+"може да се инсталира доволно софтвер. Ако сакате вашите податоци да ги "
+"чувате\n"
+"на посебна партиција, ќе треба да направите и една „/home“ партиција\n"
+"(а тоа е можно ако имате повеќе од една „Linux“ партиција).\n"
+"\n"
+"Секоја партиција во листата е дадена со: „Име“, „Капацитет“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Структурата на „името“ е следнава: „тип на диск“, „број на диск“,\n"
+"„број на партиција“ (на пример, „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Типот на дискот“ е „hd“ ако дискот е „IDE“, и „sd“ ако тој е „SCSI“ диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Бројот на дискот“ е буква по „hd“ или „sd„. За „IDE“ дискови:\n"
+"\n"
+"* „a“ значи диск што е „master“ на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „b“ значи диск што е „slave“ на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „c“ значи диск што е „master“ на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „d“ значи диск што е „slave“ на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"Кај „SCSI“ дисковите, „a“ значи најнизок „SCSI ID“, а „b“ значи\n"
+"втор најнизок „SCSI ID“, итн."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталацијата на „Mandriva Linux“ се дистрибуира на повеќе CD-а. Ако некој\n"
+"избран паќет се наоѓа на друго CD, „DrakX“ ќе го исфрли моменталното\n"
+"и ќе побара од вас да го внесете потребното CD. Ако потребното CD не ви е\n"
+"при рака, само притиснете на „%s“ и соодветниот пакет нема да\n"
+"биде инсталиран."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега треба да изберете кои програми сакате да се инсталираат на вашиот "
+"систем.\n"
+"Постојат илјадници пакети за „Mandriva Linux“, и за да полесно се снајдете\n"
+"тие се поделени во групи со слични апликации.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ ги дели групите на пакети во четири категории. Може да "
+"избирате\n"
+"и да мешате паќети од различни категории, така што инсталација на „Работна "
+"станица“\n"
+"може да има инсталирано и апликации од категоријата „Сервер“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако планирате да ја користите вашата машината како работна "
+"станица,\n"
+"изберете една или повеќе од групите во категоријата „Работна станица“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако планирате вашиот компјутер да го користите за програмирање,\n"
+"изберете ги соодветните групи од таа категорија. Специјалната група „LSB“\n"
+"ќе го конфигурира вашиот систем така што ќе компајлира најдобро што е можно\n"
+"по спецификациите на „Linux Standard Base“.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Исто така, при избирање на групата „LSB“ ќе се инсталира кернел од "
+"сериите „2.4“,\n"
+"наместо стандардниот „2.6“. Ова е за да се обезбеди 100%% согласност со "
+"„LSB“ на\n"
+"вашиот систем. Но, ако не ја изберете групата „LSB“, сеуште ќе имате систем "
+"кој\n"
+"е приближно 100%% во согласност со „LSB“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако вашата машина е наменета да биде сервер, изберете од\n"
+"повеќето достапни сервиси кои сакате да се инсталираат на вашата машина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: овде ја избирате графичката околина кој вие ја\n"
+"претпочитате. Мора да биде избрана барем една, ако сакате да имате \n"
+"достапен графички изглед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Движењето на покажувачот на глушецот врз името на групата ќе прикаже\n"
+"краток тескт кој ја појаснува групата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да го штиклирате „%s“, што е корисно ако сте запознаени со\n"
+"пакетите кои ви се понудени или пак сакате да имате целосна контрола\n"
+"за тоа што ќе се инсталира на вашиот систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако ја започнете инсталацијата во режимот „%s“, можете да ги деселектирате\n"
+"сите групи и да спречите инсталирање на било какви нови пакети. Ова е "
+"корисно\n"
+"за поправање или надградување на постоечки систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку ги деселектирате сите групи кога извршувате обична инсталација\n"
+"(спротивно на надградување), ќе се појави дијалог кој ви предложува "
+"различни\n"
+"опции за минимална инсталација:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: инсталирање на најмал можен број пакети за да се добие\n"
+"работна графичка површина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: инсталирање на основниот систем заедно со основните помошни\n"
+"алатки и нивна документација. Оваа инсталација е соодветна\n"
+"за поставување на сервер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ќе инсталира апсолутно најмал број на пакети, неопходни за да се\n"
+"добие работен „Linux“ систем. Со оваа инсталација ќе имате само интерфејс\n"
+"за командни линии. Вкупната големина на оваа инсталација изнесува\n"
+"околу 65 мегабајти."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Надгради"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Со основна документација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Искрено минимална инсталација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако изберете индивидуално да инсталирате пакети, инсталерот ќе ви прикаже\n"
+"дрво што ги содржи сите пакети, распоредени ви групи и подгрупи.\n"
+"Додека го разгледувате дрвото, можете да избирате\n"
+"цели групи, подгрупи или индивидуални пакети.\n"
+"\n"
+"При избор на пакет од дрвото, од вашата десна страна ќе се појави опис,\n"
+"за да знаете за што е наменет пакетот.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ако е избран серверски пакет, дали вие го имате изберено пакетот или\n"
+"затоа што е дел од цела група, ќе бидете запрашани да потврдите дали "
+"навистина\n"
+"сакате да се инсталираат тие сервери. Како стандард, во „Mandriva Linux“, "
+"сите инсталирани\n"
+"сервиси автоматски ќе видат вклучени при подигнување. Дури и ако тие се "
+"безбедни\n"
+"и немаат проблеми во време на излегување на дистрибуцијата, може да се "
+"случи\n"
+"да бидат откриени безбедносни дупки по излегувањето на оваа верзија на "
+"„Mandriva Linux“. \n"
+"Ако не знаете што прави одреден сервис или зошто се инсталира, притиснете „%"
+"s“.\n"
+"Со притискање на „%s“ ќе се инсталираат излистаните сервиси и тие\n"
+"автоматски ќе се вклучуваат при подигнување. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцијата „%s“ се користи за оневозможување на дијалогот за предупредување,\n"
+"кој се јавува секогаш кога програмата за инсталирање автоматски\n"
+"избира пакет за да го реши проблемот околу зависностите. Некои пакети\n"
+"зависат едни од други и како такви инсталацијата на пакетот бара\n"
+"да се инсталираат и други програми. Инсталерот може да одреди\n"
+"кои пакети се потребни за да се задоволат зависностите за да\n"
+"инсталацијата биде успешно завршена.\n"
+"\n"
+"Малата икона на дискета во дното на листата овозможува да се вчита листата\n"
+"на пакети што создадена за време на претходна инсталација. Ова е корисно "
+"ако\n"
+"имате повеќе машини кои сакате да ги конфигурирате идентично. Со притискање\n"
+"на оваа икона ќе побара од вас да внесете дискета што претходно била "
+"создадена,\n"
+"на крајот на некоја друга инсталација. Видете го вториот совет од "
+"претходниот\n"
+"чекор за тоа како да направите таква дискета."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматски зависности"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: при притискање на копчето „%s“ ќе се вклучи Волшебникот\n"
+"за конфигурирање на принтерот. За повеќе информации како да поставете\n"
+"нов принтер, консултирајте се со соодветното поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"Изгледот претставен во нашиот водич е сличен на оној кој се користи при\n"
+"инсталацијата."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Овој дијалог се користи за да ги изберете сервисите што сакате да се \n"
+"стартуваат за време на подигнување.\n"
+"\n"
+"„DrakX“ ќе ги излиста сите достапни сервиси во тековната инсталација.\n"
+"Внимателно разгледајте ги и дештиклирајте ги оние што не се потребни\n"
+"за време на подигнување.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да добиете кратко објаснување за некој сервис ако го изберете.\n"
+"Сепак, ако не сте сигурни дали некој сервис е корисен или не, побезбедно\n"
+"е да го оставите како што е.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Во овој стадиум, бидете внимателни ако планирате да ја користите\n"
+"вашата машина како сервер: веројатно нема да сакате да стартувате некој\n"
+"сервис што не ви е потребен. Ве молиме запомнете дека повеќе сервиси можат\n"
+"да бидат опасни ако бидат овозможени на сервер. Воглавно, изберете ги\n"
+"само сервисите што навистина ви се потребни. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux управува со времето според „GMT“ (Greenwich Mean Time) и го "
+"преведува\n"
+"во локално време според временската зона што сте ја избрале. Ако часовникот\n"
+"на вашата матична плоча е наместен на локално време, ова можете да го "
+"деактивирате\n"
+"со деселектирање на „%s“, што ќе му овозможи на „GNU/Linux“ да знае дека "
+"системскиот\n"
+"часовник и хардверскиот часовник се во иста временска зона. Ова е корисно "
+"кога\n"
+"на машината има уште еден оперативен систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцијата „%s“ автоматски ќе го регулира системскиот часовник\n"
+"преку поврзување со далечински временски сервер на Интернет.\n"
+"За да ви работи ова, мора да имате работна Интернет врска. Ви препорачуваме\n"
+"да изберете временски сервер во ваша близина. Всушност,\n"
+"оваа опција инсталира временски сервер што дополнително може да\n"
+"го користат други машини на вашата локална мрежа."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматска синхронизација на време"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Графичка Карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Вообичаено инсталерот автоматски ја пронаоѓа и конфигурира\n"
+"графичката карта инсталирана на вашата машина. Во спротивно можете\n"
+"да изберете од листава всушност која картичка ја имате инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Во случај да се овозможени различни сервери за вашата картичка, со\n"
+"или без 3Д забрзување, тогаш ве прашуваат да го изберете серверот кој\n"
+"најмногу одговара на вашите потреби."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (за „X Window System“) е срцето на графичкиот изглед на „GNU/Linux“\n"
+"на кој се изградени сите графички околини („KDE“, „GNOME“, „AfterStep“,\n"
+"„WindowMaker“, и.т.н.) вградени во „Mandriva Linux“\n"
+"\n"
+"Ќе видите листа со различни параметри кои можете да ги менувате\n"
+"за да добиете оптимален графички приказ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Графичка карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Вообичаено, инсталерот автоматски ќе ја детектира и конфигурира\n"
+"графичката карта која е инсталирана на вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"Ако ова е неточно, тогаш од листата можете да ја изберете\n"
+"картичката која всушност ја имате инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Во случај каде повеќе сервери се достапни за вашата картичка, со или\n"
+"без 3Д забрзување, ќе бидете прашани да го изберете серверот\n"
+"кој најмногу одговара за вашите потреби.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталерот автоматски ќе го детектира и конфигурира мониторот\n"
+"кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер. Ако ова е неточно, тогаш од листата\n"
+"можете да го изберете мониторот кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Резолуција\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде можете да ја изберете резолуцијата и длабочината на бои достапни\n"
+"за вашиот графички хардвер. Изберете една која најмногу одговара на вашите\n"
+"потреби (можете да ги промените по инсталацијата), Пример на избраната\n"
+"конфигурација е прикажан на сликата со мониторот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Тест\n"
+"\n"
+"Зависно вашиот хардвер, овој внес може и да не се појави.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Системот ќе се обиде да отвори графичкиот екран со бараната\n"
+"резолуција. Ако можете да ја прочитате прикажаната пораката и одговорете „%"
+"s“,\n"
+"тогаш „DrakX“ ќе продолжи со следниот чекор. Ако не можете да ја прочитате "
+"пораката,\n"
+"тогаш нешто не е во ред со конфигурацијата на автоматската детекција и\n"
+"тестот автоматски ќе завршпо 12 секунди, враќајќи ве назад на менито. \n"
+"Променете ги поставувањата се додека не добиете добар графички приказ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Опции\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овој чекор ви овозможува да изберете дали вашиот компјутер автоматски\n"
+"ќе го вклучува графичкиот изглед при подигнување. Очигледно, можеби\n"
+"ќе сакате да изберете „%s“ ако вашиот компјутер се користи како сервер\n"
+"или ако неуспешно сте го конфигурирале приказот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталерот автоматски ќе го пронајде и конфигурира мониторот\n"
+"кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер. Доколку не е истиот, можете од\n"
+"листата да го изберете мониторот кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Резолуција\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде може да ја изберете резолуцијата и длабочината на бојата достапни "
+"за\n"
+"вашата графичка карта. Изберете ја онаа која најмногу одговара на вашите\n"
+"потреби (иако ќе можете да ја менувате и по инсталацијата). Примерок од\n"
+"избраната конфигурација е прикажана во сликата на мониторот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Во случај ако имате различни сервери достапни за вашата картичка, со или\n"
+"без 3Д забрзување, ќе бидете прашани да го изберете серверот кој најмногу\n"
+"одговара на вашите потреби."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Опции\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овие чекори ќе ви овозможат да изберете дали вашата машина\n"
+"автоматски да го вклучи графичкиот интерфејс при вклучување.\n"
+"Веројатно би сакале да одговорите „%s“, ако планирате вашата машина\n"
+"да е сервер, или ако не сте успеале да го конфигурирате\n"
+"графичкиот приказ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега треба да одлучите каде на вашиот диск сакате да се инсталира\n"
+"оперативниот систем „Mandriva Linux“. Ако вашиот хард диск е празен\n"
+"или сето достапно место го користи постоечки оперативен систем, треба\n"
+"да го партиционирате дискот. Во основа, партиционирање на хард диск значи\n"
+"логичка поделба за создавање на простор потребен за инсталирање на\n"
+"вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бидејќи процесот на партиционирање на хард дискот вообичаено е "
+"нереверзибилен\n"
+"и може да доведе до губење на податоци. Партиционирањето може да е "
+"зплашувачко\n"
+"и стресно за неискусен корисник. За среќа, „DrakX“ вклучува волшебник кој "
+"овој\n"
+"процес го прави многу едноставен. Пред да продолжите со овој чекор, "
+"прочитајте\n"
+"го остатокот од секцијата и пред се, не брзајте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Во зависност од конфигурацијата на вашиот хард диск, достапни се\n"
+"повеќе опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ќе изведе автоматско партиционирање на празниот(те) диск"
+"(ови).\n"
+"Ако ја користете оваа опција, понатаму нема да сте запрашувани.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: волшебникот детектирал една или повеќе постоечки „Linux“ партиции\n"
+"на вашиот диск. Ако сакате да ги користите, изберете ја оваа опција.\n"
+"Потоа ќе бидете прашани да ги изберете точките на монтирање асоцирани со "
+"секоја\n"
+"од партициите. Наследните точки на монтирање се изберени како стандардни, и "
+"за\n"
+"поголемиот дел е добра идеја да се задржат.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако на дискот има инсталирано „Microsoft Windows“ и тој го зафаќа "
+"целиот простор,\n"
+"мора да направите празен простор за „GNU/Linux“. За да го сторите ова, "
+"можете да ја\n"
+"избришете партицијата на „Microsoft Windows“ и податоците (видете го "
+"решението\n"
+"„Избриши цел диск“) или пак да ја промените големината на вашата „Microsoft "
+"Windows“\n"
+"дали е тоа „FAT“ или „NTFS“. Промена на големината може да се изврши без "
+"губење на\n"
+"податоците, но претходно е потребно да ja дефрагментирате „Windows“ "
+"партицијата.\n"
+"Строго се препорачува да наравите копија на вашите податоци. Употреба на "
+"оваа опција\n"
+"се препорачува ако на вашиот компјутер сакате да ѓи користите и двата "
+"оперативни системи,\n"
+"и „Mandriva Linux“ и „Microsoft Windows“.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Пред да ја изберете оваа опција треба да знаете дека по ова „Microsoft "
+"Windows“\n"
+"партицијата ќе биде помала. Ќе имате помалку слободен простор под "
+"„Microsoft\n"
+"Windows“ за чување на податоци или инсталирање на нов софтвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако сакате да ги избришете сите податоци и сите партиции присутни "
+"на\n"
+"вашиот диск и да ги замените со вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ систем, изберете "
+"ја\n"
+"оваа опција. Внимавајте, откако ќе потврдите оваа операција не може да\n"
+"биде вратена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако ја изберете оваа опција, сите податоци на вашиот диск ќе бидат "
+"избришани. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција се јавува кога хард дискот е комплетно заземен од\n"
+"„Microsoft Windows“. Ако ја изберете оваа опција едноставно ќе избрише се "
+"што\n"
+"имате на дискот и ќе почнето одново, партиционирајќи се од почеток.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако ја изберете оваа опција, сите податоци на вашиот диск ќе бидат "
+"изгубени. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": изберете ја оваа опција ако сакате рачно да го партиционирате "
+"вашиот хард\n"
+"диск. Внимавајте -- ова е моќен но опасен избор и можете многу лесно да ги "
+"изгубите\n"
+"сите ваши податоци. Затоа оваа опција е препорачлива само ако веќе имате "
+"правено\n"
+"вакво нешто и имате малку искуство. За повеќе инструкции како да ја "
+"користите\n"
+"алатката „DiskDrake“, обратете се на секцијата „Менаџирање на вашите партиции"
+"„ во\n"
+"„Почетен водич“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Користи ја постоечката партиција"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Избриши го целиот диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Еве сте, инсталацијата заврши и вашиот „GNU/Linux“ систем е подготвен\n"
+"за користење. Само притиснете на „%s“ за да го рестартирате системот.\n"
+"Не заборавајте да го отстраните инсталациониот медиум („CD-ROM“ или "
+"дискета)\n"
+"Прво нешто што треба да проверете по завршувањето на хардверските тестови\n"
+"е подигнувачкото мени, кое ви дава избор кој оперативен систем сакате\n"
+"да го вклучите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Копчето „%s“ прикажува уште две додатни копчиња за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: создавање на инсталациска дискета која автоматски ќе го\n"
+"изведе целиот процес на инсталација без помош од оператор,\n"
+"слично на инсталацијата која штотуку ја конфигуриравте.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Забележете дека по притискањето на ова копче се појавуваат две\n"
+"различни опции:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. Ова е делумно автоматизирана инсталација, Чекорот\n"
+"за поделба на дискот е единствената интерактивна процедура.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. Целосно автоматизирана инсталација: дискот комплетно\n"
+"се пребришува, и сите податоци ќе бидат изгубени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Оваа можност е многу практична при инсталирање на поголем број слични\n"
+"машини. За повеќе информации, видете го одделот за „Автоматска Инсталација“\n"
+"на нашата веб страница.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“(*): да ја зачувува листата на изборот на пакети во оваа "
+"инсталација.\n"
+"За да го користите овој избор за друга инсталација, внесете ја дискетата\n"
+"и започнете ја инсталацијата. Откако ќе го внесете дискот и при "
+"појавувањето\n"
+"на екранот  притиснете на кочето „F1“ и внесете >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<\n"
+"и притиснете на тастерот „Enter“.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Потребна ви е дискета форматирана со „FAT“ датотечен систем. За да\n"
+"ја креирате под „GNU/Linux“ извршете „mformat a:“ или „fdformat /dev/fd0“\n"
+"проследено со „mkfs.vfat /dev/fd9“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Генерирај дискета за авто-инсталација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако сте избрале повторно да користите некои наследни „GNU/Linux“\n"
+"партиции, можеби сакате да форматирате некои од нив и да ги\n"
+"избришете сите податоци кои ги содржат. За да направите ова, ве\n"
+"молиме изберете ги ѝ тие партиции.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ве молиме зебележете дека не е неопходно повторно да ги форматирате\n"
+"сите претходно постоечки партиции. Мора повторно да ги форматирате\n"
+"партициите кои го содржат оперативниот систем (како што се „/“ или „/var“),\n"
+"но, не мора да ги форматирате партициите кои содржат податоци кои\n"
+"сакате да ги задржите (вообичаено „/home“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Внимавајте при изборот на партициите. Откако ќе заврши форматирањето,\n"
+"сите податоци на избраните партиции ќе бидат избришани и нема да\n"
+"може да ги вратите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте подготвени да ги форматирате партициите, притиснете „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да изберете друга партиција за системска инсталација на\n"
+"вашиот нов оперативен систем „Mandriva Linux“, притиснете на „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да изберете партиции за проверка на лоши блокови на дискот,\n"
+"притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Додека го инсталирате „Mandriva Linux“, најверојанто е дека некои пакети\n"
+"веќе имаат надградби од првичното издание. Можеби се поправени грешки,\n"
+"решени се безбедносни проблеми. За да придобиете од овие надградби,\n"
+"сега може да ги преземете од Интернет. Ако имате функционална интернет\n"
+"врска штиклирајте го „%s“ или ако претпочитате подоцна да ги\n"
+"инсталирате надградбите, притиснете на „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако го штиклирате „%s“ ќе ви се појави листа со веб локации од каде\n"
+"ќе можете да ги преземете надградбите. Изберете ја онаа локација\n"
+"која е најблиску до вас. Ќе се појави дрво со избор на пакети:\n"
+"прегледајте го изборот, и за да ги преземете и инсталирате избраните\n"
+"пакети притиснете на „%s“. Во спротивно, притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега, „DrakX“ ќе ви овозможи да го изберете сигурносното ниво кое го\n"
+"посакувате за вашиот компјутер. Грубо кажано, сигурносното ниво треба\n"
+"да е повисоко ако компјутерот содржи важни податоци или ако е директно\n"
+"изложен на Интернет. Како замена за повисоко сигурносно ниво\n"
+"лесната употреба ќе биде намалена.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако не знаете што да изберете, задржете ја дадената опција. Нивото на "
+"сигурност\n"
+"ќе можете подоцна да го смените со алатката „draksec“, која е дел од\n"
+"Конгролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пополнете го полето „%s“ со адресата na е-пошта на личноста која е\n"
+"одговорна за сигурноста. Сигурносните пораки ќе се праќаат на таа адреса."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор за сигурност"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Во овој момент треба да изберете која партициja или партиции ќе ги користите "
+"за\n"
+"инсталација на системот „Mandriva Linux“. Ако партициите се веќе "
+"дефинирани,\n"
+"од претходна инсталација на „GNU/Linux“ или од друга алатка за поделба на "
+"дискот,\n"
+"може да ги користите веќе постоечките партиции. Во спротивно, партициите\n"
+"на хард дискот мора да бидат дефинирани.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да создадете партиции најпрво треба да изберете хард диск. Можете да го\n"
+"изберете дискот за партицирање со притискање на „hda“ за првиот „IDE“ уред,\n"
+"„hdb“ за вториот, „sda“ за првиот „SCSI“ уред итн.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да го поделите избраниот хард диск, можете да ги користите овие опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ги брише сите партиции на избраниот хард диск\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ви овозможува автоматски да создадете „ext3“ и „swap“\n"
+"партиции во слободниот простор од вашиот хард диск\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: ви дава пристап до додатни карактеристики: \n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ја зачувува партициската табела на дискета. Корисно за\n"
+"понатамошно враќање на партициската табела, ако е потребно. Строго се\n"
+"препорачува да го изведете овој чекор.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ви овозможува да вратите претходно зачувана партициска табела\n"
+"од дискета.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако вашата партициска табела е оштетена, со користење на оваа\n"
+"опција може да се обидете да ја вратите. Ве молиме бидете внимателни\n"
+"и запомнете дека ова не успева секогаш.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ги отфрла сите промени и ја превчитува партициската табела\n"
+"која претходно постоела на хард дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако ја одштиклирате оваа опција корисниците ќе бидат приморани\n"
+"рачно да ги монтираат и демонтираат отстранливите медиуми како што\n"
+"се дискетите и CD-ата.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: изберете ја оваа опција ако сакате да користите волшебник за\n"
+"поделба на вашиот хард диск. Ова е препорачано ако немате добро\n"
+"познавање за поделба на дискови.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: изберете ја оваа опција за да ги откажете вашите промени.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ви овозможува додатни.дејства на партициите (вид, опции, формат)\n"
+"и ви дава повеќе информации за хард дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: кога ќе завршите со поделбата на хард дискот, ова повторно\n"
+"ќе ги зачувува вашите промени на дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога дефинирате големина на партиција, на истата големината можете\n"
+"фино да ја поставите со користење на стрелките на тастатурата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забелешка: сите опции можете да ги користете преку тастатурата. Користете\n"
+"го тастерот „Tab“ и стрелките [Горе/Долу] на тастатурата .\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога е избрана партиција, можете да користите:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-c“ - да создадете нова партиција (кога е избрана празна партиција)\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-d“ - да избришете партиција\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-m“ - да поставите точка на монтирање.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да добиете информации за различните типови на датотечни системи,\n"
+"прочитајте го одделот за „ext2FS“ од „Упатство за употреба“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако инсталирате на „PPC“ машина, ќе сакате да создадете мала „HFS "
+"bootstrap“\n"
+"партиција од барем 1МБ, која ќе се користи од подигнувачот „yaboot“. Ако "
+"сакате\n"
+"да ја направите партицијата малку поголема, на пример 50МБ, тоа може да "
+"биде\n"
+"корисно како место за чување резервен кернел и „ramdisk“ слики за итни "
+"случаи."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматско монтирање на отстранливи медиуми"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Префрлање помеѓу нормален/експертски режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашиот диск е пронајдено повеќе од една „Microsoft“ партиција.\n"
+"Изберете ја онаа што сакате да ја намалите/зголемите за да го\n"
+"инсталирате вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ оперативен систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Секоја партиција е излистана со: „Linux име“, „Windows име“\n"
+"„Капацитет“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Linux име“ е со структура: „тип на диск“, „број на диск“,\n"
+"„број на партиција“ (на пример, „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Тип на дискот“ е „hd“ ако дискот е „IDE“, и „sd“ ако дискот е SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Број на дискот“ е секогаш буква после „hd“ или „sd“. Кај „IDE“ дисковите:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ значи „master“ диск на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ значи „slave“ диск на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ значи „master“ диск на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ значи „slave“ диск на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кај „SCSI“ дисковите, буквата „a“ значи најнизок „SCSI ID“, а „b“ значи\n"
+"втор најмал „SCSI ID“, итн.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Windows име“ е буквата на дискот под „Windows“ (првиот диск или партиција\n"
+"се вика „C:“)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: проверка за тековниот избор на држава. Ако не сте во оваа држава\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“ и изберете друга. Доколку вашата држава не\n"
+"се наоѓа на прикажаната листа, притиснете на копчето „%s“ за да ја\n"
+"добиете комплетната листа на држави."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Овој чекор се активира само ако на вашиот компјутер претходно е\n"
+"пронајдена постоечка „GNU/Linux“ партиција.\n"
+"\n"
+"„DrakX“ треба да знае дали сакате да извршите нова инсталација или\n"
+"надградба на постоечкиот „Mandriva Linux“ систем:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Во најголем број случаеви, ова комплетно го брише стариот систем.\n"
+"Сепак, зависно од шемата на делење на дискот, можете да спречите некои\n"
+"од вашите постоечки податоци (посебно директориумите „home“) да не бидат\n"
+"пребришани. Ако сакате да го промените начинот на кој е поделен вашито диск\n"
+"или да го промените датотечниот систем, треба да ја користете ја оваа "
+"опција.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Оваа класа на инсталација ви овозможува да ги надградите пакетите "
+"кои\n"
+"се тековно инсталирани на вашиот „Mandriva Linux“ систем. Вашата тековна "
+"шема на\n"
+"поделба на дискот и корисничките податоци нема да бидат променети. Повеќето "
+"од\n"
+"останатите конфигурациски чекори остануваат достапни и се слични со "
+"стандардната\n"
+"инсталацијата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Користењето на опцијата „Надгради“ работи одлично на „Mandriva Linux“ "
+"системи кои имаат\n"
+"верзија „8.1“ или понова. Извршување на надградба на „Mandriva Linux“ верзии "
+"постари\n"
+"од верзија „8.1“ е строго непрепорачлива."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Зависно од тоа кој јазик го имате избрано, „DrakX“ автоматски ќе го избере\n"
+"одредениот тип за конфигурација на тастатурата. Проверете дали изборот\n"
+"ви одговара или изберете друг распоред за тастатура.\n"
+"\n"
+"Исто така, можеби нема да ја има тастатурата која точно одговара на\n"
+"вашиот јазик: на пример, ако сте Македонец кој зборува Англиски,\n"
+"можеби имате Македонска тастатура. Или, ако зборувате Англиски и се\n"
+"наоѓате во Квебек, може да се најдете во ситуација каде што вашиот\n"
+"мајчин јазик и поставувањата за тастатура не се совпаѓаат. Во било кој\n"
+"случај, овој чекор од инсталацијата ви овозможува да ја изберете\n"
+"соодветната тастатура од листата.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да се прикаже листа на подржани тастатури притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако изберете распоред на тастатура кој не е базиран на латинска азбука,\n"
+"наредниот прозорец ќе ви овозможи да ги изберете тастерите за промена\n"
+"меѓу Латински и не-Латински распоред."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Првиот чекор е да го изберете јазикот кој го преферирате.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вашиот избор на јазик ќе влијае на инсталерот, документацијата\n"
+"и системот воопшто. Најпрво изберете го регионот каде се наоѓате\n"
+"и потоа јазикот кој го говорите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Со притискање на копчето „%s“ ви се овозможува да изберете други\n"
+"јазици кои ќе се инсталираат на вашата работна станица, притоа ќе се\n"
+"инсталираат системски датотеки, документација и апликации во завиност\n"
+"од избраниот јазик. На пример, доколку Шпански корисници го користат\n"
+"вашиот компјутер, во дрвото изберете Македонски како почетен јазик\n"
+"и „%s“ во одделот „Напредно“.\n"
+"\n"
+"За „UTF-8“ (повеќекодна) подршка: Повеќекодната подршка е ново кодирање\n"
+"на знаци наменето да ги покрие сите постоечки јазици. Но, комплетна подршка\n"
+"во „GNU/Linux“ е сеуште во развој. Поради оваа причина, употребата на „UTF-"
+"8“ во\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ ќе зависи од изборот на корисникот:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ако изберете јазик со силно наследно кодирање („latin1“ јазици,\n"
+"Руски, Јапонски, Кинески, Корејски, Тајландски, Грчки, Турски, повеќето\n"
+"„iso-8859-2“ јазици), наследното кодирање ќе се користи како почетно;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Останатите јазици ќе користат ја повеќекодната табела како почетна;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ако се потребни два или повеќе јазици и тие јазици не користат иста\n"
+"кодна табела, во тој случај повеќекодната табела ќе се користи за\n"
+"целиот систем;\n"
+"\n"
+" * И за крај, повеќекодната табела може присилно да се користи низ целиот\n"
+"систем по избор на корисникот притоа избирајќи ја опцијата „%s“, независно\n"
+"кои јазици претходно биле избрани.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забележете дека не сте ограничени да изберете само еден додатен јазик.\n"
+"Можете да изберете повеќе или да ѓи инсталирате сите со штиклирање на „%s“.\n"
+"Избирањето на подршка за одреден јазик значи дека ќе се инсталираат "
+"преводи,\n"
+"фонтови, проверувачи на правопис итн. соодветно на избраниот јазик.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да ѓи менувате јазиците кои се инсталирани на вашиот систем, како „root“\n"
+"извршете ја командата „localedrake“ и притоа ќе се смени јазикот на "
+"системско ниво.\n"
+"Ако ја извршите командата како обичен корисник, јазикот ќе се промени само\n"
+"за тој одреден корисник."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Шпански"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Вообичаено, „DrakX“ го детектира бројот на копчиња на вашиот глушец.\n"
+"Ако не успее, тогаш претпоставува дека имате глушец со две копчиња и ќе "
+"постави\n"
+"емулација за трето копче. Третото копче на глушец со две копчиња може да се\n"
+"користи при истовремено притискање на левото и десното копче. „DrakX“ "
+"автоматски\n"
+"препознава дали се работи за „PS/2“, сериски или „USB“ глушец.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако имате глушец со 3 копчиња без тркалце, може да изберете „%s“ глушец.\n"
+"Тогаш „DrakX“ ќе го конфигурира вашиот глушец така што ќе можете да "
+"симулирате\n"
+"тркалце со него. За да го користите тркалцето, притиснете на средното копче\n"
+"и движете го глушецот нагоре и надолу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако поради некоја причина сакате да наведете друг тип на глушец,\n"
+"изберете го соодветниот тип од понудената листа.\n"
+"\n"
+"Може да го изберете внесот „%s“ за да изберете „општ“ тип на глушец\n"
+"кој ќе работи со скоро секој глушец.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте избрале глушец различен од понудениот, ќе се појави екран за\n"
+"тестирање. Употребете ги копчињата и тркалцето за да проверите дали\n"
+"поставувањата се во ред и дека глушецот работи исправно. Ако глушецот\n"
+"не работи како што треба, притиснете на „space“ или на „Enter“ за да го\n"
+"откажете тестот и ќе бидете вратени на листата за глувци.\n"
+"\n"
+"Понекогаш, глувците со тркалце не се детектираат автоматски, па ќе треба\n"
+"да го изберете од листата. Изберете го оној што одговара на портата на\n"
+"која што е приклучен. По избирањето на глушецот и притискање на\n"
+"копчето „%s“, ќе се прикаже слика на глушец на екранот. Движете го "
+"тркалцето\n"
+"за да видите дали работи како што треба. Откога ќе видите дека\n"
+"тркалцето на екранот се движи исто како што го движите вистинското тркалце,\n"
+"тестирајте ѓи копчињата и проверете дека покажувачот се движи по екранот "
+"како што\n"
+"го движите глушецот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "со емулација на тркало"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Универзално | Било кое „PS/2“ и „USB“ глувче"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете ја вистинската порта. На пример, портата „COM1“ под „Windows“,\n"
+"во „GNU/Linux“се вика „ttyS0“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ова е многу важна одлука во врска со безбедноста на вашиот „GNU/Linux“ "
+"систем:\n"
+"треба да ја внесете лозинката за „root“. „Root“ е системскиот администратор\n"
+"и е единствениот корисник кој е авторизиран да надградува, додава \n"
+"корисници, ја менува севкупната системска конфигурација, итн. Во кратки "
+"црти,\n"
+"„root“ може да прави сѐ! Затоа мора да изберете лозинка која што е тешка\n"
+"за погодување -- „DrakX“ ќе ви каже ако е премногу лесна. Како што можете "
+"да\n"
+"видите, не сте принудени да внесете лозинка, но ние строго ви препорачуваме "
+"да\n"
+"не го правите ова. „GNU/Linux“ е исто склон на грешки при работа исто како и "
+"било\n"
+"кој друг оперативен систем. Бидејќи „root“ може да ги надмине сите "
+"ограничувања\n"
+"и ненамерно да ги избрише сите податоци на партициите ако невнимателно им\n"
+"пристапува на истите. Многу е важно да некој тешко се најави\n"
+"како „root“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинката треба да е составена од букви и бројки и да е долга барем 8 "
+"знаци.\n"
+"Никогаш не ја запишувајте лозинката на „root“  -- така премногу\n"
+"лесно се загрозува вашиот систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Еден ризик: немојте да ја направите лозинката премногу долга или,\n"
+"комплицирана, бидејќи е потребно да ја знаете на памет.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинката нема да биде прикажана на екранот додека ја внесувате. За да се\n"
+"намали ризикот при грешка на внесување на лозинката потребно е да ја "
+"внесете\n"
+"двапати. Ако погрешно ја напишете лозинката и при двете внесувања,\n"
+"оваа „неточна“ лозинка ќе треба да ја користите при првиот обид да\n"
+"се најавите како „root“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да користите сервер за проверка за контрола на пристапот\n"
+"на вашиот компјутер, притиснете на копчето „%s“\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако вашата мрежа користи некоја од „LDAP“, „NIS“ или „PDC Windows Domain“\n"
+"сервиси за проверка, изберете го вистинскиот за „%s “. Ако не знаете кој од "
+"овие\n"
+"сервиси користите, потребно е да го прашате вашиот мрежен администратор.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку имате проблем со паметење на лозинки или ако вашиот компјутер\n"
+"никогаш нема да се поврзи на Интернет и имате потполна доверба во оние\n"
+"кои го користат вашиот компјутер, може да изберете „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "проверка"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Подигнувач е мала програма која компјутерот ја вклучува за времето\n"
+"на вклучување. Оваа програма е одговорна за вклучување на целиот\n"
+"систем. Секако, инсталацијата на подигнувачот е целосно автоматизирана.\n"
+"„DrakX“ ќе го анализира секторот за подигнување на дискот и ќе\n"
+"дејствува соодветно на тоа што ќе пронајде:\n"
+"\n"
+" * ако е пронајден сектор за подигнување на „Windows“ ќе го замени со „GRUB/"
+"LILO“\n"
+"сектор за подигнување. Вака ќе можете да го вклучите „GNU/Linux“ или било "
+"кој\n"
+"друг оперативен систем кој е инсталиран на вашата машина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ако е пронајден „GRUB“ или „LILO“ сектор за подигнување, ќе го замени со "
+"нов.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку „DrakX“ не може да одреди каде да го смести секторот за "
+"подигнување,\n"
+"ќе бидете запрашани каде се снима. Општо, најсигурното место е „%s“.\n"
+"При избор на „%s“ нема да се инсталира подигнувач. Користете ја оваа опција\n"
+"само ако знаете што правите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега е време да го изберете системот за печатење за вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"Други оперативни системи може да ви понудат еден, „Mandriva Linux“ нуди\n"
+"два. Секој од системите за печатење најдобро одговара со одредени\n"
+"типови на конфигурација.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- што е акроним од „print, do not queue“, е вистинскиот избор ако\n"
+"имате директна врска со вашиот печатач, не сакате да имате паника при\n"
+"печатење и немате в мрежени печатачи. („%s“ ќе се справи само во случај\n"
+"на многу едноставна мрежа и споро работи кога се користи во мрежи.)\n"
+"Доколку ова е вашето прво искуство со „GNU/Linux“,\n"
+"препорачливо е да го користите „pdq„.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- или „Common Unix Printing System“ е извонреден и за печатење на\n"
+"локалниот печатач и за печатење од другата страна на планетата. Тој е \n"
+"едноставен за конфигурирање и може да се однесува како сервер или клиент\n"
+"за историскиот „lpd“ систем за печатење. Значи е компатибилен со постари\n"
+"оперативни системи на кои сеуште им се потребни сервиси за печатење.\n"
+"Иако е многу моќен, сепак, основното поставување е скоро лесно како и за\n"
+"„pdq“. Ако сакате да емулирате „lpd“ сервер, проверете дали е вклучен\n"
+"сервисот „cups-lpd“. „%s“. Вклучува и графички изглед за печатење или\n"
+"избирање на опции за печатачот и за раководење со истиот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сега се одлучите за избор и подоцна не ви се допаѓа вашиот\n"
+"систем за печатење, можете да го промените со вклучување на\n"
+"„PrinterDrake“ од контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“\n"
+"со протискање на копчето „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Експерт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„DrakX“ прво ќе ги детектира „IDE“ уредите присутни на вашиот компјутер. "
+"Исто\n"
+"така, ќе скенира за една или повеќе „PCI SCSI“ картички на вашиот ситем. Ако "
+"е пронајдена\n"
+"„SCSI“ картичка, „DrakX“ автоматски ќе го инсталира драјверот кој  најмногу "
+"одговара.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бидејќи хардверската детекција понекогаш не проаѓа, „DrakX“ можеби нема да "
+"успее\n"
+"да ги пронајде вашите хард дискови. Во тој случај треба рачно да го одредите "
+"вашиот хардвер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако треба рачно да го одредите вашиот „PCI SCSI“ адаптер, „DrakX“ ќе ве "
+"праша\n"
+"дали сакате да ги конфигурирате опциите за него. Треба да дозволите „DrakX“ "
+"да го проба\n"
+"хардверот со опциите одредени за каритичката кои се потребни да се "
+"иницијализира\n"
+"адаптерот. Поголемиот дел од времето „DrakX“ ќе го помине овој чекор без "
+"никакви\n"
+"проблеми.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако „DrakX“ не може автоматски да одреди кои параметрки треба да се\n"
+"пренесат на хардверот за опциите , ќе треба рачно да го\n"
+"конфигурирате драјверот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: ако е пронајдена звучната карта на вашиот систем, таа ќе биде\n"
+"прикажана овде. Доколку вашата звучна карта е различна од прикажаната\n"
+"може да притиснете на копчето и да изберете друг драјвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Како преглед, „DrakX“ ќе ви приложи резиме од информациите кои ѓи\n"
+"собрал за вашиот систем. Во зависност од хардверот кој е инсталиран\n"
+"на вашата машина може да ѓи имате сите или само некои од следниве\n"
+"внесови. Секој од внесовите е направен со конфигурација за хардверот\n"
+"проследено со брзо резиме за тековната конфигурација. За да извршете\n"
+"промени, соодветно притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверете го тековниот избор за мапа на тастатура и променете ја\n"
+"доколку тоа е потребно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: проверка за тековниот избор на држава. Ако не сте во оваа држава\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“ и изберете друга. Доколку вашата држава не\n"
+"се наоѓа на прикажаната листа, притиснете на копчето „%s“ за да ја\n"
+"добиете комплетната листа на држави.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: вообичаено, DrakX ја одредува вашата временска зона во зависност\n"
+"кој држава ја имате избрано. Доколку временската зона е неточна,\n"
+"за промена можете да притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: потврдете ја вашата тековна конфигурација на глушецот и\n"
+"притиснете на копчето да ја промените доколку тоа е потребно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: при притискање на копчето „%s“ ќе се вклучи Волшебникот\n"
+"за конфигурирање на принтерот. За повеќе информации како да поставете\n"
+"нов принтер, консултирајте се со соодветното поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"Изгледот претставен во нашиот водич е сличен на оној кој се користи при "
+"инсталацијата.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако е пронајдена звучната карта на вашиот систем, таа ќе биде\n"
+"прикажана овде. Доколку вашата звучна карта е различна од прикажаната\n"
+"може да притиснете на копчето и да изберете друг драјвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако имате ТВ карта, овде ќе бидат прикажани информациите за\n"
+"нејзината конфигурација. Доколку имате ТВ карта и не е пронајдена, "
+"притиснете\n"
+"на „%s“ и обидете се да ја конфигурирате рачно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако мислите дека конфигурацијата е погрешна може да притиснете на\n"
+"копчето „%s“ и да ги променете параметрите асоцирани со вашата картичка.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: вообичаено, DrakX го конфигурира вашиот графички изглед со\n"
+"резолуција од „800х600“ или „1024х768“. Ако ова не ви одговара, притиснете "
+"на\n"
+"„%s“ и повторно конфигурирајте го вашиот графички изглед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако сакате да конфигурирате пристап кон Интернет или локална "
+"мрежа,\n"
+"можете да го направите тоа. Информирајте се од испечатената документација "
+"или\n"
+"по инсталацијата користете го Контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“ за да\n"
+"добиете комплетна помош.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ви дозволува да конфигурирате адреси за „HTTP“ и „FTP“ адреси, "
+"доколку\n"
+"машината на која инсталирате ќе се наоѓа позади прокси сервер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": овој внес ви овозможува повторно да го дефинирате нивото на "
+"сигурност\n"
+"кое е дефинирано во претходниот чекор.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако планирате да го поврзите вашиот компјутер на Интернет, добра "
+"идеја\n"
+"е да се заштитите од напади со поставување на огнен ѕид (firewall). За "
+"детали околу\n"
+"поставување на огнен ѕид, консултирајте се со соодветното\n"
+"поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако сакате да ја промените конфигурацијата на подигнувачот,\n"
+"притиснете на ова копче. Ова би требало да се зачува за напредни корисници.\n"
+"Информирајте се од испечатената документација или од вградената помош за\n"
+"подигнувачот во Контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": преку овој внес може да поставете кои сервиси ќе се вклучуваат\n"
+"при вклучување на вашата машина. Ако планирате да ја користите како сервер,\n"
+"добро би било да го прегледате ова поставување."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "„ISDN“ картичка"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графички интерфејс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете го дискот што сакате да го избришете за да ја инсталирате новата\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ партиција. Внимавајте, сите податоци на него ќе бидат\n"
+"изгубени и нема да може да се вратат!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако сакате да ги избришете сите податоци и партиции што се наоѓаат\n"
+"на овој диск, притиснете на „%s“. Внимавајте, откако ќе притиснете\n"
+"на „%s“, нема да може да ги вратите податоците и партициите кои се\n"
+"присутни на вашиот диск, вклучувајќи ги и сите податоци на „Windows“.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да ја откажете оваа операција без да изгубите податоци и партиции\n"
+"кои се наоѓаат на овој диск, притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следно ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Претходно"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47f016e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Mongolian
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Khurelbaatar Lkhagavsuren <hujii247@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Khurelbaatar Lkhagvasuren <hujii247@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Sanlig Badral <Badral@openmn.org>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-02 00:35+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Sanlig Badral <Badral@openmn.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Mongolian <openmn-core@lists.sf.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Та энэ чанарыг ашиглахыг хүсэж байна уу?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"вы вы вы вы вы г вы г бол Нэр г г Нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл бол бол г "
+"бол г г Erfitt бол г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г Дугаар г секунд Дугаар."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Мандрива Линуксын суулгац нь хэд хэдэн CD-ROM дээр байдаг. Хэрэв ямар\n"
+"нэгэн сонгогдсон багц нь өөр CD-ROM дээр байвал DrakX үүнийг мэдэх бөгөөд\n"
+"одооны байгаа CD-г гаргаад тухайн хэрэгтэй CD-г оруулахыг хүснэ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"бол вы аас аас г аас дөрөв Та аас г г Хөгжил бүлэг г\n"
+" с вы аас ямх бүлэг г\n"
+" с бүлэг г\n"
+" с бол аас вы г\n"
+" с бол вы вы г бүлэг нэр бүлэг вы энгийн диалог г\n"
+" с аас г\n"
+" с бол г\n"
+" с аас вы хэмжээ аас бол г с бол вы вы г вы ямх с горим вы шинэ бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"вы вы Мод Мод вы г вы Мод Тодорхойлолт вы аас г г вы аас бүлэг аас вы үгүй "
+"бол аас вы бол бол с с г с бол диалог бусад аас бусад Программ бол г Эмблем "
+"дор аас жигсаалт вы ачаалах жигсаалт бол вы аас вы Эмблем вы аас секунд аас."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматаар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr "с с аас шинэ бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"диалог бол вы г жигсаалт г текст бол вы бол бол г г вы вы вы Томоор ерөнхий "
+"вы г!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"ямх GMT Цаг вы бол вы г с ямх бол Цонхнууд г с Интернэт вы Интернэт бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматаар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Дэлгэц г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X X Цонх Систем бол аас KDE GNOME г жигсаалт аас г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы г\n"
+" Томоор вы г г г г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы г г г г\n"
+" вы вы аас бол ямх г г г г\n"
+" вы с вы аас секунд вы Өөрчилөх вы г г г г\n"
+" вы вы вы г с бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Дэлгэц г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr "Томоор вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Устгах"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"вы бол бол с вы Дууслаа бол Цэс вы аас г с туг г\n"
+" с аас вы г\n"
+" Тэмдэглэл туг г\n"
+" с бол бол г\n"
+" с бол бол г\n"
+" бол аас Авто сайт г\n"
+" с жигсаалт аас ямх төрөл г г Та төрөл г"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Үүсгэж байна"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr "Бүх г г вы вы г бол Та вы вы г г вы г с вы г с вы шинэ г с вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr "Цэг вы аас Интернэт аас аас аас г вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Хамгаалалт:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ердийн/мэргэжлийн горимын хооронд шилжих"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"вы ямх шинэ г бол нэр Цонхнууд нэр г г г нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл "
+"бол бол г бол г г Erfitt бол г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г Дугаар г секунд Дугаар г г Цонхнууд нэр бол аас Цонхнууд бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"бол г вы шинэ г\n"
+" с вы вы аас г\n"
+" с вы бол аас бусад г бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"вы ямх Хэсэг төрөл аас вы Англи хэл вы вы Англи хэл ямх вы ямх Томоор вы "
+"жигсаалт г с жигсаалт аас г вы Латин Америк вы Латин Америк Латин Америк."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"аас аас ямх ерөнхий вы ямх вы г с вы бусад вы хэрэглэгчид Англи хэл ямх Мод "
+"с ямх Өргөтгөсөн г вы Та с г с вы Тэмдэглэл бол вы г вы Ажиллуулж байна "
+"энгийн."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Товчинууд тоолуур"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr "бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"бол Цэг аас вы Эзэн бол бол хэрэглэгчид Томоор бол вы бол вы вы вы вы вы бол "
+"бусад бол г г аас Хэзээч үгүй г вы г вы төрөл ямх тийш аас вы вы г вы вы г "
+"вы с г Цонхнууд Домэйн с вы байхгүй вы г вы хэзээ ч вы вы с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"бол г\n"
+" Цонхнууд бол вы ачаалах г\n"
+" бол шинэ байхгүй г вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"с Бусад вы туг аас аас г\n"
+" с бол бол вы вы аас вы с бол с вы бол г\n"
+" с Хэвлэх Систем бол бол г вы вы с г вы вы вы Контрол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Мэргэжлийн"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr "ямх бол г бол ямх вы г вы вы Та аас г бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr "с бол бол вы бол бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"аас вы аас бол аас аас с г\n"
+" с г\n"
+" с вы ямх с ямх жигсаалт с жигсаалт г\n"
+" с Та с бол г\n"
+" с г\n"
+" с с аас шинэ бол г\n"
+" с бол бол вы бол бол вы г\n"
+" с ямх г вы г с г\n"
+" с бол бол вы бол с г\n"
+" с ИСДН(ISDN) бол Та с г\n"
+" с вы Интернэт г\n"
+" с вы ямх г\n"
+" с вы Интернэт с аас г\n"
+" с вы хэрэглэгчид г\n"
+" с вы вы с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ИСДН(ISDN)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr "с вы с вы Цонхнууд г с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Дараагийн ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2dec49c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+# DrakX Bahasa Melayu (Malay) (ms).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan <sharuzzaman@myrealbox.com>, 2003
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 14:09+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan <sharuzzaman@myrealbox.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Malay <translation-team-ms@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr "dalam off."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"pengguna pengguna fail dan on pengguna fail dan on pengguna dalam dan A "
+"pengguna dalam dan pengguna default dan pengguna tidak fail on Tambah "
+"pengguna default pengguna default pengguna dalam dan lokal pengguna dan "
+"dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Anda mahu memadam masukan ini dari buku telefon?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"on on Nama Nama dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr "on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"on dan dan Pembangunan\n"
+" dalam\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" asas dan\n"
+" jumlah jumlah dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Naik Taraf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dokumentasi untuk antlr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Media Pemasangan Yang Diperlukan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr "dan on on default mula dan tidak dan amaran on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Kebergantungan tidak diselesaika"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr "on on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr "mula on dan default mula on Masuk!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"dalam Masa dan on lokal dan dalam hos Tetingkap on Internet Internet on "
+"lokal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Segerak sedang berjalan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" Masuk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem KDE GNOME AfterStep\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" Masuk\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dan A dalam\n"
+" dan dan saat Ubah\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+" dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusi\n"
+" dan A dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr "Masuk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"on kosong on dan pengguna dan on\n"
+" tidak\n"
+" on default dan\n"
+" Tetingkap on dan on Kepada Tetingkap dan Tetingkap Tetingkap dan dan on\n"
+" Tetingkap\n"
+" dan on dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on dan Semua on\n"
+" on\n"
+" secara manual dan siap dan on dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Guna partisyen sedia ada (onpart)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Masukkan cakera liut"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"dan mula\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" on\n"
+" dalam dan dan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Janakan cakera liut Auto Pasang"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr "fail on dan on on on on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr "Kepada Internet Internet A dan dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr "Internet off default."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Pentadbir Domain:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"on dan on\n"
+" on\n"
+" dan dalam\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" secara manual dan dan\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" on\n"
+" Tab dan Naik Turun\n"
+" Ctrl kosong\n"
+" Ctrl\n"
+" Ctrl fail on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "  -a             - pilih semua media non-removable.\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "normal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"on dalam Tetingkap dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on Tetingkap Tetingkap C."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr "dalam on dan dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"on\n"
+" keluar fail on\n"
+" on dan pengguna Tingkatupaya on Tingkatupaya on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr "on default dalam English English dalam dalam dan Masuk on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"dan dalam dalam dan on on dan Sepanyol on English default dalam dan dalam "
+"Lanjutan tunggal on pengguna pengguna."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr "tidak on dan dan bersiri USB default dan dan dan dan on dan on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Tetikus Beroda (PS/2)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"dan pengguna dan on Masuk ralat dan on dan Tidak sekali on dalam Kepada "
+"ralat ralat LDAP NIS Tetingkap Domain tiada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Pengesahan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"dan dan\n"
+" Tetingkap\n"
+" tiada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Lain-lain\n"
+" keluar dan dan\n"
+" Cetakan Sistem lokal dan lpd asas lpd on lpd dan dan dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Mahir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr "dalam on dalam secara manual secara manual."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr "on on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"on on\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dalam on dan dalam\n"
+" default on on\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" on on\n"
+" on on on dan\n"
+" default dalam on\n"
+" on dan on secara manual\n"
+" on on\n"
+" Internet lokal\n"
+" dalam\n"
+" Internet\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kad Video"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi (X) Antaramuka Grafikal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr "dalam on dan!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr "on dan on on dan on Tetingkap on dan on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Berikut ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "Terdahulu"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82cb97b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1921 @@
+# translation of mt.po to Maltese
+# translation of DrakX-mt.po to Maltese
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ramon Casha <ramon.casha@linux.org.mt>, 2002,2003, 2004.
+# Ramon Casha <rcasha@waldonet.net.mt>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: mt\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-04 18:45+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ramon Casha <ramon.casha@linux.org.mt>\n"
+"Language-Team: Maltese <mt@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Qabel tkompli int mitlub taqra sew it-termini ta' din il-liċenzja. Hija\n"
+"tkopri d-distribuzzjoni sħiħa ta' Mandriva Linux. Jekk taqbel mat-termini\n"
+"kollha tagħha, agħfas il-buttuna \"%s\". Jekk ma taqbilx, agħfas \"%s\" "
+"biex\n"
+"tirributja l-kompjuter."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux hija sistema operattiva \"multi-user\", li jfisser li l-utenti \n"
+"kollha jistgħu ikollhom il-preferenzi tagħhom, fajls personali eċċ. Imma, \n"
+"għall-kuntrarju tal-user \"root\", li huwa l-amministratur tas-sistema, \n"
+"l-utenti li żżid hawn ma jkunu jistgħu jibdlu xejn ħlief il-fajls u \n"
+"konfigurazzjoni personali tagħhom. Dan jipproteġi lis-sistema minn bidliet \n"
+"mhux intenzjonati jew malizzjużi li jaffettwaw lis-sistema sħiħa. Trid \n"
+"toħloq ta' l-inqas utent regolari wieħed għalik. Dan huwa l-kont li bih \n"
+"għandek tagħmel ix-xogħol ta' kuljum. Filwaqt li jista' jkun iżjed faċli \n"
+"tuża l-user \"root\" ta' kuljum, dan huwa perikoluż ħafna. L-iċken żball \n"
+"jista' jwaqqaf is-sistema milli taħdem. Jekk tagħmel anke żball serju "
+"b'user\n"
+"regolari, tista' titlef xi informazzjoni imma mhux is-sistema sħiħa.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-ewwel trid iddaħħal l-isem veru tiegħek. Dan mhux bilfors, ovvjament, u\n"
+"fil-fatt tista' ddaħħal li trid. DrakX imbagħad jieħu l-ewwel kelma u \n"
+"jpoġġiha f' \"%s\". Dan huwa l-isem li jintuża biex tidħol fis-sistema. \n"
+"Tista' tibdel dan l-isem, imbagħad daħħal password. Filwaqt li l-password \n"
+"ta' user regolari mhux kruċjali daqs ta' root, dejjem jaqbillek tagħżel \n"
+"password tajjeb - ftakar li hemm il-fajls tiegħek fin-nofs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħfas \"%s\", tista' żżid users oħra kemm hemm bżonn. Tista' żżid\n"
+"utenti għal ħutek, it-tfal jew ġenituri, jew lill-ħbieb, per eżempju. \n"
+"Meta tlesti milli żżid il-users kollha li trid, agħfas \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\", tkun tista' tbiddel ix-\"shell\" \n"
+"impliċita tal-user, li normalment tkun \"bash\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tlesti toħloq users, int tintalab tagħżel user li awtomatikament \n"
+"jiġi lloggjat fis-sistema meta tixgħel. Jekk trid tuża din il-faċilità (u\n"
+"m'intix konċernat dwar sigurtà lokali), agħżel il-user li tixtieq u d-"
+"desktop,\n"
+"u agħfas \"%s\". Jekk ma tixtieqx tuża din il-faċilità, neħħi l-marka \n"
+"mill-kaxxa \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Trid tuża din il-faċilità?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hawn issib il-partizzjonijiet ta' Linux li nstabu fuq id-diska. Tista' \n"
+"żżomm l-għażliet li għamel is-saħħar, huma tajbin għal ħafna każi.\n"
+"Jekk tagħmel tibdiliet, trid ta' l-inqas tiddefinixxi partizzjoni root (\"/"
+"\")\n"
+"Tagħżilx daqs żgħir wisq inkella ma tkunx tista' tinstalla l-programmi\n"
+"kollha li jkollok bżonn. Jekk tixtieq iżżomm l-informazzjoni fuq "
+"partizzjoni\n"
+"separata, trid toħloq ukoll partizzjoni għal \"/home\" (għal dan irid "
+"ikollok\n"
+"iżjed minn partizzjoni waħda Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kull partizzjoni hija mniżżla b'dan il-mod: \"Isem\", \"Daqs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"L-isem huwa mqassam hekk: \"tip ta' diska\", \"numru ta' diska\", \"numru\n"
+"tal-partizzjoni\", per eżempju, \"hda1\". \n"
+"\n"
+"It-tip ta' diska huwa \"hd\" jekk id-diska hija tip IDE, u \"sd\" jekk "
+"hija \n"
+"tip SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"In-numru tad-diska huwa l-ittra ta' wara \"hd\" jew \"sd\". Għal diski IDE,\n"
+"\"a\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\"b\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\"c\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju,\n"
+"\"d\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju\n"
+"\n"
+"Fuq diski SCSI, \"a\" hija d-diska bl-iżjed ID baxx, \"b\" hija t-tieni, eċċ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"L-installazzjoni ta' Mandriva Linux hija maqsuma fuq diversi CD-ROMs. Jekk\n"
+"pakkett qiegħed fuq CD-ROM oħra, DrakX jiftaħ is-CDROM u jitolbok iddaħħal "
+"is-\n"
+"CD li jmiss. Jekk m'għandekx dik is-CD tista' tikklikkja \"%s\" u l-pakketti "
+"li\n"
+"hemm fuq dik is-CD ma jiġux installati."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Issa wasal il-mument fejn tagħżel liema programmi tixtieq tinstalla fuq\n"
+"is-sistema tiegħek. Hemm eluf ta' pakketti disponibbli għal Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"u biex ikun iżjed faċli timmaniġġjahom, qegħdin imqassmin fi gruppi ta'\n"
+"programmi simili.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iqassam il-gruppi ta' pakketti fi tlett kategoriji. Tista' \n"
+"tagħżel u tħallat programmi minn diversi kategoriji, jiġifieri "
+"installazzjoni\n"
+"\"workstation\" tista' tinkludi programmi mis-sezzjoni \"server\", eċċ.\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk fi ħsiebek tuża l-kompjuter bħala workstation, \n"
+"agħżel wieħed jew iżjed mill-gruppi li tixtieq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk tixtieq tuża l-kompjuter biex tipprogramma, agħżel\n"
+"il-gruppi li trid minn din il-kategorija. Il-grupp speċjali \"LSB\"\n"
+"jikkonfiguralek is-sistema sabiex tiġi taqbel kemm jista' jkun ma' l-\n"
+"ispeċifikazzjonijiet \"Linux Standard Base\". Però jekk ma tagħżilx\n"
+"il-grupp LSB xorta jkollok sistema li hija kważi 100%% kompatibbli ma' LSB\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk il-kompjuter huwa intenzjonat bħala server. tista' tagħżel\n"
+"l-iżjed servizzi komuni li tixtieq tinstalla fuq il-magna.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hawnhekk tista' tagħżel l-ambjent grafiku li \n"
+"tippreferi. Ta' l-inqas trid tagħżel wieħed minn dawn jekk trid li jkollok \n"
+"ambjent grafiku.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tmexxi l-maws fuq wieħed mill-ismijiet tara deskrizzjoni qasira dwar "
+"dak\n"
+"il-grupp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tista' timmarka l-kaxxa \"%s\", li hija utli jekk int familjari mal-"
+"pakketti\n"
+"disponibbli, jew jekk trid li jkollok kontroll assolut fuq dak li se jiġi\n"
+"nstallat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tibda' l-installazzjoni fil-modalità %s, tista' tneħħi l-gruppi kollha\n"
+"u ma tħallix li jiġu nstallati pakketti ġodda. Dan huwa utli biex issewwi\n"
+"jew taġġorna sistema eżistenti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekkt neħħi l-gruppi kollha waqt installazzjoni normali (mhux aġġornament),\n"
+"tintwera għażla li tissuġġerixxi għażliet differenti għal installazzjoni \n"
+"minima: * \"%s\" tinstalla s-sistema bażika flimkien mal-minimu ta'\n"
+"pakketti għal sistema grafika;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" tinstalla s-sistema bażika flimkien ma' xi\n"
+"programmi sempliċi u d-dokumentazzjoni tagħhom. Dan huwa tajjeb għal "
+"server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" tinstalla strettament l-inqas pakketti \n"
+"possibbli sabiex ikollok Linux b'linja ta' kmand. Din l-installazzjoni "
+"tieħu\n"
+"biss madwar 65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aġġornament"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "B' dokumentazzjoni bażika"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installazzjoni assolutament minima"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jekk għażiltx li tagħżel il-pakketti individwalment, tiġi\n"
+"offruta lista tal-pakketti kollha klassifikati fi gruppi. Waqt li qed "
+"tifli \n"
+"din il-lista, tista' tagħżel gruppi sħaħ jew pakketti individwali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tagħżel pakkett fil-lista, tidher deskrizzjoni maġenbha fuq il-lemin\n"
+"li tgħidlek għal xiex jintuża dak il-pakkett.\n"
+"!! Jekk pakkett ta' server jiġi installat intenzjonalment jew għax jifforma\n"
+"parti minn grupp, int tintalab tikkonferma jekk verament tridx lill dawn\n"
+"is-servizzi jiġu nstallati. Fil-Mandriva Linux, is-servizzi li tinstalla "
+"jiġu\n"
+"mtella' awtomatikament meta tixgħel. Għalkemm dawn kienu siguri u ma kien "
+"fihom\n"
+"ebda problemi meta din il-verżjoni ta' Linux inħarġet, jista' jkun li "
+"jinstabu\n"
+"problemi simili wara li ġiet finalizzata din il-verżjoni. Jekk ma tafx \n"
+"x'suppost jagħmel servizz partikulari jew għaliex qed jiġi nstallat, agħżel\n"
+"\"%s\". Jekk tagħfas \"%s\" dawn is-servizzi jiġu nstallati u jiġu mtella' \n"
+"awtomatikament fil-bidu.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-għażla \"%s\" sempliċiment titfi l-window li twissik\n"
+"kull meta l-installazzjoni tkun se żżid xi pakketti oħra meħtieġa. Dan "
+"jiġri\n"
+"għax il-programm ikun induna li jinħtieġ pakkett ieħor biex il-programmi li\n"
+"tkun għażilt jaħdmu sew.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-ikona ta' diska flopi żgħira fil-qiegħ tippermettilek li ttella' l-\n"
+"lista ta' pakketti li ġew magħżula waqt installazzjoni preċedenti. Jekk \n"
+"tikklikkja din l-ikona int tintalab iddaħħal flopi li tkun ħloqt waqt \n"
+"installazzjoni oħra. Ara t-tieni ħjiel fl-aħħar stadju biex tara kif toħloq\n"
+"diska simili."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dipendenzi awtomatiċi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jekk tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" jinfetaħ saħħar tal-konfigurazzjoni \n"
+"tal-printer. Ikkonsulta l-kapitlu korrispondenti tal-iStarter Guide għal "
+"iżjed\n"
+"tagħrif dwar kif tissettja printer ġdid. L-interfaċċja preżentata hawn hija "
+"simili\n"
+"għal dik użata waqt l-installazzjoni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hawnhekk tista' tagħżel liema servizzi tixtieq ittella' mal-bidu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dawn huma s-servizzi kollha disponibbli mal-konfigurazzjoni kurrenti.\n"
+"Iċċekkjahom sew u neħħi dawk li m'għandekx bżonn kull darba li titla'\n"
+"s-sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tintwera spjagazzjoni qasira dwar kull servizz meta dan jingħażel. Però,\n"
+"jekk m'intix ċert dwar jekk servizz hux meħtieġ, aħjar tħalli l-għażla\n"
+"impliċita.\n"
+"!! F'dan l-istadju, oqgħod attent jekk tixtieq tuża l-kompjuter bħala "
+"server:\n"
+"aktarx ma jkollokx bżonn ittella' servizzi li m'intix se tuża. Ftakar li xi\n"
+"servizzi jistgħu ikunu perikolużi fuq server. Bħala regola ġenerali, ħalli\n"
+"biss dawk is-servizzi li verament għandek bżonn. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux jimmaniġġja l-ħin bħala GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) u jaqilbu "
+"għall-\n"
+"ħin lokali skond iż-żona orarja li tagħżel. Huwa possibbli però li titfi "
+"din\n"
+"il-faċilità billi titfi l-għażla \"%s\" biex il-ħin\n"
+"tal-kompjuter jiġi l-istess bħall-ħin tas-sistema. Dan huwa utli jekk il-\n"
+"kompjuter tintuża għal sistemi operattivi bħall-Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-għażla \"%s\" tħallik awtomatikament \n"
+"tirregola l-ħin billi taqbad ma' server speċjali fuq l-internet. Fil-lista\n"
+"li tiġi preżentata, agħżel server viċin tiegħek. Ovvjament irid ikollok\n"
+"konnessjoni mal-internet issettjata biex tuża din il-faċilità. Jekk tuża\n"
+"din l-għażla jiġi nstallat programm apposta fuq il-kompjuter li "
+"jippermettilu\n"
+"li jintuża bħala server tal-ħin għal kompjuters oħra fuq in-network lokali."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sinkronizzazzjoni tal-ħin awtomatiku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Kard grafika\n"
+"\n"
+"   L-installatur normalment jagħraf u jikkonfigura l-kard grafika "
+"installata\n"
+"fuq il-kompjuter tiegħek. Jekk din l-għażla mhix tajba, tista' tagħżel mil-\n"
+"lista il-kard li għandek installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   F'każ li iżjed minn server wieħed jeżisti għall-kard tiegħek, bil- jew \n"
+"mingħajr aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel is-server li jaqdi \n"
+"ħtiġijietek l-aħjar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (għal Sistema X Window) huwa l-qalb ta' l-interfaċċja grafika GNU/Linux\n"
+"li fuqu huma bbażati l-ambjenti grafiċi kollha inklużi ma' Mandriva Linux "
+"(KDE,\n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, eċċ).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tista' tara lista ta' diversi parametri li tista' tibdel sabiex ikollok\n"
+"l-aħjar dehra grafika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kard Grafika\n"
+"\n"
+"  L-isntallatur normalment jagħraf u jikkonfiguralek il-kard tal-grafika\n"
+"li għandek awtomatikament. Jekk dan mhux korrett, tista' tagħżel il-kard\n"
+"tajba minn din il-lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   F'każ fejn jeżistu servers differenti għall-kard tiegħek, bil- jew "
+"mingħajr\n"
+"aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel liema server l-iżjed japplika "
+"għalik,\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Reżoluzzjoni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hawn tista' tagħżel ir-reżoluzzjoni u numru ta' kuluri disponibbli fuq\n"
+"il-ħardwer tiegħek. Agħżel dik li l-iżjed tgħodd għalik (int tkun tista' \n"
+"tibdel l-għażla wara l-installazzjoni). Kampjun tal-konfigurazzjoni "
+"magħżula\n"
+"tintwera fl-istampa tal-iskrin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Skond il-ħardwer li għandek, tista' tintwera din l-għażla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Is-sistema tipprova tiftaħ skrin grafiku fir-reżoluzzjoni mitliba.\n"
+"Jekk tara l-messaġġ waqt it-test u tirrispondi \"%s\", DrakX jipproċedi "
+"għall-\n"
+"pass li jmiss. Jekk ma tarahx, ifisser li xi parti mill-konfigurazzjoni\n"
+"awtomatika kienet inkorretta u t-test jispiċċa waħdu wara 12-il sekonda, u\n"
+"terġa' lura fil-menu. Ibdel is-setings sakemm ikollok wirja korretta "
+"grafika\n"
+"fuq l-iskrin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Għażliet\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dan il-pass iħallik tagħżel jekk tridx lill-kompjuter jidħol f'modalità \n"
+"grafika awtomatikament malli jitla'. Ovvjament, tista tagħżel \"%s\" jekk "
+"il-\n"
+"kompjuter se jaħdem bħala server, jew jekk ma rnexxielekx tissettja l-kard\n"
+"grafika sew."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skrin\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment l-installatur jagħraf u jikkonfiguralek l-iskrin li\n"
+"għandek imqabbad awtomatikament. Jekk din l-għażla mhix tajba, tista' \n"
+"tagħżel mil-lista l-iskrin li għandek imqabbad mal-kompjuter."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Reżoluzzjoni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hawn tista' tagħżel ir-reżoluzzjoni u numru ta' kuluri disponibbli fuq \n"
+"il-ħardwer tiegħek. Agħżel dak li l-aħjar jaqdi ħtiġijietek (tista' \n"
+"tibdel l-għażliet tiegħek wara). Kampjun tal-konfigurazzjoni magħżula \n"
+"jintwera fuq l-iskrin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Fis-sitwazzjoni fejn hemm servers differenti disponibbli għall-kard tiegħek, "
+"bil- jew mingħajr aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel is-server li l-"
+"iżjed jaqdi l-ħtiġijiet tiegħek."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Għażliet\n"
+"\n"
+"  F'dan il-pass, tista' tagħżel jekk tridx l-interfaċċja grafika mill-bidu.\n"
+"Ovvjament, tista' tagħżel \"%s\" jekk il-kompjuter se jintuża biss bħala \n"
+"server, jew jekk ma rnexxielekx tissettja l-X sew."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"F'dan il-punt int trid tagħżel fejn, fuq il-ħard disk, trid tinstalla s-\n"
+"sistema operattiva Mandriva Linux. Jekk il-ħard disk huwa vojt, jew jekk\n"
+"hemm sistema operattiva qed tokkupaha kollha, l-ewwel trid toħloq \n"
+"partizzjonijiet. Bażikament, il-partizzjonijiet tal-ħard disk jaqsmu d-"
+"diska\n"
+"f'partijiet biex ikun hemm sezzjonijiet fejn tiġi nstallata s-sistema ġdida\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Peress li l-effett ta' partizzjonament tal-ħard disk m'humiex riversibbli,\n"
+"u jista' jwassal għal telf ta' informazzjoni, dan il-proċess jista' jidher\n"
+" intimidanti jekk m'għandekx esperjenza. Fortunatament, hemm \"saħħar\" li "
+"jissimplifika l-proċess kollu. Qabel tibda', aqra sew din is-sezzjoni u ħu \n"
+"l-ħin tiegħek. Skond il-konfigurazzjoni tal-ħard disk tiegħek, jista' "
+"jkollok\n"
+"diversi għażliet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Din l-għażla toħloq partizzjonijiet awtomatikament.\n"
+"Jekk tuża din l-għażla ma tintalabx iżjed informazzjoni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Is-saħħar sab partizzjoni waħda jew iżjed\n"
+"tal-Linux fuq il-ħard disk. Jekk trid tuża lilhom, agħżel din. \n"
+"Int tiġi mistoqsi fejn trid timmonta dawn il-partizzjonijiet. \n"
+"L-għażliet antiki jingħażlu impliċitament, u ġeneralment hija\n"
+"ideja tajba żżomm lilhom.\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jekk għandek Microsoft Windows installat fuq il-ħard disk \n"
+"u qed jokkupa l-ispazju kollu, trid toħloq ftit spazju għal-Linux. \n"
+"Biex tagħmel dan, trid jew tħassar il-partizzjoni tal-Windows\n"
+"u kull m'hemm fiha (ara \"Ħassar id-diska sħiħa\"), jew iċċekken \n"
+"il-partizzjoni FAT jew NTFS tal-Windows. Tista' ċċekken il-partizzjoni \n"
+"Windows mingħajr ma titlef informazzjoni sakemm għamilt \"defragment\" fuq\n"
+"id-diska minn qabel. Din is-soluzzjoni hija rakkomandata biex tuża l-"
+"Windows \n"
+"u l-Linux flimkien fuq l-istess kompjuter.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qabel tagħżel din l-għażla, kun af li wara din il-proċedura, il-\n"
+"partizzjoni tal-Windows tkun iżgħar milli hi bħalissa. Ikollok inqas spazju "
+"taħt\n"
+"il-Microsoft Windows fejn iżżomm informazzjoni jew tinstalla programmi "
+"ġodda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jekk tixtieq tħassar l-informazzjoni kollha u\n"
+"l-partizzjonijiet kollha li għandek fuq il-ħard disk u tpoġġi l-Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"minflokhom, tista' tagħżel din. Oqgħod attent minn din l-għażla għax ma "
+"tkunx\n"
+"tista' tibdel fehemtek wara li tikkonferma.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jekk tagħżel din l-għażla, kull m'hemm fuq id-diska jintilef !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Din l-għażla tidher meta l-ħard disk hija kompletament okkupata \n"
+"mill-Microsoft Windows. Din l-għażla sempliċiment tħassar kull ma' hemm "
+"fuq \n"
+"il-ħard disk u tibda' kollox mill-ġdid.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jekk tagħżel din l-għażla, kull m'hemm fuq id-diska jintilef !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Agħżel dan jekk trid tippartizzjona l-ħard disk \n"
+"manwalment. Oqgħod attent - hija għażla li tagħti kontroll imma hija \n"
+"perikoluża. Tista' faċilment titlef l-informazzjoni kollha b'dan il-mod. \n"
+"Għalhekk, tużax din l-għażla jekk ma tafx x'qed tagħmel. Għal iżjed tagħrif\n"
+"dwar kif tuża l-għodda DiskDrake, irreferi għas-sezzjoni \"Managing Your \n"
+"Partitions\" fil-manwal \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Uża partizzjoni eżistenti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Ħassar kull m'hemm fid-diska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"